Bibliography

This bibliography was carefully compiled by Dr. Vivian Cook over many years. We are grateful that he chose to share the compilation with us. Thank you Dr. Cook!

Baker, C. (1993). Foundations of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Baker, C. (1995). A parents' and teachers' guide to bilingualism. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters.

Baker, C. (2006). Foundations of bilingualism and bilingual education (4th edn.), Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Baker, C. & Hinde J. (1984). Language background classification. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 5 (1), 43-56.

Baker, C. & Hornberger, N. (2001). An Introductory Reader to the Writings of Jim Cummins. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters.

Baker, C., Emmison, M. & Firth, A. (2005). Calibrating for competence in calls for technical assistance. In C. Baker, M. Emmison & A. Firth (Eds.), Calling for help: Language and social interaction in telephone helplines (pp. 39-62). Amsterdam: Benjamins.

Baker, C.( 2000). The Care and Education of Young Bilinguals, Clevedon : Multilingual Matters.

Baker, K.A. (1987). 'Comment on Willig's 'A Meta Analysis of Selected Studies of Bilingual Education', Review of Educational Research 57 (3), 351-362.

Baker, K.A. & de Kanter, A.A. (1981). Effectiveness of Bilingual Education: A Review of Literature. Washington, DC: Office of Planning, Budget & Evaluation, US Department of Education.

Baker, K.A. & de Kanter, A.A. (1983) Bilingual Education. Lexington, Mass: Lexington Books.

Baker, P. & Eversley, J. (2000). Multilingual Capital, London Battlebridge.

Baker, W., Trofimovich, P., Mack, M. & Flege, J.E. 2002. The effect of perceived phonetic similarity on non-native sound learning by children and adults. Proceedings of the Annual Boston University Conference on Language Development 26(1): 36--47.

Balcells, M (2000). The Acquisition of English Intonation by Spanish Students Year, Ph.D. dissertation, University of Barcelona. Doctoral dissertations in micro-fiche -3674, Code: 05371, ISBN: 84-475-2310-1.

Balcom, P. (1995). 'Argument structure and multi-competence', Linguistica Atlantica, 17, 1-17.

Balcom, P. (1998). Middle verbs and multi-competence. Paper given at the conference Trends/Tendances, Canadian Association of Applied Linguistics, Ottawa, May 1998.

Balcom, P. (1999). These constructions don't acquire easily: Middle constructions and multicompetence. Canadian Journal of Applied Linguistics 2, 5-20.

Balcom, P. (2003). Cross-linguistic influence of L2 English on middle constructions in L1 French. In V.J. Cook (ed), L2 Effects on the L1, Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Baldauf, Jr., R. & Luke, A. (Eds.). (1990). Language Planning and Education in Australasia and the South Pacific. Clevedon & Philadelphia: Multilingual Matters.

Balkan, L. (1970). Les Effets du Bilinguisme Franaise-Anglais sur les Aptitudes Intellectuelles. Bruxelles: Aimav.

Ball, P., Giles, H. & Hewstone, M.. (1984). 'The intergroup theory of second language acquisition with catastrophic dimensions' in Tajfel (ed.) 1984.

Bamgbose, A. (1994). Nigeria's choice. UNESCO Courier, February, 22-31.

Bamgbose, A. (1998). 'Torn between norms: innovations in world Englishes', World Englishes, 17, 1, 1-14.

Bamlund, D. C. & Yoshioka, M. (1990). Apologies: Japanese and American styles. International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 14, 193-206.

Banbrook, L. (1987). 'Questions about questions: an inquiry into the study of teachers' questioning behaviour in ESL classrooms'. TESOL Quarterly 20: 47-59.

Banbrook, L. & P. Skehan. (1990). 'Classroom and display questions' in Brumfit & Mitchell (eds.) 1990.

Bank, H. & Swain, M. (1976): A longitudinal study of bilingual and cognitive development. International Journal of Psychology, II, 251-63.

Bannert, R. (1974). 'Problems in learning Swedish pronunciation and in understanding foreign accent', Folia Linguistica, 18, 193-309.

Bansal, R. (1969). The Intelligibility of Indian English. Hyderabad: Central Institute of English and Foreign Languages.

Bansal, R. (1972). The Sound System of Indian English. Monograph 7. Hyderabad: Central Institute of English.

Bansal, R. (1983). Studies in Phonetics and Spoken English. Hyderabad: Central Institute of English and Foreign Languages.

Bansal, R. (1990). The pronunciation of English in India. In S. Ramsaran (ed.) Studies in the Pronunciation of English: A Commemorative Volume in Honour of A.C. Gimson, (pp.219-230). New York: Routledge.

Banta, F. G. (1981). Teaching German vocabulary: The use of English cognates and common loan words. The Modern Language Journal, 65, 129-136.

Barasch, R.M. & Vaughan-James, C. (eds). (1994). Beyond the Monitor Model, Boston, MA, Heinle & Heinle.

Barbara, A. (1989). Marriage Across Frontiers, Clevedon; Multilingual Matters.

Barbey, L. (1972). 'Les formes du bilinguisme' Nouvelle Revue Pedagogique, 27, 10, 599-604.

Barbour, S. 2002. Language, nationalism and globalism: Educational consequences of changing patterns of language use. In Beyond Boundaries: Language and Identity in Contemporary Europe, P. Gubbins & M. Holt (eds), 11--18. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Barcroft, J. (2002). Semantic and structural elaboration in L2 lexical acquisition. Language Learning 52, 323-363.

Barcroft, J. (2004). Theoretical and methodological issues in research on semantic and structural elaboration in lexical acquisition. In B. Van Patten, J. Williams, S. Rott, & M. Overstreet (Eds.), Form-meaning connections in second language acquisition, (pp. 219-234). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Barcroft, J. (2006). Can writing a new word detract from learning it? More negative effects of forced output during vocabulary learning. Second Language Research, 24.

Bardel, C. & Lindqvist, C. 2007. The role of proficiency and psychotypology in lexical cross-linguistic influence. A study of a multilingual learner of Italian L3. In Atti del VI Congresso Internazionale dell'Associazione Italiana di Linguistica Applicata, Napoli, 9--10 febbraio 2006, M. Chini, P. Desideri, M.E. Favilla & G. Pallotti (eds), 123--145. Perugia: Guerra Edizioni.

Bardovi-Harlig, K. (1987). 'Markedness and salience in second language acquisition'. Language Learning 37: 38S~07.

Bardovi-Harlig, K. (1992). 'The relationship of form and meaning; a cross-sectional study of tense and aspect in the interlanguage of learners of English as a second language', Applied Psycholinguistics, 13, 253-278.

Bardovi-Harlig, K. (1995). 'A narrative perspective on the development of the tense/ aspect system in second language acquisition', Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 17, 263-291.

Bardovi-Harlig, K. (1999). 'From morpheme studies to temporal semantic - tense aspect research in SLA', SLR, 21, 341-82.

Bardovi-Harlig, K. (1999). Exploring the interlanguage of interlanguage pragmatics: A research agenda for acquisitional pragmatics. Language Learning, 49, 677-713.

Bardovi-Harlig, K. (2000). Tense and aspect in second language acquisition: Form, meaning, and use. Language Learning, 50, supplement 1, xi-491.

Bardovi-Harlig, K. & Bergstrom, A. (1996). 'Acquisition of tense and aspect in second language and foreign language learning: learner narratives in ESL and EFL', CMLR, 52, 308-330.

Bardovi-Harlig, K. & Bofman T. (1989). 'Attainment of syntactic and morphological accuracy' by advanced language learners'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 11:17-34.

Bardovi-Harlig, K. & Hartford, B. (1990). 'Congruence in native and non-native conversations: status balance in the academic advising session'. Language Learning, 40, 467-501.

Bardovi-Harlig, K. & Hartford, B. (1993). Learning the rules of academic talk: A longitudinal study of pragmatic development. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 15, 279-304.

Bardovi-Harlig, K. & Hartford, B. (1996). Input in an institutional setting. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 17, 171-188.

Bardovi-Harlig, K. & Hartford, B.S. (1993). Refining the DCT: Comparing open questionnaires and dialogue completion tasks. Pragmatics and Language Learning 4, 143-165.

Bardovi-Harlig, K. & Reynolds, D. (1995). 'The Role of Lexical Aspect in the Acquisition of Tense and Aspect', TESOL Quarterly, 29, 1, 107-31.

Bardovi-Harlig, K., Hartford, B.A.S., Mahan-Taylor, R., Morgan, M.J. & Reynolds, D.W. (1991), Developing pragmatic awareness: Closing the conversation. ELT Journal, 45, 4-15.

Barkman, Bruce. (1978). Classroom interaction. In P.M. Lightbown & B. Barkman. Interactions among learners, teachers, texts, and methods of English as a second language. Progress Report 1977-78, 71-85. Montreal: Concordia University.

Barnes, D. (1969). 'Language in the secondary classroom' in Barnes et al. (eds.).

Barnes, D. (1976). From Communication to Curriculum. Harmondsworth: Penguin.

Barnes, D., J. Britton, & M. Torbe (eds.). (1969). Language, the Learner and the School. Harmondsworth: Penguin.

Barnes, J. (2006). Early trilingualism. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Barnes, J.D. 2006. Early Trilingualism: Focus on Questions. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Barnitz, J. (1986). 'Orthographies, bilingualism, and learning to read English as a second language', The Reading Teacher. 35, 560-567.

Barnitz, J. (1986). 'Toward understanding the effects of cross-cultural schemata and discourse structure on second language reading comprehension', Journal of Reading Behaviour, 18, 2, 95-116.

Barnitz, J.G. (1985). Reading Development of Non-native Speakers of English New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.

Baron-Cohen, S. & Staunton, R. (1994). 'Do children with autism acquire the phonology of their peers? An examination of group identification through the mirror of bilingualism', First Language, 14, 241-248.

Barrett, M. & Short, J. (1992). 'Images of European people in a group of 5-10-year-old English school-children', British Journal of Developmental Psychology, 10, 339-363.

Barrett, R. 2003. Models of gay male identity and the marketing of -'gay language' in foreign language phrasebooks for gay men. Estudios de Sociolinguistica 4(2): 533--562.

Barron-Hauwaert, S. 2003. Trilingualism. A study of children growing up with three languages. In The Multilingual Mind: Issues Discussed by, for, and about People Living with Many Languages,T. Tokuhama-Espinosa (ed.), 129--150. Westport CT: Praeger.

Barron-Hauwaert, S. 2004. Language Strategies for Bilingual Families: The-One-Parent-One-Language Approach. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Barron, A.W.J. (1961). 'The English Dental Fricatives in India', Bulletin of the Central Institute of English 1.

Barron, A.W.J. (1961). English Vowels for Indian Learners. Bulletin of the Central Institute of English 1.

Barry, W.J. (1974). Language background and the perception of foreign accent. Journal of Phonetics 2, 65-89.

Barsalou, L., & Medin, D. (1986). Concepts: Fixed definitions or dynamic context-dependent representations? Cahiers de Psychologie Cognitive, 6, 187-202.

Bartelt, G. (1989). The interaction of multilingual constraints. In H. W. Dechert & M. Raupach (eds.), Interlingual processes. Tubingen: Narr, 151--177.

Bartelt, G. (1997). 'The Ethnography of second language production', IRAL 35: 1, 23-35.

Bartelt, H.G. (1983). Transfer and the variability of rhetorical redundancy in Apachean English interlanguage. In Gass & Selinker (eds.).

Basden, B.H., Bonilla-Meeks, J.L. & Badsen, D.D. (1994), 'Cross-language priming in word-fragment completion' Journal of Memory and Language, 33, 69-82.

Basnight-Brown, D. M., & Altarriba, J. (2007). Differences in semantic and translation priming across languages: The role of language direction and language dominance. Memory & Cognition, 35, 953-965.

Basnight-Brown, D. M., Chen, L., Hun, S., Kostic, A., & Feldman, L. B. (2007). Monolingual and bilingual recognition of regular and irregular verbs: Sensitivity to form similarity varies with first language experience. Journal of Memory and Language, 57, 65--80.

Bassetti, B. (2007). 'Bilingualism and thought: grammatical gender and concepts of objects in Italian-German bilingual children', The International Journal of Bilingualism, 11, 3, 251-- 273.

Bassetti, B. & Cook, V.J. (2011). 'Relating language and cognition: the second language user', in Cook & Bassetti (eds), 143-190.

Bastarache, M. (1987). Les Droits Linguistiques au Canada. Quebec: Les Editions Yvon Blais, Inc.

Batardiere, M-T. (1993). 'Research study on affective and environmental factors of older learners during second language immersion in Europe', Teanga, 13, 41-53.

Bates, E. & MacWhinney, B. (1981). 'Second language acquisition from a functionalist perspective', in Winitz, H. (ed.), Native Language and Foreign Language Acquisition, Annals of the NY Academy of Sciences, Vol. 379, 190-214.

Bates, E. & MacWhinney, B. (1982). 'Functionalist approaches to grammar', in E. Wanner & L. Gleitman (eds.), Language Acquisition: The State of the Art, CUP.

Bates, E. & MacWhinney, B. (1987). 'Competition, variation and language learning' in MacWhinney (ed.) 1987.

Bates, E., MacWhinney, B., Caselli, C., Devescovi, A., Natale, F. & Venza, V. (1984). A cross-linguistic study of the development of sentence interpretation strategies. Child Development, 55, 341-54.

Bauckam, I. (1995). 'A Vygotskyan perspective on foreign language teaching', Languages Forum, 1, 4.

Bautista, M. L. S. (1980). The Filipino Bilingual's Competence: A model based on an analysis of Tagalog-English code-switching. Pacific Linguistics, series C-59. Canberra: Australian National University.

Bavin, F. & Shopen, T. (1985). Warlpiri and English: Languages in contact. In Clyne, M. (ed.) Australia: Meeting Place of Languages. Pacific Linguistics, series C-92. Canberra: Australian National University.

Baxter, J. (1980). The dictionary and vocabulary behavior: A single word or a handful? TESOL Quarterly 14 (3): 325-36.

Bayley, R. (1991). Variation theory and second language learning: Linguistic and social constraints on interlanguage tense marking. Ph.D. dissertation, Stanford University.

Bayley, R. (1994). Interlanguage variation and the quantitative paradigm: Past tense marking in Chinese-English. In E. Tarone, S. M. Gass, & A. Cohen (eds), Research methodology in second-language acquisition. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum, 157-181.

Bayley, R. (1996). Competing constraints on variation in the speech of adult Chinese learners of English. In Bayley, R. and Preston, D. R. (eds), Second language acquisition and linguistic variation. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 97 120.

Bayley, R. & Preston, D. R. (eds). (1996). Second language acquisition and linguistic variation. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Beaton, A. A. (2005). Memory for foreign vocabulary after two decades: A single case study revisited. Cognitive Technology, 10, 29-32.

Beaton, A. A., Gruneberg, M. M., Hyde, C., Shufflebottom, A., & Sykes, R. N. (2005). Facilitation of receptive and productive foreign vocabulary learning using the keyword method: The role of image quality. Memory, 13, 458-471.

Beaton, A., Gruneberg, M. & Ellis, N. (1995). 'Retention of foreign vocabulary using the keyword method: a ten-year follow-up', Second Language Research 11, 2: 112-120.

Beaton, A., Gruneberg, M., & Ellis, N. (1995). Retention of foreign vocabulary learned using the keyword method: A ten-year follow-up. Second Language Research, 11, 112-120.

Beauvillain, C. (1992). 'Orthographic and lexical constraints in bilingual word recognition', In: R. Harris (Ed.), Cognitive Processing in Bilinguals. Amsterdam Elsevier:. 221-234.

Beauvillain, C. & Grainger, J. (1987), 'Accessing interlexical homographs: some limitations of a language-selective access', J. Mem. & Lang., 26, 658-672

Beauvillain, C. & Grainger, J. (1987). 'Accessing interlexical homographs: some limitations of a language-selective access', J. Mem. & Lang., 26, 658-672.

Bebout, L. (1985). 'An error analysis of misspellings made by learners of English as a first and as a second language', J. Psycholing. Res., 14, 569-93.

Beck, M. (1997). 'Regular verbs, past tense and frequency: tracking down a potential sources of NS/NSS competence differences', SLR, 12, 93-115.

Beck, M. (1998). 'L2 acquisition and obligatory head movement: English-speaking learners of German and the local impairment hypothesis' SSLA, 20, 311-348.

Beck, M. & Eubank, L. (1991). 'Acquisition theory and experimental design: a critique of Tomasello and Herron'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 13: 73-6.

Becker, A. & Carroll, M. (1997). The Acquisition of Spatial Relations ion in a second language, Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Becker, A. L. (1983). 'Toward a post-structuralist view of language learning A short essay ' Language Learning 5/3 217-20.

Becker, A., Carroll, M. & Kelly, A. (eds.). (1988). Final Report to the European Science Foundation. Vol. IV: Reference to space. Strasbourg, Heidelberg.

Beebe, L. (1974). 'Socially conditioned variation in Bangkok Thai'. PhD dissertation, Ann Arbor: University of Michigan.

Beebe, L. (1977). 'Dialect codeswitching of bilingual children in their second language', CUNY Forum, 3, 141-58.

Beebe, L. (1977). 'The influence of the listener on code-switching'. Language Learning 27: 331-40.

Beebe, L. (1980). Measuring the use of communication strategies. In Scarcella, R & Krashen, S (eds.) Research in second language acquisition, pp.173-81. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Beebe, L. (1980). Sociolinguistic variation and style shifting in second language acquisition. In Ioup, G. & Weinberger, S. H. (1987), Interlanguage Phonology. Newbury House.

Beebe, L. (1981). 'Social and situational factors affecting the communicative strategy of dialect code-switching'. International Journal of Sociology of Language 32: 139-49.

Beebe, L. (1983). Risk-taking and the language learner. In Seliger, H & Long, M (eds.) Classroom-oriented research in second language acquisition, pp.39-66. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Beebe, L. (1985). 'Input: Choosing the right stuff' in S. Gass & C. Madden (eds.) Input in second language acquisition, Rowley, Newbury House, 104-44.

Beebe, L. (1988). 'Five sociolinguistic approaches to second language acquisition' in Beebe (ed.) 1988.

Beebe, L. (ed.). (1988). Issues in Second Language Acquisition: Multiple Perspectives. New York: Newbury House

Beebe, L. & Cummings, M.C. (1995). Natural speech act data versus written questionnaire data: How data collection method affects speech act performance. In S. Gass & J. Neu (eds.) Speech Acts Across Cultures. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.

Beebe, L. & Cummings, M.C. (1995). Natural speech act data versus written questionnaire data: How data collection method affects speech act performance. In S. Gass & J. Neu (eds.) Speech Acts Across Cultures. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.

Beebe, L. & Giles, H. (1984). Speech accommodation theories: a discussion in terms of second language acquisition. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 46, 5-32.

Beebe, L. & Takahashi, T. (1989). ' "Do you have a bag?" Social status and patterned variation in second language acquisition' in Gass, S., Madden, C., Preston, D., & Selinker, L. (eds.). Variation in second language acquisition: Discourse and pragmatics. Clevedon & Philadelphia: Multilingual Matters, 198a, 103-125.

Beebe, L. & Takahashi, T. (1989). 'Sociolinguistic variation in face-threatening speech acts' in Eisenstein, M. (ed.). The dynamic interlanguage. New York: Plenum, 199- 218.

Beebe, L. & Zuengler, J. (1983). 'Accommodation theory: an explanation for style shifting in second language dialects', In N. Wolfson & E. Judd (eds.) Sociolinguistics and language acquisition, Rowley, Newbury House.

Beebe, L. 1980. 'Sociolinguistic variation and style-shifting in second language acquisition'. Language Learning 30: 433-48.

Beebe, L. M. (1987). Myths about interlanguage phonology. In Ioup, G. and Weinberger, S. H. (eds.) Interlanguage phonology: the acquisition of a second language sound system. New York: Newbury House.

Beebe, L., Takahashi, T. & Uliss-Weltz, R. (1990). Pragmatic transfer in ESL refusals. In: Scarcella, R.C., Andersen, E. & Krashen, S.D. (eds.). Developing communicative competence in a second language. New York: Newbury House, 55-73.

Beheydt, L. (1987). The semantization of vocabulary in foreign language learning, System, 15, 55-67.

Bejoint, H. (1981). The foreign student's use of monolingual English Dictionaries. Applied Linguistics 2: 207-22.

Bel, A. (1990). El programa d'immersio: alguns resultats. Escola Catalana, 274, 26-27.

Belasco, S. (1971). 'The feasability of learning a second language in an artificial unicultural situation', in Pimsleur, P. & Quinn, T. (eds.), The Psychology of Second Language Learning, CUP, 1-10.

Belazi, H.M., Rubin, E.J. & Toribio, A.J. (1994). 'Code-switching and X-bar theory; the functional head constraint', Linguistic Inquiry, 25, 2, 221-237.

Bell, E. (1991). 'The bicultural life experience of career-orientd Black women', Journal of Organisational Behaviour, 11, 459-478.

Bellezza, F. (1983). 'Mnemonic-device instruction with adults', in Pressley, M. & Levin. J.R. (eds.) Cognitive Strategy Research Springer-Verlag, New York, 51-74.

Bello, L., Acerbi, F., Giussani, C., Baratta, P. Taccone, P., Songa, V., Fava, M., Stocchetti, N., Papagno, C., & Gaini, S.M. (2006). Intraoperative language localization in multilingual patients with gliomas. Neurosurgery, 59: 115--123.

Belyayev, B.V. (1963). The Psychology of Teaching Foreign Languages. Oxford: Pergamon.

Belz, J. (2002). 'The myth of the deficient communicator', Language Teaching Research, 6, 1, 59-82.

Belz, J. (2002). Second language play as representation of the multi-competent self in foreign language study. Journal of Language Identity and Education, 1, 1, 13-39.

Belz, J., & Kinginger, C. (2002). The cross-linguistic development of address form use in telecollaborative language learning: Two case studies. Canadian Modern Language Review, 59, 189-214.

Belz, J., & Kinginger, C. (2003). Discourse options and the development of pragmatic competence by classroom learners of German: The case of address forms. Language Learning, 53, 591-647.

Ben Zeev, S. (1977). 'Mechanisms by which childhood bilingualism affects understanding of language and cognitive structure', in Hornby (ed.), 29-55.

Ben-Dror, I., Frost, R. & Bentin, S. (1995). 'Orthographic representation and phonemic segmentation in skilled readers: a cross-language comparison', Psychological Sciences, 6, 176-181.

Ben-Rafael, M. (2004). Language contact and attrition: The spoken French of Israeli Francophones. In M. Schmid, B. Kpke, M. Keijzer, & L. Weilemar (Eds.), First language attrition: Interdisciplinary perspectives on methodological issues (pp. 165-187). Amsterdam: Benjamins.

Ben-Zeev, S. (1977). The influence of bilingualism on cognitive strategy and cognitive development. Child Development, 48, 1009-1018.

Benardete, D. (1929/20). Immigrant speech -- Austrian Jewish style, American Speech, 5. 1-15.

Benderly, B. (1981). 'The multilingual mind', Psychology Today, March, 9-12.

Beniak, F., Mougeon, R. & Canale, M. (1979). Complements infinitifs des verbs de mouvement en franais ontarien. Linguistische Berichte, 64, 36-49.

Beniak, F., Mougeon, R. & Valois, D. (1984/5). Sociolinguistic evidence of a possible case of syntactic convergence in Ontarian French. Journal of the Atlantic Provinces Linguistics Association, 6/7: 73-88.

Benke, E., & Medgyes, P. (2006). Differences in teaching behaviour between native and non-native speaker teachers: As seen by the learners. In E. Llurda (Ed.), Non-native language teachers: Perceptions, challenges and contributions to the profession (pp. 195-215). New York: Springer.

Bennett, S. (1994). 'The acquisition of English reflexives by adolescent speakers of Serbo-Croatian', Second Language Research, 10, 125-156.

Bennett, S. & Progovac, L. (1998). 'Morphological status of reflexives in second language acquisition', in Flynn, S., Martohardjono, G. & O'Neil, W. (eds) The Generative Study of Second Language Acquisition, Erlbaum, 187-214.

Benson, B. (1986). The Markedness Differential Hypothesis: implications for Vietnamese speakers of English. In Eckman, F.R., Moravcsik, E.A. & Wirth, J.R. (eds.) Markedness. New York: Plenum Press. 271-290.

Benson, B. (1988). Universal preference for the open syllable as an independent process in interlanguage phonology. Language Learning 38, 221-242.

Benson, M. J. (1991). Attitudes and motivations towards English. A survey of Japanese freshman. RELC Journal, 22(1), 34-48.

Bensoussan, M. (1992). Learners' spontaneous translations in an L1 reading comprehension task: vocabulary knowledge and use of schemata. In P. Arnaud & H. Bejoint (Eds.) Vocabulary and Applied Linguistics. London: Macmillan.

Bensoussan, M. & Laufer, B. (1984). Lexical guessing in context in EFL reading comprehension. Journal of Research in Reading, 7, 1, 15-32.

Bensoussan, M., D. Sim & R. Weiss. (1984). The effect of dictionary usage on EFL test performance. Reading in a Foreign Language: 262-76.

Bent, T & Bradlow, A.R. (2003). 'The interlanguage speech intelligibility benefit', J. Acoust. Soc. Am., 114, 3, 1600-1610.

Bentahila, A. (1983). Language Attitudes among Arabic-French Bilinguals in Morocco, Multilingual Matters.

Bentahila, A. & Davies, E. E. (1991). Constraints on code-switching: a look beyond grammar. In Papers for the symposium on code-switching in bilingual studies: theory, significance and perspectives. (Held in Barcelona, 21-23 March 1991.) Strasbourg: European Science Foundation, 369~03.

Bentahila, A. & Davies, E.E. (1983). The syntax of Arabic-French code-switching. Lingua, 59, 301-30.

Bentahila, A. & Davies, E.E. (1992). 'Code-switching and language dominance', in Harris (ed.).

Benton, R.A. (1991). 'Tomorrow's schools' and the revitalisation of Maori. In O. Garcia (ed.) Bilingual Education: Focusschrift in Honor of Joshua A. Fishman. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.

Benyon, J. & Toohey, K. (1991). Heritage language education in British Columbia: Policy and programs. Canadian Modern Language Review 47 (4), 606-616.

Berent, G.P. (1983). 'Control judgments by deaf adults and second language learners', Language Learning, 33, 37-53.

Beretta, A. (1991). 'Theory construction in SLA: complementarity and opposition'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 13, 3 493-511.

Beretta, A. (1993). "As God said, and I think, rightly..." Perspectives on theory construction in SLA: an introduction'. Applied Linguistics 14: 221-24.

Beretta, A. (2006). A neurolinguistic theory of bilingualism. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 28: 525--527.

Beretta, A. & Crookes, G. (1993). 'Cognitive and social determinants of discovery in SLA', Applied Linguistics, 14, 3, 250-275.

Beretta, A. & Davies, A. (1985). 'Evaluation of the Bangalore Project'. English Language Teaching Journal 39:121-7.

Bergh, G. (1989). 'Bilingual lateralisation: a methodological evaluation', Investigaciones psicologicas, 7, 79-93.

Bergman, C. R. (1976). 'Interference v. independent development in infant bilingualism', In Keller, C., Taeschner, R. & Viera, S. (eds.), pp.86-95.

Bergman, M.L., & Kasper, G. (1993). Perception and performance in native and non-native apologising. In: Kasper, G., & Blum-Kulka, S. (eds.). Interlanguage pragmatics. New York: OUP, 82-107.

Berkemeyer, A. (1996). Kognitive Prozeesse beim Zeitschrifterwerb: Zweialpabetisierumg greichisch-deutsch-bilingualer Kinder im Deutschen. Frankfurt: Peter Lang.

Berko-Gleason, J. (1982). 'Insights from child language acquisition for second language loss', in Lambert, R.D. & Freed, B.F. (eds.), The loss of language skills, Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.13-23.

Berkovits, R. (1980). ' Perception of intonation in native and non-native speakers of English', Language and Speech, 23, 3, 271-280.

Berliner, D.C. (1988). Meta-comments: A discussion of critiques of L.M. Dunn's monograph 'Bilingual Hispanic Children on the US Mainland'. Hispanic Journal of Behavioural Sciences 10(3), 273-300.

Berman, P. et al. (1992). Meeting The Challenge of Language Diversity (Volume II, Findings and Conclusions). Berkeley: BW Associates, 1-223.

Berman, R. (1987). Cognitive principles and language acquisition. In Pfaff; C (ed.) First and second language acquisition processes, pp.3-27. Newbury House, Cambridge, Mass.

Berman, R. (1999). 'Bilinguals proficiency/proficient bilingualism: insights from narrative texts', in G. Extra & L. Verhoeven (eds.), Bilingualism and Migration, Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter, 187-208.

Berman, R. & Olshtain, E. (1983). 'Features of first language transfer in second language attrition', Applied Linguistics, 4, 222-234.

Berman, R. & Slobin, D. (1994). Relating events in narrative: A crosslinguistic developmental study. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Bernhardt, E. (1992). Life in Language Immersion classrooms, Multilingual Matters.

Bernhardt, E. (2003). Challenges to reading research from a multilingual world. Reading Research Quarterly 38 (1) 112-117.

Bernhardt, E., & Kamil, M. (1995). Interpreting relationships between L1 and L2 reading: Consolidating the linguistic threshold and the linguistic interdependence hypotheses. Applied Linguistics 16 (1), 15-34.

Bernhardt, E.B. (1986). 'Cognitive processes in L2: an examination of reading behaviours', in Lantolf, J. & Labarca, A. (eds), Research on second language acquisition in classroom settings, Norwood, Ablex.

Bernhardt, E.B. (1986). 'Reading in the foreign language', in H.H. Wing (ed.), Listening, Reading, and Writing; Analysis and Applications, Middlebury, NorthEast Conference on the Teaching of Foreign Languages.

Bernhardt, E.B. (1986). 'Three approcahes to reading comprehension in intermediate German', MLJ, 67, 111-115.

Bernhardt, E.B. (1991). Reading development in a second language, Norwood, NJ.

Berry, D. (1994). Vocabulary acquisition: Implicit and explicit learning of complex tasks. In N. Ellis (Ed.), Implicit and explicit learning of languages (pp. 147-164). London: Academic.

Berry, J.W. (1998). 'Official multiculturalism', in Edwards, J. (ed.), Language in Canada, CUP, 84-101.

Berry, J.W., Poortinga, Y.H., Segall, M.H., & Dasen, P.R. (1992). Cross-cultural Psychology: Research and Applications, CUP.

Bersudsky, Y., J. Fine, et al. (2005). "Schizophrenia and second language acquisition." Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry 29(4): 535-542.

Berthier, M.L., Starkstein, S.E., Lylyk, P. & Leiguarda, R. (1990). 'Differential recovery of languages in a bilingual patient: a case study using selective amytal test', Brain and Language, 38, 449-453.

Berthoz-Proux, M. (1976). 'L'enfant de travailleur migrant l'cole franaise', Langue franaise, 29, 116-26.

Berwick, R. (1990). Task Variation and Repair in English as a Foreign Language. Kobe University of Commerce: Institute of Economic Research.

Berwick, R. & S. Ross. (1989). 'Motivation after matriculation: are Japanese learners of English still alive after examination hell'. JALT 11:193-210.

Besner, D. & Hildebrandt, N. (1987). 'Orthographic and phonological codes in the oral reading of Japanese', J. Exp. Psychol: Learning, Memory and Cognition, 13, 335-343.

Best, C. (1995). A direct realist view of cross-language speech perception. In: Strange, W. (ed). Speech Perception and Linguistic Experience.. Baltimore: York Press.

Best, C., Faber, A. & Levitt, A. (1996). Perceptual assimilation of non-native vowel contrasts to the American English vowel system. The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 99, 2602A.

Best, C., McRoberts, G. & Sithole, N. (1988). 'Examination of perceptual reorganisation for non-native speech contrasts: Zulu click discrimination by English-speaking adults', J. Exp. Psych.: Human Perceptual Performance, 14, 345-360.

Best, C., McRoberts, G. & Sithole, N. (2001). 'Discrimination of non-native consonant contrasts varying in perceptual assimilation to the listener's native phonological system', J. Acoustical Society of America, 109, 2, 775-794.

Best, C.C., & McRoberts, G. W. (2003). Infant perception of non-native consonant contrasts that adults assimilate in different ways. Language and Speech, 46, 183-216.

Best, C.T. (1994). The emergence of native-language phonological influences in infants: A perceptual assimilation model. In H. C. Nussbaum & J. C. Goodman (Eds.), The development of speech perception: The transition from speech sounds to spoken words (pp. 167-224). Cambridge MA: MIT Press.

Betteraij, M. van, Kellerman, E. & Schils. E. (1996). Self-disclosure and safe topics of conversation: a cross-cultural appraisal. In E. Kellerman, B. Weltens & T. Bongaerts (Eds.), Papers from EUROSLA 6. Toegepaste Taalwetenschap in Artikelen 55.

Bettoni, C. (1981). Italian in North Queensland. Changes in the Speech of First and Second Generation Bilinguals. Townsville: James Cook University.

Bever, T. (1970). The cognitive basis for linguistic structures. In Hayes, J (ed.) Cognition and the growth of language, pp.279-352. John Wiley, New York.

Bever, T. and Montalbetti, M. (2002). 'Chomsky's Ark', Science, 298, 1565-1566.

Bhardwaj, M. (1986). 'Reference to space by a Punjabi acquirer of English'. Nijmegen: ESF Working paper.

Bhardwaj, M. (1988). Longitudinal studies of target language English. Final report to the European Science Foundation, Vol. V: Temporality ed. by M. Bhardwaj, R. Dietrich & C. Noyau, 30-86. Strasbourg.

Bhardwaj, M., R. Dietrich, & C. Noyau. (1988). 'Second language acquisition by adult immigrants: temporality'. Final Report Volume 5. Strasbourg, France: European Science Foundation.

Bhatia, T., & Ritchie, W. (Eds.). (2004). The handbook of bilingualism. Oxford, UK: Blackwell.

Bhatt, R. M. (1995). Prescriptivism, creativity and World Englishes. World Englishes, 14(2), 247-259.

Bialystok E. (ed.). (1993). Language Processing in Bilingual Children. Cambridge: CUP.

Bialystok, E. (1978). 'A theoretical model of second language learning'. Language Learning 28: 69-84.

Bialystok, E. (1979). 'Explicit and implicit judgements of L2 grammaticality'. Language Learning 29: 81-104.

Bialystok, E. (1981). 'The role of conscious strategies in second language proficiency'. Modern Language Journal 65: 24-35.

Bialystok, E. (1981). 'The role of linguistic knowledge in second language use'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 4: 31~5.

Bialystok, E. (1981). Some evidence for the integrity and interaction of two knowledge sources In Andersen, R (ed.) New dimensions in second language acquisition research, pp.62-74. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Bialystok, E. (1982). On the relationship between knowing and using linguistic forms. Applied Linguistics 3 (3): 181-206.

Bialystok, E. (1983). 'Inferencing: testing the "hypothesis-testing" hypothesis' in Seliger & Long (eds.) 1983.

Bialystok, E. (1983). 'Some factors in the selection and implementation of communication strategies', in Faerch, C., & Kasper, G. (ed.) (1983), Strategies in Interlanguage Communication, London, Longman.

Bialystok, E. (1985). 'The compatibility of teaching and learning strategies'. Applied Linguistics 6: 155-262.

Bialystok, E. (1986). 'Factors in the growth of linguistic awareness', Child Development, 37, 498-510.

Bialystok, E. (1986). Children's concept of word. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 15, 13-22.

Bialystok, E. (1987). 'Influences of bilingualism on metalinguistic development', Second Language Research, 3, 2, 154-166.

Bialystok, E. (1987). Words as things. Development of word concept by bilingual children. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 9, 133-40.

Bialystok, E. (1988). Levels of bilingualism and levels of linguistic awareness. Devel-opmental Psychology 24 (4), 560-567.

Bialystok, E. (1990). 'The competence of processing: classifying theories of second language acquisition'. TESOL Quarterly 24: 635~8.

Bialystok, E. (1990). Communication Strategies: A Psychological Analysis of Second-Language Use. Oxford: Basil Blackwell.

Bialystok, E. (1991). 'Achieving proficiency in a second language: a processing description' in Phillipson et al. (eds.) 1991.

Bialystok, E. (1991). Metalinguistic dimensions of bilingual language proficiency. In E. Bialystok (Ed.), Language processing in bilingual children (pp. 113-140). London: CUP.

Bialystok, E. (1992). Selective attention in cognitive processing: The bilingual edge. In R. J. Harris (Ed.), Cognitive processing in bilinguals (pp. 501-513). Amsterdam: Elsvevier Science Publishers.

Bialystok, E. (1993). Metalinguistic dimensions of bilingual language proficiency. In E. Bialystok (ed.), Language Processing in Bilingual Children. Cambridge: CUP, 113-140.

Bialystok, E. (1993). Symbolic representation and attentional control in pragmatic competence. In: Kasper, G., & Blum-Kulka, S. (eds.). Interlanguage pragmatics. New York: OUP, 43-59.

Bialystok, E. (1994). 'Analysis and control in the development of second language proficiency,' Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 157-168.

Bialystok, E. (1994). Representation and ways of knowing: Three issues in second language acquisition. In N. Ellis (Ed.), Implicit and explicit learning of languages (pp. 549-569). London: Academic Press.

Bialystok, E. (1997). 'The structure of age: in search of barriers to second language acquisition ', Second Language Research, 13, 116-137.

Bialystok, E. (1997). Effects of bilingualism and biliteracy on children's emerging concepts of print. Developmental Psychology, 33, 429-440.

Bialystok, E. (1998). Beyond binary options: Effects of two languages on the bilingual mind. Studia Anglica Posnaniensia, 33, 47-60.

Bialystok, E. (1999). Cognitive complexity and attentional control in the bilingual mind. Child Development, 70, 636-644.

Bialystok, E. (2001). Bilingualism in Development. Cambridge: CUP.

Bialystok, E. (2001). Metalinguistic aspects of bilingual processing. Annual Review of Applied Linguistics 21, 169--181.

Bialystok, E. (2004). The impact of bilingualism on language and literacy development. In T. K. Bhatia & W. C. Ritchie (Eds.), The handbook of bilingualism (pp. 577-601). Malden MA: Blackwell Publishing.

Bialystok, E. (2006). Effect of bilingualism and computer video game experience on the Simon task. Canadian Journal of Experimental Psychology, 60, 68-79.

Bialystok, E. (2007). Cognitive effects of bilingualism: How linguistic experience leads to cognitive change. The International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 10, 210-223.

Bialystok, E. & Codd, J. (1997). Cardinal limits: Evidence from language awareness and bilingualism for developing concepts of number. Cognitive Development, 12, 85-106.

Bialystok, E. & Frhlich, M. (1977). Aspects of second language learning in classroom settings. Working Papers on Bilingualism 13:1-26.

Bialystok, E. & Frhlich, M. (1978). 'Variables of classroom achievement in second language learning'. Modern Language Journal 62: 327-36.

Bialystok, E. & Hakuta, K. (1999). 'Confounded age; linguistic and cognitive factiors for second language acquisition', in Birdsong (1999), 161-181.

Bialystok, E. & Kellerman, E. (1987). Language strategies in the classroom. In Das, B. K. (ed.) Communication and Learning in the Classroom Community. Regional Language Centre, Singapore.

Bialystok, E. & Majumdar, S. (1998). 'The relationship between bilingualism and the development of cognitive processes in problem solving', Applied Psycholinguistics, 19, 69-85.

Bialystok, E. & Miller, B. (1999). 'The problem of age in second language acquisition: Influences from language, structure, and task'. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition 2 (2), pp 127-145.

Bialystok, E. & Ryan, E. (1985). 'A metacognitive framework for the development of first and second language skills' in Forrest-Pressley, D.L., Mackinn, G.E., & Walker, T.G. (eds.), Metacognition, Cognition, and Human Performance. New York, Academic Press.

Bialystok, E. & Ryan, E. (1985). 'Toward a definition of metalinguistic skill', Merrill Palmer Quarterly, 31, 3, 229-249.

Bialystok, E. & Sharwood Smith, M. (1985). Interlanguage is not a state of mind: an evaluation of the construct for second language acquisition. Applied Linguistics 6: 101-7.

Bialystok, E., Craik, F. I. M., Freedman, M. (2007). Bilingualism as a protection against the onset of symptoms of dementia. Neuropsychologia, 45, 459-464.

Bialystok, E., Craik, F. I. M., Grady, C., Chau, W., Ishii, R., Gunji, A., & Pantev, C. (2005a). Effect of bilingualism on cognitive control in a Simon task: Evidence from MEG. NeuroImage, 24, 40-49.

Bialystok, E., Craik, F.I.M., Klein, R. & Viswanathan, M. (2004). 'Bilingualism, aging and cognitive control: evidence from the Simon task', Psychology and Aging, 19, 2, 290-303.

Bialystok, E., Frhlich, M. & Howard, J. (1978). 'The teaching and learning of French as a second language in two distinct learning settings'. Project report. Toronto: Modern Language Centre, Ontario Institute for Studies in Education.

Bialystok, E., Majumdar, S. & Martin, M. (2003). 'Developing phonological awareness: is there a bilingual advantage?', Applied Pyscholinguistics, 24, 27-44.

Bialystok, E., Martin, M. M., & Viswanathan, M. (2005b). Bilingualism across the lifespan: The rise and fall of inhibitory control. International Journal of Bilingualism, 9, 103-119.

Bialystok, E., Shenfield, T. & Codd, J. (2000). Languages, scripts, and the environment: Factors in developing concepts of print. Developmental Psychology, 36, 66-76.

Bian, (2002) Psychological analysis of common spelling errors, Journal of Hebei Institute of Architectural Science and Technology, Vol. 119, No.11, PP. 53-55

Bibeau, G. (1984). 'No easy road to bilingualim', Language and Society Special Issue, 12, 44-47.

Bickerton, D & Odo, C. (1976). Change and variation in Hawaiian English, Vol.1: General Phonology and pidgin syntax. Social Science and Linguistics Institute, University of Hawaii at Manoa, Honolulu.

Bickerton, D. (1975). Dynamics of a Creole System. Cambridge: CUP.

Bickerton, D. (1977). Change and variation in Hawaiian English, Vol.2: Social Sciences and Linguistic Institute, University of Hawaii at Manoa, Honolulu.

Bickerton, D. (1979). Beginnings. In Hill, K (ed.) The genesis of language, pp.1 22, Karoma, Ann Arbor.

Bickerton, D. (1981). 'Discussion of "Two perspectives on pidginization as second language acquisition" 'in Andersen (ed.) 1981.

Bickerton, D. (1981). Roots of language. Karoma, Ann Arbor.

Bickerton, D. (1983). Comments on Valdman's 'Creolization and second language acquisition.' In Andersen, R (ed.) Pidginisation and Creolization as language acquisition, pp. 235~0. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Bickerton, D. (1984). 'The language bioprogram hypothesis and second language acquisition', in Rutherford, W.E. (ed.), Language Universals and Second Language Acquisition, John Benjamins, Amsterdam.

Bickerton, D. (1984). The language bioprogram hypothesis. The Behavioural and Brain Sciences 7: 173-88.

Bickerton, D. (1986). Pidgin and creole studies. Annual Review of Anthropology 5:169-93.

Bickerton, D. & Givon, T. (1976). 'Pidginization and syntactic change: from SXV and VSX to SVX' in Stever et al. (eds). 1976.

Biddle, B. J. (1967). Methods and concepts in classroom research. Review of Educational Research 37:337-357.

Biederman, I. & Tsao, I. (1979). 'On processing Chinese ideographs and English words: some implications from Stroop-test results', Cognitive Psychology, 2, 125-132.

Bigelow, M. & Tarone, E. (2004). 'The role of literacy level in second language acquisition: doesn't who we study determine what we know?', TESOL Quarterly, 38, 4 689-700.

Bijeljac-Babic, R., Biardeau, A. & Grainger, J. (1995). 'Masked orthographic priming in bilingual word recognition', Memory and Cognition, 25, 447-457.

Billieres, M. & Spanghero-Gaillard, N. (2005) La didactique cognitive des langues : regards croises des disciplines pour comprendre le - comment -. Revue PArole, 34-35-36 : 101-137

Billiez, J. & Merabti, N. (1991). Communication familiale et entre pairs: variations du comportement langagier d'adolescents bilingues. Plurilinguismes, 1: 3~52.

Billmeyer, K. (1990). "I really like your lifestyle": ESL learners learning how to compliment'. Penn Working Papers in Educational Linguistics 6: 31~8.

Binder, J.R., Swanson, S.J., Hammeke, T.A., Morris, G.L, Mueller, W.M., Fischer, M., Benbadid, S., Frost, J.A., Rao, S.M. & Haughton, V.M. (1996). 'Determination of language dominance using functional MRI: a comparison with the WADA test', Neurology, 46, 978-984.

Bingaman, J. (1990). 'On the English Proficiency Act' in Adams & Brinks (eds.) 1990.

Birdsong, C. 2003. Authenticite de prononciation en francais L2 chez des apprenants tardifs anglophones: Analyses segmentales et globales. AILE 18: 17--36.

Birdsong, D. (1989). Metalinguistic Performance and Interlanguage Competence. New York: Springer.

Birdsong, D. (1992). 'Ultimate attainment in second language acquisition'. Language 68: 706-55.

Birdsong, D. (1994). 'Asymmetrical knowledge of ungrammaticality in SLA theory', SSLA, 16, 463-473.

Birdsong, D. (1999). Introduction: Whys and why nots of the critical period hypothesis for second language learning. In D. Birdsong (Eds.), Second language acquisition and the critical period hypothesis (pp. 1-22). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Birdsong, D. (2005). Interpreting age effects in second language acquisition. In J.F. Kroll & A.M.B. de Groot (Eds.), Handbook of bilingualism: Psycholinguistic perspectives (pp. 109--127). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Birdsong, D. (2006). Age and second language acquisition and processing: A selective overview. Language Learning, 56, 9-48.

Birdsong, D. (ed.). (1999). Second language acquisition and the critical period hypotthesis, New Jersey: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Birdsong, D. & Kassen, M. (1988), 'Teachers and students evaluations of foreign language errors: A meeting of minds?' Modern Language Journal, 72 (1), 1-12.

Birdsong, D. & Molis, M. 2001. On the evidence for maturational constraints in second language acquisition. Journal of Memory and Language 44: 235--249.

Birdsong, D., & Flege, J. E. (2001). Regular-irregular dissociations in L2 acquisition of English morphology. BUCLD 25: Proceedings of the 25th Annual Boston University Conference on Language Development (pp. 123-132). Boston MA: Cascadilla Press.

Birdsong, D., & Molis, M. (2001). On the evidence for maturational constraints in second language acquisition. Journal of Memory and Language, 44: 235--249.

Biskup, D. (1992). L1 influence on learners' renderings of English collocations: A Polish/German empirical study. In P. Arnaud & H. Bejoint (eds.), Vocabulary and applied linguistics, pp. 85-93. London: Macmillan.

Bjorklund, S. & Suni, I. 2000. The role of English as L3 in a Swedish immersion programme in Finland: Impacts on language teaching and language relations. In English in Europe: The Acquisition of a Third Language, J.

Black, A., A. Herbert, M. Kijebard, R. Hyman, & F. Smith. (1966). The Language of the Classroom. New York: Teachers College Press.

Black, S. (1995). 'Bilingual education: metling pot or salad bowl?' Educational Digest, 60, 7, 53-56.

Blackwell, A. & Broeder, P. (1992). 'Interference and Facilitation in SLA: A Connectionist Perspective', Seminar on PDP and NLP, San Diego, UCSD, May. Reported in Broeder & Plunkett (1994).

Blair, D., & Harris, R.J. (1981). 'A test of interlingual interaction in comprehension by bilinguals', J. Psycholing. Res, 10, 4, 457-467.

Blanc, H., le M. Douaron, & D. Vronique. (eds.). (1987). S'approprier une langue trangre, 196-210. Paris: Didier-Erudition.

Blank, M. (1980). Measuring lexical access during sentence processing. Perception and Psychophysics, 28:1-8.

Blank, M., Gessner, M., & Esposito, A. (1979). Language without communication: a case study. Child Language 6 (2): 329-52.

Blatchford, C. & Schachter, J. (eds.). (1978). On TESOL '78: EFL Policies, Programs, Practices. Washington D.C.: TESOL.

Blau, E. (1982). 'The effect of syntax on readability for ESL students in Puerto Rico'. TESOL Quarterly 16: 517-28.

Blau, E. (1990). The effect of syntax, speed, and pauses on lisetning comprehension. TESOL Quarterly, 24(4), 746-753.

Blau, E.K. (1982). The effect of syntax on readability for ESL students in Puerto Rico. TESOL Quarterly 16:517-528.

Bley-Vroman, R. (1983). The comparative fallacy in interlanguage studies: the case of systematicity. Language Learning 33:1-17.

Bley-Vroman, R. (1986). Hypothesis testing in second language acquisition. Language Learning 36: 353-76.

Bley-Vroman, R. (1988). The fundamental character of foreign language learning. In Rutherford, W. & Sharwood-Smith, M. (eds.) Grammar and second language teaching: a book of readings, pp. 19-30. Newbury House/Harper & Row, New York.

Bley-Vroman, R. (1989). 'The logical problem of second language learning', in S. Gass & J. Schachter (eds.), Linguistic Perspectives on Second Language Acquisition, CUP, 41-68.

Bley-Vroman, R. & Chaudron, C. (1990). 'Second language processing of subordinate clauses and anaphora-first language and universal influences: a review of Flynn's research'. Language Learning 40: 245-85.

Bley-Vroman, R.W., Felix, S. & Ioup, G.L. (1988). 'The accessibility of Universal Grammar in adult language learning', Second Language Research, 4 (1), 1-32.

Blint, A. (1923). Observations in a case of polyglot aphasia. In M. Paradis (Ed.), Readings on aphasia in bilinguals and polyglots (pp. 169-'"175). Montreal: Didier. (Original work published in 1923.).

Block, D. (1996). Not so fast: some thoughts on theory culling, relativism, accepted findings and the heart and soul of SLA. Applied Linguistics 17, 1, 63-83.

Block, D. (2003). The Social Turn in Second Language Acquisition. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.

Block, D. (2006). Multilingual Identities in a Global City: London Stories. London: Palgrave.

Block, D. (2007). Second Language Identities. London: Continuum.

Block, E. (1986). 'The comprehension strategies of second language readers', TESOL Quarterly, 20, 3, 463-494.

Block, E. (1992). 'See how they read: comprehension monitoring of L1 and L2 readers', TESOL Quarterly, 26, 2, 319-342.

Bloem, I., & La Heij, W. (2003). Semantic facilitation and semantic interference in word translation: Implications for models of lexical access in language production. Journal of Memory and Language, 50, 468-488.

Bloem, I., Van den Boogaard, S., & La Heij, W. (2004). Semantic facilitation and semantic interference in language production: Further evidence for the conceptual selection model of lexical access. Journal of Memory and Language, 51, 307-323.

Blom, I-P. & Gumperz, J. J. (1972). Social meaning in linguistic structures: code-switching in Norway. In J.J Gumperz & D. Hymes eds., Directions in Sociolinguistics. The ethnography of communication. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston, 407-34.

Bloom, D.E. & Grenier, G. (1992). "Earnings of the French Minority in Canada and the Spanish Minority in the United States", in B.R. Chiswick (ed.) Immigration, Language, and Ethnicity: Canada and the United States. Washington, D.C.: The AEI Press.

Bloom, K.C. & Schuell, T.J. (1981). 'Effects of massed and distributed practice on the learning and retention of second language vocabulary', Journal of Educational Research, 74, 4, 245-248.

Blum-Kulka, S. (1981). 'Learning to use words: acquiring semantic competence in a second language', in: M. Nahir (ed) Hebrew Teaching and Applied Linguistics. University Press of America.

Blum-Kulka, S. (1982). Learning how to say what you mean in a second language: A study of the speech act performance of learners of Hebrew as a second language. Applied Linguistics 3, 29-59.

Blum-Kulka, S. (1987). Indirectness and politeness in requests: Same or different? Journal of Pragmatics, 11, 1987, 131-146.

Blum-Kulka, S. (1990). You don't touch lettuce with your fingers: Parental politeness in family discourse. Journal of Pragmatics 14, 259-89.

Blum-Kulka, S. (1991). 'Interlanguage pragmatics: The case of requests' in . In: Phillipson, R., Kellerman, E., Selinker, L., Sharwood Smith, M., & Swain, M. (eds.). Foreign and second language pedagogy research. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters, 1991, 255-272.

Blum-Kulka, S. (1991). Interlanguage pragmatics: the case of requests. In R. Phillipson, E. Kellerman, L. Selinker, M. Sharwood Smith & M. Swain (eds) Foreign/Second Language Pedagogy Research (pp. 255-272). Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Blum-Kulka, S. & House, J. (1989). Cross-cultural and situational variation in requestive behavior. In: Blum-Kulka, S., House, J., & Kasper, G. (eds.). Cross-cultural pragmatics: Requests and apologies. Norwood, NJ: Ablex, 123-154.

Blum-Kulka, S. & Levenston, E. (1983). Universals of lexical simplification. In C. Faerch and G. Kasper (Eds.) Strategies in Interlanguage Communication. London: Longman.

Blum-Kulka, S. & Levenston, E. (1987). 'Lexical-Grammatical Pragmatic Indicators'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 15 5-69.

Blum-Kulka, S. & Olshtain, E (1984). Requests and apologies: a cross-cultural study of speech act realisation patterns. Applied Linguistics 5 (3): 196-213.

Blum-Kulka, S. & Olshtain, E. (1986). Too many words: length of utterance and pragmatic failure. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 8: 165-79.

Blum-Kulka, S. & Olshtain, E. (eds). (1984). Pragmatics and second language learning. Applied Linguistics 5 (3), Special Issue.

Blum-Kulka, S. & Sheffer, H. (1993). The metapragmatic discourse of American-Israeli families at dinner. In Kasper, G. & Blum-Kulka, S. (eds.). Interlanguage Pragmatics. Oxford: OUP, 196-223.

Blum-Kulka, S., House, J. & Kasper, G. (1989). 'Investigating cross-cultural pragmatics: an introductory overview' in S. Blum-Kulka et al. (eds.) 1989a.

Blum-Kulka, S., House, J. & Kasper, G. (eds.). (1989). Cross-cultural Pragmatics: Requests and Apologies. Norwood, NJ.: Ablex.

Blum, S. & Levenston E. (1978). 'Lexical simplification in second language acquisition', Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 2, 2, 43-64.

Blum, S. & Levenston, E. (1977). Strategies of communications, through lexical avoidance in the speech and writing of second-language teachers and learners and in translation. Mimeo.

Blum, S. & Levenston, E. (1978). Universals of lexical simplification. Language Learning, 28(2), 399-415.

Blumenfeld, H. K., & Marian, V. (2007). Constraints on parallel activation in bilingual spoken language processing: Examining proficiency and lexical status using eye-tracking. Language and Cognitive Processes, 22, 633-660.

Blyth, C. (1995). 'Redefining the boundaries of language use: the foreign language classroom as a multilingual speech community', in C. Kramsch (ed.), Redefining the Boundaries of Language Study, Boston: Heinle & Heinle, 145-183.

Blyth, C. (1995). Redefining the boundaries of language use: the foreign language classroom as a multilingual speech community. In C. Kramsch (Ed.), Redefining the boundaries of language study (pp. 145-184). Boston: Heinle & Heinle.

Bodman, J. & M. Eisenstein. (1988). 'May God increase your bounty: the expression of gratitude in English by native and non-native speakers'. Cross Currents 15:1-21.

Boeschoten, H. (1990). Asymmetrical code-switching in immigrant communities. In Papers for the workshop on constraints, conditions and models. (Held in London, 27-29 September 1990.) Strasbourg: European Science Foundation, 85-100.

Boeschoten, R. & Verhoeven, L. (1987). Language mixing in children's speech: Dutch language use in Turkish discourse. Language Learning, 37 (2): 191-215.

Bogaards, P. (1991). Dictionnaires pedagogiques et apprentissage du vocabulaire. Cahiers de Lexicologie 59: 93-107.

Bogen, J. & J. Woodward. (1988). 'Saving the phenomena'. Philosophical Review 97: 303-52. Cited in Gregg 1993.

Bohn, O. (1986). 'Formulas, frame structures, and stereotypes in early syntactic development: some new evidence from L2 acquisition'. Linguistics 24:185-202.

Bohn, O. & Flege, J. (1992). 'The production of new and similar vowels by adult German learners of English'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 14:131-58.

Bohn, O. & Flege, J.E. (1990). "Perception and production of a new vowel category by adult second language learners", in: Leather & James (eds.), 37-56.

Bohn, O.-S. & Flege, J. E. (1990). Interlingual identification and the role of foreign language experience in L2 vowel perception. Applied Psycholinguistics 11, 303-328.

Bokamba, E. (1988). 'Code mixing, language variation and linguistic theory; evidence from Bantu languages', Lingua, 76, 21-62.

Bokamba, E. (1989). 'Are there syntactic constraints on code-mixing?' in Bhatia, T. & Ritchie, W. (eds.), Code mixing: English across languages, New York, Pergamon, 277-292.

Bokhorst-Heng, W. D., Alsagoff, L., McKay, S. and Rubdy, R. (2007). 'English language ownership among Singaporean Malays: going beyond the NS/NNS dichotomy', World Englishes, 26, (4), pp. 424-445.

Bolander, M. (1988). ''Is there any order? On word order in Swedish learner language', JMMD, 9, 97-113.

Bolte, H. & Herrlitz, W. (eds.). (1985). Kommunikation im Sprachunterricht. Utrecht: Instituut 'Franzen', University of Utrecht.

Bond, M.H. (1983). 'How language variation affects inter-cultural differentiation of vakues by Hong Kong bilinguals', Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 2, 57-66.

Bond, Z.S., Eddey, J.E., & Bermejo, J.J. (1980). 'VOT del Espanol to English: comparison of a language-disordered and normal child', J. Phon., 8, 287-291.

Bongaerts, T, Planken, B. & Schils, E. (1997). 'Age and ultimate attainment in the pronunciation of a foreign language', SLR, 19, 447-465.

Bongaerts, T. (1983). 'The comprehension of three complex English structures by Dutch learners', Language Learning, XXXIII, 2.

Bongaerts, T. (1999). Ultimate attainment in L2 pronunciation: The case of very advanced late L2 learners. In D. Birdsong (Ed.), Second language acquisition and the critical period hypothesis (pp. 133-159). Mahwah NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Bongaerts, T. & Poulisse, N. (1989). 'Communicative strategies in L1 and L2 ; same or different?', Applied Linguistics, 10, 253 - 268.

Bongaerts, T. 2003. Effets de l'age sur l'acquisition de la prononciation d'une seconde langue. Acquisition et Interaction en Langue Etrangere 18: 79--98.

Bongaerts, T., Kellerman, E. & Bentlage, A. (1987). 'Perspective and Proficiency in L2 Referential Communication'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 171-99.

Bongaerts, T., Mennen, S. & Van der Slik, F. (2000). 'Authenticity of pronunciation in a naturalistic second language acquisition: the case of very advanced late learners of Dutch as a second language', Studia Linguistica, 54 (2), 298-308.

Bongaerts, T., Planken, B., & Schils, E. (1995). Can late starters attain a native accent in a foreign language? A test of the Critical Period Hypothesis'. In D. Singleton & Z. Lengyel, The Age Factor in Second Language Acquisition. Clevedon Multilingual Matters.

Bongaerts, T., van Summeren, C. Planken, B. & Schils, E (1997). 'Age and ultimate attainment in the pronunciation of a foreign language', SSLA, 19, 447-465.

Bongartz, C. (2002). Noun combination in interlanguage: Typology effects in complex determiner phrases. Tbingen, Germany: Niemeyer.

Bonikowska, M. (1988). 'The choice of opting out'. Applied Linguistics 9:169-81.

Born, W. (ed.). (1979). The Foreign Language Learner in Today's Classroom Environment. Montpelier, Vermont: Northeast Conference on the Teaching of Foreign Languages.

Borod, J., Koff, E., Perlman, M. & Nicholas, M. (1985). 'Channels of emotional expression in patients with unilateral brain damage', Archives of Neurology, 42, 345-348.

Boroditsky, L. (2001). Does language shape thought? Mandarin and English speakers'conceptions of time. Cognitive Psychology, 43, 1-22.

Boroditsky, L. (2003). Linguistic relativity. In L. Nadel (Ed.), Encyclopedia of cognitive science (917-92). London: Macmillan.

Boroditsky, L., Ham, W. & Ramscar, M. (2002). What is universal about event perception? Comparing English and Indonesian speakers. Proceedings of the 24th Annual Meeting of the Cognitive Science Society. Fairfax, VA.

Boroditsky, L., Ham, W., & Ramscar, M. (2002). What is universal in event perception? Comparing English and Indonesian speakers. Proceedings of the 24th Annual Meeting of the Cognitive Science Society. Fairfax, VA..

Boroditsky, L., Schmidt, L., & Phillips, W. (2003). Sex, syntax, and semantics. In D. Gentner & S. Goldin-Meadow (Eds.), Language in mind: Advances in the study of language and thought (pp. 61-79). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Bos, P., Hollbrandse, B., & Sleeman, P. (2004). The pragmatics-syntax and the semantics-syntax interface in acquisition. IRAL, 42: 101-110.

Bosch, L. & Sebastian-Galles, N. 2003. Simultaneous bilingualism and the perception of a language specific vowel contrast in the first year of life. Language and Speech 46: 217--243.

Bosch, L. & Sebastiín-Galls, N. (1997). 'Native-language recognition abilities in four-month old infants from monolingual and bilingual environments', Cognition, 65, 33-69.

Bosch, L., & Sebastiín-Galls, N. (2001). Evidence of early language discrimination abilities in infants from bilingual environments. Infancy, 2, 29-49.

Bosch, L., & Sebastiín-Galls, N. (2003a). Simultaneous bilingualism and the perception of a language-specific vowel contrast in the first year of life. Language and Speech, 46, 217-243.

Bosch, L., & Sebastiín-Galls, N. (2003b). Language experience and the perception of a voicing contrast in fricatives: Infant and adult data. In M. J. Sol, D. Recasens, & J. Romero (Eds.), Proceedings of the 15th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences (pp. 1987-1990). Barcelona: Causal Productions.

Bosco, F.J. & Di Pietro, R. (1970). 'Instructional strategies: their psychological and linguistic bases', IRAL, 8, 1-19.

Bossers, B. (1991). On thresholds, ceilings and short-circuits: the relation between L1 reading, L2 reading and L2 knowledge. AILA Review 8, 45-60.

Botha, R. (2007). On homesign systems as a potential window on language evolution. Language & Communication, 27, 41-53.

Boubakri, H. (1984). La restauration tunisienne Paris. Etudes Mditerranennes, 7: 51-114.

Boubakri, H. (1985). Modes de gestion et rinvestissements chez les commerants tunisiens de Paris. Revue Europenne des Migrations Internationales, 1 (1), 49-65.

Boudreault, P., & Mayberry, R. (2006). Grammatical processing in American Sign Language: Age of first-language acquisition effects in relation to syntactic structure. Language and Cognitive Processes, 21: 608--635.

Boumans, L. (1998). The syntax of codeswitching: Analyzing Moroccan Arabic/Dutch conversations. Tilburg: Tilburg University Press.

Bouquet, F., Tuvo, F. & Paci, M. (1981). Afasia traumatica in un bambino bilingue nel 50 anno di vita. Neuropsichiatria infantile, 236, 159-169.

Bourgain, E (1978). Attitudes et apprentissage. In Ferenczi, V. (ed.) Psychologie, langage et apprentissage, pp.67-84. Paris.

Bourhis, R. (1983). Language attitudes and self-reports of French-English language usage in Quebec. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 4, 163-79.

Bourhis, R. (1990). 'Social and individual factors in language acquisition: some models of bilingual proficiency', in Harley et al, 134-145.

Bourhis, R. & Giles, H. (1977). 'The language of intergroup distinctiveness' in Giles (ed.) 1977.

Bourhis, R., Giles, H., Leyens, 1. P. & Tajfel, H. (1979). Psycholinguistic distinctiveness: language divergence in Belgium. In H. Giles & R. St. Clair eds., Language and social psychology. Oxford: Basil Blackwells, 158-85.

Bourque, M.A. & Baum, S.R. (1996). 'Lexical organisation in compound versus subordinate bilinguals: is there a difference?', Brain and Language, 47, 3, 444-446.

Bouton, L.F. (1992). Culture, pragmatics and implicature. AFinLa Yearbook 35-61.

Bouton, L.F. (1994). Conversational implicature in the second language: Learned slowly when not deliberately taught. Journal of Pragmatics, 22, 1994,157-67.

Boyd, S. (1993). 'Changes in the lexicon of Finnish and American adult bilinguals in Sweden', in: K Hyltenstam & A Viberg (eds.) Progression and regression in language: sociocultural, neuropsychological and linguistic perspectives. CUP.

Boyd, S. & Andresson, P. (1991). 'Linguistic change among bilingual speakers of Finnish and American English in Sweden: background and spme tentative ffindings', International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 90, 13-35.

Boyle, E.R. (1990). Is there a bilingual answer for Hong Kong? Evaluation and Research in Education 4 (3), 117-127.

Boyle, J. (1987). 'Sex differences in listening vocabulary'. Language Learning 37:273-84.

Boyle, J. (1997). 'Native-speaker teachers of English in Hong Kong', Language and Education, 11, 3, 163-181.

Braccini, F. & Cianchi, R. (1993). 'The influence on some linguistic and cognitive skills of the early learning of a foreign language', Rassegna Italiana di Linguistica Applicata, 2, 53-66.

Brachfield, O. (1936). 'Individual psychology in the learning of languages, Int. J. Individual Psychology, 2, 77-83.

Bradley, D.C., Sanchez-Casas, R.M., & Garcia-Albea, J.E. (1993). 'The status of the syllable in the perception of Spanish and English', Language and Cognitive Processes, 8, 2, 197-233.

Bradlow, A. R., Pisoni, D. B., Akahane-Yamada, R. and Tohkura, Y. (1997). Training Japanese listeners to identify English /r/ and /l/: IV. Some effects of perceptual learning on speech production. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 101, (4), 2299-2310.

Braidi, S. (1992). Issues in input: An integrative framework for analysing second language input. In D. Staub & C. Delk (Eds.), Proceedings of the Twelfth Second Language Research Forum (pp. 335-'"336). East Lansing: Michigan State University, Department of English.

Braidi, S.M. (1995). Reconsidering the role of interaction and input in second language acquisition. Language Learning 45, 141-75.

Braidi, S.M. (1999). The acquisition of second language syntax, London: Arnold.

Braine, G. (2005). A history of research on non-native speaker English teachers. In E. Llurda (Ed.), Non-Native Language Teachers: perceptions, challenges and contributions to the profession (pp. 13-25). New York: Springer.

Braine, G. (ed.). (1999). Non-Native Educators in English Language Teaching. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Braine, M.D. (1987). Acquiring and processing first and second languages. In P. HOMEL, M. PALIJ and D. AARONSON (eds) Childhood Bilingualism: Aspects of Linguistic, Cognitive and Social Development. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Brann, C.M.B. 1981. Trilingualism in language planning for education in Sub-Saharan Africa. Paris: UNESCO, ref. ED-81/WS/116.

Bratt Paulston, C. (1988). (ed.). International handbook of bilingualism and bilingual education. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood Press.

Braudel, F. 1969. Histoire et sciences sociales: La longue duree. In Ecrits sur l'histoire,

Brauer, G. (ed.) (2000). Writing Across Languages, Ablex.

Brauer, M. (1998). 'Stroop interference in bilinguals: the role of similarity between languages', in A.F. Healy & L.E. Bourne Jr. (eds.), Foreign Language Learning: Psycholinguistic studies on training and retention, pp. 317-337, Mahwah, N.J.: Erlbaum.

Braun, A. & Cline, T. 2010. Trilingual families in mainly monolingual societies: Working towards a typology. International Journal of Multilingualism 7(2): 110--127.

Braunmuller, K. & Ferraresi, G. (eds). 2003. Aspects of Multilingualism in European Language History [Hamburg Studies on Multilingualism 2]. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Braunmuller, K. 2007. Receptive multilingualism in Northern Europe in the Middle Ages: A description of a scenario. In Receptive Multilingualism: Linguistic Analyses, Language Policies and Didactic Concepts [Hamburg Studies on Multilingualism 6], J. ten Thije & L. Zeevaert (eds), 25--47. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Brdart, S. (1980). Un probleme de mtalinguistique: l'explication des checs de communication chez l'enfant de 8 í 12 ans, Archives de Psychologie 48, 303-321.

Breathnach, C. (1993). 'Temporal determinants of language acquisition and bilingualism', Irish Journal of Psychological Medicine, 10, 41-7.

Breen, M. (1985). 'The social context for language learning-a neglected situation?' Studies in Second Language Acquisition 7:135-58.

Breen, M. (1987). 'Learner contributions to task design' in Candlin & Murphy (eds.).

Breen, M.P. (1984). 'Process syllabuses for the language classroom', in Brumfit, C.J. (ed.) General English Syllabus Design. ELT Documents, 118, 47-60.

Breitborde, L. (1998). Speaking and social identity: English in the lives of urban Africans. Berlin: Mouton De Gruyter.

Bremer, K., Broeder, P., Roberts, C., Simonot, M., & Vasseur, M.-Th. (eds.). (1988). Ways of achieving understanding: communicating to learn in a second language, (Final Report to the European Science Foundation, I). Strasbourg, London.

Bremer, K., Roberts, C., Vasseur, M.-T, Simonot, M. & Broeder, P. (1996). Achieving understanding: discourse in intercultural encounters. Harlow: Longman.

Bremner, S. (1999). Language learning strategies and language proficiency: investigating the relationship in Hong Kong, CMLR, 55, 4, 490-514.

Brennan, E. & Brennan, J.S.(1981). 'Accent scaling and language attitudes: reactions to Nexican American English', Language and Speech, 24, 207-221.

Brennan, E., Ryan, E. & Dawson, W. (1975). Scaling of apparent accentedness by magnitude estimation and sensory modality matching. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research 4, 27-36.

Brent Palmer, C. (1979). A sociolinguistic assessment of the notion immigrant semilingualism' from a social conflict perspective. Working Papers on Bilingualism, 9, 1-43.

Breton, A. (1978). Bilingualism: An Economic Approach. Montreal: C.D. Howe Institute.

Breton, A. (ed.). (1998). Economic Approaches to Language and Bilingualism, Canada: Canadian Heritage http://www.pch.gc.ca/offlangoff/perspectives/ english/economic/index.html.

Breton, A. (ed.). EXPLORING THE ECONOMICS OF LANGUAGE, Canadian Heritage, http://www.pch.gc.ca/offlangoff/perspectives/english/explorer/index.html.

Breton, A. & Mieszkowski, P. (1977). "The Economics of Bilingualism", in W.E. Oates (ed.) The Political Economy of Fiscal Federalism. Lexington, MA: D.C. Heath, 261-273.

Briellmann, R.S., Saling, M.M., Connell, A.B., Waites, A.B., Abbott, D.F., & Jackson, G.D. (2004). A high-field functional MRI study of quadrilingual subjects. Brain and Language, 89: 531--542.

Briggs, P. & Goryo, K. (1988). 'Biscriptal interference: a study of English and Japanese', Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 40A, 515-531.

Brindley, G. (1986). Semantic approaches to learner language. Australian Review of Applied Linguistics 3: l~3.

Brindley, G. (1986). The assessment of second language proficiency: issues and approaches. National Curriculum Resource Centre, Adelaide.

Brindley, G. (1991). 'Learnability in the ESL classroom: a pilot study'. Paper presented at RELC Regional Seminar on Language Acquisition and the Second/Foreign Language Classroom, Singapore.

Brindley, G. (1994). 'Task-centred assessment in language learning', in N. Bird, P. Falvey, A. Tsui, D. Allison and McNeill, A.(eds) Language and learning: paper presented at the Annual International Language in Education Conference, Hong Kong, 1993(pp.73-94).Hong Kong : Hong Kong.

Brindley, G. & Singh, K. (1982). The use of second language learning research in ESL proficiency assessment. Australian Review of Applied Linguistics 5.

Brire, E. (1978). 'Variables affecting native Mexican children's learning Spanish as a second language'. Language Learning 28:159-74.

Brire, E.J. (1966). An investigation of phonological interference. Language 42: 768-96.

Brire, E.J. (1968). A Psycholinguistic Study of Phonological Interference. Mouton, The Hague.

Brisbois, J. (1995). 'Connections between first and second language learning', Journal of Reading Behaviour, 27, 4, 565-584.

Brisk, M.E. (1976). The acquisition of Spanish gender by first grade Spanish-speaking children. In Keller, C. D., Taeschner, R. V. & Viera, S. eds, pp. 143-59.

Brizic, K. (2006). The secret life of languages: Origin-specific differences in L1/L2 acquisition by immigrant children. International Journal of Applied Linguistics 16.3, 339-362.

Brki-Cohen, J., Grosjean, F. & Miller, J. (1989). Base language effects on word identification in bilingual speech: evidence from categorical perception experiments. Language and Speech, 32:355-71.

Broady, E. (2005). 'Language learning motivation: who do you want to be?' Language Learning Journal, 31, 69-74.

Broca, P.P. (1861). Remarques sur le sige de la facult du language articul, suives d'une observation d'aphmie (perte de la parole). Bulletin de la Socit Anatomique, 6, 330-357.

Brock, C. A. (1986). The effects of referential questions on ESL classroom discourse. TESOL Quarterly 20:47-59.

Brock, C., Crookes, G., Day, R. R., & Long, M. H. (1986). The differential effects of corrective feedback in native speaker/non-native speaker conversation. In R. R. Day (Ed.), "Talking to learn": Conversation in second language acquisition (pp. 327-351). Cambridge, MS: Newbury House.

Broeder P. & Murre, J.M.J. (eds). (1999). Language and thought in development: crosslinguistucs studies, Tubingen: Gunter Narr.

Broeder, P. (1987). Learning to repeat to interact. Learner's repetitions in the language acquisition process of adults. Tilburg papers in Language and Literature, 114.

Broeder, P. (1989). Learning to talk about people: Towards a FL syllabus for adult learners. Language culture and curriculum, 2.1:31-41.

Broeder, P. (1990). Reference to people in adult language acquisition. ITL Review of Applied Linguistics, 87/88:23-43.

Broeder, P. (1991). Talking about people. A multiple case study on adult language acquisition, (European studies on multilingualism, 1). Amsterdam: Swets & Zeitlinger.

Broeder, P. & Extra, G. (1987). Measuring lexical richness and variety in second language use. Polyglot, 8:1-16. Special issue on lexicon, edited by Paul Meara.

Broeder, P. & Extra, G. (1989). Processes in the developing lexicon of adult immigrant learners. AILA Review, 6:86-109.

Broeder, P. & Extra, G. (1991). Acquisition of kinship reference: A study on word-formation processes of adult language learners. International Journal of Applied Linguistics, 1.2:209-227.

Broeder, P. & Murre, J. (eds.). (2000). Models of language acquisition. OUP.

Broeder, P. & Plunkett, P. (1994). 'Connectionism and second language acquisition' in Ellis, N. (ed.), Implicit and Explicit Learning of Languages. Academic Press, London 421-453.

Broeder, P. & Voionmaa, K. (1986). Establishing word-class distinctions in the vocabulary of adult language learners - a crosslinguistic perspective. In Dahl (ed.) Papers from the Ninth Scandinavian Conference of Linguistics, 74-85. University of Stockholm: Dept. of Linguistics.

Broeder, P., Extra, G. & Hout, R. van. (1989). 'Vocabulary acquisition'. AILA Review 1989. Amsterdam: Free University Press.

Broeder, P., Extra, G., & Hout, R. van. (1986). Acquiring the linguistic devices for pronominal reference to persons: A crosslinguistic perspective on complex tasks with small words. In F. Beukema & A. Hulk (eds.) Linguistics in the Netherlands, 27-40. Dordrecht: Foris.

Broeder, P., Extra, G., Hout, R. van, Strmqvist, S., & Voionmaa, K. (eds.). (1988). Processes in the developing lexicon, (= Final Report to the European Science Foundation, III). Strasbourg, Tilburg, Gteborg.

Broeder, P., Extra, G., van Hout, R. & Voionmaa, K. (1993), 'Word formation processes in talking about entities', in: C. Purdue (ed.) Adult Language Acquisition: cross-linguistic perspectives, vol 2. CUP.

Broek, C. (1986). 'The effects of referential questions on ESL classroom discourse'. TESOL Quarterly 20: 47-8.

Broersma, M. (2002). Comprehension of non-native speech: Inaccurate phoneme processing and activation of lexical competitors. Proceedings of the 7th International Conference on Spoken Language Processing (pp. 261-264). Center for Spoken Language Research, University of Colorado, Boulder (CD-ROM).

Broersma, M. (2006). Accident-execute: Increased activation in nonnative listening. Paper presented at Interspeech 2006-ICSLP, Ninth International Conference on Spoken Language Processing, Pittsburgh PA.

Brohy, C. (2001). Generic and/or specific advantages of bilingualism in a dynamic purilingual situation: The case of French as official L3 in the school of Samedan (Switzerland). International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism 4.1, 38--49.

Brooks, F. (1990). 'Foreign language learning: a social interaction perspective', in VanPatten, B. & Lee, J.F. (eds.), Second language acquisition-foreign language learning, Clevedon: Multilingual Matters, 153-169.

Brooks, F. & Donato, R. (1994). Vygotskyan approaches to understanding foreign language learner discourse during communicative tasks. Hispania,77, 262-274.

Brooks, N. (1960). Language and Language Learning. New York: Harcourt Brace & World.

Brophy, J. & Good, T. (1974). Teacher-student relationships: causes and consequences. Holt, Rinehart & Winston, New York.

Broselow, E. (1983). 'Non-obvious transfer: On predicting epenthesis errors', in: Gass & Selinker (eds.), 269-280.

Broselow, E. (1984). "An investigation of transfer in second language phonology", International Review of Applied Linguistics 22: 253-269.

Broselow, E. (1988), 'Prosodic Phonology and the Acquisition of a Second Language', in S. Flynn & W. O'Neil (eds.), Linguistic Theory in Second Language Acquisition, Kluwer, Dordrecht.

Broselow, E. & Finer, D. (1991). 'Parameter-setting in second language phonology and syntax', Second Language Research, 7, 1, 35-60.

Broselow, E., Chen, S. & Wang, C. (1998). The emergence of the unmarked in second language phonology', SSLA, 20, 261-280.

Broun, M. 1937. Beobachtungen zur Frage der Mehrsprachigkeit. Gottingische Gelehrte Anzeigen 4: 115--130.

Brouwer, C. E. (2003). Word searches in NNS-NS interaction: Opportunities for language learning? Modern Language Journal, 87(4), 534--45.

Brouwer, C. E. (2004). On doing pronunciation. In R. Gardner & J. Wagner (Eds.), Second language conversations (pp. 93-113). London: Continuum. 41.

Brouwer, C. E., & Wagner, J. (2004). Developmental issues in second language conversation. Journal of Applied Linguistics, 1(1), 29-47.

Brown, A. (1982). 'Inducing strategic learning from texts by means of informed, self-control training', Topics in Learning and Learning Disability, 2, 1-17.

Brown, A. & Gullberg, M. (2008). Bidirectional crosslinguistic influence in L1-L2 encoding of Manner in speech and gesture: A study of Japanese speakers of English. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 30, 225-251.

Brown, C. (1985). Requests for specific language input: differences between older and younger adult language learners. In Gass, S & Madden C (eds.) Input in second language acquisition. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Brown, C. (1985). Two windows on the classroom world: diary studies and participant observation differences. In P. Larson, E. L. Judd, & D. S. Messerschmitt, eds. On TESOL '84: a brave new world for TESOL, 121-134 Washington, D.C.: TESOL.

Brown, C. (1993). 'Factors affecting the acquisition of vocabulary: frequency and saliency of words' in Huckin, T., et al, 263-286.

Brown, C. (1993). The role of the L1 grammar in the L2 acquisition of segmental structure. McGill Working Papers in Linguistics, 9, 180-210.

Brown, C. (1998). The role of the L1 grammar in the L2 acquisition of segmental structure. Second Language Research, 14, 2, 136-193.

Brown, C. (2000). 'The interrelation between speech production and phonological acquisition from infant to child', in Archibald, J. (ed) (2000) Second Language Acquisition and Linguistic Theory. Oxford: Blackwell.

Brown, G.D.A. & Hulme, C. (1992). Cognitive processing and second language processing: the role of short term memory. In R.J. Harris (ed.), Cognitive Processing in Bilinguals. Amsterdam: Elsevier, 105-121.

Brown, H., Sharma, N. & Kirsner, K. (1984). 'The role of script and phonology in lexical representation', Quarterly J. Exp. Psychol., 36A, 491-505.

Brown, H.D. (1970). 'Categories of spelling difficulty in speakers of English as a first and second language', Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behaviour 9.

Brown, H.D. (1973). Affective variables in second language acquisition. Language Learning 23: 231-44.

Brown, H.D. (1977). Cognitive and affective characteristics of good language learners. In Henning, C (ed.) Proceedings of the Los Angeles Second Language Research Forum, pp. 349-54 Department of English, University of California at Los Angeles.

Brown, H.D. (1980). The optimal distance model of second language acquisition. TESOL Quarterly 14:157-64.

Brown, H.D. (1987). Principles of Language Learning and Teaching. Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N.J.

Brown, H.D. (1989). A Practical Guide to Language Learning. New York: McGraw Hill.

Brown, J.D. (1983). An exploration of morpheme group interactions. In Bailey, K.M, Long, M. & Peck, S. (eds.) Second language acquisition studies, Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Brown, J.D. (1988). Understanding Research in Second Language Learning, New York, CUP.

Brown, J.D. & Rodgers, T. (2002). Doing Second Language Research, OUP.

Brown, R. (1987). 'A comparison of the comprehensibility of modified and unmodified reading materials for ESL'. University of Hawaii Working Papers in ESL 6: 49-79.

Brown, R. (1991). 'Group work, task difference, and second language acquisition'. Applied Linguistics, 2l: 1-12.

Brown, T. & Haynes, M. (1985). 'Literacy background and reading development in a second language -', in T.H. Carr (ed.), The Development of Reading Skills, San Francisco: Jossey-Bass 19-34.

Brown, T. & Perry, F. (1991). 'A comparison of three learning strategies for ESL vocabulary acquisition'. TESOL Quarterly 25: 655-70.

Bruce, L.C. (1895). Notes of a case of dual brain action. Brain, 18, 54-65.

Bruce, N. (1990). "EL2-Medium Education in a largely Monolingual society: The Case of Hong Kong." Hong Kong Papers in Linguistics and Language Teaching. 13: 9-23.

Bruck, M. (1982). 'Language Impaired Children's Performance in an Additive Bilingual Education Program', Applied Psycholinguistics, 13, 45-60.

Bruck, M. & Schultz, J. (1977). An ethnographic analysis of the language use patterns of bilingually schooled children. Working Papers on Bilingualism, No. 13, 59-91. Toronto: Ontario Institute for Studies in Education.

Bruck, M., & Genesee, F. (1995). Phonological awareness in young second language learners. Journal of Child Language, 22, 307-324.

Bruton, A. (2000). 'A diachronic study of L2 English', in A. Bruton, L.G. Garc?a & J.J. Fernandez Dom?nguez (eds.) Perspectives on the Genitive in English, Universidad de Sevila 141-151.

Bruton, A. & Samuda, V. (1980). Learner and teacher roles in the treatment of oral error in group work. RELC Journal 11:49-63.

Bruton, A. & Samuda, V. (1981). 'Guessing words', Modern English Teacher, 8, 3, 18-21.

Brutt-Griffler, J. (2002). World English: a Study of its Devlopmemnt, Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Brutt-Griffler, J., & Samimy, K. K. (2001). Transcending the nativeness paradigm. World Englishes, 20(1), 99-106.

Bruzese, G. (1977). English/Italian secondary hybridisation: a case study in the pidginization of a second language learner's speech. In Henning, C. (ed.) Proceedings of the Los Angeles Second Language Research Forum. University of California at Los Angeles.

Brysbaert, M. (1998). 'Word recognition in bilinguals: evidence against the existence of two separate lexicons', Psychologica Belgica, 38, 163-175.

Brysbaert, M., Van Dyck, G., & Van de Poel, M. (1999). Visual word recognition in bilinguals: Evidence from masked phonological priming. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 25, 137-148.

Buckheister, P.F. & J.F. Fanselow. (1984). Do you have the key? In J. Handscombe, R. A. Orem, & B. P. Taylor, eds. On TESOL '83: the question of control, 223-229. Washington, D.C.: TESOL.

Buczowska, E. & Weist, R. (1991). 'The effects of formal instruction on the second-language acquisition of temporal location'. Language Learning, 41: 535-54.

Budner, S. (1962). Intolerance of ambiguity as a personality variable. Journal of Personality 30: 29-50.

Bullivant, B. M. (1984). Pluralism: Cultural Maintenance and Evolution. Clevedon, Avon: Multilingual Matters.

Bullock, B., & Toribio, A. J. (Eds.). (2004). Bilingualism and linguistic convergence. Special issue. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 7, 2.

Bung, K. (1973). The Foreign Language Needs of Hotel Waiters and Staff, CCC/EES (73) 16.

Burgoon, J. K. (1976). The unwillingness to communicate scale: Development and validation. Communication Monographs. 43, 6O-69.

Burke, Mary Ann (1992). Canada's immigrant children. Canadian Social Trends, Spring 1992, 15-20.

Burling, R. (1959). Language development of a Garo and English speaking.

Burling, R. (1970). Man's Many Voices. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.

Burling, R. (1981). 'Social constraints on adult language learning', in Winitz, H. (ed.), Native Language and Foreign Language Acquisition, New York Academy of Sciences, 279-290.

Burmeister, H. & Ufert, D. (1980). Strategy switching. In Felix, S (ed.) Second language development, pp. 109-22. Gunter Narr, Tubingen.

Burmeister, R. & P. Rounds (eds.). (1990). Variability in Second Language Acquisition: Proceedings of the Tenth Meeting of the Second Language Research Forum, Vol. 1. Eugene, Oregon: University of Oregon.

Burnham, D. K. (1986). Developmental loss of speech perception: Exposure to and experience with a first language. Applied Psycholinguistics, 7, 207-240.

Burstall, C. (1975). 'Factors affecting foreign-language learning: a consideration of some recent research findings'. Language Teaching and Linguistics: Abstracts 8:5-25.

Burstall, C. (1979). 'Primary French in the balance' in Pride (ed.) 1979.

Burstall, C., Jamieson, M., Cohen, S. & Hargreaves, M. (1974). Primary French in the balance. Windsor, Berkshire: NFER Publishing.

Burt, M. (1975). 'Error analysis in the adult EFL classroom'. TESOL Quarterly 9: 53-63.

Burt, M. & Dulay, H, (1980). On acquisition orders. In Felix, S (ed.) Second language development, pp. 265-327. Gunter Narr, Tubingen.

Burt, M. & Dulay, H., (eds). (1975). New directions in second language learning, teaching and bilingual education. TESOL, Washington, DC.

Burt, M. & Kiparsky, C. (1972). The Gooficon: a Repair Manual for English. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House.

Burt, M. & Kiparsky, C. (1974). Global and local mistakes. In J. H. Schumann & N. Stenson, eds. New frontiers in second language learning, 71-80. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House.

Burt, M., Dulay, H. & Finnocchario, M. (eds.). (1977). Viewpoints on English as a Second Language. New York: Regents.

Burt, M., H. Dulay, & E. Hernandez. (1973). Bilingual Syntax Measure. New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.

Busch, D. (1982). 'Introversion-extroversion and the EFL proficiency of Japanese students'. Language Learning 32:109-32.

Butcher, Carmen Acevedo. (2005). The case against the -'native speaker'. English Today, 21(2): 13-24.

Buteau, M. (1970). Students' errors and the learning of French as a second language. International Review Of Applied Linguistics 8: 133A5.

Butler, Y.G. (2002). Second language learners' theories on use of English articles. SSLA, 24, 451-480.

Butterworth, G. & E. Hatch. (1978). 'A Spanish-speaking adolescent's acquisition of English syntax' in Hatch (ed.) 1978.

Butzkamm, W. (1998). Code-switching in a bilingual history lesson: The mother tongue as a conversational lubricant. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 1 (2), 81-99.

Butzkamm, W. (2003). "We only learn language once. The role of the mother tongue in FL classrooms: death of a dogma." Language Learning Journal 28(1): 29-39.

Buxbaum, E. (1949). ' The role of second language in the formation of ego and superego, Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 18, 279-89.

Bychowsky, Z. (1983). Concerning the restitution of language loss subsequent to a cranial gunshot wound in a polyglot aphasic. In M. Paradis (Ed.), Readings on aphasia in bilinguals and polyglots (pp. 130-144). Montreal: Didier. (Original work published in 1919.).

Bye, C. (1980). The acquisition of grammatical morphemes in Quiche Mayan. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Pittsburgh.

Bygate, M. (1988). Units of oral expression and language learning in small group interaction. Applied Linguistics 9 (1): 59-82.

Bygate, M. (1998). 'Theoretical perspectives on speaking', Annual Review of Applied Linguistics, 18, 20-42.

Bygate, M., Tonkyn, A. & Williams, E. (eds.). (1992). Grammar and the language teacher, Prentice-Hall.

Byon, A.S. (2004). Learning linguistic politeness. Applied Language Learning, 14, 37-62.

Byram, M. (1986). Minority Education and Ethnic Survival, Multilingual Matters, Clevedon.

Byram, M. (1990). 'Foreign language teaching and young people's perceptions of other cultures', ELT Documents, 132.

Byram, M. (1994). Teaching-and-Learning Language-and-Culture. Avon: Multilingual Matters Ltd.

Byram, M. & Leman, J. (Eds.). (1990). Bicultural and Trilingual Education. The Foyer Model in Brussels. Clevedon & Philadelphia: Multilingual Matters.

Byrne, H. (Ed.). (1992). Languages for a Multicultural World in Transition. Illinois: National Textbook Company.

Cabanis, E.A., Iba-Zizen, M.T., Abelanet, R., Monod-Broca, Ph. & Signoret, I.L. (1994). "Tan Tan" the first Paul Broca patient with "aphemia" (1861) CT (1979) and MRI (1994) of the brain. In L. Picard & G. Salamon (Eds.), 4th Refresher Course of the European Society of Neuroradiology "Language and Aphasia" (pp. 9-'"22). Udine: Edizioni del Centauro.

Cadierno, T. (1995). Formal instruction from a processing perspective: An inves-tigation into the Spanish past tense. Modern Language Journal, 79(2), 179-193.

Cadierno, T. I. (2008). Learning to talk about motion in a foreign language. In P. Robinson, P., & N. Ellis (Eds.), Handbook of cognitive linguistics and second language acquisition. New York / London : Routledge.

Cadiot, P. (1987). Les mlanges de langues. In Vermes & Boutet (1987), 50-61.

Cadiot, P. (1989). On language mixtures. In Ammon (1989), 57-80.

Cadiot, P. & Dittmar, N. (Eds.). (1989). La sociolinguistique en pays de langue alle-mande. Presses Universitaires de Lille.

Cain, A. (1990). ' French secondary school students' perceptions of foreign culture', Language Learning Journal, Sept., 45-52.

Cain, J., Weber-Olsen, M. & Smith, R. (1987). 'Acquisition strategies in a first and second language: are they the same?', J. Child Lang., 14, 333-352.

California Department of Education (1984). Studies on Immersion Education. A Collection for United States Educators. Sacramento, CA: California Md. State Department of Education.

California Department of Education (1986). Beyond Language: Social & Cultural Factors in Schooling Language Minority Students. Los Angeles: Evaluation, Dissemination and Assessment Center, California State University.

Call, M. (1985). 'Auditory Short-Term Memory, listening comprehension and the Input Hypothesis', TESOL Quarterly, 19, 4, 765-781.

Callan, D., Jones, J.A., Callan, A.M., & Akahane-Yamada, R. (2004). Phonetic perceptual identification by native- and second-language speakers differentially activates brain regions involved with acoustic phonetic processing and those involved with articulatory-auditory/orosensory internal models. NeuroImage, 22: 1182--1194.

Calvet, L.J. (1974). Linguistique et colonialisme. Petit traits de glottophagie. Paris: Editions Payot.

Calvin, W.H., & Ojemann, GA. (1994). Conversations with Neil's brain. The neural nature of thought and language. New York: Addison Wesley.

Camacho, J. (1999). 'From SOV to SVO: the grammar of interlanguage word order', Second Language Research, 15,2, 115-132.

Camilleri, C. (1985). Anthropologie culturelle et education. Neuchatel: Bureau inter-national de l'education, UNESCO, Delachaux et Niestl.

Cammarota, M. A. (1986). Des difficults dans l'acquisition de langue trangre par des rfugis politiques latino-amricains. Langue Franaise, 71:101-116.

Cammarota, M.-A. & Giacobbe, J. (1986). L'acquisition du lexique en franais par des adultes hispanophones. Langages, 84:65-78.

Campbell, R. & Said, E. (1995). 'Accelerated metalinguistic (phonological) awareness in bilingual children', B.J.Dev.Psych., 13, 61-68.

Campos, A., Amor, A., & Gonzílez, M. A. (2002). Presentation of keywords by means of interactive drawings. The Spanish Journal of Psychology, 5, 102-109.

Campos, A., Amor, A., & Gonzílez, M. A. (2004). The importance of the keyword-generation method in keyword mnemonics. Experimental Psychology, 51, 1-7.

CANADIAN EDUCATION ASSOCIATION (1992). French Immersion Today. Toronto.

Canagarajah, A.S. (1995). 'Functions of code-switching in ESL classrooms: socialising bilingualism in Jaffna', JMMD, 16, 3, 173-195.

Canagarajah, A.S. (1999). Resisting linguistic imperialism in English teaching, OUP.

Canagarajah, A.S. (ed.). Reclaiming the Local in Language Policy and Practice. New Jersey: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, 3-24.

Canagarajah, S. 2009. The plurilingual tradition and the English language in South Asia. AILA Review 12: 5--22.

Canale, M. (1983). 'From communicative competence to language pedagogy' in Richards & Schmidt (eds.) 1983.

Canale, M. (1983). On some dimensions of language proficiency. In J.W. Oller (ed.) Issues in Language Testing Research. Rowley, MA: Newbury House.

Canale, M. (1984). On some theoretical frameworks for language proficiency. In C. Rivera (ed.) Language Proficiency and Academic Achievement. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Canale, M. & Swain, M. (1980). 'Theoretical bases of communicative approaches to second language teaching and testing'. Applied Linguistics 1: 1-17.

Cancino, E., Rosansky, E. & Schumann, J. (1974). Testing hypotheses about second language acquisition: the copula and negative in three subjects. Working Papers on Bilingualism 88-96.

Cancino, E., Rosansky, E. & Schumann, J. (1975). The acquisition of the English auxiliary by native Spanish speakers. TESOL Quarterly 9:421430.

Cancino, E., Rosansky, E. & Schumann, J. (1978). 'The acquisition of English negative and interrogatives by native Spanish speakers', in E. Hatch (ed.). Second Language Acquisition, Newbury House, Rowley MA.

Candlin, C. (1987). Towards task-based language learning. In Candlin, C & Murphy, D (eds.) Language learning tasks. Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ.

Candlin, C.N. (1973). Preface. In J. Richards (ed.), Error Analysis: Perspectives on Second Language Acquisition. London: Longman.

Canfield, K. (1980). Navaho-English code-mixing. Anthropological Linguistics, 22, 218-20.

Capotorti, F. (1979). Study of the Rights of Persons Belonging to Ethnic, Religious and Linguistic Minorities. New York: United Nations.

Caramazza, A. (1988). Some aspects of language processing revealed through the analysis of acquired aphasia: The lexical system. Annual Review of Neuroscience, 11, 395-421.

Caramazza, A. (1997). How many levels of processing are there in lexical access? Cognitive Neuropsychology, 14, 177-208.

Caramazza, A. & Brones, I. (1979). 'Lexical access in bilinguals', Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 13, 212- 214.

Caramazza, A. & Brones, I. (1980). 'Semantic classification by bilinguals', Canad. J. Psychol., 34, 1, 77-81.

Caramazza, A. & Yeni-Komshian, G. (1974). 'Voice onset time in two French dialects', J. Phonetics, 2, 239-245.

Caramazza, A., Yeni-Komshian, G. & Zurif, E. (1974). Bilingual switching: The phonological level. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 28 (3): 310-318.

Caramazza, A., Yeni-Komshian, G., Zurif, E. & Carbone, G. (1973). 'The acquisition of a new phonological contrast: the case of stop consonants in French-English bilinguals', J. Acoustical Society of America, 54, 421-28.

Caravolas, M. (1993). Language-specific influences of phonology and orthography on emergent Literacy. In Altarriba, J. (ed.), Cognition and culture. A cross-cultural approach to cognitive psychology, North Holland: Elsevier Science Publishers. 177-206.

Carden, C., John, V. & Hymes, D. (eds.). (1972). Functions of Language in the Classroom. New York: Teachers' College Press.

Carden, G. & Stewart, W.A.(1988). 'Binding theory, bioprogram, and creolisation: evidence from Haitian Creole', Journal of Pidgin and Creole Languages, 3, 1, 1-67.

Carey, S.T. (1991). The culture of literacy in majority and minority language schools. Canadian Modern Language Review 47 (5), 950-976.

Carger, C.L. (1993). 'Louie comes to life: pretend reading with second language emergent readers', Language Arts, 70, 542-547.

Carless, D. (2007). "Student use of the mother tongue in the task based classroom." ELT Journal 62(4): 331-338.

Carless, D. (2008). Student use of the mother tongue in the task-based classroom. ELT Journal, 62(4), 331-338.

Carlisle, J.F. Beeman, M., Davis, L.H. & Spharm, G. (1999). 'Relationship of metalinguistic capabilities and reading achievement for children who are becoming bilingual', Applied Psycholinguistics, 20, 459-478.

Carlisle, R. (1988). The effect of markedness on epenthesis in Spanish/English interlanguage phonology. Issues and Developments in English and Applied Linguistics 3, 15-23.

Carlisle, R. (1991). 'The influence of environment on vowel epenthesis in Spanish/English interphonology'. Applied Linguistics 12: 76-95.

Carlisle, R. (1991). The influence of syllable structure universals on the variability of interlanguage phonology. In A.D. Volpe (ed.) The Seventeenth LACUS Forum 1990 (pp. 135-145). Lake Bluff, IL: Linguistic Association of Canada and the United States.

Carlisle, R. (1994). Markedness and environment as internal constraints on the variability of interlanguage phonology. In M. Yavas (ed.), First and Second Language Phonology. San Diego: Singular, 223-49.

Carlisle, R.S. (1997). The modification of onsets in a markedness relationship: Testing the Interlanguage Structural Conformity Hypothesis. Language Learning, 47, 327-361.

Carlisle, R.S. (1998). The acquisition of onsets in a markedness relationship: A longitudinal study. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 20, 245-260.

Carlisle, R.S. (1999). The modification of onsets in a marekedness relationship: testing the interlanguage structure conformity hyporthesis, In J. Leather (ed.) Phonological Issues in Language Learning, Blackwell.

Carlo, M.S. and Royer, J. M. (1999). Cross-language Transfer of Reading Skills. In Wagner, D.A., Venezky, R.L. and Street B.V., (eds.) Literacy: An International Handbook. Oxford: Westview Press.

Carlson, H. K., & McHenry, A. M. (2006). Effect of accent and dialect on employability. Journal of Employment Counseling, 43(2), 70-83.

Carlson, S. M., & Meltzoff, A. N. (2008). Bilingual experience and executive functioning in young children. Developmental Science, 11, 282-298.

Carlson, S.M. & Meltzoff, A.N. 2008. Bilingual experience and executive functioning in young children. Developmental Science 11(2): 282--298.

Carpenter, R. (1989). Language learning strategies: what every teacher should know. Newbury House/Harper & Row, New York.

Carr, J. (1976). "Le bilinguisme au Canada : l'usage consacre-t-il l'anglais monopole naturel?", in F. Vaillancourt (ed.) (1985) conomie et langue. Montreal: Editeur officiel du Qubec.

Carr, T. & Curran, T. (1994). 'Cognitive factors in learning about structural sequences', SSLA, 16, 205-230.

Carrasco Perea, E. (2002). L'intercomprehension dans le domain roman: la portee operatoire de la langue intermediaire parente. In Muller-Lance & Riehl (eds.), 79--86.

Carrasco, R. L. (1981). Expanded awareness of student performance: a case study in applied ethnographic monitoring in a bilingual classroom. In H. T. Trueba, G. P. Guthrie, & K. H-P. Au, eds. Culture and the bilingual classroom: studies in classroom ethnography, 153-177. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House.

Carrell, P. (1981). 'Relative difficulty of request forms in L1/L2 comprehension' in Hines & Rutherford (eds.) 1981.

Carrell, P. (1991). 'Second language reading: reading ability or language proficiency?' Applied Linguistics, 12, 2, 159-79.

Carrell, P. & Konneker B. (1981). 'Politeness: comparing native and non-native judgments'. Language Learning 31:17-31.

Carrell, P., Carson, J. & Zhe, D. (1993). ''First and second language reading strategies: evidence from cloze', Reading in a Foreign Language, 10, 1, 953-65.

Carrell, P., Devine, J. & Eskey, D. (1988). Interactive Approaches to Second Language Reading, CUP.

Carrell, P.L. (1983). 'Three components of background knowledge in reading comprehension', Language Learning, 33, 2,183-207.

Carrell, P.L. (1984). 'Evidence of a formal schema in second language comprehension', Language Learning, 34, 87-111.

Carrell, P.L. (1987). 'Content and formal schemata in ESL reading', TESOL Quarterly, 21, 3, 467-481.

Carrell, P.L. (1988). 'Interactive text processing: implications for ESL/ second language reading classrooms. In Carrell, P.L et al (eds), 239-259.

Carrell, P.L. (1989). 'Second language reading: reading ability or language proficiency?', Applied Linguistics, 12, 2, 159-179.

Carrell, P.L. (1992). 'Awareness of text structure: effects on recall', Language Learning, 42, 1 - 19.

Carrell, P.L. & Eisterhold, J.C. (1988). 'Schema theory and ESL reading pedagogy', In Carrell, Devine, & Eskey (eds) (1988), 73-92.

Carrell, P.L., Prince, M.S. & Astika, G.G. (1996). 'Personality types and language learning in an EFL context', Language Learning, 46, 1, 75-99.

Carringer, D. (1974). 'Creative thinking abilities of a Mexican youth: the relationship of bilingualism', Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 5, 4, 492-504.

Carroll, B.J. (1980). Testing Communicative Performance. Oxford: Pergamon Press.

Carroll, D. (2000). Precision timing in novice-to-novice L2 conversations. Issues in Applied Linguistics, 11(1), 67--110.

Carroll, F.W. (1980). 'Neurolinguistic processing of a second language. Experimental evidence.', in: R. Scarcella and S. Krashen (Eds.), Research in Second Language Acquisition. Rowley, Mass: Newbury House.

Carroll, J. (1963). Research on teaching foreign languages. In Gage, N (ed.) Handbook of research on teaching. Rand-McNally, Chicago.

Carroll, J. (1963). The prediction of success in intensive foreign language training. In R. Glazer (ed.), Training, Research, and Education. Pittsburgh: University of Pittsburgh Press.

Carroll, J. (1965). The prediction of success in intensive foreign language training. In Glaser, R (ed.) Training, research and education, pp.87-136. Wiley, New York.

Carroll, J. (1969). 'Reaction to Brimer's article'. Journal of Research and Development in Education 9:18-1.

Carroll, J. (1979). Psychometric approaches to the study of language abilities. In Fillmore, C., Kempler, D. & Wang, W. (eds.) Individual differences in language ability and language behavior. Academic Press, New York.

Carroll, J. (1990). 'Cognitive abilities in foreign language aptitude: then and now' in Parry & Stansfield (eds.) 1990.

Carroll, J. & Sapon. S. (1959). Modern Language Aptitude Test-Form A. New York: The Psychological Corporation.

Carroll, J. B. (1978). Linguistic abilities in translators and interpreters. In D. Gerver & H. W. Sinaiko (Eds.), Language interpretation and communication (pp. 119-129). New York: Plenum Press.

Carroll, J.B. (1959). Use of the Modern Language Aptitude Test in secondary schools, in YEARBOOK OF NATIONAL COUNCIL ON MEASUREMENTS USED IN EDUCATION, Vol. 16, pp.155-59.

Carroll, J.B. (1961). An application of psycho-linguistics in language teaching: an audio-visual instructional device. MSLL 14, 45-55.

Carroll, J.B. (1961). Foreign languages for children: what research says. Nat Elem Princ 39 (May 1961), 12-15.

Carroll, J.B. (1961). Research on teaching foreign languages, in HAND-BOOK OF RESEARCH ON TEACHING, ed. N. L. Gage Rand McNally & Co., 1962).

Carroll, J.B. (1962). The prediction of success in intensive foreign language training, in TRAINING RESEARCH AND EDUCATION, ed. R. Glaser (Pittsburgh: Univ. of Pittsburgh Press), pp. 87-136.

Carroll, J.B. (1963). A primer of programmed instruction in foreign language teaching. IRAL 1/2, 115-41.

Carroll, J.B. (1963). Linguistic relativity, contrastive linguistics, and language learning. IRAL 1/1, 1-20.

Carroll, J.B. (1964). Language and Thought. Englewood Cliffs.

Carroll, J.B. (1965). The contributions of psychological theory and educational research to the teaching of foreign languages. MLJ 49/5, 273-81.

Carroll, J.B. (1966). 'Some neglected relationships in reading and language learning.' Elementary English, 1966, 43, 577-582.

Carroll, J.B. (1966). 'The contribution of psychological theory and educational research to the teaching of foreign languages', in Valdman, A. (ed.), Trends in Language Teaching, New York, McGraw-Hill, pp. 93-106.

Carroll, J.B. (1967). 'Foreign language proficiency levels attained by language majors near graduation from college', Foreign Language Annals, 1, 131-51.

Carroll, J.B. (1968). Contrastive analysis and interference theory. In Alatis 1968.

Carroll, J.B. (1968). The psychology of language testing. In A. Davies (ed.) Language Testing Symposium. A Psycholinguistic Perspective. Oxford: OUP.

Carroll, J.B. (1971). 'Current issues in psycholinguistics and second language teaching', TESOL Quarterly, 5, 101-114.

Carroll, J.B. (1973). 'Some suggestions from a psycholinguist', TESOL Quarterly, 7, 355-367.

Carroll, J.B. (1975). The teaching of French as a foreign language in eight countries. New York: Wiley.

Carroll, J.B. (1981). 'Conscious and automatic processes in language learning'. CMLR, 37, 3, 462-474.

Carroll, J.B. (1981). 'Twenty-five years of research on foreign language aptitude', in Diller, K.C. (ed.) (1981), Individual Differences and Universals in Language Learning, Newbury House, 83-118.

Carroll, J.B. & Casagrande, J.B. (1958). 'The function of language classidications in behaviour', in E. Maccoby et al (eds) Readings in Social Psychology, 3rd ed. New York: HRW, 18-31.

Carroll, M. (1984). Cyclical Processes in Second Language Production Peter Lang.

Carroll, M. (1990). Word order in instructions in learner languages of English and German. Linguistics 28.1011-1037.

Carroll, M. (1993). Deictic and intrinsic orientation in spatial descriptions: A comparison between English and German. In J. Altarriba (ed.), Cognition and culture. A cross-cultural approach to cognitive psychology, pp. 23-44. North Holland: Elsevier Science Publishers.

Carroll, M. (1997). Changing place in English and German: Language-specific preferences in the conceptualisation of spatial relations. In J. Nuys & E. Peterson (eds.), Language and conceptualisation, pp. 137-'"161. Cambridge: CUP.

Carroll, M. (1997). The acquisition of English. In A. Becker & M. Carroll (Eds.), The acquisition of spatial relations in a second language, (pp.35-78). Amsterdam: Benjamins.

Carroll, M. & Becker, A. (1993). Reference to space. In: Perdue, C. (ed.). Adult language acquisition: Cross-linguistic perspectives. Vol.2.

Carroll, M. & R. Detroit. (1985). Observations on object reference in learner languages. Linguistische Berichte 98.310-337.

Carroll, M. & von Stutterheim, Ch. (1993). The representation of spatial configurations in English and German and the grammatical structure of locative and anaphoric expressions. Linguistics 31:1011-41.

Carroll, M., et al (1983). Learner Language and Control, Peter Lang.

Carroll, M., Murcia-Serra, J., Watorek, M., & Bendiscioli, A. (2000). The relevance of information organization to second language acquisition studies. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 22, 441-466.

Carroll, S. (1989). Second-language acquisition and the computational paradigm. Language Learning, 39(4), 535-594.

Carroll, S. (1995). The hidden danger of computer modelling: remarks on Sokolik and Smith's connectionist learning model of French gender. Second Language Research 11, 193-205.

Carroll, S. (1996). The irrelevance of verbal feedback to language learning. In L. Eubank, L. Selinker, & M. Sharwood Smith (Eds.), The current state of interlanguage (pp. 73-'"88). Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Carroll, S. & Meisel, J.M. (1990). 'Universals and Second Language Acquisition; some comments on the state of current theory', Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 12, 2, 201-208.

Carroll, S. & Swain, M. (1993). 'Explicit and implicit negative feedback: an empirical study of the learning of linguistic generalisations', Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 15, 3, 357-386.

Carroll, S. E. (1999). Putting -'input' in its proper place. Second Language Research, 15, 337-388.

Carroll, S., Swain, M. & Roberge, Y. (1992). 'The role of feedback in adult second language acquisition: error correction and morphological generalisations'. Applied Psycholinguistics 13:173-98.

Carroll, S.E. (1992). 'On cognates', SLR, 8, 2, 93-119.

Carroll, S.E. (2001). Input and evidence. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Carrow, M.A. (1957). 'Linguistic functioning of bilingual and monolingual children', J. Speech & Hearing Disorders, 22, 371-380.

Carter, E. (1988). 'The relationship of field-depend/independent cognitive style to Spanish language achievement and proficiency: a preliminary report'. Modern Language Journal 72:21-30.

Carter, R. (1987). Vocabulary: applied linguistic perspectives. London: Allen & Unwin.

Carter, R. (1988). 'Vocabulary, cloze, and discourse', in R. Carter & M. McCarthy (eds.), Vocabulary and Language Teaching, Longman, Harlow.

Carter, R. & McCarthy, M. (eds.). (1988). Vocabulary and Language Teaching, Longman, Harlow.

Carton, A. (1971). 'Inferencing: a process in using and learning language' in Pimsleur & Quinn (eds.) 1971, 45-48.

Caruana, S. (2006). Trilingualism in Malta: Maltese, English and -'Italiano Televisio'. International Journal of Multilingualism 3.3, 159--172.

Casalis, S., & Louis-Alexandre, M.-F. (2000). Morphological analysis, phonological analysis and learning to read French: a longitudinal study. Reading and Writing: An Caunt-Nulton, S. Kulatilake, & I. Woo (Eds.), BUCLD 31: Proceedings of the

Caskey-Sirmons, L.A., & Hickerson, N.P. (1977). 'Semantic shift and bilingualism: variation in the colour terms of five languages', Anthropological Linguistics, 19/8, 358-367.

Castles, S. (1984). Here for good, Western Europe's new ethnic minorities. London: Pluto Press.

Castro, R. (1976). Shifting the burden of bilingualism: the case for monolingual communities. The Bilingual Review/La Revista Bilingue 3:3-28.

Cathcart-Strong, R. (1986). Input generation by young second language learners. TESOL Quarterly 20:515-30.

Cathcart, R. (1983). Functional analysis of language data. Paper presented at the TESOL Convention, Toronto, Canada.

Cathcart, R. (1986). Situational differences and the sampling of young children's school language. In: Day, R.D. (ed.). Talking to learn: Conversation in second language acquisition. Rowley, MA: Newbury House, 118-140.

Cathcart, R. & Olson, L. (1976). Teachers' and students' preference for correction of classroom conversation errors. In J. Fanselow & R. Crymes (eds.), On TESOL '76. Washington, D.C.: TESOL, 41-53.

Cathcart, R., Strong, M.A. & Wong-Fillmore, L. (1979). The social and linguistic behavior of good language learners. In C.A. Yorio, K. Perkins, & J. Schachter, eds. On TESOL '79: the learner in focus, 267-274. Washington, D.C.: TESOL.

Cavanna, A.E., & Trimble, M.R. (2006). The precuneus: A review of its functional anatomy and behavioural correlates. Brain, 129: 564--583.

Cavosi, R. & Taeschner, T. (1987). 'L'influenza dell'ambiente linguistico nel processo di aquisizione di un lessico bilingue', Rassegna Italiana di Linguistica Applicata; v19 n1 (Jan-Apr 1987) p67-71.

Cazden, C., Cancino, E. Rosansky, E. & Schumann, J. (1975). Second Language Acquisition in Children, Adolescents and Adults. Final Report. Washington D.C.: National Institute of Education.

Cazden, C.B., R.L. Carrasco, A.A. Maldonado & F. Erickson. (1980). The contribution of ethnographic research to bilingual bicultural education. In J. E. Alatis (ed.) Current issues in bilingual education, 64-80. Washington, D.C.: Georgetown University Press.

Cazden, C.B., V.P. John & D. Hymes. (Eds.). (1972). Functions of language in the classroom. New York: Teachers College Press.

Ceci, S. (Ed.). (1987). Handbook of Cognitive, Social and Neuropsychological Aspects of Learning Disabilities. Hillsdale, NJ.: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Celce-Murcia, M. (1972). The universalist hypothesis: some implications for contrastive syntax and language teaching. In Workpapers in TESL 6. University of California at Los Angeles.

Celce-Murcia, M. (1978). The simultaneous acquisition of English and French in a two-year-old child. In Second language acquisition, ed. E. Hatch. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House.

Celce-Murcia, M. (1980). Contextual analysis of English: application to TESL. In Larsen-Freeman, D (ed.) Discourse analysis in second language research. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Celce-Murcia, M. (ed.). (1985). Beyond Basics: Issues and Research in TESOL. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House.

Celce-Murcia, M. & Hawkins, B. (1985). Contrastive analysis, error analysis and interlanguage analysis. In Celce-Murcia, M (ed.) Beyond basics: Issues and research in TESOL, pp. 6~77. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Celce-Murcia, M. & Rosensweig, F. (1979). Teaching vocabulary in the ESL classroom. In M. Celce-Murcia and L. McIntosh. Teaching English as a second or foreign language: 241-57. Rowley, MA: Newbury House.

Celce-Murcia, M., Dornyei, Z., & Thurrell, S. (1997). Direct approaches in L2 instruction: A turning point in communicative language teaching? TESOL Quarterly 31(1), 141-152.

Celik, S. (2008). "Opening the door: An Examination of Mother Tongue use in Foreign Language Classrooms." Hacettepe University Journal of Education 34: 75-85.

Cenoz & U. Jessner (eds), 198--221. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Cenoz J., B. Hufeisen & U. Jessner. (eds.). (2003). The multilingual lexicon. Dordrecht: Kluwer.

Cenoz, B. Hufeisen & U. Jessner (eds), 87--192. Dordrecht: Kluwer.

Cenoz, J. (1991). Ensenanza - Aprendizaje del Ingls como L2 o L3, Donostia: Universidad del Pais Vasco.

Cenoz, J. (1998). Mulilingual education in the Basque Country. In Beyond Bilingualism: Multilingualismand Multilingual Education, J. Cenoz & F. Genesee (eds), 175--191. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Cenoz, J. (2000). Research on multilingual acquisition. In English in Europe: The Acquisition of a Third Language, J. Cenoz & U. Jessner (eds), 39--53. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Cenoz, J. (2001). The effect of linguistic distance, L2 status and age on cross-linguistic influence in third language acquisition. In J. Cenoz, B. Hufeisen, & U. Jessner (Eds.), Cross-linguistic influence in third language acquisition: Psycholinguistic perspectives (pp. 8-20). Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters.

Cenoz, J. (2002). Age of learning and oral production in the third language. Interface, 16, 63-73.

Cenoz, J. (2003). 'The additive effect of bilingualism on third language acquisition: a review', IJ Bilingualism, 7, 71-87.

Cenoz, J. (2003). Crosslinguistic influence in third language acquisition: Implications for the organization of the multilingual mental lexicon. Bulletin VALS-ASLA 78, 1--11.

Cenoz, J. (2003). The additive effect of bilingualism on third language acquisition: A review. International Journal of Bilingualism 7: 71--88.

Cenoz, J. (2003). The Intercultural Style Hypothesis: L1 and L2 interaction in requesting behaviour. In V.J. Cook (ed), L2 Effects on the L1, Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Cenoz, J. (2003). The role of typology in the organization of the multilingual lexicon. In J. Cenoz, B. Hufeisen, & U. Jessner. (Eds.), The multilingual lexicon (pp. 103-116). The Netherlands: Kluwer Academic Publishers.

Cenoz, J. (2005). English in bilingual programs in the Basque Country. The International Journal of the Sociology of Language 171, 41--50.

Cenoz, J. (2009). Towards Multilingual Education: Basque Educational Research in International Perspective. Bristol: Multilingual Matters.

Cenoz, J. & Genesee, F. (eds.). (1998). Beyond Bilingualism: Multilingualism and Multilingual Education. Clevedon, Multilingual Matters.

Cenoz, J. & Genesee, F. (eds). (1998). Beyond Bilingualism: Multilingualism and Multilingual Education. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Cenoz, J. & Gorter, D. (2005). Trilingualism and minority languages in Europe. The International Journal of the Sociology of Language 171: 1--5.

Cenoz, J. & Gorter, D. (2008). The linguistic landscape as an additional source of input in second language acquisition. IRAL: International Review of Applied Linguistics 46: 267--287.

Cenoz, J. & Gorter, D. (eds). (2008). Multilingualism and minority languages: achievements and challenges in education. AILA Review 21.

Cenoz, J. & Jessner, U. (2009). The study of multilingualism in educational contexts. In The Exploration of Multilingualism: Development of Research on L3, Multilingualism and Multiple Language Acquisition [AILA Applied Linguistics Series 6], L. Aronin & B. Hufeisen (eds),121--138. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Cenoz, J. & Jessner, U. (eds.). (2000), English in Europe: the Acquisition of a Third Language. Clevedon, UK, Multilingual Matters.

Cenoz, J. & Valencia, J.F. (1994). 'Additive trilingualism: evidence from the Basque country', Applied Psycholinguistics, 15, 195-207.

Cenoz, J. & Valencia, J.F. (1996). Cross-cultural communication and interlanguage pragmatics: American vs. European requests. Pragmatics and Language Learning 7, 41-54.

Cenoz, J., B. Hufeisen & U. Jessner. (2003). Why investigate the multilingual lexicon? In Cenoz et al. (eds.) (2003), 1--9.

Cenoz, J., B. Hufeisen & U. Jessner. (eds.). (2001). Looking beyond second language acquisition: Studies in tri and multilingualism. Tubingen: Stauffenburg.

Cenoz, J., B. Hufeisen & U. Jessner. (eds.). (2001). Third language acquisition in the school context. Special Issue of International Journal of Bilingualism and Bilingual Education 4.

Cenoz, J., Hufeisen, B. & Jessner, U. (eds.). (2000). Trilingualism - Tertiary Languages - German in a multilingual world. Special issue of Zeitschrift fr Interkulturellen Fremdsprachenunterricht [Journal of Intercultural Language Learning] 5: 1. http://www.ualberta.ca/~german/ejournal/ejournal.html.

Cenoz, J., Hufeisen, B., & Jessner, U. (Eds.). (2001). Cross-linguistic influence in third language acquisition: Psycholinguistic perspectives. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters.

Chaloub-Deeville, M. (1995). 'A contextualised approach to describing oral language proficiency', Language Learning, 45, 2, 251-281.

Chambers, F. (1991). Promoting use of the target language in the classroom. Language Learning Journal, 4, 27-31.

Chambers, G. (1992). Teaching in the target language. Language Learning Journal, 6, 66-67.

Chambers, G. (1994). A snapshot in motivation at 10+, 13+ and 16+". Language Learning Journal 9, pp.14 --16.

Chambers, G.N. (1993). Motivating Language Learning, Multilingual Matters.

Chamot, A U. & O'Malley, J.M. (1994). The CALLA handbook: How to implement the Cognitive Academic Language Learning Approach. Reading, MA: Addison-Wesley.

Chamot, A. (1978). Grammatical problems in learning English as a third language. In Hatch, E (ed.) Second language acquisition: a book of readings, pp. l7~89. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Chamot, A. (1979). 'Strategies in the acquisition of English structures by a child bilingual in Spanish and French' in Andersen (ed.) 1979a.

Chamot, A. (1987). 'The learning strategies of ESI students', in Wendon, A., & Rubin, J. (ed.) (1987), Learner Strategies in Language Learning, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey.

Chamot, A. (1993). Student responses to learning strategy instruction in the foreign language. Foreign Language Annals, 22, 1, 13-24.

Chamot, A. & J. O'Malley. (1994). Language learner and learning strategies. In N. Ellis (ed.), Implicit and explicit learning of languages. London: Academic Press, 371--392.

Chamot, A. & Kupper, L. (1989). 'Learning strategies in foreign language instruction', Foreign Language Annals, 22, 13-24.

Chamot, A. U., Barnhardt, S., El-Dinary, P. B., & Robbins, J. (1999). The learning strategies handbook. White Plains, NY: Addison Wesley Longman.

Chamot, A., Kupper, L. & Impink-Hernandez, M. (1988). A Study of Learning Strategies in Foreign Language Instruction: Findings of the Longitudinal Study. McLean, Va.: Interstate Research Associates.

Chamot, A., O'Malley, J. Kupper, L. & Impink-Hernandez, M. (1987). A Study of Learning Strategies in Foreign Language Instruction: First year Report. Rosslyn, Va.: Interstate Research Associates.

Chamot, A.U. & Rubin, J. (1994). Comments on Janie Rees-Miller's -'A critical appraisal of learner training: Theoretical bases and teaching implications.' Two readers react... TESOL Quarterly 28 (4): 771-6.

Champagnol, R. (1974). 'Association verbale, structuration et rappel libre bilingues.' Psychologie Franaise, 19, 83-100.

Chan, A.Y.W. (2004). Syntactic transfer: Evidence from the interlanguage of Hong Kong Chinese ESL learners. The Modern Language Journal, 88, 56-74.

Chan, M., Chau, H. & Hoosain, R. (1983). 'Input/output switch in bilingual code-switching', Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 12, 407-416.

Chana, U. & Romaine, S. (1984). Evaluative reactions to Panjabi/English code-switching Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 6 (5): 447-71.

Chandrasekhar, A. (1978). Base language. IRAL 16.1, 62--65.

Chanell, J. (1980). 'Applying semantic theory to vocabulary teaching', English Language Teaching Journal, 35, 115-23.

Channell, J. (1988). Psycholinguistic considerations in the study of L2 vocabulary acquisition. In R. Carter & M. McCarthy (eds.).

Chapelle, C. (1992). 'Disembedding "Disembedded Figures in the Landscape ...": an appraisal of Griffiths and Sheen's "Reappraisal of L2 research on field dependence/independence" Applied Linguistics 13: 375-84.

Chapelle, C. (1994). Are C-tests valid measures for L2 vocabulary research? Second Language Research 10.2, 157-187.

Chapelle, C. & P. Green. (1992). 'Field independence/dependence in second language acquisition research'. Language Learning 42: 47-83.

Chapelle, C. & Roherts, C. (1986). 'Ambiguity tolerance and field independence as predictors of proficiency in English as a second language'. Language Learning 36: 27~5.

Chapman, F.L. & Gilbert, L.C. (1937). 'A study of the influence of familiarity with English words upon the learning of their foreign language equivalent. J. Ed. Psych. 28, 621-628.

Chapnik Smith, M. (1991). 'On the recruitment of semantic information for word fragment completion: evidence from bilingual priming', J. Exp. Psych.: Learning, Memory and Cognition 17: 2, 234-244.

Chapnik Smith, M. (1995). 'How do bilinguals access lexical information?', In: A de Groot & J Kroll (eds) Tutorials in Bilingualism Hillsdale, NJ.: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Chapnik Smith, M. & Kirsner, K. (1982). 'Language and orthography as irrelevant features in colour-word and picture-word Stroop interference', Q. J. Exp. Psych., 34A, 153-170.

Chary, P. (1986). 'Aphasia in a multilingual society', in Vaid, J. ed., pp. 183-97.

Chase-Dunn, C. 1999. Globalization: A world-systems perspective. Journal of World-Systems Research 5(2): 165--185.

Chastain, K. (1971). The development of modern language skills: Theory to practice. Philadelphia: The Center for Curriculum Development.

Chastain, K. (1975). 'Affective and ability factors in second language acquisition'. Language Learning 25: 153-61.

Chastain, K. (1981). 'Native-speaker evaluation of student composition errors'. Modern Language Journal 65:288-94.

Chastain, K. (1987). Examining the role of grammar explanation, drills, and exercises in the development of communication skills. Hispania, 70(1), 160-66.

Chastain, K. (1988). Developing Second-Language Skills: Theory and Practice. New York: Harcourt Brace & Jovanovich.

Chaudenson, R., Valli, A. & Vronique, D. (1986). The dynamics of linguistic systems and the acquisition of French as second language. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 8.3:277-292.

Chaudron, C. (1977). A descriptive model of discourse in the corrective treatment of learners' errors. Language Learning 27: 29~6.

Chaudron, C. (1980). Review article: those dear old golden rule days... Journal of Pragmatics 4:157-172.

Chaudron, C. (1982). 'Vocabulary elaboration in teachers' speech to L2 learners'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 4:170-80.

Chaudron, C. (1983). 'Research on metalinguistic judgements: a review of theory, methods, and results', Language Learning, 33, 3, 343-377.

Chaudron, C. (1983). Foreigner talk in the classroom - an aid to learning? In Seliger, H & Long, M (eds.) Classroom-oriented research in second language acquisition, pp. 127~3. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Chaudron, C. (1983). Simplification of input: topic reinstatements and their effects on L2 learners' recognition and recall. TESOL Quarterly 17: 437-58.

Chaudron, C. (1984). The effects of feedback on students' composition revisions. RELC Journal 15:1-14.

Chaudron, C. (1985). 'A method for examining the input/intake distinction' in Gass & Madden (eds.) 1985.

Chaudron, C. (1985). Comprehension, comprehensibility, and learning in the second language classroom. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 7: 2l~32.

Chaudron, C. (1985). Intake: on models and methods for discovering learners' processing of input. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 7:1-14.

Chaudron, C. (1986). Teachers' priorities in correcting learners' errors in French immersion classes. In Day, R (ed.) 'Talking to learn': conversation in second language acquisition, pp. 6~84. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Chaudron, C. (1986). The interaction of quantitative and qualitative approaches to research: a view of the second language classroom. TESOL Quarterly 20: 709-17.

Chaudron, C. (1986). The role of simplified input in classroom language. In G. Kasper, ed. Learning, teaching and communication in the foreign language classroom, 99-110. Aarhus, Denmark: Aarhus University Press.

Chaudron, C. (1987). The role of error correction in second language teaching. In Das, B (ed.) Patterns of classroom interaction in Southeast Asia, pp. 17-50. Regional Language Centre, Singapore.

Chaudron, C. (1988). 'Data collection in SLA research', in C.J. Doughty & M.H. Long (eds.), The Handbook of Second Language Acquisition, Oxford: Blackwell, 762-828.

Chaudron, C. (1988). Second Language Classrooms: Research on Teaching and Learning, CUP.

Chaudron, C. (2005). 'Data Collection in SLA Research.' In Doughty, C. J. and Long, M. H. (eds.), -'The Handbook of Second Language Acquisition.' Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Chaudron, C. & Parker, K. (1990). Discourse markedness and structural markedness. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 12(2), 43-64.

Chaudron, C. & Richards. J. (1986). 'The effect of discourse markers on the comprehension of lectures'. Applied Linguistics 7:113-27.

Chee, M.W, Weekes, B., Lee, K.M., Soon, C.S., Schreiber, A., Hoon, J.J., & Chee, M. (2000). Overlap and dissociation of semantic processing of Chinese characters, English words, and pictures: Evidence from fMRI. NeuroImage, 12: 392--403.

Chee, M.W., Tan, E.W., & Thiel, T. (1999b). Mandarin and English single word processing studied with functional magnetic resonance imaging. The Journal of Neuroscience, 19: 3050--3056.

Chee, M.W.L., Caplan D., Soon, C.S., Sriram, N., Tan, E.W.L., Thiel, T. & Weekes B. (1999). Processing of visually presented sentences in Mandarin and English studied with fMRI. Neuron, 23: 127-137.

Chee, M.W.L., Hon N, Lee HL, Soon CS. Relative language proficiencymodulates BOLD signal change when bilinguals perform semantic judgements. Neuroimage 2001; 13:1155-63.

Chee, M.W.L., Soon, C.S., Lee, H.L and Pallier, C. (2004). Left insula activation: a marker for language attainment in bilinguals', PNAS, 101, 42, 15265-15270.

Chen, (2004) Corpus Analysis of Spelling Errors Made by EFL Learners at Different Levels, Journal of Guangdong Education Institute, Vol. 24, No. 3, PP. 104-108.

Chen, E.E., & Small, S.L. (2007). Test--retest reliability in fMRI of language: Group and task effects. Brain and Language, 102: 176--185.

Chen, H-C. (1990). 'Lexical processing in a non-native language', Journal of Experimental Psychology; Learning, Memory and Cognition, 12, 397-401.

Chen, H-C. (1992). 'Lexical processing in bilingual or multilingual speakers', in: R. Harris (Ed.), Cognitive Processing in Bilinguals. Amsterdam: Elsevier. 253-264.

Chen, H-C. & Ho, C. (1986). 'Development of Stroop interference in Chinese-English bilinguals', Journal of Experimental Psychology; Learning, Memory and Cognition, 12, 397-401.

Chen, H. & Graves, M. (1995). 'Effects of previewing and providing background knowledge on Taiwanese college students' comprehension of American short stories', TESOL Quarterly, 29, 3, 663-686.

Chen, H.-C. & Ng, M.-L. (1989). Semantic facilitation and translation priming effects in Chinese-English bilinguals. Memory & Cognition, 17, 454-462.

Chen, H.-C. & Nzhou, X. (1999). East Asian Languages: an introduction. Language and Cognitive Processes, 14, 5/6, 425-428.

Chen, H.-C., & Leung, Y.-S. (1989). Patterns of lexical processing in a non-native language. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 15, 316-325.

Chen, H.C. (1988). 'Between- and within- language repetition effects in bilinguals', Chinese Journal of Psychology, 30, 89-94.

Chen, L., Shu, H., Liu, Y., Zhao, J., & Li, P. (2007). ERP signatures of subject-verb

Chen, L., Shu, H., Liu, Y., Zhao, J., & Li, P. (2007). ERP signatures of subject-verb agreement in L2 learning. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 10, 161--174.

Chen, M.J. (1993). A comparsion of Chinese and English language processing. In Altarriba, J. (ed.), Cognition and culture. A cross-cultural approach to cognitive psy-chology, North Holland: Elsevier Science Publishers. 97-118.

Chen, S-Q. (1990). 'A study of communicatioon strategies in interlanguage production by Chinese EFL learners', Language Learning, 40, 155-187.

Chen. H. C.. & Tsoi. K. C. (1990). Symbol-word interference in Chinese and English. Acta Psychologica. 75. 123-138.

Chenoweth, A., R. Day, A. Chun & S. Luppecscu. (1983). 'Attitudes and preferences of non-native speakers to corrective feedback'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 6: 79-87.

Chern, C-L. (1993). Chinese students' word-solving strategies in reading in English. In T. Huckin, M. Haynes and J. Coady (ed.) Second Language Reading and Vocabulary Learning: 67-85. Norwood, N.J.: Ablex Publishing Corporation.

Chernigovskaya, T.V., Balonov, L.I. & Deglin, V.L. (1983). Bilingualism and brain functional asymmetry. Brain and Language, 23, 195-216.

Chernov, G. (1994). Message redundancy and message anticipation in simultaneous interpreting. In S. Lambert & B. Moser-Mercer (Eds.), Bridging the gap: Empirical research in simultaneous interpretation (pp. 139-153). Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.

Chesterfield, R. & Chesterfield, K.B. (1985). 'Natural order in children's use of second language learning strategies', Applied Linguistics, 6, 45-59.

Chesterfield, R., Barrows K., Chesterfield, K. Hayes-Latimer & R. Chavez. (1983). The influence of teachers and peers on second language acquisition in bilingual pre-school programs. TESOL Quarterly 17:401-419.

Cheung, H. (1996). Non-word span as a unique predictor of second language vocabulary learning. Developmental Psychology 32, 867-873.

Cheung, H. & Kemper, S. (1993). 'Recall and articulation of English and Chinese words by Chinese-English bilinguals', Memory and Cognition, 21, 5, 666-670.

Cheung, H., S. Kemper, et al. (2000). "A PHONOLOGICAL ACCOUNT FOR THE CROSS-LANGUAGE VARIATION IN WORKING MEMORY PROCESSING." Psychological Record J1 - Psychological Record 50(2): 373.

Chevalier, J.-C. (1986). Structuration d'un discours franais par un migrant, apprenant en milieu naturel. Langue Franaise, 71:17-31.

Cheydleur, F.D. (1932). 'An experiment in adult learning of French at the Madison Wisconsin Vocational School', Journal of Educational Research, XXVI, 4, 259-275.

Chiang, C.S & Dunkel, P. (1992). 'Effects of speech modification, prior knowledge and listening profienecy on EFL lecture learning', TESOL Quarterly, 26, 345-374.

Chiang, D. (1980). 'Predictors of relative clause production' in Scarcella & Krashen (eds.) 1980. Chick, K. 1985. 'The interactional accomplishment of discrimination in South Africa'. Language in Society 14: 299-326.

Chiang, J.S. & Costello, J.R. (1983). 'The acquisition of syntax in first and second language learning', IRAL, XXI/1 February.

Chiang, T. (1979). 'Source of interference of English intonations with Chinese tones', IRAL, 17, 245-50.

Chihara, T. & Oller, J. (1978). Attitudes and attained proficiency in EFL: A sociolinguistic study of adult Japanese speakers. Language Learning 28:55-68.

Chikamatsu, N. (1996). 'The effects of L1 orthography on L2 word recognition', Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 18, 403-432.

Chimombo, M. 1979. An analysis of the order of acquisition of English grammatical morphemes in a bilingual child. Working Papers on Bilingualism 18. Toronto: The Ontario Institute for Studies in Education.

Chincotta, D. & Hoosain, R. (1995). 'Reading rate, articulatory suppression and bilingual digit span', European Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 7, 2, 201-211.

Chincotta, D. & Underwood, G. (1996). 'Mother tongue, language of schooling and bilingual digit span', British Journal of Psychology, 87, 193-208.

Chincotta, D. & Underwood, G. (1997). 'Bilingual memory span advantage for Arabic numerals over digit words', British Journal of Psychology, 88, 295-310.

Chincotta, D. & Underwood, G. (1997). 'Digit span and articulatory suppression: a cross-linguistic comparison', European Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 9, 89-96.

Chincotta, D. & Underwood, G. (1997). 'Speech rate estimates and bilingual digit span', European Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 9, 325-348.

Chincotta, D., Hyona, J. & Underwood, G. (1997). 'Eye fixations, speech rate and bilingual digit span: numeral reading tasks index fluency not word length', Acta Psychologica, 97, 253-275.

Chiswick, B. & Miller, P. (1988). "Earnings in Canada: The Roles of Immigrant Generation, French Ethnicity and Language", in T. Paul Schultz (ed.) Research in Population Economics. Greenwich, CT: JIA.

Chiswick, B.R. & Miller P.W. (1992). "Language in the Immigrant Labor Market", in B.R. Chiswick (ed.) Immigration, Language, and Ethnicity. Washington, D. C.: The AEI Press, 1992.

Chitiri, H-F., Sun, Y. & Willows, D. (1992). 'Word recognition in second language reading', in: R. Harris (Ed.), Cognitive Processing in Bilinguals. Amsterdam: Elsevier. 283-297.

Chiung, Lili, (2004). An analytical study of errors in college students' English writing: a case study at Mei-Ho Institute of Technology. Journal of Da-Yeh University, 13 (2): 19-37.

Chlenov, L.G. (1983). On aphasia in polyglots. In M. Paradis (Ed.), Readings on aphasia in bilinguals and polyglots (pp. 445-'"454). Montreal: Didier. (Original work published in 1948.).

Choi, E.K. (2002). Trade and the adoprion of a universal language. International Review of Economics and Finance, 11, 245-75.

Choi, I., Nisbett, R.E. & Smith, E.E. (1997). 'Culture, category salience and inductive reasoning', Cognition, 65, 15-22.

Choi, S., & Bowerman, M. (1991). Learning to express motion events in English and Korean: The influence of language-specific lexicalization patterns. Cognition, 41, 83-121.

Choi, S., Kim, U., & Choi, S. (1993). Indigenous analysis of collective representations: A Korean perspective. In U. Kim & J. Berry (Eds.), Indigenous psychologies: Research and experience in cultural context (pp. 193-210). Newbury Park, CA: Sage.

Choi, S., McDonough, L., Bowerman, M., & Mandler, J. (1999). Early sensitivity to language-specific spatial categories in English and Korean. Cognitive Development, 14, 241-268.

Chomsky, N. (1955). The Logical Structure of Linguistic Theory, published by Plenum Press (1975).

Chomsky, N. (1957). Syntactic Structures. Mouton, The Hague.

Chomsky, N. (1959). 'Review of B.F. Skinner Verbal Behavior', Language, 35, 26-58.

Chomsky, N. (1964). Current Issues in Linguistic Theory, The Hague, Mouton.

Chomsky, N. (1965). 'Formal discussion: the development of grammar in child language', in U. Bellugi & R. Brown (eds.), The Acquisition of Language, Indiana, Purdue University.

Chomsky, N. (1965). Aspects of the Theory of Syntax, MIT Press.

Chomsky, N. (1966). 'Linguistic theory', North-East Conference on the Teaching of Foreign Languages, ed., R. Mead. Reprinted in J.P.B. Allen & P. van Buren, Chomsky: Selected Readings, OUP (1971).

Chomsky, N. (1966). Cartesian Linguistics, New York.

Chomsky, N. (1966). Topics in the Theory of Generative Grammar, Mouton.

Chomsky, N. (1969). 'Linguistics and philosophy', in Hook, S. (ed.), Language and Philosophy, New York University Press.

Chomsky, N. (1970). 'Remarks on nominalisation,' in R. Jacobs & E. Rosenbaum (eds.), Readings in English Transformational Grammar, Ginn and Co.

Chomsky, N. (1971). Problems of Knowledge and Freedom, New York: Pantheon.

Chomsky, N. (1972). 'Phonology and reading' in Levin, H. (ed), Basic Processes in Reading, Harper & Row, 4- 18.

Chomsky, N. (1972). 'Some empirical issues in the theory of transformational grammar', in Peters, S. (ed.), Goals of Linguistic Theory, New Jersey, Prentice-Hall.

Chomsky, N. (1972). 'Some empirical issues in the theory of transformational grammar', in S. Peters (ed.), Goals of Linguistic Theory, New Jersey, Prentice Hall.

Chomsky, N. (1972). Language and Mind, enlarged edition, New York, Harcourt Brace Jovanovitch.

Chomsky, N. (1972). Studies on Semantics in Generative Grammar, Mouton.

Chomsky, N. (1973). 'Conditions on transformations', in S.R. Anderson & R. Kiparsky (eds.), A Festschrift for Morris Halle, Holt Rinhart Winston, New York.

Chomsky, N. (1976). Reflections on Language, Temple Smith.

Chomsky, N. (1977). 'On Wh-movement', in Culicover, P. Wasow, T & Akmajian, A. (eds.), Formal Syntax, Academic Press.

Chomsky, N. (1977). Essays on Form and Interpretation, Elesevier, Amsterdam.

Chomsky, N. (1979). Language and Responsibility, Sussex, Harvester Press.

Chomsky, N. (1980). 'On Binding', Linguistic Inquiry, 11, 1-46.

Chomsky, N. (1980). 'On cognitive structures and their development, in Piattelli-Palmarini, M. (1980) (ed.), Language and Learning: the Debate between Jean Piaget and Noam Chomsky, Routledge Kegan Paul, London.

Chomsky, N. (1980). Rules and Representations, Oxford, Blackwell.

Chomsky, N. (1981). 'Principles and parameters in syntactic theory', in N. Hornstein & D. Lightfoot (eds.), Explanations in Linguistics, London, Longman.

Chomsky, N. (1981). Lectures on Government and Binding, Dordrecht, Foris.

Chomsky, N. (1982). 'On the representation of form and function', in J. Mehler, E.C.T. Walker, & M.F. Garrett (eds.), Perspectives on Mental Representation: Experimental and Theoretical Studies of Cognitive Processes and Capacities, Hillsdale, Erlbaum.

Chomsky, N. (1982). Some Concepts and Consequences of the Theory of Government and Binding, MIT Press.

Chomsky, N. (1982). The Generative Enterprise: A Discussion with Riny Huybregts and Henk van Riemsdijk, Dordrecht, Foris.

Chomsky, N. (1986). Barriers, M.I.T. Press.

Chomsky, N. (1986). Knowledge of Language: Its Nature, Origin and Use, Praeger, New York.

Chomsky, N. (1987). 'Transformational Grammar: Past, Present, and Future', in Studies in English Language and Literature, Kyoto University, 33-80.

Chomsky, N. (1988). Language and Problems of Knowledge: The Managua Lectures, MIT Press.

Chomsky, N. (1990). 'Language and Mind', in Mellor, D.H. (ed), Ways of Communic-ating, CUP, 56-80.

Chomsky, N. (1991). 'Linguistics and adjacent fields: a personal view', in Kasher (ed.), 5-23.

Chomsky, N. (1991). 'Linguistics and cognitive science: problems and mysteries', in Kasher (ed.) 26-53.

Chomsky, N. (1991). 'Some notes on economy of derivation and representation', in R. Freidin (ed.) (1991), Principles and Parameters in Comparative Grammar (1991), 417-545; preliminary draft in MIT Working Papers in Linguistics (1989), 10, 43-74.

Chomsky, N. (1993). 'A minimalist program for linguistic theory', in K. Hale & S.J. Keyser (eds), The View from Building 20, MIT Press, 1-52; preliminary version in MIT Occasional Papers in Linguistics (1992), No 1.

Chomsky, N. (1995). 'Bare Phrase Structure'. In G. Webelhuth (ed.), Government and Binding Theory and the Minimalist Programme, Blackwell, 383-440; preliminary version in MIT Occasional Papers in Linguistics (1994), No 5.

Chomsky, N. (1995). The Minimalist Program, MIT Press.

Chomsky, N. (1998). 'Minimalist inquiries: the framework', MITWPL, 1-5, alias Martin et al 2000.

Chomsky, N. (2000). New Horizons in the Study of Language and Mind, CUP.

Chomsky, N. (2000). The Architecture of Language, New Delhi: OUP.

Chomsky, N. (2000c). Minimalist inquiries: the framework. In R. Martin, D. Michaels, and J. Uriagereka, eds., Step by step: essays on minimalist syntax in honor of Howard Lasnik,. Cambridge, Mass.: The MIT Press, 89-155.

Chomsky, N. (2001). 'Beyond explanatory adequacy', manuscript.

Chomsky, N. (2001). 'Derivation by phase', in M. Kenstowicz (ed.) Ken Hale: A Life in Language, MIT Press.

Chomsky, N. (2001). Beyond explanatory adequacy. MIT Occasional Papers in Linguistics 20. Cambridge, Mass.: MITWPL.

Chomsky, N. (2002). On Nature and Language, CUP.

Chomsky, N. (2005). 'Three factors in language design', Linguistic Inquiry, 36, 1, 1-22.

Chomsky, N. (2005). Language and the brain. In Saleemi, A.J., Bohn, O-S. & Gjedde, A. (eds.), In Search of a Language for the Mind-Brain, Aarhus: Aarhus University Press, 143 170.

Chomsky, N. & Halle, M. (1968). The Sound Pattern of English, New York, Harper and Row.

Chomsky, N. & Lasnik, H. (1977). 'Filters and Control', Linguistic Inquiry, 8, 425-504.

Chomsky, N. & Lasnik, H. (1993). 'Principles and parameters theory', in Jacobs, J., von Stechow, A., Sternefeld, W. & Vennemann, T. (eds.), Syntax: An International Handbook of Contemporary Research, Berlin, de Gruyter, 506-569.

Chorney, H. (1997). 'The Economic Benefits of Linguistic Duality and Bilingualism: A Political Economy Approach', New Canadian Perspectives: Official Languages and the Economy, Canadian Heritage.

Chorney, H. (1998). 'Bilingualism in Employee Recruitment and the Role of Symbolic Analysts in Leading Export-Oriented Firms', in Breton (ed.) (1998).

Christian, D. (1996). 'Two-way-immersion education: students learn through two languages', MLJ, 80, 66-76.

Christie, K. & Lantolf, J. (1992). 'The ontological status of learner grammaticality judgements in UG approaches to L2 learning', Rassegna Italiana de Linguistica Applicada, 3, 31-57.

Christison, M.A. (1979). Natural sequencing in adult second language acquisition. TESOL Quarterly 13:1, 122.

Christoffels, I. K., & De Groot, A. M. B. (2004). Components of simultaneous interpreting: Comparing interpreting with shadowing and paraphrasing. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 7, 227-240.

Christoffels, I. K., De Groot, A. M. B., & Kroll, J. F. (2006). Memory and language skills in simultaneous interpreters: The role of expertise and language proficiency. Journal of Memory and Language, 54, 324-345.

Christoffels, I. K., De Groot, A. M. B., & Waldorp, L. J. (2003). Basic skills in a complex task: A graphical model relating memory and lexical retrieval to simultaneous interpreting. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 3, 201-211.

Christoffels, I., & De Groot, A. (2005). Simultaneous interpreting: A cognitive perspective. In J. Kroll & A. De Groot (Eds.), Handbook of bilingualism: Psycholinguistic approaches (pp. 454-479). Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press.

Christoffels, I.K., Firk, C. & Schiller, N.O. (2007). Bilingual language control: An event-related brain potential study. Brain Research, 1147: 192--208.

Christofides, L. & Swidinsky R. (1997). Bilingualism and Earnings: A Study based on 1971, 1981 and 1991 Census Data Ottawa: Official Languages Branch, Department of Canadian Heritage.

Christofides, L.N. & Swidinsky, R. (1998). 'Bilingualism and Earnings: A Study Based on 1971, 1981 and 1991 Census Data', in Breton (ed.), Economic Approaches to Language and Bilingualism, Canada: Canadian Heritage http://www.pch.gc.ca/offlangoff/perspectives/ english/economic/index.html.

Christophe, A., & Morton, J. (1998). Is Dutch native English? Linguistic analysis by 2-months-olds. Developmental Science, 1, 215-219.

Christophersen, Paul. (1988). 'Native speakers' and world English. English Today 15: 15-18.

Christopherson, P. (1948), Bilingualism, London, Methuen.

Christopherson, P. (1973). Second Language Learning: Myth and Reality, Penguin, Harmondsworth.

Chu-Chang, M. (1981). The dependency relation between oral language and reading in bilingual children. Journal of Education 163:1, pp. 30-55.

Chu, Huimei, (1992). Beginning EFL learners' decoding skill and word reading ability. Journal of Department of English Institution Taipei Municipal Teachers College, 33: 471-484.

Chun, A., R. Day, A. Chenoweth, & S. Luppescu. (1982). 'Errors, interaction, and correction: a study of non-native conversations'. TESOL Quarterly 16: 537-47.

Chun, D.M. (2002). Discourse Intonation in L2: From theory and research to practice, Univ California: Santa barbarar.

Chun, J. (1975). Selected processes in second language acquisition. Paper presented to the Fourth AI LA Congress, Stuttgart.

Chun, J. (1976). Word order in second language acquisition. G. Drachman (ed.), Proceedings of the First Salzburg Colloquium on Children's Language. Tubingen: Verlag Gunter Narr.

Chun, J. (1978). A survey of research in second language acquisition. In Croft, W. (ed.) Readings on ESL: for teachers and teacher trainees, pp. 181-198. Winthrop Publishers Inc., Cambridge, Mass.

Church, J. & King, I. (1993). 'Bilingualism and Network Externalities', Canadian Journal of Economics, Vol. 26, No. 2, 337-345.

Cicourel, A. et al. (eds.). (1974). Language Use and School Performance. New York: Academic Press.

Cieslicka-Ratajczak, A. (1994). The mental lexicon in second language learning, Studia Anglica Posnaniensia 29, 105-117.

CILT (2005). Languages 14-19: Working Models, London: CILT.

CILT (2005). Talking world class: the impact of language skills on the UK economy, London: CILT.

Clachar, A. (1997). 'Ethnolinguistic identity and Spanish proficiency in a paradoxical situation: the case of Puerto Rican return migrants', J.M.M.D, 18, 2, 107-124.

Clahsen et al. Morphological Structure in Language Processing

Clahsen, H. (1980). Psycholinguistic aspects of L2 acquisition: word order phenomena in foreign workers' interlanguage. In Felix, S. (ed.) Second Language Development Trends and Issues. Narr, Tbingen.

Clahsen, H. (1982). Spracherweth in der Kindheit: eine Untersuchung zur Entwicklung der Syntax bei Kleinkindern. Tbingen: Gunter Narr.

Clahsen, H. (1984). The acquisition of German word order: a test case for cognitive approaches to L2 development. In: Andersen, R.W. (ed.). Second languages: A cross-linguistic perspective. Rowley, MA: Newbury House, 219-242.

Clahsen, H. (1985). Profiling second language development: a procedure for assessing L2 proficiency. In Hyltenstam, K & Pienemann, M. (eds.) Modelling and assessing second language development, pp. 283-332. Multilingual Matters.

Clahsen, H. (1987). 'Connecting theories of language processing and second language acquisition' in C.W. Pfaff (ed.), First and Second Language Acquisition Processes, Newbury House.

Clahsen, H. (1987). The grammatical characterisation of developmental dysphasia. Paper given at the Max-Planck-Institut-fur Psycholinguistik, Nijmegen.

Clahsen, H. (1988). 'Critical phases of grammar development: a study of the acquisition of negation in children and adults', in Jordens, P., & Lalleman, J. (eds.), Language Development, Foris, Dordrecht.

Clahsen, H. (1988). 'Parameterised grammatical theory and language acquisition', in Flynn & O'Neil (1988).

Clahsen, H. (1990). 'The comparative study of first and second language development'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 12, 135-54.

Clahsen, H. (1991). 'German plurals in adult second language development: evidence for a dual mechanism model of inflection', in L. Eubank, L. Selinker and M Sharwood-Smith (eds), The Current State of Interlanguage, Amsterdam: Benjamins, 123-13.

Clahsen, H. & Muysken, P. (1986). 'The availability of universal grammar to adult and child learners - a study of the acquisition of German word order', Second Language Research, 2, 2, 93-119.

Clahsen, H. & Muysken, P. (1989). 'The UG paradox in L2 acquisition', Second Language Research, 5, 1 29.

Clahsen, H. & Upyong Hong (1995). 'Agreement and null subject in German L2 development: new evidence from reaction-time experiments', Second Language Research, 11, 57-87.

Clahsen, H., & Felser, C. (2006). Grammatical processing in language learners. Applied Psycholinguistics, 27: 3--42.

Clahsen, H., & Felser, C. (2006). How native-like is non-native language processing? Trends in Cognitive Science, 10, 564-569.

Clahsen, H., & Felser, C. (2006a). Grammatical processing in language learners.

Clahsen, H., & Felser, C. (2006b). How native-like is non-native language processing?

Clahsen, H., Eisenbeiss, S., & Sonnenstuhl, I. (1997). Morphological structure and the

Clahsen, H., Meisel, J. & Pienemann, M. (1983). Deutsch als Zweitsprache. Der Sprachenerwerb auslanderischer Arbeiter. Narr, Tbingen.

Clahsen, H., Sonnenstuhl, I., & Blevins, J. (2003). Derivational morphology in the

Clark, J. (1969). 'The Pennsylvania Project and the "Audio-Lingual vs. Traditional" question'. Modern Language Journal 53: 388-96.

Clark, J.L.D. (1982). 'Measurement considerations in language attrition research', in Lambert, R.D. & Freed B.F. (eds.), The loss of language skills, Newbury House, Rowley, Mass., 138-152.

Clark, J.M. & Paivio, A. (1991). Dual coding theory and education. Educational Psychology Review 3 (i), 149-210.

Clark, M. & Silberstein, S. (1977). 'Toward a realisation of psycholinguistics principles in the ESL reading class' Language Learning, 27, 135-54.

Clark, M.A. (1976). Second language acquisition as a clash of consciousness. Language Learning, 26, 2, 377-90.

Clark, M.A. (1984). 'On the nature of techniques; what do we owe the gurus?', TESOL Quarterly, 18 (4), 577-584.

Clarke, A, (1980). The short-circuit hypothesis of ESL reading -- or when language competence interferes with reading performance. Modern Language Journal 64, 203-209.

Clarke, D.F. & Nation, I.S.P (1980). 'Guessing the meaning of words from context: strategy and techniques, System, 8, 3, 211-220.

Clarke, M.A. (1979). 'Reading in Spanish and English', Language Learning, 29, 121-150.

Clarke, M.A. (1980). 'The short-circuit hypothesis of ESL reading-'"or when language competence interferes with reading performance', Modern Language Journal, 64, 2, 203-209.

Clarke, M.A. (1994). 'The dysfunction of the theory/practice discourse', TESOL Quarterly, 28, 9-26.

Clement, L.R. (1978). Motivational characteristics of francophones learning English, Quebec: Centre International de Recherche sur le Bilinguisme.

Clement, R. (1980). 'Ethnicity, contact and communicative competence in a second language' in Giles et al. (eds.) 1980.

Clement, R. (1986). 'Second language proficiency and acculturation: an investigation of the effects of language status and individual characteristics'. Journal of Language and Social Psychology 5: 271-90.

Clement, R. & Kruidenier, B. 1985. 'Aptitude, attitude and motivation in second language proficiency: a test of Clement's model'. Journal of Language and Social Psychology 4: 21-38.

Clement, R. & Kruidenier, B.G. (1983), 'Orientations in second language acquisition: I. the effects of ethnicity, milieu, and target language on their emergence', Language Learning, 33, 3, 274-291

Clement, R., Dornyei, Z. & Noels, K.A. (1994). 'Motivation, self-confidence, and group cohesion in the foreign language classroom' Language Learning, 44, 3, 417-448.

Clement, R., Gardner, R.C. & Smythe, P.C. (1977). 'Motivational variables in second language acquisition : a study of francophones learning English', Canadian Journal of Behavioral Science, 9, 123-133.

Clement, R., Smythe, P. & Gardner, R. 1978. 'Persistence in second language study: motivational considerations'. Canadian Modern Language Review 34: 688-94.

Clifton, C., Sorce, P., Schaye, P. & Fiszman, A. (1978), 'Translation between languages in memory search', Am. J. Psychol., 91, 2, 237-249

Clyne, M. (1967): Transference and Triggering. The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff.

Clyne, M. (1968), -'Zum Pidgin-Deutsch der Gastarbeiter', Zeitschrift fur Mundartforschung 35: 130-39

Clyne, M. (1972), Perspectives on language contact. Melbourne: Hawthorne

Clyne, M. (1977), -'Multilingualism and pidginization in Australian industry'. Ethnic Studies 1: 40-55

Clyne, M. (1977), 'Bilingualism of the elderly', Talanya, 4, 45-56

Clyne, M. (1977), 'Nieuw Nederlands or Double Dutch', Dutch Studies 3: 1-20.

Clyne, M. (1978), 'Some remarks on foreigner talk' in Dittmar et al. (eds.) 1978.

Clyne, M. (1978), Some (German-English) language contact phenomena at the dis-course level. In Advances in the study of societal multilingualism, ed. J. Fishman. The Hague: Mouton.

Clyne, M. (1980), ' Triggering and language processing', Canad. J. Psychol., 34, 4, 400-406

Clyne, M. (1981), -'Second language attrition and first language reversion among elderly bilinguals in Australia', in Meid, W. & Heller, K. (eds.), Sprachkontakt als Ursache von Verñnderungen der Sprach- und Bewusstseinsstrukturen, Innsbruck, Innsbruck University, 26-39

Clyne, M. (1981), Deutsch als Muttersprache in Australien, Wiesbaden, Franz Steiner Verlag

Clyne, M. (1982), Multilingual Australia, River Seine Publications, Melbourne

Clyne, M. (1984), 'The decade past, the decade to come: Some thoughts on language-contact research', IJSL 45, 9-20

Clyne, M. (1985), Medium or object - different contexts of (school-based) second lan-guage acquisition. In K. Hyltenstam & M. Pienemann, eds. Modelling and assessing second language acquisition, 197-212. San Diego: College-Hill Press.

Clyne, M. (1987), Constraints on code-switching: how universal are they? Linguistics, 25: 739-64

Clyne, M. (1994), Intercultural communication at work. Cambridge: CUP,

Clyne, M. (1997), Some of the things trilinguals do. The International Journal of Bilingualism 1, 95-116.

Clyne, M. (2003). Dynamics of language contact: English and immigrant languages. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.

Clyne, M. (2003). Towards a more language-centred approach to plurilingualism. In J-M. Dewaele, A. Housen & L. Wei (eds.), Bilingualism: Beyond principles. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters, 43--55.

Clyne, M. (ed.) (1975), 'Foreigner Talk'. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 28.

Clyne, M. (ed.) (1981), Foreigner talk. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 28

Clyne, M. 1967. Transference and Triggering. The Hague: Nijhoff.

Clyne, M. 1987. Constraints on code-switching: How universal are they? Linguistics 25: 739--764. (Reprinted in 2000 in The Bilingualism Reader, Li Wei (ed.), 257--280. New York NY: Routledge).

Clyne, M. 1992. Epilogue. In Pluricentric Languages: Differing Norms in Different Nations, M. Clyne (ed.), 455--465. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.

Clyne, M. 1992. German as a pluricentric language. In Pluricentric Languages: Differing Norms in Different Nations, M. Clyne (ed.), 117--147. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.

Clyne, M. 1992. Pluricentric languages -- Introduction. In Pluricentric Languages: Differing Norms in Different Nations, M. Clyne (ed.), 1--9. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.

Clyne, M. 1997. Multilingualism. In The Handbook of Sociolinguistics, F. Coulmas (ed.), 301--314. Oxford: Blackwell.

Clyne, M. 2003. Dynamics of Language Contact: English and Immigrant Languages. Cambridge:CUP.

Clyne, M., C. Rossi Hunt & T. Isaakidis (2004). Learning a community language as a third language. International Journal of Multilingualism 1.1, 33--52.

Clyne, M.G. 1980. Triggering and language processing. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 34: 400--406.

Coady, J. (1997). L2 vocabulary acquisition: A synthesis of research. In J. Coady & T. Huckin (Eds.), Second language vocabulary acquisition (pp.273-'"290). New York: CUP

Coady, J. & Huckin, T. (Eds.), Second language vocabulary acquisition New York: CUP.

Coady, J. 1979. A psycholinguistic model of the ESL reader. In R. Mackay et al. (eds.) Reading in a second language. New York: Newbury House

Coan, R. & R. Cattell. 1966. Early School Personality Questionnaire. Champaign, Illinois: Institute for Personality and Ability Testing.

Cochran, B.P., McDonald, J.L. & Parult, S.J. (1999), 'Too smart for their own good: the disadvantage of a superior processing capacity for adult language learners', Journal of Memory and Language, 41, 30-58

Cochran, M., Lamer, M., Riley, D., Gunnarason, M. & Henderson, C. R. (1990) ed., Extending families. CUP.

Cochrane, R. 1980. 'The acquisition of /r/ and /l/ by Japanese children and adults learning English as a second language'. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 1:331-60.

Cochrane, R.M. & Sachs, J. (1979). Phonological learning by children and adults in a laboratory setting. Language and Speech, 22,145-149.

Coenen, J. & van Hout, R. 1987. Word order phenomena in second language acquisition of Dutch. In F. Beukema & P. Coopmans (eds.) Linguistics in the Netherlands, 41-51. Dordrecht, Foris

Coggins, P.E., Kennedy, T.J. and Armstrong, T.A. (2004), -'Bilingual corpus callosum variability', Brain and Language, 89, 1, 69-75

Cognitive Psychology, 3, 337-354.

Cohen, A. (1967). The grammar and constituent structure of the noun phrase in Spanish and English. Unpublished PhD dissertation. University of Texas.

Cohen, A. (1975), 'Forgetting a second language', Language Learning, 25, 127-138

Cohen, A. (1975). Error correction and the training of language teachers. MLJ, 59, 414-22

Cohen, A. (1977), 'Successful second language learners: a review of research literature', Balshaunt Shimushit, 1

Cohen, A. (1984), 'Studying second-language learning strategies: how do we get the information?' Applied Linguistics 5:101-12. Also in Wenden & Robin (eds.) 1987.

Cohen, A. (1984), On taking language tests: what the students report. In L. Mac Mathna & D. Singleton (eds.), Language across cultures. Dublin: Irish Association for Applied Linguistics.

Cohen, A. (1986), Forgetting foreign language vocabulary. In Weltens, B., De Bot, K. & van Els, T. (eds), Language Attrition in Progress', Dordrecht: Foris

Cohen, A. (1987), The use of verbal and imagery mnemonics in second-language vocabulary learning. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 9: 43-62

Cohen, A. (1987),. 'Student processing of feedback on their compositions' in Wenden & Robin (eds.) 1987

Cohen, A. (1989), -'Attrition in the productive lexicon of two Portuguese third language speakers', Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 11, 135-149

Cohen, A. (1990). Language Learning: Insights for Learners, Teachers, and Researchers. New York: Newbury House/Harper Row.

Cohen, A. (1991). 'Feedback on writing: the use of verbal report'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 13:133-59.

Cohen, A. (1996). Developing the ability to perform speech acts. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 18,

Cohen, A. (1998), Strategies in learning and using a second language, Longman

Cohen, A. & Aphek, E. 1980. 'Retention of second language vocabulary over time: in-vestigating the role of mnemonic associations'. System 8: 221-35.

Cohen, A. & Aphek, E. 1981. 'Easifying second language learning'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 3: 221-36.

Cohen, A. & Hosenfeld, C. 1981 -'Some uses of mentalistic data in second language research', Language Learning 31: 285-313

Cohen, A. & Olshtain, E. 1981. 'Developing a measure of sociocultural competence; the case of apology'. Language Learning 31:113-34.

Cohen, A. & Robbins, M. 1976. Toward assessing inter-language performance: the relationship between selected errors, learners' characteristics and learners' explanations. Language Learning 26:54-66.

Cohen, A. & Swain, M. 1979. 'Bilingual education: the "immersion" model in the North American context' in Pride (ed.) 1979.

Cohen, A. & Weltens, B. (eds.) (1989), 'Language attrition', SSLA 11/2

Cohen, A. D. and Chi, J. C. (n.d.) Language Strategy Use Inventory. http://www.carla.umn.edu/maxsa/guides.

Cohen, A., Larsen-Freeman, D. & Tarone, E. 1991. 'The contribution of SLA theories and research to language teaching' in Sadtano (ed.) 1991

Cohen, A.D. (2007), -'Coming to terms with language learner strategies: surveying the experts', in Cohen, A.D. and Macaro, E. (eds.), 29-46.

Cohen, A.D. and Macaro, E. (2007) (eds.), Language Learner Strategies: Thirty years of research and practice. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Cohen, A.D. and Weaver, S. J. (2006), Styles- and Strategies-based Instruction: A Teachers' Guide. University of Minnesota, Center for Advanced Research on Language Acquisition.

Cohen, A.D., Glasman, H., Rosenbaum-Cohen, P., Ferrara, R.J. & Fine, J. (1979), 'Reading English for specialized purposes: discourse analysis and the use of student informants', TESOL Quarterly. 13: 551-564

Cohen, R. 1969 Conceptual styles, culture conflict, and non-verbal tests of intelligence. American Anthropologist 71: 82~56

Cohen, S.P., Tucker, G.R. & Lambert, W.E. (1967). The comparative skills of monolinguals and bilinguals in perceiving phoneme sequences. Language and Speech, 10, 159-168

Cole, M. & Scribner, S. (xxxx), 'Cross-cultural studies of memory and cognition', in Kail & Hagen (eds.), Perspectives on Memory

Cole, P., Beauvillain, C. & Segui, J. (1989), 'On the representation and processing of prefixed and suffixed words: a differential frequency effect', J. Mem. & Lang., 28, 1-13

Cole, S. (1998). "The use of L1 in Communicative English Classrooms." Journal of the Japan Association for Language Teaching. http://www.jalt-publications.org/tlt/files/ 98/dec/ cole.html

Coleman, A. (1929), The Teaching of Modern Languages in the United States, New York: American and Canadian Committees on Foreign Languages

Coleman, J.A. (1996) Studying languages: a survey of British and European students, London, CILT

Coleman, J.A. & Towell, R. (1987), The Advanced Language Learner, CILTR

Coles, C.S. (1978): The learning disabilities test battery: Empirical and social issues. Harvard Educational Review, 48, 313-40.

Collier, V. (1987), Age and rate of acquisition of second language for academic purposes. TESOL Quarterly 21: 617-41

Collier, V. (1992), 'The Canadian bilingual immersion debate: a synthesis of research findings'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 14: 87-97

Collier, V. (1992), A synthesis of studies examining long-term language-minority student data on academic achievement. Bilingual Research Journal, 16 (1 & 2), 87-212

Collin, A., & Holec, H. (1985), 'Foreign language acquisition processes in a secondary school setting: negation', in P. Riley (ed.) (1985)

Collins, L. (2002). The roles of L1 influence and lexical aspect in the acquisition of temporal morphology. Language Learning, 52, 43-94.

Collins, T.G.(2001), -'Reconsidering L1 use in adult ESL classrooms', in G. Brauer (ed.), Pedagogy of language learning in Higher Education, London: Ablex, 61-75

Colom, A. (2001). Lexical activation in bilinguals' speech production: Language-specific or language-independent? Journal of Memory and Language, 45, 721-736.

Colomer, J. (1991) The utility of bilingualism. Rationality and Society 2, 310-34

Colzato, L. S., Bajo, M. T., Van den Wildenburg, W., & Paolieri, D. (2008). How does bilingualism improve executive control? A comparison of active and reactive inhibition mechanisms. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 34, 302-312.

Comeau, L., Cormier, P., Grandmaison, E., & Lacroix, D. (1999). A longitudinal study of phonological processing skills in children learning to read in a second language. Journal of Educational Psychology, 91, 29-43.

Commission for Racial Equality (1986), Teaching English as a Second Language: Report of a Formal Investigation in Calderdale Education Authority

Commission of the European Communities (1987), Young Europeans in 1987, EC Commission

compared. Language and Cognitive Processes, 10, 59-94.

Comrie, B. (1990), 'Second Language Acquisition and language universals research', Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 12, 2, 209-218

Conboy, B. T., & Mills, D. L. (2006). Two languages, one developing brain: event-related potentials to words in bilingual toddlers. Developmental Science, 9, F1-F12.

Coniam, D. (1999), Voive recignition software accuracy with second language speakers of English, System, 27, 49-64

Conklin, K., & Mauner, G. (2003). Investigating bilingual lexical access: Processing French-English homographs in sentence contexts. Proceedings of the 4th International Symposium on Bilingualism.

Connor, U. (1984), 'Recall of text: differences between first and second language readers', TESOL Quarterly, 18/2, 239-254

Connor, U. & McCagg, P. 1983 Cross-cultural differences and perceived quality in written paraphrases of English expository prose. Applied Linguistics 4: 259-68

Connor, V. & Kaplan, R. (eds.) 1987 Writing across languages: analysis of L2 text. Addison-Wesley. Reading, Mass

Connors, K. (1980), 'Grammatical versus communicative competence in second language learning: a view from linguistics', Canad. J. Psychol., 34(4),328-336

Connors, K. and Ouellette, B. (1994) The meanings of pronominal-verbal constructions for speakers and learners of French. Linguistica atlantica 16, 1-24.

Connors, K., Me'nard, N. & Singh, R. 1978. Testing linguistic and functional competence, in immersion programs. In Aspects of bilingualism. ed. M. Paradis. Columbia, S.C.: Hornbeam Press.

Contreras, H. & Saporta, S. 1971. Phonological development in the speech of a bilingual child. In J. Akin et al. (eds.), Language Behavior:

Cook-Gumperz, J. & Gumperz, J. 1976. Context in children's speech. Papers on Language and Context. Working Papers #46. Language Behavior Research Laboratory, University of California, Berkeley.

Cook, V.J. (1968-1970), Realistic English, (with B. Abbs & M. Underwood), 3 vols., O.U.P.; new editions 1978

Cook, V.J. (1968), 'Some types of oral structure drill', Language Learning, XVIII, Reprinted in Allen, H. & Campbell, R. (eds.), Teaching English as a Foreign Language, McGraw Hill, 1972

Cook, V.J. (1968), Active Intonation, Longman,

Cook, V.J. (1969), 'The analogy between first and second language learning', IRAL, VII/3, 207-216, 1969. Reprinted in R. Lugton (ed.), Towards a Cognitive Approach to Second Language Acquisition, CCD, 1971

Cook, V.J. (1970) 'Freedom and control in language teaching materials', in R.W. Rutherford (ed.), BAAL Seminar Papers: Problems in the preparation of foreign language teaching materials, privatewww.essex.ac.uk/~vcook/OBS10.htm

Cook, V.J. (1970), 'The creative use of language', AudioVisual Language Journal, 8,

Cook, V.J. (1971), 'How children learn language', New Society, 442, 18.3.1971

Cook, V.J. (1972), 'Which came first, the language or the concept?', Multiracial School, 1, 2,

Cook, V.J. (1973), 'The comparison of language development in native children and foreign adults,' IRAL, XI/1, 13-28,

Cook, V.J. (1974), 'Is explanatory adequacy adequate?', Linguistics, 133,

Cook, V.J. (1975), 'Strategies in the comprehension of relative clauses', Language and Speech, 18, 204-212,

Cook, V.J. (1975), English Topics, O.U.P.,

Cook, V.J. (1976), 'A note on indirect objects', J. Child Language, 3, 435-438,

Cook, V.J. (1977), 'Language processes and language teaching', Indian Journal of Applied Linguistics, III, 1, 19-27,

Cook, V.J. (1977), 'Using recorded speech in the classroom,' Zeilsprache Englisch, 1

Cook, V.J. (1977). 'Cognitive processes in second language learning', IRAL, XV/1, 73-90, Reprinted in D. Nehls (ed.), Studies in Language Acquisition, Julius Groos, 1980

Cook, V.J. (1978), 'Some ways of organising language', AudioVisual Language Journal, 16, 2

Cook, V.J. (1979), 'Aspects of memory in secondary school language learners', Interlanguage Studies Bulletin -- Utrecht, 4, 2, 161-172,

Cook, V.J. (1979), 'The English are only human', English Language Teaching Journal, XXXIII, 3, 163-167,

Cook, V.J. (1979), 'The relationship of first and second language learning', (with J. Long & S. McDonough), in G.E. Perren (ed.), The Mother Tongue and Other Languages in Education, CILTR,

Cook, V.J. (1979), 'We have ways of making you talk', EFL Bulletin, No 4, 4-6,

Cook, V.J. (1979), Using Intonation, Longman,

Cook, V.J. (1979), Young Children and Language, Edward Arnold

Cook, V.J. (1980-82), Authentic English for Reading, (with B. Abbs & M. Underwood), 3 vols, O.U.P.,

Cook, V.J. (1980), 'Some neglected aspects of intonation', in H. Dechert & M. Raupach (eds.), Temporal Variables in Speech, Mouton,

Cook, V.J. (1981), 'Second language acquisition from an interactionist viewpoint', Interlanguage Studies Bulletin -- Utrecht, 6, 93-111,

Cook, V.J. (1981), 'Some uses for second language learning research', Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 379, 251-258,

Cook, V.J. (1981), 'Teaching vocabulary', Modern English Teacher, 8, 3,

Cook, V.J. (1981), 'Two fables for our time: the Fox and the Hen and the Miller's Sons', Dunsford Papers in ELT Course Design, British Council,

Cook, V.J. (1981), 'Using authentic materials in the classroom,' Modern English Teacher, 9, 2,

Cook, V.J. (1982), 'Interaction sequences in L2 learning and teaching', in G. Nickel & D. Nehls (eds.), Error Analysis, Contrastive Linguistics and Second Language Learning, Julius Groos,

Cook, V.J. (1982), 'Kategorisierung und Fremdsprachenerwerb', Gegenwartige Probleme and Aufgaben der Fremdsprachen-psychologie, Karl Marx University, Leipzig,

Cook, V.J. (1982), 'Second language learning: a psycholinguistic perspective', Linguistics and Language Teaching: Abstracts, 1978. Reprinted in V. Kinsella (ed.), Surveys I,

Cook, V.J. (1982), 'Structure drills and the language learner', Canadian Modern Language Review, 38,

Cook, V.J. (1982), 'What is your learning theory?', Modern English Teacher, 10, 1,

Cook, V.J. (1983), 'Making up characters for roleplay', World Language English, 2, 4, 249-250,

Cook, V.J. (1983), 'Some assumptions in the design of courses', University of Trier Papers, Series B, no 94,

Cook, V.J. (1983), 'Structure drills on a ZX 81: Part I', Modern English Teacher, 11, 1,

Cook, V.J. (1983), 'Structure drills on a ZX 81: Part II', Modern English Teacher, 11, 2,

Cook, V.J. (1983), 'What should language teaching be about?', English Language Teaching Journal, 37, 3,

Cook, V.J. (1984), 'Communication games with a microcomputer', World Language English, 3, 2,

Cook, V.J. (1985), 'Bridging the gap between computers and the classroom', ELT Documents, 122, 13-25,

Cook, V.J. (1985), 'Chomsky's Universal Grammar and second language learning', Applied Linguistics, 6, 1 8,

Cook, V.J. (1985), 'Language functions, social factors, and second language teaching', IRAL, 13, 3, 177-196,

Cook, V.J. (1986), 'Do second language learners have a cognitive deficit?', in V.J. Cook (ed.) (1986), 73-80

Cook, V.J. (1986), 'Experimental approaches applied to two areas of second language learning research: age and listening-based teaching methods', in V.J. Cook (ed.) 1986, 23-37

Cook, V.J. (1986), 'The basis for an experimental approach to second language learning', in V.J. Cook (ed.), 3-22

Cook, V.J. (1987), '"How to" exercises', ETAS (English Teachers Association, Switzerland), 4/4, 59-60,

Cook, V.J. (1987), 'Natural language processing as interface between CALL and computing,' Fremdsprachen und Hochschule, AKS, 20, 17-26,

Cook, V.J. (1987), Living with People, Pergamon, 1983; Polish edition, Polish Scientific Publishers,

Cook, V.J. (1987), Meeting People, Pergamon, 1982; Polish edition, Polish Scientific Publishers,

Cook, V.J. (1987), People and Places, Pergamon, 1980; Japanese edition with A. Hagiwara, Kihara Shoten, 1985; Polish edition, Polish Scientific Publishers,

Cook, V.J. (1988), 'Cognitive processing and second language learning', Polyglot, 9, fiche 2,

Cook, V.J. (1988), 'Designing a BASIC parser for CALL', CALICO Journal, September

Cook, V.J. (1988), 'Designing CALL programs for communicative teaching,' English Language Teaching Journal, 42, 4, 262-271,

Cook, V.J. (1988), 'Language learners' extrapolation of word order in phrases of Micro-Artificial Languages,' Language Learning, 38, 4, 497-529,

Cook, V.J. (1988), 'Technique analysis: a tool for the teacher', Modern English Teacher, 16, 1, 29-32,

Cook, V.J. (1988), Chomsky's Universal Grammar: An Introduction, Blackwell, Translated into Japanese (1990) and Italian (1990). Second edition with joint author M. Newson, 1996

Cook, V.J. (1989), 'Bringing language into CALL', in I. Kecskes & L. Agocs (eds.), New Tendencies in Computer Assisted Language Learning, Kossuth University, 39-42,

Cook, V.J. (1989), 'Einige Bemerkungen zum Verhaltnis von Zweitsprachen-Lernforschung und Sprachunterricht' (Second language learning research and language teaching), Deutsch Als Fremdsprache, 26, 20-24,

Cook, V.J. (1989), 'Linguists' grammars and the language teacher', in B. O'Meadhra, B. Richardson, & C. O'Culleanain (eds.), Languages in the 1990s: Proceedings of the Third National Modern Language Convention, MLTA/Dublin City University, 29-39,

Cook, V.J. (1989), 'Reciprocal language teaching: another alternative', Modern English Teacher, 16, 3/4, 48 53, privatewww.essex.ac.uk/~vcook/OBS25.htm

Cook, V.J. (1989), 'The relevance of grammar to the applied linguistics of language teaching', Trinity College Dublin Occasional Papers, 22,

Cook, V.J. (1989), 'Universal Grammar theory and the classroom', System, 17, 2, 169-181,

Cook, V.J. (1990), 'Observational evidence and the UG theory of language acquisition', in I. Roca (ed.), Logical Issues in Language Acquisition, Foris

Cook, V.J. (1990), 'The I-language Approach and Classroom Observation', English Language Teaching Documents, 133, 71-80

Cook, V.J. (1990), 'Timed comprehension of binding in advanced learners of English', Language Learning, 40, 4, 557-599,

Cook, V.J. (1991), 'The development of multi-competence', Proceedings of the 5th Symposium on the Description and/or Comparison of English and Greek, Thessaloniki, March 27-29, 1991, 394-404,

Cook, V.J. (1991), 'The poverty-of-the-stimulus argument and multi-competence', Second Language Research, 7, 2, 103-117

Cook, V.J. (1991), Second Language Learning and Language Teaching, Edward Arnold,. Translated into Japanese 1993. Second edition 1996. 3rd edition 2001

Cook, V.J. (1992), 'Evidence for multi-competence', Language Learning, 42, 4, 557-591

Cook, V.J. (1992), 'Relating Second Language Acquisition Research to Language Teaching', Die Neueren Sprachen, 91, 115-130

Cook, V.J. (1992), 'The second language learning of grammar and language teaching', in Hill, D. (ed.), Proceedings of the National Conference of Teachers of English 1992, British Council, Milan

Cook, V.J. (1993), 'Wholistic multi-competence -- jeu d'esprit or paradigm shift?', Current Issues in European Second Language Acquisition Research, ed. B. Kettemann, Narr, 2-8,

Cook, V.J. (1993), Linguistics and Second Language Acquisition, Macmillan,

Cook, V.J. (1994), -'Timed grammaticality judgements of the head parameter in L2 learning', in G. Bartelt (ed.), The Dynamics of Language Processes, Gunter Narr, 15-31

Cook, V.J. (1994), 'The metaphor of access to Universal Grammar', in N. Ellis (ed.), Implicit Learning and Language, Academic Press, 477-502

Cook, V.J. (1994), 'Universal Grammar and the learning and teaching of second languages', in T. Odlin (ed.), Perspectives on Pedagogical Grammar, CUP, 25-48

Cook, V.J. (1995), -'Multi-competence and the learning of many languages', Language, Culture and Curriculum, 8, 2, 93-98,

Cook, V.J. (1995), 'Multi-competence and effects of age', in Singleton, D. & Lengyel, Z. (eds.), The Age Factor in Second Language Acquisition. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters, 51-66

Cook, V.J. (1996), -'Applying second language research to English language teaching', in Cortazzi, M., Galea, S.M. & Hall, B. (eds), Aspects of Language Teaching, Learning and Research Methodology in the Context of Education, University of Leicester, School of Education, 20-28

Cook, V.J. (1996), -'Competence and multi-competence' in G. Brown, K. Malmkjaer & J. Williams (eds.), Performance and Competence in Second Language Acquisition, CUP, 57-69

Cook, V.J. (1996), -'Some relationships between linguistics and second language research', in K. Sajavaara & C. Fairweather (eds.), Approaches to Second Language Acquisition, Jyvñskylñ Cross-Language Studies 17, 7-13,

Cook, V.J. (1996), -'Universal Grammar in second language acquisition', in Jordens, P. & Lalleman, J. (eds.), Investigating Second Language Acquisition , Mouton de Gruyter, 167-186

Cook, V.J. (1997), -'L2 users and English spelling', Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 18, 6, 474-488

Cook, V.J. (1997), -'Monolingual bias in second language acquisition research', Revista Canaria de Estudios Ingleses, 34, 35-50

Cook, V.J. (1997), -'The consequences of bilingualism for cognitive processing', in A. de Groot and J.F. Kroll (eds.), Tutorials in Bilingualism: Psycholinguistic Perspectives, Lawrence Erlbaum, 279-300

Cook, V.J. (1997), Entries of varying length to K. & S. Johnson (eds.), Encyclopedic Dictionary of Applied Linguistics, Blackwell, on: acculturation, bilingualism, CALL, Chomsky, codeswitching, comprehensible input, Critical Period Hypothesis, declarative/procedural, generative grammar, good language learner, grammatical morphemes, information processing model, innateness, interlanguage, intonation, the Monitor Model, phatic communion, subset principle, threshold hypothesis, Universal Grammar

Cook, V.J. (1997), Inside Language, Edward Arnold

Cook, V.J. (1998), -'Internal and external uses of a second language', Essex Research Reports in Linguistics, 100-110; privatewww.essex.ac.uk/~vcook/OBS3.htm

Cook, V.J. (1998), 'Relating SLA Research to Language Teaching Materials', Canadian Journal of Applied Linguistics, 1, 1-2, 9-27

Cook, V.J. (1999), -'Going beyond the native speaker in language teaching', TESOL Quarterly, 33, 2, 185 209

Cook, V.J. (1999), 'Using SLA research in language teaching', International Journal of Applied Linguistics, 9, 2, 267-284

Cook, V.J. (2000), -'Linguistics and Second Language Acquisition: One Person with Two Languages'. In M. Aronoff & J. Rees-Miller (eds.), The Blackwell Handbook of Linguistics, 488-511

Cook, V.J. (2000), 'The Author responds -'', TESOL Quarterly, 34, 2, 329-332

Cook, V.J. (2000), 'Universal grammar', entry in M. Byram (ed.), The Routledge Encyclopedia of Language Teaching and Language Learning, London: Routledge, 646-649

Cook, V.J. (2001), 'Knowledge of writing', International Review of Applied Linguistics, 39, 1-18

Cook, V.J. (2001), 'Using the first language in the classroom', Canadian Modern Language Review, 57, 3, 402-423

Cook, V.J. (2002), 'Background to the L2 user', in V.J. Cook (ed.) Portraits of the L2 User, (editor and contributor) Clevedon, Multilingual Matters, 1-28

Cook, V.J. (2002), 'Language teaching methodology and the L2 user perspective', in V.J. Cook (ed.) Portraits of the L2 User, Clevedon, Multilingual Matters, 325-344

Cook, V.J. (2002), 'Teaching to create second language users', BATJ Journal, 3, 51-55, 2002

Cook, V.J. (2002), 'The functions of invented sentences: a reply to Guy Cook', Applied Linguistics, 24, 2, 262-269

Cook, V.J. (2003), 'Introduction: the changing L1 in the L2 user's mind' in V.J. Cook (ed.) Effects of the Second Language on the First, Clevedon, Multilingual Matters (2003), 1-18

Cook, V.J. (2003), 'Materials for adult beginners from an L2 User Perspective', in B. Tomlinson (ed.), Developing Materials for Language Teaching. London: Continuum (2003), 275-290

Cook, V.J. (2003), 'The poverty-of-the-stimulus argument and structure-dependency in L2 users of English', IRAL, 41, 201-221

Cook, V.J. (2004), -'The spelling of the regular past tense in English: implications for lexical spelling and dual process models' in G. Bergh, J. Herriman & M. Mabñrg (eds.) An International Master of Syntax and Semantics: papers presented to Aimo Seppñnen on the occasion of his 75th birthday, Acta Universitatis Gothoburgensis: Gteborg: Sweden, 59-68, 2004

Cook, V.J. (2004), The English Writing System, Edward Arnold

Cook, V.J. (2005), -'Basing teaching on the L2 user', in E. Llurda (ed.), Non-Native Teachers, New York Springer, 47-62

Cook, V.J. (2005), -'Written language and foreign language teaching', in V. Cook & B. Bassetti (eds.), Second Language Writing Systems, Multilingual Matters, 424-442

Cook, V.J. (2006), -'Interlanguage, multi-competence and the problem of the "second" language', Rivista di Psicolinguistica Applicata VI, 3, 39-52

Cook, V.J. (2006), 'Do bilinguals have different concepts? The case of shape and material in Japanese L2 users of English', with Bassetti, B., Kasai, C., Sasaki, M. & Takahashi, J.A. International Journal of Bilingualism, 2, 137-152

Cook, V.J. (2007), -'Multi-competence: black hole or wormhole for SLA research?' in Z-H. Han (ed.), Understanding Second Language Process, Clevedon: Multilingual Matters, 16-26

Cook, V.J. (2007), -'The goals of ELT: reproducing native-speakers or promoting multi-competence among second language users?' in J. Cummins & C. Davison (eds), Handbook on English Language Teaching, Kluwer, 237-248

Cook, V.J. (2007), -'The nature of the L2 user', in L. Roberts, A. Gurel, S. Tatar & L. Marti (eds.) EUROSLA Yearbook, 7, 205-220

Cook, V.J. (2008), -'Linguistic contributions to bilingualism', in J. Altaribba & R. Heredia (eds) An Introduction to Bilingualism: Principles and Practice, Erlbaum, 245-264

Cook, V.J. (2009), -'Multilingual Universal Grammar as the norm'. In I. Leung (ed.) Third Language Acquisition and Universal Grammar, Bristol: Multilingual Matters, 55-70

Cook, V.J. (2011), -'The speaker of one language', in Cook, V.J. & Bassetti, B. (eds.) (2011), Language and Bilingual Cognition, New York, NY: Psychology Press, 3-22

Cook, V.J. (ed.) (1986), Experimental Approaches to Second Language Learning, Pergamon

Cook, V.J. (ed) (2002), Portraits of the L2 User, Clevedon, Multilingual Matters

Cook, V.J. (ed) (2003), Effects of the Second Language on the First, Clevedon: Multilingual Matters

Cook, V.J. & Bassetti, B. (eds.) (2011), Language and Bilingual Cognition, New York, NY: Psychology Press

Cook, V.J. & Fass, D. (1986), 'Natural language processing by computer and language teaching', System, 14/2, 163-170, 1986

Cook, V.J. & Newson, M. (2007), Chomsky's Universal Grammar: An Introduction, Blackwell, Third edition. Translated into Japanese (1996).

Cook, V.J. and Bassetti, B. (eds.) (2005), Second Language Writing Systems, Clevedon: Multilingual Matters

Cook, V.J. Various unpublished/ancient/rejected/draft writings can be found on Obscure Writings of Vivian Cook at http://homepage.ntlworld.com/vivian.c/Writings/index.htm

Cook, V.J., Bassetti, B., Kasai, C., Sasaki, M. & Takahashi, J.A. (2006), 'Do bilinguals have different concepts? The case of shape and material in Japanese L2 users of English', International Journal of Bilingualism, 2, 137-152

Cook, V.J., Iarossi, E., Stellakis, N. & Tokumaru, Y. (2003) 'Effects of the second language on the syntactic processing of the first language', in V.J. Cook (ed.), Effects of the Second Language on the First. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters, 214-233

Cook, V.J., Long, J. & McDonough, S. (1979), 'The relationship between first and second language learning', in G.E. Perren (ed.), The Mother Tongue and Other Languages in Education, CILTR

Cooper, M. (1984), -'Linguistic competence of practised and unpractised non-mature readers of English', in Alderson & Urquhart (eds.)

Cooper, N., Cutler, A. & Wales, R.(2002), -'Constraints of lexical stress on lexical access in English: evidence from native and non-native speakers', Language and Spech, 43, 207-228

Cooper, R. (1971), 'Degree of bilingualism', in Fishman, J. et al. (eds) Bilingualism in the Barrio. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.

Cooper, R. (1978), The spread of Amharic in Ethiopia. In Advances in the study of societal multilingualism, ed. J. Fishman. The Hague: Mouton.

Cooper, R. (ed.) (1982): Language Spread. Studies in Diffusion and Social Change. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.

Cooper, R. & Fishman, J. 1977. A study of language attitudes. In Fishman, J, Cooper, R & Conrad, A (eds.) The spread of English: the sodolory of English as an additional language, pp. 239-76. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Cooper, R., Olshtain, E., Tucker, G.R. & Waterbury, M. (1979), 'The acquisition of complex English structures by adult native speakers of Arabic and Hebrew', Language Learning, 29, 2

Cooper, R.I. & Greenfield, L. (1969), 'Word frequency estimation as a measure of degree of bilingualism.', MLJ, 53, 3: 163-166

Cooreman, A. & Kilborn, K. (1991), 'Functionalist linguistics: discourse structure and language processing in Second Language Acquisition', in Huebner, T. & Ferguson, C.A. (eds.) (1991), Crosscurrents in Second Language Acquisition and Linguistic Theories, John Benjamins, Amsterdam, 195-224

Coppetiers, R. (1987), 'Competence differences between native and near-native speakers', Language, 63, 3, 545-573

Corbeil, G. (1990), 'Successful and unsuccessful language learners: differences in how they process information', Journal of the Atlantic Provinces Linguistic Association, 12, 131-145

Corder, S. 1983 A role for the mother tongue. In Gass, S & Selinker, L (eds.) Language transfer in language learning, pp.85-97. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Corder, S. P. (1977). Language continua and the interlanguage hypothesis. In S. P. Corder & E. Roulet (eds.), The notions of simplification, interlanguages and pidgins and their relation to second language pedagogy. Geneva: Droz; Neuchatel: Universite de Neuchatel.

Corder, S.P. (1971), 'Idiosyncratic dialects and Error Analysis', IRAL, 9, 2, 147-159. Reprinted in Richards (1974) and in Svartvik, J. (ed.) (1973) Errata: Papers in Error Analysis University of Upsalla Press.

Corder, S.P. (1972). Die Rolle der Interpretation bei der Untersuchung von Schulfehlern (The role of interpretation in the study of learners' errors). In Nickel, G. (ed.) Fehlerkunde.

Corder, S.P. (1973), Introducing Applied Linguistics, Harmondsworth, Penguin

Corder, S.P. (1974), 'Error Analysis', in Allen, J.P.B., & Corder, S.P. (eds.), The Edinburgh Course in Applied Linguistics: Volume 3 Techniques in Applied Linguistics, 122-154

Corder, S.P. (1977). Language continua and the interlanguage hypothesis. In S. P. Corder & E. Roulet (eds.), The notions of simplification, interlanguages and pidgins and their relation to second language pedagogy. Geneva: Droz; Neuchatel: Universit de Neuchatel.

Corder, S.P. (1977). Simple codes and the source of the second language learner's initial heuristic hypothesis. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 1, 1.

Corder, S.P. (1978), 'Language-learner language', in Richards, J.C. (ed.) Understanding Second and Foreign Language Learning: Issues and Approaches, Newbury House, 71-9

Corder, S.P. (1978). Language distance and the magnitude of the language learning task. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, II, 1.

Corder, S.P. (1978). Strategies of communication. Association Finlandaise de Linguistique Applique, no.23.

Corder, S.P. (1980). Formal simplicity and functional simplification in second language acquisition. In Anderson, R. (ed.) New Dimensions in Second Language Acquisition Research. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Corder, S.P. (ed.) (1974), Edinburgh Course in Applied Linguistics, Vol. III, OUP

Corder, S.P. & Roulet, F. (eds) 1977 The notions of simplification, interlanguage and pidgins and their relation to second language pedagogy. Droz, Geneva

Corder, S.P. 1967. -'The significance of learners' errors', International Review of Applied Linguistics. V, no.4. 161-170. Reprinted in Richards (1974), 19-30.

Corder, S.P. 1971. 'The elicitation of interlanguage'. IRAL: special issue for Bertol Malmberg's sixtieth birthday. Julius Groos, Heidelberg.

Corder, S.P. 1971. Describing the language learner's language. CILTR Reports and Papers, no.6.

Corder, S.P. 1976. The study of interlanguage. Proceedings of the Fourth International Congress of Applied Linguistics, v.2.

Corder, S.P. 1977. 'Language teaching and learning: a social encounter' in Brown et al. (eds.) 1977

Corder, S.P. 1980. 'Second language acquisition research and the teaching of grammar'. BAAL Newsletter 10.

Corder, S.P. 1981. 'Formal simplicity and functional simplification' in Andersen (ed.) 1981.

Corder, S.P. 1981. Error Analysis and Interlanguage. OUP.

Correa-Beningfield, M. (1990). Prototype theory and second language acquisition. Revue de Phonetique Appliquee, 95-97, 131-135.

Corrigan, A. & Upshur, J. (1982). Test method and linguistic factors in foreign language tests, International Review of Applied Linguistics 20, 313-321.

Corson. D. (1997), 'The learning and use of academic English words', Language Learning, 42, 557-91

Costa, A. (2005). Lexical access in bilingual production. In J. F. Kroll & A. M. B. de Groot (Eds.), Handbook of bilingualism: Psycholinguistic approaches (pp. 308-325). New York: Oxford.

Costa, A. and A. Caramazza (1999), Is lexical selection in bilingual speech production language specific? Further evidence from Spanish-English and English-Spanish bilinguals. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 2, 3, 231-244.

Costa, A., & Santesteban, M. (2004a). Lexical access in bilingual speech production: Evidence from language switching in highly proficient bilinguals and L2 learners. Journal of Memory and Language, 50, 491-511.

Costa, A., & Santesteban, M. (2004b). Bilingual word perception and production: Two sides of the same coin? Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 8, 253.

Costa, A., & Santesteban, M. 2004. Lexical access in bilingual speech production: Evidence from language switching in highly proficient bilinguals and L2 learners. Journal of Memory and Language, 50: 491--511

Costa, A., Caramazza, A., & Sebastian-Galles, N. (2000a). The cognate facilitation effect: Implications for models of lexical access. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 26, 1283-1296.

Costa, A., Colom, A., Caramazza, A. (2000b). Lexical access in speech production: The bilingual case. Psicolgica, 21, 403-437.

Costa, A., Colom, A., Gmez, O., & Sebastiín-Galls, N. (2003). Another look at cross-language competition in bilingual speech production: Lexical and phonological factors. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 6, 167-179.

Costa, A., Herníndez, M., & Sebastiín-Galls, N. (2008). Bilingualism aids conflict resolution: Evidence from the ANT task. Cognition, 106, 59-86.

Costa, A., Kovacic, D., Franck, J., & Caramazza, A. (2003). On the autonomy of the grammatical gender systems of the two languages of a bilingual. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 6, 181-200.

Costa, A., Kovacic, D., Franck, J., & Caramazza, A. (2003b). On the autonomy of grammatical gender systems of the two languages of a bilingual. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 6, 181-200.

Costa, A., Miozzo, M., & Caramazza, A. (1999). Lexical selection in bilinguals: Do words in the bilingual's two lexicons compete for selection? Journal of Memory and Language, 41, 365-397.

Costa, A., Roelstraete, B., & Hartsuiker, R. J. (2006). The lexical bias effect in bilingual speech production: Evidence for feedback between lexical and sublexical levels across languages. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 13, 972-927.

Costa, A., Santesteban, M., & Cao, A. (2005). On the facilitatory effect of cognate words in bilingual speech production. Brain and Language, 94, 94-103.

Costa, A., Santesteban, M., & Ivanova, I. (2006). How do proficient bilinguals control their lexicalization process? Inhibitory and language-specific selection mechanisms are both functional. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 32, 1057-1074.

Costa, A., Santesteban, M., & Ivanova, I. 2006. How do highly proficient bilinguals control their lexicalization process? Inhibitory and language-specific selection mechanisms are both functional. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory and Cognition, 32: 1057--1074

Coste, D. (1989) Minorisation et majorisation en situation d'apprentisage institutionnel. In Py & Jeanneret (1989), 169-77

Coste, D. (1997). Multilingual and multicultural competence and the role of school. Language Teaching 30, 90--93.

Costermans, J. & Galland, J. (1980), 'Sur l'accessibilit du lexique chez les bilingues', Canad. J. Psychol., 34(4), 381-387

Coughlan, P. & Duff, P. (1994). Same task, different activities: Analysis of an SLA task from an activity theory perspective. In J. Lantolf & G. Appel (Eds.), Vygotskian approaches to second language research (pp. 173-193). Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Coulmas, F., Backhaus, P. & Shikama, A. 2002. Monolinguistic Assumptions under pressure -- perspectives on the languages of Tokyo from the points of view of the economics of language and social psychology. ASIEN 84: 8--18.

Coupland, N. (1985) Hark, hark the lark: social motivations for phonological style-shifting. Language and Communication, 5(3): 153-71.

Coupland, N., & Bishop, H. (2007). Ideologised values for British accents. Journal of Sociolinguistics, 11(1), 74-93.

Courchene, R. 1980. 'The error analysis hypothesis, the contrastive analysis hypothesis, and the correction or error in the second language classroom'. TESL Talk 11/2: 3-13 and 11/3: 1-29.

Courchene, R., J. Glidden, J. St. John & C. Therien (eds.). 1992. Comprehension-based Second Language Teaching. Ottawa: University of Ottawa Press.

Cowan, J.R. & Sarmad, Z. (1976), -'Reading performance of bilingual children according to type of school and home language', Language Learning, 26, 353-76

Cowan, R. & Hatasa, Y. 1994. Investigating the validity and reliably of native speaker and second-language learning judgment about sentences. In. E. Tarone, S. Gass & A. D. Cohen (Eds.), Research methodology in second-language acquisition Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum 287-302

Cowie, A. (1983). On specifying grammar. In R. Hartmann (ed.), Lexicography: principles and practice. London: Academic Press

Cowie, A. (1988) Stable and creative aspects of vocabulary use. In Carter & McCarthy (eds.) (1988).

Crago, M. (1992), -'Communicative interaction and second language acquisition: an Inuit example', TESOL Quarterly, 26, 3, 487-506

Craik, F. & Lockhart, R. 1972. 'Levels of processing: a framework for memory research'. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 11: 671-84.

Craik, F.I.M. (1973). A 'levels of analysis' view of memory. In P. Pliner, L. Kramer & T. Alloway (eds.), Communication and affect. New York: Academic Press.

Craik, F.I.M., & Bialystok, E. (2005). Intelligence and executive control: Evidence from aging and bilingualism. Cortex, 41, 222-224.

Creese, A. & Martin, P. (eds). 2003. Multilingual Classroom Ecologies: Inter-relationships, Interactions and Ideologies. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Cremer, R & Willes M (1991) Overcoming language barriers to international trade: a text-based study of the language of deals. Journal of Asian-Pacific Communication 5 147-61

Crinion, J., Turner, R., Grogan, A., Hanakawa, T., Noppeney, U., Devlin, J. T., et al. (2006). Language control in the bilingual brain. Science, 312, 1537--1540.

Cristoffanini, P., Kirsner, K. & Milech, D. (1986), 'Bilingual lexical representation; the status of Spanish-English cognates', Quarterly J. Exp. Psych., 38A, 367-393

Critchely, M. (1974), 'Aphasia in polyglots and bilinguals', Brain and Language, 1, 15-27

Cromdal, J. (1999). Childhood bilingualism and metalinguistic skills: Analysis & control in young Swedish-English bilinguals. Applied Psycholinguistics, 20, 1- 20

Cronnell, B.A. (19X2), -'Spelling-sound relations in ESL instruction', Language Learning, 22, 17-27

Crookes G. (1990), The utterance and other basic units for second language discourse analysis. Applied Linguistics 11:183-99

Crookes, G. (1986), 'Task classification: a cross-disciplinary review'. Technical report No.4. Honolulu: Center for Second Language Classroom Research, Social Science Research Institute, University of Hawaii.

Crookes, G. (1988), Planning and interlanguage variation. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Hawaii at Manoa, Honolulu

Crookes, G. (1988), Planning, monitoring and second language development: a review. Technical Report No.6. Center for Second Language Classroom Research, Social Science Research Institute, University of Hawaii at Manoa, Honolulu

Crookes, G. (1989), 'Planning and interlanguage variation'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 11:367-83.

Crookes, G. (1991), 'Second language production research: a methodologically oriented review', SSLA, 13, 2, 113-132

Crookes, G. (1992), 'Theory format and SLA theory'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 14, 4, 425-449.

Crookes, G. (1993), -'Action research for second language teachers: going beyond teacher research', Applied Linguistics, 14, 130-44

Crookes, G. (1996), -'SLA and language pedagogy: a sociolinguistic pedagogy', Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 19, 93-116

Crookes, G. (1997). SLA and language pedagogy: A socioeducational perspective. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 19, 93-116.

Crookes, G. & Gass, S.M. (1993). Tasks in a pedagogical context: Integrating theory and practice. Clevedon, Avon: Multilingual Matters.

Crookes, G. & Rulon, K. (1985), 'Incorporation of corrective feedback in native speaker/non-native speaker conversation'. Technical report No.3. Honolulu: Center for Second Language Classroom Research, Social Science Research Institute, University of Hawaii.

Crookes, G. & Rulon, K.A. (1988). Topic and feedback in native speaker/non-native speaker conversation. TESOL Quarterly, 22(4), 675-681.

Crookes, G. & Schmidt, R.W. (1991), -'Motivation: reopening the research agenda', Language Learning, 41, 4, 469-512

Cross, D. (1985), 'The monitor theory and the language teacher', British Journal of Language Teaching, 23, 75-78

Crothers, E. & Suppes, P. (1967), Experiments in Second Language Learning, New York, Academic

Crowston, D. ( 1993), 'Imagery mnemonics for foreign language vocabulary as evidence of dual coding theory: an alternative view', in: J. Chapelle & M. Claes (eds) Memory and memorization in Acquiring and Learning Languages. Louvain-la-Neuve: CLL.

Cruz-Ferreira, M. (1986), 'Non-native interpretive strategies for intonational meaning: an experimental study', in James & Leather (1986)

Cruz-Ferreira, M. (1989), 'A test for non-native comprehension of intonation in English', IRAL, 27, 1, 23-39

Cumming, A. (1990), -'Metalinguistic and ideational thinking in second language composing', Written Communication, 7, 482-511

Cumming, A. (1990), Writing expertise and second language proficiency. Ph.D. University of Toronto

Cummins, J. (198l), The role of primary language development in promoting educational success for language minority students. In Schooling and language minority students: a theoretical framework, pp. 3A9. National Evaluation, Dissemination and Assessment Center, California State University

Cummins, J. (1976), 'The influence of bilingualism on cognitive growth: A synthesis of research findings and explanatory hypotheses', Working Papers on Bilingualism, 9, 1-43

Cummins, J. (1977), -'Cognitive factors associated with the attainmnent of intermediate levels of bilingual skills', Modern Language Journal, 61, 3-12

Cummins, J. (1978), The cognitive development of children in immersion programs. Canadian Modern Language Review 34, 855-883.

Cummins, J. (1978): Educational implications of mother tongue maintenance in minority language groups. Canadian Modern Language Review, 34, 395-416

Cummins, J. (1978). Bilingualism and the development of metalinguistic awareness. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology. 9, 131-149

Cummins, J. (1978). Metalinguistic development of children in bilingual education programs: Data from Irish & Canadian Ukranian-English programs. In M. Paradis (Ed.), The Fourth Lacus Forum 1977. Columbia, S.C: Hornbeam Press.

Cummins, J. (1979), -'Cognitive/academic language proficiency, linguistic interdependence, the optimal age question and some other matters. Working Papers on Bilingualism 19:197-205

Cummins, J. (1979), Linguistic interdependence and the educational development of bilingual children. Review of Educational Research, 49, 222-51.

Cummins, J. (1980), -'Psychological assessment of immigrant children; logic or intuition', Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 14, 175-187

Cummins, J. (1980), The cross-lingual dimensions of language proficiency: implications for bilingual education and the optimal age issue. TESOL Quarterly 14:175-88

Cummins, J. (1981), 'Age on arrival and immigrant second language learning in Canada: a reassessment', Applied Linguistics, 2,132-49

Cummins, J. (1981), Bilingualism and Minority Language Children. Ontario: Ontario Institute for Studies in Education.

Cummins, J. (1983): Heritage Language Education. A Literature Review. Toronto: Ontario Institute for Studies in Education.

Cummins, J. (1983). 'Language proficiency and academic achievement' in Oller (ed.)

Cummins, J. (1984): Bilingualism in Special Education: Issues in Assessment and Pedagogy. Clevedon, Avon: Multilingual Matters

Cummins, J. (1986), 'Language proficiency and language achievement', in J. Cummins & M. Swain (eds.) Bilingualism in Education. Longman, London: 138-161.

Cummins, J. (1988), 'Second language acquisition within bilingual education programs' in Beebe (ed.) 1988a.

Cummins, J. (1991), 'Interdependence of first- and second-language proficiency in bilingual children', in Bialystok, E. (ed.), Language Processes in Bilingual Children, CUP

Cummins, J. (1991), 'Interdependence of first- and second-language proficiency in bilingual children', Review of Educational Research, 49, 222-51

Cummins, J. (1991), 'Language learning and bilingualism', Sophia Linguistica, 29, 1-194

Cummins, J. (1993), -'Bilingualism and second language learning', Annual Review of Applied Linguistics, 13, 51-70

Cummins, J. (2000). Language, power and pedagogy: bilingual children in the crossfire. Buffalo, NY: Multilingual Matters.

Cummins, J. (2001). Instructional conditions for trilingual development. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism 4, 61--75.

Cummins, J. (2006). Identity texts:The imaginative construction of self through multiliteracy pedagogy. In Garcia et al. (eds.), 51--68.

Cummins, J. & Gulutsan, M. 1974. Some effects of bilingualism on cognitive functioning. In Bilingualism, biculturalism and education, ed. S. Carey. Edmonton: University of Alberta Press Department.

Cummins, J. & Mulcahy, R. (1978), -'Orientation to language in Ukrainian-English children', Child Development, 49, 1239-42

Cummins, J. & Nakajima, K. (1987), 'Age of arrival, length of residence, and interdependence of literacy skills among Japanese immigrant students' in Harley et al. (eds.) 1987.

Cummins, J. & Swain, M. (1986), Bilingualism in Education, Longman, Harlow

Cummins, J. 1977. A comparison of reading skills in Irish and English medium schools. In Studies in Reading, V. Greaney (ed.), 128--134. Dublin: Educational Co. of Ireland. (Reprinted in Oideas 26: 21--26, 1982).

Cummins, J. 1983. Language proficiency, biliteracy and French immersion. Canadian Journal of Education 8(2): 117--138.

Cummins, J. 1984. Bilingualism and Special Education: Issues in Assessment and Pedagogy. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Cummins, J. 1991. Language development and academic learning. In Language, Culture and Cognition, L. Malave & G. Duquette, 161--175. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Cummins, J., Harley, B., Swain, M. & P. Allen. (1990), 'Social and individual factors in the development of bilingual proficiency' in Harley et al. (eds.) 1990

Cummins, J., Swain, M., Nakajima, K., Handscombe, J., Green, D. & Tran, C. 1984 Linguistic interdependence among Japanese and Vietnamese immigrant students. In Rivera, C (ed.) Communicative competence approaches to language proficiency assessment: research and application, Multilingual Matters

Cummins, J., Swain, M., Nakajima, K., Handscombe, J., Green, D. & Tran, C. 1984. Linguistic interdependence among Japanese and Vietnamese immigrant students. In Communicative Competence Approaches to Language Proficiency Assessment: Research and Application, C. Rivera (ed.), 60--81. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Cunningham-Andersson, U. and Andersson, S. (1999) Growing up with Two Languages: A Practical Guide. London: Routledge.

Cunningham, C. (2000) Translation in the Classroom: A Useful Tool For Second Language Acquisition, Available from World Wide Web. Accessed January 5, 2010, from http://www.cels.bham.ac.uk/resourses/essays/cindyc2.pdf

Cunningsworth, A. (1984), Evaluating and Selecting EFL Teaching Materials, Heinemann

Curran, C. A. 19~. Counselling skills adapted to the learning of foreign languages. Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic 25:78-93.

Curran, C.A. (1976), Counselling-Learning in Second Languages, Apple River Press, Apple River Illinois

Curtin, S., Goad, H., & Pater, J.V. (1998). Phonological transfer and levels of representation: The perceptual acquisition of Thai voice and aspiration by English and French speakers. Second Language Research, 14, 389-405.

Curtiss, S. 1980 The critical period and feral children. UCLA Working Papers in Cognitive Linguistics 2: 21-36

Cushner, K. & Brislin, R.W. (1996). Intercultural Interactions: a Practical Guide. Thousand Oaks: Sage

Cutler, A. (2005). The lexical statistics of word recognition problems caused by L2 phonetic confusion. Proceedings of the 9th European Conference on Speech Communication and Technology, Lisbon, September 2005.

Cutler, A., Mehler, J., Norris, D. & Segui, J. (1989) 'Limits on bilingualism', Nature; July Vol 340 (6230) 229-230

Cutler, A., Mehler, J., Norris, D. & Segui, J. (1992), 'The monolingual nature of speech segmentation by bilinguals', Cognitive Psychology, 24, 381-410

Cutler, A., Mehler, J., Norris, D., & Segui, J. (1989). Limits on bilingualism. Nature, 340, 229-230.

Cutler, A., Mehler, J., Norris, D., & Segui, J. (1992). The monolingual nature of speech segmentation by bilinguals. Cognitive Psychology, 24, 381-410.

Cutler, A., Weber, A., & Otake, T. (2006). Asymmetric mapping from phonetic to lexical representations in second-language listening. Journal of Phonetics, 34, 269-284.

Cziko, G. (1980), 'Language competence and reading strategies : a comparison of first and second language errors', Language Learning, 30, 101-16

Cziko, G., Lambert, W. & Gutter, R. 1979 French immersion programs and students' social attitudes: a multidimensional investigation. Working Papers on Bilingualism 19:13-28

Cziko, G.A. (1992). The evaluation of bilingual education: From necessity and probability to possibility. Educational Researcher, 21 (8), 10-15

Cziko, G.A. 1978. Differences in first- and second-language reading: The use of syntactic, semantic and discourse constraints. Canadian Modern Languages Review, 34 (3): 473-89

D'Angiuli, A., Siegel, L.S., & Sierra, E. (2001), 'The development of reading in English and Italian in bilingual children', Applied Psycholinguistics, 22, 479-507

d'Anglejan-Chatillon, A. 1975 Dynamics of second language development: a search for linguistic regularity. Ph.D. dissertation, McGill University, Montreal

d'Anglejan, A. & Renaud, C. 1985. 'Learner characteristics and second language acquisition: a multivariate study of adult immigrants and some thoughts on methodology'. Language Learning 35:1-19.

d'Anglejan, A. & Tucker, G R. (1973). Communicating across cultures: an empirical investigation. Journal of Cross Cultural Psychology, 4,1, 121-30.

d'Anglejan, A. & Tucker, G.R. (1975), 'The acquisition of complex English structures by adult learners', Language Learning, XV/2

d'Anglejan, A. 1978. 'Language learning in and out of classrooms' in Richards (ed.) 1978.

d'Anglejan, A., Painchaud, G. & Renaud, C.. 1986. 'Beyond the classroom: a study of communicative abilities in adult immigrants following intensive instruction'. TESOL Quarterly 20

Da Costa Pinto, A. (1991), -'Reading rate and digit span in bilinguals: the superiority of the mother tongue', International Journal of Psychology', 26, 471-483

Dabne, L. (1981) ed. Langues et migrations. ELLUG, Universit de Grenoble III.

Dabne, L. (1987) Caractres spcifiques du bilinguisme et reprsentations des pratiques langagires des jeunes issus de l'immigration en France. In Ldi (1987), 77-95.

Dabne, L. (1989) Problemes poss par l'enseignement des langues minores. In Py & Jeanneret (1989), 179-84.

Dabne, L. (1990) Le parler bilingue issu de l'immigration en France. In R. Jacobson (ed.), Code-switching as a world-wide phenomenon. New York: Peter Lang

Dabne, L. (1991) Quelques aspects du rle de l'environnement familial dans un contexte multilingue. Revue Enfances, 4:159-69.

Dabne, L. & Billiex, J. (1986) Code-switching in the speech of adolescents born of immigrant parents. Studies on Second Language Acquisition, 8:309-25.

Dabne, L., Flasaquier, M. & Lyons, J. (1983) eds. Status of migrants' mother-tongues. Strasbourg: European Science Foundation.

Dabne, M. (1996), 'Pour une contrastivit "revisite"', ELA, 101, 393-400

Dagut, M. & Laufer, B. (1982), How intralingual are 'intralingual errors'?, In G. Nickel (eds.) Error Analysis, Contrastive Linguistics and Second Language Learning

Dagut, M. & Laufer, B. 1985. Avoidance of phrasal verbs - a case for contrastive analysis. SSLA 7: 73-80.

Dahl, D.A. 1981. The role of experience in speech modifications for second language learners. Minnesota Papers in Linguistics and Philosophy of Language 7:78-93.

Dai, W. D & D. Wang (2002) Language transfer strategy: issues and reflections. Journal of Foreign Languages, 6: 1-9

Dakin, J. (1973), The Language Laboratory and Language Learning, London, Longman

Dalrymple-Alford, E. (1967) Pre-stimulus language cuing and speed of identifying Arabic and English words. Psychological Reports, 21, 27-28

Dalrymple-Alford, E. & Aamiry, A. (1970) Word associations of bilinguals. Psychonomic Science, 21, 319-320

Dalrymple-Alford, E. C. (l968) Intedingual interference in a colorsnaming task. Psychonomic Science. 10. 215-'"216.

Dalrymple-Alford, E.C. & Aamiry, A. (1969). Language and category clustering in bilingual free recall. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 8: 762-768

Dalrymple-Alford, E.C. & MacLeod, C.M. (1968), -'Interlingual interference in a colour-naming task', Psychonomic Science, 10, 215-216

Dalrymple-Alford, E.C. 1982 Associations of bilinguals to synonyms and translation equivalent words. Current Psychological Research, 2, 181-186

Dalrymple-Alford, E.C. 1984 Bilingual retrieval from semantic memory. Current Psychological Research and Reviews, 3, 3-13

Dalrymple-Alford, E.C. 1985, Language switching during bilingual reading. British Journal of Psychology, 76, 111-122

Dalton-Puffer, C., Kaltenboeck, G., & Smit, U. (1997). Learner attitudes and L2 pronunciation in Austria. World Englishes, 16(1), 115-128.

Dam, L. & Legenhausen, L. (1996), 'The acquisition of vocabulary in an autnomous learning environment - the first months of beginning English' in Pemberton, R., E. Li, W. Or & H. Pierson: Taking control, Autonomy in language learning, Hong Kong University Press, Hong Kong.

Damhuis, R. 1993. Immigrant children in infant-class interactions. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 15, 305-331.

Danan, M. (1995), Reversed subtitling and dual coding theory: new directions for foreign language instruction. In B. Harley (Ed.) Lexical Issues in language learning. Amsterdam: John Benjamins. pp 253-282

Danesi, M. (1975), Semantics in foreign language teaching. Canadian Modern Language Review, 31, 4, 320-324

Danesi, M. (1991), Revisiting the research findings on heritage language learning: Three interpretive frames. Canadian Modern Language Review 47 (4), 650-659.

Danesi, M. (1994), The neuroscientific perspective in second language acquisition research: A critical synopsis. IRAL 32:201-228

Dar, V. & Fabbro, F. (1994). Verbal memory during simultaneous interpretation: Effects of phonological interference. Applied Linguistics, 15, 365-'"381

Darcy, N. 1946, The effect of bilingualism upon the measurement of the intelligence of children of pre-school age. Journal of Educational Psychology 37:21-44

Darcy, N.T. 1953, A review of the literature on the effects of bilingualism upon the measurement of intelligence. Journal of Genetic Psychology 82, 21-57

Dartigue, E. (1966), 'Bilingualism in the nursery school', French Review, 39

Das Gupta, J. (1970): Language Conflict and National Development. Group Politics and National Language Policy. Berkeley: University of California Press.

Das, B. (ed.) 1987 Communication and learning in the classroom community. SEAMEO Regional Language Centre, Singapore

Dash, U.N. & Mishra, H.C. (1992), 'Bilingualism and metalinguistic development: evidence from Kond tribal culture', Psychological Studies, 37, 81-87

Dato, D.P. (1970), American Children's Acquisition of Spanish Syntax in the Madrid Environment. Final project no 3036, US Dept of Health, Education, and Welfare

Dato, D.P. (1971), -'The development of the Spanish Verb phrase in children's second language learning' in Pimsleur & Quinn (eds.) 19-33

Dato, D.P. (1975). On psycholinguistic universals in children's learning of Spanish. In D. P. Dato (ed.), Developmental psycholinguistics: theory and application. Georgetown University Press. (Georgetown University Round Table.)

Daulton, F. (1998), 'Japanese loanword cognates and the acquisition of English vocabulary', The Language Teacher 22 (1): 17-25

Dausendschn-Gay, U. & Krafft, U. (1991), 'Tóche conversationnelle et organisation du discours'. In Dausendschn-Gay, U., Glich, E. & Krafft, U. (wds.), Linguistische Interaktionsanalysen. Beitrñge zum 20. Romanistentag 1987. Tbingen: Niemeyer, 131-154.

Dausendschn-Gay, U. & Krafft, U. (1994), 'Analyse conversationnelle et recherche sur l'acquisition'. In Py, B. (Ed.), L'acquisition d'une langue seconde. Bulletin suisse de linguistique applique 59, 127-158.

Dausendschn-Gay, U., Glich, E. & Krafft, U. (1989) 'Formes d'interaction communicative dans des situations de contact entre interlocuteurs franais et allemands (Projet de recherche)' In Kremer, D. (Ed.): Actes du XVIIIe Congrs International de Linguistique et de Philologie Romanes, tome 8. Tbingen, Niemeyer, 391-404

Davidson, (1994). 36 views of Mount Fuji. On finding myself in Japan. New York, Penguin.

Davidson, D., Jergovic, D., Imamai, Z., & Theodos, V. (1997), 'Monolingula nd bilingual children's use of mutual exclusivity contraints', J. Child Language, 24, 3-24

Davies, A. 1989. Is international English an interlanguage? TESOL Quarterly 23: 447-67.

Davies, A. 1991 The native speaker. Edinburgh University Press, Edinburgh

Davies, A., Criper, C. & Howatt, A. (ed.) (1984), Interlanguage, Edinburgh University Press

Davies, Alan. 1995. Proficiency or the native speaker: What are we trying to achieve in ELT? In Guy Cook, H. G. Widdowson, Barbara Seidlhofer (eds.), Principle & Practice in Applied Linguistics: Studies in Honour of H.G. Widdowson. Oxford: Oxford University Press. 145-158.

Davies, W.D. (1996), -'Morphological uniformity and the null subject parameter in adult SLA', Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 18, 475-493

Davies, W.D. & Kaplan, T.I. (1998), 'Native speakers versus L2 learners: grammaticality judgments' Applied Linguistics, 19, 2, 183-203

Davine, M., Tucker, G.R., & Lambert, W.E. (1971). The perception of phoneme sequences by monolingual and bilingual elementary school children. Canadian Journal of Behavioral Science, 3, 1, 72-76

Davis, J.N. & Bistodeau, L. (1993), How do L1 and L2 Reading Differ? Evidence from Think Aloud Protocols. Modern Language Journal, 77, 459-

Dawe, L.C. 1982, The influence of a bilingual child's first language competence on reasoning in mathematics. PhD dissertation, University of Cambridge.

Dawe, L.C. 1983, Bilingualism and mathematical reasoning in English as a second language. Educational Studies in Mathematics 14 (1), 325-353.

Day, E. & Shapson, S. (1991). Integrating formal and functional approaches in language teaching in French immersion: An experimental study. Language Learning, 41(1), 25 58.

Day, E.M., & Shapson, S.M. 2001. Integrating formal and functional approaches to language teaching in French immersion: An experimental study. In R. Ellis (Ed.), Form-focused instruction and second language learning (pp. 47--80). Malden, MA: Blackwell Publishers.

Day, R. 1984. Student participation in the ESL classroom or some imperfections in practice. Language Learning 34/3:69-102.

Day, R. 1985. The use of the target language in context and second language profi-ciency. In S. M. Gass & C. G. Madden, eds. Input and second language acquisition, 257-271. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House.

Day, R.R. (ed.) (1986), Talking to Learn: Conversation in Second Language Acquisition, Newbury House

Day, R.R., Chenoweth, N.A., Chun, A.E., & Luppescu, S. (1984), 'Corrective feedback in native-non-native discourse', Language Learning, 34, 2, 19-45

De Angelis, G. (2005), -'Interlanguage transfer of function words', Language Learning, 55, 379-414

De Angelis, G. (2005). Multilingualism and non-native lexical transfer: an identification problem. International Journal of Multilingualism 2.1, 1--25.

De Angelis, G. & Dewaele, J.-M. 2009. The development of psycholinguistic research on crosslinguistic influence. In The Exploration of Multilingualism: Development of Research on L3, Multilingualism and Multiple Language Acquisition [AILA Applied Linguistics Series 6]

De Angelis, G. & Dewaele, J.-M. 2009. The development of psycholinguistic research on crosslinguistic influence. In The Exploration of Multilingualism: Development of Research on L3, Multilingualism and Multiple Language Acquisition [AILA Applied Linguistics Series 6],

De Angelis, G. & L. Selinker (2001). Interlanguage transfer and competing linguistic systems. In Cenoz et al. (eds.) (2001c), 42--58.

De Angelis, G. 2007. Third or Additional Language Acquisition. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

De Angelis, G. 2007. Third or Additional Language Acquisition. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

De Angelis, G., & Selinker, L. (2001). Interlanguage transfer and competing linguistic systems in the multilingual mind. In J. Cenoz, B. Hufeisen, & U. Jessner (Eds.), Cross-linguistic influence in third language acquisition: Psycholinguistic perspectives (pp.42-58). Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters.

De Avilla, E. (1987). Bilingualism, cognitive function and language minority group membership. In Homel et al (eds.)

De Bleser, R., Dupont, P., Postler, J., Bormans, G., Speelman, D., Mortelmans, L., & Debrock, M. 2003. The organization of the bilingual lexicon: A PET study. Journal of Neurolinguistics, 16: 439--456.

De Bot, K. (1992), -'A bilingual production model: Levelt's -'speaking' model adapted', Applied Linguistics, 13, 1, 1-24

De Bot, K. (1996). The psycholinguistics of the output hypothesis. Language Learning, 46, 529-'"55.

De Bot, K. (1998) 'The psycholinguistics of language loss', in G. Extra & L. Verhoeven (eds,) Bilingualism and Migration. Berlin, Mouton de Gruyter: 345-361.

De Bot, K. (2003). Bilingual Speech: From concepts to articulation. FluL, 32, 92-103.

De Bot, K. (2004), -'The multilingual lexicon: modelling selection and control', IJ Multilingualism, 1,1, 17-32

De Bot, K. (2008). Review article: The imaging of what in the multilingual mind? Second Language Research, 24, 111--133.

De Bot, K. (Ed.) (2004). Language attrition. The International Journal of Bilingualism (special issue), 8, 233-408.

De Bot, K. & Clyne, M. (1989), -'Language reversion revisited', Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 11, 167-177

De Bot, K. & Clyne, M. (1994). A 16-year Longitudinal Study of Language Attrition in Dutch Immigrants in Australia. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 15(1): 17-28.

De Bot, K. & Lintsen T. (1986), 'Foreign-language proficiency in the elderly', in B. Weltens et al. (eds.), Language attrition in progress, 131-142

De Bot, K. & Makoni, S. 2005. Language and Aging in Multilingual Contexts. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

De Bot, K. & Stoessel, S. (2000). In search of yesterday's words: reactivating a long-forgotten language. Applied Linguistics, 21, 3, 333-353

De Bot, K. & Weltens, B. (1991), -'Recapitulation, regression and language loss', in Seliger & Vago (eds.), First language attrition, p.31-51

De Bot, K. & Weltens, B. (1995), -'Foreign language attrition', Annual Review of Applied Linguistics, 15, 151-164.

De Bot, K. 2000. Simultaneous interpreting as language production. In B.E. Dimitrova & K. Hyltenstam (Eds.), Language processing and simultaneous interpreting (pp. 65--88). Amsterdam: Benjamins.

de Bot, K. 2007. Dynamic systems theory, lifespan development and language attrition (pp. 53--68). In B. Kpke, M.S. Schmid, M. Keijzer, & S. Dostert (Eds), Language attrition:Theoretical perspectives. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

De Bot, K., & Hulsen, M. (2002). Language attrition: Tests, self-assessments, and perceptions. In V. Cook (Ed.), Portraits of the L2 user (pp. 253-274). Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters.

De Bot, K., & Schreuder, R. (1993). Word production and the bilingual lexicon. In R. Schreuder & B. Weltens (Eds.), The bilingual lexicon (pp. 191-214). Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.

De Bot, K., Cox, A., Ralston, S., Schaufeli, A. & Weltens B. (1992), -'Lexical processing in bilinguals', Second Language Research, 11, 1-19

De Bot, K., Gommans, P. & Rossing, C. (1991), -'L1 loss in an L2 environment: Dutch immigrants in France', in Seliger, H. & Vago, R. (eds.) First language attrition: Structural and theoretical perspectives. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press.31-52

De Bot, K., Lowie, W. & Verspoor, M. (2005), Second Language Acquisition: an Advanced Resource Book, Routledge

De Bot, K., Martens, V., & Stoessel, S. (2004). Finding residual lexical knowledge: The "savings" approach to testing vocabulary. International Journal of Bilingualism, 8, 373-382.

De Bot, K., Paribakht, T.S. & Wesche, M.B. (1997), Toward a lexical processing model for the study of second language vocabulary acquisition: evidence from ESL reading, Studies in second language acquisition 19: 309-329

De Bot, K., Verspoor, M., & Lowie, W. (2007). A dynamic systems theory approach to second language acquisition. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 10, 7--21.

De Bot, K.,W. Lowie & M. Verspoor (2007). A dynamic systems theory to L2 acquisition. Bilingualism:Language and Cognition 10.1, 7--21.

De Boysson-Bardies, B. & Vihman (1991). Adaptation to two language: evidence from babbling and first words in four languages. Language, 67, 2, 297-319

De Bruijn, E. R. A., Dijkstra, T., Chwilla, D. J., & Schriefers, H. J. (2001). Language context effects on interlingual homograph recognition: Evidence from event-related potentials and response times in semantic priming. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 4, 155-168.

De Camp, D. (1971): Towards a generative analysis of the Jamaican post-creole continuum. In Hymes, D. ed. Pidginization and Creolization of Languages. Cambridge: CUP.

De Carrico, J. & Nattinger, J. (1988), Lexical phrases for the comprehension of academic lectures, English for Special Purposes. 7: 91-102.

De Castell, S. & Luke, A. (1986). Models of literacy in North American schools: Social and historical conditions and consequences. In S. de Castell, A. Luke & K. Egan (Eds.), Literacy, society, and schooling. New York: CUP (pp. 87-109)

De Geest, W., Dirven, R. & Putseys, Y. 1969. Reflexive inchoatives revisited. Le Langage et l'Homme II: 31-3.

De Graff, R. (1997). The Esperanto experiment: Effects of explicit instruction on second language acquisition. Studies in Second Language Acquisition

De Groot, A. (2002), 'Lexical representation and lexical processing in the L2 user', in V.J. Cook (ed.), Portraits of the L2 User, Clevedon: Multilingual Matters, 29 64

De Groot, A. M. B. (1984). Primed lexical decision: Combined effects of the proportion of related prime-target pairs and the stimulus onset asynchrony of prime and target. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 36A, 253-280.

De Groot, A. M. B. (1997). The cognitive study of translation and interpreting. In J. H. Danks, G. M. Shreve, S. B. Fountain., & M. K. McBeath (Eds.), Cognitive interpreting processes in translation and interpreting (pp. 25-56). Thousand Oaks: Sage Publications.

De Groot, A. M. B. (2006). Effects of stimulus characteristics and background music on foreign language vocabulary learning and forgetting. Language Learning, 56, 463-506.

De Groot, A. M. B., & Van Hell, J. G. (2005). The learning of foreign language vocabulary. In J. F. Kroll & A. M. B. de Groot (Eds.), Handbook of bilingualism: Psycholinguistic approaches (pp. 9-29). New York: Oxford University Press.

De Groot, A. M. B., Borgwaldt, S., Bos, M., & Van den Eijnden, E. (2002). Lexical decision and word naming in bilinguals: Language effects and task effects. Journal of Memory and Language, 47, 91-124.

De Groot, A.M. B., & Van den Brink, R. C. L. (2008). Apprentissage du vocabulaire d'une language trangre: le stade de la denomination. In M. Kail, L. Fayol, & M. Hickmann (Eds.). Lípprentissage des langues premires et secondes (pp. 303-315). Paris: CNRS Editions.

De Groot, A.M.B. (1987), The priming of word associations: A levels of processing approach. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology Human Experimental Psychology; 1987 Nov Vol. 39(4, Sect A) 721 to 756

De Groot, A.M.B. (1989). Representational aspects of word imageability and word frequency as assessed through word association. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 15, 824-845.

De Groot, A.M.B. (1992), -'Determinants of word translation', Journal of Experimental Psychology; Learning, Memory and Cognition, 18, 1001-1018

De Groot, A.M.B. (1992), 'Bilingual lexical representation: a closer look at conceptual representations', in Frost, R. & Katz, L. (eds), Orthography, phonology, phonology and meaning, Amsterdam: Elsevier, 389-412

De Groot, A.M.B. (1993), 'Word-Type Effect in Bilingual Processing Tasks: Support for a Mixed-Representational System', in Schreuder, R. & Weltens, B. (eds.) The Bilingual Lexicon

De Groot, A.M.B. (1995), Determinants of bilingual lexico-semantic organisation. Computer Assisted Language Learning 8: 2-3, 151-80

De Groot, A.M.B. & Cornijs, H. (1995), Translation recognition and translation production: comparing a new and an old tool in the study of bilingualism. Language Learning, 45, 3467-509

De Groot, A.M.B. & Hoeks, J. (1995), The development of bilingual memory: Evidence from Word Translation by Trilinguals, Language Learning. 45, 4: 683-724

De Groot, A.M.B. & Keijzer, R. (2000), 'What is hard to learn is easy to forget: the roles of word concreteness, cognate status and word frequency in foreign-language vocabulary learning and forgetting', Language Learning, 50, 1, 1-56

De Groot, A.M.B. & Kroll, J.F. (eds) (1997), Tutorials in Bilingualism: Psycholinguistic Perspectives, Lawrence Erlbaum

De Groot, A.M.B. & Nas, G.L.J. (1991), Lexical representation of cognates and non-cognates in compound bilinguals. Journal of Memory and language, 30, 90-123.

De Groot, A.M.B. & Poot, R. (1997), Word translation at 3 levels of proficiency in a second language: the ubiquitous involvement of conceptual memory, Language Learning 47: 2 215-264

De Groot, A.M.B., & Christoffels, I. 2006. Language control in bilinguals: Mono-lingual tasks and simultaneous interpreting. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition. 9: 189--201.

De Groot, A.M.B., Dannenburg, L. & van Helle, J.G. (1994), Forward and backward word translation by bilinguals. Journal of Memory and Language, 33, 600-629

De Groot, A.M.B., Delmaar, P., & Lupker, S. J. (2000). The processing of interlexical homographs in translation recognition and lexical decision: Support for non-selective access to bilingual memory. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 53A, 397-428.

De Groot, A.M.B., Thomassen, A.J.W.M., & Hudson, P.T.W. (1982). Associative facilitation of word recognition as measured from a neutral prime. Memory & Cognition, 10, 358-370.

De Guerrero, M. (2005). Inner speech -- L2: Thinking words in a second language. Springer.

De Guerrero, M.C. & Villamil, O.S. (1994), 'Social-cognitive dimensions of interaction in L2 peer revision', Modern Language Journal, 78, 484-496

De Heredia-Deprex, C. (1991) Des langues en famille. Plurilinguismes, 1: 1-4

De Heredia, C. (1983) Les parlers franais des migrants. In F. Francois, J'cause francais, non? Paris: Ed. Maspero.

De Heredia, C. (1987) Du bilinguisme au parler bilingue. In Vermes & Boutet (1987), 91 127.

De Heredia, C. & Noyau, C. 1986. Comunicazione esolingue estrema: strategie di comunicazione tra parlanti nativi e immigrati principianti nella lingua. In: Giacalone Ramat, A. (ed.). L'apprendimento spontaneo di una seconda lingua. Bologna: II Mulino, 221-243.

De Houwer, A. (1990), The Acquisition of Two Languages from Birth: a Case Study, Cambridge: CUP

De Houwer, A. (1995), -'Bilingual language acquisition', in Fletcher, P. & MacWhinney, B. (eds.), Handbook of Child language, Oxford: Blackwell

De Houwer, A. (1998), By way of introduction: methods in studies of bilingual first language acquisition. International Journal of Bilingualism, 2, 3, 249-263

De Houwer, A. (2005). Early bilingual acquisition: Focus on morphosyntax and the Separate Development Hypothesis. In J. F. Kroll & A. M. B. de Groot (Eds.), Handbook of bilingualism: Psycholinguistic approaches (pp. 30-48). New York: Oxford University Press.

De Houwer, A. 2009. Bilingual First Language Acquisition. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

De Houwer, A., Bornstein, M. H., & De Coster, S. (2006). Early understanding of two words for the same thing: A CDI study of lexical comprehension in infant bilinguals. International Journal of Bilingualism, 10, 331-347.

de Jean de la Batie, B. & Bradley, D. (1995), -'Resolving word boundaries in French: native and non-native strategies', Applied Psycholinguistics, 16, 59-81

de Jong, E. (1986), The Bilingual Experience: A Book For Parents, CUP

De Kerckhove, D. & Lumsden, C.I. (Eds.) (1988). The alphabet and the brain. Berlin: Springer-Verlag

De Mejia, A.-M. 2002. Power, Prestige and Bilingualism: International Perspectives on Elite Bilingual Education. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

De Pietro, J.F. (1988), 'Conversation exolingue. Une approche linguistique des interactions interculturelles'. In Cosnier, J., Gelas, N. & Kerbrat-Orecchioni, C. (Eds.), Echanges sur la conversation. Paris, Editions du CNRS, 285-300

De Pietro, J.F. (1988), 'Vers une typologie des situations de contact interlinguistiques'. Langages et socit 43, 65-87.

de Santi, S., Obler, L., Sabo-Abramson, H. & Goldberger, J. (1989), -'Discourse abilities and deficits in multilingual dementia', in Joanette, Y. & Brownell, H. (eds.), Discourse abilities in brain damage; theoretical and empirical perspectives, New York, Springer, 224-235

De Silva, Z. S. 1963. Beginning Spanish. 2d ed. New York: Harper & Row.

de Swaan, A. (2001), Words of the World: The Global Language System, Cambridge: Polity Press

de Swaan, A. 1988. A political sociology of the world language system, 1: The dynamics of language spread. Language Problems and Language Planning 22(1): 63--75.

de Vries, J. (1985), Some methodological aspects of self-report questions on language and ethnicity. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 6, 347-69

De Zulueta, F.I. (1984). The implications of bilingualism in the study and treatment of psychiatric disorders: A review. Psychological Medicine, 14, 541-'"557.

De Zulueta, F.I.S., Gene-Cos, N., & Grachev, S. 2001. Differential psychotic symptomatology in polyglot patients: Case reports and their implications. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 74: 277--292.

Debyser, F. (1971), Comparaison et interferences lexicales: francais italien Franais dans le Monde; 81; 51--57

Dechert, H. (1980), 'Pauses and intonation as indicators of verbal planning in second language speech production', in Dechert, H., & Raupach, M. (eds.), Temporal Variables in Speech, Mouton, 271-286

Dechert, H. (1983), 'A plea for contrastive psycholinguistics', in K. Sajavaara (ed.) Cross-Language Analysis and Second Language Acquisition 1, Jyvñskylñ, 115-123

Dechert, H. (1983), 'The competing-plans hypothesis extended to second-language speech production', in Di Pietro, R.J., Frawley, W., & Wedel, A. (eds.), The First Delaware Symposium on Language Studies: Selected Papers, University of Delaware Press, Newark, DE, 269-282

Dechert, H. (1983), How a story is done in a second language. In: Faerch, C., & Kasper, G. (eds.). Strategies in interlanguage communication. London: Longman, 175-195.

Dechert, H. (1984), 'Second language production: six hypotheses', in Dechert, H., Mhle, D., & Raupach, M. (eds.), Second Language Productions, 211 230

Dechert, H. (1986), 'Thinking-aloud protocols: the decomposition of language processing', in Cook, V. (ed.), Experimental Approaches to Second Language Learning, Pergamon, Oxford, 111-126

Dechert, H. (1987), 'Understanding producing', in Dechert, H., & Raupach, M. (eds.), Psycholinguistic Models of Production, Ablex, New Jersey, 229-238

Dechert, H. (1989), -'Competing plans in second language processing', in Dechert, H. (ed.), Current trends in second language acquisition research, Multilingual Matters, Clevedon

Dechert, H. (1989), 'On the natural order of events', in Dechert, H., & Raupach, M. (eds.), Transfer in Language Production, Ablex, New Jersey, 237-270

Dechert, H. (ed.) (1989), Current Trends in European Second Language Acquisition Research, Multilingual Matters, Clevedon

Dechert, H. & Raupach M. (eds) 1989 Transfer in Production. Ablex, Englewood Cliffs, NJ

Dechert, H. & Raupach, M. (1987), -'Prosodic patters of proceduralised speech in second and first language narratives' in James, A. & Leather, J. (eds), Sound Patterns in Second Language Acquisition, Foris, Dordrecht

Dechert, H., Bruggemeier, M. & Fuettener, (eds.) (1984), Transfer and Interference in Language, J. Benjamin

Dechert, H., Mhle, D. & Raupach, M. (1984), Second Language Productions, G. Narr

Dechert, H.W. (1983), 'Some psycholinguistic considerations towards a theory of second language processing', in: H. Ringbm (Ed.) Psycholinguistics and Foreign Language Learning. .bo: .bo Akademi, 30-46

DeGuerro, M.C.M. & Villamil, O.S. (2000), 'Acativating the ZPD: mutual scaffolding in L2 peer revision', MLJ, 84, 1, 51-68

Dehaene, S., Dupoux, E., Mehler, J., Cohen, L., Paulesu, E., Perani, D., van de Mortele, P., Lehericy, S. & Le Bihan, D. (1997), 'Anatomical variability in the cortical representation of first and second language', Neuroreport 8, 3809-3815

DeKeyser, R. (1993), 'The effect of error correction on L2 grammar knowledge and oral proficiency', MLJ, 77, 4, 501-514

DeKeyser, R. (1994). How implicit can adult second language learning be? In J. Hulstijn & R. Schmidt (Eds.), Consciousness in second language learning (pp. 83-'"96): AILA Review, Vol. 11. 19(2), 249-'"297

DeKeyser, R. (1997). Beyond explicit rule learning: Automatizing second language morphosyntax. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 19(2), 196-'"221

DeKeyser, R. (2000). The robustness of critical period effects in second language acquisition', SSLA, 22, 499-533

DeKeyser, R. (2001). Automaticity and automatization. In P. Robinson (Ed.), Cognition and Second Language Instruction. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

DeKeyser, R. & Sokalski, K. (1996). The differential role of comprehension and production practice. Language Learning, 46(4), 613-'"642.

DeKeyser, R., & Larson-Hall, J. (2005). What does the critical period really mean? In J. F. Kroll & A. M. B. de Groot (Eds.), Handbook of bilingualism: Psycholinguistic approaches (pp. 88-108). New York: Oxford University Press

DeKeyser, R.M. (1995), -'Learning second language grammar rules: an experiment with a miniature linguistic system', Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 17, 379-410

Dekydspotter, L., Sprouse, R. & Thyre, R. (1998). Evidence of full UG access in L2 acquisition from the interpretative interface: quantification at a distance in English-French interlanguage. Proceedings of the Boston University Conference on Language Development, 22, 141-52

Del Coso-Calame, F., Oesch-Serra, C. & De Pietro, F. (1985) La competence de communication bilingue. Etude fonctionnelle des code-switchings dans le discours de migrants espagnols et italiens a Neuchatel (Suisse). In Gulich & Kotachi (1985), 377-98.

Delattre, P. (1964). Comparing the vocalic features of English, German, Spanish and French. International Review of Applied Linguistics 2, 71-97.

Delgado-Gaitan, C. & Trueba, H. 1991, Crossing Cultural Borders: Education for Immigrant Families in America. New York: Falmer.

Delisle, H. (1985). The acquisition of gender by American students of German. Modern Language Journal, 69(1), 55-'"63.

Deller, S. & Rinvolucri, M. (2002), Using the Mother Tongue. London: Delta Publishing

Delpit, L.D. 1988, The silenced dialogue: Power and pedagogy in educating other people's children. Harvard Educational Review 58 (3), 280-298.

Demopolous, W. & Marras, A. (eds) 1986 Language learning and concept acquisition. Ablex, Norwood, NJ

Denison, N. (1971) Some observations on language variety and plurilingualism. In J.B. Pride & J. Holmes, Sociolinguistics: selected readings. Harmondsworth, Middx.: Penguin Books, 65-78.

Denison, N. (1984, ) Language acquisition in a plurilingual environment. Graser Linguistische Studien, 21 (Spring 1984): 35-64.

Denison, N. (1986), Sociolinguistics, linguistic description, language change and language acquisition. In Fishman et al. (1986), 1:83-98.

DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION & SCIENCE AND THE WELSH OFFICE, 1990, English in the National Curriculum (No.2). London:-HMSO.

Deregowski, J.B. (1993). Convergentc perspective and divergent perspective: a cultural difference with a clearly perspective cause. In Altarriba, J. (ed.), Cognition and culture. A cross-cultural approach to cognitive psychology, North Holland: Elsevier Science Publishers. 247-264

Derwing, T. (1990). Speech rate is no simple matter: Rate adjustment and NS-'"NNS communicative success. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 12, 303-'"3 13.

Derwing, T.M. & M. J. Munro (1997) Accent, intelligibility, and comprehensibility. Evidence from four L1s. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 19, 1: 1-16.

Derwing, T.M. & M. J. Munro (2001), -'What speaking rates do non-native listeners prefer?', Applied Linguistics, 22, 324-337

Derwing, T.M., M. J. Rossiter; and M. Ehrensberger-Dow (2002) 'They speaked and wrote real good': Judgements of non-native and native grammar. Language Awareness 11, 2: 81-99.

Derwing, T.M., Munro, M.J. & Carbonaro, M. (2000), Does popular speech software work with ESL speech? TESOL Quarterly, 34, 592-60

Deschamps, A. (1980), -'The syntactical distribution of pauses in English spoken as a second language by French students', in Dechert, H. & Raupach, M. (eds.), Temporal Variables in Speech, Mouton, The Hague, 255-262

Deschamps, A. (1992), From spelling to sound: English graphematics as an aid to vocabulary acquisition. In: Arnaud P. & Bejoint, H. (Eds.), Vocabulary and Applied Linguistics. London: Macmillan. 182-195

Desrochers, A. & Begg, I. (1987), A theoretical account of encoding and retrieval processes in the use of imagery-based mnemonic techniques: the special case of the keyword method. In: M.A. McDaniel & M. Pressley (Eds.). Imagery and related processes: theories, individual differences and applications. New York: Springer-Verlag

Desrochers, A., DeRoy Wieland, L. & Cote, M. (1991), Instructional effects in the use of the mnemonic keyword method for learning German nouns and their grammatical gender. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 5, 19-36

Desrochers, A., Gelinas, C. & Wieland, L.D. (1989), An application of the mnemonic keyword method to the acquisition of German nouns and their grammatical gender. Journal of Educational Psychology. 81, 25-32

Desrochers, A.M., Smythe, P. M. & Gardner, R. C. (1975). The social psychology of second language acquisition and bilinguality: an annotated bibliography. Research Bulletin No. 340, University of Western Ontario.

Dessouky, S. S. (1990) Error Analysis: A non-stop Area of research. An Analytical Study of English Verb and Preposition Errors in the Written Expression of Al-Azhar Students. Studies in Curricula and Methodology. No. 8, July: pp.146-176.

DeStefano, J.S. (1984). Learning to communicate in the classroom. In A. Pellegrini & T. Yawkey (Eds.), The development of oral and written language in social contexts. (pp. 155-165). Norwood, N. J.: Ablex Publishing Corp.

Detry, C., Pillon, A., & de Partz, M.-P. 2005. A direct processing route to translate words from the first to the second language: Evidence from a case of a bilingual aphasic. Brain and Language, 95: 40--41.

Deuchar, M (1999), Are function words non-language specific in early bilingual two-word utterances? Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 2,123-34

Deuchar, M. (1978): Diglossia and British Sign Language. Working Papers in Sociolinguistics 46. Austin, Tx.

Deuchar, M. & Quay, S. (2000). Bilingual acquisition: Theoretical implications of a case study. Oxford: OUP.

Deulofeu, J. & Noyau, C. 1986. L'tude de l'acquisition spontan d'une langue trangre: mthodes de recherche/mthodes en linguistique/apports. Langue Franaise, 71:3-16

Deulofeu, J. 1986. Sur quelques procds de hierarchisation dans des recits d'apprenants en milieu natural. Acquisition d'une langue trangre: Perspectives et Recherches (Vol.1), ad. by A. Giacomi & D. Vronique, 263-284. Aix-en-Provence: Publications de l'Universit de Provence.

Devine, J. (1988), A Case Study of Two Readers: Models of Reading and Reading Performance. In Interactive Approaches to Second Language Reading, ed. P.A. Carrell, J. Devine & D.E. Eskey, 127-39. Cambridge: CUP

Devitt, S. (1997), 'Interacting with authentic texts: multilayered processes, MLJ, 81, iv, 457-469

Dewaele J.-M., & Veronique, D. (2001). Gender assignment and gender agreement in advanced French interlanguage: A cross-sectional study. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 4, 275-297.

Dewaele, J-M. & M. Edwards (2001). Conversations trilingues (arabe, francais, anglais) entre m`ere et fille: un saute--mouton referentiel? In C. Charnet (ed.), Communications referentielles et processus referentiels. Montpellier: Publications de Praxiling: Universite Paul-Valery, 193--214.

Dewaele, J-M. and Pavlenko, A. (2003) Productivity and lexical diversity in native and non-native speech: a study of cross-cultural effects. In V.J. Cook (ed), L2 Effects on the L1, Clevedon: Multilingual Matters

Dewaele, J. & Dewaele, J.-M (2000) "Invasion de la banalit dans les manuels de franais en Flandre". In J. Eichperger (ed.), Roeland, dynamiek en talen voor de jeugd. Gent: vzw Roeland, 209-211

Dewaele, J.-M. (1998) Speech rate variation in 2 oral styles of advanced French interlanguage. In V. Regan (ed.), Contemporary Approaches to Second Language Acquisition in social context: crosslinguistic perspectives. (pp. 113-123). Dublin University College Academic Press.

Dewaele, J.-M. (1999) "Is it the corruption of French thought processes that purists fear ? A response to Henriette Walter. Current Issues in Language and Society, 6, 3 & 4, 231-234.

Dewaele, J.-M. (2000) "Strotype l'preuve: le discours oral des femmes est-il plus motionnel et dictique que celui des hommes ?". In K. Beeching, C. Bauvois & N. Armstrong (eds.), Sexe, genre et variation en langue franaise. Paris: l'Harmattan, 123-147

Dewaele, J.-M. (2000) Capacity matters. Short-term memory and multilingual speech production, The Linguist, 39, 1, 8-10.

Dewaele, J.-M. (2000) Quantifier le style dans la conversation. Une analyse de la variation sociolinguistique, Le Langage et l'Homme. Recherches pluridisciplinaires sur le langage, 25, 4, 233-249.

Dewaele, J.-M. (2000) Saisir l'insaisissable ? Les mesures de longueur d'noncs en linguistique applique. International Review of Applied Linguistics, 38, 1, 31-47.

Dewaele, J.-M. (2000) Structures interrogatives dans le discours francais oral d'apprenants et de locuteurs natifs. In A. Englebert, M. Pierrard, L. Rosier & D. Van Raemdonck (eds.), Actes du XXIIe Congrs international de Linguistique et de Philologie romanes, vol. IX, Berlin : Niemeyer, 69-76.

Dewaele, J.-M. (2000) Three years old and three first languages. Bilingual Family Newsletter, 17, 2, 4-5.

Dewaele, J.-M. (2001) Activation or inhibition ? The interaction of L1, L2 and L3 on the language mode continuum. In U. Jessner, B. Hufeisen & J. Cenoz (eds.), Cross-linguistic aspects of L3 acquisition. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters, 69-89.

Dewaele, J.-M. (2001) Interpreting the maxim of quantity: interindividual and situational variation in discourse styles of non-native speakers. In E. Nmeth (ed.), Cognition in Language Use: Selected Papers from the 7th International Pragmatics Conference, Vol. 1. Antwerp: International Pragmatics Association, 85-99.

Dewaele, J.-M. (2001) Strotype l'preuve: le discours oral des femmes est-il plus motionnel et dictique que celui des hommes ? In K. Beeching, C. Bauvois & N. Armstrong (eds.), La langue franaise au fminin. Paris: l'Harmattan, 123-147.

Dewaele, J.-M. (2001) Tongue-tied in a foreign language. The Linguist, 40, 5, 153-155.

Dewaele, J.-M. (2001) Une distinction mesurable: corpus oraux et crits sur le continuum de la deixis, Journal of French Language Studies, 11, 179-199.

Dewaele, J.-M. & Furnham, A. (1999) Extraversion: the unloved variable in applied linguistic research. Language Learning 49, 3, 509-544.

Dewaele, J.-M. & Furnham, A. (2000) Personality and Speech Production: A pilot study of second language learners. Personality and Individual Differences, 28, 355-365

Dewaele, J.-M. & Pavlenko, A. (2002) Emotion vocabulary in interlanguage. Language Learning, 52, 2.

Dewaele, J.-M. & Regan, V. (2001) The use of colloquial words in advanced French interlanguage. In S. Foster-Cohen & A. Nizegorodcew (eds.), EUROSLA Yearbook 2001, Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 51-68.

Dewaele, J.-M. & Regan, V. (2002) Matriser la norme sociolinguistique en interlangue franaise: le cas de l'omission variable de -'ne'. Journal of French Language Studies, 12, 2.

Dewaele, J.-M. & Vronique, D. (2000) "Relating gender errors to morphosyntactic and lexical systems in advanced French interlanguage". Studia Linguistica 54, 2, 212-224

Dewaele, J.-M. & Vronique, D. (2001) Gender assignment and gender agreement in advanced French Interlanguage: a cross-sectional study. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 4, 3, 275-297.

Dewaele, J.-M. 2004. Blistering barnacles! What languages do multilinguals swear in?! Estudios de Sociolinguistica 5(1): 83--105.

Dewaele, J.-M. 2007. The effect of multilingualism, sociobiological, and situational factors on communicative anxiety and foreign language anxiety of mature language learners. International Journal of Bilingualism, 11: 391--409.

Dewaele, J.-M., & Pavlenko A. 2001--2003. Web questionnaire on bilingualism and emotion. University of London.

Dewaele, J.M. (1992), 'L'omission du "ne" dans deux styles d'interlangue franaise', Interface. Journal of Applied Linguistics, 7.1, 3-17

Dewaele, J.M. (1992), "La composition lexicale de styles oraux et crits", Language and Style, 25, 1, 60-75

Dewaele, J.M. (1993), "Extraversion et richesse lexicale dans deux styles d'interlangue franaise, I. T.L., Review of Applied Linguistics, 100, 87-105

Dewaele, J.M. (1994), "A propos de moniteurs. Analyse critique des thories psycholinguistiques de Krashen et de Levelt-de Bot", Interface. Journal of Applied Linguistics, 8, 2, 65-78

Dewaele, J.M. (1994), "Variation synchronique dans l'interlangue franaise - Rsum de these", Travaux de Linguistique - Revue internationale de linguistique franaise, 28, 209-210

Dewaele, J.M. (1994), "Variation synchronique des taux d'exactitude. Analyse de frquence des erreurs morpholexicales dans trois styles d'interlangue franaise", IRAL, XXXIII, 4, 275-300

Dewaele, J.M. (1995) "L'immersion scolaire des francophones í l'cole flamande reprsente-t-elle le sacrifice de la langue matemelle et de la culture franaise?" Le langage et l'homme. Recherches pluridisciplinaires sur le langage, XXX, 1, 5-14

Dewaele, J.M. (1995) "Le dbit dans l'interlangue franaise: analyse de la variation interstylistique et interindividuelle", Cahiers de 1 -'AFLS, 1.2, 29-42

Dewaele, J.M. (1995) "Variation synchronique dans l'interlangue: analyse critique du Modle du Camlon de E. Tarone", ITL Review of Applied Linguistics, 1-18

Dewaele, J.M. (1995) Style-shifting in oral interlanguage: Quantification and definition. In L. Eubank, L. Selinker and M. Sharwood Smith (eds.), The Current State of Interlanguage (pp. 231-238). Amsterdam-Philadelphia: John Benjamins.

Dewaele, J.M. (1995) Variation dans la longueur moyenne d'noncs dans l'interlangue franaise. In L. Beheydt (Ed.), Linguistique Applique dans les annes 90. (Special issue), ABLA Papers 16, 43-58.

Dewaele, J.M. (1996) "Les phnomnes d'hsitation dans l'interlangue franaise: analyse de la variation interstylistique et interindividuelle", Rassegna Italiana da Linguistica Applicata, XXVIII, l, 87-103

Dewaele, J.M. (1996) "Variation dans la composition lexicale de styles oraux", IRAL, International Review of Applied Linguistics, XXIV-4, 261-282

Dewaele, J.M. (1998) "Lexical inventions: French interlanguage as L2 versus L3", Applied Linguistics, 19, 4, 471-490

Dewaele, J.M. (1998) "The effect of gender on the choice of speech style", ITL Review of Applied Linguistics, 119-120, 9-25

Dewaele, J.M. (1999) "Drie jaar oud en drietalig: een case-studie". Prolingua, 18, 3-4

Dewaele, J.M. (1999) "L'effet de l'extraversion sur la production du discours de bilingues", AILE. Acquisition et Interaction en Langue Etrangre. Revue semestrielle de 1-'association Encrages. Numero special, vol. 1, 111-126

Dewaele, J.M. (1999) "Word order variation in interrogative structures of native and non-native French", ITL Review of Applied Linguistics 123-124, 161-180

Dewaele, J.M. (2004). The emotional force of swearwords and taboo words in the speech of multilinguals. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 25, 204-222.

Dewaele, J.M., Housen, A. & Wei, Li (eds) (2003) Bilingualism: Beyond Basic Principles, Multilingual Matters

DfES 2002 Languages for all: Languages for Life: a strategy for England

Di Pietro, R. (1987). Strategic interaction. Cambridge: CUP.

Di Pietro, R. 1977. Code-switching as a verbal strategy among bilinguals. In Current themes in Linguistics: bilingualism, experimental linguistics and language typologies, ed. F. Eckman. Washington, D.C.: Hemisphere Publishing.

Di Pietro, R.J. 1961. Borrowing: its effect as a mechanism of linguistic change in American Sicilian. General Linguistics 5: 3O~6.

Di Pietro, R.J. 1964. Learning problems involving Italian ~s1, [z] and English /s/, /z/. Proceedings of the Ninth International Congress of Linguists, 1962. Mouton, The Hague.

Di Sciullo, A.M., Muysken, P. & Singh, R. (1986): Government and code-mixing. Journal of Linguistics, 22, 1-24.

Diaz, R. & Klinger, C. 1991. Towards an exploratory model of the interaction between bilingualism and cognitive development. In Language Processing in Bilingual Children, E. Bialystok (ed.), 167--192. Cambridge: CUP.

Diaz, R.M. (1985), 'Bilingual cognitive development: addressing three gaps in current research', Child Development, 56, 1376-1388

Diaz, R.M. (1985), 'The intellectual power of bilingualism', Quarterly Newsletter of the Laboratory of Comparative Human Cognition, 7, 1, 16-22

Diaz, R.M. & Klinger, C. 1991, Towards an explanatory model of the interaction between bilingualism and cognitive development. In E. Bialystok (ed.) Language Processing in Bilingual Children. Cambridge:

Dickerson, L. (1975). The learner's language as a system of variable rules. TESOL Quarterly, 9, 4, 401-7

Dickerson, L. & Dickerson, W. (1977). Interlanguage phonology: current research and future directions. In S. P. Corder & E. Roulet (eds.) Interlanguages and Pidgins and Their Relationship to Second Language Pedagogy Actes du 5me colloque de linguistique applique (pp. 18-29). Neufchatel: Librairie Droz.

Dickerson, W. (1976). The psycholinguistic unity of language learning and language change. Language Learning 26, 215-231.

Dickerson, W. (1987), 'Explicit rules and the developing interlanguage phonology', in James and Leather (1987)

Dickinson, L. (1987), Self-instruction in Language Learning, CUP

Dickinson, L. (1995), -'Autonomy and Motivation', System, 23, 2, 165-174

Diebold, A.R. (1961), Incipient bilingualism. Language 37: 97-112.

Diebold, A.R. (1964): Incipient bilingualism. In Hymes, D. ed. Language in Culture and Society. New York: Harper and Row, pp.495-511.

Diebold, A.R. (1968), -'The consequences of early bilingualism on cognitive development and personality formation', in Norbeck, Price-Williams & McCord (eds.), The study of personality, New York, Holt Rinehart Winston

Dietrich, R. 1982. Bestimmtheit und Unbestimmtheit im Deutschen eines turkischen Arbeiters. Eine Hypothese. Sprachen und Computer ed. by H. Fix, A. Rothkagel & E. Stegentritt, 81-94. Beim Weisenstain: AQ-Verlag.

Dietrich, R. 1989. -'Nouns and verbs in the learner's lexicon'. Current trends in European second language acquisition research ed. by H. Dechert, 13-22. Clevedon & Philadelphia: Multilingual Matters.

Dietrich, R. 1989. Communicating with few words. An empirical account of the second language speaker's lexicon. Language processing in social context ed. by R. Dietrich & C. Graumann, 233-276. Amsterdam: North-Holland.

Dijkstra, A. & van Heuven, W.J.B. (1998), -'The BIA-model and bilingual word recognition', in J. Grainger & A. Jacobs (eds), Localist Connectionist Approaches to Human Cognition, 189-225 Hove: LEA

Dijkstra, A. & Van Heuven, W.J.B. (2002). The architecture of the bilingual word recognition system: From identification to decision. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 5, 175-197.

Dijkstra, A., & Van Heuven, W.J.B. (2002). Modeling bilingual word recognition: Past, present and future. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 5, 219-224.

Dijkstra, A., Van Heuven, W. J. B., & Grainger, J. (1998). Simulating competitor effects with the Bilingual Interactive Activation Model. Psychologica Belgica, 38, 177-196

Dijkstra, A., van Jaarsveld, H. & ten Brinke, S. (1998), 'Interlingual homograph recognition: effects of task demands and language intermixing', Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 1, 51-66

Dijkstra, A., Van Jaarsveld, H. & Ten Brinke, S. (1998). Interlingual homograph recognition: Effects of task demands and language intermixing. Bilingualism, 1, 51-66.

Dijkstra, T. (2005). Bilingual visual word recognition and lexical access. In J. F. Kroll & A. M. B. de Groot (Eds.), Handbook of bilingualism: Psycholinguistic Approaches (pp. 197-201). New York: Oxford University Press.

Dijkstra, T. & J. van Hell (2003). Testing the language mode hypothesis using trilinguals. International Journal of Bilingualism and Bilingual Education 6.1, 2--16.

Dijkstra, T. 2003. Lexical processing in bilinguals and multilinguals. In The Multilingual Lexicon, J. Cenoz, B. Hufeisen & U. Jessner (eds), 11--26. Dordrecht: Kluwer.

Dijkstra, T., De Bruijn, E., Schriefers, H., & Ten Brinke, S. (2000a). More on interlingual homograph recognition: Language intermixing versus explicitness of instruction. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 3, 69-78.

Dijkstra, T., Grainger, J., & Van Heuven, W. J. B. (1999). Recognition of cognates and interlingual homographs: The neglected role of phonology. Journal of Memory and Language, 41, 496-518.

Dijsktra, T., Timmermanns, M. and Schriefers, H. (2000), -'On being blinded by your on other language: effects of task demands on intrrlingual homograph recognition', Journal of Memory and Language, 42, 445-464

Dijsktra, T., Timmermanns, M. and Schriefers, H. (2000), -'On being blinded by your other language: effects of task demands on interlingual homograph recognition', Journal of Memory and Language, 42, 445-464

Diller, K 1990 'The non-lineanty of language-learning and "post-modern" language teaching methods' in H Burmeister and P Rounds (eds ) 1990 Variability m Second Language Acquisition, Volume 2 Eugene, Oregon University of Oregon

Diller, K. (1981). 'Natural methods' of foreign language teaching: can they exist? What criteria must they meet? In H. Winnitz (Ed.), Native language and foreign language acquisition (pp. 75-91). New York: The New York Academy of Sciences.

Diller, K.C. (1970), Compound and co-ordinate bilingualism: a conceptual artifact. Word. 26, 2, 254-261

Diller, K.C. (1985) The Language Teaching Controversy Rowley MA: Newbury House

Diller, K.C. (ed.) (1981), Individual Differences and Universals in Language Learning, Newbury House

Dillinger, M. (1994). Comprehension during interpreting: What do interpreters know that bilinguals don't? In S. Lambert & B. Moser-Mercer (Eds.), Bridging the gap: Empirical research in simultaneous interpretation (pp. 155-189). Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.

Dillon, R.F., McCormack, P.D., Petrusic, W.M., Cook, G.M. & Lafleur, L. (1973), -'Release from proactive interference in compound and coordinate bilinguals', Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 2, 293-294

Dimitrijevic, D. (1983). On language restitution in polyglot aphasia. In M. Paradis (Ed.), Readings on aphasia in bilinguals and polyglots (pp. 39 1-'"395). Montreal: Didier. (Original work published in 1940.)

Ding, G., Perry, C., Peng, D., Ma, L., Li, D., Xu, S., Luo, Q., Xu, D., & Yang, J. 2003. Neural mechanisms underlying semantic and orthographic processing in Chinese-English bilinguals. NeuroReport, 14: 1557--1562.

Ding, J. (2002) The analysis of English spelling errors caused by Henan Dialect, Journal of Yellow River Conservancy Technical Institute, Vol. 14, No. 3, PP. 77-78

Dingwall, W. D.1964. Diaglossic grammar. PhD dissertation. Georgetown University.

DiNitto, R. 2000. Can collaboration be unsuccessful? A sociocultural analysis of classroom setting and Japanese L2 performance in group tasks. Journal of the Association of Teachers of Japanese, 34.

Dinklage, K. (1971), -'Inability to learn a foreign language', in G. Blaine & C. McArthur (eds), Emotional Problems of the Student, Appleton-Century, 185-206

Dinklage, Kenneth. "Inability to Learn a Foreign Language." Emotional Problems of the Student. Ed. Graham Blaine and Charles McArthur. New York: Appleton, 1971. 185--206.

Dinsmore, David. 1985. Waiting for Godot in the EFL classroom. ELT Journal 39:225-234.

Disner, S.F. (1983). Vowel quality: The relationship between universal and language specific factors. UCLA Working Papers in Phonetics 58.

Dittman, S. & Strange, W. 1981.Effects of Discrimination Training on the Perception of /r/ and /l/ by a Native Japanese Speaker. Paper presented at 7th Annual Minnesota Regional Conference on Language and Linguistics, May 8 -- 9

Dittmar, N. (1989) De la thorie en sociolinguistique, lments pour une perspective globale en sociolinguistique. In Cadiot & Dittmar (1989), 23-64.

Dittmar, N. (ed.) 1992 Grammaticalisation in second language acquisition. Special issue, Studies in Second Language Acquisition 14, 3

Dittmar, N. 1981. On the verbal organisation of L2 tense marking in an elicited translation task by Spanish immigrants in Germany. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 3:136-164.

Dittmar, N. 1984. Semantic features of pidginised learners of German. In R. Andersen (ed.) Second languages: A cross-linguistic perspective, 243-270. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House

Doctor, E.A. & Klein, D. (1992), Phonological processing in bilingual word recognition, In: R. Harris (Ed.), Cognitive Processing in Bilinguals. Amsterdam: Elsevier. 237-252

Dodd, B. J. & McEvoy, S. (1995). Twin language or phonological disorder? Journal of Child Language, 21, 273-289.

Dodd, B. J., So, L. K. H., & Li, W. (1996). Symptoms of disorder without impairment: the written and spoken errors of bilinguals. In B.J.Dodd, R. Campbell, & L. Worrall (Eds.), Evaluating theories of language: implications from communication disorders (pp. 137-161). London: Whurr.

Dodd, B.J., Holm, A., & Li, W. (1997). Speech disorder in preschool children exposed to Cantonese and English. Clinical Linguistics & Phonetics, 11, 229-243.

Dodson, C.J. (1967), Language Teaching and The Bilingual Method, London, Pitman

Dodson, C.J. (1981), A reappraisal of bilingual development and education: Some theoretical and practical considerations. In H. Baetens Beardsmore (ed.) Elements of Bilingual Theory. Brussels: Vrije Universiteit Brussel

Dodson, C.J. (1983), -'Living with two languages', J. of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 4, 401-14

Dodson, C.J. (1986), 'Language-learning strategies of monolinguals and bilinguals', in Oksaar, E. (ed.), Sociocultural Perspectives of Multilingualism and Language Acquisition. Tubingen: Narr

Dodson, C.J. (ed.) (1985), Bilingual Education: Evaluation, Assessment, and Methodology, University of Wales Press

Doi, T. & Yoshioka, K. (1990), 'Speech processing constraints on the acquisition of Japanese particle: applying the Pienemann-Johnston model to Japanese as a second language', in Hayes, T. & Yoshioka, K. (eds.), Proceedings of the first conference on second language acquisition and teaching, Vol. 1, International University of Japan, 23-33

Dollerup, C., Glahn, E. & Hansen, C.R. (1989), 'Vocabularies in the reading process', AILA Review, 6, 21-33

Dolphin, E. 1987, Enhancing vocabulary acquisition and comprehension by visual stimuli. Canadian Modern Language Review. 43, 2, 239-244.

Dommergues, J.Y. & H. Lane. 1976. On two independent sources of error in learning the syntax of a second language. Language Learning 26:111-123

Donato, R. (1988), -'Collective scaffolding in second language learning', in Lantolf, J. & Appel, G. (eds.), Vygotskyan Approaches to Second Language Research. Norwood, Ablex, 56-93

Donato, R. (1994), 'Collective scaffolding in second language learning', in J. Lantolf & G. Appel (eds.), Vygotskian Appraches to Second Language research, Norwood: NJ, Ablex 33-56

Donato, R. & Lantolf, J.P. (1985), 'The dialogic origins of L2 monitoring', Pragmatics and Language Learning, 1, 83-97

Donato, R. & McCormick, D. 1994: A sociocultural perspective on language learning strategies: the role of mediation. Modern Language Journal 78, 453 64

Dong, Y., Gui, S. & MacWhinney, B. (2005), -'Shared and separate meanings in the bilingual mental lexicon', Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 8, 3, 221-238

Donmall, B.G. 1985, Language Awareness. Report to the National Congress on Languages in Education. London: CILTR

Dorian, N. (1982), 'Language loss and maintenance in language contact situations', in Lambert R.D. & Freed B.F. (eds.), The loss of language skills, 44-59

Dorian, N.C. (1977), A hierarchy of morphophonemic decay in Scottish Gaelic language death: the differential failure of lenition. Word, 28, 96-109.

Dorian, N.C. (1978), The dying dialect and the role of the schools: East Sutherland Gaelic and Pennsylvania Dutch. In Alatis, J. ed., pp.646-56.

Dorian, N.C. (1981), Language Death: The Life Cycle of a Scottish Gaelic Dialect. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press.

Dorian, N.C. (1982): Defining the speech community to include its working margins. In Romaine, S. ed. Sociolinguistic Variation in Speech Communities. London: Edward Arnold, pp.25-33.

Dorian, N.C. (ed.) (1989), Investigating Obsolescence: Studies in language contraction and death, CUP

Dorman, M. & Geffner, D. 1973. Hemispheric specialisation for speech perception in six-year-old black and white children from low and middle socio-economic classes. Cortex 10:171-76.

Dornic, S. (1969), 'Verbal factor in number perception', Acta Psychologica, 29, 393-399

Dornic, S. (1975), 'Human information processing and bilingualism', Reports from the Institute of Applied Psychology, University of Stockholm,, v, 67

Dornic, S. (1977), 'The bilingual's performance: language dominance, stress, and individual differences', in H. Sinaiko & D. Gerver (eds.), Proceedings of the NATO Symposium on Language Interpretation and Communication, Plenum Press, 259-271

Dornic, S. (1979), 'Information processing in bilinguals: some selected issues', Psychological Research, 40, 329-348

Dornic, S. (1980), 'Language dominance, spare capacity, and perceived effort in bilinguals', Ergonomics, 23

Dornic, S. 1980 Information processing and language dominance. International Review of Applied Psychology, 29, 119-140.

Dornyei, Z. (1990), -'Conceptualising motivation in foreign-language learning', Language Learning, 40, 1, 45-78

Dornyei, Z. (1994). Motivation and motivating in the foreign language classroom. Modern Language Journal, 78, 273-284.

Dornyei, Z. (1995), -'On the teachability of communicative strategies', TESOL Quarterly, 29, 1, 55-83

Dornyei, Z. (1997), 'Psychological processes in co-operative language learning: group dynamics and motivation', MLJ, 81,482-493

Dornyei, Z. (2001), Teaching and Researching Motivation, London: Longman

Dornyei, Z. (2003), Questionnaires in Second Language Research, LEA

Dornyei, Z. (2005). The Psychology of the Language Learner: Individual Differences in Second Language Acquisition. New Jersey: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates

Dornyei, Z. (ed.) Attitudes, Orientation and motivations in language learning, Blackwell

Dornyei, Z. & Csizer, K. (1998), 'Ten commandments for motivating language learners: results of an empirical study', Language Teaching Research, 2, 203-39

Dornyei, Z. & Kormos, J. (1998), -'Problem-solving mechanisms in L2 communication: a psycholinguistic perspective', SSLA 20, 3, 349-385

Dornyei, Z. & Schmidt, R. (eds) (2001), Motivation and Second Language Acquisition, Honolulu; University of Hawaii

Dornyei, Z. & Scott, M. (1997), 'Communication strategies in a second language: definitions and taxonomies', Language Learning, 47, 1, 173-210

Dornyei, Z. & Thurrell, S. (1991), 'Strategic competence and how to teach it', ELTJ, 45, 1, 16-23

Doron, E. (1983): On a formal model of code-switching. Texas Linguistic Forum, 22, 35-59.

Doughty, C. (1988). The effect of instruction on the acquisition of relativisation in English as a second language. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Pennsylvania.

Doughty, C. (1991), -'Second language instruction does make a difference', Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 13, 431-469

Doughty, C. (1994). Fine-tuning of feedback by competent speakers to language learners. In J. Alatis (Ed.), G URT 1993: Strategic interaction and language acquisition (pp. 96-108). Washington, DC: Georgetown University Press.

Doughty, C. (1998). Acquiring competence in a second language: Form and function. In H. Byrnes (Ed.), Learning foreign and second languages:

Doughty, C. & Long, M. (2003), Handbook of second language acquisition, Oxford; Blackwell

Doughty, C. & Pica, T. 1986. Information gap tasks: do they facilitate second language acquisition? TESOL Quarterly 20:305-325

Doughty, C. & Williams, J. (eds.) (1998) Focus on Form in Classroom Second Lang-uage Acquisition, CUP

Doughty, C.J., & Long, M.H. (2003) 'Optimal psycholinguistic environments for distance foreign language learning' Language Learning & Technology Vol. 7, 3 pp 50-80

Doyle, A., Champagne, M. & Segalowitz, N. 1978, Some issues on the assessment of linguistic consequences of early bilingualism. Working Papers in Bilingualism, 14, 21-30.

Doyle, A., Champagne, M. & Segalowitz, N. 1978. Some issues on the assessment of linguistic consequences of early bilingualism. In M. Paradis (ed) Aspects of Bilingualism, 13-20, Columbia: Hornbeam Press

Doyle, T. & Meara, P. (1991), Li?ng?o: how to learn a language, BBC, London

Dpke, S. (1992), -'A bilingual child's struggle to comply with the -'one parent-'"one language' rule', J. Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 13, 467-85

Dpke, S. (1992), One Parent-'"One Language: An Interactional Approach, Amsterdam: John Benjamins

Dpke, S. (1998), Competing language structures: the acquisition of verb placement by bilingual German-English children. J. Child Lang., 25, 555-584

Dpke, S. (2000), -'Generation of and retraction from cross-linguistucally motivated structure in bilingual first language acquisition', Bilingualism, Language and Cognition, 3, 209-226

Dpke, S., McNamara, T.F. & Quinn, T.J. (1991), 'Pyscholinguistics aspects of bilingualism', in Liddicoat (ed.) Bilingualism and Bilingual Education, Melbourne: NLLA, 21-79

Dressler, W.U. & Dziubalska-Koaczyk, K.. 1994. Functional analysis in the study of second language acquisition. Functions of Language vol.1, 2: 201-228. Amsterdam: John Benjamins B.V.

Droop, M. & Verhoeven, L. (2003) Language proficiency and reading ability in first- and second-language learners. Reading Research Quarterly 38 (1), 78-103.

Drubig, B. 1970. Fehleranalyse im Bereich der Morphologie und Syntax (Error analysis in the domain of morphology and syntax). In PAKS 1970, no.5.

Druks, J., & Masterson, J. (2000). An object and action naming battery. Hove, England: Psychology Press.

Drum, P. & Konopak, B.C. 1987. Learning word meanings from written context. In M.G. McKeown & M.E. Curtis (Eds.) The Nature of Vocabulary Acquisition. Hillsdale, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum

Dubet, F. (1989) Immigrations; qu'en savons-nous? Un bilan des connaissances. La Documentation Franaise, 4887, Paris

Dufa, M. & Voeten, M.V. (1999), 'Native language literacy and phonological memory as prerequisites for learning English as a first language', Applied Psycholinguistics, 20, 329-348

Duff, P. & Polio, C. (1990). How much foreign language is there in the foreign language classroom? Modern Language Journal, 74, 154-166

Duff, P. 1986. Another look at interlanguage talk: taking task to task. In R. R. Day, ed. Talking to learn: conversation in second language acquisition, 147-181. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House.

Duff, P.A. 1991, Innovation in foreign language education: An evaluation of three Hungarian-English dual-language schools. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 12 (6), 459-476.

Duff, P.A. 1995: An ethnography of communication in immersion classrooms in Hungary TESOL Quarterly 29, 505-'"37.

Duff, P.A. 1996: Different languages, different practices: socialisation of discourse competence in dual-language school classrooms in Hungary In Bailey, K. M. & Nunan, D. (eds), Voices from the language classroom. Cambridge CUP, 407 33.

Duffield, N. & White, L. (1999), 'Assessing L2 knowledge of Spanish clitic placement: converging methodologies', Second Language Research, 15/2, 133-60

DuFon, M.A. 1994. Input and interaction in the acquisition of L1 pragmatic routines: Implications for second language acquisition. University of Hawaii Working Papers in ESL, 12:2, 39-79

Dufour, R. 1995. Sign language and bilingualism: modality implications for bilingual language representation. In: A. de Groot & J. Kroll (eds) Tutorials in Bilingualism Hillsdale, NJ.: Lawrence Erlbaum

Dufour. R,. & Kroll. J. F. (1995). Matching words to concepts in two languages: A rest of the concept mediation model of bilingual representation. Memory & Cognition. 23. 166-180.

Duíkova, L. 1969. On sources of error in foreign language learning. International Review of Applied Linguistics 4:11-36.

Duíkova, L. 1984, -'Similarity-'"an aid or hindrance in foreign language learning?, Folia Linguistica, 18, 103-115

Dulay, H. & Burt, M. (1973), Should we teach children syntax? Language Learning, 3: 245-57.

Dulay, H. & Burt, M. (1974), A new perspective on the creative construction process in child second language acquisition. Language Learning 24:253-78.

Dulay, H. & Burt, M. (1974), Natural sequences in child second language acquisition. Language Learning 24: 37-53.

Dulay, H. & Burt, M. (1974), You can't learn without goofing: an analysis of children's second language errors. In J. Richards (ed.), Error Analysis. London: Longman

Dulay, H. & Burt, M. (1975), A new approach to discovering universals of child second language acquisition. In D. Dato (ed.), 1975, Developmental Psycholinguistics (Monograph Series on Languages and Linguistics). Washington, D.C.: Georgetown University Press, 209-33.

Dulay, H. & Burt, M. (1975), Creative construction in second language learning and teaching. In M. Burt & H. C. Dulay (eds.), New Directions in Second Language Learning, Teaching, and Bilingual Education. Washington, D.C.: TESOL, 21-32.

Dulay, H. & Burt, M. (1977), Remarks on creativity in second language acquisition. In M. Burt; H. Dulay; & M. Finocchiaro (eds.), 1977, Viewpoints on English as a Second Language. New York: Regents, 95-126.

Dulay, H. & Burt, M. (1978), From research to method in bilingual education. In J. Alatis (ed.), 1978, International Dimensions of Bilingual Education, Washington, D.C.: Georgetown University Press, 551-75.

Dulay, H., Hernandez-Chavez, E. & Burt, M. (1978). The process of becoming bilingual. In S. Singh & J. Lynch (eds.), Diagnostic Procedures in Hearing. Speech and Language. Baltimore: University Park Press, 251-303.

Dulay, H.C. & Burt, M.K. (1972), Goofing: an indicator of children's second language learning strategies. Language Learning 22:235-52.

Dulay, H.C. & Burt, M.K. (1974), Errors and strategies in child second language acquisition. TESOL Quarterly 8:129-36.

Dulay, H.C. & Burt, M.K. (1978), 'Some remarks on creativity in language acquisition', in Ritchie, W.C. (ed.), Second Language Acquisition Research, Academic, New York, 65-86

Dulay, H.C. & Burt, M.K. (1978), Why Bilingual Education? A Summary of Research Findings (2nd edn). San Francisco: Bloomsbury West.

Dulay, H.C. & Burt, M.K. (1979), Bilingual education: A close look at its effects. Focus No.1.

Dulay, H.C. & Burt, M.K. (1980), 'On acquisition orders', in S. Felix (ed.), Second Language Development: Trends and Issues, Narr, Tbingen

Dulay, H.C., Burt, M. & Krashen, S. (1982), Language Two, Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Duncan, D.M. 1989. Working with Bilingual Language Disability. London: Chapman and Hall.

Duncan, S.E. & De Avila, E.A. 1979, Bilingualism and cognition: Some recent findings. NABE Journal 4 (1), 15-50.

Dunkel, H.B. (1948), Second Language Learning, Boston: Ginn

Dunkel, P.A. (1991), Listening in the native and second/foreign language: toward an integration of research and practice. TESOL Quarterly, 25, 3, 431-457

Dunkin, M. & Biddle, B.. 1974, The Study of Teaching. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.

Dunn, W., & Lantolf, J P. (1998). Vygotsky's zone of proximal development and Krashen's i+1. Language Learning, 48, 411-442.

duPlessis, J., Solin, D., Travis, L. & White, L. (1987), 'UG or not UG, that is the question: a reply to Clahsen & Muysken', Second Language Research, 3, 1, 56 75

Dupoux, E., Kakehi, K., Hirose, Y., Pallier, C., & Mehler, J. (1999). Epenthetic vowels in Japanese: A perceptual illusion? Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 25, 1568-1578.

Dupuy, B. & Krashen, S. (1993), Incidental vocabulary acquisition in French as a foreign language. Applied Language Learning 1-2, 5 5-64

Dupuy, H.J. 1974. The rationale, development and standardisation of a basic word vocabulary test. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Government Printing Office.

Durga, R. (1987), 'Bilingualism and interlingual interference', J. Cross-cultural Psychology, 9, 4, 401-415

Durgunoglu, A. & Hancin, B. (1992), -'An overview of cross-linguistic transfer in bilingual reading', in Harris (ed.), 391-411

Durgunoglu, A. Y. & Verhoeven, L. (1998) Epilogue: Multilingualism and literacy development across different cultures. In A. Y. Durgunoglu & L. Verhoeven (Eds.). Literacy development in a multilingual context: Cross-cultural perspectives (pp. 289-298). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Durgunoglu, A.Y. (1995), 'Bilingual reading: its components, development and other issues' in: A. de Groot and J. Kroll (eds) Tutorials in Bilingualism Hillsdale, NJ.: Lawrence Erlbaum

Durgunoglu, A.Y. & Roediger, H.L. (1987), 'Test differences in accessing bilingual memory', J. Mem. and Lang., 26, 377-391

Durgunoglu, A.Y., Mir, M., & Ario-Mart-, S. (1993a). Effects of repeated readings on bilingual and monolingual memory for text. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 18, 294-317.

Durgunoglu, A.Y., Nagy, W.E. & Hancin Bhatt, B.J. (1993), 'Cross language transfer of phonological awareness'. Journal of Educational Psychology; 1993 Sep Vol. 85(3) 453 to 465

Dussias, P. (2001), 'Sentence parsing in fluent Spanish-English bilinguals' in Nicol (ed) 159-176

Dussias, P. (2003). Syntactic ambiguity resolution in second language learners: Some effects of bilinguality on L1 and L2 processing strategies. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 25, 529-557.

Dussias, P. (2004). Parsing a first language like a second: The erosion of L1 parsing strategies in Spanish-English bilinguals. International Journal of Bilingualism, 8, 355-371.

Dussias, P. E., & Cramer Scaltz, T. R. (2008). Spanish-English L2 speakers' use of subcategorization bias information in the resolution of temporary ambiguity during second language reading. Acta Psychologica, 128, 501-513.

Dussias, P. E., & Cramer, T. R. (2006). The role of L1 verb bias in L2 sentence parsing. In D. Bamman, T. Magnitskaia, & C. Zaller (Eds.), BUCLD 30 Proceedings (pp. 166-177). Somerville, MA: Cascadilla Press.

Dussias, P. E., & Sagarra, N. (2007). The effect of exposure on syntactic parsing in Spanish-English bilinguals. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 10, 101-116.

Dussias, P. G. (2006). Understanding sentences in two languages. Rovereto Workshop on Bilingualism, Sep 28- Oct 1, Rovereto, Italy.

Duyck, W., & Brysbaert, M. (2004). Forward and backward number translation requires conceptual mediation in both balanced and unbalanced bilinguals. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 30, 889-906.

Duyck, W., & Brysbaert, M. (2008). Semantic access in number word translation. Experimental Psychology, 55, 102-112.

Duyck, W., Diependaele, K., Drieghe, D., & Brysbaert, M. (2004). The size of the cross-lingual masked phonological priming effect does not depend on second language proficiency. Experimental Psychology, 51, 1-9.

Duyck, W., Van Assche, E., Drieghe, D., & Hartsuiker, R. J. (2007). Visual word recognition by bilinguals in a sentence context: Evidence for non-selective access. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 33, 663-679.

Dyck, N. (ed.) (1984): Indigenous peoples and the nation-state: Fourth World politics in Canada, Australia and Norway. St John's: Institute of Social and Economic Research, Memorial University of Newfoundland.

Dyer, F.N. (1971), -'Colour-naming interference in monolinguals and bilinguals', JVLVB, 10, 297-302

Dziubalska-Koaczyk, K. 1990. A Theory of Second Language Acquisition within the Framework of Natural Phonology: a Polish-English Contrastive Study. Poznan: Adam Mickiewicz University Press

Eades, D. (2005). Applied linguistics and language analysis in asylum seeker cases. Applied Linguistics, 26, 503-526.

Eastman, C. (1992) (ed.) Code-switching, special issue, Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 13 (1 & 2).

Eastman, C.M. 1983, Language Planning: An Introduction. San Francisco: Chandler & Sharp.

Eastman, C.M. 1992, Codeswitching as an urban language contact phenomenon. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 13 (l&2), 1-17.

Ecke, P. (2001). Lexical retrieval in a third language: Evidence from errors and tip-of-the-tongue states. In J. Cenoz, B. Hufeisen, & U. Jessner (Eds.), Cross-linguistic influence in third language acquisition: Psycholinguistic perspectives (pp. 90-114). Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters.

Ecke, P. (2004). Language attrition and theories of forgetting: A cross-disciplinary review. International Journal of Bilingualism, 8, 321-354.

Ecke, P., & Hall, C.J. (2000). Lexikalische Fehler in Deutsch als Drittsprache: Translexikalischer Einfluss auf 3 Ebenen der mentalen Reprñsentation. Deutsch als Fremdsprache, 1, 31-37.

Eckerth, J. (2008) 'Investigating consciousness-raising tasks: pedagogically targeted and non-targeted learning gains', International Journal of Applied Linguistics, 18, (2), pp. 119-145

Eckman, F. & Iverson, G. (1993). Sonority and markedness among onset clusters in the interlanguage of ESL learners. Second Language Research, 9(3), 234-'"252.

Eckman, F. & Iverson, G. (1997). Structure preservation in interlanguage phonology. In S. J. Hannahs & M. Young-Scholten (Eds.). Current issues in the acquisition of phonology, Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Eckman, F. 1981. 'On the naturalness of interlanguage phonological rules'. Language Learning 31:195-216.

Eckman, F. 1984. 'Universals, typologies and interlanguage' in Rutherford (ed.) 1984a.

Eckman, F. 1985. 'Some theoretical and pedagogical implications of the markedness differential hypothesis'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 7: 289-307.

Eckman, F. 1987 "The reduction of word-final consonant clusters in interlanguage", in: James & Leather (eds.), 143-162.

Eckman, F. 1991. 'The structural conformity hypothesis and the acquisition of consonant clusters in the interlanguage of ESL learners'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 13: 23-41

Eckman, F. 1994, -'Local and long-distance anaphora in second language acquisition', in Tarone et al (eds.)

Eckman, F. 1996. On evaluating arguments for special nativism in second language acquisition research theory. Second Language Research, 12, 4, 398-491

Eckman, F.R. (1981). On predicting phonological difficulty in second language acquisition. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 4, 18--30

Eckman, F.R. (1988), 'Typological and parametric views of universals in second language acquisition', in Flynn & O'Neil (1988)

Eckman, F.R. (2004). From phonemic differences to constraint rankings. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 26, 513-549.

Eckman, F.R. & Hastings, A.J. (eds.) (1979), Studies in First and Second Language Acquisition, Newbury House

Eckman, F.R. 1977 Markedness and the contrastive analysis hypothesis. Language Learning 27: 315-30

Eckman, F.R., Bell, L. & Nelson, D. (1988), 'On the generalisation of relative clause instruction in the acquisition of English as a Second Language', Applied Linguistics, 9, 1, 1-20

Eckman, F.R., Bell, L.W. & Nelson, D. (eds.) 1984. Universals of Second Language Acquisition. Rowley, Massachusetts: Newbury House,

Eckman, F.R., Elreyes, A. & Iverson, G.K. (2003). Some principles of second language phonology. Second Language Research, 19, 169-208.

Eckman, F.R., Highland, D., Lee, P.W., Mileham, J. & Weber, R.R. (eds) (1995), Second Language Acquisition Theory and Pedagogy, Lawrence Erlbaum, Mahwah, New Jersey

Eckman, F.R., Moravscik, E. & Wirth, J. (1989), -'Implicational universals and interrogatives in the interlanguage of ESL learners', Language Learning, 39, 173-205

Eckstrand, L. (1978), 'Age and length of residence as variables related to the adjustment of migrant children with special reference to second language learning', in G. Nickel (ed.), Proceedings of the Fourth International Congress of Applied Linguistics, Stuttgart, Hochschulverlag, 3,179-197

Eckstrand, L. (1978), 'English with a book revisited: the effect of age on second language acquisition in formal settings', Didakomatry, 60

Edelman, M. (1969): The contextualisation of schoolchildren's bilingualism. Modern Language Journal, 53, 179-82.

Edelsky, C. 1982 Writing in a Bilingual Program. The relation of L1 and L2 texts. TESOL Quarterly, 16,211 - 228.

Edelsky, C., Altwerger, F., Barkin, B., Flores, S., Hudelson, S. & Jilbert, K. (1983): Semilingualism and language deficit. Applied Linguistics, 4, 1-22.

Edge, B.A. (1991). The production of word-final voiced obstruents in English by L1 speakers of Japanese and Cantonese. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 13, 377-393

Edge, J 1993 'The dance of Shiva and the linguistics of relativity ' Applied Linguistics 14/1 43-55

Edmondson, W. & House, J. 1991. 'Do learners talk too much? The waffle phenomenon in interlanguage pragmatics' in Phillipson et al. (eds.) 1991.

Edmondson, W. 1985. 'Discourse worlds in the classroom and in foreign language'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 7:159-68.

Edmondson, W.J. 1980. Some problems concerning the evaluation of foreign language classroom discourse. Applied Linguistics 1:271-287.

Edstrom, A. (2006) -'L1 Use in the L2 Classroom: One Teacher's Self Evaluation', The Canadian Modern Language Review, vol. 63, no. 2, pp. 275-292

Edwards, G. 1977. Second language retention in the Canadian Public Service. Ottowa: Public Service Commission of Canada.

Edwards, J. (1984), 'Irish: planning and preservation'. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Developments: 267-75.

Edwards, J. (1985), Language, Society and Identity. Oxford: Blackwell.

Edwards, J. (1994), Multilingualism, Routledge, London. Reprinted in Penguin, 1995

Edwards, J. 2007. Societal Multilingualism: Reality, recognition and response. In Handbook of Multilingualism and Multilingual Communication, P. Auer & Li Wei (eds), 447--467. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.

Edwards, J. 2010. Minority Languages and Group Identity: Cases and Categories [IMPACT: Studies in Language and Society 27]. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Edwards, J.R. (1981): The context of bilingual education. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Education, 2, 25-45.

Edwards, M. & Shriberg, L. (1983): Phonology. Applications and communicative disorders, San Diego.

Edwards, S., Bastiaanse, R. & Kiss, K.1994 Fluent aphasia and grammatical complexity in three languages. Brain and Language, 47, 414-416.

Edwards, V. (1983), Language in Multicultural Classrooms, Batsford

Edwards, V. (1986), Language in a black community. Clevedon, Avon: Multilingual Matters.

Edwards, V. & Redfern, A. 1992, The World in a Classroom: Language in Education in Britain and Canada. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

EEC (1977): Directive of the Council of the European Community on the education of the children of migrant workers. (77/486/EEC). Brussels.

effects, age of arrival and amount of exposure in second language learning: A study

Egbert, M. (2002). Der Reparatur-Mechanismus in deutschen und interkulturellen Gesprñchen [The repair mechanism in German and intercultural conversation]. Habilitation: University of Oldenburg.

Egbert, M., Niebecker, L., & Rezzara, S. (2004). Inside first and second language speakers' trouble in understanding. In R. Gardner & J. Wagner (Eds.), Second language conversations (pp. 178-200). London: Continuum

Egner, T., & Hirsch, J. (2005). Cognitive control mechanisms resolve conflict through cortical amplification of task-relevant information. Nature Neuroscience, 8, 1784-1790.

Ehri, L.C. & Ryan, E.B. (1980), -'Performance of bilinguals in a picture-word interference task', Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 9, 285-302

Ehrich, V. 1979. Wohnraumbeschreibungen. Sprache und Kontakt ed. by W. Klein, 58-83. Gttingen: Vandenhoek & Ruprecht.

Ehrlich, S. (1997) Gender as Social Practice: Implications for Second Language Acquisition. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 19, 421-446.

Ehrlich, S., Avery, P. & Yorio, C. 1989. 'Discourse structure and the negotiation of comprehensible input'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 11: 397-414.

Ehrman, M. & Oxford, R. (1995), 'Cognition plus: correlates of language learning success', Modern language Journal, 79, 67-89

Ehrman, M. & Oxford, R. 1989. 'Effects of sex differences, career choice, and psychological type on adult language learning strategies'. Modern Language Journal 73: 1-13.

Ehrman, M. 1990. 'The role of personality type in adult language learning: an ongoing investigation' in Parry & Stansfield (eds.) 1990.

EISEMAN, TO., PROUTY, R. & SCHWILLE, J. 1989, What language should be used for teaching? Language policy and school reform in Burundi. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 10 (6), 473-497.

Eisenstein, M. & Bodman, J. 1986.' "I very appreciate": expressions of gratitude by native and non-native speakers of American English'. Applied Linguistics 7:167-85.

Eisenstein, M. & Bodman, J. 1993, Expressing gratitude in American English. In: Kasper, G. & Blum-Kulka. S. (eds.). Interlanguage Pragmatics. New York: OUP, 64-81.

Eisenstein, M. & Verdi, G. 1985. 'The intelligibility of social dialects for working-class adult learners of English'. Language Learning 35: 287-98.

Eisenstein, M. 1980. 'Grammatical explanations in ESL: Teach the student, not the method'. TESL Talk 11:3-13.

Eisenstein, M. 1980. Childhood bilingualism and adult language learning aptitude. International Review of Applied Psychology 29:159-172.

Eisenstein, M. 1982. 'A study of social variation in adult second language acquisition'. Language Learning 32: 367-92.

Eisenstein, M. 1983. 'Native reactions to non-native speech: a review of empirical research'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 5:160-76.

Eisenstein, M., Bailey, N. & Madden, C. 1982. 'It takes two: contrasting tasks and contrasting structures . TESOL Quarterly 16: 381-93.

Eisenstein, M.R. (ed.) 1989. The Dynamic Interlanguage: Empirical Studies in Second Language Variation. Plenum, New York. ho

Ekstrand, L. 1977. 'Social and individual frame factors in L2 learning: comparative aspects' in Skuttnab-Kangas (ed.) 1977.

Eldridge, J. (1996), 'Code-switching in a Turkish secondary school', ELTJ, 40, 4, 303-11

Elhelou, M.-W. (1994). Arab children's use of the keyword method to learn English vocabulary. Educational Research, 36, 295-302.

Elias-Olivares, L. (1976): Ways of speaking in a Chicano community: a sociolinguistic approach. PhD thesis. University of Texas.

Elks, R. 1993 'The structural syllabus and second language acquisition' TESOL Quarterly 27 91-113

Elley, W. (1991) Acquiring literacy in a second language: The effect of book-based programs. Language Learning 41 (3), 375-411.

Elley, W. & Mangubhai, F. (1983), -'The impact of reading on second language learning', Reading Research Quarterly, 19, 53-67

Elley, W.B. 1981. The role of reading in bilingual contexts. In Comprehension and Teaching: Research Reviews, ed. John T. Guthrie Newark, Del.: International Reading Association. p. 227-254

Elley, W.B. 1984. Exploring the reading difficulties of second language learners in Fiji. In J.C. Alderson & A. Urquhart (eds.), Reading in a second language, New York: Longman 281-301

Elliot, J.M. (1992), -'Forward digits span and articulation speed for Malay, English, and two Chinese dialects', Perceptual and Motor Skills, 74, 291-295

Elliott, A. (1995), -'Field independence/dependence, hemispheric specialisation and attitude in relation to pronunciation accuracy in Spanish as a second language', Modern Language Journal, 79, 356-371

Ellis, A. W., & Lambon Ralph, M. A. (2000). Age of acquisition effects in adult lexical processing reflect loss of plasticity in maturing systems: Insights from connectionist networks. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 26, 1103-1123.

Ellis, E. M. (2005). The invisible multilingual teacher: The contribution of language background to Australian ESL teachers' professional knowledge and beliefs. International Journal of Multilingualism 1.2, 90--108.

Ellis, G. & Sinclair, B. 1989. Learning to Learn English: a Course in Learner Training. Cambridge: CUP.

Ellis, N. (1992). Linguistic relativity revisited: the bilingual word length effect in working memory. In R.J. Harris (ed.), Cognitive Processing in Bilinguals. Amsterdam: Elsevier, 137-155

Ellis, N. (1993), -'Rules and instances in foreign language learning: interactions of explicit and implicit knowledge', European Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 5, 289-318

Ellis, N. (1994), -'Consciousness in second language learning: psychological perspectives on the role of conscious processes in vocabulary acquisition', AILA Review, 11, 37-56

Ellis, N. (1996), 'Analysing language sequence in the sequence of language acquisition': some comments on Major & Ioup', SSLA, 18, 361-36

Ellis, N. (1997), -'Sequencing in SLA: phonological memory, chunking and points of order', Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 18, 91-126

Ellis, N. (2005). At the interface: Dynamic interactions of explicit and implicit language knowledge. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 27, 305-352.

Ellis, N. & Beaton, A. (1993), -'Psycholinguistic determinants of foreign language vocabulary learning', Language Learning, 43, 533-338

Ellis, N. & Beaton, A. (1993). Factors affecting the learning of foreign language vocabulary imagery keyword mediators and phonological short-term memory. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 46A, 533-558

Ellis, N. & Henelley, R.A. (1980). A bilingual word-length effect: implications for intelligence testing and the relative ease of mental calculation in Welsh and English. British Journal of Psychology, 71, 43-52

Ellis, N. & Schmidt, R. 1997 'Morphology and longer distance dependencies: laboratory research illuminating the A in SLA'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 19, 145 171.

Ellis, N. C. (1995) 'Consciousness in second language acquisition: A review of field studies and laboratory experiments' Language Awareness Vol. 4, 3 pp 123-146

Ellis, N. C. (1995). The psychology of foreign language vocabulary acquisition: Implications for CALL. Computer Assisted Language Learning, 8, 103-128.

Ellis, N. C. (1998). Emergentism, connectionism and language learning. Language Learning 48, 631--664.

Ellis, N. C. (2006). Selective attention and transfer phenomena in L2 acquisition: contingency, cue competition, salience, interference, overshadowing, blocking and perceptual learning. Applied Linguistics, 27, 164-194.

Ellis, N. C. & D. Larsen-Freeman (2006). Language emergence: Implications for applied linguistics. Applied Linguistics 27.4, whole issue.

Ellis, N. C., & Sinclair, S. G. (1996). Working memory in the acquisition of vocabulary and syntax: Putting language in good order. The Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 49A, 234-250.

Ellis, N., & Beaton, A. (1993a). Factors affecting the learning of foreign language vocabulary: Imagery keyword mediators and phonological short-term memory. The Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 46A, 533-558.

Ellis, N.C. (2001). Memory for language. In P. Robinson (Ed.). Cognition and second language instruction (pp. 33-68). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Ellis, N.C. 1994. Implicit and explicit processes in language acquisition: An introduction. In N.C. Ellis (Ed.), Implicit and explicit learning of languages (pp. 1--32). San Diego, CA: Academic Press.

Ellis, N.C. 2000. Frequency effects in language acquisition. Paper presented at the American Association for Applied Linguistics annual conference, Vancouver, 12 March.

Ellis, N.C. 2002. Frequency effects in language processing. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 24: 143--188.

Ellis, N.C. 2006. Cognitive perspectives on SLA: The associative-cognitive CREED. AILA Review, 19: 100--121.

Ellis, N.C. 2008. The dynamics of second language emergence: Cycles of language use, language change, and language acquisition. The Modern Language Journal, 92: 232--249.

Ellis, R, (ed.) 1991 Second language acquisition and language pedagogy. Multilingual Matters

Ellis, R. (1980), 'Classroom interaction and its relation to second language learning'. RELC Journal 11:29-48.

Ellis, R. (1982), 'The origins of interlanguage'. Applied Linguistics 3:207-23.

Ellis, R. (1984), 'Formulaic speech in early classroom second language development' in Handscombe et al. (eds.) 1984.

Ellis, R. (1984), Can syntax be taught?: a study of the effects of formal instruction on the acquisition of Wh-questions by children. Applied Linguistics 52: 138-55

Ellis, R. (1984), Classroom Second Language Development. Oxford: Pergamon.

Ellis, R. (1985), 'Sources of variability in interlanguage', Applied Linguistics, 6/2, 118-131

Ellis, R. (1985), 'The L2=L1 Hypothesis: a reconsideration'. System 13: 9-24.

Ellis, R. (1985), Teacher-pupil interaction in second-language development. In Gass & Madden 1985.

Ellis, R. (1985), Understanding second language acquisition, OUP

Ellis, R. (1986), Classroom Second Language Development, Oxford: Pergamon

Ellis, R. (1987), 'Contextual variability in second language acquisition and the relevancy of language teaching' in Ellis (ed.) 1987

Ellis, R. (1987), 'Interlanguage variability in narrative discourse: style-shifting in the use of the past tense'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 9:1-20.

Ellis, R. (1988), 'The role of practice in classroom language learning'. AILA Review 5:20-39.

Ellis, R. (1988), The effects of linguistic environment on the second language acquisition of grammatical rules. Applied Linguistics 9: 257-74

Ellis, R. (1989), 'Are classroom and naturalistic acquisition the same? A study of the classroom acquisition of German word order rules'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 11:305-28.

Ellis, R. (1989), 'Classroom learning styles and their effect on second language acquisition: a study of two learners'. System 17:249-62.

Ellis, R. (1989), 'Sources of intra-learner variability in language use and their relationship to second language acquisition' in Gass et al. (eds.) 1989.

Ellis, R. (1990), 'A response to Gregg', Applied Linguistics, 11, 4, , 384-391

Ellis, R. (1990), 'Grammaticality judgements and learner variability' in Burmeister & Rounds (eds.) 1990.

Ellis, R. (1990), 'Individual learning styles in classroom second language development' in de Jong & Stevenson (eds.) 1990.

Ellis, R. (1990), Instructed Second Language Acquisition, Blackwell, Oxford

Ellis, R. (1991), 'Grammar teaching-practice or consciousness-raising' in R. Ellis. (ed.) Second Language Acquisition and Second Language Pedagogy. Clevedon, Avon: Multilingual Matters.

Ellis, R. (1991), 'Grammaticality judgments and second language acquisition', Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 13, 161-186

Ellis, R. (1991), 'The interaction hypothesis: a critical evaluation' in Sadrono (ed.) 1991.

Ellis, R. (1992), 'Learning to communicate in the classroom'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 14:1-23.

Ellis, R. (1992), 'On the relationship between formal practice and second language acquisition'. Die Neueren Sprachen 91:131-47.

Ellis, R. (1993), 'Interpretation-based grammar teaching'. System 21:69-78.

Ellis, R. (1993), 'Second language acquisition and the structural syllabus'. TESOL Quarterly, 27:91-113

Ellis, R. (1994), The Study of Second Language Acquisition, OUP

Ellis, R. (1995), 'Appraising second language acquisition theory in relation to language pedagogy', in G. Cook & B. Seidlhofer (eds.), Principles and Practice in Applied Linguistics, OUP

Ellis, R. (1996), -'SLA and language pedagogy', Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 19, 69-92

Ellis, R. (1997). SLA and language pedagogy: An educational perspective. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 19, 69-92.

Ellis, R. (2001), 'Investigating form-focused instruction', Language Learning, 51, 1-46

Ellis, R. (2003), Task-based Language Learning and Teaching, Oxford: OUP

Ellis, R. (ed.) (1987), Second language Acquisition in Context. Prentice-Hall, London

Ellis, R. (ed.) (2001), Form-focussed instruction and second language learning, Blackwell

Ellis, R. & Rathbone, M. 1987. The Acquisition of German in a Classroom Context. Mimeograph. London: Ealing College of Higher Education.

Ellis, R. & Roberts, C. (1987), 'Two approaches for investigating second language acquisition', in Ellis, R. (ed.), Second Language Acquisition in Context, Oxford, Pergamon

Ellis, R. & Wells, G. 1980. 'Enabling factors in adult-child discourse'. First Language 1:46-82.

Ellis, R. 1997. SLA Research and Language Teaching. OUP, Oxford

Ellis, R. 1999. 'Input-based approaches to teaching grammar and review of classroom oriented research', Annual Review of Applied Linguistics, 19, 64-80

Ellis, R. 2005. Principles of instructed language learning. System, 33: 209--224.

Ellis, R., Basturkmen, H., & Loewen, S. (2001). Pre-emptive focus on form in the ESL classroom. TESOL Quarterly, 35(3), 407-432.

Ellis, R., Basturkmen, H., and Loewen. S. (2001). Learner uptake in communicative ESL lessons. Language Learning, 51(2), 281-318.

Ellis, R., Loewen, S. and Basturkmen, H. (2006) 'Disentangling focus on form: a response to Sheen and O'Neill (2005)', Applied Linguistics, 27, (1), pp. 135-141.

Ellis, R., Tanaka, Y. & Yamazaki, A. (1994), -'Classroom interaction, comprehension and the acquisition of L2 word meanings', Language Learning, 44, 3, 449-491

Ellul, S. (1978): A Case Study in Bilingualism: Code-switching between parents and their pre-school children in Malta. St Albans: The Campfield Press.

ElMalik, A. T., & Nesi, H. (2008). Publishing research in a second language: The case of Sudanese contributors to international medical journals. Journal of English for Academic Purposes, 7(2), 87-96.

Elman, J., Diehl, R. & Buchwald, S. (1977). Perceptual switching in bilinguals. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 62, 971-974

Elston-Gttler, K. E., Gunter, T. C., & Kotz, S. A. (2005). Zooming into L2: Global language context and adjustment affect processing of interlingual homographs in sentences. Cognitive Brain Research, 25, 577-70.

Elwert, W.T. (1959): Das Zweisprachige Individuum: Ein Selbstzeugnis. Abhandlungen der Geistes- und Sozialwissenschaftlichen Klasse, Nr. 6, 265-344. Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner Verlag.

Ely, C. 1986. 'Language learning motivation: a descriptive and causal analysis'. Modern Language Journal 70: 28-35.

Ely, C. 1986. An analysis of discomfort, risk-taking, sociability, and motivation in the L2 classroom'. Language Learning 36:1-25.

Ely, C.M. (1989) "Tolerance of Ambiguity and Use of Second Language Strategies." Foreign Language Annals; 22, 5, 437-45

Emeneau, M. (1956): India as a linguistic area. Language, 32, 3-16.

Emery, H. (1997) Four types of misspelled words: an analysis of Arab spelling errors in technical English writing. 1997. Al-Ain: Al-Ain Modern Printing

Emmorey, K., Bellugi, U., Friederici, A., & Horn, P. (1995). Effects of age of acquisition on grammatical sensitivity: Evidence from on-line and off-line tasks. Applied Psycholinguistics, 16, 1-23.

Emmorey, K., Bellugi, U., Friederici, A., & Horn, P. (1995). Effects of age of Essex.

Emmorey, K., Borinstein, H. B., Thompson, R., & Gollan, T. H. (2008). Bimodal bilingualism. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 11, 43-61.

Emmorey, K., Grabowski, T., McCullough, S., Ponto, L., Hichwa, R., & Damasio, H. (2005). The neural correlates of spatial language in English and American Sign Language: A PET study with hearing bilinguals. NeuroImage, 24, 832-840.

Emmorey, K., Luk, G., Pyers, J. E., & Bialystok, E. (2008). The source of enhanced cognitive control in bilinguals: Evidence from bimodal bilinguals. Psychological Science, 19, 1201-1206.

Engel, D. & Whitehead M.R. 1993, More first words: a comparative study of bilingual siblings. Early Years. 14,1, 27-35.

Enomoto, K., & Nishihara, T. 1995. The universality of the VOT value of interlanguage Kansai gaikokugo daigaku kenkyuuronshuu, 61, 1-8.

Enright, D. 1984. 'The organisation of interaction in elementary classrooms' in J. Handscombe, R. A. Orem, & B. P. Taylor, eds. On TESOL: the question of control, 23-38. Washington, D.C.: TESOL.

Epstein, I. (1915). La pense et la polyglossie: Essai psychologique et didactique. Lausanne: Librarie Payot et Cie.

Epstein, I. 1915. La pense et la polyglossie. Lausanne: Payot.

Epstein, N. 1977. Language, Ethnicity and the Schools. Washington D.C.: Institute for Educational Leadership

Epstein, S.D., Flynn, S. & Martahardjono, G. (1996), -'Second language acquisition: theoretical and experimental issues in contemporary research', Brain and Behavioral Sciences, 19,4, 746-752

Epstein, S.D., Flynn, S. & Martahardjono, G. (1998). -'The strong continuity hypothesis: Some evidence concerning functional categories in adult L2 acquisition', in Flynn, S., Martohardjono, G. & O'Neil, W. (eds) The Generative Study of Second Language Acquisition, Erlbaum, 61-77

Erickson, F. & Mohatt, G. 1982. 'Cultural organisation of participation structures in two classrooms of Indian students' in Spindler (ed.) 1982.

Erickson, F. & Schultz, J. 1982. The Counsellor as Gatekeeper: Social Interaction in Interviews. New York: Academic Press.

Erickson, F. 1977. Some approaches to inquiry in school-community ethnography. Anthropology and Education Quarterly 8:58-69.

Eriksson, A. & Wijk-Andersson, E. (1988): Swedish nouns and articles in German. and Polish Students' Swedish Writing. FUMS Rapport 141. Institute of Nordic Languages, University of Uppsala.

Ervin-Tripp, S. (1954, reprinted in 1973). Identification and bilingualism. In Language acquisition and communicative choice, ed. A. Dil. Stanford: Stanford University Press, 1-14

Ervin-Tripp, S. (1964): An analysis of the interaction of language, topic and listener. American Anthropologist, 66, 86-102.

Ervin-Tripp, S. (1964): Language and TAT content in bilinguals. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 68, 500-7. Reprinted in Language acquisition and communicative choice, ed. A. Dil. (1973) Stanford: Stanford University Press, 1-14

Ervin-Tripp, S. (1967, reprinted in 1973). An Issei learns English. In A. Dil (ed.), Language acquisition and communicative choice. Essays by Susan M. Ervin-Tripp, pp. 62-77. Stanford: Stanford University Press.

Ervin-Tripp, S. (1968). An analysis of the interaction of language, topic and listener. In Readings in the sociology of language, ed. J. Fishman. The Hague: Mouton.

Ervin-Tripp, S. (1970). Structure and process in language acquisition. Monograph Series on Language and Linguistics 23:313-344.

Ervin-Tripp, S. (1973). Some strategies for the first two years. In A. Dil (ed.), Language Acquisition and Communicative Choice. Stanford, Cal.: Stanford University Press.

Ervin-Tripp, S. (1974), Is second language learning like the first? TESOL Quarterly, 8:111-27.

Ervin-Tripp, S., Strage, A., Lampert, M. & Bell, N. 1987. 'Understanding requests'. Linguistics 25:107-43

Ervin, G. 1979. Communication strategies employed by American students of Russian. Modern Language Journal 63: 329-34

Ervin, S. (1961): Semantic shift in bilingualism. American Journal of Psychology, 74, 233-41. Reprinted in Language acquisition and communicative choice, ed. A. Dil. (1973) Stanford: Stanford University Press, 1-14

Ervin, S. & Osgood, C. (1954), Second language learning and bilingualism. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology Supplement, 49, 139-46.

Ervin, S.M. 1961 Learning and recall in bilinguals. American Journal of Psychology, 74, 446-45 1 .

Escamilla, A., L. Chavez & P. Vigil (2005). Rethinking the -'Gap': High stakes testing and Spanish-speaking students in Colorado. Journal of Teacher Education 56.2, 132--144.

Escudero, P. (2007). Multilingual sound perception and word recognition. Stem, Spraak en Taalpathologie, 15, 93-103.

Esling, J. & Wong, R. (1983). Voice quality settings and the teaching of pronunciation. TESOL Quarterly 17, 89-95.

Espinosa, A. 1917. Speech mixture in New Mexico: the influence of the English language on New Mexican Spanish. In H. M. Stephens & H. E. Bolton (eds.), The Pacific Ocean in History. Published by the authors, 408-28. Reprinted in E. Hernandes-Chavez, E. Cohen, & A. Beltramo (eds.), 1975. El Lenguaje de los Chicanos: Regional and Social Characteristics of Language Used by Mexican Americans. Arlington, Va.: Center for Applied Linguistics, 99114.

Eubank, L. (1987), 'The acquisition of German negation by formal language learners', in VanPatten, B., Dvorak, T., & Lee, J. (eds.)., Foreign Language Learning: A Research Perspective, Newbury House, Rowley, Mass., 33-51

Eubank, L. (1989), 'Parameters in L2 learning: Flynn revisited', Second Language Research, 5, 1, 43-73

Eubank, L. (1990), 'Linguistic theory and the acquisition of German negation' in VanPatten & Lee (eds.) 1990.

Eubank, L. (1990), 'The acquisition of German negation by formal language learners', in VanPatten (ed.) (1990)

Eubank, L. (1992), 'Verb movement, agreement, and tense in L2 acquisition', in Meisel (ed.), 109-138

Eubank, L. (1993/94), On the transfer of parametric values in L2 development. Language Acquisition, 3, 184-208.

Eubank, L. (1994), 'Optionality and the initial state in L2 development', in Hoekstra, T. & Schwartz, B.D. (eds.), 369-388

Eubank, L. (1996), Negation in early German-English interlanguage: More Valueless Features in the L2 initial state. Second Language Research, 12, 73-106.

Eubank, L. (ed.) (1991), Point Counterpoint: Universal Grammar in the Second Language, Benjamins, Amsterdam

Evans, I. & Townsendsen, J. 1979. Another view on the bilingual Stroop test. Polyglot. 1, 2, E13-G5.

Evans, J. Workman, L., Mayer, P. & Crowley, K. (2002), 'Differential bilingual laterality: mythical monster found in Wales', Brain and Language, 83, 2, 291-299

Evans, M. (1987), "Linguistic Accommodation in a Bilingual Family: One Perspective on the Language Acquisition of a Bilingual Child Being Raised in a Monolingual Community." Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development; 8, 231-35

Evans, P.J.A. (1984): Meaningful assessment: Writing, the English program and the writing folder. Field Development Newsletter (Ontario Institute for Studies in Education), 14/5, 1-10.

Everett, D.L. (2005), -'Cultural constraints on grammar and cognition in Pirah', Current Anthroplogy, 36, 4, 621-646

Everson, M. & Kuriya, Y. 1998. An exploratory study into the reading strategies of learners of Japanese as a foreign language. Journal of the Association of Teachers of Japanese, 32(1), 1-21

Everson, M. 1993. Research in the less commonly taught languages. In A. Omaggio Hadley (Ed.) Research in language learning: Principles, processes, and prospects Lincolnwood, IL: National Textbook Company. 198-228

Eviatar, Z. & Ibrahim, R. (2000), 'Bilingual is as bilingual does: metalinguistics abilities of Arabic-speaking children', Applied Pyscholonguistics, 21, 451-471

Extra, G. & Mittner, M. (eds.) (1984) Studies in second language acquisition by adult immigrants, Tilburg: Tilburg University.

Extra, G. & T. Vallen (eds.) (1985) Ethnic minorities and Dutch as a second language, Dordrecht/Cinnaminson: Foris.

Extra, G. & Vallen, T. 1988. Language and ethnic minorities in the Netherlands. International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 73:85-110

Extra, G. & Verhoeven, L. (eds.) (1993), Immigrant Languages in Europe, Multiling-ual Matters, Clevedon

Extra, G. & Verhoeven, L. (eds.), Bilingualism and Migration, Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter

Extra, G. & Yagmur, K. (eds). 2004. Urban Multilingualism in Europe: Immigrant Minority Languages at Home and School. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Extra, G. & Yagmur, K. 2004. Demographic perspectives. In Urban Multilingualism in Europe: Immigrant Minority Languages at Home and School, G. Extra & Y. Kutlay (eds), 25--72. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Eysenck, S. & Chan, J. 1982. 'A comparative study of personality in adults and children: Hong Kong vs. England'. Personality and Individual Differences 3:153-60

Fabbro, F. (1989). Neurobiological aspects of bilingualism and polyglossia. In L. Gran & J. Dodds (Eds.), The theoretical and technical aspects of teaching conference interpretation (pp. 71-'"82). Udine: Campanotto.

Fabbro, F. (1996). Neurofunctional aspects of bilingual aphasia. Journal of the Israeli Speech Hearing and Language Association, 19, 13-'"15.

Fabbro, F. (1997). Bilingual aphasia research is not a tabula rasa. Aphasiology, 12, 138 141

Fabbro, F. (1999), The Neurolinguistics of Bilingualism: An introduction, Aylesbury, Psychology Press

Fabbro, F. (ed.) (2002), Advances in the Neurolinguistics of Bilingualism, Forum, Udine University Press

Fabbro, F. & Gran, L. (1994). Neurological and neuropsychological aspects of polyglossia and simultaneous interpretation. In S. Lambert & B. Moser (Eds.), Bridging the gap: Empirical research on interpretation (pp. 273-'"3 17). Amsterdam: Benjamins

Fabbro, F. & Gran, L. (1997). Neurolinguistic aspects of simultaneous interpretation. In Y. Gambier et al. (Eds.), Conference interpreting: Current trends in research (pp. 9 28). Amsterdam: Benjamins.

Fabbro, F. & Paradis, M. (1995). Acquired aphasia in a bilingual child. In M. Paradis (Ed.), Aspects of bilingual aphasia (pp. 67-'"83). London: Pergamon Press.

Fabbro, F. & Paradis, M. (1995). Differential impairments in four multilingual patients with subcortical lesions. In M. Paradis (Ed.), Aspects of bilingual aphasia (pp. 139 176). Oxford

Fabbro, F. 1999. The Neurolinguistics of Bilingualism: An Introduction. Hove: Psychology Press.

Fabbro, F. 2001. The bilingual brain: Cerebral representation of languages. Brain and Language, 79: 211--222.

Fabbro, F., & Dar, V. (1995). Delayed auditory feedback in polyglot simultaneous interpreters. Brain and Language, 48, 309-319.

Fabbro, F., De Luca, G. & Vorano, L. (1996). Assessment of language rehabilitation with the BAT in four multilingual aphasics. Journal of the Israeli Speech, Hearing and Language Association, 19, 46-53.

Fabbro, F., Gran, B. & Gran, L. (1991). Hemispheric specialisation for semantic and syntactic components in simultaneous interpreters. Brain and Language, 41, 1-42.

Fabbro, F., Gran, L., Basso, G. & Bava, A. (1990). Cerebral lateralisation in simultaneous interpretation. Brain and Language, 39, 69-'"89.

Fabbro, F., Peru, A. & Skrap, M. (1996). Bilingual aphasia following thalamic lesions. Journal of the Israeli Speech Hearing and Language Association, 19, 68-72.

Fabbro, F., Peru, A. & Skrap, M. (1997). Language disorders in bilingual patients after thalamic lesions. Journal of Neurolinguistics, 10, 347-'"367.

Fabbro, F., Skrap, M., & Aglioti, S. (2000). Pathological switching between languages following frontal lesions in a bilingual patient. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery and Psychiatry, 68, 650--652.

Faerch, C. & Kasper, G. (1980), 'Processes in foreign language learning and communication', International Studies Bulletin: Utrecht, 5, 47-118

Faerch, C. & Kasper, G. (1983), 'Plans and strategies in foreign language communication', in Faerch, C., & Kasper, G. (eds.), Strategies in Interlanguage Communication, Longman, London, 20-60

Faerch, C. & Kasper, G. (1984), 'Two ways of defining communication strategies', Language Learning, 34, 45-63

Faerch, C. & Kasper, G. (1987). Perspectives on language transfer. Applied Linguistics, 8 (2), 111-136

Faerch, C. & Kasper, G. (eds.). 1987. Introspection in Second Language Research. Clevedon, Avon: Multilingual Matters.

Faerch, C. & Kasper, G. (eds) 1983. Strategies in Interlanguage Communication. Longman, London.

Faerch, C. & Kasper, G. 1985. 'Procedural knowledge as a component of foreign language learners' communicative competence' in Bolte, H. & Herrlitz, W. (eds.) Kommunikation im Sprachunterricht, Univ Utrecht, 169-99

Faerch, C. & Kasper, G. 1985. Repair in learner-native speaker discourse. In E. Glahn & A. Holmen, eds. Learner discourse, 11-23. Anglica et Americana 22, Department of English, University of Copenhagen, Copenhagen.

Faerch, C. & Kasper, G. 1986. Cognitive dimensions of language transfer. In: Kellerman, E., & Sharwood Smith, M. (eds.). Cross-linguistic influence in second language acquisition. Oxford: Pergamon Press, 49-65

Faerch, C. & Kasper, G. 1986. The role of comprehension in second language learning. Applied Linguistics 7:257-274.

Faerch, C. & Kasper, G. 1989. -'Internal and external modification in interlanguage request realisation' in S. Blum-Kulka, J. House & G. Kasper (eds.) Cross-Cultural Pragmatics: Requests and Apologies (pp. 221-47) Norwood, N.J.: Ablex..

Faerch, C. & Kasper, G. 1989. Transfer in production: some implications for the interlanguage hypothesis,' in Dechert, H. & Raupach M (eds), Transfer in Language Production, Ablex, New Jersey, 173-193

Faerch, C. 1980. 'Describing interlanguage through interaction: problems of systematicity and permeability'. Working Papers on Bilingualism 19: 59-78.

Faerch, C. 1985. 'Meta talk in FL classroom discourse'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 7:184-99.

Faerch, C., Haastrup, K. & Phillipson, R. 1984. Learner Language and Language Learning. Gyldendalske Boghandel, Denmark.

Faingold, E. (1999), 'The re-emergence of Spanish and Hebrew in a multilingual adolescent', International Journal of Bilingual Educationa nd Bilingualism, 49, 139-146

Fakhri, A. (1989), 'Variation in the use of referential forms within the context of foreign language loss', in S. Gass et al. (eds.), Variation in second language acquisition, Vol. II, Clevedon: Multilingual Matters, 180-201

Faltis, C.J. (1989), 'Codeswitching and bilingual schooling: an examination of Jacobson's new concurrent approach', Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 10, 2, 117-127

Fang, S-P, Tzeng, O.J. & Alva, L. (1981), -'Intralanguage and interlanguage Stroop effects in two types of writing systems', Memory and Cognition, 9, 609-517

Fanselow, J. 1977. The treatment of error in oral work. Foreign Language Annals 10:583-93.

Fanselow, J.F. (1977), 'Beyond 'Rashomon' - conceptualising and describing the teaching act', TESOL Quarterly, 11, 17-39

Fantini, A. (1978) -'Emerging styles in child speech: case study of a bilingual child', The Bilingual Review, 3, 169-89

Fantini, A. (1978), Bilingual behavior and social cues: case studies of two bilingual children. In M. Paradis (ed.) Aspects of Bilingualism,. Columbia, S.C.: Horn-beam Press, 1978

Fantini, A. (1984), The Language Acquisition of a Bilingual Child, Clevedon: Multilingual Matters

Fantini, A. (1985): Language Acquisition of a Bilingual Child: A Sociolinguistic Perspective. San Diego: College Hill Press.

Farhady, H. (1982), 'Measures of language proficiency from the learner's perspective', TESOL Quarterly, 14, 43-66

Farris, C.S. (1992), -'Chinese pre-school codeswitching: Mandarin babytalk and the voice of authority', J. Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 13, 187-213

Fase, W., Jaspaert, K. & Kroon S. (eds.) (1992), Maintenance and loss of minority languages, Amsterdam: John Benjamins

Fasold, R. (1984): The Sociolinguistics of Society. Oxford: Blackwell.

Fathman, A. (1975), 'The relationship between age and second language productive ability', Language Learning, 25, 245-253

Fathman, A. 1975. Language background, age and the order of acquisition of English structures. In M. Burt & H. Dulay (eds.), 1975, New Directions in Second Language Learning, Teaching, and Bilingual Education. Washington, D.C., TESOL, 3343.

Fathman, A. 1976. 'Variables affecting the successful learning of English as a second language'. TESOL Quarterly 10:433-41.

Fathman, A. 1978. 'ESL and EFL learning: similar or dissimilar?' in Blatchford & Schachter (eds.) 1978.

Fathman, A. 1980. -'Repetition and correction as an indication of speech planning and execution processes among second language learners', in Dechert, H. & Raupach M (eds) Towards cross-linguistic assessment of speech production, Ablex, N/J

Favreau, M. & Segalowitz, N.S. (1982), 'Second language reading in fluent bilinguals', Applied Psycholinguistics, 3, 329-341

Favreau, M. & Segalowitz, N.S. 1983 Automatic and controlled processes in the first and second language reading of fluent bilinguals. Memory and Cognition. 11: 6 565-574

Favreau, M., Komoda, M, & Segalowitz, N. (1980) Second language reading: Implications of the word superiority effect in skilled bilinguals. Canadian Journal of Psychology 34, 370-380.

Fayer, J. M. & E. Krasinski (1987) Native and nonnative judgments of intelligibility and irritation Language Learning 37, 3: 313-326.

Fehringer, C., & Fry, C. 2007. Hesitation phenomena in the language production of bilingual speakers: The role of working memory. Folia Linguistica, 41: 37--72.

Feldman, C. & Shen, M. (1971), 'Some language-related cognitive advantages of bilingual five-year-olds', J. Genetic Psych., 118, 235-244

Feldweg, H. 1991. The European Science Foundation Second Language Databank. Nijmegen: Max Planck Institut fr Psycholinguistik.

Felix, S. (1976), Wh-pronouns in first and second language acquisition. Linguistische Berichte 44:52-64.

Felix, S. (1977), Entwicklungsprozesse im naturlichen und gesteuerten Zweitsprachenerwerb. Anglistik und Englischunterrich t 1:3960.

Felix, S. (1978), Linguistische Untersuchungen zum naturlichen Zweitsprachenerwerb. Munich: W. Fink.

Felix, S. (1978), Some differences between first and second language acquisition. In Snow, C. & Waterson, N. (eds.), The Development of Communication. London: John Wiley & Sons, 469-79.

Felix, S. (1979), Zur Relation zwischen naturlichem und gesteuertem Zweitsprach-enerwerb. In R. Kloepfer (ed.), Bildung und Ausbildung in der Romania, Munich: W. Fink, 35-70.

Felix, S. (1980), Interference, interlanguage, and related issues. In S. Felix (ed.), Second Language Development: Trends and Issues. Tubingen: Gunter Narr, 93-108.

Felix, S. (1980), Zweitsprachenerwerb als kreativer Prozess. Tubingen: Gunter Narr.

Felix, S. (1981), 'The effect of formal instruction on language acquisition', Language Learning, 31, 87-112

Felix, S. (1984), Das Heranreifen der Universalgrammatik im Spracherwerb. Linguistische Berichte 94.1-26.

Felix, S. (1984), Maturational aspects of Universal Grammar. In Davies et al 1984

Felix, S. (1985), More evidence on competing cognitive systems. Second Language Research 1: 47-72

Felix, S. (1987), Cognition and Language Growth, Foris, Dordrecht

Felix, S. (1988), 'UG-generated knowledge in adult second language acquisition', in Flynn & O'Neil (eds.) (1988)

Felix, S. (1991), 'The accessibility of Universal Grammar in Second Language Acquisition', in Eubank, L. (ed.), 89-104

Felix, S. (ed.) (1980), Second Language Development, Gunter Narr, Tubingen

Felix, S. & de Hahn, A. (1985), Natural processes in classroom second language learning. Applied Linguistics 6: 223-38

Felix, S. & Weigl, W. (1991), 'Universal Grammar in the classroom: the effects of positive and negative evidence in the classroom', Second Language Research, 7, 2, 162-180

Felix, S. & Wode, H. (eds) (1983), Language acquisition at the cross-roads. Narr, Tubingen

Felix, S. & Zobl, H. (1994), -'Asymmetries in second language acquisition data: a reply to Birdsong', SSLA, 16,475-484

Felix, U. (1993). The contribution of background music to the enhancement of learning in suggestopedia: A critical review of the literature. Journal of the Society for Accelerative Learning and Teaching, 18, 277-302.

Felser, C., Roberts, L., Gross, R., & Marinis, T. (2003). The processing of ambiguous sentences by first and second language learners of English. Applied Psycholinguistics, 24, 453-489.

Feng F. (1993) "On the influence of the Mother Tongue-Chinese language on the Learning Processses of Japanese Passive Voice" Japanese Journal of Education Psychology 41, p. 388-398

Fennell, C. T., Byers-Heinlein, K., & Werker, J. F. (2007). Using speech sounds to guide word learning: The case of bilingual infants. Child Development, 78, 1510-1525.

Ferguson, C F. (1959), Diglossia. Word, 15, 325-40. (Reprinted in Gigliolo, P., ed. (1972), Language and social context. Harmondsworth: Penguin, pp.232-52).

Ferguson, C. & Debose, C. 1977. 'Simplified registers, broken languages and pidginization' in Valdman (ed.)

Ferguson, C. 1971. 'Absence of copula and the notion of simplicity: a study of normal speech, baby talk, foreigner talk and pidgins' in Hymes (ed.) 1971

Ferguson, C. 1971. Diglossia. In Language structure and language use, ed. A. Dil. Stanford: Stanford University Press.

Ferguson, C.A. (1966): National sociolinguistic profile formulas. In Bright, W. ed., Sociolinguistics. The Hague: Mouton, pp.309-iS.

Ferguson, C.A. (1975). 'Toward a characterisation of English foreigner talk Anthropological Linguistics, 17, 1, I-I 4

Ferguson, C.A. & Slobin, D. I. 1973. Studies of Child Language Development. Holt, Rinehart & Winston, New York.

Ferguson, C.A. 1963. Linguistic theory and language learning. In Georgetown University Round Table on Languages and Linguistics, 1983. Georgetown University Press, Washington, DC.

Ferguson, C.A. 1968. Contrastive analysis and language development. In Georgetown University Round Table on Languages and Linguistics, 1968. Georgetown University Press, Washington, DC.

Ferguson, C.A. 1975. Sound patterns in language acquisition. In D. P. Dato (ed.), Georgetown University Round Table on Languages and Linguistics 1975. Washington, D.C.: Georgetown University Press, 1-16.

Ferguson, C.A. 1984. -'Repertoire universals, markedness, and second language acquisition.' In: W.E. Rutherford (ed.), Language universals and second language acquisition. Amsterdam: John Benjamins,

Ferguson, C.A. 1985. Contrastive analysis: a linguistic hypothesis. In Scientific and Humanistic Directions of Language: Festschrift for Robert Lade. Janowsky. K. R. (ed.). John Benjamin's, Amsterdam.

Ferguson, C.A. 1989. Language teaching and theories of language. In Georgetown University Round Table on Languages and Linguistics, 1989. Georgetown University Press, Washington, DC.

Ferguson, C.A., Houghton, C. & Wells, M.H. 1977, Bilingual education: An International Perspective. In B. Spolsky & R. Copper (eds.) Frontiers of Bilingual Education. Rowley, Massachusetts: Newbury House.

Ferguson, C.F. & Heath, S. B. eds. (1981): Language in the USA. Cambridge: CUP.

Fernandez, E. (1999), 'Processing strategies in second language acquisition', in Klein & Martahardjono (eds.) 217-214

Fernandez, M.C., B.Z. Pearson, V.M. Umbel, D.K. Otter & M. Molinet-Molina. 1992, Bilingual receptive vocabulary in Hispanic pre-school children. Hispanic Journal of the Behavioral Sciences. 14, 268-276

Ferr, P., Sínchez-Casas, R., & Guasch, M. (2006). Can a horse be a donkey? Semantic and form interference effects in translation recognition in early and late proficient and nonproficient Spanish-Catalan bilinguals. Language Learning, 56, 571-608.

Ferreira, F., & Clifton, C. Jr. (1986). The independence of syntactic processing. Journal of Memory and Language, 25, 348-368.

Field, M.L. (1992). Beating Hirsch at his own game: Reading for cross-cultural literacy. In F. Dubin & N. A. Kuhlman (Eds.). Cross-cultural literacy: Global perspectives on reading and writing. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Regents/Prentice Hall. (pp. 163-173).

Figueredo, L. (2006) Using the known to chart the unknown: A review of first-language influence on the development of English-as-a-second-language spelling skill, Reading and Writing, Vol. 19, No. 8, PP. 873-905

Figuroa, P. 1984, Minority pupil progress. In M. CRAFT (ed.) Education and Cultural Pluralism. London: Falmer Press.

Fiksdal, S. 1989. 'Framing uncomfortable moments in cross-cultural gatekeeping interviews', in Gass et al. (eds.) 1989.

Fill, A. & Muhlhausler, P. (eds). 2001. The Ecolinguistics Reader. Language, Ecology and Environment. London: Continuum.

Fillmore, L. W. (1976). Individual differences in second language acquisition. Asilomar Conference on Individual Differences in Language Ability and Language Behaviour.

Fillmore, L.W. (1976), The Second Time Around: Cognitive and Social Strategies in Second Language Acquisition, Ph.D., Stanford

Filmore, C., Kempler, D. & Wang, W. (eds.). 1979. Individual Differences in Language Ability and Language Behavior. New York: Academic Press

Findlay, J.J. (xxx), -'The psychology of modern language learning', British Journal of Psychology, 2, 319-33

Fine, J. (ed.). 1988. Second Language Discourse: a Textbook of Current Research. Norwood, N.J.: Ablex.

Finer, D. (1987), 'Comments on Solan', in T. Roeper & E. Williams (eds.), Parameters and Linguistic Theory, Dordrecht, Reidel, 211-220

Finer, D. (1991), 'Binding parameters in second language acquisition', in Eubank, L. (ed.), Point Counterpoint: Universal Grammar in the Second Language, Benjamins, Amsterdam, 351-374

Finer, D. & Broselow, E. (1985), 'Second language acquisition of reflexive binding', NELS, 16

Finkbeiner, M., Almeida, J., Janssen, N., & Caramazza, A. (2006). Lexical selection in bilingual speech production does not involve language suppression. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 32, 1075-1089.

Finkbeiner, M., Almeida, J., Janssen, N., & Caramazza, A. (2006). Lexical selection in bilingual speech production does not involve language suppression. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 32, 1075-1089.

Finkbeiner, M., Forster, K., Nicol, J., & Nakamura, K. (2004). The role of polysemy in masked semantic and translation priming. Journal of Memory and Language, 51, 1-22.

Finkbeiner, M., Forster, K., Nicol, J., & Nakamura, K. (2004). The role of polysemy in masked semantic and translation priming. Journal of Memory and Language, 51, 1-22.

Finkbeiner, M., Gollan, T. H., & Caramazza, A. (2006). Lexical access in bilingual speakers: What's the (hard) problem? Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 9, 153-166

Finkbeiner, M., Gollan, T. H., & Caramazza, A. (2006). Lexical access in bilingual speakers: What's the (hard) problem? Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 9, 153-166

Firth, A. (1990). 'Lingua Franca' negotiations: Towards an interactional approach. World Englishes, 9(3), 69-80.

Firth, A. (1991). Discourse at work: Negotiating by telex, fax, and phone. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, Dept. of Languages and Intercultural Studies, Aalborg University, Denmark.

Firth, A. (1995). Accounts in negotiation discourse: A single-case analysis. Journal of Pragmatics, 23(2), 199-226.

Firth, A. (1995). Multiple mode, single activity: Telenegotiating as a social accomplishment. In P. ten Have & G. Psathas (Eds.),Situated order: Talk and other embodied activities (pp. 151-72). Washington, DC: University of America Press.

Firth, A. (1995). Negotiating in the 'Virtual Marketplace': Making sense of telenegotiating. In K. Ehlich & J. Wagner (Eds.), The discourse of business negotiation. (pp. 127-149). Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.

Firth, A. (1996). The discursive accomplishment of normality: On conversation analysis and -'lingua franca' English. Journal of Pragmatics, 26, 237-259.

Firth, A. (2008) 'Review of Rubdy and Saraceni', Applied Linguistics, 29, (2), pp. 318-321.

Firth, A. & Wagner, J. (1998). SLA property: No trespassing! Modern Language Journal, 82, 1, 91-94

Firth, A. and Wagner, J. (2007). Second/foreign language learning as a social accomplishment: elaborations on a "reconceptualised" SLA. Modern Language Journal, 91: 800-819

Firth, A., & Wagner, J. (1997). On discourse, communication, and (some) fundamental concepts in SLA research. Modern Language Journal, 81, 285--300.

Firth. A. (1995). Talking for a change: Negotiating by telephone in commodity trading. In: A. Firth (Ed.),The discourse of negotiation: Studies of languages in the workplace Pp. 183-222). Oxford: Pergamon Press.

Fischer-Jorgensen, E. (1968). Les occlusives franaises et danoises d'un sujet bilingue [French and Danish stops of a bilingual subject]. Word, 24, 112-153.

Fishman, J. (1964): Language maintenance and language shift as a field of inquiry: a definition of the field and suggestions for its further development. Linguistics, 9, 32-70

Fishman, J. (1966): Some contrasts between linguistically heterogeneous and linguistically homogeneous polities. In Lieberson, S. ed. Explorations in Sociolinguistics. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, pp.18-31.

Fishman, J. (1967): Bilingualism with and without diglossia: diglossia with and without bilingualism. Journal of Social Issues, 23, 29-38.

Fishman, J. (1972): Varieties of ethnicity and varieties of language consciousness. In Dil, A. S. ed. Language in Socio-cultural Change. Essays by Joshua A. Fishman

Fishman, J. (1977): The social science perspective. In Bilingual Education: Current Perspectives, Volume 1. Arlington, Va.: Center for Applied Linguistics.

Fishman, J. (1980): Bilingual education in the United States under ethnic community auspices. In Alatis, J. E. ed. Current Issues in Bilingual Education. Washington, DC: Georgetown University Press, pp. 8-14.

Fishman, J. (1980). The Whorfian hypothesis: Varieties of valuation, confirmation and disconfirmation: I. International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 26, 25-40.

Fishman, J. (1989). Non-English language ethnic community schools in the USA: Instruments of more than literacy and less than literacy. In E. Z. Sonino (Ed.) Literacy in school and society: Multidisciplinary perspectives. New York: Plenum Press. (pp. 25-33)

Fishman, J. & J. Hofman. 1966. Mother tongue and nativity in the American population. In Language loyalty in the United States, ed. J. Fishman. The Hague: Mouton.

Fishman, J. & Lovas, J. (1970): Bilingual education in sociolinguistic perspective. TESOL Quarterly, 4, 215-22.

Fishman, J. & Nahirny, V. 1966. The ethnic group school and mother tongue maintenance. In Language loyalty in the United States ed. J. Fishman. The Hague: Mouton.

Fishman, J. 1965. The status and prospects of bilingualism in the United States. Modern Language Journal 49:143-155.

Fishman, J. 1971. Sociolinguistic perspective on the study of bilingualism. In Bilin-gualism in the barrio, ed. J. Fishman, R. Cooper, & R. Ma. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.

Fishman, J. 1972. Language and nationalism. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House.

Fishman, J. 1972. Language maintenance in a supra-ethnic age. In Language in so-ciocultural change, ed. A. Dil. Stanford: Stanford University Press.

Fishman, J. 1980. Language maintenance. In Harvard encyclopaedia of American ethnic groups, ed. S. Thernstrom. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press.

Fishman, J. 1989, Language and Ethnicity in Minority Sociolinguistic Perspective. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Fishman, J. A. 1976, Bilingual Education. An International Sociological Perspective. Rowley, MA: Newbury House.

Fishman, J. A., Tabouret-Keller, A., Clyne, M., Krishnamurti, B. & Abdulaziz, M. (1986) eds. The Fergusonian impact. 2 vols. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.

Fishman, J. ed. (1971): Advances in the Sociology of Language. The Hague: Mouton.

Fishman, J., Cooper, R. & Conrad, A. 1977. The Spread of English. Rowley: Mass.: Newbury House.

Fishman, J., Cooper, R.L. & Ma, R. (1971): Bilingualism in the Barrio Bloomington: Indiana University Press.

Fishman, J., Ferguson, C. & Das, J. (eds.). 1968. Language Problems of Developing Nations. New York: Wiley & Sons

Fishman, J., Germer, M., Lowy, E. & Milan, W.C. eds. (1985): The Rise and Fall of the Ethnic revival: Perspectives on Language and Ethnicity. Berlin: Mouton Publishers.

Fishman, J.A. 1965, Who speaks what language to whom and when? La Linguistique, 2, 67-68.

Fishman, J.A. 1971, The sociology of language. In J. FISHMAN (ed.) Advances in the Sociology of Language, Volume J. The Hague: Mouton.

Fishman, J.A. 1972, The Sociology of Language. Rowley: Newbury House.

Fishman, J.A. 1980, Bilingualism and biculturalism as individual and as societal phenomena. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 1, 3-15.

Fishman, J.A. 1990, What is reversing language shift (RLS) and how can it succeed? Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 11 (1&2), 5-36.

Fishman, J.A. 1991, Reversing Language Shift. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Fishman, J.A. 1998. The new linguistic order. Foreign Policy 113(Winter): 26--40.

Fishman, J.A. ed. (1966): Language Loyalty In the United States. The Hague: Mouton

Fisiak, J. (ed.) 1981. Contrastive Linguistics and the Language Teacher. Oxford: Pergamon

Fisiak, J. (ed.) 1985 Contrastive Linguistics: Prospects and Problems. Mouton, The Hague, pp. 409-18

Fitikides, T.J. (1963), Common mistakes in English, Longman

Fitzpatrick, F. 1987. The Open Door: The Bradford Bilingual Project. Clevedon, Avon: Multilingual Matters.

Flaherty, M. (1993), 'Are Japanese kanji processed like pictures?', Psychologia An International Journal of Psychology in the Orient,' 36, 3, 144-150

Flaherty, M. (1994), 'Word picture interference effects in Chinese, Japanese kanji and kana, and English', Psychologia: An International Journal of Psychology in the Orient, 37, 3, 169-179

Flaherty, M. & Noguchi, M. 1998. Effectiveness of different approaches to kanji education with second language learners. JALT (Japan Association of Language Teachers) Journal, 20(2), 60-78.

Flanders, N.A. 1981. Foreigner talk, baby talk, native talk. In M.G. Clyne, ed. Foreigner talk. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 28:19-39.

Flanigan, B. (1991), 'Variable competence and performance in child second language acquisition', Second Language Research, 7, 3, 220-232

Flanigan, B. 1991. 'Peer tutoring and second language acquisition in the elementary school'. Applied Linguistics 12:141-58.

Flege, J. (1987). The production of -'new' and -'similar' phones in a foreign language: Evidence for the effect of equivalence classification. Journal of Phonetics, 15, 47-65.

Flege, J. (1997) Second-language speech : structure and process. Berlin ; New York : Mouton de Gruyter

Flege, J. & Fletcher, K. 1992. Talker and listener effects on the perception of degree of foreign accent. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 91, 370-389.

Flege, J. & Hillenbrand, J. 1987. Differential use of closure voicing and release burst as cue to stop voicing by native speakers of French and English. Journal of Phonetics 15:203-208.

Flege, J. & Munro, M. 1994 'The word unit in L2 speech production and perception', Studies in Second Language Acquisition 16:381-411.

Flege, J. & Port, R. 1981. Cross Language Phonetic Interference: Arabic to English. Language and Speech 24, p.125-146

Flege, J. 1987. 'A critical period for learning to pronounce foreign languages'. Applied Linguistics 8:162-77

Flege, J. 1988. The production and perception of speech sounds in a foreign language. In H. Winitz (ed.), Human communication and its disorders: a review 1988. Norwood, NJ: Ablex, 224-401.

Flege, J. 1991. Age of learning affects the authenticity of voice onset time (VOT) in stop consonants produced in a second language. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 89: 395-411.

Flege, J. 1991. Perception and production: The relevance of phonetic input to L2 phonological learning. In T. Huebner and C. Ferguson, Crosscurrents in second language acquisition and linguistic theories. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 249-290.

Flege, J. 1992. Speech learning in a second language. In C. Ferguson, L. Menn, and C. Stoel-Garnmon (eds), Phonological development: Models, research, and applications. Parkton, MD: Rork Press, 565-604.

Flege, J. E, & Eefting, W. (1987). The production and perception of English stops by Spanish speakers of English. Journal of Phonetics, 15, 67-83.

Flege, J. E. (1999). Age of learning and second language speech. In D. Birdsong (Ed.), Second language acquisition and the critical period hypothesis (pp. 101-131). Mahwah NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Flege, J. E. (2002). Interactions between the native and second-language phonetic systems. In P. Burmeister, T. Piske, & A. Rohde (Eds.), An integrated view of language development: Papers in honor of Henning Wode (pp. 217-244). Trier: Wissenschaftlicher Verlag.

Flege, J. E. (2005). Origins and development of the Speech Learning Model. 1st ASA Workshop on L2 Speech Learning. Vancouver, BC, April 14-15.

Flege, J. E. and Liu, S. (2001). The effect of experience on adults' acquisition of a second language. Studies of Second Language Acquisition, 23, 527-552.

Flege, J. E., Frieda, E. M., & Nozawa, T. (1997). Amount of native-language (L1) use affects the pronunciation of an L2. Journal of Phonetics, 25, 169-186.

Flege, J. E., MacKay, I. & Meador, D. 1999. Native Italian speakers' perception and production of English vowels. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 106, 5, 2973-2987.

Flege, J. E., Munro, M., & MacKay, I. (1995a). Factors affecting degree of perceived foreign accent in a second language. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 97, 3125-3134.

Flege, J. E., Schirru, C., & MacKay, I. R. A. (2003). Interaction between the native and second language phonetic subsystems. Speech Communication, 40, 467-491..

Flege, J. E., Yeni-Komshian, G. H., & Liu, S. (1999). Age constraints on second-language acquisition. Journal of Memory and Language, 41, 78-104.

Flege, J., Frieda, E. & Nozawa, T. (1997). Amount of native-language (L1) use affects the pronunciation of an L2. Journal of Phonetics, 25, 169-186.

Flege, J., Munro, M. & Fox, R. 1994. Auditory and categorical affects on cross-language vowel perception. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 95: 3623-3641

Flege, J., Munro, M. & Mackay, I. (1995). Factors affecting degree of perceived foreign accent in a second language. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 97, 3125-34.

Flege, J., Munro, M. & MacKay, I. (1996), Factors affecting the production of word-initial consonants in a second language. In Bayley, R. & Preston, D. (eds.), Second Language Acquisition and Language Variation, Benjamins

Flege, J., Munro, M. & MacKay, I. 1995. Effects of age of second-language learning on the production of English consonants. Speech Communication 16:1-26.

Flege, J., Munro, M., & MacKay, J. (1995b). The effect of age of second language learning on the production of English consonants. Speech Communication, 16, 1-26.

Flege, J., Takagi, N. & Mann, V. (1995), -'Japanese adults can learn to produce English /l/ and /r/ accurately', Language & Speech, 38, 1, 25-55

Flege, J., Takagi, N. & Mann, V. (1996). Lexical familiarity and English-language experience affect Japanese adults' perception of /r/ and /l/.

Flege, J.E. (1980), -'Phonetic approximation in second language acquisition', Language Learning, 30, 1, 117-134

Flege, J.E. (1981). The phonological basis of foreign accent: A hypothesis. TESOL Quarterly, 15, 443-455.

Flege, J.E. (1984), The detection of French accent by American listeners. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 76, 692-707.

Flege, J.E. (1985), The production and perception of foreign language speech sounds. (Biocommunication Research Reports 4.). University of Alabama at Birmingham. [Also published in H. Winitz (ed.), 244-401].

Flege, J.E. (1987), 'The instrumental study of L2 speech production: some methodological considerations', Language Learning, 37, 2, 285-296

Flege, J.E. (1987), 'The production of "new" and "similar" phones in a foreign language: evidence for the effect of equivalence classification', Journal of Phonetics, 15, 47-65

Flege, J.E. (1987). Effects of equivalence classification on the production of foreign language speech sounds. In A. James & J. Leather (eds.), Sound patterns in second language acquisition, pp.9-39. Dordrecht: Foris.

Flege, J.E. (1988). Factors affecting degree of perceived foreign accent in English sentences. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 84, 70-79

Flege, J.E. (1990), 'Contribution to the research workshop on modelling the acquisition of second language speech', In Leather & James (eds), 338-348

Flege, J.E. (1990), "English vowel production by Dutch talkers: More evidence for the 'similar' vs. 'new' distinction", in: Jonathan Leather & Allan James (eds.), New sounds 90: Proceedings of the Amsterdam Symposium on the Acquisition of Second-Language Speech (pp. 255-293). Amsterdam: University of Amsterdam.

Flege, J.E. (1992), The intelligibility of English vowels spoken by British and Dutch talkers. In R.D. Kent (ed.) Intelligibility in speech disorders (pp. 157-231). Amsterdam: Benjamins.

Flege, J.E. (1993). Production and perception of a novel, second language phonetic contrast. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 93, 1589-1608

Flege, J.E. (1995). Second language speech learning: Theory, findings, and problems. In W. Strange (Ed.), Speech perception and linguistic experience: Issues in cross-linguistic research (pp. 233-277). Timonium, MD: York Press, Inc.

Flege, J.E. & Davidian, R. (1984). Transfer and developmental processes in adult foreign language speech production. Applied Psycholinguistics, 5, 323-347.

Flege, J.E. & Eefting, W. 1986 -'Linguistic and developmental effects on the production and perception of stop consonants', Phonetica 43: 155-171

Flege, J.E. & Eefting, W. 1987. Cross-language switching in stop consonant perception and production by Dutch speakers of English. Speech Communication, 6. 185-202

Flege, J.E. & Eefting, W. 1987. Production and perception of English stops by native Spanish speakers. Journal of Phonetics, 15, 67-83

Flege, J.E. & Eefting, W. 1988. Imitation of a VOT continuum by native speakers of English and Spanish: evidence for phonetic category formation', J. Acoustical Society of America, 83, 729-740

Flege, J.E. & Hillenbrand, J. (1984), 'Limits on phonetic accuracy in foreign language speech production', J. Acoustical Society of America, 76, 708-721 Reprinted in: Ioup, G. and Weinberger, Interlanguage phonology: the acquisition of a second language sound system, 1987, New York: Newbury House

Flege, J.E., Birdsong, D., Bialystok, E., Mack, M., Sung, H., & Tsukada, K. 2006. Degree of foreign accent in English sentences produced by Korean children and adults. Journal of Phonetics, 34: 153--175.

Flege, J.E., Mackay, I.R.A and Piske, T. (2002). Assessing Bilingual Dominance. Applied Psycholinguistics, 23. 567-598

Flege, J.E., McCutcheon, M.J. & Smith, S.C. (1987), 'The development of skill in producing word-final English stops', Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 82, 433-47

Flege, J.E., Shirru, C., & MacKay, I. (2003). Interaction between the native and second language phonetic subsystems. Speech Communication, 40, 467-491.

Flege, J.E., Yeni-Komshian, G.H., & Liu, S. 1999. Age constraints on second-language acquisition. Journal of Memory and Language, 1: 78--104. Blackwell, Oxford

Fletcher, P. & MacWhinney, B. (eds.) (1995), Handbook of Child Language,

Flick, W. 1979. 'A multiple component approach to research in second language acquisition' in Andersen (ed.) 1979

Flick, W. 1980. 'Error types in adult English as a second language' in Ketterman & St. Clair (eds.) 1980.

Florentine, M. (1985) "Speech perception in noise by fluent, non-native listeners." Proceedings of Inter-noise 1985, 1021-1024

Flores, N. & Hopper, R. (1975): Mexican Americans' evaluation of spoken Spanish and English. Speech Monographs, 42, 91-8.

Flowerdew, J. & Miller, L. (2005), Second Language Listening, CUP

Flynn, S. (1981), -'The effects of first language branching direction on the acquisition of second languages'. In Herbert, W. & Herschensohn, J. Working Papers in Linguistics, Ithaca, Cornell University, 50-63

Flynn, S. (1983), 'Similarities and differences between first and second language learning', in Rogers, D.R., & Sloboda, J.A. (eds.), Acquisition of Symbolic Skills, Plenum, 485-500

Flynn, S. (1984), 'A universal in L2 acquisition based on a PBD typology', in Eckman, F.R., Bell, L.N. & Nelson, D. (eds.), Universals of Second Language Acquisition, Newbury House, Rowley, Mass., 75-97

Flynn, S. (1985), Principled theories of second language acquisition. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 7, 99-1-7

Flynn, S. (1986), Comprehension vs. production: differences in underlying competences, Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 8, 17-46

Flynn, S. (1987), A Parameter-setting Model of L2 Acquisition, Dordrecht, Reidel

Flynn, S. (1987), Contrast and construction in a parameter-setting model of second language acquisition. Language Learning 37:19-62.

Flynn, S. (1988), 'Second Language Acquisition and Grammatical Theory', in F. Newmeyer (ed.), Linguistics: The Cambridge Survey, CUP

Flynn, S. (1989), 'The role of the head-initial/head-final parameter in the acquisition of English relative clauses by adult Spanish and Japanese speakers', in Gass, S.M., & Schachter, J. (eds.), Linguistic Perspectives on Second Language Acquisition, CUP, 89-108

Flynn, S. & Espinal, I. (1985), -'Head initial/final parameter in adult L2 acquisition of English', Second Language Research, 1, 93-117

Flynn, S. & Lust, B. (1990), 'In defence of parameter-setting in L2 acquisition: a reply to Bley-Vroman & Chaudron '90', Language Learning, 40, 3, 1-31

Flynn, S. & Lust, B. (2002), -'A minimalist approach to L2 solves a dilemma of UG', in V.J. Cook (ed.) Portraits of the L2 User. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters, 93-120

Flynn, S. & Manuel, S. 1991. 'Age-dependent effects in language acquisition: an evaluation of the "critical period" hypothesis' in Eubank (ed.) 1991

Flynn, S. & O'Neil, W. (1988) (eds.), Linguistic Theory in Second Language Acquisition, Kluwer, Dordrecht

Flynn, S., Foley, C. & Vinnitskaya, I. (2004), -'Cumulative-Enhancement Model for language acquisition; comparing adults' and children's patterns of development in first, second and third language acquisition relative clauses', International Journal of Multilingualism, 1, 1, 3-16

Flynn, S., Martohardjono, G. & O'Neil, W. (eds) (1998) The Generative Study of Second Language Acquisition, Erlbaum

Fokes, J. & Bond, Z. (1989). The vowels of stressed and unstressed syllables in non-native English. Language Learning 39:314-371

Folmer, J. (1992), 'Dutch immigrants in New Zealand: a case study of language shift and language loss', Australian Review of Applied Linguistics, 15, 2, 1-18

Font, N. (2001). Rle de la langue dans l'accs au lexique chez bilingues: Influence de la proximit orthographique et smantique interlangue sur la reconnaissance visuelle de mots. Ph.D. thesis. Universit Paul Valery, Montpellier.

Forlano, G. & Hoffman, M. (1937), 'Guessing and telling methods in learning words in a foreign language', J. Ed. Psych., 28,632-636

Forster, K. (1976) Accessing the mental lexicon. In R. Wales & E. Walker eds., New approaches to language mechanism. Amsterdam: North-Holland, 257-87.

Forster, K. I. (1976). Accessing the mental lexicon. In R. J. Wales & E. E. Walker (Eds.), New approaches to language mechanism (pp. 257-287). Amsterdam: North Holland.

Forster, K.I. (1981), 'Frequency blocking and lexical blocking: one mental lexicon or two?', JVLVB, 20, 190-203

Forster, K.I. & Clyne, M.G. (XXXX), 'Sentence construction in German-English bilinguals', Language and Speech, ???, 113-119

Fortkamp, M. (1999). "Working memory capacity and aspects of L2 speech production." Communication and Cognition 32(3-4): 259-295

Fortune, D. & Fortune, G. 1987, Karaja literary acquisition and sociocultural effects on a rapidly changing culture. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 8 (6), 469-49

Foster-Cohen, S. (1993), -'Directions of influence in first and second language acquisition research', Second Language Research, 9, 140-151

Foster, L. & Stockley, D. (1984), Multiculturalism: The Changing Paradigm, Multilingual Matters

Foster, P. & Skehan, P. 1996: The influence of planning and task type on second language performance. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 18, 299 323

Fotos, S. (1994). Integrating grammar instruction and communicative language use through grammar consciousness-raising tasks. TESOL Quarterly, 28(2),323-'"35 1

Fotos, S. (2001) -'Code switching by Japan's Unrecognized Bilinguals: Japanese University Students' Use of Their Native Language as a Learning Strategy', in Noguchi, M. G. and S. Fotos (eds.), Studies in Japanese , Clevedon: Multilingual Matters LTD, pp. 329-352.

Fotos, S. & Ellis, R. 1991. 'Communicating about grammar: a task-based approach'. TESOL Quarterly 25: 605-28.

Fotos, S. 1993. 'Consciousness-raising and noticing through focus on form: grammar task performance versus formal instruction'. Applied Linguistics 14: 4.

Fourakis, M. & Iverson, G. (1985), -'On the acquisition of second language timing patterns', Language Learning, 35, 431-442

Fouser, R. 2001. Too close for comfort? Sociolinguistic transfer from Japanese into Korean as an L3. In Cross-linguistic Influence in Third Language Acquisition: Psycholinguistic Perspectives, J. Cenoz, B. Hufeisen & U. Jessner (eds), 149--169. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Fouser, R.J. (1995), Problems and Prospects in Third Language Acquisition Research. Language Research 31, 387-414

Fouts, R. S., Fouts, D. H., & Van Cantfort, T. E. (1989). The infant Loulis learns signs from cross-fostered chimpanzees. In R. A. Gardner, B. T. Gardner, & T. E. Van Cantfort (Eds.), Teaching sign language to chimpanzees (pp. 280-292). Albany: State University of New York Press.

Fox, B. & Baker, R. (1980), ' The Acquisition of Grapheme Phoneme Correspondences in a Word Learning Task', Reading Psychology, 1, 3, 156-64

Fox, B.A. (1987), 'The Noun Phrase Accessibility Hierarchy reinterpreted: subject primacy or the absolutive hypothesis?', Language, 63, 4, 857-869

Fox, E. (1996), 'Cross-language priming from ignored words: evidence for a common representational system in bilinguals', Journal of Memory and Language, 35, 353-370

Fox, L. (1979), 'On Acquiring an Adequate Second Language Vocabulary', Journal of Basic Writing; 2,3, 68-75

Fox, R.P. 1968. A transformational treatment of Indian English syntax. PhD dissertation. University of Illinois.

Franceschina, F. (2001), -'Morphological or syntactic deficits in near-native speakers? An assessment of some current proposals', SLR, 17, 213-247

Franceschini, R. 2009. Genesis and development of research in multilingualism: Perspectives for future research. In The Exploration of Multilingualism: Development of Research on L3, Multilingualism and Multiple Language Acquisition [AILA Applied Linguistics Series 6], L. Aronin & B. Hufeisen (eds), 27--61. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Franceschini, R., Zappatore, D., & Nitsch, C. (2003). Lexicon in the brain: What neurobiology has to say about languages. In J. Cenoz, B. Hufeisen & U. Jessner (Eds.), The multilingual lexicon (pp. 153-166). Dordrecht, The Netherlands: Kluwer.

Francis, N. (1999), 'Bilingualism, writing, and metalinguistic awareness: oral-literate interactions between first and second languages', Applied Psycholinguistics, 20, 533-561

Francis, W. (1999). Cognitive integration of language and memory in bilinguals: Semantic representation. Psychological Bulletin, 125 (2), 193-'"222

Francis, W. (2005). Bilingual semantic and conceptual representation. In J. Kroll & A. De Groot (Eds.), Handbook in psycholinguistics of bilingualism (pp. 251-267). Oxford: Oxford University

Francis, W. S., & Gallard, S. L. K. (2005). Concept mediation in trilingual translation: Evidence from response time and repetition priming patterns. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 12, 1082-1088.

Franco, J., Malloy, T. & Gonzalez, R. 1984, Ethnic and acculturation differences in self-disclosure. Journal of Psychology, 122, 21-32

Frank, M.Z. 1961. Hebrew as she is spoke. Jewish Heritage 3: 1-22.

Franklin, C.E.M. (1990), 'Teaching in the target language', Language Learning Journal, Sept, 20-24

Frantzen, D. (1998), 'Intrinsic and extrinsic factors that contribute to the difficulty of learning false cognates', Foreign Language Annals, 31, 243-254

Frantzen, D. (2003). Factors affecting how second language Spanish students derive meaning from context. The

Fraser, B. (1985) On the universality of speech act strategies. In S. George (ed.) From the Linguistic to the Social Context (pp 43-69). Bologna: CLUEB.

Fraser, B., Rintell, E. & Walters, J. 1980. 'An approach to conducting research on the acquisition of pragmatic competence in a second language' in Larsen-Freeman (ed.) 1980

Frasure-Smith, N.E., Lambert, W.E. & Taylor, D.M. (1974), -'Choosing the language of instruction for one's children: a Quebec study', J. of Cross-cultural Research, 6, 2, 131-55

Frawley, W. & Lantolf, J.P. (1984), -'Speaking and self-order; a critique of orthodox L2 research', Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 6, 143-159

Frawley, W. & Lantolf, J.P. (1985), -'Second language discourse: a Vygotskyan perspective', Applied Linguistics, 6, 19-44

Frazier, L. 1986 The mapping between grammar and processor. In Gopnik & Gopnik 1986

Frechette, E.A. (1970), 'A study of the vocabulary content of ten French textbooks', French Review, 44, 1, 84-86

FREDERICKSON, N. & CLINE, T. 1990, Curriculum Related Assessment with Bilingual Children. London: University College, London.

Fredman, M. (1975), -'The effect of therapy in Hebrew on the home language of the bilingual or polyglot adult aphasic in Israel', British Journal of Disorders of Communication, 10, 61-69

Freed, B. (1980), 'Talking to foreigners versus talking to children; similarities and differences', in S.D. Krashen & R.C. Scarcella (eds.), Issues in Second Language Research Newbury House, 19-27

Freed, B. (1981), 'Foreigner talk, baby talk, native talk'. International Journal of the Sociology Language 28:19-39.

Freed, B. (1990), 'Language learning in a study abroad context: the effects of interactive and interactive out-of-class contact on grammatical achievement and oral proficiency' in Proceedings of the Georgetown University Round Table on Languages and Linguistics 19 Washington D.C.: Georgetown University.

Freed, B. (ed.) (1995), Second language acquisition in a study abroad context, Amsterdam: John Benjamins,

Freed, B. & Lambert, R. eds. (1982): The Loss of Language Skills. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House.

Freed, B.F. (1982), 'Language loss: Current thoughts and future directions', in Lambert R.D. & Freed B.F. (eds.), The loss of language skills, 1-5

Freedman, A. (1983), Learning to Write: First Language/Second Language, Longman

Freeman, D (ed.) Discourse second language research, pp.165-87. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Frei, H. 1929. La grammaire des fautes. Paris. (Reprinted by Slatkine Reprints, Geneva 1971.)

French, R. M. (1998). A simple recurrent network model of bilingual memory. Proceedings of the 20th Annual Cognitive Science Society Conference (pp. 368-373). Hillsdale NJ: Erlbaum.

French, R. M. and Ohnesorge, C. (1995). Using non-cognate interlexical homographs to study bilingual memory organization. In Proceedings of the 17th Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society. LEA. Pp. 31-36.

French, R. M., & Jacquet, M. (2004) Understanding bilingual memory: Models and data. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 8, 87-93.

Frenck-Mestre, C. (2002). An on-line look at sentence processing in the second language. In. R. H. Heredia, & J. Altarriba (Eds.). Bilingual sentence processing (pp. 217-236). Amsterdam: Elsevier Science.

Frenck-Mestre, C. (2005). Ambiguities and anomalies: What can eye movements and event-related potentials reveal about second language sentence processing? In. J. F. Kroll & A. M. B. de Groot (Eds.), Handbook of bilingualism: Psycholinguistic approaches (pp. 268-281). New York: Oxford University Press.

Frenck-Mestre, C. (2005). Ambiguities and anomalies: What can eye movements and event-related potentials reveal about second language sentence processing? In. J. F. Kroll & A. M. B. de Groot (Eds.), Handbook of bilingualism: Psycholinguistic approaches (pp. 268-281). New York: Oxford University Press.

Frenck-Mestre, C. (2005). Eye-movement recording as a tool for studying syntactic processing in a second language: A review of methodologies and experimental findings. Second Language Research, 21, 175-198.

Frenck-Mestre, C. (2005). Eye-movement recording as a tool for studying syntactic processing in a second language: A review of methodologies and experimental findings. Second Language Research, 21, 175-198.

Frenck-Mestre, C. & Pynte, J. (1997), 'Syntactic ambiguity resolution while reading in second and native language' QJExpPsych, 50A, 1190148

Frenck-Mestre, C. & Vaid, J. (1992), 'Language as a factor in the identification of ordinary words and number words', In R. Harris (Ed.), Cognitive Processing in Bilinguals. Amsterdam: Elsevier. 265-281

Frenck-Mestre, C., & Prince, P. (1997). Second language autonomy. Journal of Memory and Language, 37, 481-501.

Frenck-Mestre, C., & Prince, P. (1997). Second language autonomy. Journal of Memory and Language, 37, 481-501.

Frenck-Mestre, C., Anton, J.L., Roth, M., Vaid, J., & Viallet, F. 2005. Articulation in early and late bilinguals' two languages: Evidence from functional magnetic resonance imaging. NeuroReport, 16: 761--765.

Frenck, C. & Pynte, J. (1987), 'Semantic representation and surface forms: a look at across-language priming in bilinguals', Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 16, 4, 383-396

Freudenstein, R. 1977. 'Interaction in the foreign language classroom' in Burt et al. (eds.)

Frhlich, M., Spada, N. & Allen, P. (1985), 'Differences in the communicative orientation of L2 classrooms', TESOL Quarterly, 19, 1, 27-56

Friederici, A. (2002). Towards a neural basis of auditory sentence processing. Trends

Friederici, A. D. (1995) The time course of syntactic activation during language processing: A model based on neuropsychological and neurophysiological data. Brain and Language, 50, 259-281.

Friederici, A. D., & Kotz, S. A. (2003). The brain basis of syntactic processes: Functional imaging and lesion studies. NeuroImage, 20, S8-S17.

Friederici, A. D., Steinhauer, K., & Pfeifer, E. (2002). Brain signatures of artificial language processing: Evidence challenging the critical period hypothesis. PNAS, 99, 529-534.

Friederici, A.D., Steinhauer, K., & Pfeifer, E. 2002. Brain signatures of artificial language processing: Evidence challenging the critical period hypothesis. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 99: 529--534.

Friedrich, M., & Friederici, A. D. (2004). N400-like semantic incongruity effect in 19-months-olds: Processing known words in picture contexts. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 16, 1465-1477.

Fries, C.C. & Fries, A. 1961. Foundations of English, Kenkynsha, Tokyo.

Fries, C.C. & Pike, K. L. 1949. Coexistent phonemic systems. Language 25: 25-50.

Fries, C.C. 1945. Teaching and Learning English as a Foreign Language. University of Michigan Press.

Fries, C.C. 1952. The Structure of English: An Introduction to the Construction of English Sentences. Harcourt, Brace & Company, New York.

Fries, S. (1998) Different phases: A personal case study in language adjustment and children's bilingualism. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 133, 129_141.

Frith, M. 1978. Interlanguage theory: implications for the classroom. McGill Journal of Education 13:155-165.

Fromm, E. (1970). Age regression with unexpected reappearance of a repressed childhood language. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, XVIII, 2, 79-88

Frost, R., Katz, L. & Bentin, S. (1987), -'Strategies for visual word recognition and orthographical depth: a multilingual comparison', Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 13, 1, 104-113

Fry, J. 1988. 'Diary studies in classroom SLA: problems and prospects'. JALT Journal 9:158-

Fubg-kuen Lai, E. (1999), 'Motivation to learn English in Hong Kong', Language, Culture and Curriculum, 12,280-284

Fukushima, S. (1990) Offers and requests: Performance by Japanese learners of English. World Englishes 9, 317-25.

Fulcher, G. (1987), 'Contextual hyponymy': a communicative approach to teaching lexis in context', Modern English Teacher. 14, 3, 14-17

Fulcher, G. (1988), 'Teaching vocabulary for writing', Modern English Teacher. 15, 3, 25-30

Fulcher, G. (1995), 'Variable competence in second language acquisition: a problem for research methodology?', System, 23,1, 25-33

Fuller, J. & Gundel, J. (1987), 'Topic prominence in interlanguage', Language Learning, 37, 1-18

Fuller, J.K. 1978. An investigation of natural and monitored difficulty orders by non-native adult students of English. Doctoral dissertation, Florida State University

Fuller, J.M. (1999), -'Between three languages: composite structure in interlanguage, Applied Linguistics, 20/4, 534-561

Furey, P. (1987). The relationship between advanced ESL learners' explicit rule knowledge of five English grammar patterns and performance on a grammar production task. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Pittsburgh

Furlong, A. 2009. The relation of plilingualism/culturalism to creativity: A matter of perception. International Journal of Multilingualism 6(4): 343--368.

Furnham, A. (1993), 'Communicating in foreign lands; the causes, consequences and cures of culture shock', Language, Culture and Curriculum, 6, 1, 91-109

Furnham, A., & Allass, K. (1999). The influence of musical distraction of varying complexity on the cognitive performance of extraverts and introverts. European Journal of Personality, 13, 27-38.

Furnham, A., & Bradley, A. (1997). Music while you work: The differential distraction of background music on the cognitive test performance of introverts and extraverts. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 11, 445-455.

Furtado, J.C.S. & Webster, W.G. (1989), 'Concurrent language and motor performance in bilinguals: a test of the age of acquisition hypothesis', International Journal of Neurosciences, 45, 133-141

Fussman, G. 1996. Southern Bactria and Northern India before Islam: A review of archaeological reports. Journal of the American Oriental Society 116: 243--259.

G. Gaskell (Ed.), The Oxford handbook of psycholinguistics (pp. 175--193). Oxford:

Gaarder, A. 1977. Language maintenance or language shift. In Bilingualism in early childhood, ed. W. Mackey & T. Andersson. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House.

Gaarder, A.B. 1977, Bilingual Schooling and the Survival of Spanish in the United States. Rowley, MA: Newbury House

Gabrielatos, C. (2001), 'L1 use in ELT: not a skeleton but a boe of contention', Brisges, 6 (May)

Gabrys-Baker, D. (2001). A cross-cultural aspect of the interaction of languages in the mental lexicon of multilingual learners. In Cenoz et al. (eds.) (2001b), 75--96.

Gafaranga, J. & Torras, M-C. (2002). Interactional otherness: towards a redefinition of code-switching. International Journal of Bilingualism, 6, 1-22

Gafaranga, J. (2005). Demythologising language alternation studies: conversational structure versus social structure in bilingual conversation. Journal of Pragmatics, 37, 281-300

Gafaranga, J. 2009. Code-switching as a conversational strategy. In Handbook of Multilingualism and Multilingual Communication, P. Auer & Li Wei (eds), 279--314. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.

Gage, W. 1961 Contrastive studies in linguistics: a bibliographic checklist Center for Applied Linguistics, Washington, D.C.

Gaies, S. (1977), 'The nature of linguistic input in formal language learning: linguistic and communicative strategies in ESL teachers' classroom language', in Brown, H.D., Yorio, C. & Crymes, R. (eds.), Teaching and Learning English as a Second language: Trends in Research and Practice, Washington, TESOL, 74-80

Gaies, S. (1981). Learner feedback and its effect in communication tasks: A pilot study. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 4(1), 46-'"59.

Gaies, S. 1981 Experimental vs. non-experimental research on classroom second language learning. Bilingual Education Paper Series 5, 4. Evaluation, Dissemination and Assessment Center, California State University, Los Angeles

Gaies, S. 1982. 'Native speaker-non-native speaker interaction among academic peers'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 5: 74-82.

Gaies, S. 1983 The investigation of language classroom processes. TESOL Quarterly 17: 205-17

Gaies, S.J. (1979), 'Linguistic input in first and second language learning', in Eckman, F.R., & Hastings, A.J. (1979), Studies in First and Second Language Acquisition, Newbury House

Gaies, S.J. 1977. A comparison of the classroom language of ESL teachers and their speech among peers: an exploratory syntactic analysis. Ph.D. dissertation, Indiana University, Bloomington.

Gaies, S.J. 1983. Learner feedback: an exploratory study of its role in the second language classroom. In H.W. Seliger & M.H. Long, (eds.) Classroom oriented research in second language acquisition, 190-212. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House.

Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (1986). Working with words: a guide to teaching and learning vocabulary. Cambridge: CUP.

Gal, S. (1978) 'Peasant men can't get wives: language change and sex roles in a bilingual community'. Language in Society, 7, 1, 1-17

Gal, S. (1988) The political economy of code choice. In Heller (1988), 245-63.

Gal, S. (1989) Language and political economy. Annual Review of Anthropology', 18: 345-67

Gal, S. 1979, Language Shift Social Determinants of Linguistic Change in Bilingual Austria. New York: Academic Press.

Galambos, S.J. & Goldin-Meadow, S. (1990). The effects of learning two languages on metalinguistic awareness. Cognition, 34, 1-56.

Galambos, S.J. & Hakuta, K. (1988). Subject-specific and task-specific characteristics of metalinguistic awareness in bilingual children. Applied Psycholinguistics, 9, 141-161

Galisson, R. (1991). De la langue a la culture par les mots. Paris: CLE international.

Gallagher, C. 1968. North African problems and prospects: language and identity. In Language problems in developing nations, eds. J. Fishman, C. Ferguson, & J. Das Gupta. New York: Wiley.

Gallimore, R. & Tharp, R. 1981 The interpretation of elicited sentence imitation in a standardised context. Language Learning 31: 369-92

Galloway, L. (1980). Cerebral organisation of language in bilinguals and second language learners. PhD dissertation. University of California at Los Angeles

Galloway, L. & Krashen, S. (1980), -'Cerebral organisation in bilingualism and second language', in R. Scarcella and S. Krashen (Eds.) Research in Second Language Acquisition. Rowley, Mass: Newbury House.

Galloway, L. & Scarcella, R. (1982), -'Cerebral organisation in adult second language acquisition: is the right hemisphere involved?', Brain and Language, 15, 210-233

Galloway, L. 1978. Language impairment and recovery in polyglot aphasia: a case study of a hepta-lingual. In Aspects of bilingualism, ed. M. Paradis. Columbia, S.C.: Hornbeam Press.

Galloway, L. 1981 Contributions of the right cerebral hemisphere to language and communication: issues in cerebral dominance with special emphasis on bilingualism, second language acquisition, sex differences certain ethnic groups. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Linguistics, University of California at Los Angeles

Galloway, L. 1981, The convolutions of second language: a theoretical article with a critical review and some new hypotheses towards a neuropsychological model of bilingualism and second language performance. Language Learning 31, 2, 439-464

Galloway, L. 1982, 'Bilingualism: neurophysiological considerations', Journal of Research and Development in Education, 15, 11-28

Galloway, L. 1983, Etudes cliniques et experimentales sur la repartition hemispherique du traitement cerebrale du langage chez les bilingues: modeles theoriques. Langages, 72, 79-124.

Galloway, V. (1980), 'Perceptions of the communicative efforts of American students of Spanish', MLJ, 64, 428-33

Galtung, J. (1980), The True Worlds. A Transnational Perspective, The Free Press, New York

Galyean, B. (1977), 'A confluent design for language teaching', TESOL Quarterly, 11/2, 143-156

Gandour, J. & Harshman, R. (1978), -'Crosslanguage differences in tone perception: a multi-dimensional scaling investigation', Language and Speech, 21, 1-33

Gandour, J., Tong, Y.X., Talavage, T., Wong, D., Dzemidzic, M., Xu, Y.S., Li, X.J, & Lowe, M. 2007. Neural basis of first and second language processing of sentence-level linguistic prosody. Human Brain Mapping, 28: 94--108.

Gans, H. (1962) The urban villagers: group and class in the life of Italian-Americans (2nd edn). New York: Free Press

Ganschow, L. & Sparks, R. (1993), -'Foreign language learning disabilities: issues, research, and teaching implications', in Vogel, S. & Adelman, P. (eds.), Success for College Students with Learning Disabilities, New York, Springer, 283-322

Ganschow, L. & Sparks, R. (1995), -'Effects of direct instruction in Spanish phonology on native language aptitude of at-risk foreign language learners', Journal of Learning Disabilities, 28, 107-120

Ganschow, L. & Sparks, R. (1996) Anxiety about Foreign Language Learning among High School Women. Modern Language Journal 80, 199-212.

Ganschow, L., Sparks, R., Javorsky, J., Pohlman, J. & Bishop-Marbury, A. (1991), -'Identification of linguistics coding deficits in college-level foreign language learners: a -'foreign language' learning disability', Journal of Learning Disabilities, 24, 530-541

Ganschow, L., Sparks, R., Javorsky, J., Skinner, S. & Palton, J. (1994), -'Differences in language performance among high-, average- and low-anxious college foreign language learners', Modern Language Journal, 78-41-55

Ganschow, L., Sparks, R.L., Javrosky, I., Pohlman, J., & Bishop-Marbury, A. (1991). Identifying native language difficulties among foreign learners in college: A "Foreign language learning disability?". Journal of Learning Disabilities, 24, 530-'"541

Gaonac'h, D. (ed.), Acquisition et utilisation d'une langue etrangre: l'approche cognitive, Hachette: Paris

Garc-a-Albea, J. E., S-nchez-Casas, R., & Igoa, J. (1998). The contribution of word form and word meaning to language processing in Spanish: Some evidence from monolingual and bilingual studies. In D. Hillert (Ed.), Sentence processing: A cross-linguistic perspective (pp. 183-209). New York: Academic Press.

Garcia Mayo, M. (2006). Synthetic compounding in the English interlanguage of Basque-Spanish bilinguals. International Journal of Multilingualism 3.4, 231--257.

Garcia Mayo, M. del P. (ed.) (2007), Investigating Tasks in Formal Language Learning, Multilingual Matters.

Garcia-Caballero, A., Garcia-Lado, I., Gonzalez-Hermida, J., Area, R., Recimil, M. J., Juncos Rabadan, O., et al. (2007). Paradoxical recovery in a bilingual patient with aphasia after right capsuloputaminal infarction. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery and Psychiatry, 78, 89--91.

Garcia, E.E. 1988, Effective schooling for Hispanics. Urban Education Review 67 (2), 462-473.

Garcia, E.E. 1991, Effective instruction for language minority students: The teacher. Journal of Education 173(2), 130-141.

Garcia, G.E. 1991. Factors influencing the English reading test performance of Spanish-speaking Hispanic students. Reading Research Quarterly 26: 371-92.

Garcia, O. (ed.) 1991, Bilingual Education: Focusschrift in Honor of Joshua A. Fishman. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.

Garcia, O. (ed.). 2008. Bilingual Education in the 21st Century: A Global Perspective. Chichester: Wiley-Blackwell.

Garcia, O. & Otheguy, R. (1987): The bilingual education of Cuban-American children in Dade County's Ethnic Schools. Language and Education, 1,83-98.

Garcia, O. & Otheguy, R. 1985, The masters of survival send their children to school: Bilingual education in the ethnic schools of Miami. Bilingual Review 12 (1-2),3-19.

Garcia, O. & Otheguy, R. 1988, The language situation of Cuban Americans. In S.L. McKAY & S.C. WONG (eds) Language Diversity: Problem or Resource? New York: Newbury House.

Garcia, O. 1983, Sociolinguistics and language planning in bilingual education for Hispanics in the United States. International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 44, 43-54.

Garcia, O. 1991, Latinos and bilingual education in the United States: Their role as objects and subjects. New Language Planning Newsletter 6 (2), 3-5

Garcia, O. 1992, Societal multilingualism in a multicultural world in transition. In H. BYRNE (ed.) Languages for a Multicultural World in Transition. Illinois: National Textbook Company.

Garcia, O. 1997. Bilingual Education. In The Handbook of Sociolinguistics, F. Coulmas (ed.), 405--420. Oxford: Basil Blackwell. (National Association for Language Development in the Curriculum), November

Garcia, O., T. Skuttnab-Kangas & M. Torres-Guzman (2006a). Weaving spaces and (de)constructing ways for multilingual schools: The actual and the imagined. In Garcia et al. (eds.), 3--47.Garcia, O., T. Skuttnab-Kangas & M. Torres-Guzman (eds.) (2006b). Imagining multilingual schools:Languages in education and globalization. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Gardner-Chloros, P. (1987) Code-switching in relation to language contact and convergence. In G. Ldi (ed.), Devenir bilingue - parler bilingue. Actes du 2eme colloque sur le bilinguisme, Universit de Neuchatel, 20-22 Sept. 1984. Tubingen: Max Niemeyer Verlag, 99-111.

Gardner-Chloros, P. (1991) Language selection and switching in Strasbourg. Oxford: Clarendon Press.

Gardner-Chloros, P. (1992) The sociolinguistics of the Greek-Cypriot community of London. In M. Karyolemou ed., Sociolinguistique du grec et de la Grce, 4 (June 1992). Plurilinguismes. CERPL Paris: Universit Ren Descartes, 112-36.

Gardner, R. (1960), Motivational variables in second language acquisition. Doctoral dissertation, McGill University

Gardner, R. (1960), Motivational variables in second language learning. In R. Gardner & W. Lambert (eds.), 1972. Attitudes and Motivation in Second-Language Learning. Rowley, Ma.: Newbury House.

Gardner, R. (1968), 'Attitudes and motivation: their role in second language acquisition', TESOL Quarterly, 2, 141-50

Gardner, R. (1979), Social psychological aspects of second language acquisition. In Giles, H & St Clair, R (eds.) Language and Social Psychology, pp. 193-220. Basil Blackwell

Gardner, R. (1980), On the validity of affective variables in second language acquisition: conceptual, contextual and statistical considerations. Language Learning 30: 255-70

Gardner, R. (1983), 'Learning another language: a true social psychological experiment'. Journal of Language and Social Psychology 2:21940.

Gardner, R. (1985), Social Psychology and Second Language Learning, London, Edward Arnold

Gardner, R. (1988), 'The socio-educational model of second language learning: assumptions, findings and issues'. Language Learning, 38:101-26

Gardner, R. (1991), 'Second-language learning in adults: correlates of proficiency', Applied Language Learning 2:1-28.

Gardner, R. & Clement, R. 1990. 'Social psychological perspectives on second language acquisition' in Giles & Robinson (eds.) 1990

Gardner, R. & Gliksman, L. 1982 On 'Gardner on affect': a discussion of validity as it relates to the attitude/motivation test battery: a response from Gardner. Language Learning 32:191-200

Gardner, R. & Lambert, W. 1959. Motivational variables in second language acquisition. Canadian Journal of Psychology 13:266-272.

Gardner, R. & Lambert, W. 1965. Language aptitude, intelligence, and second language achievement. Journal of Educational Psychology, 56, 191-199

Gardner, R. & Lambert, W. 1972 Attitudes and motivation in second-language learning. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Gardner, R. & MacIntyre, P. 1991. 'An instrumental motivation in language study: who says it isn't effective?' Studies in Second Language Acquisition 13: 57-72.

Gardner, R. & MacIntyre, P. 1992. 'A student's contributions to second language learning. Part 1: Cognitive variables'. Language Teaching 25:211-20.

Gardner, R. & MacIntyre, P. 1993. -'On the measurement of affective variables in second language acquisition' , Language Learning, 43, 2, 157-194

Gardner, R. & Santos, E.H. (1970), -'Motivational variables in second language acquisition: a Philippino investigation', Research Bulletin 149, University of Ontario, Dept. of Psychology

Gardner, R. & Smythe, P. 1975. 'Second language acquisition: a social psychological approach'. Research Bulletin No 332. Department of Psychology, University of Western Ontario.

Gardner, R. & Smythe, P. 1975. On the development of the Attitude/Motivation battery, CMLR, 37, 3, 510-525

Gardner, R., & Wagner, J. (2004), (Eds.). Second language conversations. London: Continuum.

Gardner, R., Clement, R., Smythe, P.C. & Smythe, C.L. (1977), Attitudes and Motivation Test battery, Revised Manual, Dept of Psychology, University of Western Ontario

Gardner, R., Day, J. & MacIntyre, P.D. (1992), -'Integrative motivation, induced anxiety and language learning in a controlled environment', SSLA, 14, 197-214

Gardner, R., Ginsberg, R. & Smythe, P. 1976, Attitudes and motivation in second language learning: course related changes. The Canadian Modern Language Review 32: 243-66

Gardner, R., Lalonde, R. & Macpherson, J. 1985. 'Social factors in second language attrition'. Language Learning 35: 519~0.

Gardner, R., Lalonde, R. & Pierson, R. 1983. 'The socio-educational model of second language acquisition: an investigation using LISREL causal modelling'. Journal of Language and Social Psychology 2:1-15.

Gardner, R., Moorcroft, R. & MacIntyre, P. 1987. 'The role of anxiety in second language performance of language dropouts'. Research Bulletin No 657. London, Ontario: The University of Western Ontario.

Gardner, R., Smythe, P. & Brunet, G. 1977. 'Intensive second language study: effects on attitudes, motivation and French achievement'. Language Learning 27: 243-62.

Gardner, R., Smythe, P. & Clement. R. 1979. 'Intensive second language study in a bicultural milieu: an investigation of attitudes, motivation, and language proficiency'. Language Learning 29: 305-20.

Gardner, R., Smythe, P., Clement, R. & Gliksman, L. 1976. 'Second language learning: a social-psychological perspective'. Canadian Modern Language Review 32: 198-213

Gardner, R.C. & Tremblay, P.F. (1998) Specificity of affective variables and the trait/state conceptualisation of motivation in second language acquisition. In R.K. Agnithori, A.L. Khanna & I. Sachdev (Eds.), Social Psychological Perspectives on Second Language Learning (pp. 31-52). New Delhi: Sage Publications.

Gardner, R.C. 2006. The socio-educational model of Second Language Acquisition: A research paradigm. The EUROSLA Yearbook 6: 237--260.

Gardner, R.C., Lalonde, R.N., Moorcroft, R. & Evers, F.T. (1987), 'Second language attrition: The role of motivation and use', Journal of Language and Social Psychology 6/1, 29-47

Gardner, R.C., Masgoret, A. & Tremblay, P.F, (1999), 'Home background characteristics and second language learning', Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 18, 4, 419-37

Gardner, R.C., Taylor, D.M. & Feenstra, H.J. (1970), -'Ethnic stereotypes: attitudes or beliefs. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 24, 321-334

Gardner, R.C., Tremblay, P.F. & Masgoret A-M (1997), 'Towards a full model of second language learning: an empirical investigation', MLJ, 81, 3, 344-362

Gary, J. & Gary, N. (1981), 'Caution: talking may be dangerous to your linguistic health', IRAL, XIX/1

Gary, J. & Gary, N. (1981), 'Comprehension-based language instruction: practice,' in H. Winitz (ed.) Native and Foreign Language Acquisition, N.Y. Academy of Sciences

Gary, J. 1975. Delayed oral practice in initial stages of second language learning. In M. Burt & H. Dulay (eds.), 1975, New Directions in Second Language Learning, Teaching, and Bilingual Education. Washington,

Gaskill, W. 1980 Correction in native speaker-non-native speaker conversation. In Larsen-Freeman, D (ed.) Discourse analysis in second language research, pp. 125-37. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Gass, S. (1979), 'Language transfer and universal grammatical relations', Language Learning, 29/2, 327-344

Gass, S. (1980), 'An investigation of syntactic transfer in adult second language learners', in Scarcella & Krashen (1980)

Gass, S. (1982), 'From theory to practice', in Hines, M., & Rutherford, W. (eds.), On TESOL '81, TESOL, Washington DC, 129-139

Gass, S. (1986). An interactionist approach to L2 sentence interpretation. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 8, 1, 19-37

Gass, S. (1987). L2 vocabulary acquisition. In A. Valdman (ed.), Proceedings of the Symposium on the Evaluation of Foreign Language Proficiency. Bloomington, JN: Committee for Research and Development in Language Instruction.

Gass, S. (1993), -'Second language acquisition: Past, Present and Future', Second Language Research, 9, 198-218

Gass, S. (1993), -'The reliability of second language grammaticality judgements' in Tarone, E., Gass, S. & Cohen, A. (eds.) Research methodology in second language acquisition, 303-324

Gass, S. (1995), -'Learning and teaching: the necessary interaction', in Eckman et al (eds), 3 20

Gass, S. (1996). L2 acquisition and linguistic theory: the role of language transfer. In W. Ritchie & T. Bhatia (eds.), Handbook of L2 acquisition. San Diego, CA: Academic Press, 317--345.Gass, S. (1997), Input, Interaction, and the Second Langueg Learner, ErlbaumGass, S. 1997. Input, interaction, and the second language learner. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Gass, S. (1998), 'Apples and oranges; or why apples are not oranges and don't need to be, a response to Firth and Wagner', MLJ, 82, 1, 83-90

Gass, S. (ed.) 1987. Special issue on lexical acquisition. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 9: 2.

Gass, S. & Ard, J. 1980. 'L2 data: their relevance for language universals'. TESOL Quarterly 16: 443-52.

Gass, S. & Ard, J. 1984, -'Second language acquisition and the ontogeny of language universals', in Rutherford, W (ed.) Language universals and second language acquisition, pp.33-68. John Benjamins, Amsterdam

Gass, S. & Lakshmanan, U. 1991. 'Accounting for interlanguage subject pronouns'. Second Language Research 7: 181-203.

Gass, S. & Madden, C, (eds.) 1985 Input in second language acquisition. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Gass, S. & Neu, J. (1995) Speech Acts Across Cultures. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.

Gass, S. & Schachter, J. (eds.) (1989), Linguistic Perspectives on Second Language Acquisition, CUP

Gass, S. & Selinker, L. (eds.). 1983. Language Transfer in Language Learning. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House.

Gass, S. & Varonis, E. 1982. The comprehensibility of non-native speech. SSLA, 4, 114-136

Gass, S. & Varonis, E. 1985. 'Variation in native speaker speech modification to non-native speakers'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 7: 37-57.

Gass, S. & Varonis, E. 1994. -'Input, interaction, and second language acquisition', Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 16, 283-302

Gass, S. 1983 The development of L1 intuitions. TESOL Quarterly 17: 273-91

Gass, S. 1983. 'Language transfer and universal grammatical relations' in Gass & Selinker (ed.) 1983

Gass, S. 1984. -'Development of speech perception and speech production abilities in adult second language learners', Applied Psycholinguistics, 5, 1, 51-74

Gass, S. 1984. 'A review of interlanguage syntax: language transfer and language universals'. Language Learning 34:115-32

Gass, S. 1984. The empirical basis for the universal hypothesis in interlanguage studies. In Davies et al. 1984.

Gass, S. 1987. 'The resolution of conflicts among competing systems: a bi-directional perspective'. Applied Psycholinguistics 8: 329-50.

Gass, S. 1988. 'Integrating research areas: a framework for second language studies'. Applied Linguistics 9:198-217

Gass, S. 1989. 'Language universals and second language acquisition'. Language Learning 39:497-534.

Gass, S. 1990. 'Second and foreign language learning: same, different or none of the above?' in VanPatten & Lee (eds.) 1990.

Gass, S. 1991. 'Grammar instruction, selective attention, and learning' in Phillipson et al. (eds.)

Gass, S. M. (2004). Conversation analysis and input-interaction. Modern Language Journal, 88, 597--602.

Gass, S., & Varonis, E. (1984). The effect of familiarity on the comprehensibility of nonnative speech. Language Learning, 34, 65-89.

Gass, S., Mackey, A. & Pica, T. (1998), 'The role of input and interaction in second language acquisition', MLJ, 82, 3, 299-307

Gass, S., Madden, C., Preston, D. & Selinker, L. (eds.) 1989. Variation in Second Language Acquisition Volume II: Psycholinguistic Issues. Clevedon, Avon: Multilingual Matters.

Gass, S.M. (1988). Integrating research areas: A framework for second language studies. Applied Linguistics, 9, 198-217.

Gasser, M. 1990. 'Connectionism and universals of second language acquisition'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 12:179-99.

Gastaldi, G. (1951). Osservazioni su un afasico bilingue. Sistema Nervoso, 2, 175-'"180.

Gatbonton, E. 1978. 'Patterned phonetic variability in second language speech: a gradual diffusion model'. Canadian Modern Language Review 34: 335-47.

Gatbonton, E. 1983. Patterned phonetic variability in second language speech: A gradual diffusion model. In. B. Robinett & J. Schachter (eds), Second language learning: contrastive analysis, error analysis, and related aspects. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan

Gathercole, S. & Baddeley, A. (1990) The role of phonological memory in vocabulary acquisition: A study of young children learning new words. British Journal of Psychology 81, 439-454.

Gathercole, S. and A. Thorn (1998). Phonological short-term memory and foreign language learning. Foreign language learning. A. Healy and L. Bourne. Mahwah, NJ, L. Erlbaum: 141-160.

Gathercole, S. E., & Baddeley, A. D. (1989). Evaluation of the role of phonological STM in the development of vocabulary in children: A longitudinal study. Journal of Memory and Language, 28, 200-213.

Gathercole, S. E., & Thorn, A. S. C. (1998). Phonological short-term memory and foreign-language learning. In A. F. Healy & L. E.Bourne (Eds.), Foreign-language learning: Psycholinguistics studies on training and retention (141-185). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Gathercole, V. (2002). Grammatical gender in bilingual and monolingual children: A Spanish morphosyntactic distinction. In K. Oller & R. Eilers (Eds.), Language and literacy in bilingual children (pp. 207-219). Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters.

Gattegno, C. (1972), Teaching Foreign Languages in Schools: the Silent Way, Educational Solutions, New York

Gattegno, C. 1976 The common sense of teaching foreign languages. Educational Solutions, New York

Gatto, D. (2000). Language proficiency and narrative proficiency of a trilingual child. In Dentler et al. (eds.), 117--142.

Gaudart, H. 1987, A typology of bilingual education in Malaysia. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 8 (6), 529-552.

Gawlitzek-Maiwald, I. & Tracy, R. (1996). Bilingual bootstrapping. Linguistics, 34, 901-926

Gaziel, T., Obler, L. & Albert, M. (1979), 'A tachistoscopic study of Hebrew English bilinguals', In: Albert, M.L. & Obler, L.K. (eds), The bilingual brain. Academic Press

Gearon, M. 1998. L'alternance entre l'anglais et le franais chez les professeurs de franais langue trangere en Australie (Codeswitching between English and French among teachers of French as a foreign language in Australia). Etudes de Linguistique Applique, 108, 467-474.

Geertz, C. (1972), 'Linguistic Etiquette', In Pride, J. & Holmes, J. eds, pp. 167-79.

Geeslin, K. (2003). A comparison of copula choice: Native Spanish speakers and advanced learners. Language Learning, 53, 703-764.

Gefen, R. (1993) 'Grammar learning as part of foreign language acquisition' In A Communicative Methodology (pp 133-138) Israeli Ministry of Education

Geissler, H. (1938): Zweisprachige deutscher Kinder im Ausland. Stuttgart: Kohihammer.

Gekoski, W. 1970, Effects of language acquisition contexts on semantic processing in bilinguals. Proceedings of the American Psychological Association, 5, 487-488

Gekoski, W. L. (1980). Language acquisition context and language organization in bilinguals. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 9, 429-449.

Gekoski, W.L. (1980), 'Language acquisition context and language organisation in bilinguals', J. Psycholing. Res., 9/5, 429-449

Gekoski, W.L., Jacabson, J.Z. & Frazao-Brown, A.P. (1982), -'Visual masking and linguistic interdependence in bilinguals', Canadian Journal of Psychology, 36, 108-116

Gendron, J.D. & Nelde, P. H. (1986) eds. Plurilinguisme en Europe et au Canada, perspectives de recherche. Bonn: Dummler.

General Accounting Office (1987), Bilingual Education. A New Look at the Research Evidence. Washington, DC: General Accounting Office.

Genesee, F. (1976), 'The role of intelligence in second language learning'. Language Learning 26: 267-80

Genesee, F. (1978-79), Scholastic effects of French immersion: an overview after ten years. Interchange 9:20-29.

Genesee, F. (1978), -'Is there an optimal age for starting second language instruction?', McGill Journal of Education, 13, 145-54

Genesee, F. (1978), 'Individual differences in second language learning'. The Canadian Modern Language Review 34: 490-504.

Genesee, F. (1978), Second language learning and language attitudes. Working Papers on Bilingualism. 16, 19-42.

Genesee, F. (1980), The cerebral organisation of language in bilinguals and second lan-guage learners. Ph.D. dissertation, University of California at Los Angeles.

Genesee, F. (1981), -'A comparison of early and late language learners', Canadian Journal of Behavioral Sciences, 13, 115-28

Genesee, F. (1982), Experimental neuropsychological research on second language processing. TESOL Quarterly 16: 315-22

Genesee, F. (1983), Bilingual education of majority-language children: the ~L/ immersion experiments in review. Applied Psycholinguistics 4(1): 1~6

Genesee, F. (1984), 'French immersion programs' in Shapson & D'Oyley (eds.) 1984.

Genesee, F. (1984), Historical and theoretical foundations of immersion education. In California State Department of Education (ed.) Studies on Immersion Education: A Collection for United States Educators. California: California State Department of Education.

Genesee, F. (1985), Second language learning through immersion: a review of U.S. programs. Review of Educational Research 55:541-561.

Genesee, F. (1987), Learning Through Two Languages: Studies of Immersion and Bilingual Education. Cambridge, Mass.: Newbury House.

Genesee, F. (1988), Neuropsychology and second language acquisition. In Beebe, L. (ed.) Issues in second language acquisition: multiple perspectives, 81-112. Newbury House, Cambridge, Mass.

Genesee, F. (1988). Bilingual development in pre-school children. In D. Bishop & K. Mogford (Eds.), Language development in exceptional circumstances (pp. 62-79). Edinburgh: Churchill Livingstone.

Genesee, F. (1989), 'Early bilingual development: one language or two?', J. Child. Lang., 16, 161-179 (Reproduced in 2000, The Bilingual Reader, Li Wei (ed.), 327--343. London: Routledge).

Genesee, F. (1989), Educating second language children, CUP

Genesee, F. (1998). A case study of multilingual education in Canada. In Cenoz & Genesee (eds.), 243--258.

Genesee, F. (2003), Portrait of the bilingual child. In V. Cook (ed.) Portraits of the L2 User, Multilingual Matters, 161-179

Genesee, F. (2003), Rethinking bilingual acquisition, In Dewaele, J.M et al (eds) Bilingualism: Beyond Basic Principles, Multilingual Matters, 204-228

Genesee, F. & Hamayan, E. 1980 Individual differences in second language learning. Applied Psycholinguistics 1: 95-110

Genesee, F. & Lambert, W. (1983), -'Trilingual education for majority language children', Child Development, 54, 105-114

Genesee, F. & Upshur, J.A. (1996), Classroom-based Evaluation in Second Language Education, CUP

Genesee, F. 2000. Early bilingual language development: One language or two? In The Bilingualism Reader, Li Wei (ed.), 327--343. London: Routledge. (Originally published in Journal of Child Language 16(1): 161--179).

Genesee, F., & Nicoladis, E. 2006. Bilingual acquisition. In E. Hoff & M. Shatz (Eds), Handbook of language development, Oxford: Blackwell.

Genesee, F., Boivin, I. & Nicoladis, E. (1996), 'Talking with strangers: a study of bilinguals children's communicative competence', Applied Linguistics, 17, 427-442

Genesee, F., Hamers, J., Lambert, W.E., Mononen, L., Seitz, M. & Starck, R. (1978): Language processing in bilinguals. Brain and Language, 5, 1-12.

Genesee, F., Nicoladis, E. & Paradis, J. (1995). Language differentiation in early bilingual development. Journal of Child Language, 22, 611-631

Genesee, F., Rogers, P. & Holobow, N. 1983 The social psychology of second language learning: another point of view. Language Learning 33: 209-24

Genesee, F., Tucker, R. & Lambert, W.E. (1975): Communication skills of bilingual children. Child Development, 46, 1010-14.

George, H. 1972. Common Errors in Language Learning: Insights from English. Rowley, Mass.:

Gerard, L.D. & Scarborough, D. L. (1989). Language-specific lexical access of homographs by bilinguals. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 15, 305-315.

Gerganov, E. & Taseva-Rangelova, K. 1982. The impact of the factors -'associative value' and -'number of syllables' of English lexical items on word memorisation in teaching English to Bulgarian students. Supostavitelno Ezikoznanie (Contrastive Linguistics) 7 (4): 3-12

Gerhand. S.I., Deregowski, J.B. & McAllister. H. (1995). Stroop phenomenon as a measure of cognitive functioning of bilinguals (Gaelic/English) subjects. British Journal of Psychology. 86. 89-'"92

German mental lexicon: A dual-mechanism account. In H. Baayen & R. Schreuder

German mental lexicon. Cognition, 72, 203--236.

Gerver, D. (1976). Empirical studies of simultaneous interpretation: A review and a model. In R. W. Brislin (Ed.), Translation: Application and research (pp. 165-207). New York: Gardner Press.

Gerver, D., Longley, P., Long, J., & Lambert, S. (1984). Selecting trainee conference interpreters: A preliminary study. Journal of Occupational Psychology, 57, 17-31.

Geva, E. (1999). Introduction: Linguistic processes in reading across orthographies. Reading and Writing, 11, 275-280.

Geva, E., & Verhoeven, L. (2000). Basic Processes in Early Second Language Reading. N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Geva, E., & Wade-Woolley, L. (1998). Component processes in becoming English-Hebrew biliterate In A.Y. Durgunoglu & L. Verhoeven (Eds.). Literacy development in a multilingual context: Cross-cultural perspectives. (pp. 85-110). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Geva, E., Wade-Woolley, L. & Shany, M. (1993), -'The concurrent development of spelling and decoding in different orthographies', Journal of Reading Behaviour, 25, 4, 383-406

Geva, Esther, Wade-Woolley, Lesly and Michal Shany. "The Development of Reading Efficiency in First and Second Language." Scientific Studies of Reading 1 (1997): 119--44

Ghahremani-Ghajar, S.S. & Masny, D. (1999) Making sense in a second orthography. ITL: Review of Applied Linguistics, 125-126, 99-120.

Giacalone Ramat, A. (1993). Italiano di stranieri. In: Sobrero, A.A. (ed.). Introduzione all'italiano contemporaneo. Vol II la variazione egli usi. Roma-Bari: Laterza, , 341-410

Giacobbe, I. & Luca, M. 1980. Quelques hypotheses sur le rapport langue maternelle-systmes intermdiares. Encrages (no spcial).25-36

Giacobbe, J. (1989). Construction des mots et construction du sens: cognition et interaction dans l'acquisition du Franais par des adultes Hispanophones. Ph.D. Universit Paris VII.

Giacobbe, J. (1993-94). Construction des formes lexicales et activit cognitive dans l'acquisition du franais L2. In Singleton (ed.) (1993-94).

Giacobbe, J. & Cammarota, M-A. (1986), Un modele de rapport langue source / langue cible dans la construction du lexique. In: A Giacomi & D. Veronique (Eds.). Acquisition d'une langue etrangere. PUP.

Giacobbe, J. & Cammarota, M.-A. 1986. L'acquisition du lexique en franais par des adultes hispanophones. Langages, 84:65-78. 19861).

Giacobbe, J. & Cammarota, M.-A. 1986. Learner's hypotheses for the acquisition of lexis. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 8.3:327-342.

Giacomi, A. & Hrdia, C. de, 1986. Russits et checs dans la communication linguistique entre locuteurs francophones et locuteurs immigrs. Langages, 84:9-24.

Giacomi, A. & Vion, R. 1986. La conduite du recit dans l'acquisition d'une langue seconde. Langue Franaise, 71:32-47

Giacomi, A. & Vion, R. 1986. Metadiscursive processes in the acquisition of a second language. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 8.3:355-368

Giacomi, A. & Vronique, D. (eds.) Acquisition d'une langue trangre: Perspectives et recherches, Aix-en-Provence: Universit de Provence.

Giauque, G.S. & Ely, C.M. (1990). Code-switching in beginning foreign language teaching. In Jacobson, R. & Faltis, C. (ed.) Language Description Issues in Bilingual Schooling, Clevedon, Multilingual Matters, 174-184

Gibbons, J. (1983), Attitudes towards languages and code-switching in Hong Kong. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 4, 129-47.

Gibbons, J. (1985), The silent period: an examination. Language Learning 35 (2): 255-67

Gibson, M. (1997). Non-native perception and production of English attitudinal intonation. In J. Leather & A. James (Eds.), New Sounds 97: Proceedings of the Third International Symposium on the Acquisition of Second-Language Speech (pp. 96-102). Klagenfurt, Austria: University of Klagenfurt.

Gibson, M. & Hufeisen, B. 2003. Investigating the role of prior foreign language knowledge. In The Multilingual Lexicon, J.

Gibson, M., & Hufeisen, B. (2003). Investigating the role of prior foreign language knowledge: Translating from an unknown into a known foreign language. In J. Cenoz, B. Hufeisen, & U. Jessner (Eds.), The multilingual lexicon (pp 87-102). Netherlands: Springer.

Gibson, M., & Hufeisen, B. (2003). Investigatng the role of prior foreign language knowledge. In J. Cenoz, B. Hufeisen, & U. Jessner (Eds.), The multilingual lexicon (pp. 87-102). Dordrecht, The Netherlands: Kluwer.

Gick, M. & Holynak, K. 1983. 'Schema induction and analogical transfer'. Cognitive Psychology 15:1-38.

Gilbert, C. (1981), French and German: A comparative study. In Ferguson, C.A. & Heath, S.B. eds, pp.257-72.

Gilbert, G. (1981), 'Discussion of "Two perspectives on pidginisation as Second Language Acquisition"', in Andersen, R.W. (ed.), New Dimensions in Second Language Acquisition Research, Newbury House, Rowley, Mass., 207-212

Gile, D. (1995). Basic concepts and models for interpreter and translator training. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.

Gile, D. (1997). Conference interpreting as a cognitive management problem. In J. H. Danks, G. M. Shreve, S. B. Fountain., & M. K. McBeath (Eds.), Cognitive interpreting processes in translation and interpreting (pp. -'.). Thousand Oaks: Sage Publications.

Giles, H. (1971), 'Our reactions to accent'. New Society, 14th October.

Giles, H. (ed.) (1977), Language, ethnicity and intergroup relations. Academic Press, New York

Giles, H. & Byrne, J.L. 1982, An intergroup approach to second language acquisition. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 3(1), 17-40.

Giles, H. & Coupland, N. 1991, Language: Contexts and Consequences. Milton Keynes: Open University Press.

Giles, H. & Johnson, P. (1981) The role of language in ethnic group formation. In: J.C. Turner & H. Giles (eds) Intergroup behaviour. Oxford: Blackwell, pp. 199-243.

Giles, H. & Johnson, P. (1987) Ethnolinguistic identity theory: A social psychological approach to language maintenance. International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 68, 69-99

Giles, H. & Smith, P. 1979 Accommodation theory: optimal levels of convergence. In Giles, H. & St Clair, R. (eds.) Language and social psychology, pp. 45-65. Basil Blackwell

Giles, H. & St Clair, R. (eds.) 1979 Language and social psychology. Basil Blackwell

Giles, H., Bourhis, R. & Taylor, D. 1977, 'Towards a theory of language in ethnic group relations', in Giles, H (ed.) Language, ethnicity and intergroup relations. Academic Press, New York, 307-348

Giles, H., Taylor, D. & Bourhis, R. 1973. Toward a theory of interpersonal ac-commodation through language: Some Canadian data. Language in Society 2:117-192.

Gillette, S. 1980. Contextual Variation in the Perception of /l/ and /r/ by Japanese and Korean Speakers. Minnesota Papers in Linguistics and the Philosophy of Language 6, p.59-72

Gillis, M. & Weber, R. 1976 The emergence of sentence modalities in the English of Japanese-speaking children. Language Learning 26: 77-94

Gilsan, E. (1985), -'The effect of word order on listening comprehension and pattern retention: an experiment in Spanish as a foreign language', Language Learning, 35, 443-72

Gingras, R. (1974), Problems in the description of Spanish-English intrasentential code-switching. In Southwest areal linguistics, ed. G. Bills. San Diego: Institute for Cultural Pluralism

Gingras, R. (ed.) 1978 Second language acquisition and foreign language teaching. Center for Applied Linguistics, Arlington, Va.

Ginsberg, R.B. (1986), 'Issues in the analysis of language loss: Methodology of the language skills attrition project', in B. Weltens et al. (eds.), Language attrition in progress, 19-36

Gipper, H. (1976). Is there a linguistic relativity principle? In R. Pinxten (Ed.), Universalism versus relativism in language and thought. Proceedings of a colloquium on the Sapir-Whorf Hypothesis (pp. 217-228). The Hague: Mouton.

Girard, D. 1988, Selection and Distribution of Contents in Language Syllabuses. Strasbourg: Council of Europe

Giussani, C., Roux, F.-E., Lubrano, V., Gaini, S.M., & Bello, L. 2007. Review of language organisation in bilingual patients: what can we learn from direct brain mapping? Acta Neurochirurgica, 149: 1109--1116.

Givon, T. 1979 From discourse to syntax: grammar as a processing strategy. In Givon, T (ed.) Syntax and semantics, Vol. 12: Discourse and syntax. Academic Press, New York

Givon, T. 1984 Universals of discourse structure and second language acquisition. In Rutherford, W. (ed.) Language universals and second language acquisition, pp. 109-36. John Benjamins, Amsterdam

Givon, T., Yang, L. & Gernsbacher, M. 1990. The processing of second language vocabulary. In H. Burmeister & P. Rounds (Eds.) Variability in second language acquisition: proceedings of the tenth meeting of the second language research forum. Eugene: University of Oregon

Glahn, E. & Holmen, A. (eds.) 1985. Learner discourse. Anglica et Americana 22, Department of English, University of Copenhagen, Copenhagen.

Glahn, E. 1980 Introspection as a method of elicitation in interlanguage studies. Interlanguage Studies Bulletin 5:119-28

Glanzer, M. & Duarte, A. (1971), -'Repetition between and within languages in free recall', JVLVB, 10, 625-630

Glaser, M. O., & Glaser, W. R. (1982). Time course analysis of the Stroop phenomenon. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 8, 875-894.

Glazer, N. 1966. The process and problems of language maintenance: an integrative review. In Language loyalty in the United States, ed. J. Fishman. The Hague: Mouton.

Gleitman, L., Newport, E. & Gleitman, H. 1984 The current status of the motherese hypothesis. Journal of Child Language 11: 43-79

Glicksberg, D.H. (1963), A study of the span of immediate memory among adult students of English as a Foreign Language, Ph.D., University of Michigan

Gliksman, L. 1981, Improving the prediction of behaviours associated with second language acquisition. PhD thesis, University of Western Ontario

Gloning, I. & Gloning, K. (1965), -'Aphasien bei polyglotten', Wiener Zeitschrift fr Nervenheilkunde, 22, 362-397

Gloning, I. & Gloning, K. 1965. Aphasien bei polyglotten. Beitrag zur dynamik des sprachabbaus sowie zur lokalisationsfrage dieser storungen. Wiener Zeitschrift fur Nervenheilkunde 22: 362--397.

Glushko, R. J. (1979). The organization and activation of orthographic knowledge in reading aloud. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 5, 674-691.

Gnutzmann, C. 1970. Zur Analyse Lexicalischer Fehler (On the analysis of lexical errors). In PAKS 1970, no.5.

Goddard, H.H. (1917), Mental tests and the immigrant. Journal of Delinquency, 2, 243-77.

Godfrey, D. 1980 A discourse analysis of tense in adult ESL monologues. In Larsen-Freeman, D (ed.) Discourse analysis in second language research. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Goetz, P.J. (2003), 'The effects of bilingualism on theory of mind development', Bilingualism, Language and Cognition, 6, 1, 1-15

Goggin, J. & Wickens, D.D. (1971), -'Proactive interference and language change in short-term memory', JVLVB, 10, 453-458

Goh, C.C.M. (2000), 'A cognitive perspective on language learners' lisetning comprehension problems, System, 28, 55-75

Goldberg, M. 1941. A qualification of the marginal man theory. American Socio-logical Review 6:52-58.

Goldschneider, J.M & DeKeyser, R.M. (2001), -'Explaining the -'Natural Order of L2 Morpheme Acquisition" in English: a meta-analysis of multiple determinants', Language Learning, 51, 1, 1-50

Goldstein, H. 1983.Word Recognition in a Foreign Language: A Study of Speech Perception. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research 12, p. 417-427

Goldstein, K. (1983). Disturbances of language in polyglot individuals with aphasia (case summary). In M. Paradis (Ed.), Readings on aphasia in bilinguals and polyglots (p. 455). Montreal: Didier. (Original work published in 1948.)

Goldstein, L. (1987), -'Standard English: the only target for non-native speakers of English?' TESOL Quarterly 21, 3, 417-436

Goldstein, L. M. (1987). Standard English: the only target for nonnative speakers of English? TESOL Quarterly, 21(3), 417-436.

Golestani, N., Alario, F.X., Meriaux, S., Le Bihan, D., Dehaene, S., & Pallier, C. 2006. Syntax production in bilinguals. Neuropsychologia, 44: 1029--1040.

Golinkoff, M. Hirsh-Pasek, K. & Schweisguth, M. 2001. -'A Reappraisal of Young Children's Knowledge of Grammatical Morphemes.' In Weissenborn, J. and Hhle, B (eds.), -'Approaches to Bootstrapping.' Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.

Gollan, T. H., & Acenas, L.-A. (2004). What is a TOT? Cognate and translation effects on tip-of-the-tongue states in Spanish-English and Tagalog-English bilinguals. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 30, 246-269.

Gollan, T. H., & Silverberg, N. B. (2001) Tip-of-the-tongue states in Hebrew-English bilinguals. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 4, 63-84.

Gollan, T. H., and Silverberg, N. B. (2001). Tip-of-the-tongue states in Hebrew-English bilinguals. Bilingualism, 4, 63-83.

Gollan, T. H., Forster, K. I., & Frost, R. (1997). Translation priming with different scripts: Masked priming with cognates and noncognates in Hebrew-English bilinguals. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 23, 1122-1139.

Gollan, T. H., Montoya, R., & Werner, G. A. (2002). Semantic and letter fluency in Spanish-English bilinguals. Neuropsychology, 16, 562-576.

Gollan, T. H., Montoya, R., Fennema-Notestine, C., & Morris, S. (2005). Bilingualism affects picture naming but not picture classification. Memory and Cognition, 33, 1220-1234.

Gollan, T.H., & Kroll, J.F. 2001. Bilingual lexical access. In B. Rapp (Ed.), The handbook of cognitive neuropsychology (pp. 321--345). Philadelphia: Psychology Press.

Gollan, T.H., Forster, K.I. & Frost, R.(1997), 'Translation priming with different scripts: masked priming with cognates and noncognates in Hebrew-English bilinguals', Journal of Experimental Psychology: learning, memory and cognition, 23, 5, 1122-1139

Golombek, P & Jordan, S.R. (2005), -'Becoming -'black lambs' not -'parrots' a poststructuralist orientation to intelligibility and identity', TESOL Quarterly, 39, 3, 513-533

Gomes de Matos, F. (1991), 'Human rights applied to translation: a case for language learners' right to translate', American Translators Association Monograph Series, V, 254-259

Gomes-da-Costa, B., Smith, T.M.F. & Whitely, D. (1975), German Language Attainment, Julius Groos, Heidelberg

Gomez-Tortosa, E., Martin, E.M, Gaviria, M., Charbel, F. & Ausman J.I. (1995). Selective deficit of one language in a bilingual patient following surgery in the left perysylvian area. Brain and Language, 48, 320-325

Gomez, R. L., & Gerken, L. (1999). Artificial grammar learning by 1-year-olds leads to specific and abstract knowledge. Cognition, 70, 109-135.

Goncz, L. & Kodopelijc, J. (1991), -'Exposure to two languages in the pre-school period: metalinguistic development in the acquisition of reading', J. Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 12, 3, 137-63

Gonzales, V. & Yawkey, T.D. (1994), 'Influence of cognitive, linguistic and socio-cultural factors on literacy and biliteracy in young bilingual children', Education, 115, 2, 230-239

Gonzalez, L.A. (1986), -'The effects of first language education on the second language and academic achievement of Mexican immigrant elementary school children in the United State', Ph.D. thesis, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.

Gonzalez, P. (1998). Learning a L2 in a third language environment. Toegepaste Taalwetenschap in Artikelen 59, 31--39.

Gonzalez, P.C. & Elijah, O.V. (1979), Error patterns of bilingual readers. NABE Journal 3:3.15-25.

Gonzílez-Nueno, M. (1997), -'VOT in the perception of foreign accent', IRAL, XXXV/4, 251-267

Goodclass, H. 1973. Developmental comparison of vowels and consonants in dichotic listening. Journal of Speech and Hearing Research 16:744-

Goodenough, F. (1926). Racial differences in the intelligence of school children. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 9, 388-97

Goodman, G.S., Haith, M.M., Guttentag, R. & Rao, S. (1985), 'Automatic processing of word meaning: intralingual and interlingual interference', Child Development, 56, 103-118.

Goodman, K., Goodman, Y. & Flores, B. (1979). Reading in the bilingual classroom: Literacy and biliteracy. Rosslyn, VA: National Clearinghouse for Bilingual Education

Goodman, M. 1967. The development of a dialect of English-Japanese Pidgin. Anthropological Linguistics 9: 43-55

Goodwin, R. & Lee, I. 1994, Taboo topics among Chinese and English friends: A cross-cultural comparison. Journal of Cross-cultural Psychology: International & Interdisciplinary, 25, 325-338

Goodz, N. (1989), 'Parental language mixing in bilingual families', Journal of Mental Health, 10, 25-44

Goodz, N. (1994), -'Interaction between parents and children in bilingual families', J. Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 12, 3, 137-63

Goodz, N. (1994), Interactions between parents and children in bilingual families. In F. Genesee (Ed.), Educating second language children New York: CUP, 61-81

Goodz, N.S. 1994. Interactions between parents and children in bilingual families. In Educating Second Language Children: The Whole Child, the Whole Curriculum, the Whole Community, F. Genesee (ed.), 61--81. Cambridge: CUP.

Gopher, D. (1992). The skill of attention control: Acquisition and execution of attention strategies. In D. E. Meyer & S. Kornblum (Eds.), Synergies in experimental psychology, artificial intelligence, and cognitive neuroscience (Attention and Performance, 9, pp. 299-322). Cambridge Mass.: MIT Press.

Gopher, D., Weil, M., & Siegel, D. (1989). Practice under changing priorities: An approach to the training of complex skills. Acta Psychologica, 71, 147-177. (control)

Goral, M., Levy, E. & Obler, L. 2002. Neurolinguistic aspects of bilingualism. The International Journal of Bilingualism 6(4): 411--440.

Goral, M., Levy, E. S., Obler, L. K., & Cohen, E. (2006). Cross-language lexical connections in the mental lexicon: Evidence from a case of trilingual aphasia. Brain and Language, 98, 235--247.

Gordon, D. & Zatorre, R. 1981. A right-ear advantage for dichotic listening in bilingual children. Brain and Language 13:389-396.

Gordon, H. 1980. Cerebral organisation in bilinguals. I. Lateralization. Brain and Language 9:255-268.

Gordon, M.M. 1964, Assimilation in American Life: The Role of Race, Religion and National Origins. New York: OUP.

Gordon, N. (2000), -'The acquisition of a second language', European Journal of Paediatric Neurology, 4, 3-7

Gordon, P. (2004). Numerical cognition without words: Evidence from Amazonia. Science, 306, 496-499.

Gorlitzer von Mundy, V. (1983). A 94-year-old with one German language centre and probably two Slovenian centres. In M. Paradis (Ed.), Readings on aphasia in bilinguals and polyglots. Montreal: Didier (pp. 624-625). (Original work published in 1959.)

Gorrell, J. (1987), 'Spatial role-taking ability among bilingual and monolingual kindergarten children', Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 16, 2

Gorter, D. 2006. Linguistic Landscape: A New Approach to Multilingualism. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters. Gorter, D., van Mensel, L. & Marten, H.F. (eds). Forthcoming. Minority Languages in the Linguistic Landscape. Basingstoke: Palgrave.

Goswami, U., Gombert, J.E. & Fraca de Barrera, L. (1998), 'Children's orthographic representations and linguistic transparency: nonsense word reading in English, French and Spanish', Applied Psycholinguistics, 19, 19-52

Goswami, U., Porpodas, C. & Wheelwright, S. (1997). Children's orthographic representations in English and Greek. European Journal of Psychology of Education. 12 (3), 273-292

Goto, H. 1971. Auditory Perception by Normal Japanese Adults of the Sounds /l/ and /r/. Neuropsychologia 9, p.317 - 323

Goulden, R., Nation, P. & Read, J. (1990). How large can a receptive vocabulary be?, Applied Linguistics 11.4,341-363.

Goulden, R., Nation, P., & Read, J. (1990). How large can a receptive vocabulary be? Applied Linguistics, 11, 341-363.

Grabe, W. (1991), -'Current developments in second language reading research', TESOL Quarterly, 3, 25, 375-406

Grabe, W. & Stoller, F. (1997), Reading and vocabulary development in a second language: a case study. In Coady, J. & Huckin, T. (eds) Second language Vocabulary Acquisition: A rationale for Pedagogy. Cambridge: CUP. pp 98-122

Grabe, W. & Stoller, F. (2002) Teaching and Researching Reading. Harlow: Longman

Grabois, H. (1999). The convergence of sociocultural theory and cognitive linguistics: Lexical semantics and the L2 acquisition of love, fear, and happiness. In G. Palmer & D. Occhi (Eds.), Languages of sentiment: Cultural constructions of emotional substrates (pp. 201-233). Amsterdam: Benjamins.

Graddol, D. 2006. English Next. London: the British Council. http://www.britishcouncil.org/files/documents/learning-research-english-next.pdf

Gradman, H. & Hanania, E. (1991), -'Language learning background factors and ESL proficiency', Modern Language Journal, 75, 39-51

Gradman, H. 1971 The limitations of contrastive analysis predictions. PCCLLU Papers: 11-16. University of Hawaii

Graham, C.R., Hamblin, A.A. & Feldstein, S. (2001), The recognition of emotion in English voices by speakers of Japanese, Spanish and English, IRAL, 39, 19-37

Graham, R. & Belnap, K. (1986). The acquisition of lexical boundaries in English by native speakers of Spanish. International Review of Applied Linguistics, 24, 275-286

Grainger, J. (1990). Word frequency and neighborhood frequency effects in lexical decision and naming. Journal of Memory and Language, 29, 228-244.

Grainger, J. (1993), 'Visual word recognition in bilinguals'. In R. Schreuder & B. Weltens (Eds.), The Bilingual Lexicon (pp. 11-25). Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins

Grainger, J. (1994), Le lexique bilingue: approaches de la psychologie experimentale. Revue de Phonetique appliquee, 221-238.

Grainger, J. & Beauvillain, C. (1987), 'Language blocking and lexical access in bilinguals', Quarterly J. Exp. Psych., 39A, 295-319

Grainger, J. & Beauvillian, C. (1988), -'Associative priming in bilinguals: some limits of interlingual facilitation effects', Canadian Journal of Psychology, 42, 261-273

Grainger, J. & Dijkstra, T. (1992), -'On the representation and use of language information in bilinguals', In: Harris, R.J. (ed.). Cognitive processing in bilinguals. Amsterdam: Elsevier, 1992, 207-220.

Grainger, J. & O'Regan, K. (1992), -'Psychophysical investigation of language priming effects in two English-French bilinguals', European Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 4, 323-340

Grainger, J., & Jacobs, A. M. (1996). Orthographic processing in visual word recognition: A multiple read-out model. Psychological Review, 103, 518-565.

Grainger, J., & Segui, J. (1990). Neighborhood frequency effects in visual word recognition: A comparison of lexical decision and masked identification latencies. Perception and Psychophysics, 47, 191-198.

Grainger, J., O'Regan, J. K., Jacobs, A. M., & Segui, J. (1989). On the role of competing word units in visual word recognition: The neighborhood frequency effect. Perception & Psychophysics, 45, 189-195.

grammatical gender. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 34, 843-858.

Grand, S., Marcos, L.R., Freedman, N., & Narroso, F. 1977. Relation of psycho-pathology and bilingualism to kinesic aspects of interview behavior in schizophrenia. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 86: 492--500.

Granfors, T. & Palmberg, R. 1976. Errors made by Finns and Swedish-speaking Finns learning English at a commercial college level. In Ringbom, H. & Palmberg, R. (eds.) Errors made by Finns and Swedish-speaking Finns in the learning of English. AFTIL, Vol.5. Abo Akademi, Abo

Granger, S. (1993). Cognates: An aid or a barrier to successful L2 vocabulary? ITL Review of Applied Linguistics, 99-100, 43-56.

Granger, S. (2003): The international corpus of learner English: a new resource for foreign language learning and teaching and second language acquisition research. TESOL Quarterly 37:3, 538-545

Granger, S. (ed.) (1991). Perspectives on the English lexicon: a tribute to Jacques van Roey. Louvain-la-Neuve: Institut de Linguistique (Cahiers de l'Institut de Linguistique de Louvain 17 (1-3)).

Granger, S. (ed.) (1998), Learner English on Computer, London:Longman

Granger, S. & Monfort, G. (1993-94). La description de la competence lexicale en langue trangre: perspectives methodologiques. In Singleton (ed.)

Grant, J. (2006), The DfES international strategy: the importance of developing a global dimensions in teaching and learning', Language Learning Journal, 33, 11-12

Grasha, A. 1972 Observations on relating teaching goals to student response styles and classroom methods, American Psychologist 27: l4~7

Grauberg, W. (1997), The Elements of Foreign Language Teaching, Multilingual Matters

Grauberg, W. 1971. An error analysis in German of first-year university students. In C. Perren & J. Trim (eds.), Applications of Linguistics. Cambridge, England: CUP, 257-63

Gray, R. 1990. Pragmatic functions in Japanese language foreigner talk: A case study. In T. Hayes & K. Yohioka, (Eds.) Proceedings of the 1st conference on second language acquisition and teaching 1, 88-100. Niigata, Japan: Language Programs of the International University of Japan.

Grech, H. 2006. -'Phonological Development of Maltese-Speaking Children' in Hua, Z. and Dodd, B. (eds.), -'Phonological Development and Disorders in Children: A Multilingual Perspective.' Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Green, A. (2005). EAP study recommendations and score gains on the IELTS Academic Writing Test. Assessing Writing, 10(1), 44-60.

Green, A. (2006). Washback to the learner: learner and teacher perspectives on IELTS preparation course expectations and outcomes. Assessing Writing, 11(2), 113-134.

Green, A., Vaid, J., Schweda-Nicholson, N., White, N. & Steiner R. (1994). Lateralization for shadowing vs. interpretation: A comparison of interpreters with bilingual and monolingual controls. In S. Lambert & B. Moser (Eds.), Bridging the gap: Empirical research on interpretation (pp. 331-335). Amsterdam: Benjamins

Green, C. S., & Bavelier, D. (2003). Action video game modifies visual selective attention. Nature, 423, 534-537.

Green, C.F. (1996), 'The origins of topic-prominence in Chinese-English interlanguage', IRAL, XXXIV/2, 119-134

Green, D. (1998). Bilingualism and thought. Psychologica Belgica, Special Issue, April, 253-278

Green, D. (2011), -'Bilingual worlds', in Cook & Bassetti (eds), 229-240

Green, D. W. (2003). The neural basis of the lexicon and the grammar in L2 acquisition: The convergence hypothesis. In R. van Hout, A. Hulk, F. Kuiken, & R. Towell (Eds.), The interface between syntax and the lexicon in second language acquisition (pp. 197--218). Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Green, D. W. (2005). The neurocognition of recovery patterns in bilingual aphasics.In J. F. Kroll & A. M. B. de Groot (Eds.), Handbook of bilingualism: Psycholinguistic approaches. (pp. 516--530). Oxford, England: Oxford University Press.

Green, D. W. & Price, C. J. (2001). Functional imaging in the study of recovery patterns in bilingual aphasics. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 4, 191--201.

Green, D. W., & Abutalebi, J. (2008). Understanding the link between bilingual aphasia and language control. Journal of Neurolinguistics. [doi:10.1016/j.neuroling.2008.01.02]

Green, D.W. (1986), 'Control, activation and resource; a framework and a model for the control of speech in bilinguals', Brain and Language, 27, 210-223

Green, D.W. (1993), Towards a model of L2 comprehension and production. In: Schreuder, R. & Weltens, B. (eds.). The bilingual lexicon. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 249-277

Green, D.W. & Meara, P. (1987), -'The effects of script on visual search', Second Language Research, 3, 102-1117

Green, D.W. 1998. Mental control of the bilingual lexico-semantic system. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 1: 77--82.

Green, D.W. 2002. Representation and control: Exploring recovery patterns in bilingual aphasics. In F. Fabbro (Ed.), Advances in the neurolinguistics of bilingualism (pp. 239--260). Udine: Udine University Press.

Green, D.W. 2008. Bilingual aphasia: Adapted language networks and their control. Annual Review of Applied Linguistics, 28: 25--48.

Green, D.W., Crinion, J., & Price, C. J. (2006). Convergence, degeneracy and control. Language Learning, 56(s1), 99--125.

Green, J.M. & Oxford, R. (1995), 'A closer look at learning strategies, L2 proficiency and gender', TESOL Quarterly, 29, 2 261-297

Green, M.F. (1977), 'Regression in adult learning of a second language', Foreign Language Annals, 10/2, 173-83

Green, P.S. & Hecht, K. (1985), -'Native and non-native evaluation of learners' errors in written discourse', System, 13, 77-97

Green, P.S. & Hecht, K. (1992), 'Implicit and explicit grammar: an empirical study', Applied Linguistics, 13, 168-184

Greenberg, S. & Roscoe, N. (1987), 'Echoic memory interference and comprehension in a foreign language', Language Learning, 38, 209-219

Gregg, K. (1984), Krashen's Monitor and Occam's razor. Applied Linguistics 5: 79-100

Gregg, K. (1988), Epistemology without knowledge: Schwartz on Chomsky, Fodor and Krashen. Second Language Research 4 (1): 6~80

Gregg, K. (1989), Linguistic perspectives on second language acquisition: what could they be, and where can we get some? In Gass, S. & Schachter, J. (eds.) Adult second language acquisition: linguistic perspectives. CUP, New York

Gregg, K. (1990), 'The variable competence model of second language acquisition and why it isn't'. Applied Linguistics 11:364-83.

Gregg, K. (1993), 'Taking explanation seriously; or, let a couple of flowers bloom'. Applied Linguistics 14: 276-94.

Gregg, K. (1996). The logical and developmental problems of second language acquisition. In W. Ritchie and T. Bhatia (eds) Handbook of second language acquisition. San Diego: Academic Press

Gregg, K. (2000). A theory for every occasion: postmodernism and SLA. Second Language Research, 16, 4, 34-59

Gregg, K. (2001). Learnability and SLA theory. In P. Robinson (ed.) Cognition and second language instruction. Cambridge: CUP

Gregg, K., Long, M.H., Jordan, G. & Beretta, A. (1997), Rationality and its discontentes in SLA. Applied Linguistics, 18, 4, 539-559

Gregg, K.R. (1995), -'Review of Cook, V. Linguistics and Second Language Acquisition', Second Language Research, 11, 1, 90-94

Gregg, K.W. (1989), 'Second language acquisition theory: the case for a generative perspective', in Gass, S., & Schachter, J. (eds.) (1989), Linguistic Perspectives on Second Language Acquisition, CUP, 15-40

Greidanus, T., & Nienhuis, L. (2001). Testing the quality of word knowledge in a second language by means of word associations: Types of distractors and types of word associations. The Modern Language Journal, 85, 567-577.

Grel, A. (2004). Attrition of L1 competence: The case of Turkish. In M. Schmid, B. Kpke, M. Keijzer, & L. Weilemar (Eds.), First language attrition: Interdisciplinary perspectives on methodological issues (pp. 225-242). Amsterdam: Benjamins.

Gremmo, M., Holec, H. & Riley, P. 1977. 'Interactional structure: the role of role'. Melanges Pedagogiques, University of Nancy: CRAPEL.

Gremmo, M., Holec, H. & Riley, P. 1978. 'Taking the initiative: some pedagogical applications of discourse analysis'. Melanges Pedagogiques, University of Nancy: CRAPEL.

Grenier, G. (1983), 'An Economic Perspective on Learning a Second Language'. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, Vol. 4, No. 6, 471-483

Gretler, A., Gurny, R., Perret-Clermont, A.N. & Poglia, E. (1989) eds. Etre migrant. Approches des problemes socio-culturels et linguistique des enfants migrants en Suisse. Berne: Peter Lang

Grieler, M. (2001). The effects of third language learning on L2 proficiency: An Austrian example. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism 4.1, 50--60.

Griffin, G. & Hartley, T.A. (199X), -'List learning of second language vocabulary', Applied Psycholinguistics, 17, 4, 443-460

Griffin, G., & Harley, T.A. (1996). List learning of second language vocabulary. Applied Psycholinguistics, 17, 443-460.

Griffiths, M. 1986, Introduction. In M. Griffiths (ed.) The Welsh Language in Education. Cardiff: Welsh Joint Education Council.

Griffiths, R. (1990), 'Speech rate and NNS comprehension: a preliminary study in time-benefit analysis'. Language Learning 40:311-36.

Griffiths, R. (1991), 'Pausological research in an L2 context: a rationale and review of selected studies', Applied Linguistics, 12, 4

Griffiths, R. (1991), 'Personality and second-language learning: theory, research and practice' in Sadtano (ed.) 1991

Griffiths, R. & Sheen, R. (1992), -'Disembedded figures in the landscape: a reappraisal of L2 research on Field Dependence/Independence', Applied Linguistics, 13, 2, 133-147

Grillo, R. 1989. Dominant languages: language and hierarchy in Britain and France. Cambridge: CUP.

Grimes, B.F. (1985), Language attitudes: identity, distinctiveness, survival in the Vaupes. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 6, 389-403.

Grimm, H. (1975), On the child's acquisition of semantic structure underlying the wordfield of prepositions. Language and Speech, 18, 97-119

Grimshaw, G. M., Adelstein, A., Bryden, M. P., & MacKinnon, G. E. (1998). First-language acquisition in adolescence: Evidence for a critical period for verbal language development. Brain and Language, 63, 237-255.

Grimshaw, G.M., Adelstein, A., Bryden, M.P., & McKinnon, E. 1998. First-language acquisition in adolescence: Evidence for a critical period for verbal language development. Brain and Language, 63: 237--255.

Grin, F, (1999). Competences et recompenses: La Valeur des langues en Suisse. Fribourg: Editions universitaires de Fribourg

Grin, F. (1990), "The Economic Approach to Minority Languages". Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 11, 153-175.

Grondin, N. & White, L. (1995), -'Functional categories in child L2 acquisition of French', Language Acquisition, 4, 4

Grosjean, F. (1980) Spoken word recognition processes and the gating paradigm. Perception and Psychophysics, 28: 267-83.

Grosjean, F. (1982) Life with Two Languages. An Introduction to Bilingualism. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press.

Grosjean, F. (1985) The recognition of words after their acoustic offset: evidence and implications. Perception and Psychophysics, 38: 299-310.

Grosjean, F. (1985), The bilingual as a competent but specific speaker-hearer. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 6 (6), 467-477

Grosjean, F. (1985). Polyglot aphasics and language mixing: A comment on Perecman (1984). Brain and Language, 26, 349-355.

Grosjean, F. (1988) Exploring the recognition of guest words in bilingual speech. Language and Cognitive Processes, 3: 233-74.

Grosjean, F. (1989), 'Neurolinguists, beware! The bilingual is not two monolinguals in one person', Brain and Language, 36, 3-15

Grosjean, F. (1992). Another view of bilingualism. In R. Harris (ed.), Cognitive processing bilinguals, pp. 51-62. Amsterdam: North Holland.

Grosjean, F. (1994). Individual bilingualism. In The Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistics, 1656-1660. Oxford: Pergamon Press.

Grosjean, F. (1995). A psycholinguistic approach to code-switching: The recognition of guest words by bilinguals. In L Milroy & P. Muysken (Eds.), One speaker, two languages (pp. 259-275). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Grosjean, F. (1997). Processing mixed language: Issues, Findings, and models. In A. M. B. de Groot & J. F. Kroll (Eds.), Tutorials in bilingualism: Psycholinguistic perspectives (pp. 225-254). Mahwah NJ: Erlbaum.

Grosjean, F. (1997). The bilingual individual. Interpreting, 2, 163-187.

Grosjean, F. (1998). Studying bilinguals: Methodological and conceptual issues. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 1 (2), 131-'"149.

Grosjean, F. (1998). Transfer and language mode. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 1, 3, 175-176

Grosjean, F. (2001) The bilingual's language modes. In J. Nicol (ed.) One Mind, Two Languages (pp. 1-22). Oxford: Blackwell.

Grosjean, F. & Deschamps, A. (1975), -'Analyse contrastive des variables temporelles de l'anglais and du franais: Vitesse de parole et variable composantes, phenomenes d'hesitation. Phonetica, 31, 144-184.

Grosjean, F. & Gee, J. (1987) Prosodic structure and spoken word recognition. Cognition, 25:135-55.

Grosjean, F. & Miller, J. (1994), -'Going in and out of language: an example of bilingual flexibility', Psychological Science, 5, 4, 201-206

Grosjean, F. & Py, B. (1991) La restructuration d'une premire langue, l'intgration de variantes de contact dans la comptence de migrants bilingues. La Linguistique, 27:35-60.

Grosjean, F. & Soares, C. (1986) 'Processing mixed language, some preliminary findings', In: Vaid, J. (ed.). Language processing in bilinguals: Psycholinguistic and Neuropsychological perspectives. Hillsdale NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum, 1986, 145-179.

Grosjean, F. 2008. Studying bilinguals. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Gross, M. (1991). Lexique et syntaxe, Travaux de Linguistique 23, 107-132

Grosser, W. (1983), Interferenz in der Prosodie Obersterreichisch -Englisch, in: James, A. & Kettemann, B. (eds.), 235-255.

Grotjahn, R. 1983 On the use of quantitative methods in the study of interlanguage. Applied Linguistics 4: 235~1

Gruneberg, M. (1987), The Linkword Language System: French, London, Corgi

Gruneberg, M. & Sykes, R. 1991, Individual differences and attitudes to the keyword method of foreign language learning. Language Learning Journal. 4, 60-62.

Gruneberg, M. M. (1998). A commentary of the keyword method of learning foreign languages. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 12, 529-532.

Gruneberg, M. M., & Pascoe, K. (1996). The effectiveness of the keyword method for receptive and productive foreign vocabulary learning in the elderly. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 21, 102-109.

Gruneberg, M., & Sykes, R. (1996). The use of mnemonic strategies in the learning of non roman foreign language alphabets. Language Learning Journal, -'.

Gu Yongqi, 1994, Vocabulary learning strategies of good and poor Chinese EFL learners. In: N. Bird, P. Falvey, A. Tsui, D. Allison & A. McNeill (eds.) Language Learning. Hong Kong: Government Printers.

Gu, P.Y. (2003), -'Vocabulary learning in a second language:person, task, context and strategies', TESL-EJ, 7, 2

Gu, Y. & Johnson, R.K. (1996), 'Vocabulary learning strategies and language learning', Language Learning, 46, 4, 643-79

Gudschinsky, S. (1977). Mother-tongue literacy and second language learning. In W. F. Mackey & T. Andersson (Eds.), Bilingualism in early childhood. (pp. 250-258). Rowley, MA: Newbury House

Gudykunst, W. & Ting-Toomey, S. 1990. 'Ethnic identity, language and communication breakdowns' in Giles & Robinson (eds.) 1990

Guest, R., & Pachler, N. (2001). -'Teaching in the Target Language: A Critical Approach' In Learning to Teach Modern Foreign Languages in Secondary School. A Companion to School Experience. In Pachler, N., & Field, K. (2001). Routledge Falmer London and New York.

Guinan, H. (1997). ESL for students with visual impairments. Journal of Visual Impairment and Blindness, 91(6), 555-563.

Guion, S. (2003), 'The vowel systems of Quichua-Spanish bilinguals', Phonetica, 60, 98-128

Guion, S., Flege, J., Yamada-Akahane, R. & Pruitt, J. (2000). An investigation of current models of second language speech perception: The case of Japanese adults' perception of English consonants. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 107, 5, Pt. 1, 2711-2724.

Guion, S., Harada, T., & Clark, J. (2004). Early and late Spanish-English bilinguals' acquisition of English word stress patterns. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 7, 207-226.

Guiora, A. (1972), Construct validity and transpositional research: toward an empirical study of psychoanalytic concepts. Comprehensive Psychiatry 13, 139-50

Guiora, A. (1983), The dialect of language acquisition. Language Learning Special Issue, 33: 2-12

Guiora, A. et al. (1974), 'Some influences on interlanguage phonology', Language Learning, 22

Guiora, A. Z. (1983). Language and concept formation: A cross-lingual analysis. Behavior Science Research, 18, 228-256.

Guiora, A., Acton, W., Erard, R. & Strickland, F. 1980, -'The effects of benzodiazepine (valium) on permeability of language ego boundaries', Language Learning 30: 351-63

Guiora, A., Beit-Hallahmi, B. Brannon, R., Dull, C. & Scovel, T. 1972. 'The effects of experimentally induced changes in ego states on pronunciation ability in a second language: an exploratory study'. Comprehensive Psychiatry 13: 421-8.

Guiora, A., Beit-Hallahmi, B., Fried, R. & Yoder, C. 1982 Language environment and gender identity attainment. Language Learning 32: 289-304

Guiora, A., Lane, H. & Bosworth, L. 1967 An exploration of some personality variables in authentic pronunciation of a second language. In Lane, H. & Zale, E (eds.) Studies in language and language behavior 4: 261-6

Guiora, A.Z., Brannan, R.C.L. & Dull, C.Y. (1972), 'Empathy and second language learning', Language Learning, 22, 2, 111-130

Guiora, A.Z., Paluszny, M., Beit-Hallahmi, B., Catford, J.C., Cooley, R.E. & Yoder-Dull, C. (1972). Language and person : Studies in language behaviour. Language Learning, 25, 43-61.

Gulutsan, M. (1976), 'Third Language Learning'. The Canadian Modern Language Review 32, 309-315

Gumperz, J. (ed.). 1982. Language and Social Identity. Cambridge: CUP.

Gumperz, J. & Hernandez-Chavez, E. 1971. Cognitive aspects of bilingual communication. In W.H. Whitely (ed.), Language Use and Social Changes. London: OUP, 111-25.

Gumperz, J. & Hernandez-Chavez, E. 1978. Bilingualism, bidialectalism and classroom interaction. In M. Lourie & N. Conklin (ed.). A pluralistic nation, Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House.

Gumperz, J. 1964. Linguistic and social interaction in two communities. American Anthropologist 66(6): 137--153.

Gumperz, J. 1968. Types of linguistic communities. In Readings in the Sociology of Language, J. Fishman (ed.), 460--472. The Hague: Mouton.

Gumperz, J.J. (1964), Linguistic and social interaction in two communities. American Anthropologist, 66, 6.

Gumperz, J.J. (1967): Linguistic markers of bilingual communication. Journal of Social Issues, 23, 137-53.

Gumperz, J.J. (1976): The sociolinguistic significance of conversational code-switching. University of California Working Papers 46. Berkeley: University of California.

Gumperz, J.J. (1982), Discourse Strategies. Cambridge: CUP.

Gumperz, J.J. & Hernandez-Chavez, E. (1975): Cognitive aspects of bilingual communication. In Hernandez-Chavez, E., Cohen, A. & Beltramo, A. (eds), pp.154-64.

Gumperz, J.J. & Wilson, R.D. (1971): Convergence and creolization: A case from the Indo-Aryan-Dravidian border. In Hymes, D. (ed.), pp.151-69.

Gumperz, J.J. 1971. Some remarks on regional and social language differences in India. In Language in Social groups: Essays by John J. Gumperz, A.S. Dil (ed.), 1--11. Stanford CA: Stanford University Press.

Gumperz. J.J. (1970). Verbal strategies in multilingual communication. In J. Alatis (ed.) Bilingualism and Language Contact, Washington, DC, Georgetown University Press

Gundel, J. & Tarone, E. 1983 Language transfer and the acquisition of pronominal anaphora. In Gass, S. & Selinker, L. (eds.) Language transfer in language learning, pp. 281-96. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Gunderson, D. (1972). Sex differences in language and reading. Language Arts, 53, 300-306.

Guntermann, G. (1992), -'An analysis of interlanguage development over time: part 1, por and para', Hispania, 75, 177-187

Guo, T. (2007). A Case Study of Teachers' Codeswitching Behaviours in Mainland China's University EFL Classrooms and Students' Reactions to the Codeswitching. Unpublished Doctoral dissertation, University of Oxford, Department of Education.

Gurdian, G. & Salamanca, D. 1990, Bilingual education in Nicaragua. Prospects (UNESCO), 20 (3), 357-364.

Guthrie, Larry F. 1984. Contrasts in teachers' language use in a Chinese-English bilingual classroom. In J. Handscombe, R.A. Orem, & B.P. Taylor, eds. On TESOL '83: the question of control, 39-52. Washington, D.C.: TESOL

Gutierrez-Clellen, V. F., J. Calderon, et al. (2004). "Verbal working memory in bilingual children." Journal of Speech Language and Hearing Research 47(4): 863-876.

Guttentag R.E., Haith, M., Goodman, G. & Hauch, J.. (1984) Semantic processing of unattended words by bilinguals: A test of the input switch mechanism. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behaviour, 23: 178-188.

H. Dechert & M. Raupach (eds.), Interlingual processes. Tubingen: Narr, 5--14.

Haarmann, H. (1980). Multilingualismus (1). Probleme der Systematik und Typologie. Tubingen: Narr.

Haarmann, H. 1979. Quantitative Aspekte des Multilingualismus: Studien zur Gruppenmehrsprachigkeit ethnisher Minderheiten in der Sowjetunion. Hamburg: Buske.

Haastrup, K. (1985), Lexical. inferencing, a study of procedures in reception. Scandinavian working papers on bilingualism 5: 63-8 6. Stockholm: University of Stockholm.

Haastrup, K. 1987. 'Using thinking aloud and retrospection to uncover learner's lexical inferencing procedures' in Faerch and Kasper (eds.) 1987

Haberland, H. 1991, Reflections about minority languages in the European Community. In F. Coulmas (ed.) A Language Policy for the European Community. New York: Mouton de Gruyter.

Haberlandt, K. (1994). Methods in reading research. In M. A. Gernsbacher (Ed.), Handbook of psycholinguistics (pp. 1-31). San Diego, CA: Academic Press.

Haegeman, L. 1985 Scope phenomena in English and Dutch and L2 acquisition: a case study. Second Language Research 1(2): 118-40

Hagen, R.-M. & Hagen, R. 2003. What Great Paintings Say, Vol. 2. Koln: Taschen.

Haggan, M. (1991), -'Spelling errors in native Arabic-speaking English majors: a comparison between remedial students and fourth year students', System, 19, 45-61

Hagge, C. (1996). L'enfant aux deux langues. Paris: Odile Jacob

Hagoort, P., & Ramsey, N. (2001). De gereedschapskist van de cognitieve neurowetenschap [The toolkit of the cognitive neurosciences] (pp. 39-67). In Wijnen, F., & Verstraten, F. (Eds.). Het brein te kijk [The brain exposed]. Amsterdam: Harcourt.

Hague, S.A. 1987. Vocabulary instruction: What L2 can learn from L1. Foreign Language Annals 20 (3): 217-25

Hahne, A. (2001). "What's different in second-language processing. Evidence from event-related brain potentials." Journal of Psycholinguistic Research 30(3): 251-266.

Hahne, A., & Friederici, A. (2001). Processing a second language: Late learners' comprehension mechanisms as revealed by event-related brain potentials. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 4, 123-141.

Hahne, A., & Friederici, A. D. (1999). Electrophysiological evidence for two steps in syntactic analysis: Early automatic and late controlled processes. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 11, 193-204.

Hahne, A., & Friederici, A. D. (2001). Processing a second language: Late learners' comprehension mechanisms as revealed by event-related potentials. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 4, 123-141.

Haigh, C. A., & Jared, D. (2007). The activation of phonological representations by bilinguals while reading silently: Evidence from interlingual homophones. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 33, 623-644.

Hakansson, G. (1986), Quantitative aspects of teacher talk. In G. Kasper, ed. Learning, teaching and communication in the foreign language classroom, 83-98. Aarhus, Denmark: Aarhus University Press.

Hakansson, G. & I. Lindberg. 1988. 'What's the question? Investigating second language classrooms' in Kasper (ed.) 1988.

Hakuta, K. (19XX), 'Grammatical description versus configurational arrangement in language acquisition: the case of relative clauses in Japanese', Cognition, 9, 197-236

Hakuta, K. (1974), 'A preliminary report on the development of grammatical morphemes in a Japanese girl learning English as a second language', Working Papers on Bilingualism, 3, 18 38

Hakuta, K. (1974), Prefabricated patterns and the emergence of structure in second language acquisition. Language Learning 24:287-98.

Hakuta, K. (1975). Learning how to speak a second language: what exactly does the child learn? In D. P. Dato (ed.), Developmental psycholinguistics: theory and application. Georgetown University Press (Georgetown University Round Table.)

Hakuta, K. (1976),. 'A case study of a Japanese child learning English as a second language'. Language Learning 26: 321-51.

Hakuta, K. (1986), The Mirror of Language. The Debate on Bilingualism. New York : Basic Books

Hakuta, K. & Cancino, E, 1977 Trends in second language acquisition research. Harvard Educational Review 47: 29~3 16

Hakuta, K. & D'Andrea, D. (1992), -' Some properties of bilingual maintenance and loss in Mexican background high-school students', Applied Linguistics, 13, 72-99

Hakuta, K. & Diaz, R. (1985), The relationship between degree of bilinguapism and cognitive ability -' , in K.E. Nelson (ed.), Children's Language Vol 5, 319-44, Hillsdale: Erlbaum

Hakuta, K. & Diaz, R. 1984. The relationship between bilingualism and cognitive ability: A critical discussion and some new longitudinal data. In Children's Language, K.E. Nelson (ed.), Vol. 5, 319--344. Hillsdale NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Hakuta, K. 1978 A report on the development of grammatical morphemes in a Japanese girl learning English as a second language. In Hatch, E (ed.) Second language acquisition: a book of readings, pp. 132-47. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Hakuta, K., & Diaz, R. M. (1985). The relationship between degree of bilingualism and cognitive ability: A critical discussion and some longitudinal data. In K. E. Nelson (Ed.), Children's language, Volume 5 (pp. 319-344). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Hakuta, K., Bialystok, E. & Wiley, E. (2003), -'Critical evidence: a test of the critical-period hypothesis for second language acquisition', Psychological Science, 14, 31-38

Hakuta, K., Bialystok, E., & Wiley, E. (2003). Critical evidence: A test of the Critical-Period Hypothesis for second-language acquisition. Psychological Science, 14, 31-38.

Hakuta, K., Ferdman, B.M. & Diaz, R. (1987), 'Bilingualism and cognitive development: three perspectives', in S. Rosenberg (ed.) Advances in Applied Psycholinguistics, Volume 3, C.U.P.

Hale, B. 1978. Spotlight on a Navajo bilingual bicultural education program. Forum 1:3.

Hale, T. & Budar, E. 1970. 'Are TESOL classes the only answer?' Modern Language Journal 54:487-92.

Hall, A.R. 1952. Bilingualism and applied linguistics. Zeitschrift fur Phonetik und allgemeine Sprachwissencshaft 6: 13--30.

Hall, B. & Gudykunst, W. 1986. 'The intergroup theory of second language ability'. Journal of Language and Social Psychology 5: 291-302

Hall, C. & P. Ecke (2003). Parasitism as a default mechanism in L3 vocabulary acquisition. In Cenoz et al. (eds.) (2003b), 71--86.

Hall, J. K. (2002). Teaching and researching language and culture. London: Pearson Education.

Hall, J. K. (2004). Language learning as an interactional achievement. Modern Language Journal, 88, 607--612.

Hall, J. K. (2006). On the mutually constitutive nature of language teaching and learning. Paper given at the Odense Summer School 2006.

Hall, J. K., & Verplaetse, L. S. (Eds.) (2000). Second and foreign language learning through classroom interaction. Mahwah, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Hall, J. K., Vitanova, G., & Marchenova, L. (Eds.) (2004). Dialogue with Bakhtin on second and foreign language learning: New perspectives. Mahwah, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Hall, J.K. (1997), -'A consideration of SLA as a theory of practice: a response to Firth and Wagner', MLJ, 81, 301-306

Hall, J.W. 1988, On the utility of the keyword mnemonic for vocabulary learning. Journal of Educational Psychology; 1988 Dec Vol 80(4) 554 to 562

Hall, J.W., Wilson, K.P. & Patterson, R.J. 1981, Mnemnotechnics: Some limitations of the mnemonic keyword method for the study of foreign language vocabulary. Journal of Educational Psychology 73, 3, 345-357.

Hall, R. 1966 Pidgin and creole languages. Cornell University Press, Ithaca, New York

Halliday, M.A.K. (1968). The users and uses of language. In J. Fishman (Ed.), Readings in the Sociology of Language. The Hague: Mouton

Halliday, M.A.K. (2002), -'What is an international language?', English Today, 1, 11-16

Halliday, M.A.K., McIntosh, A. & Strevens, P. (1964), The Linguistic Sciences and Language Teaching, Longman, London

Halpern, L. (1983). Restitution in polyglot aphasia with regard to Hebrew. In M. Paradis (Ed.) Readings on aphasia in bilinguals and polyglots (pp. 418-422). Montreal: Didier. (Original work published in 1941.)

Halsband, U. 2006. Bilingual and multilingual language processing. Journal of Physiology -- Paris, 99: 355--369

Halsband, U., Krause, B.J., Sipilñ, H., Terñs, M., & Laihinen, A. 2002. PET studies on the memory processing of word pairs in bilingual Finnish-English subjects. Behavioural Brain Research, 132: 47--57.

Hamayan, E. & Tucker, R. 1980. 'Language input in the bilingual classroom and its relations to second language achievement'. TESOL Quarterly 14: 453-68.

Hamayan, E., Genesee, F. & Tucker, G. 1977 Affective factors and language. Language Learning 27: 225-41

Hamers, J. & Blanc, M. (1989) Bilinguality and bilingualism. CUP. Second edition. (2000)

Hamers, J. & Lambert, W. 1972. Bilingual interdependencies in auditory perception. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 11:303-310.

Hamers, J. & Lambert, W. 1977, Visual fields and cerebral hemisphere preferences in bilinguals. In S. J. Segalowitz and F. A. Gruber (Eds.), Language development and neurological theory. Academic Press.

Hamers, J.F. & Blanc, M. 1982, Towards a social-psychological model of bilingual development. Journal of Language and Social Psychology 1(1), 29-49.

Hamers, J.F. & Blanc, M. 1983, Bilinguality in the young child: A social psychological model. In P.H. Nelde (ed.) Theory, Methods and Models of Contact Linguistics. Bonn: Dummier.

Hamers, J.F. & Blanc, M.H.A. 1983. Bilinguality in the young child: A social psychological model. In Theory, Methods and Models of Contact Linguistics, P.H. Nelde (ed.), 133--141. Bonn: Dummier.

Hamilton, R. (1994), -'Is implicational generalisation unidirectional and maximal? Evidence from relativisation instruction in a second language', Language Learning, 44, 123-157

Hammadou, J. 1991, Interrelationships among prior knowledge, inference and language proficiency in foreign language reading, MLJ 75 (1): 27-38

Hammarberg, B. (1973), 'The insufficiency of error analysis' in Svartvik (ed.) 1973a.

Hammarberg, B. (1979), 'On intralingual, interlingual and developmental solutions in inter-language' in Hyltenstam and Linnarud (eds.) 1979.

Hammarberg, B. (1985), Learnability and learner strategies in second language syntax and phonology. In Hyltenstam, K. & Pienemann, M. (eds.). Modelling and assessing second language acquisition. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters

Hammarberg, B. (1988), Studien zur Phonologie des Zweitsprachenerwerbs. Stockholmer Germanistische Forschungen 38, Stockholm.

Hammarberg, B. (1990), 'Conditions on transfer in phonology. In Leather & James (eds.), 198-215

Hammarberg, B. (2001). Roles of L1 and L2 in L3 production and acquisition. In J. Cenoz, B. Hufeisen, & U. Jessner (Eds.), Cross-linguistic influence in third language acquisition: Psycholinguistic Perspectives (pp. 21-41). Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Hammarberg, B. (ed.) (1992), Problem, Process, Product in Language Learning. Papers from the Stockholm-.bo conference, 21-22 October 1992. Stockholm University, Department of Linguistics

Hammarberg, B. (ed.). 2009. Processes in Third Language Acquisition. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.

Hammarberg, B. & Hammarberg, B. (1993), 'Articulatory Re-setting in the Acquisition of New Languages'. Phonum 2, 61-67

Hammarberg, B. & Williams, S. (1993), 'A Study of Third Language Acquisition. In Hammarberg, B. (ed..), Problem, Process, Product in Language Learning. Papers from the Stockholm-.bo conference, 21-22 October 1992. Stockholm University, Department of Linguistics

Hammarberg, B. 2001. Roles of L1 and L2 in L3 production and acquisition. In Cross-linguistic Influence in Third Language Acquisition: Psycholinguistic Perspectives, J. Cenoz, B. Hufeisen & U. Jessner (eds), 21--41. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Hammarberg, B. 2010. The languages of the multilingual: Some conceptual and terminological issues. IRAL 48(2--3): 91--104. (Special Issue Approaches to Third Language Acquisition, edited by C. Bardel & C. Lindqvist).

Hammarberg, W. (2001). Roles of L1 and L2 in L3 production and acquisition. In Cenoz et al. (eds.) (2001c), 21--41.

Hammer, J. (in consultation with Rice, F.) 1965 A bibliography of contrastive linguistics. Center for Applied Linguistics, Washington, D.C.

Hammer, P. & Monod, M. 1978, The role of French-English cognates in listening comprehension, Audio-Visual Language Journal, 16, 29-32

Hammerley, H. (198X), Synthesis in Second Language Teaching, Second Language Publications

Hammerley, H. 1975. 'The deduction induction controversy'. Modern Language Journal 59: 15-18.

Hammerley, H. 1982, Contrastive phonology and error analysis. International Review of Applied Linguistics 20:17-32

Hammerley, H. 1987, 'The immersion approach: litmus test of second language acquisition through classroom communication'. Modern Language Journal 71: 395~01.

Hammerley, H. 1988, French immersion (does it work?) and the development of the bilingual proficiency report. Canadian Modem Language Review 45 (3), 567-578.

Hammerley, H. 1989, French Immersion: Myths and Reality. Calgary, Alberta: Derselig Enterprises.

Hammond, R. 1988, 'Accuracy versus communicative competency: the acquisition of grammar in the second language classroom'. Hispania 71:408-17

Hampel, D. (2000), Regressive Interimsprache, Frankfurt: Peter Lang

Han, M. 1978. Desirability of bilingual education in the Japanese-American community. In Bilingual schooling in the United States, ed. T. Andersson & Boyer, M. Austin, Texas: National Educational Laboratory Publishers.

Han, Z (2004), -'To be a native speaker means not be a non-native speaker', SLR, 20, 2, 166-187

Han, Z. (2002), -'A study of the impact of recasts on tense consistency in L2 output', TESOL Quarterly, 36, 543-572

Han, Z. (2004), Fossilisation in Adult Second Language Acquisition, Clevedon: Multilingual Matters

Han, Z. & Cadierno, T. (eds.) (2010), Linguistic relativity in SLA: Thinking for Speaking, Multilingual Matters

Hanania, E. & Gradman. H. 1977. 'Acquisition of English structures: a case study of an adult native speaker of Arabic in an English-speaking environment'. Language Learning 27: 75-91.

Hancin-Bhatt, B. (2000), 'Optimality in second language phonology: codas in Thai ESL', SLR, 16, 3, 201-232

Hancin-Bhatt, B. & Bhatt, R.M. (1997). Optimal L2 syllables: Interactions of transfer and developmental effects. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 19, 331-378

Hancin-Bhatt, B. & Govindjee, A.(1999), -'A computational model of feature competition in L2 phonology', in P.Broeder & J.M.J. Murre (eds) Language and thought in development: crosslinguistucs studies, Tubingen: Gunter Narr, 145-161

Hancin-Bhatt, B. & Nagy, W. 1994, Lexical transfer and second language morphological development. Applied Psycholinguistics 15: 289-310.

Handscombe, J., Orem, R. & Taylor, B. (eds.). 1984. On TESOL '83: The Question of Control. Washington D.C.: TESOL

Haneda, M. 1997. Second language learning in a 'community of practice': A case study of adult Japanese learners. Canadian Modern Language Review, 54 (1), 11-27

Hannahs, S.J. 1992. Language contact and phonological theory. In P.H. Nelde (ed.) Plurilingua XIII, Bilingualism and contact linguistics. Bonn: Dmmler, 61-70

Hannan, M. (2004), -'A study of the development of the English verbal morphemes in the grammar of 4-9 year old Bengali-speaking children in the London borough of Tower Hamlets', Ph.D., University of Essex

Hansegard, N.E. 1975, Tvasprakighet eller halvsprakighet? Aldus Series 253, 3rd edition. Stockholm.

Hansen-Bede, L. 1975. A child's creation of a second language. Working Papers in Bilingualism, No.6: 103-23.

Hansen-Strain, L. & Strain, J. 1989. 'Variation in the relative clause of Japanese learners'. JALT Journal 11:211-37

Hansen-Strain, L. 1990. The attrition of Japanese by English-speaking children: An interim report. Language Sciences 12, 367-377.

Hansen, D. (1995) A study of the effect of the acculturation model on second language acquisition. In Eckman, F., Highland, D., Lee, P., Mileham, J. & R. Rutkowski Weber (eds) Second Language Acquisition Theory and Pedagogy. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum, pp. 305-316.

Hansen, J. & Liu, J. (1997) Social identity and language: Theoretical and methodological issues. TESOL Quarterly, 31, 3, 567-576

Hansen, J. & Stansfield, C. 1981 The relationship of field dependent-independent cognitive styles to foreign language achievement. Language Learning 31: 349-67

Hansen, J.G. (XXXX) Linguistics constraints on the acquisition of English syllable codas by native speakers of Mandarin Chinese, Applied Linguistics, 22/ 3, 338-365

Hansen, L. (1983), 'The acquisition and forgetting of Hindu-Urdu negation by English-speaking children', in K. Bailey et al. (eds.), Second language acquisition studies, Rowley, MA: Newbury House, 91-103

Hansen, L. (1984), 'Field Dependence-Independence and language testing: evidence from six Pacific Island cultures', TESOL Quarterly, 18/2, 311-324

Hansen, L. (1986), 'Universals in relative clause acquisition: evidence from child and adult L1 and L2 learners of Hindi-Urdu', Language Learning, 36, 2, 143-157

Hansen, L. (2000). Language attrition in contexts of Japanese bilingualism. In M. Nogucki and S. Fotos(eds), Studies in Japanese Bilingualism. London, Multilingual Matters.

Hansen, L. (2001), Language attrition: The fate of the start. Annual Review of Applied Linguistics, 22.

Hansen, L. (2001). Language attrition: The fate of the start. Annual review of applied linguistics, 21, 60-73.

Hansen, L. (ed.) (1999), Second language attrition in Japanese contexts, New York: OUP

Hansen, L. & Reetz-Kurashige (1999), 'The study of second language attrition: an introduction', in L.Hansen (ed.) OUP

Hansen, L., Umeda, Y., & McKinney, M. (2002). Savings in the relearning of second language vocabulary: The effects of time and proficiency. Language Learning, 52, 653-678.

Harbord, J. (1992) -'The Use of the Mother Tongue in the Classroom', ELT Journal, vol.46, no. 4, pp. 350-355

Harbord, J. (1992), 'The use of the mother tongue in the classroom', ELTJ, 46, 1, 350-55

Harbord, J. (1992). "The use of the mother tongue in the classroom." ELT Journal 46(4): 350-355.

Harder, P. 1980. 'Discourse as self-expression-on the reduced personality of the second language learner', Applied Linguistics 1: 262-70.

Harding-Esch, E. and Riley, P. (2003) The Bilingual Family: A Handbook for Parents (2nd edn). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Harding, A., Page, B. & Rowell, S. (1981), Graded Objectives in Modern Languages, CILTR, London

Harding, E. & Riley, P. (1986), The Bilingual Family: A Handbook for Parents, C.U.P.

Hardison, D.M. (1996) 'Bimodal Speech Perception by Native and Non-native Speakers of English: Factors Influencing the McGurk Effect.' Language Learning, 46, 3-73

Hardyck, C. 1978, Recognition memory processes and language dominance in bilingualism, Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 7, 1, 25-34

Haritos, C. 2003. Listening, remembering, and speaking in two languages: How did you do that? Bilingual Research Journal, 27: 73--99.

Harkness, S. 1977. 'Aspects of social environment and first language acquisition in rural Africa' in Snow & Ferguson (eds.) 1977

Harley, B. (1979), 'French gender 'rules' in the speech of English-dominant, French-dominant, and monolingual French-speaking children', Working Papers in Bilingualism, 19, 129-157

Harley, B. (1980), Interlanguage units and their relations. Interlanguage Studies Bulletin 5: 3-30

Harley, B. (1986), Age in Second Language Acquisition. Clevedon, Avon: Multilingual Matters.

Harley, B. (1989), -'Transfer in the written compositions of French immersion students', in Dechert, H. & Raupach, M. (eds.) (1989), Transfer in language Production, New York, Ablex, 3-19

Harley, B. (1989), 'Functional grammar in French immersion: a classroom experiment'. Applied Linguistics 19: 331-59.

Harley, B. (1989). Transfer in the written compositions of French immersion students. In H. Dechert, & M. Raupach (Eds.), Transfer in Language Production. Norwood, NJ: Ablex.

Harley, B. (1991), Directions in immersion research. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 12 (1&2), 9-19

Harley, B. (1992). Patterns of second language development in French immersion. Journal of French Language Studies, 2(2), 159-'"183.

Harley, B. (1993), -'Instructional strategies and SLA in early French immersion', Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 15, 245-259

Harley, B. & Hart, D. 1997. Language aptitude and second language proficiency in classroom learners of different starting ages. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 19, 379-400

Harley, B. & King, M.L. (1989), -'Verb lexis in the written compositions of young L2 learners', Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 11, 415-440

Harley, B. & Swain, M. (1978). An analysis of the verb system by young learners of French. Interlanguage Studies Bulletin, 3(1), 35-'"79

Harley, B. & Swain, M. (1984). The interlanguage of immersion students and its implications for second language teaching. In A. Davies, C. Criper, & A. Howatt (Eds.), Interlanguage (pp. 291-3 11). Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press

Harley, B. & Wang, W. (1997), 'The Critical Period Hypothesis: where are we now?' In A.M.B. de Groot & J.F. Kroll (Eds), Tutorials in bilingualism. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates

Harley, B., Allen, P., Cummins, J. & Swain, M. (eds) 1990 The development of second language proficiency, Cambridge CUP

Harley, B., Allen, P., Cummins, J. & Swain, M. 1987 The development of bilingual proficiency: final report, Vol.11: Classroom treatment. The Ontario Institute for Studies in Education, Toronto

Harley, B., Hart, D. & Lapkin, S. (1986), 'The effects of early bilingual schooling on first language skills', Applied Psycholinguistics, 7, 295-322

Harley, T. A. (2008). The psychology of language: From data to theory. Hove, UK: Psychology Press.

Harman, L.D. (1988), The modern stranger: on language and membership. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.

Harrington, M. (1986), The T-unit as a measure of JSL oral proficiency. Descriptive and Applied Linguistics 19: 49-56. International Christian University, Tokyo

Harrington, M. (1987), 'Processing transfer: language specific processing strategies as a source of interlanguage variation', Applied Psycholinguistics, 8, 351-377

Harrington, M. (1992), 'Working memory capacity as a constraint on L2 development', in R. Harris (ed.), Cognitive Processing in Bilinguals, Elsevier, 123-135

Harrington, M. (1992). Working memory capacity as a constraint on L2 development. In R. J. Harris (Ed.), Cogniticve processing in bilinguals (pp. 123-135). Amsterdam: North Holland.

Harrington, M. & Sawyer, M. 1992, L2 Working Memory Capacity and L2 Reading Skill. Studies in Second Language Acquisition; 14, 1, 25-38

Harris, B. (1980). How a three-year-old translates. In Patterns of bilingualism (pp. 370-393). RELC Anthology series 8. Singapore: National University of Singapore Press.

Harris, B. & Sherwood, B. 1978. Translating as an innate skill. In Language interpretation and communication, ed. D. Gerver & H. Sinaiko. New York: Plenum Press.

Harris, B., & Sherwood, B. (1978). Translating as an innate skill. In D. Gerver & H. W. Sinaiko (Eds.), Language interpretation and communication (pp. 155-170). New York: Plenum Press.

Harris, J. 1984, Spoken Irish in Primary Schools. An Analysis of Achievement. Dublin: Instituid Teangeolaiochta Eireann.

Harris, J.G., Cullum, C. & Puente, A.E. (1995), -'Effects of bilingualism on verbal learning and memory in Hispanic adults', Journal of the International Neuropsycholinguistic Society, 1, 10-16

Harris, R. ed.( 1992) Cognitive processing in bilinguals. Amsterdam: Elsevier

Harrison, B. (1990), 'Measures of Mother Tongue Vitality for Non-Official Languages in Canada (1986)', Ottawa: Policy and Research, Multiculturalism and Citizenship Canada, 1990

Hart, D., Lapkin, S. & Swain, M., 1987, Communicative language tests: perks and perils. Evaluation & Research in Education 1(2), 83-94.

Hart, D.J. & Lapkin, S. (1989). French immersion at the secondary/postsecondary interface: Final Report on Phase 2 [Mimeol. Toronto: Modern Language Centre, Ontario Institute for Studies in Education.

Hartford, B. (1987). Prototype semantics: The development of meaning in a second language. Australian Review of Applied Linguistics, 11(1).

Hartford, B.S. & K. Bardovi-Harlig (1992) Experimental and observational data in the study of interlanguage pragmatics. Pragmatics and Language Learning, 3, 33-52.

Hartnett, D. 1985 Cognitive style and second language learning. In Celce-Murcia, M. (ed.) Beyond basics: issues and research in TESOL, pp. 1~33. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Hartsuiker, R.J., Pickering, M.J. & Veltkamp, E. (2004), -'Is syntax separate or shared between languages?', Psychological Science, 15, 6, 409-414

Harvard Encyclopedia of American ethnic groups. 1980. Ed. S. Thernstrom. Cam-bridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press

Hasegawa, A.E., Carpenter, P.A. and Just, M.A. (2002), -'An fMRI study of bilingual sentence comprehension and workload', NeuroImage, 15, 647-660

Hassall, T. (2001). Do learners thank too much in Indonesian? Australian Review of Applied Linguistics, 24, 97-112.

Hasselgren, A. (1994), 'Lexical teddy bears and advanced learners: a study into the ways Norwegian students cope with English vocabulary', International Journal of Applied Linguistics, 4, 237-260

Hasselmo, N. 1969. How can we measure the effects which one language may have on the other in the speech of bilinguals? In L. Kelly ed.. Description and measurement of bilingualism, Toronto: University of Toronto Press.

Hatasa, Y.A. (2002), 'The effects of differential timing in the introduction of Japanese syllabaries on early second language development in Japanese', MLJ, 86, 3, 349-367

Hatasa, Yukiko. 1997. Interlanguage and the role of input on the acquisition of Japanese as a second/foreign language. In T. Sakamoto & M. Hubbard (Eds.), Progress in Japanese linguistics and pedagogy: A collection in honor of Professor Akira Miura's 70's Birthday. Tokyo: ALC Press.

Hatch, E 1978 'Discourse analysis, speech acts and second language acquisition' in W Ritchie (ed ) 1978 Second Language Acquisition Research New York Academic Press

Hatch, E. (1971), The young child's comprehension of time connectives. Child Development 42:2111-13.

Hatch, E. (1972), Studies in second language acquisition. Paper presented at the Third International Congress of Applied Linguistics, Copenhagen

Hatch, E. (1974) Research on reading in a second language. Journal of Reading Behaviour 6 (1), 53-61

Hatch, E. (1974), 'Second language learning - universals?' Working Papers on Bilingualism 3: 1-17. Toronto: Ontario Institute for Studies in Education

Hatch, E. (1974). Research on reading a second language. Journal of Reading Behavior, 6, 53-61.

Hatch, E. (1976), Optimal age or optimal learners? Workpapers in TESL 11: 45-56

Hatch, E. (1978), 'Acquisition of syntax in a second language', in Richards, J. (ed.), Understanding Second and Foreign Language Learning: issues and Approaches, Newbury House, 34-70

Hatch, E. (1978), 'Apply with caution'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 2: 123-33.

Hatch, E. (1978), Discourse analysis and second language acquisition. In E. Hatch (ed.) Second Language Acquisition: A Book of Readings. Rowley, MA: Newbury House. 401-435

Hatch, E. (1978), Introduction. In E. Hatch (ed.), Second Language Acquisition. Rowley, Ma.: Newbury House, 1-18.

Hatch, E. (1980), 'Second language acquisition-avoiding the question' in Felix (ed.) 1980.

Hatch, E. (1983), 'Simplified input and second language acquisition' in Andersen (ed.) 1983c.

Hatch, E. (1983), Psycholinguistics: A Second Language Perspective. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House.

Hatch, E. (1984), Theoretical review of discourse and interlanguage. In Davies, A., Criper, C & Howatt, A. (eds.) Interlanguage, pp. l9~203. Edinburgh University Press

Hatch, E. (1992), Discourse and Language Education. Cambridge: CUP

Hatch, E. (ed.) (1978), Second Language Acquisition: A Book of Readings, Newbury House

Hatch, E. & Farhady, H 1982 Research design and statistics for applied linguistics. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Hatch, E. & Hawkins, B. (1987), 'Second language acquisition: an experiential approach', in Rosenberg, S. (ed.), Advances in Applied Psycholinguistics, Volume 2, C.U.P.

Hatch, E. & Lazaraton, A. 1991. The Research Manual: Design and Statistics for Applied Linguistics. New York: Newbury House

Hatch, E. & Long, M. 1980. 'Discourse analysis, what's that?' in Larsen-Freeman (ed.) 1980. Hatch, E., S. Peck, & J. Wagner-Gough. 1979. 'A look at process in child second language acquisition' in Ochs & Schieffelin (eds.) 1979.

Hatch, E. & Wagner-Gough, J. 1976. 'Explaining sequence and variation in second language acquisition'. Language Learning, Special Issue 4: 39~7.

Hatch, E., Flashner, V. & Hunt, L. 1986 The experience model and language teaching. In Day, R (ed.) 'Talking to learn': conversation in second language acquisition, pp.5-22. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Hatch, E., Peck, S. & Wagner-Gough, J. 1979 A look at process in child second language acquisition. In Ochs, E & Schieffelin, B (eds.) Developmental pragmatics. Academic Press, New York

Hatch, E., Shapira, R. & Wagner-Gough, J. 1978 Foreigner talk discourse. ITL Review of Applied Linguistics 39/40: 39-60

Hatch, E., Shirai, Y. & Fantuzzi, C. 1990. 'The need for an integrated theory: connecting modules'. TESOL Quarterly 24: 697-716.

Hatta, T., Kawakami, A. & Hatasa, Y. 1997. Kanji writing errors in Japanese college students and American Japanese learners. In Chen, Hsuan-Chih (Ed.), Cognitive processing of Chinese and related Asian languages. Hong Kong: The Chinese University Press.

Hatzidaki, A. (2007). Interaction between languages in verb-and pronoun agreement in bilingual sentence production. Unpublished Ph.D. thesis, The University of Edinburgh.

Haugen, E. (1950), Problems of bilingualism. Lingua, 271-90

Haugen, E. (1950), The analysis of linguistic borrowing. Language 26: 210-31.

Haugen, E. (1953), The Norwegian Language in America. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press.

Haugen, E. (1956), Bilingualism in the Americas. The American Dialect Society.

Haugen, E. (1961), The bilingual individual. In Psycholinguistics, ed. S. Saporta. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston.

Haugen, E. (1966), Semi-communication: the language gap in Scandinavia. Sociologi-cal Enquiry 36:280-297.

Haugen, E. (1969), The Norwegian language in America: a study in bilingual behavior. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.

Haugen, E. (1970), 'On the meaning of bilingual competence', in R. Jakobson & S. Kawamoto (eds.), Studies in General and Oriental Linguistics Presented to Shiro Hattori, Tokyo, TEC Company, 221-229

Haugen, E. (1972), The stigmata of bilingualism. In The ecology of language, ed. A. Dil. Stanford: Stanford University Press.

Haugen, E. (1973), Bilingualism, language contact and immigrant languages in the United States: A research report 1956-1970. In Current trends in linguistics, vol.10, ed. T. Sebeok. The Hague: Mouton.

Haugen, E. (1973), The curse of Babel. Daedalus 102:47-57.

Haugen, E. (1977), Norm and deviation in bilingual communities. In Bilingualism, ed. P. Hornby. New York: Academic Press.

Haugen, E. (1978), Comments from the audience. Georgetown University Round Table on Languages and Linguistics. In J. Alatis (ed.), International Dimensions of Bilingual Education. Washington, D.C.: Georgetown University Press.

Haugen, E. 1987. Blessings of Babel: Bilingualism and Language Planning. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.

Hauptman, P. (1970), 'An experimental comparison of a structural approach and a situational approach to foreign language teaching'. PhD thesis. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan.

Hauptman, P.C. (1979), -'A comparison of first and second language reading strategies among English-speaking university students', Interlanguage Studies Bulletin-Utrecht, 4, 2

Hauptman, S., Mansur, F., & Tal, R. (2008). A Trilingual Teaching Model for Developing Academic Literacy Skills in Classical Arabic (L1), Hebrew (L2) and English (L3) in Southern Israel. Journal of multilingual and multicultural development, 29(3), 181-197.

Hauser, M.D., Chomsky, N. and Fitch, T.M. (2002), -'The faculty of language: what is it, who has it and how did it evolve', Science, 298, 1569-157X

Hausmann, M., Durmusoglu, G., Yazgan, Y, & Gntrkn, O. (2004), -'Evidence for reduced hemispheric asymmetries in non-verbal functions in bilinguals', Journal of Neurolinguistics, 17, 285-299

Hausmann, M., et al. (2004). Evidence for reduced hemispheric asymmetries in nonverbal functions in bilinguals. Journal of Neurolinguistics, 17, 285-299.

Havranek, G. (1983): Die Wahrnehmung der Tenuis/Media Opposition im Englischen durch Kñrntner Schler, in: James, A. & Kettemann, B. (eds.), 94-135.

Hawkins, B. 1985 Is an 'appropriate response' always so appropriate? In Gass, S & Madden, C (eds.) Input in second language acquisition. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass. (pp. 162-'"180).

Hawkins, E . (1984), Awareness of Language, CUP

Hawkins, E (2005), -'Out of this nettle, dropout, we pluck this flower, opportunity: rethinking the school foreign language apprenticeship, Language Learning Journal, 32-4-17

Hawkins, E. (1999). Foreign language study and language awareness. Language Awareness 8.3&4, 124--142.

Hawkins, L. (1971), -'Immediate versus delayed presentation of foreign language script', Modern Language Journal, 55, 280-290

Hawkins, R (1999), Are L2 speakers bilingual or bilexical? Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 2, 3, 193-194.

Hawkins, R (2001), Second Language Syntax, Oxford, Blackwell

Hawkins, R. (1987), 'Markedness and the acquisition of the English dative alternation by L2 learners'. Second Language Research 3: 20-55.

Hawkins, R. (1988), 'Do second language learners acquire restrictive relative clauses on the basis of relational or configurational information? The acquisition of French subject, direct object and genitive restrictive relative clauses by second language learners', Second Language Research, 5, 2, 156-188

Hawkins, R. (1993), -'The selective availability of Universal Grammar in second language acquisition: a specifier-head/head complement asymmetry', Transactions of the Philological Society, 91, 2, 215-245

Hawkins, R. & Chen, C. (1997), The partial availability of Universal Grammar in second language acquisition: the -'failed functional features' hypothesis, Second Language Research, 13, 3, 187-226

Hawkins, R., Towell, R. & Bazergui, N. (1993), -'Universal Grammar and the acquisition of French verb movement', SLR, 9, 189-233

Hayashi, T. 1991, Interactive processing of words in connected speech in L1 and L2. IRAL. 29, 151-160

Hayes, D. (2005). Exploring the lives of non-native speaking English educators in Sri Lanka. Teachers and Teaching: theory and practice, 11(2), 169-194.

Hayes, E.B. (1988), -'Encoding strategies used by native and non-native readers of Chinese Mandarin' Modern Language Journal, 72, ii, 188-195

Hayes, J. (ed.). 1970. Cognition and the Development of Language. New York: Wiley & Sons.

Haynes, M. & Baker, I. (1993), -'American and Chinese readers learning from lexical familiarisation in English text', in T. Huckin, M. Haynes & J. Coady (eds.). Second Language Reading and Vocabulary, 130-152

Haynes, M. & Carr, T.H. (1990), -'Writing system background and second language reading: a component skills analysis of English reading by native-speaking readers of Chinese', in T.H. Carr & B.A. Levy (eds), Reading and its development: component skills approaches, San Diego, Academic Press, 375-421

Hazan, V. & Boulakia, G. (1993) Perception and production of a voicing contrast by French-English bilinguals. Language and Speech, 36 (1), 17-38

Hazenberg, S., & Hulstijn, J. H. (1996). Defining a minimal receptive second-language vocabulary for non-native university students: An empirical investigation. Applied Linguistics, 17, 145-164.

Haznedar, B. (2001), 'The acquisition of the IP system in child L2 English', SSLA, 23, 1-39

He, A. P. (2001) Analysis of spelling mistakes of students, Foreign Language Teaching and Research, Vol. 33, No. 3, pp. 199-205

He, A. W. (2004) 'CA for SLA: Arguments from the Chinese language classroom' The Modern Language Journal Vol. 88, 4 pp 568-582

Heath, J. (1989) From code-switching to borrowing: foreign and diglossic mixing in Moroccan Arabic. London: Kegan Paul International.

Heath, S. 1983. Ways with Words: Language, Life and Work in Communities and Classrooms. Cambridge: CUP.

Heath, S.B. (1986). Critical factors in literacy development. In S. de Castell, A. Luke, & K. Egan (Eds.). Literacy, society, and schooling. (pp. 209-229). New York: CUP

Hecht, B. & Mulford, R. 1982 -'The acquisition of a second language phonology: interaction of transfer and developmental factors', Applied Psycholinguistics, 3:313-328.

Hedgcock, J. (1991), 'Foreign language retention and attrition: a study of regression models', Foreign Language Annals 24, 43-55

Hedgcock, J. (1993), -'Well-formed vs. ill-formed strings in L2 metalingual tasks; specifying features of grammaticality judgements', Second Language Research, 9, 1-21

Hedgcock, J. & Atkinson, D. (1993), Differing reading-writing relationships in L1 and L2 literacy development? TESOL Quarterly, 27 (2), 329-33.

Heidelberger Forschungsprojekt 1978 The acquisition of German syntax by foreign migrant workers. In Sankoff, D (ed.) Linguistic variation: model and methods, pp. 1-22. Academic Press, New York

Heider, E. (1972). Universals in color naming and memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 93, 10-20.

Heider, E. R. & Olivier, D. C. (1972). The structure of the colour space in naming and memory for two languages.

Heiler, B. 1966. An investigation of the causes of primary stress mislocation in the English speech of bilingual Mexican-American students. M.A. thesis. University of Texas, El Paso.

Heim, A 1970 Intelligence and personality: their assessment and relationship. Penguin

Heinemann, F., & Assion, H.G. 1996. Linguistic regression to use of the native language only in bilingual persons during acute psychotic episodes. Nervenarzt, 67: 599--601.

Heinz, B. (2003). Backchannel responses as strategic responses in bilingual speakers' conversations. Journal of Pragmatics, 35, 1113-1142.

Heller, M. (1987) Language and identity. In Ammon, Dittmar & Mattheier (1987), 7814.

Heller, M. (1988) Code-switching: anthropological and sociolinguistic perspectives. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.

Heller, M. (1992) The politics of codeswitching and language choice. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 13, 1, 123-142.

Heller, M. (1999) Linguistic minorities and modernity: A sociolinguistic ethnography. London: Longman.

Heller, M.S. (1982), Negotiations of language choice in Montreal. In John J. Gumperz (ed.), Language and social identity, 108-118. New York

Hellermann, J. (2006). Classroom interactive practices for developing L2 literacy: A microethnographic study of two beginning adult learners of English. Applied Linguistics, 27(3), 377-404.

Helms-Park, R. (2001). Evidence of lexical transfer in learner syntax: The acquisition of English causatives by speakers of Hindi-Urdu and Vietnamese. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 23, 71-102.

Helot, C. (2006). Bridging the gap between prestigious bilingualism and the bilingualism of minorities: Towards an integrated perspective of multilingualism in the French education context. In O Laoire (ed.), 49--72.

Helot, C. & A. Young (2006). Imagining multilingual education in France: A language and cultural awareness project at primary level. In Garcia et al. (eds.), 69--90.

Hendrickson, J. 1978. 'Error correction in foreign language teaching: recent theory, research, and practice'. Modern Language Journal 62:387-98.

Hendrickson, J.M. 1976. The effects of error correction treatments upon adequate and accurate communication in the written compositions of adult learners of English as a Second Language. Doctoral dissertation, Ohio State University, Columbus

Henkes, T. 1974 Early stages in the non-native acquisition of English syntax: a study of three children from Zaire, Venezuela and Saudi Arabia. Ph.D. dissertation, Indiana University

Henly, E. & Sheldon, A. (1986), -'Duration and context effects on the perception of English /r/ and /l/: a comparison of Cantonese and Japanese learners', Language Learning, 36, 505-521

Henning, C. (ed.) 1977. Proceedings of the Los Angeles Second Language Research Forum. University of California, Los Angeles.

Henning, G. (1983), Interest factors in second language acquisition. In Campbell, C., Flashner, V., Hudson, T. & Lubin, J. (eds.) Proceedings of the Los Angeles Second Language Research Forum, Vol II. University of California at Los Angeles

Henning, G. (1986), -'Quantitative methods in language acquisition research'. TESOL Quarterly 20: 701-8

Henning, G. H. (1973). Remembering foreign language vocabulary: Acoustic and semantic parameters. Language Learning, 23, 185-196.

Henning, G.H. (1973), -'Remembering foreign language vocabulary: acoustic and semantic parameters', Language Learning, 23

Henning, W. 1966. Discrimination Training and Self Evaluation in the Tending of Pronunciation. International Review of Applied Linguistics 4, p.7 -- 17

Henrichsen, L. 1984 Sandhi-variation: a filter of input for learners of ESL. Language Learning 34:103-26

Henriksen, B. (1999). Three dimensions of vocabulary development. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 21, 303-317.

Henry, A & Tangney, D (1999) 'Functional categories and parameter setting in the second language acquisition of Irish in early childhood in M Degraff (ed) Language Creation and Language Change: Creolization, Diachrony and Development pp239-253 MIT Press

Henry, A. (1988), 'Linguistic theory and second language teaching', polyglot

Heny, F. (1987), -'Theoretical linguistics, second language acquisition, and language pedagogy', Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, 490, 194-210

Henzl, V. 1973. 'Linguistic register of foreign language instruction'. Language Learning 23: 207-27.

Henzl, V. 1979. 'Foreigner talk in the classroom'. International Review of Applied Linguistics 17. 159-65.

Herbert, R. 1989. 'The ethnography of compliments' in Oleksy (ed.) 1989.

Herdina, P. & Jessner, U. (1998), 'Language Maintenance in Multilinguals. A psycholinguistic perspective'. In Leather, J. & James, A. (eds.) (1998), Proceedings of the Third International Symposium on the Acquisition of Second Language Speech Klagenfurt, Universitat Klagenfurt, 135-143

Herdina, P. & Jessner, U. (2002), A Dynamic Model of Multilingualism: Changing the Psycholinguistic Perspective, Clevedon: Multilingual Matters

Herdina, P. & Jessner, U. 2000. The dynamics of third language acquisition. In English in Europe: The Acquisition of a

Herdina, P. & Jessner, U. 2002. A Dynamic Model of Multilingualism: Perspectives of Change in Psycholinguistics. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Heredia, R. & J. Altarriba (eds.), Bilingual sentence processing, North Holland: Elsevir

Heredia, R. & McLaughlin. B. (1992). Bilingual memory revisited. In R. Harris. Cognitive Processing in Bilinguals (pp. 91-'"103). Amsterdam: Elsevier.

Heredia, R., Weldon, M.S. & McLaughlin, B. (1992), 'Conceptually driven vs. data driven processes in bilingual memory: one or two systems', PALM 7, 255-278.

Hermann, G. 1980 Attitudes and success in children's learning of English as a second language: the motivational versus the resultative hypothesis. English Language Teaching Journal 34: 247-54

Hermans, D., Bongaerts, T., De Bot, K., & Schreuder, R. (1998). Producing words in a foreign language: Can speakers prevent interference from their first language? Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 1, 213-229.

Hernandez-Chavez, E. 1977 The acquisition of grammatical structures by a Mexican-American child learning English. Ph.D. dissertation, University of California, Berkeley

Hernandez-Chavez, E. 1977. The development of semantic relations in child second language acquisition. In M. Burt, H. Dulay, & M. Finocchiaro (eds.), Viewpoints on English as a Second Language. New York: Regents.

Hernandez-Chavez, E., Burt, M. & Dulay, H. 1978, Language dominance and proficiency testing: Some general considerations. NABE Journal 3 (1), 41-54.

Hernandez-Chavez, E., Cohen, E.; & Beltramo, A. (Eds.) 1975. El Lenguaje de los Chicanos: Regional and Social Characteristics of Language Used by Mexican Americans. Arlington, Va.: Center for Applied Linguistics.

Hernandez-Chavez, E., Vogel, I., & Clumeck, H. 1975. Rules, constraints, and the simplicity criterion: an analysis based on the acquisition of nasals in Chicano Spanish. In A. Ferguson, L. Hyman & I. Ohala (eds.), Nasalfest: Papers from a Symposium on Nasals and Nasalization Language Universals Project. Stanford University, Stanford, Cal.

Hernandez, A. E., Dapretto, M., Mazziotta, J., & Bookheimer, S. (2001). Language switching and language representation in Spanish-English bilinguals. NeuroImage, 14, 510-520.

Hernandez, A. E., Martinez, A., & Kohnert, K. (2000). In search of the language switch: An fMRI study of picture naming in Spanish-English bilinguals. Brain and Language, 73, 421-431.

Hernandez, A., Bates, E. & Avila, L. (1994), 'On-line sentence interpretation in Spanish-English bilinguals: what does it mean to be 'in-between'?' Applied Psycholinguistics, 15, 417-446

Hernandez, A., Bates, E. & Avila, L. 1994. On-line sentence interpretation in Spanish-English bilinguals: What does it mean to be -'in between'? Applied Psycholinguistics 15: 417--446.

Hernandez, A., Li, P. & MacWhinney, B. (2005), -'The emergence of competing modules in bilingualism', Trends in Cognitive Science, 9, 5, 220-225

Hernandez, A., Li, P., & MacWhinney, B. (2005). The emergence of competing modules in bilingualism. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 9, 220-225.

Hernandez, A.E, Martinez, A. & Kohnert, K. (2000), 'In search of the language switch: an fMRI study of picture naming in Spanish-English bilinguals', Brian and Language, 73, 421-431

Hernandez, A.E. & Kohnert, K. (1999), 'Aging and language switching in bilinguals', Aging, Neuropsychology and Cognition, 6, 69-83

Hernandez, A.E., & Meschyan, G. 2006. Executive function is necessary to enhance lexical processing in a less proficient L2: Evidence from fMR1 during picture naming. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 9: 177--188.

Hernandez, A.E., Dapretto, M., Mazziotta, J. and Bookheimer, S. (2001), -'Language switching and language representation in Spanish-English bilinguals: an fMRI study', NeuroImage, 14, 510-520

Hernandez, M., Costa, A., Sebastian-Galles, N., Juncadella, M., & Re"ne, R. (2007). The organization of nouns and verbs in bilingual speakers: A case of bilingual grammatical category-specific deficit. Journal of Neurolinguistics, 20, 285--305.

Herron, C. (1991). The garden path correction strategy in the foreign language classroom. The French Review, 64(6), 966-'"977

Herron, C. & Tomasello, M. (1992). Acquiring grammatical structures by guided instruction. The French Review, 65(5), 708-'"718.

Herschensohn, J. (1999), The Second Time Around: Minimalism and L2 Acquisition, Amsterdam: Benjamins

Hertnann, G. 1980. 'Attitudes and success in children's learning of English as a second language: the motivational vs. the resultative hypothesis'. English Language Teaching Journal 34: 247-54.

Herwig, A. (2001). Plurilingual lexical organisation: Evidence from lexical processing in L1-L2-L3-L4 translation. In Cenoz et al. (eds.) (2001c), 115--37.

Heugh, K. Submitted. Slipping between policy and management: (de)centralized responses to linguistic diversity in Ethiopia and South Africa. In Current Multilingualism: A New Linguistic Dispensation, D. Singleton, J. Fishman, L. Aronin & M. O Laoire (eds). Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.

Hewitt, R. (1982) White adolescent creole users and the politics of friendship. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 3. (3).

Heyde, A. 1977. The relationship between self-esteem and the oral production of a second language. In H. Brown, C. Yorio, & R. Crymes (eds.), Teaching and Learning English as a Second Language: Trends in Research and Practice. Washington, D.C.: TESOL, 22640.

Heyde, A. 1979. 'The relationship between self-esteem and oral production of a second language . PhD thesis, Ann Arbor: University of Michigan.

Heye, J. 1975. A sociolinguistic investigation of multilingualism in the canton of Ticino, Switzerland. The Hague: Mouton.

Heye, J. 1979. Bilingualism and language maintenance in two communities in Santa Catarina, Brazil. In Language and society, ed. W. McCormack & S. Wurm. The Hague: Mouton.

Hickey, T. (1991) Leisure reading in a second language: An experiment with audiotapes in Irish. Language, Culture and Curriculum 4 (2), 119-131

Hickey, T. & " Cain-n, P. (2003) Second-language Reading: Taping over the cracks. In G. Shiel and U. N- Dhílaigh (eds) Other Ways of Seeing: Diversity in Language and Literacy. Dublin: Reading Association of Ireland.

Higa, M. (1965), -'The psycholinguistic concept of difficulty and the teaching of foreign language vocabulary', Language Learning, 15, 167-79

Higa, M. (1979), Sociolinguistic aspects of word-borrowing. In Sociolinguistic studies in language contact, ed. W. Mackey & J. Ornstein. The Hague: Mouton.

Higgins, C. (2003), -'Ownership of English in the outer circle: an alternative to the NS-NNS dichotomy', TESOL Quarterly, 37, 615-634

Higgs, T. (ed.). 1982. Curriculum, Competence and the Foreign Language Teacher. Skokie, Illinois: National Textbook Company.

Higgs, T. & Clifford, R 1982 The push toward communication. In Higgs, T (ed.) Curriculum, competence, and the foreign language teacher, pp. 57 79. National Textbook Co., Skokie, Ill.

Hiki, K. (1996), 'An exploration into internal structure of semantic categories: a comparison of prototypicality judgments of learners and native speakers, JACET Bulletin, 27: 35-49

Hildebrand, J. 1987 The acquisition of preposition stranding. Canadian Journal of Linguistics 32 U)

Hill, J. 1970 Foreign accents, language acquisition and cerebral dominance revisited. Language Learning 20: 237~8

Hill, J. 1971 Personalised education programs utilising cognitive style mapping. Oakland Community College, Bloomfield Hills, Mich.

Hilles, S. (1986), Interlanguage and the pro-drop parameter. Second Language Research 2 (1): 33-52

Hilles, S. (1989). Access to UG in second language acquisition, Ph.D. UCLA

Hilles, S. (1991), 'Access to Universal Grammar in Second Language Acquisition', in Eubank, L. (ed.), Point Counterpoint: Universal Grammar in the Second Language, Amsterdam, Benjamins, 305 338

Hilleson, M. 1996: -'I want to talk with them, but I don't want them to hear': an introspective study of second language anxiety in an English-medium school. In Bailey, K.M. & Nunan, D. (eds), Voices from the language classroom. Cambridge: CUP, 248-75.

Hilton, L.M. (1980). Language rehabilitation strategies for bilingual and foreign-speaking aphasics. Aphasia, Apraxia, Agnosia, 3, 7-'"12.

Hinckley, J. (2003). Picture naming treatment in aphasia yields greater improvement in L1. Brain and Language, 87, 171--172.

Hines, M. & Rutherford, W. (eds.) 1982 On TESOL '81. TESOL, Washington, D.C.

Hines, T.M. (1996). Failure to demonstrate selective deficit in the native language following surgery in the left pericylvian area. Brain & Language, 54, 168-169

Hinger, B.,W.Kofler, A. Skinner&W. Stadler (2005).The Innsbruckmodel of Fremdsprachendidaktik: Towards an integrated multilingual approach in pre-service teacher education. The Teacher Trainer 19, 17--20.

Hinkel, E. (1992). L2 tense and time reference. TESOL Quarterly, 26(3), 557-'"571.

Hinkel, E. (1995). The use of modal verbs as a reflection of cultural values. TESOL Quarterly, 29 (2), 325-'"341.

Hinkel, E. (1997). The past tense and temporal verb meanings in a contextual frame. TESOL Quarterly, 31(2), 289-'"3 13.

Hinkel, E. & Fotos, S. (eds.) (2002). New perspectives on grammar teaching in second language classrooms. Lawrence Erlbaum

Hinkel, E., & Fotos, S. (Eds.). (2002). New perspectives on grammar teaching in second language classrooms. Mahwah, NJ and London: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Hinnenkamp, V. (1982). Foreigner talk und Tarzanisch. Hamburg: H. Buske.

Hiraike-Okawara, M. & Sakamoto, T. 1990. Japanese foreigner register in the use of vocabulary. In O. Kamada & W. Jacobsen, (Eds.) On Japanese and how to teach it: Papers for Seiichi Makino Tokyo: Japan Times. 211-223

Hirakawa, M. 1989. 'A study of the L2 acquisition of English reflexives'. Second Language Research 6: 60-85.

Hirsch, E.D. (1987). Cultural literacy. Boston: Houghton Mifflin

Hirschman, M. 2000. Language repair via metalinguistic means. International Journal of Language and Communication Disorders, 35: 251--268.

Hirsh, K. W., Morrison, C. M., Gaset, S., & Carnicer, E. (2003). Age of acquisition and speech production in L2. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 6, 117-128.

Hirst, W., Phelps, E.A., Johnson, M.K. & Volpe, B.T. (1988). Amnesia and second language learning. Brain and Cognition, 8, 105-116.

Hirst, W., Spelke, E. S., Reaves, C. C., Caharack, G., & Neisser, U. (1980). Dividing attention without alternation or automaticity. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 109, 98-117.

Hirvonen, T. (1988). Monolingual and bilingual children's foreigner talk conversations. In A. Holmen, E. Hansen, J. Gimbel, & J. N. Jorgensen (Eds.), Bilingualism and the individual. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters.

Hirvonen, T. 1985. 'Children's foreigner talk: peer talk in play context' in Gass & Madden (eds.) 1985

Hjrup, T. (1983) The concept of life-mode: a form-specifying mode of analysis applied to contemporary western Europe. Ethnologia Scandinavica, 1-50

Hkansson, G., Salameh, E.-K. & Nettelbladt, U. 2003. Measuring language development in bilingual children: Swedish-Arabic children with and without language impairment. Linguistics, 41: 255--288.

Ho-Peng, L. (1974), Errors and error analysis in TESL: the Malaysian experiment. RELC Journal, 7, 2 23-29

Hobart, C. & Brant, C. 1966. Eskimo education, Danish and Canadian: a comparison. Canadian Review of Sociology and Anthropology 3:47-66.

Hodne, B. (1985). Yet another look at interlanguage phonology: The modification of English syllable structure by native speakers of Polish. Language Learning 35, 404-422

Hoekstra, T. & Schwartz, B. 1994, Language acquisition studies in generative grammar. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Hoff-Ginsberg, E. & Shatz, M. 1982 Linguistic input and the child's acquisition of language: a critical review. Psychological Bulletin 92: 3 26

Hoffer, B. (1980), 'English Loanwords in Japanese: Some cultural implications', Language Sciences. 12, 1, 1-21

Hoffman, E. (1989). Lost in translation. A life in a new language. New York: Penguin Books

Hoffman, G. 1971. Puerto Ricans in New York: a language-related ethnographic summary. In Bilingualism in the barrio, ed. J. Fishman, R. Cooper, & R. Ma. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.

Hoffmann, C. (1985) Language acquisition in two trilingual children. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 6 (6), 479-495.

Hoffmann, C. (1985), -'Language acquisition in two trilingual children', Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 6, 6, 479-95

Hoffmann, C. (1991), An Introduction to Bilingualism, Longman, London

Hoffmann, C. (1998). Luxemburg and the European Schools. In Cenoz & Genesee (eds.), 143--174.

Hoffmann, C. (1999), Trilingual Competence: Linguistic and Cognitive Issues. Applied Linguistic Studies in Central Europe 3, 16-26

Hoffmann, C. (2000). The spread of English and the growth of multilingualism with English in Europe. In Cenoz & Jessner (eds.), 1--21.

Hoffmann, C. (2001), -'Towards a description of trilingual competence', International Journal of Bilingualism, 5, 1, 1-17

Hoffmann, C. & Ytsma, J. (eds.) (2003), Trilingualism in Family, School and Community, Clevedon: Multilingual Matters

Hoffmann, C. 2000. The spread of English and the growth of multilingualism with English in Europe. In English in Europe: The Acquisition of a Third Language, J. Cenoz & U. Jessner (eds), 1--21. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Hoffmann, C. 2001. The status of trilingualism in bilingualism studies. In Looking Beyond Second Language Acquisition: Studies in Tri- and Multilingualism, J. Cenoz, B. Hufeisen & U. Jessner (eds), 13--25. Tubingen: Stauffenburg.

Hoffmann, C. 2001. Towards a description of trilingual competence. The International Journal of Bilingualism 5(1): 1--17.

Hoffmann, C., Lau, I. & Johnson, D.R. (1986), 'The linguistic relativity of person cognition', Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 51, 1097-1105

Hofstede, G. (1980), Culture's consequences: International differences in work-related values, London: Sage

Hogben, D. & Lawson, M.J. (1994), 'Keyword and multiple elaboration strategies for vocabulary acquisition in foreign language learning', Contemporary Educational Psychology, 19, 367-376

Hogben, D., & Lawson, M. J. (1997). Reexamining the relationship between verbal knowledge background and keyword training for vocabulary acquisition. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 22, 378-389.

Hoge, R.D. 1985. The validity of direct observation measures of pupil classroom behavior. Review of Educational Research 55:469-483.

Hogg, M., Abrams, D. & Patel, Y. (1987) Ethnic identity, self-esteem, and occupational aspirations of Indian and Anglo-Saxon British adolescents. Genetic, Social and General Psychology Monographs, 113, 487-508

Hoi, D.T. 1965. Representation of time and time-relationship in English and in Vietnamese. Ph.D. University of Columbia.

Holden, K. & Hogan, J. (1993), 'The emotive impact of foreign intonation; an experiment in switching English and Russian intonation', Language & Speech, 36, 67-88

Holden, L. (1975), 'An experiment with bilingualism', Alberta Modern Language Journal, 14, 1, 1 7-23

Holec, H. (1980), 'Learner training: meeting needs in self-directed learning' in Altman & Vaughan James (eds.) 1980.

Holec, H. (1985), 'On autonomy: some elementary concepts', in Riley (1985)

Holec, H. (1985), 'You did say 'oral interactive discourse'?', in Riley (1985)

Holec, H. (1987), 'The learner as manager: managing learning or managing to learn?' in Wenden & Rubin (eds.) 1987.

Holland, D. & Quinn, N. (1987). Cultural models in language and thought. Cambridge: CUP.

Holley, F.M., & King, J.K. 1971. Imitation and correction in foreign language learning. Modern Language Journal 55:494-498.

Holliday, A. (1992). Tissue rejection and informal orders in ELT projects: collecting the right information. Applied linguistics, 13(4), 403-424.

Holliday, A. (1994), Appropriate Methodology and Social Context, CUP

Holliday, A. (1999). Small cultures. Applied Linguistics, 20(2), 237-264.

Holliday, A. (2002). Doing and writing qualitative research. London: Sage.

Holliday, A. (2004). Research guidelines in TESOL: alternative perspectives - Issues of validity in progressive paradigms of qualitative research. TESOL quarterly, 38(4), 731-734.

Holliday, A. (2005). The struggle to teach English as an international language. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Holliday, A. (2006). Native-speakerism. ELT Journal 60(4), 385-387.

Holliday, Adrian. 2009. English as a Lingua Franca, -'Non-native Speakers' and Cosmopolitan Realities. In Farzad Sharifian (ed.), English as an International Language: Perspectives and Pedagogical Issues. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters. 21-33.

Holm, A. & Dodd, A. (1996), 'A longitudinal study of the development of two Cantonese-English bilingual children', Applied Psycholinguistics, 20, 349-376

Holm, A. & Dodd, B. (1996), -'The effect of first written language on the acquisition of English literacy', Cognition, 59, 119-147

Holm, A. & Dodd, B. J. (1999). A longitudinal study of the phonological development of two Cantonese-English bilingual children. Applied Psycholinguistics, 20, 349-376.

Holm, A. & Dodd, B. J. (1999). An intervention case study of a bilingual child with phonological disorder. Child Language Teaching and Therapy, 15, 139-158.

Holm, A. & Dodd, B. J. (1999). Differential diagnosis of phonological disorder in two bilingual children acquiring Italian and English. Clinical Linguistics & Phonetics, 13, 119-129.

Holm, A. & Dodd, B. J. Comparison of cross language generalisation following speech therapy. Folia Phoniatrica et Logopaedia (in press).

Holm, A. & Holm, W. 1990, Rock Point: A Navajo way to go to school. In C.B. CAZDEN & C.E. SNOW (eds) The Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science 508, 170-184. London: Sage.

Holm, A., Dodd, B. J., Stow, S., & Pert, S. (1997). Speech disorder in bilingual children: four case studies. Osmania Papers in Linguistics, 23-24, 45-64.

Holm, A., Dodd, B.J., Stow, S. & Pert, S. (1999). Identification and differential diagnosis of phonological disorder in bilingual children. Language Testing, 16, 271-292.

Holm, A., Ozanne, A. & Dodd, B. J. (1997). Efficacy of intervention for a bilingual child making articulation and phonological errors. International Journal of Bilingualism, 1, 55-69

Holme, R., & Bussabamintra, C. (2006). The learner as needs analyst: the use of participatory appraisal in the EAP reading classroom. English for Specific Purposes, 25(4), 403-419.

Holmes, F. (1996), 'Cross-language interference in lexical decision', Speech Hearing and Language: Work In Progress Volume 9, University College London, Dept of Phonetics and Linguistics, http://www.phon.ucl.ac.uk/home/shl9/freddieh/holmef.htm

Holmes, J. & Guerra Ramos, R. 1993. False friends and reckless guessers: observing cognate recognition strategies. In T. Huckin, M. Haynes and J. Coady (Eds.) Second Language Reading and Vocabulary. Norwood, New Jersey: Ablex Publishing Corporation

Holmes, J. 1983. The structure of teachers' directives. In J. C. Richards & R. W. Schmidt, eds. Language and communication, 89-114. London: Longman.

Holmes, V.M. & Dejean de la Batie, B. (1999), 'Assignment of grammatical gender by native speakers and foreign learners of French', Applied Psycholinguistics, 20, 479-506

Holobrow, N., Genesee, F. & Lambert, W. 1991. 'The effectiveness of a foreign language immersion program for children from different ethnic and social class backgrounds: Report 2'. Applied Psycholinguistics 12:179-98.

Holobrow, N., Lambert, W. & Sayegh, L. 1984. 'Pairing script and dialogue: combinations that show promise for second language learning'. Language Learning 34: 59-76.

Homel, P., Palij, M. & Aaronson, D. (eds.) (1987), Childhood Bilingualism, Erlbaum

Hong, Y.Y., Morris, M.W., Chiu, C-Y. & Benet-Martinez, V. (2000), 'Multicultural minds: a dynamic constructivist approach to culture and cognition', American Psychologist, 55, 709-720

Honna, N. (1995), 'English in Japanese society; language within language', JMMD, 16, 1, 45-61

Hoosain, R. ( 1979), -'Forward and backward digit span in the language of the bilingual' Journal of Genetic Psychology, 135, 283-268

Hoosain, R. (1984), -'Experiments on digit span in the Chinese and English languages', in H.S.R. Kao & R. Hoosain, (eds.), Psychological Studies of the Chinese Language, Hong Kong, Chinese Language Society, 23-28

Hooton, A.B. & Hooton, C. (1977), 'The influence of syntax on visual perception', Anthropological Linguistics, 19/8. 355-357

Horenczyk, G. 2000. Conflicted identities: Acculturation attitudes and immigrants' construction of their social worlds. In Language, Identity and Immigration, E. Olstain & G. Horenczyk (eds), 13--30. Jerusalem: Magnes press.

Horiba, Y. (1996), 'Comprehension processes in L2 reading. Language competence, textual coherence and inferences', SSLA, 18, 433-473

Horiba, Y. 1990. Narrative comprehension processes: A study of native and non-native readers of Japanese. Modern Language Journal, 74, 188-202.

Horiba, Y. 1993. Narrative comprehension processes: A study of native and non-native readers of Japanese. In J.W. Oller, (Ed.) Methods that work II: Ideas for literacy and language teachers (pp. 230-246). Boston, MA: Heinle & Heinle.

Horiba, Y. 1993. The role of causal reasoning and language competence in narrative comprehension. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 15(1), 49-81.

Horiba, Y. 1996. The role of elaboration in L2 text memory: The effect of encoding task on recall of causally related sentences. Modern Language Journal, 80(2), 151-164.

Horiba, Y., van den Broek, P.W. & Fletcher, C.R. 1993. Second language readers' memory for narrative texts: Evidence for structure-preserving top-down processing. Language Learning, 43, 345-372.

Horiba, Y., van den Broek, P.W. & Fletcher, C.R. 1994. Second language readers' memory for narrative texts: Evidence for structure-preserving top-down processing. In A. H. Cumming (Ed.), Bilingual performance in reading and writing (pp. 43-71).

Hornberger, N. & Putz, M. (eds). 2006. Language Loyalty, Language Planning and LanguageRevitalization: Recent Writings and Reflections from Joshua A. Fishman, 29--47. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Hornberger, N. 2002. Multilingual language policies and the continua of biliteracy: An ecological approach. Language Policy 1(1): 27--51.

Hornberger, N. 2009. Multilingual education policy and practice: Ten cenrtainties (groundedin indigenous experience). Language Teaching 42(2): 197--211.

Hornberger, N., & Vaish, V. (2008). Multilingual language policy and school linguistic practice: globalization and English-language teaching in India, Singapore and South Africa. Compare: A Journal of Comparative and International Education, 39(3), 305 - 320.

Hornberger, N.H. 1988, Bilingual Education and Language Maintenance: A Southern Peruvian Quechua Case. Dordrecht, Holland: Foris.

Hornberger, N.H. 1989, Continua of biliteracy. Review of Educational Research 9 (3), 271-296.

Hornberger, N.H. 1990, Creating successful learning contexts for bilingual literacy. Teachers College Record 92 (2), 212-229.

Hornberger, N.H. 1990, Teacher Quechua use in bilingual and non-bilingual classrooms of Puno, Peru. In R. JACOBSON & C. FALTIS (eds) Language Distribution Issues in Bilingual Schooling. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters

Hornberger, N.H. 1991, Extending enrichment bilingual education: Revisiting typologies and redirecting policy. In O. Garcia (ed.) Bilingual Education: Focusschrift in Honor of Joshua A. Fishman, Volume 1. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.

Hornby, P.A. (ed.) (1977), Bilingualism: Psychological, Social, and Educational Implications, Academic Press, New York

Horowitz, L. M., & Gordon, A. M. (1972). Associative symmetry and second-language learning. Journal of Educational Psychology, 63, 287-294.

Horowitz, L.M. & Gordon, A.M. (1972), 'Associative symmetry and second language learning', Journal of Educational Psychology, 63, 3, 287-294.

Horowitz, L.M., White, M.A. & Atwood, D.W. (1968), 'Word fragments as aids to recall: The organization of a word', Journal of Experimental Psychology. 76, 19-26.

Horst, M., Cobb, T., & Meara, P. 1998. Beyond A Clockwork Orange: Acquiring second language vocabulary through reading. Reading in a Foreign Language, 11: 207--223.

Horvath, B.M. & Vaughan, P.1991, Community Languages: A Handbook. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Horvath, J. (1985), FOCUS in the Theory of Grammar and the Syntax of Hungarian, Foris, Dordrecht.

Horvath, V. (1985) Variation in Australian English. CUP.

Horwitz, E. (1973), -'The relationship between conceptual level and communicative competence in French', Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 5, 65-73

Horwitz, E. (1986), 'Preliminary evidence for the reliability and validity of a foreign language anxiety scale'. TESOL Quarterly 20: 559-62.

Horwitz, E. (1987), 'Surveying student beliefs about language learning' in Wenden & Rubin (eds.) 1987.

Horwitz, E. & Young, D. 1991. Language Learning Anxiety: from Theory and Research to Classroom Implications. Englewood Cliffs, NJ.: Prentice Hall.

Horwitz, E. K., Horwitz, M. B., & Cope, J. (1986). "Foreign Language Classroom Anxiety." The Modern Language Journal 70(1): 125-132.

Horwitz, E., Horwitz, M. & Cope, J. 1986. 'Foreign language classroom anxiety'. Modern Language Journal 70; 125-32

Horwitz, E.K. (1987), 'Linguistic and communicative competence'; reassessing foreign language aptitude', in VanPatten, B., Dvorak, T.R., & Lee, J.F. (eds.), Foreign Language Learning: A Research Perspective, Newbury House

Horwitz, E.K. (1988), The beliefs about language learning of beginning university foreign language students. The Modern Language Journal 72: 283-94

Horwitz, E.K. (1996) Even teachers get the blues: Recognizing and alleviating language teachers' feelings of foreign language anxiety. Foreign Language Annals 29, 365-372

Hosenfeld, C. (1976), 'Learning about learning: discovering our students' strategies,' Foreign Language Annals, 9, 2, 117-129

Hosenfeld, C. (1977), -'A preliminary investigation of the reading strategies of successful and non-successful second language learners research', System, 5, 110-123

Hosenfeld, C. (1978), 'Students' mini-theories of second language learning'. Association Bulletin 29: 2.

Hosenfeld, C. (1979), 'Cindy: a learner in today's foreign language classroom' in Born (ed.) 1979.

Hoshino, N., & Kroll, J. F. (2007). Cognate effects in picture naming: Does cross-language activation survive a change of scripts? Cognition, 106, 501-511.

Houck, N., Robertson, J. & Krashen, S. 1978 On the domain of the conscious grammar: morpheme orders for corrected and uncorrected ESL student transcriptions. TESOL Quarterly 12: 335-9

House, J. (1986), 'Learning to talk: talking to learn. An investigation of learner performance in two types of discourse' in Kasper (ed.) 1986.

House, J. (2003), -'English as a lingua franca: a threat to multilingualism?', Journal of Sociolinguistics, 7, 556-578

House, J. & Blum-Kulka, S. (ed), Interlingual and Intercultural Communication, Gunter Narr

House, J. & Kasper, G. (1981) Politeness markers in English and German. In F. Coulmas (ed.) Conversational Routine (pp. 157-85). The Hague: Mouton.

House, J. & Kasper, G. 1987. 'Interlanguage pragmatics: requesting in a foreign language' in W. Lrscher & R. Schulze (eds.) Perspectives on Language in Performance (pp. 1250-88). Tbingen: Narr.

Housen, A. & Baetens Beardsmore, H. 1987, Curricular and extra- curricular factors in multilingual education. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 9, 83-102.

Houston, S.H. 1972, A Survey of Psycholinguistics. The Hague: Mouton.

Howard, D. & Franklin, S. (1988), Missing the Meaning? A Cognitive Neuro-psychological study of the processing of words by an aphasic patient, Cambridge, MA; MIT Press

Howatt, A. (2004). A History of English Language Teaching. 2nd edition. Oxford: Oxford University Press

Hrdia, C. de (1986), -'Asymmetric communication in bilingual exchanges', Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 8:127-147.

Hrdia, C. de (1986), Intercomprhension et malentendus. Etude d'interactions entre trangers et autoclitones. Langue Franaise, 71:48-69

Hu, C.-F. (2003). Phonological memory, phonological awareness, and foreign language word learning. Language Learning, 53, 429-462.

Hu, G. (2002) "Psychological constraints on the utility of metalinguisitic knowledge in second language production" Studies in Second Language Acquisition 24, 347-386

Hu, G. (2002). Potential cultural resistance to pedagogical imports: the case of communicative language teaching in China. Language, Culture and Curriculum, 15(2), 93-105.

Hu, G. (2005). "CLT is best for China"--An untenable absolutist claim. ELT Journal, 59(1), 65-58.

Huang, H.S. & Hanley, J.R. (1994), -'Phonological awareness and visual skills in learning to read Chinese and English', Cognition, 54, 73-98

Huang, J. & Hatch, E., 1978. A Chinese child's acquisition of English. In E. Hatch (ed.), Second Language Acquisition. Rowley, Ma.: Newbury House.

Huang, S-Y. & Peng, F.C.C. (1986). Semantic jargonaphasia: A Taiwanese-Japanese bilingual case. Journal of Neurolinguistics, 2, 261-'"276.

Huang, X. & Van Naerssen, M. 1985. 'Learning strategies for oral communication'. Applied Linguistics 6: 287-307.

Huang, Y. Y and Lee N. (1997), -'To Be or not to Be: A Study of the Verb to be in the Interlanguage of Chinese ESL learners', HKBU Occasional Papers in Applied Language Studies, (2), pp.133-46

Huckin, T., & Coady, J. (1999). Incidental vocabulary acquisition in a second language. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 21, 181-193.

Huckin, T., Haynes, M. & Coady, J. (eds.) (1993), Second Language Reading and Vocabulary, NJ: Ablex

Hudelson, S. (1987). The role of native language literacy in the education of language minority children. Language Arts, 64 (8), pp. 827-841

Hudson, T. (1982), -'The effects of induced schemata on the "short circuit" in L2 reading: non-decoding factors in L2 reading performance', Language Learning, 32, 1-31

Hudson, T. (1993), 'Nothing does not equal zero', SSLA, 15, 461-495

Huebner, T. (1979), 'Order-of-acquisition vs. dynamic paradigm: a comparison of method in interlanguage research'. TESOL Quarterly 13: 21-8.

Huebner, T. (1980), Creative construction and the case of the misguided pattern. In Fisher, J, Clarke, M & Schachter, J. (eds.) On TESOL '80, pp. 101-10. TESOL, Washington, D.C.

Huebner, T. (1983), A longitudinal analysis of the acquisition of English. Karoma, Ann Arbor

Huebner, T. (1983), Linguistic system and linguistic change in an interlanguage. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 6: 33-53

Huebner, T. (1985), System and variability in interlanguage syntax. Language Learning 35 (2): 141-63

Huebner, T. (1989), Establishing point of view: the development of coding mechanisms in a second language for the expression of cognitive and perceptual organisation. Linguistics 27.111-143.

Huebner, T. (1991), Second language acquisition: litmus test for linguistic theory? In T. Huebner & C. Ferguson (eds), Crosscurrents in second language acquisition and linguistic theories. Amsterdam and Philadelphia: John Benjamins, 3-22.

Huebner, T. & C. Ferguson (eds.). 1991. Crosscurrents in Second Language Acquisition and Linguistic Theories. Amsterdam: John Benjamins

Huerta-Macias, A. & Quintero, E. (1992), 'Code-switching, bilingualism, and biliteracy: a case study', Bilingual Research Journal, 16, 3/4, 69-90

Huerta, D. (1978), -'The acquisition of bilingualism': a codeswitching approach', Sociolinguistic Working Papers, 39, 1-33

Hufeisen B. & B. Lindemann (eds.) (2000). L2--L3 und ihre zwischensprachliche Interaktion: Zu individueller Mehrsprachigkeit und gesteuertem Lernen. Tubingen: Stauffenburg.

Hufeisen B. & G. Neuner (eds.) (2003). Mehrsprachigkeitskonzept -- Tertiarsprachen -- Deutsch nach Englisch. Strasbourg: Council of Europe Publishing.

Hufeisen, B. (1998). L3 -- Stand der Forschung -- Was bleibt zu tun? In Hufeisen & Lindemann (eds.), Hufeisen, B. (2005). Gesamtsprachencurriculum: Einflussfaktoren and Bedingungsgefuge. In Hufeisen & Lutjeharms (eds.), 9--18.

Hufeisen, B. & Gibson, M. 2003. Zur Interdependenz emotionaler und kognitiver Faktoren im Rahmen eines Modells zur beschriebung sukzessiven multiplen Sprachenlernens. Bulletin suisse de linguistique appliquee 78: 13--33. (Special Issue Gehirn und Sprache: Psycho- und neurolinguistische Ansatze edited by R. Francheschini, B. Hufeisen, U. Jessner & G. Ludi).

Hufeisen, B. & Lindemann, B. (eds.) (1998), Tertiñrsprachen. Theorien, Modelle, Methoden. Tbingen: Stauffenberg

Hufeisen, B. & M. Gibson (2003). Zur Interdependenz emotionaler und kognitiver Faktoren im Rahmen eines Modells zur Beschreibung sukzessiven multiplen Sprachenlernens. Bulletin VALSASLA 78, 13--33.

Hufeisen, B. & Marx, N. 2003. Multilingualism: Theory, research methods and didactics. In New Visions in Foreign and Second Language Education, G. Brauer & K. Sanders (eds), 178--203. San Diego CA: LARC Press.

Hufeisen, B. & N. Marx (2007b). How can DaFnE and EuroComGerm contribute to the concept of receptive multilingualism? Theoretical and practical considerations. In J. Thije & L. Zeevaert (eds.), Receptive, multilingualism: Linguistic analyses, language policies and didactic concepts. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 307--321.

Hufeisen, B. & N. Marx (eds.) (2004). Beim Schwedischlernen sind Englisch und Deutsch ganz hilfsvoll:Untersuchungen zum multiplen Sprachenlernen. Frankfurt/M.: Peter Lang.

Hufeisen, B. & Neuner, G. (eds). 2004. The Plurilingualism Project: Tertiary Language Learning -- German after English. Strasbourg: Council of Europe Publishing.

Hufeisen, B. 1998. L3-Stand der Forschung- Was bleibt zu tun? In Tertiarsprachen. Theorien, Modelle, Methode, B. Hufeisen & B. Lindemann (eds), 169--183. Tubingen: Stauffenburg.

Hufeisen, B. 2000. A European perspective -- Tertiary languages with a focus on German as L3.In Handbook of Undergraduate Second Language Education: English as a Second Language,Bilingual and Foreign Language Instruction for a Multilingual World, J.W. Rosenthal (ed.), 209--229. Mahwah NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Hufeisen, B. 2001. Deutsch als Tertiarsprache. In Deutsch als Fremdsprache. Ein internationals Handbuch, G. Helbig, L. Gotze, G. Henrici & H.-J. Krumm (eds), 648--653. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.

Hufeisen, B. 2005. Multilingualism: Linguistic models and related issues. In Introductory Readings in L3, B. Hufeisen & R.J. Fouser (eds), 31--45. Tubingen: Stauffenburg.

Hufeisen, B. 2010. Theoretische Fundierung multiplen Sprachenlernens -- Factorenmodell 2.0. Jahrbuch Deutsch als Fremdsprache 36: 191--198.

Huffines, M.L. 1991, Pennsylvania German: Do they love it in their hearts? In J.R. DOW (ed.) Language and Ethnicity. Focusschrift in Honor of Joshua Fishman. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.

Hughes, A. & Lascaratou, C.1982. 'Competing criteria for error gravity'. English Language Teaching Journal 36:175-82.

Hughes, G.W. 1981. Neuropsychiatric aspects of bilingualism: A brief review. British Journal of Psychiatry, 139: 25--28.

Huguet, A.; I. Vila & E. Llurda (2000) "Minority language education in unbalanced bilingual situations: a case for the linguistic interdependence hypothesis". Journal of Psycholinguistic Research 29: 313-333

Hui-chi Lee. 2004. A survey of language ability, language use and language attitudes of young aborigines in Taiwan. In Trilingualism in Family, School and Community, C. Hoffmann & J. Ytsma, 101--117. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Hulk, A. (1986), 'Subject clitics and the pro-drop parameter'. In: Coopmans, P., Bordelois, Y. & Dotson-Smith, B. (eds.) Formal parameters # Generative Grammar IL Dordrecht: Foris, 1986, 107-121.

Hulk, A. (1987), 'L'acquisition du franais et le parametre pro-drop', in Kampers-Manhe, B. & Co Vet (eds.), Etudes de linguistique franaise offertes Robert de Dardel, Amsterdam, Editions Rodopi

Hulk, A. (1991), 'Parameter setting and the acquisition of word order in L2 French', Second Language Research, 7, 1, 1-34

Hulk, A. (1996), -'Parameter-setting and the L2 acquisition of wh-questions in French', in Jordens, P. & Lalleman, J., (eds) Investigating Second Language Acquisition, Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin, 167-186

Hulk, A. & Muller, N. (2000), Bilingual first language acquisition at the interface between syntax and semantics. Bilingualism, Language and Cognition, 3, 3, 227-244

Hulk, A. & Muller, N. (2001), -'Cross-linguistic influence in bilingual acquisition: Italian and French as recipient languages', Bilingualism: Language and Cognition 4, 1-21

Hull, R. & Vaid, J. (2007). Bilingual language lateralisation: A meta-analytic tale of two hemispheres. Neuropsychologia, 45, 1987-2008.

Hull, R., & Vaid, 2008. Bilingual laterality and the matter of degree. A response to Paradis (2008). Neuropsychologia, 46: 1591--1593.

Hull, R., & Vaid, J. 2006. Laterality and language experience. Laterality, 11, 436--464.

Hull, R., & Vaid, J. 2007. Bilingual language lateralization: A meta-analytic tale of two hemispheres. Neuropsychologia, 45: 1987--2008.

Hullen, W. (1989), 'Investigations into classroom discourse', in Dechert, H. (ed.) Current Trends in European Second Language Acquisition Research, Clevedon, Multilingual Matters

Hulsen, M. (2000). Language loss and language processing. Three generations of Dutch migrants in New Zealand. PhD thesis, University of Nijmegen

Hulstijn, J. (1988), 'Experiments with semi-artificial input in SLA research', in Hammarberg, B. (Ed.) Language learning and Learner language. Scandinavian Working Papers on Bilingualism. Centre for Research on Bilingualism, Stockholm

Hulstijn, J. (1989), 'A cognitive view of interlanguage variability' in Eisenstein (ed.) 1989.

Hulstijn, J. (1990), 'A comparison between the information-processing and the analysis/control approaches to language learning'. Applied Linguistics 11: 30~5

Hulstijn, J. (1992), -'Retention of inferred and given word meanings: experiments in incidental vocabulary learning', in Arnaud, P. & Bejoint, H. (eds.), Vocabulary and Applied Linguistics, London, Macmillan, 113 125

Hulstijn, J. (1993-94), L'acquisition incidente du lexique en langue etranger au cours de la lecture: ses avantages et ses limites. In Singleton (ed.) (1993-94).

Hulstijn, J. (1993), -'When do foreign language readers look up the meaning of unfamiliar words? The influence of task and learner variables', Modern Language Journal, 77, 139-147

Hulstijn, J. (1994), 'Semantic and phonological interference in the mental lexicon of learners of English as a foreign language and native speakers of English', in J. Chapelle (Ed.) Memory and memorization in acquiring and learning languages. Brussels.

Hulstijn, J. (1995). Not all grammar rules are equal: Giving grammar instruction its proper place in foreign language teaching. In R. Schmidt (Ed.), Attention and awareness in foreign language learning (pp. 359-'"386). Honolulu: University of Hawai'i Press.

Hulstijn, J. (1997), Second language acquisition research in the laboratory: possibilities and limitations. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 19, 131 43

Hulstijn, J. (1997). Mnemonic methods in foreign vocabulary learning: Theoretical considerations and pedagogical implications. In J. Coady & T. Huckin (Eds.), Second language vocabulary acquisition (pp. 203-224). Cambridge UK: Cambridge University Press.

Hulstijn, J. (2000), Intentional and incidental second language vocabulary learning: a reappraisal of elaboration, rehearsal and automaticity. In P. Robinson (Ed.) Cognition and second language instruction. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 2000. 258-286

Hulstijn, J. (2003). Incidental and intentional learning. In C. J. Doughty & M. H. Long (Eds.), The handbook of second language acquisition (pp. 349-381). Oxford: Blackwell.

Hulstijn, J. & Bossers, B. (1992), -'Individual differences in L2 proficiency as a function of L1 proficiency', European Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 4, 341-354

Hulstijn, J. & De Graaff, R. (1994). Under what conditions does explicit knowledge of a second language facilitate the acquisition of implicit knowledge? In J. Hulstijn & R. Schmidt (Eds.), Consciousness in second language learning (pp. 97-'"112): AILA Review, Vol. 11

Hulstijn, J. & Hulstijn, W. 1984 Grammatical errors as a function of processing constraints and explicit knowledge. Language Learning 34: 23~3

Hulstijn, J. & Marchena, E. 1989. 'Avoidance: Grammatical or semantic causes'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 11: 242-55

Hulstijn, J. H., Hollander, M., & Greidanus, T. (1996). Incidental vocabulary learning by advanced foreign language learners: The influence of marginal glosses, dictionary use, and reoccurrence of unknown words. The Modern Language Journal, 80, 327-339.

Hulstijn, J., Hollander, M. & Greidanus, T. 1996. Incidental vocabulary learning by advanced foreign language students: The influence of marginal glosses, dictionary use, and reoccurrence of unknown words. The Modern Language Journal 80 (3): 3 27-39

Hulstijn, J.H. (2001). Intention and incidental second language vocabulary learning: A reappraisal of elaboration, rehearsal and automaticity in P. Robinson (Ed.) Cognition and Second Language Instruction (pp. 258-286). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Hulstijn, J.H. 2007. Psycholinguistic perspectives on language acquisition. In J. Cummins & C. Davison (Eds), The international handbook on English language teaching (pp. 701--713). Norwell, MA: Springer.

Hulstjin, J. (1997), 'Mnemonic methods in foreign language vocabulary learning', in Coady, J. & Huckin, T. (ed.), Second Language Vocabulary Acquisition: A rationale for Pedagogy. Cambridge: CUP. pp 203-224

Hummel, K. (2002). Second language acquisition and working memory. Advances in the neurolinguistics of bilingualism. F. Fabbro. Udine, Forum: 95-118.

Hummel, K.M. (1986), 'Memory for bilingual prose', in Vaid (ed.) pp. 47-'"64).

Hummel, K.M. (1993), Bilingual memory research: from storage to processing issues, Applied Psycholinguistics, 14, 267-284

Humphreys, G. W., Riddock, M. J., & Quinlan, P. T. (1988). Cascade processes in picture identification. Cognitive Neuropsychology, 5, 67-104.

Hunt, C. (1966), -'Language choice in a multilingual society', IJAL, 33, 2, 112-25

Hunt, E. & Agnoli, F. (1991), 'The Whorfian hypothesis: a cognitive psychology perspective', Psychological Review, 98, 3, 377-389

Hunt, K. 1965 Grammatical structures written at three grade levels. NCTE Research Report No. 3. National Council of Teachers of English, Champaign, Ill.

Hunt, K. 1970, Syntactic maturity in school children and adults. Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development, 35:1 (Serial #134)

Hunter, J.E., Schmidt, F.L. & Jackson, G.B. 1982, Meta-analysis: Cumulating Research Findings Across Studies. Beverly Hills, CA: Sage.

Hurd, Molly. (1993). Minority Language Children and French Immersion: Additive Multilingualism or Subtractive Semi-Lingualism? Canadian Modern Language Review, 49, 3, 514-525

Hurford, J.R. (1991). The evolution of the critical period for language acquisition Cognition 40: 159-201.

Husband, C. & Saifullah-Khan, V. (1982) The viability of ethnolinguistic vitality: Some creative doubts. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 3, 195-205

Hussein, R. F. (1999). Code-alteration among Arab college students. World Englishes, 18(2), 281-289.

Huth, T. (2006). Negotiating structure and culture: L2 learners' realization of target language pragmatics in complimenting behavior. Journal of Pragmatics, 38.

Hyltenstam, K. (1977), Implicational patterns in interlanguage syntax variation. Language Learning, 27 (2), 383~l 1

Hyltenstam, K. (1983), Data types and second language variability. In Ringbom (ed.)

Hyltenstam, K. (1983), Teacher talk in Swedish as a second language classrooms: quantitative aspects and markedness conditions. In Felix, S.W. & Wode, H., eds. Language development at the cross-roads, 173 188. Tbingen, West Germany: Gunter Narr.

Hyltenstam, K. (1984), The use of typological markedness conditions as predictors in second language acquisition: the case of pronominal copies in relative clauses. In Andersen, R (ed.) Second language: a crosslinguistic perspective, pp. 39-58. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Hyltenstam, K. (1985), 'L2 learners' variable output and language teaching' in Hyltenstam & Pienemann (eds.) 1985.

Hyltenstam, K. (1987), Markedness, language universals, language typology, and second language acquisition. In Pfaff, C. (ed.) First and second. language acquisition processes, pp. 55-78. Newbury House, Cambridge, Mass.

Hyltenstam, K. (1988), Lexical characteristics of near-native second-language learners of Swedish. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 9(1 & 2), 67-84.

Hyltenstam, K. (1990), 'Typological markedness as a research tool in the study of second language acquisition' in Dechert (ed.) 1990.

Hyltenstam, K. & Abrahamsson, N. (2000), Who can become native like in a second language? All, some, or none? On the maturational constraints controversy in second language acquisition. Studia Linguistica, 54, 2, 150-66

Hyltenstam, K. & Linnarud, M. (eds.). 1979. Interlanguage Workshop at the Fifth Scandinavian Conference of Linguistics.

Hyltenstam, K. & Obler, L. (eds.) 1989. Bilingualism Across the Lifespan: Aspects of Acquisition, Maturity and Loss. Cambridge: CUP.

Hyltenstam, K. & Pienemann, M. (1984), Instructional and Social Implications of Second Language Acquisition Research, Multilingual Matters

Hyltenstam, K. & Pienemann, M. (eds.), 1985. Modelling and Assessing Second Language Acquisition. Clevedon, Avon: Multilingual Matters.

Hyltenstam, K., & Abrahamsson, N. 2001. Age and L2 learning: The hazards of matching practical "implications" with theoretical "facts." TESOL Quarterly, 35: 151--170.

Hyltenstam, K., & Abrahamsson, N. 2003. Maturational constraints in SLA. In C. Doughty & M. Long (Eds), The handbook of second language acquisition (pp. 539--588). Oxford: Blackwell.

Hymes, D. (ed.) 1971 Pidginisation and creolization of languages. CUP

Ianco-Worrall, A. (1972), 'Bilingualism and cognitive development', Child Development, 43, 1390-1400

Ianco-Worrall, A. D. (1972). Bilingualism and cognitive development. Child Development, 43, 1390-1400.

Ibrahim, M. (1978), -'Patterns in spelling errors', ELTJ, 32, 207-12

Ijalba, E., Obler, L.K., & Chengappa, S. 2004. Bilingual aphasia. In T.K. Bhatia & W.C. Ritchie (Eds), The handbook of bilingualism (pp. 71--89). Oxford: Blackwell Publishing.

Ijaz, H. (1986). Linguistic and cognitive determinants of lexical acquisition in a second language. Language Learning, 36, 401-451.

Ijaz, I.H. (1986), -'Linguistic and cognitive determinants of lexical acquisition in a second language', Language Learning, 36, 401-451

Ikoma, T., & Shimura, A. 1994. Pragmatic transfer in the speech act of refusal in Japanese as a second language. Journal of Asian Pacific Communications, 5(1,2), 105-130

Illes, J., Francis, W.S., and Desmond, J.E. (1999), -'Convergent cortical representation of semantic processing in bilinguals', Brain and Language, 70, 347-363

Imai, M. & Gentner, D. (1997), 'A cross-linguistic study of early word meaning: universal ontology and linguistic influence', Cognition, 62, 169-200

Imai, M., & Gentner, D. (1997). A cross-linguistic study of early word meaning: Universal ontology and linguistic influence. Cognition, 62, 169-200.

Imedadze, N. & Uznadze, D. (1978), On the psychological nature of child speech formation under condition of exposure of two languages. In Second language acquisition, ed. F. Hatch. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House.

Imedadze, N. 1960, On the psychological nature of early bilingualism. Voprosy Psikhologii 6, 60-68.

Imedadze, N. 1967, On the psychological nature of child speech formation under conditions of exposure to two languages, International Journal of Psychology, 2, 129-132

Imoff, G. 1990, The position of US English on bilingual education. In C.B. Cazden & C.E. Snow (eds) The Annals of the American Academy of Political & Social Science 508,48-61. London: Sage.

Inagaki, S. (2001) Japanese Learners' Acquisition of English Motion Verbs with Locational/Directional PPs, in: Bonch-Bruevich, X. et al. (eds.) The Past, Present, and Future of Second Language Research. Somerville, Cascadilla Press, pp. 42-54.

Indefrey, P. (2006). A meta-analysis of hemodynamic studies on first and second language processing: Which suggested differences can we trust and what do they mean? Language Learning, 56, 279--304.

Institute of Linguists (1988), Examinations in Languages for International Communication, Institute of Linguists, London

interpretation (pp. 191-211). Amsterdam-Philadelphia: John Benjamins.

Ionin, T. and Wexler. K. (2002), -'Why is -'is' easier than -'s'?: acquisition of tense/agreement morphology by child second language learners of English', Second Language Research, 18(2), pp. 95-136

Ioup, G. (1977), Interference versus structural complexity as a predictor of second language relative clause acquisition. In Henning, C. (ed.) Proceedings of the Los Angeles Second Language Research Forum. University of California at Los Angeles

Ioup, G. (1984), Is there a structural foreign accent? A comparison of syntactic and phonological errors in second language acquisition. Language Learning, 34, 2, 1-17

Ioup, G. (1984), Testing the relationship of formal instruction to the Input Hypothesis. TESOL Quarterly 18: 345-50

Ioup, G. (1989), 'Immigrant children who have failed to acquire native English' in Gass et al. (eds.) 1989.

Ioup, G. (1995), Evaluating the need for input enhancement in post-Critical Period language acquisition. In Singleton & Lengyel (eds.), 95-123

Ioup, G. (1996), Grammatical knowledge and memorised chunks: A response to Ellis. SSLA 18, 18, 355-360

Ioup, G. & Kruse, A. (1977), 'Interference versus structural complexity in second language acquisition: language universals as a basis for natural sequencing', in Brown, H., Yorio, C. & Crymes, R. (eds.), Teaching and Learning English as a Second Language, TESOL, 159-171

Ioup, G. & Tansomboon, A. (1987), 'The acquisition of tone: a maturational perspective', in G. Ioup & Weinberger, S.H. (eds.) Interlanguage Phonology, Rowley MA; Newbury House

Ioup, G. & Weinberger, S. (eds.). 1987. Interlanguage Phonology: the Acquisition of a Second Language Sound System. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House.

Ioup, G., Boustagui, E., El Tigi, M. & Moselle, M. (1994). Re-examining the critical period hypothesis: A case study of successful adult SLA in a naturalistic environment. Studies in Second Language Acquisition. 16.73-98

Irujo, S. (1986), -'Don't put your leg in your mouth: transfer in the acquisition of idioms in a second language', TESOL Quarterly, 20, 287-304

Isaacs, E. 1976, Greek Children in Sydney. Canberra: Australian National University Press.

Isham, W. P. (1994). Memory for sentence form after simultaneous interpretation: Evidence both for and against deverbalization. In S. Lambert & B. Moser-Mercer (Eds.), Bridging the gap: Empirical research in simultaneous

Isham, W. P. (2000). Phonological interference in interpreters of spoken-languages: An issue of storage or process? In B. Englund Dimitrova & K. Hyltenstam (Eds.), Language processing and simultaneous interpreting (pp. 133-149). Amsterdam: Benjamins.

Isham, W. P., & Lane, H. (1993). Simultaneous interpretation and the recall of source-language sentences. Language and Cognitive Processes, 8, 241-264.

Ishiguro, T. (1986), Simplification and Elaboration in Foreign Language Teacher Talk and its Source, Ph.D., Stanford

Issidorides, D.C. (1988). The discovery of a miniature linguistic system: Function words and comprehension of an unfamiliar language. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 17(4), 317-339.

Issidorides, D.C. & Hulstijn, J. (1992). Comprehension of grammatically modified and non-modified sentences by second language learners. Applied Psycholinguistics, 13(2), 147-161

Isurin, L. (2000). Deserted island or a child's first language forgetting. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 3, 151-166.

Isurin, L., & McDonald, J. L. (2001). Retroactive interference from translation equivalents: Implications for first language forgetting. Memory & Cognition, 29, 312-319.

Ito, M. (1990), 'Semantic features of word association in Japanese and English by Japanese College Students', in T. Kondo (ed.) Eigoeibungaku Shincho. Tokyo: Nyu Karento Itanashonaru.

Itoh, H. & Hatch, E. (1978), 'Second language acquisition: a case study' in Hatch (ed.) 1978

Ivanova, I., & Costa, A. (2008). Does bilingualism hamper lexical access in speech production? Acta Psychologica, 127, 277-288.

Izumi, S. (2003) 'Comprehension and production processes in second language learning: in search of the psycholonguistic rationale of the Output Hypothesis', Applied Linguistics, 24, 2, 168-196

Izumi, S. & Lakshmanan, U. (1998) "Learnability, negative evidence, and the L2 acquisition of the English passive" Second Language Research 14:1, p62-101.

Jackson, G. M., Swainson, R., Cunnington, R., & Jackson, S. R. (2001). ERP correlates of executive control during repeated language switching. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 4, 169-178.

Jackson, G., Swainson, R., Cunnington, R. & Jackson, S. (2001), -'ERP correlates of executive control during repeated language switching', Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 4, 169-178

Jackson, H. (1981). 'Contrastive analysis as a predictor of errors, with reference to Punjabi learners of English' in Fisiak (ed.) 1981b.

Jackson, H. (1988). Words and their meaning. London: Longman

Jackson, I.H. (1958). On the nature of the duality of the brain. In I. Taylor (Ed.), Selected writings of John Hughlings Jackson (Vol. 2, pp. 129-'"145). New York: Basic Books. (Original work published 1874.)

Jackson, K. & Whitnam, R. 1971. 'Evaluation of the Predictive Power of Contrastive Analyses of Japanese and English'. Final report; Contract No. CEC-0-70-5046 (-823), US Office of Health, Education and Welfare.

Jackson, N., Chen, H., Goldsberry, L., Kim, A. and Vanderwerff, C. (1999) Effects of variations in orthographic information on Asian and American readers' English text. Reading and Writing: An Interdisciplinary Journal, 11 (4), 345-379.

Jackson, N., Holm, A. & Dodd, B. J. (1998). Phonological awareness and spelling abilities of Cantonese-English bilingual children. Asia-Pacific Journal of Speech, Language and Hearing, 3, 79-96.

Jackson, N.E., Wen-Hui Lu & Daushen Ju (1994), -'Reading Chinese and reading English: similarities, differences, and second language reading', in Berninger, V.W. (ed), The Varieties of Orthographic Knowledge, Vol I, Kluwer, 73-110

Jackson, P. & Costa, C. 1974 The inequality of educational opportunity in the Southwest: an observational study of ethnically mixed classrooms. American Educational Research Journal 11: 219-29

Jacobs, A. M., & Grainger, J. (1994). Models of visual word recognition -- Sampling the state of the art. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 20, 1311-1334.

Jacobs, B. & Schumann, J. (1992), -'Language acquisition and the neurosciences: towards a more integrative perspective', Applied Linguistics, 13, 282-301

Jacobs, B. 1988 Neurobiological differentiation of primary and secondary language acquisition. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 10 (3): 303-37

Jacobson, R. (1990) -'Allocating two languages as a key feature of a bilingual methodology', in Jacobson, R. & Faltis C. (ed.) Language Description Issues in Bilingual Schooling, Clevedon, Multilingual Matters, 3-17

Jacobson, R. & Faltis, C. (eds.) (1990), Language Distribution Issues in Bilingual Schooling, Clevedon, Multilingual Matters

Jain, M. 1974. Error analysis: source, cause and significance. In J. C. Richards (ed.), Error Analysis. London: Longman, 189-215

Jake, J. (1994), -'Intrasentential codeswitching and pronouns: on the categorial status of functional elements', J. Ling., 32, 271-298

Jakobovits, L. & Gordon, B. (1974). The Context of Foreign Language Teaching. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House

Jakobovits, L. & Lambert, W. (1961): Semantic satiation among bilinguals. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 62, 576-82.

Jakobovits, L. 1969. Commentary on "How can one measure the extent of a person's bilingual proficiency?" In Description and measurement of bilingualism, ed. L. Kelly. Toronto: University of Toronto Press.

Jakobovits, L. 1969. Second language learning and transfer theory. LL, 19, 55-86

Jakobovits, L. 1970 Foreign language learning: a psycholinguistic analysis of the issues. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Jakobson, R. (1953), 'Results of the conference of anthropologists and linguists', IJAL Supplement, Memoir 8, 19-22

James, A. (1987), 'Prosodic structure in phonological acquisition', Second Language Research, 3, 2 118-140

James, A. (1989), 'Linguistic theory and second language phonological learning; a perspective and some proposals', Applied Linguistics, 10, 4, 367-381

James, A. (1990): Second language phonological acquisition in a European perspective, AAA 15, 3-12.

James, A. (1990). A parameter setting model for second language phonological acquisition. In Leather, J. & James, A.(eds.) New Sounds 90: Proceedings of the Amsterdam Symposium on the Acquisition of Second Language Speech (180-188). Amsterdam: University of Amsterdam

James, A. (1996), -'Second language phonology', in Jordens, P. & Lalleman, J. (eds) Investigating Second Language Acquisition, Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin, 167-186

James, A. (2000). English as a European Lingua Franca: Current realities and existing dichotomies. In Cenoz & Jessner (eds.), 248--260.

James, A. & Kettemann, B. (eds.) (1983): Dialect phonology and foreign language acquisition, Tbingen.

James, A. & Leather, J. (eds.) (1987), Sound Patterns In Second Language Acquisition, Dordrecht, Foris

James, A. & Leather, J. (eds.) (1997), Second Language Speech, Mouton de Gruyter

James, A. & Leather, J. (eds.) (2002), New Sounds 2000, University of Klagenfurt

James, A. 1984 "A prosodic theory of epenthesis", Natural Language and Linguistic Theory 7: 217-259.

James, A. 1986 Suprasegmental phonology and segmental form. Tbingen: Max Niemeyer.

James, A. 1987 Sound patterns in second language acquisition. Dordrecht: Foris.

James, A. 1988 The acquisition of a second language phonology. Tbingen: Gunter Narr.

James, C. & Klein, K. (1994), 'Foreign language learners; spelling and proof-reading strategies', Papers and Studies in Contrastive Linguistics, 29, 31-46

James, C. 1971. 'The exculpation of contrastive linguistics' in Nickel (ed.) 1971

James, C. 1974. Linguistic measures for error gravity. AILA Journal 12: 3-9

James, C. 1977. 'Judgments of error gravity'. English Language Teaching Journal 31:116-24.

James, C. 1980. Contrastive Analysis. London: Longman.

James, C. 1983. The exculpation of contrastive linguistics. In B. Robinett & J. Schachter (Eds.) Second Language Learning. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press

James, C. 1990. 'Learner Language'. Language Teaching Abstracts 23: 205 13

James, C. 1998. Errors in Language Learning and Use: Exploring Error Analysis, Harlow: Longman

Jamieson, D.G. & Morosan, D.E. (1986), -'Training non-native speech contrasts in adults', Perception & Psychophysics, 40, 205-215

Jamieson, P. 1976. The acquisition of English as a second language by young Tokelau children living in New Zealand . PhD thesis, Victoria University of Wellington.

Janda, R. 1985 Note-taking as a simplified register. Discourse Processes 8: 437-54

Janicki, K. 1985. The Foreigner's Language: a Sociolinguistic Perspective. Oxford: Pergamon.

Janik, D. (2004). A Neurobiological Theory and Method of Language Acquisition. Munich: Lincom Europa.

Janik, D. (2005). Unlock the Genius Within: Neurobiological Trauma, Teaching and Transformative Learning. Lanham: Rowman & Littlefield Education.

Janopoulos, M. (1986). The relationship of pleasure reading and second language writing proficiency. TESOL Quarterly, 20 (4), pp. 763-768

Jansen, B., Lalleman, J. & Muysken, P. 1981 The alternation hypothesis: acquisition of Dutch word order by Turkish and Moroccan foreign workers. Language Learning 31: 315-36

Jared, D., & Kroll, J. (2001). Do bilinguals activate phonological representations in one or both of their languages when naming words? Journal of Memory and Language, 44, 2-31.

Jared, D., & Kroll, J. F. (2001). Do bilinguals activate phonological representations in one or both of their languages when naming words? Journal of Memory and Language, 44, 2-31.

Jared, D., & Szucs, C. (2002). Phonological activation in bilinguals: Evidence from interlingual homograph naming. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 5, 225-239.

Jared, D., Levy, B. A., & Rayner, K. (1999). The role of phonology in the activation of word meanings during reading: Evidence from proofreading and eye movements. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 28, 219-264.

Jared, D., McRae, K., & Seidenberg, M. S. (1990). The basis of consistency effects in word naming. Journal of Memory and Language, 29, 687-715.

Jarema, G., Perlak, D., & Semenza, C. (2007). The processing of compounds in bilingual aphasia. Brain and Language, 103, 22--23.

Jarovinsky, A. (1979), On the lexical competence of bilingual children of kindergarten age groups. International Journal of Psycholinguistics, 2, 129-32.

Jarvis, D.K. & Jensen, D.C. (1982). The Effect of Parallel Translations on Second Language Reading and Syntax Acquisition. Modern Language Journal, 66. 18-23.

Jarvis, G. 1968. 'A behavioural observation system for classroom foreign language learning'. Modem Language Journal 52: 33541.

Jarvis, L.H., Danks, J.H., & Merriman, W.E. (1995), -'The effects of bilingualism on cognitive ability: a test of the level of bilingualism hypothesis', Applied Psycholinguistics, 16, 293-308

Jarvis, S. (1997), The role of L1-based concepts in 12 lexical reference. Ph.D. dissertation, Indiana University

Jarvis, S. (1998), Conceptual transfer in the interlingual lexicon. Bloomington: IULC

Jarvis, S. (2000), 'Methodological rigour in the study of transfer: Identifying L1 influence in the interlanguage lexicon', Language Learning, 50, 2, 245-309

Jarvis, S. (2000b). Semantic and conceptual transfer. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 3, 19-21.

Jarvis, S. (2003) Probing the limits of L2 effects in the L1: A case study. In V.J. Cook (ed), L2 Effects on the L1, Clevedon: Multilingual Matters

Jarvis, S. & Pavlenko, A. (2009), Crosslinguistic Influence in Language and Cognition, Abingdon: Routledge

Jarvis, S., & Odlin, T. (2000). Morphological type, spatial reference, and language transfer. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 22, 535-556.

Jaspaert, K. & Kroon, S. (1992). From the typewriter of A.L.: A case study in language loss. In W. Fase, K. Jaspaert & S. Kroon (eds.), Maintenance and loss of minority languages, pp. 137-147. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.

Javier, R.A. & Alpert, M. (1986), 'The effect of stress on the linguistic generalisation of bilingual individuals', J. Psycholinguistic Research, 15, 5, 419-435

Javier, R.A. & Marcos, L.R. (1989), -'Role of stress on the language independence and codeswitching phenomena', Journal of Psycholinguistics Research, 18, 5, 449-472

Jean, G. 2005. Intgration de la grammaire dans l'enseignement des langues secondes: le cas des exercices grammaticaux. Revue canadienne des langues vivantes, 61: 519--542.

Jedynak, M. 2009. Critical Period Hypothesis Revisited: The Impact of Age on Ultimate Attainment in the Pronunciation of a Foreign Language. Frankfurt: Peter Lang.

Jeffries, S. (1985) English Grammar Terminology as an Obstacle to Second Language Learning. Modern Language Journal, 69, iv. 385-390.

Jenkin, H., Prior, S., Rinaldo, R., Wainwright-Sharp, A. & Bialystok. E. (1993), -'Understanding text in a second language: a psychological aaproach to an SLA problem', Second Language Research, 9, 2, 118 139

Jenkins, J. (2000), The Phonology of English as an International Language, OUP

Jenkins, J. (2004), -'Research in teaching pronunciation and intonation', Annual Review of Applied Linguistics, 24, 109-125

Jenkins, J. (2006), -'Points of view and blind spots: ELF and SLA', International Journal of Applied Linguistics, 16 (2), 137-162

Jenkins, J., Matlock & T. Slocum. 1989. Two approaches to vocabulary instruction: The teaching of individual word meanings and practice in deriving word meaning from context. Reading Research Quarterly, 24: 215-35.

Jenner, B. (1990) Articulatory and phonatory categories for the description of L2 performance. In J. Leather and A.R. James (eds.) New Sounds 90. Proceedings of the 1990 Amsterdam Symposium on the Acquisition of Second-Language Speech. University of Amsterdam. 320-325

Jenner, B.R.A. (1987). Articulation and phonation in non-native English: the example of Dutch-English. Journal of the International Phonetic Association 17, 125-38

Jennifer Krizman, Viorica Marian, Anthony Shook, Erika Skoe, and Nina Kraus. Subcortical encoding of sound is enhanced in bilinguals and relates to executive function advantages. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 2012 DOI: 10.1073/pnas.1201575109

Jensen, A. (1962), -'Effects of childhood bilingualism', Elementary English, 39. 132-43

Jeong, H., Sugiura, M., Sassa, Y., Haji, T., Usui, N., Taira, M., Horie, K., Sato, S., & Kawashima, R. 2007a. Effect of syntactic similarity on cortical activation during second language processing: A comparison of English and Japanese among native Korean trilinguals. Human Brain Mapping, 28: 194--204.

Jeong, H., Sugiura, M., Sassa, Y., Yokoyama, S., Horie, K., Sato, S., Taira, M., & Kawashima, R. 2007b. Cross-linguistic influence on brain activation during second language processing: An fMRI study. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 10: 175--187.

Jescheniak, J. D., & Levelt, W. J. M. (1994). Word frequency effects in speech production: Retrieval of syntactic information and of phonological form. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 20, 824-843.

Jescheniak, J., & Schriefers, H. (1998). Discrete serial versus cascaded processing in lexical access in speech production: Further evidence from the coactivation of near-synonyms. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 24, 1256-1274.

Jescheniak, J.D. & Levelt, W.J.M. 1994. Word frequency effects in speech production: Retrieval of syntactic information and of phonological form. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition 20(4): 824--843.

Jespersen, O. (1904), How to Teach a Foreign Language, London, Allen & Unwin

Jessner, U. (1997), -'Towards a dynamic view of multilingualism', in Putz, M. (ed.) Language Choices: Conditions, Constraints and Consequences, Benjamins, 17-30

Jessner, U. (1998), 'Bilingualismus und Drittspracherwrb: Dynamische Aspekte des Multilingualismus auf individueller Ebene', in B. Hufeisen & B. Lindemann (ed.)

Jessner, U. (1999). Metalinguistic awareness in multilinguals: Cognitive aspects of third language learning. Language Awareness 8.3&4, 201--209.

Jessner, U. (1999). Metalinguistic awareness in multilinguals: Cognitive aspects of third language learning. Language awareness, 8, 201-209.

Jessner, U. (2003) A dynamic approach to language attrition in multilingual systems. In V.J. Cook (ed), L2 Effects on the L1, Clevedon: Multilingual Matters

Jessner, U. (2003). A Dynamic approach to language attrition in multilingual systems. In V. Cook (Ed.), Effects of the second language on the first (pp. 234-246). Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Jessner, U. (2003). On the nature of crosslinguistic interaction in multilinguals. In Cenoz et al. (eds.) (2003b), 45--55.

Jessner, U. (2006). Linguistic awareness in multilinguals: English as a third language. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.

Jessner, U. (2008). A DST-model of multilingualism and the role of metalinguistic awareness. Second language development as a dynamic process. Special Issue of Modern Language Journal 92.2.

Jessner, U. & Herdina, P. (1996), 'Interaktionsphñnomene im multilingualen Menschen: Erklñrungsmglichkeiten durch einen systemtheoretischen Ansatz'. In Fill, A. (ed.), Sprachkologie und -kolinguistik. Tbingen, Stauffenburg, 217-230.

Jessner, U. & J. Cenoz (2007). Teaching English as a third language. In J. Cummins & C. Davies (eds.), The handbook of English language teaching. Dordrecht: Springer, 155--168.

Jessner, U. 1997. Towards a dynamic view of multilingualism. In Language Choices: Conditions,Constraints and Consequences [IMPACT: Studies in Language and Society 1], M. Putz (ed.), 17--30. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Jessner, U. 2003. The nature of cross-linguistic interaction. In The Multilingual Lexicon, J. Cenoz,B. Hufeisen & U. Jessner (eds), 45--55. Dordrecht: Kluwer.

Jessner, U. 2006. Linguistic Awareness in Multilinguals: English as a Third Language. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.

Jessner, U. 2008. Multicompetence approaches to language proficiency development in multilingual education. In Encyclopedia of Language and Education, Part 5, Part 17, J. Cummins & N. Hornberger (eds), 1552--1565. Dordrecht: Springer.

Jessner, U. 2008. Teaching third languages: Findings, trends and challenges. Language Teaching 41(1): 15--56.

Jessner, U. 2008. The dynamics of multilingual development. In Dynamics of Language Contact in the Twenty-first Century [Conversarii. Studi Linguistici 2], C. Vergaro (ed.), 49--65. Perugia: Guerra Edizioni.

Ji, L.-J., Zhang, Z., & Nisbett, R. E. (2004). Is it culture or is it language? Examination of language effects in cross-cultural research on categorization. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 87, 57-65.

Jia, G. & Aaronson, D. 1999. Age differences in second language acquisition. The dominant language switch and maintenance hypothesis. Proceedings of the 23rd Annual Boston University Conference on Language Development, 301--312. Sommerville MA: Cascadilla.

Jia, G. & Aaronson, D. 2003. A longitudinal study of Chinese children and adolescents learning English in the United States. Applied Psycholinguistics 24: 131--161.

Jiang, N. (1999). Testing processing explanations for the asymmetry in masked cross-language priming. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 2, 59-75.

Jiang, N. (2000). Lexical representation and development in a second language. Applied Linguistics, 21, 47-77.

Jiang, N. (2004). Morphological insensitivity in second language processing. Applied Psycholinguistics, 25, 603-634.

Jiang, N., & Forster, K. I. (2001). Cross-language priming asymmetries in lexical decision and episodic recognition. Journal of Memory and Language, 44, 32-51.

Jimenez, R.T., Garcia, G.E. & Pearson, P.D. (1996), 'The reading strategies of bilingual latina/o students who are successful English readers: opportunities and obstacles', Reading Research Quarterly, 31, 1, 90-112

Jin, J. (2005). Which is better in China, a local or a native English-speaking teacher? English Today, 21(3), 39-46.

Jin, Y-S. (1990). Effects of concreteness on cross-language priming in Lexical decisions., Perceptual and Motor skills, 70, p.1139-1154.

Jin, Y-S. & Fischler, I. (1990), -'Effects of concreteness on cross-language priming in lexical decisions', Perceptual and Motor Skills, 70, 1139 1154

Jisa, H. (1999), 'Some dynamics of bilingual development', Acquisition et Interaction en Langue Etrangre, 1, 7-32

Joe, A. (1995), Text-based tasks and incidental vocabulary learning. Second Language Research xx (2): 149-'"5 8.

Joe, A., Nation, P. & Newton, J. 1996. Vocabulary learning and speaking activities. English Teaching Forum 34 (i), 2-7.

Johannson, F. 1973 Immigrant Swedish Phonology. Lund: CWK Gleerup.

Johanson, L. (1993), Code copying in immigrant Turkish. In G. Extra & L. Verhoeven (Eds.) Immigrant Languages in Europe. Clevedon: Multi-lingual Matters.

Johansson, S. (1978), 'Studies of error gravity. Native reactions to errors produced by Swedish learners of English', Gothenburg Studies in English, 44, Gothenburg

Johansson, S. (1978), Some Aspects of the Vocabulary of Learned and Scientific English. Gothenburg: Acta Universitatis Gothoburgensis

Johansson, S. (1998), -'Loving and Hating in English and Norwegian: a corpus-based contrastive study', in Albrechtsen, D., Henrikson, B., Mees, I.M. & Poulsen, E. (eds.) Perspectives on Foreign and Second Language Pedagogy, Odense University Press, 93-106

Johansson, S. 1973. 'The identification and evaluation of errors in foreign languages: a functional approach' in Svartvik (ed.) 1973a.

Johansson, S. 1975. The uses of error analysis and contrastive analysis. English Language Teaching 29:33036.

John, A. 1980. ' "Approximative languages" and language learning situations. International Review of Applied Linguistics 18, 209-216

Johnson, C. & Lancaster, P. (1998). The development of more than one phonology: A case study of a Norwegian-English child. International Journal of Bilingualism, 2/3: 265-300

Johnson, C.E. & Wilson, I.L. 2002. Research evidence for early language differentiation: Research issues and some

Johnson, D. 1981 Effects on reading comprehension of language complexity and cultural background. TESOL Quarterly 15:169-81

Johnson, D. 1983 Natural language by design: a classroom experiment in social interaction and second language acquisition. TESOL Quarterly 17:55-68

Johnson, D. 1992. Approaches to Research in Second Language Learning. New York: Longman

Johnson, G.B. (XXX), -'Bilingualism as measured by a reaction-time technique' Journal of Genetic Psychology, 82, 3-10

Johnson, J. & Rosano, T. (1993), 'Relation of cognitive style to metaphor interpretation and second language proficiency', Applied Psycholinguistics, 14, 159-175

Johnson, J., & Newport, E. (1989). Critical period effects in second language learning:

Johnson, J., Shenkman, K., Newport, E., & Medin, D. (1996). Indeterminacy in the

Johnson, J.M. 1996, 'Metaphor interpretations by second language learners: children and adults', Canadian Modern Language Review, 53,1 219-241

Johnson, J.S. & Newport, E.L. (1989), 'Critical period effects in second language acquisition: the influence of maturational stage on the acquisition of ESL', Cognitive Psychology, 21, 60-99

Johnson, J.S. & Newport, E.L. (1991) 'Critical period effects on universal properties of language: the status of subjacency in a second language', Cognition, 39, 215-68

Johnson, J.S., Shenkman, K.D., Newport, E.L. & Medin D.L. (1996), -'Indeterminacy in the grammar of adult language learners', Journal of Memory and Language, 35, 335-352

Johnson, K. (1988). 'Mistake correction'. English Language Teaching Journal 42: 89-96.

Johnson, K. (1995). Language Teaching and Skill Learning, Blackwell

Johnson, M. (2003). A Philosophy of Second Language Acquisition. Yale Univesrity Press

Johnson, P. 1981. 'Effects on reading comprehension of language complexity and cultural background of a text'. TESOL Quarterly 15:169-81

Johnson, P. 1982. 'Effects on reading comprehension of building background knowledge', TESOL Quarterly 16, 503-514

Johnson, R.K. & Swain, M. (eds.) (1997), Immersion Education: International Perspectives, CUP

Johnson, R.K. & Swain, M. 1997. Immersion Education: International Perspectives. Cambridge: CUP.

Johnston, M. (1985). Syntactic and morphological progressions in learner English. Canberra: Commonwealth Department of Immigration and Ethnic Affairs

Johnston, M. & Pienemann, M. 1986. Second Language Acquisition: a Classroom Perspective. New South Wales Migrant Education Service.

Johnston, M. 1986. 'Second language acquisition research in the adult migrant education program' in Johnston & Pienemann (ed.)

Jones, B.L. (1981), Welsh: Linguistic conservatism and shift in bilingualism. In Haugen et al. eds, pp.40-52.

Jones, B.L. 1981. Welsh: linguistic conservation and shifting bilingualism. In Minority Languages Today, E. Haugen, J.D. McClure & D. Thompson (eds), 40--51. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.

Jones, D. V., & Martin-Jones, M. (2004). Bilingual education and language revitalization in Wales: past achievements and current issues. In J. W. Tollefson & A. B. M. Tsui (Eds.), Medium of instruction policies: Which agenda? Whose agenda? (pp. 43-70). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates Inc.

Jones, F. (1991). 'Classroom riot: design features, language output and topic in simulations and other communicative free-stage activities'. System 19:151-69.

Jones, F. (1995), 'Learning an alien lexicon: a teach yourself case study', Second Language Research, 11, 2, 95-111

Jones, F. (1998), 'A learner-home study', Applied Linguistics, 19, 3, 378-406

Jones, F.R. (1992). A language-teaching machine: Input, uptake and output in the communicative classroom. System, 20(2), 133-150

Jones, G. M. (1996). Bilingual education and syllabus design: Towards a workable blueprint. Journal of Multilingual & Multicultural Development Vol.17: 2-4. pp. 280 -- 293

Jones, L. (2004). Testing L2 vocabulary recognition and recall using pictorial and written test items. Language Learning & Technology, 8, 122-143.

Jones, P. E. (1995). Contradictions and unanswered questions in the Genie case: A fresh look at the linguistic evidence. Language & Communication, 15, 261-280.

Jones, W.R. 1959, Bilingualism and Intelligence. Cardiff: University of Wales.

Jones, W.R. 1966, Bilingualism in Welsh Education. Cardiff: University of Wales Press.

Jong, E. 1986, The Bilingual Experience: A Book for Parents. New York: CUP.

Jongman, A., Fourakis, M. & Sereno, J.A. (1989). An acoustic study of vowels in modern Greek and German. Language and Speech 32, 221 248.

Jonides, J. 1995. Working memory and thinking. In E.E Smith & D.N. Osherson (Eds), Invitation to cognitive science (vol. 3: Thinking, pp. 215--265). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Jonkman, R.J. (1991), 'Triangulation and Trilingualism'. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 12, 73-83.

Jordan, G. (2004), Theory Construction in Second Language Acquisition , Benjamins

Jordens, P. & Lalleman, J. (eds.) (1996), Investigating Second Language Acquisition. Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin

Jordens, P. & Lalleman, J. (eds.), J. 1988. Language Development. Dordrecht: Foris.

Jordens, P. 1977. Roles, grammatical intuitions and strategies in foreign language learning. Interlanguage Studies Bulletin 2: 5-76

Jordens, P. 1978 Sprachspezifisch oder sprachneutral?: zur Anwendung einer Strategie im Fremdsprachenerwerb. Deutsch als Fremdspracherwerb. Gunter Narr, Tbingen

Jordens, P. 1983 Discourse functions in interlanguage morphology. In Gass, S & Selinker, L (eds.) Language transfer in language learning, pp.327 57. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Jordens, P. 1986 The cognitive function of case marking in German as a native and a foreign language. In Kellerman, E. & Sharwood-Smith, M. (eds.) Cross-linguistic influence in second language acquisition, pp.91 109. Pergamon press

Jordens, P. 1988 'The acquisition of word order in Dutch and German as L1 and L2', Second Language Research, 4, 1, 41-65

Jordens, P. 1988. The acquisition of word order in L2 Dutch and German. In Jordens, P. & Lalleman, J (eds.) Language development, pp.149-80. Foris, Dordrecht

Jordens, P. 1991. Linguistic knowledge in second language acquisition. In L. Eubank (Ed.), Point Counterpoint: Universal Grammar in the Second Language (pp. 199-218). Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Jordens, P., De Bot, K. & Trapman, H. (1989), 'Linguistic aspects of regression in German case marking', SSLA 11/2, 179-204

Jordens, P., De Bot, K., Van Os, C. & Schumans, J. (1986), 'Regression in German case marking', in B. Weltens et al. (eds.), Language attrition in progress, 159-176.

Joshi, A.K. (1985): Processing of sentences with intra-sentential code-switching. In Dowry, D., Kartuunen, L. & Zwicky, A. eds Natural Language Processing: Psychological, Computational and Theoretical Perspectives. Cambridge: CUP

Jourdenais, R., Ota, M., Stauffer, S., Boyson, B. & Doughty, C. (1995). Does textual enhancement promote noticing? A think-aloud protocol analysis. In R. Schmidt (Ed.), Attention and awareness in foreign language learning (pp. 183-'"216). Honolulu: University of Hawai'i Press

Ju, M.K. (2000), Overpassivization errors by second language learners. SSLA, 22, 85-111

Juan-Garan, M. & Perez-Vidal, C. (2000), Subject realisation in the syntactic development of a bilingual child, Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 3, 3 173-191

Judd, E. 1978. 'Language policy and TESOL: socio-political factors and their influences on the profession' in Blatchford & Schachter (eds.) 1978

Juffs, A. (1996), Learnability and the Lexicon, John Benjamins, Amsterdam

Juffs, A. (1998), -'The acquisition of semantics/syntax correspondences and verb frequencies in ESL materials,' Language Teaching Research, 2, 2, 93-123

Juffs, A. (2004). "Representation, processing and working memory in a second language." Transactions of the Philological Society 102(2): 199-225.

Juffs, A. (2005). "The influence of first language on the processing of wh-movement in English as a second language." Second Language Research 21(2): 121-151.

Juffs, A. & Harrington, M. (1996), -'Parsing effects in L2 sentence processing: subject and object asymmetries in wh-extraction', Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 17

Juffs, A. and M. Harrington (1995). "Parsing effects in second language sentence processing." Studies in Second Language Acquisition 17(4): 483-516.

Jullotnen, K. (1989). Situation- and task-specific motivation in foreign-language learning and teaching. Joensuu: University of Joensuu

Junque, C., Vendrell, P. & Vendrell, J. (1995). Differential impairments and specific phenomena in 50 Catalan-Spanish aphasic patients. In M.Paradis (ed.) Aspects of Bilingual Aphasia. Oxford: Pergamon

Junque, C., Vendrell, P., Vendrell-Brucet, J. & Tobena, A. (1989), -'Differential recovery in naming in bilingual aphasics', Brain and Language, 36, 16-22

Jusczyk, A. M., Pisoni, D. B., Walley, A., & Murray, J. (1980). Discrimination of relative onset time of two-component tones by infants. Journal of Acoustical Society of America, 67, 262-270.

Jusczyk, P. W., & Aslin, R. N. (1995). Infants' detection of the sound pattern of words in fluent speech. Cognitive Psychology, 29, 1-23.

Jusczyk, P. W., Friederici, A. D., Wessels, J. M., Svenkerud, V. Y., & Jusczyk, A. M. (1993). Infants' sensitivity to the sound patterns of native language words. Journal of Memory and Language, 32, 402-420.

Just, M.A. & Carpenter, P.A. (1975). Comparative studies of comprehension: an investigation of Chinese, Norwegian and English. Memory and Cognition, 3, 465-73

Kachru, B. (1982), The Indianization of English. Delhi: OUP.

Kachru, B. ed. (1982), The Other Tongue. English Across Cultures. Oxford: Pergamon Press.

Kachru, Braj B. 1988. The sacred cows of English. English Today, 16: 3-8.

Kachru, Braj B. 1992. Models of Non-Native Englishes. In Braj B. Kachru (ed.), The Other Tongue: English Across Cultures. Illinois: University of Illinois Press. 48-75.

Kachru, Y. (1976): On the semantics of the causative construction in Hindi/ Urdu. In Shibatani, M. ed Syntax and Semantics, volume 6: The Grammar of Causative Constructions. New York: Academic Press, pp.353-71

Kachru, Y. (1994), -'Monolingual bias in SLA research', TESOL Quarterly, 28, 795-799

Kagan, J., Rosman, B., Day, D., Albert, J. & Phillips, W. 1964 Information processing in the child: significance of analytic and reflective attitudes. Psychological Monographs 78: whole issue

Kahane, H. & Kahane, R. 1979. Decline and survival of Western prestige languages. Language 55:183-198

Kalivoda, T. B. (1990). Teaching Grammar in the Target Language. Hispania, [online], 73 (1), pp. 267-269

Kamada, O. 1990. Reporting messages in Japanese as a second langage. In O. Kamada & W. Jacobsen, (Eds.) On Japanese and how to teach it: Papers for Seiichi Makino Tokyo: Japan Times. 224-245

Kambanaros, M., & van Steenbrugge, W. (2006). Noun and verb processing in Greek--English bilingual individuals with anomic aphasia and the effect of instrumentality and verb--noun name relation. Brain and Language, 97, 162--177.

Kamwangamalu, N.M. (1989), -'A selected bibliography of studies on code-mixing and codeswitching (1970-1988)', in Bhatia & Ritchie (eds)

Kanagy, R. (1994), 'Developmental sequences in learning Japanese. A look at negation', Issues in Applied Linguistics, 5, 2, 255-277

Kanagy, R. & Futaba, T. 1994. Affective variables in learners of Japanese in different settings. Journal of Asian Pacific Communication, 5 (1-2), 131-145

Kanagy, R. & Igarashi, K. 1997. Acquisition of pragmatic competence in a Japanese immersion kindergarten. Journal of Pragmatics and Language Learning, 8, 243-265.

Kanagy, R. 1999. Interactional routines as a mechanism for second language acquisition and socialization in an immersion context. Journal of Pragmatics, 31(11): 1467-1492.

Kanagy, R. 1999. Introduction to Special Issue: Language socialization and affect in first and second language acquisition. Journal of Pragmatics, 31(11): 1393-1395.

Kaneko, T. (1992). The role of the first language in foreign language classrooms. Temple University, Tokyo.

Kang, D. M. (2008). The classroom language use of a Korean elementary school EFL teacher: another look at TETE. System, 36(2), 214-226.

Kanno K. (Ed.), Studies on the acquisition of Japanese as a second language. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, pp. 71-87

Kanno, K. (1996), -'Access to UG in second language acquisition: data from the interpretation of null arguments in Japanese', Linguistics, 34, 397-412

Kanno, K. (1996), The status of a non-parameterized principle in the L2 initial stage', Languge Acquisition, 5, 317-334

Kanno, Y. (2000) 'Bilingualism and identity: The stories of Japanese returnees', International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 3, 1, 1-18

Kanno, Y. (2000) 'Kikokushijo as bicultural', International Journal of Intercultural Relations, 24, 361-382

Kanno, Y. & Applebaum S. (1995), ESL students speak up: their stories of how we are doing. TESL Canada Journal, 12, 2, 32-49

Kanno, Y. 2003. Negotiating Bilingual and Bicultural Identities: Japanese Returnees Betwixt Two Worlds. Mahwah NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Kaplan, R.(2002), Input, Interaction and Second Language Development, OUP

Karanth, P. (1992), -'Developmental Dyslexia in Bilingual-Biliterates', Reading and Writing. An Interdisciplinary Journal, 4, 3, 297-306

Karanth, P. & Rangamani, G.N. (1988), -'Crossed aphasia in multilinguals', Brain and Language, 34, 169-180

Kardash, C.A. et al. 1988, Bilingual referents in cognitive processing. Contemporary Educational Psychology 13, 45-57.

Karmani, S. & Phillipson, R. (2005), -'Linguistic imperialism 10n years on: an interview', ELTJ, 59, 3, July

Kasai, C. (2009). English /l/ and /r/ acquisition by Japanese children and adults. In Nikolov, M. (Ed.) The Age Factor and Early Language Learning (Studies on Language Acquisition). Mouton De Gruyter

Kasper, G. (1997). "A" stands for acquisition: A response to Firth and Wagner. Modern Language Journal, 81, 307--312.

Kasper, G. (2004). Participant orientations in German conversation-for-learning. Modern Language Journal, 88, 551--567.

Kasper, G. (ed.), Learning, Teaching, and Communication in the Foreign Language Classroom, Aarhus University Press

Kasper, G. & Blum-Kulka, S. (1993) Interlanguage Pragmatics: An Introduction. In G. Kasper & S. Blum-Kulka (eds). Interlanguage Pragmatics (pp. 3-17). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Kasper, G. & Blum-Kulka, S. (eds.). 1993, Interlanguage pragmatics. Oxford: OUP, 82-107

Kasper, G. & Dahi, M. 1991, Research methods in interlanguage pragmatics. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 13, 215-247

Kasper, G. & Kellerman, E. (eds) 1997: Communication strategies: psycholinguistic and sociolinguistic perspectives. London: Longman

Kasper, G. & R. Schmidt (1996) Developmental issues in interlanguage pragmatics. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 18, 149-169.

Kasper, G. & Rose, K. (1999) Pragmatics and SLA. Annual Review of Applied Linguistics 19, 81-104.

Kasper, G. & Rose, K.R. (2002). Pragmatic development in a second language. Oxford: Blackwell

Kasper, G. 1982 Teaching-induced aspects of interlanguage discourse. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 4: 99-113

Kasper, G. 1984 Pragmatic comprehension in learner-native speaker discourse. Language Learning 34:1-20

Kasper, G. 1989, Interactive procedures in interlanguage discourse. In: Olesky, W. (ed.). Contrastive Pragmatics. Amsterdam: Benjamins, 189 229.

Kasper, G. 1992, Pragmatic transfer. Second Language Research, 8, 203 231.

Kasper, G. Interlanguage pragmatics. In: Byrnes, H. (ed.). Perspectives on research and scholarship in second language learning. Modern Language Association, in press.

Kasuya, H. (1998), Determinants of language choice in bilingual children: the role of input, Int. J. Bilingualism, 2, 3, 327-346

Kato, K. (2004), Second language (L2) segmental speech learning: Perception and production of L2 English by Japanese native speakers. Ph.D. University of Essex

Katz, J. 1977 Foreigner talk input in child second language acquisition: its form and function over time. In Henning, C. (ed.) Proceedings of the first Second Language Research Forum. University of California at Los Angeles

Katz, J. T. (1976). Case, gender, and pronominal diamorphy in child second language acquisition. Paper delivered at First Annual Boston Conference on Language Development.

Katz, L. & Frost, R. (1992), -'Reading in different orthographies: the orthographic depth hypothesis', in R. Frost & L. Katz. (eds), Orthography, Phonology, Morphology and Meaning, Amsterdam, Elsevier, 67-84

Kauders, O. (1929/1983). On polyglot responses in a sensory aphasia. In M. Paradis (Ed.), Readings on aphasia in bilinguals and polyglots (pp. 286-300). Montreal: Didier. (Original work published in 1929.)

Kaufman, D. & Aronoff, M. (1989), 'Morphological interaction between L1 and L2 in language attrition', in S. Gass, C. Madden, D. Preston & L. Selinker (eds.), Variation in second language acquisition, Vol. II: Psycholinguistic Issues, Clevedon: Multilingual Matters, 202-215

Kaushanskaya, M., & Marian, V. (2009). The bilingual advantage in novel word learning. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 16, 705-710.

Kavaliauskiene, G. (2009) -'Role of Mother Tongue in Learning English For Specific Purposes', ESP World, vol. 8, no. 1, pp. 1-12

Ke, Chuanren (1992) Dichotic listening with Chinese and English. J. Psycholinguistic Research, 21, 6, 463-471

Kean, M. 1986. Core issues in transfer. In Kellerman, E. & Sharwood-Smith, M. (eds.) Cross-linguistic influence in second language, 80-90

Keating, G. (2009). Sensitivity to violations of gender agreement in native and

Keatley, C. & de Gelder, B. (1992), -'The bilingual primed lexical decision task: cross-language priming disappears with speeded responses', European Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 4, 273-292

Keatley, C., Spinks, J. & de Gelder, B. (1994), -'Asymmetrical semantic facilitation between languages: evidence for separate representational systems in bilingual memory', Memory and Cognition, 22, 70-84

Keatley, C.W. (1992). History of bilingualism research in cognitive psychology. In R. J. Harris (Ed.), Cognitive processing in bilinguals. Amsterdam: Elsevier, 15-49

Kecskes, I. (1998), 'The state of L1 knowledge in foreign language learners', Word, 49, 3, 321-340

Kecskes, I. (2000), 'A cognitive-pragmatic apprach to situation-bound utterances, Journal of Pragmatics, 32, 605-625

Kecskes, I. & Papp, T. (1995), 'The linguistics effects of foreign language learning on the development of mother tongue skills', in Haggerstrom, M., Morgan, L. & Wieczorek, J. (eds.), The Foreign Language Classroom, New York: Garland, 163-81

Kecskes, I. & Papp, T. (2000), Foreign Language and Mother Tongue. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum

Kecskes, I. and Papp T. (2003) How to demonstrate the conceptual effect of L2 on L1? Methods and techniques. In V.J. Cook (ed), L2 Effects on the L1, Clevedon: Multilingual Matters

Kegl, J., Senghas, A., & Coppola, M. 1999. Creation through contact: Sign language emergence and sign language change in Nicaragua. In M. DeGraff (Ed.), Language creation and language change (pp. 179--237). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Kehoe, M., Lleo, C. and Rakow, M. (2004). Voice Onset Time in German/Spanish bilinguals. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 7, 1, 71-88

Keil, F.C. (1981). Constraints on knowledge and linguistic development. Psychological Review. 88(3).

Kelch, K. 1985 Modified input as an aid to comprehension. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 7 (1): 81-90

Kellaghan, T. and Macnamara, J. (1967) Reading in a second language in Ireland. In M. Jenkins (ed) Reading Instruction: An International Forum. Newark, Delaware: IRA

Keller-Cohen, D. 1979 -'Systematicity and variation in the non-native child's acquisition of conversational skills', Language Learning 29 (1): 27-44

Keller, C., Taeschner, R. & Viera, S. eds (1976): Bilingualism in the Bicentennial and Beyond. New York: Bilingual Press.

Kellerman, E. (1985), 'Dative alternation and the analysis of data: a reply to Mazurkewich', Language Learning, 35, 1, 91-101

Kellerman, E. (1986), 'An eye for an eye: constraints of the L2 lexicon', in Kellerman, E., & Sharwood-Smith, M. (eds.), Crosslinguistic Influences in Second Language Acquisition, Pergamon

Kellerman, E. (1991), 'Compensatory strategies in second language research: a critique, a revision, and some (non-) implications for the classroom', in Phillipson, R., Kellerman, E., Selinker, L., Sharwood Smith, M. & Swain. M. (eds.), Foreign/Second Language Pedagogy Research, Multilingual Matters, Clevedon

Kellerman, E. & Bialystok, E. 1997: On psychological plausibility in the study of communication strategies. In Kasper, G. and Kellerman, E. (eds), Communication strategies: psycholinguistic and sociolinguistic perspectives. London: Longman, 31 48.

Kellerman, E. & Sharwood-Smith, M. eds (1986): Crosslinguistic Influence and Second Language Acquisition. Oxford: Pergamon Press.

Kellerman, E. 1974, Elicitation, lateralisation and error analysis. York Papers in Linguistics 4. Reprinted in Interlanguage Studies Bulletin 1: 79-114, 1976

Kellerman, E. 1977, Towards a characterisation of the strategies of transfer in second language learning. Interlanguage Studies Bulletin 2: 58-145

Kellerman, E. 1978, Giving learners a break: native language intuitions as a source of predictions about transferability. Working Papers on Bilingualism 15: 59-92

Kellerman, E. 1979, The problem with difficulty. Interlanguage Studies Bulletin 4: 27~8

Kellerman, E. 1979, Transfer and non-transfer: where are we now? Studies in Second Language Acquisition 2 (1): 37-57

Kellerman, E. 1983, If at first you do succeed.. . In Gass, S & Madden, C (eds.) Input in second language acquisition. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Kellerman, E. 1983. Now you see it, now you don't. In: Gass, S. & Selinker, L. (eds.). Language Transfer in Language Learning. Rowley, MA: Newbury House

Kellerman, E. 1984 The empirical evidence for the influence of the L1 in interlanguage. In Davies, A., Criper, C. & Howatt, A. (eds.) Interlanguage, pp. 98-122. Edinburgh University Press

Kellerman, E. 1987. Aspects of transferability in second language acquisition. PhD dissertation. University of Nijmegen.

Kellerman, E. 1995. Age before beauty. In L. Eubank, L. Selinker & M. Sharwood Smith (Eds.), The Current State of Interlanguage. Amsterdam: John Benjamins

Kellerman, E. 1995. Transfer to nowhere. In W. Grabe (Ed.), Annual Review of Applied Linguistics 15

Kellerman, E. 1997. Why typologically close languages are interesting for the study of second language acquisition. In J. Aarts, I. de Mnnink & H. Wekker (Eds.), Studies in English Language and Teaching. Amsterdam: Rodopi

Kellerman, E. 1998. When words fail. In K. Malmkjaer & J. Phillips (Eds.), Context in Language Learning and Language Understanding. Cambridge: C.U.P.

Kellerman, E. 1999. A break with tradition. In S. Foster-Cohen & C. Perdue (Eds.), Papers from EUROSLA 8, Paris 1999. Acquisition et Interaction en Langues Etrangeres

Kellerman, E., Ammerlaan, T., Bongaerts, T. & Poulisse, N. (1990), 'System and hierarchy in L2 compensatory strategies', in Scarcella, R.C., Andersen, E.S., & Krashen, S.D. (eds.) Developing Communicative Competence in a Second Language, NY, Newbury House, 163-178

Kellerman, E., Bongaerts, T. & Poulisse, N. (1987), 'Strategy and system in L2 referential communication', in Ellis, R. (ed.) Second Language Acquisition in Context, London, Prentice-Hall

Kellerman, E., van Ijzendoorn. J. & Takashima, H. 1999. Retesting a universal: The Empty Category Principle & learners of (pseudo)Japanese as a second language. In K. Kanno (Ed.), Studies on the acquisition of Japanese as a second language. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, pp. 71-87

Kelley, P. 1983 The question of uniformity in interlanguage development. In Bailey, K. M., Long, M. & Peck, S. (eds.) Second language acquisition studies, pp. 83-92. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Kelley, V. 1936. Reading abilities of Spanish and English speaking pupils. Journal of Educational Research 29:209-211.

Kellman, S. (2000). The translingual imagination. Lincoln, NE: University of Nebraska Press.

Kelly Hall, J., Cheng, A. and Carlson, M.T. (2006), -'Reconceptualising multi-competence as a theory of language knowledge', Applied Linguistics, 27, 2, 220-240

Kelly-Holmes, H (2006), -'Multilingualism and commercial language practices on the internet', Journal of Sociolinguistics, 10. 4, 507-519

Kelly, L.C. ed. (1969), Description and Measurement of Bilingualism. Toronto: University of Toronto Press

Kelly, L.G. (1969), 25 Centuries of Language Teaching, Rowley: Newbury House

Kementerian Pendidikan Malaysia (1987), Sukatan Pelajaran Sekolah Menengah: Bahasa Inggeris, PPK, Malaysia

Kemler-Nelson, D. G., Jusczyk, P. W., Mandel, D. R., Myers, J., Turk, A., & Gerken, L. A. (1995). The Head-Turn Preference Procedure for testing auditory perception. Infants Behavior and Development, 18, 111-116.

Kemp, C. 2007. Strategic processing in grammar learning: Do multilinguals use more strategies? International Journal of Multilingualism 4(4): 241--261.

Kemp, C. 2009. Defining multilingualism. In The Exploration of Multilingualism: Development of Research on L3, Multilingualism and Multiple Language Acquisition [AILA Applied Linguistics Series 6], L. Aronin & B. Hufeisen (eds), 11--26. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Kempe, V. & MacWhinney, B. (1996), 'The crosslinguistic assessment of foreign language vocabulary learning', Applied Psycholinguistics, 17, 149-183

Kempen, G., & Huijbers, P. (1983). The lexicalization process in sentence production and naming: Indirect election of words. Cognition 14, 185-209.

Kempen, G., Olsthoorn, N., & Sprenger, S. (in preparation). Entanglement of grammatical encoding and decoding in language production and comprehension.

Kenworthy, J. (1987), Teaching English Pronunciation, Longman

Kerkhofs, R., Dijkstra, T., Chwilla, D. J., & De Bruijn, E. R. A. (2006). Testing a model for bilingual semantic priming with interlingual homographs: RT and N400 effects. Brain Research, 1068, 170-183.

Kern, R.G. 1989. Second language reading instruction: its effects on comprehensive and word inference ability. Modern Language Journal 73 135-'"49.

Kern, R.G. 1994. The role of mental translation in second language reading'. SSLA, 16, 441-461

Kerns, J. C., Cohen, J. D., MacDonald III, A. W., Cho, R. Y., Stenger, V. A., & Cameron, C. S. (2004). Anterior cingulate conflict monitoring and adjustments in control. Science, 303, 1023-1026.

Kerr, B. J. (2003). Prescriptivism, linguistic variation, and the so-called privilege of the nonnative speaker. In C. Blyth (Ed.), The Sociolinguistics of foreign-language classrooms: contributions of the native, the near-native, and the non-native speaker (pp. 267-272). Boston: Heinle, Thompson.

Keskitalo, A.L. (1981): The status of the Sami language. In Haugen et al. eds, pp.152-63.

Kessler, C. (1971): The acquisition of syntax in bilingual children. Washington, DC: Georgetown University Press.

Kessler, C. & Idar, I. (1979), -'Acquisition of English by a Vietnamese mother and child', Working Papers on Bilingualism, 18, 65-79

Kessler, C. & Quinn, M.E. 1982, Cognitive Development in Bilingual Environments. In B. Hartford, A. Valdman & C.R. Foster (eds) Issues in International Bilingual Education. The Role of the Vernacular. New York: Plenum Press.

Kessler, K. (1984), Language acquisition in bilingual children. In Miller, N. ed., pp. 26-55.

Ketley, C.W., Spinks, J.A. & De Gelder, B. (1994), 'Asymmetrical cross-language priming effects', Memory and Cognition, 22, 70-84

Kettemann, B. & Kettemann, I. (1983), Dialektphonologische Interferenz Kñrntnerisch - Englisch, in: James, A. & Kettemann, B. (eds.), 136-152.

Kettemann, B. & Viereck, W. (1983), 'Muttersprachiger Dialekt und Fremdsprachenerwerb. Dialektransfer und Interferenz. Steirisch -Englisch', in: James, A. & Kettemann, B. (eds.), 71-93.

Kettemann, B. & Wieden, W. (eds.) (1992), Proceedings of the First EUROSLA Conference 1991, Narr

Keyser, R. & Brown, J. 1981, Heritage Language Survey Results. Toronto, Canada: Research Department, Metropolitan Separate School Board.

Khalil, A. (1985), 'Communicative error evaluations: native speakers evaluation and interpretation of written errors of Arab EFL learners', TESOL Quarterly. 19: 225-351

Khan, S. 1969 Affective correlates of academic achievement. Journal of Educational Psychology 60: 21 ~22

Kharkhurin, A. V. (2007). The role of cross-linguistic and cross-cultural experience in bilingual's divergent thinking. In I. Kecskes & L. Albertazzi (Eds.), Cognitive aspects of bilingualism (pp. 175-210). Netherlands: Springer

Kharma, N. (1981) 'Analysis of the errors committed by Arab university students in the use of the English definite/indefinite articles', IRAL. International review of applied linguistics in language teaching, 19, (4), pp. 333-345.

Kharma, N. and Hajjaj, A. (1989) Errors in English among Arabic speakers: Analysis and remedy. Longman.

Kharma, N. and Hajjaj, A. (1997) Errors among Arabic Speakers: Analysis and Remedy. Beirut: Livraire due Liban.

Kharma, N. N., & Hajjaj, A. H. (1989). Use of the mother tongue in the ESL classroom. IRAL, 27(3), 223-235.

Kharma, N.N. & Hajjaj, A.H. (1989), 'Use of the mother tongue in the ESL classroom', IRAL, 27, 223-235

Kharma, N.N. & Hajjaj, A.H. (1997), Errors in English among Arabic speakers: Analysis and Remedy, York Press

Khateb, A.S., Abutalebi, J., Michel, C.M., Pegna, A.J., Lee-Janke, H., & Annoni, J.M. 2007. Language selection in bilinguals: A spatio-temporal analysis of electric brain activity. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 65: 201--213.

Khnen, U., Hannover, B., Rder, U., Schubert, B., Shah, A.A. & Zakaria, S. (2000), -'Cross-cultural variations in identifying embedded figures; comparisons from the U.S., Germany, Russia and Malaysia', Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 32, 365-371

Kho, K.H., Duffau, H., Gatignol, P., Leijten, F.S.S., Ramsey, N.F., van Rijen, P.C., & Rutten, G.J.M. 2007. Involuntary language switching in two bilingual patients during the Wada test and intraoperative electrocortical stimulation. Brain and Language, 101: 31--37.

Khubchandani, L. 1978. Distribution of contact languages in India. In Advances in the study of societal multilingualism, ed. J. Fishman. The Hague: Mouton.

Khuwaileh, A. A. and Shoumali, A. (2000) 'Writing Errors A Study of the Writing Ability of Arab learners of Academic English and Arabic at University', Language, Culture and Curriculum, Vol.13: No.2, pp.174-183

Kiany, G. (1997), 'Personality and language teaching: the contradiction between psychologists and applied linguists', ITL Review of Applied Linguistics, 111-136

Kielhfer, B. (1987) Le 'bon' changement de langue et le 'mauvais' melange de langues. In G. Ldi ed., Devenir bilingue - parler bilingue. Actes du 2 colloque sur le bilinguisme, Universit de Neuchatel, 20-22.9.1984. Tbingen: Max Niemeyer Verlag, 135-55.

Kielhofer, B. & Jonekeit, S. (1983): Zweisprachige Kindererziehung. Tbingen: Stauffenberg.

Kieras, D. (1978). Beyond pictures and words: Alternative information-processing models for imagery effects in verbal memory. Psychological Bulletin, 85, 532-554.

Kilborn, K. (1989), 'Sentence processing in a second language: the timing of transfer', Language and Speech, 32, 1-23

Kilborn, K. & Cooreman, A. (1987), 'Sentence interpretation strategies in adult Dutch-English bilinguals', Applied Psycholinguistics, 8, 415-431

Kilborn, K. & Ito, T. (1989), 'Sentence processing strategies in adult bilinguals', in MacWhinney, B., & Bates, E. (eds.) (1989), The Crosslinguistic Study of Sentence Processing, CUP, 257-291

Kim, J.J., Kim, M.S., Lee, J.S., Lee, D.S., Lee, M.C. & Kwon, J.S. (2002). -'Dissociation of working memory processing associated with native and second language: PET investigation'. Neuroimage, 15, 879-891

Kim, K. H. S., Relkin, N. R., Lee, K.-M., & Hirsch, J. (1977). Distinct cortical areas associated with native and second languages. Nature, 388, 171-174.

Kim, K.H.S., Relkin, N.R., Lee, K.-M. & Hirsch, J. (1997). Distinct cortical areas associated with native and second languages. Nature, 388, 171-174.

Kim, R. (1993), "A Sensitive Period for Second Language Acquisition: A Reaction-Time Grammaticality Judgement Task with Korean-English Bilinguals." IDEAL; 6, 15-27

Kim, S. (1995), -'Types and sources of problems in L2 reading: a qualitative analysis of the recall protocols by Korean high school students', Foreign Language Annals, 28, 1, 49-70

Kim, S. H. O., & Elder, C. (2008). Target language use in foreign language classrooms: practices and perceptions of two native speaker teachers in New Zealand. Language, Culture and Curriculum, 21(2), 167-185.

Kinsbourne, M. & Cohen, V. (1971). English and Hebrew consonant memory span related to the structure of the written language. Acta Psychologica, 35, 347-351

Kinsbourne, M. 1975. The ontogeny of cerebral dominance. In D. Aaronson & R. Rieber (eds.), Developmental Psycholinguistics and Communication Disorders. New York: New York Academy of Sciences, 244-50.

Kintsch, W. (1970), 'Recognition memory in bilingual subjects', JVLVB, 9, 405-409

Kintsch, W. & Kintsch, E. (1969), 'Interlingual Interference and Memory Processes', JVLVB, 8; 1; 16-19

Kinzel, P. 1964. Lexical and grammatical interference in the speech of a bilingual child. Seattle: University of Washington Press.

Kiran, S., & Edmonds, L. A. (2004). Effect of semantic naming treatment on cross linguistic generalization in bilingual aphasia. Brain and Language, 91, 75--77.

Kiran, S., & Tuctenhagen, J. (2005). Imageability effects in normal bilingual adults and in aphasia: Evidence from naming to definition and semantic priming tasks. Aphasiology, 19(3/4/5), 315--325.

Kirkpatrick, A. (2006) 'Which Model of English: Native-speaker, nativized or Lingua Franca?' in Rubdy, R. and Saraceni, M.(eds) English in the World: Global Rules, Global Roles.London: Continuum, pp. 71.

Kirkpatrick, Andy. 2006. Which Model of English: Native-speaker, Nativized or Lingua Franca? In Rani Rubdy, Mario Saraceni (eds.), English in the World: Global Rules, Global Roles. London: Continuum International Publishing Group. 71-83.

Kirsner, K. (1986), 'Lexical function: is a bilingual account necessary?', in Vaid (1986)

Kirsner, K. (1994). Second language vocabulary learning: The role of implicit processes. In N. Ellis (Ed.), Implicit and explicit learning of languages (pp. 283-'"311). London: Academic.

Kirsner, K. & Dunn. I.C. (1985). The perceptual record: A common factor in repetition priming and attribute retention. In M.I. Posner & O.S M. Mann (Eds ). Mechanisms of attention: Attention and performance XI. Hillsdale. NJ Erlbaum.

Kirsner, K., Brown, H.L., Abrol, S., Chadha, N.K. & Sharma, N.K. (1980), 'Bilingualism and lexical representation', Q. J. Exp. Psychol., 32, 585-594

Kirsner, K., Lalor, E. & Hird, K. 1993. The bilingual lexicon: Exercise, meaning and morphology. In The Bilingual Lexicon [Studies in Bilingualism 6], R. Schreuder & B. Weltens (eds), 215--248. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Kirsner, K., Lalor, E., & Hird, K. (1993). The bilingual lexicon: Exercise, meaning, and morphology. In R. Schreuder & B.

Kirsner, K., Smith, M. C., Lockhart, R. S., King, M. L., & Jain, M. (1984). The bilingual lexicon: Language-specific units in an integrated network. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 23, 519-539.

Kirsner, K., Smith, M.C., Lockhart, R.S. & King, M.L. (1984), 'The bilingual lexicon: language specific units in an integrated network', JVLVB, 23 519-539

Kitajima, R. 1997. Referential strategy training for second language reading comprehension of Japanese texts. Foreign Language Annals, 30(1), 84-97.

Kitao, K. 1990, A study of Japanese and American perceptions of politeness in requests. Doshida Studies in English, 50, 178-210.

Kitayama, S., Duffy, S., Kawamura, T. & Larsen, J.T. (2003), -'Perceiving an object and its context in different cultures', Psychological Science, 14, 3, 201-206

Kiyak, H. A. (1982). Interlingual interference in naming color words. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 13, 125-135.

Kiyak, H.A. (1982), -'Interlingual interference in naming colour words', Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 13, 125-135

Kiziltepe, Z. (2000), 'Attitudes and motivation of Turkish EFL students towards second language learning', ITL Review of Applied Linguistics, 129-130: 141-168

Kjolseth, R. 1972. Bilingual education programs in the United States: for assimilation or pluralism? In The language education of minority children, ed. B. Spolsky. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House.

Klann-Delious, G. (1981). -'Sex and Language Acquisition - Is There Any Influence?' Journal of Pragmatics, 5, 1-25.

Klatt, D. (1979) Speech perception: a model of acoustic-phonetic analysis and lexical access. Journal of Phonetics, 7: 279-312.

Klavans, J.L. (1983) The syntax of code-switching: Spanish and English. In L.D. King, & C.A. Matey eds., Selected papers from the 13th Linguistic Symposium on Romance Languages. Chapel Hill, NC.: 213 31.

Kleifgen, J. (1985). Skilled variation in a kindergarten teacher's use of foreigner talk. In S. M. Gass & C. Madden (Eds.), Input in second language acquisition (pp. 59-'"68). Rowley, MA: Newbury House.

Kleifgen, J. (1989), Communicative inferencing without a common language. In: Gass, S., Madden, C., Preston, D. & Selinker, L. (eds.). Variation in second language acquisition. Vol 1: Discourse and Pragmatics. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters, 1989,84-102

Kleifgen, J. (1990) Prekindergarten children's second discourse learning. Discourse Processes 13, 1990, 225-242.

Kleifgen, J. & Saville-Troike, M. 1992, Achieving coherence in multilingual interaction. Discourse Processes, 15, 183-206

Klein, D. & Doctor, E-A. (1992), 'Homography and polysemy as factors in bilingual word recognition', South African Journal of Psychology 22, 1, 10-16.

Klein, D. 2003. A positron emission tomography study of presurgical language mapping in a bilingual patient with a left posterior temporal cavernous angioma. Journal of Neurolinguistics, 16: 417--427.

Klein, D., Milner, B., Zatorre, R. J., Meyer, E., & Evans, A. C. (1995). The neural substrates underlying word generation: A bilingual functional-imaging study. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 92, 2899-2903.

Klein, D., Milner, B., Zatorre, R., Evans, A. & Meyer, E. (1994). Functional anatomy of bilingual processing: A neuroimaging study. Brain and Language, 47, 464-466

Klein, D., Milner, B., Zatorre, R., Zhao, V., & Nikelski, J. 1999. Cerebral organization in bilinguals: A PET study of Chinese-English verb generation. NeuroReport, 10: 2841--2846.

Klein, D., Milner, B., Zatorre, R.J. Meyer, E. & Evans, A.C. (1995), 'The neural substrates underlying word generation: a bilingual functional imaging study', Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA, 92, 2899-2903

Klein, D., Watkins, K., Zatorre, R.J., & Milner, B. 2006. Word and nonword repetition in bilingual subjects: A PET study. Journal of Human Brain Mapping, 27, 153--161.

Klein, D., Zatorre, E., Milner, B., Meyer, E. & Evans, A. (1994), 'Left putaminal activation when speaking a second language: evidence from PET', Neuroreport, 5, 2295-2297

Klein, D., Zatorre, R.I., Milner, B., Meyer, E. & Evans, A.C. (1995). The neural substrates of bilingual language processing: Evidence from positron emission tomography. In M. Paradis (Ed.), Aspects of bilingual aphasia (pp. 23-'"36). London: Pergamon

Klein, D., Zatorre, R.J., Chen, J.K., Milner, B., Crane, J., Belin, P., & Bouffard, M. 2006. Bilingual brain organization: A functional magnetic resonance adaptation study. NeuroImage, 31: 366--375.

Klein, D., Zatorre, R.J., Milner, B., Meyer, E., & Evans, A.C. 1995. The neural substrates underlying word generation: A bilingual functional-imaging study. Proceedings of the National Academy of Science USA, 92: 2899--2903.

Klein, D., Zatorre, R.J., Milner, B., Meyer, E., & Evans, A.C. 1995a. The neural substrates of bilingual language processing: Evidence from positron emission tomography. In M. Paradis (Ed.), Aspects of bilingual aphasia (pp. 23--36). Oxford: Pergamon Press.

Klein, E.C. (1995), -'Evidence for a wild L2 grammar: when PPs rear their empty heads', Applied Linguistics, 16, 1, 87-117

Klein, E.C. (1995), Second versus third language acquisition: Is there a difference. Language Learning 45: 3, 419-465.

Klein, F. (1980), A quantitative study of syntactic and pragmatic indications of change in the Spanish of bilinguals in the US. In Labov, W. ed. Locating Language in Time and Space. New York: Academic Press, pp. 69-82.

Klein, W. (1981), Knowing a language and knowing to communicate. Tilburg Studies in Language and Literature 1.75-95.

Klein, W. (1981), Some rules of regular ellipsis in German. In Klein, W & Levelt, W (eds.) Crossing the boundaries in linguistics: studies presented to Manfred Bierwisch, pp. 51-78. Reidel, Dordrecht

Klein, W. (1986), Second Language Acquisition. Cambridge: CUP.

Klein, W. (1990), -'A theory of language acquisition is not so easy', Studies in Second Language Acquisition 12, 219-231.

Klein, W. (1991), SLA theory: Prolegomena to a theory of language acquisition and implications for Theoretical Linguistics. LALD 2: Crosscurrents in second language acquisition and linguistic theories, ad. by C. Ferguson & Th. Huebner, 169-194. Amsterdam: Benjamins.

Klein, W. (1994), Time in language. London: Routledge

Klein, W. & Dittmar, N. 1979. Developing grammars: the acquisition of German syntax by foreign workers. Berlin: Springer-Verlag.

Klein, W. & Perdue, C. (1992). Utterance structure: developing grammars again. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Klein, W. & Perdue, C. (eds) (1988), Final Report to the European Science Foundation Vol. VI: Utterance structure. Strasbourg, Nijmegen.

Klein, W. & Perdue, C. 1989. The learner's problem of arranging words. The Crosslinguistic study of sentence processing B. MacWhinney & E. Bates (ed.), 292-337. Cambridge: CUP.

Klein, W. & Perdue, C. 1997. The basic variety (or: couldn't natural languages be much simpler?). Second Language Research 13, 4, 301-347

Klein, W. & von Stutterheim, C. (1991), Text structure and referential movement, Sprache und Pragmatik, 22, 1-32.

Klein, W. & von Stutterheim, Ch. 1987. Quaestio und referentialle Bewegung in Erzahlungen. Linguistische Berichte 109.163-183.

Klein, W., Dietrich, R. & Noyau, C. 1993: The acquisition of temporality. In Perdue, C. (ed.), Adult language acquisition: cross-linguistic perspectives. Volume 2: The results. Cambridge: CUP, 73 118

Kleinjans, E. 1958. A descriptive-comparative study predicting interference for Japanese in learning English noun-head modification patterns. PhD dissertation. University of Michigan.

Kleinmann, H. 1977 Avoidance behavior in adult second language acquisition. Language Learning 27: 93407

Kleinmann, H. 1978. The strategy of avoidance in adult second language acquisition. In W.C. Ritchie (ed.), Second Language Acquisition Research: Issues and Implications. New York: Academic Press, 157-74.

Kleinmann, H.H. 1978. The strategy of avoidance in adult second language acquisition. In Second Language Acquisition Research: Issues and Implications, W.C. Ritchie (ed), 157--174. New York NY: Academic Press.

Klima, E., & Bellugi, U. (1979). The signs of language. Cambridge MA: Harvard University Press.

Kloss, H. (1966), German-American language maintenance efforts. In Language loyalty in the United States, ed. J. Fishman. The Hague: Mouton.

Kloss, H. (1966), Types of multilingual communities; a discussion of ten variables. Sociological Inquiry, 36, 135-45.

Kloss, H. (1967), Bilingualism and nationalism. Journal of Social Issues 23:39-47.

Kloss, H. (1968), Notes concerning a language-nation typology. In Language prob-lems in developing nations, ed. J. Fishman, C. Ferguson, & J. Das Gupta. New York: Wiley.

Kloss, H. (1969), Commentary on: How can we describe and measure the incidence and distribution of bilingualism? In Kelly, ed., pp.296-315.

Kloss, H. (1977), The American Bilingual Tradition. Rowley, MA: Newbury House.

Kloss, H. 1966. Types of multilingual communities: A discussion of ten variables. Sociological Inquiry 36(2): 135--145.

Kloss, H. 1978. Die Entwicklung neuer germanischer Kultursprachen seit 1950, 2nd edn. Dusseldorf: Schwann.

Klve, M. 1992 "Principles and constraints on SLA phonology", in: Leather & James (eds.), 113-121.

Knapp-Potthoff, A. & Knapp, K. (1982) Fremdsprachenlernen und -lehren. Stuttgart: Kohlhammer.

Knotts, B. 1983 Aural and visual language learning styles. In Campbell, C., Flashner, V, Hudson, T & Lubin, J (eds.) Proceedings of the Los Angeles Second Language Research Forum, Vol.11. Department of English, University of California at Los Angeles

Ko-Yin Sung (2011), Factors influencing Chinese language learners' strategy use International Journal of Multilingualism Volume 8, Issue 2, 117-134

Koaczyk (eds), 137--148. Frankfurt: Peter Lang.

Kobayashi, H & Rinnert, C. (1992), 'Effects of L1 on L2 Writiong/translation versus direct composition', Language Learning, 42, 2, 189-215

Kobayashi, T. (1992), -'Native and non-native reactions to ESL compositions', TESOL Quarterly, 26, 1, 81-112

Koberle, B. (1998). Positive Interaktion zwischen L2, L3, L4 und ihre Applikationen im Fremdsprachenunterricht. In Hufeisen & Lindemann (eds.), 89--110.

Koda, K. (1986), The analysis of transfer. In E. Kellerman & M. Sharwood Smith (Eds.) 1986: Crosslinguistic Influence in Second Language Acquisition. Oxford: Pergamon Press

Koda, K. (1987), -'Cognitive strategy transfer in second language reading', in J. Devine, P. Carrell & D. Eskey (eds.), Research in reading in English as a second language', TESOL, Washington, 127-144

Koda, K. (1987), -'Orthography and acoustic coding strategies', in Schneider, M.L. (ed.), Ohio University Working Papers in Linguistics and Language Teaching, 9

Koda, K. (1988), -'Cognitive processes in second language reading', Second Language Research, 4, 133-156

Koda, K. (1989), -'Effects of L1 orthographic representation on L2 phonological coding strategies', J. Psycholing. Res., 18, 201-222

Koda, K. (1990) -'The use of L1 reading strategies in L2 reading', Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 12, 293-410

Koda, K. (1992), -'The effects of lower-level processing skills on FL reading performance for instruction', Modern Language Journal, 76, 502-512

Koda, K. (1994), -'Second language reading research: problems and possibilities', Applied Psycholinguistics, 15, 1-28

Koda, K. (1996), -'L2 word recognition research: a critical review', Modern Language Journal, 80, iv, 450-460

Koda, K. (1997), 'Orthographic knowledge in L2 lexical processing: a cross-linguistic perspective', in Coady, J. & Huckin, T. (eds) Second Language Vocabulary, CUP, 35-52

Koda, K. (1998) The role of phonemic awareness in second language reading. Second Language Research, 14, 194-215.

Koda, K. (1999), 'Development of L2 intraword orthographic sensitivity and decoding skills, MLJ, 83, 1, 51-64

Koda, K. (2000) Cross-linguistic variations in L2 morphological awareness. Applied Psycholinguistics, 21 (3), 297-320.

Koda, K. (2001). Development of kanji knowledge among adult L2 learners of Japanese. In H. Nara (Ed.), Advances in Japanese language pedagogy. Columbus, OH: National East Asian Language Resource Center, the Ohio State University

Koda, K. (2002) Writing systems and learning to read in a second language. In W. Li, J. Gaffney and J. Packard (eds.), Chinese Children's Reading Acquisition: Theoretical And Pedagogical Issues (pp. 225-248). Boston, MA: Kluwer Academic Publishers

Koda, K. (2005), Insights into Second Language Reading: A Crosslinguistic Approach, CUP

Koda, K. 1989. The effects of transferred vocabulary knowledge on the development of L2 reading proficiency. Foreign Language Annals, 22(6), 529-540

Koda, K. 1990. Factors affecting second language text coprehension. In J. Zutell & S. McCormich (Eds.) Literacy theory and research: Analyses from multiple paradigms (Thirty-ninth yearbook of National Reading Conference), Chicago, IL: National Reading Conference. 419-427

Koda, K. 1993. Task-induced variability in FL composition: Language-specific perspectives. Foreign Language Annals, 26(3), 332-346

Koda, K. 1993. Transferred L1 strategies and L2 syntactic structure in L2 sentence comprehension. Modern Language Journal, 77(4), 490-500.

Koenig, E.L., Chia, E. & Povey, J. (1983). A Sociolinguistic Profile of Urban Centers in Cameroon. Kinsey Hall, UCLA: Crossroads Press

Kogan, N. & Wallach, M. 1967 Risk taking as a function of the situation, the person and the group. New Directions in Psychology III. Holt, Rinehart and Winston, New York

Kohn, K. 1986 The analysis of transfer. In Kellerman, E & Sharwood-Smith, M (eds.) Cross-linguistic influence in second language acquisition, pp. 21-34. Pergamon Press

Kohnert, K. 2004. Cognitive and cognate-based treatments for bilingual aphasia: A case study. Brain and Language, 91: 294--302.

Kohnert, K. 2008. Language disorders in bilingual children and adults. Abingdon, UK: Plural Publishing.

Kohonen, T. (1982). Self-organized formation of topologically correct feature maps. Biological Cybernetics, 43, 59-69.

Koike, D. A., & Liskin-Gasparro, J. E. (1999). What is a near-native speaker? Perspectives of job seekers and search committees in Spanish. ADFL Bulletin, 30(3), 54-62.

Koike, D.A. (1989) Pragmatic competence and adult L2 acquisition: Speech acts in interlanguage. Modern Language Journal 73, 79-89.

Kolers, P. (1963), Interlingual word associations. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behaviour 2, 291-300.

Kolers, P. (1965), 'Bilingualism and bicodalism', Language and Speech, 8, 122-126

Kolers, P. (1966), Interlingual facilitation of short-term memory. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 5:314-319.

Kolers, P. (1966), Reading and talking bilingually. American Journal of Psychology

Kolers, P. (1968), Bilingualism and information processing. Scientific American 218, 78-89

Kolers, P. (1978), On the representations of experience. In Language interpretation and communication, ed. D. Gerver & H. Sinaiko. New York: Plenum Press.

Kolers, P. & Gonzalez, F. 1980. Memory for words, synonyms and translations. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory 6:53-65.

Kolers, P. A. (1963). Interlingual word association. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 2, 291-300.

Kolers, P. A. (1966). Reading and talking bilingually. American Journal of Psychology, 79, 357-376.

Kolers. P. A.. & Brison, S.J. (1984). Commentary: On pictures, words, and their mental representations. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior. 23. 105-'"113.

Komarova, N.L., & Nowak, M.A. 2001. Natural selection of the critical period for language acquisition. Proceedings of the Royal Society, London, 268: 1189--1196.

Komendzinska, A. (1996), 'Do second language learners of Japanese make use of the same mental lexicon for kana words as native speakers?', Psychologia, 38,3, 146-154

Kondo, K. 1998. Social-psychological factors affecting language maintenance: Interviews with Shin Nisei university students. Linguistics & Education, 9(4): 369-408.

Kondo, K. 1999. Motivating bilingual and semibilingual university students of Japanese: An analysis of language learning persistence and intensity among students from immigrant backgrounds. Foreign Language Annals, 32, 1:77-88.

Konig, E. 1970. Transformational grammar and contrastive analysis. In PAKS 1970, no.6.

Konig, W., G. Cedden & S. Onaran (2006). Language production in Turkish--German--English trilinguals. International Journal of Multilingualism 2.2, 135--148.

Konishi, K., & Tarone, E. (2004). English constructions used in compensatory strategies: Baseline data for communicative EFL instruction. In D. Boxer & A. D. Cohen (Eds.). Studying speaking to inform second language learning (pp. 174-198). Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Kopekova, R. 2011. Learning vowel sounds in a migrant setting: The case of Polish children and adults in Ireland. In Achievements and Perspectives in SLA of Speech: New Sounds 2010 Vol. 2, M. Wrembel, M. Kul & K. Dziubalska-

Kopstein, F.F. & Roshal, S.M. (1955), 'Method of presenting word pairs as a factor in foreign vocabulary learning', American Psychologist. 10, 354

Kopstein, F.F. & Roshal, S.M. 1954. Learning foreign vocabulary from pictures vs. words. American Psychologist 9: 407-8

Kormos, J. & Denes, M. (2004), -'Exploring measures and perceptions of fluency in the speech of second language learners', System, 32, 2, 145-164

Koster, C.(1987), Word recognition in foreign and native language, Dordrecht: Foris

Kotsinas, U. (1983), -'On the acquisition of vocabulary in immigrant Swedish', in Ringbom, H. (ed.) Psycholinguistics and Foreign Language Learning, Abo Akademi, 75-100

Kotsinas, U.B. (1984), 'Semantic over-extension and lexical over-use in immigrant Swedish'. Scandinavian Working Papers in Bilingualism, 2, 23-42

Kouritzin, S. (2000), Immigrant mothers redefine access to ESL classes: contradiction and ambivalence. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 21, 1, 14-32.

Kouritzin, S.G. 1999. Face(t)s of First Language Loss. Mahwah NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Kousta, S. T., Vinson, D. P., & Vigliocco, G. (2008). Investigating linguistic relativity through bilingualism: The case of

Koutsoudas, A. & Koutsoudas, O. 1962 A contrastive analysis of the segmental phonemes of Greek and English. Language Learning 12: 211-30

Kouzmin, L. (1876), -'Some patterns and conditions of codeswitching from Russian to English', Talanya, 3, 107-16

Kovac, P. (1965), 'On psychological problems of commanding more languages by an individual', Studia Psychologica (Bratislavia), 7, 158 159

Kovacs, A. (2007). Beyond language: Childhood bilingualism. In I. Kecskes & L. Albertazzi (eds.), Cognitive aspects of bilingualism. New York: Springer, 301--324

Kovelman, I., Baker, S.A., & Petitto, L.-A. 2008a. Bilingual and monolingual brains compared: A functional magnetic resonance imaging investigation of syntactic processing and possible "neural signature" of bilingualism. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 20: 153--169.

Kovelman, I., Shalinsky, M.H., Berens, M.S., & Petitto, L.-A. 2008b. Shining new light on the brain's "bilingual signature": A functional Near Infrared Spectroscopy investigation of semantic processing. NeuroImage, 39: 1457--1471.

Koven, M. (1998). Two languages in the self/the self in two languages: French-Portuguese bilinguals' verbal enactments and experiences of self in narrative discourse. Ethos, 26(4), 4 10-455.

Kowal, M. & Swain, M. (1994). Using collaborative language production tasks to promote students' language awareness. Language Awareness, 3(2), 73-93.

Kowal, M. & Swain, M. (1997). From semantic to syntactic processing: How can we promote metalinguistic awareness in the French immersion classroom? In K. Johnson & M. Swain (Eds.), Immersion education: International perspectives (pp. 284-309). New York: CUP

Koyanagi, K. 1999. The effects of focus-on-form communicative tasks on the acquisition of a Japanese conditional. In N. Jungheim & P. Robinson, (Eds.), Pragmatics and pedagogy: Proceedings of the 3rd Pacific Second Language Research Forum, Volume 2. (pp. 155-165). Tokyo: PacSLRF

Kppe, R. (1994) The DUFDE Project. In Meisel (1994), 15-27.

Kraetschmer, K. (1982). Forgotten cases of bilingual aphasics. Brain and Language, 15, 92-94.

Kralt, J. & Pendakur, R. (1991), Ethnicity, Immigration and Language Shift, Ottawa: Policy and Research, Multiculturalism and Citizenship Canada, 1991.

Kramsch, C. (2002), "Beyond the second vs. foreign language dichotomy: The subjective dimensions of language learning", in Kristyan Spelman Miller and Paul Thompson (Eds.) Unity and Diversity in Language Use. London: Continuum, (2002), 1-21.

Kramsch, C. (2006). The multilingual subject. International Journal of Applied Linguistics, 16 (1), 99-110. 45

Kramsch, C. (Ed.) (2002). Language acquisition and language socialization: Ecological perspectives. London: Continuum.

Kramsch, C.J. (1979), Word watching: learning vocabulary becomes a hobby. Foreign Language Annals iz (2.): 15 3-8

Kramsch, C.J. (1994), Context and Culture in Language Teaching, OUP

Kramsch, C.J. (1997), The privilege of the nonnative speaker. PMLA 112: 359-369.

Kramsch, C.J. (2000), 'SLA, applied linguistics and the teaching of foreign languages', MLJ, 84, 3

Krapf, E. (1957), -'A propos des aphasies chez les polyglottes', Encephale, 46, 623-29

Krapf, E. (1983). On aphasia in polyglots. In M. Paradis (Ed.), Readings on aphasia in bilinguals and polyglots (pp. 569-574). Montreal: Didier. (Original work published in 1957.)

Krapf, E.E. (1955). On the linguistic behaviour of brain damaged patients. In M. Paradis (Ed.), Readings on aphasia in bilinguals and polyglots (pp. 552-'"562). Montreal: Didier. (Original work published in 1955.)

Krashen, S. (1973), Lateralization, language learning and the critical period: some new evidence. Language Learning, 23, 63-74

Krashen, S. (1973). Mental abilities underlying linguistic and non-linguistic functions. Linguistics 115:39-55.

Krashen, S. (1975). The critical period for language acquisition and its possible bases. In D. Aaronson & R. Rieber (eds.), 1975, Developmental Psycholinguistics and Communication Disorders. New York: New York Academy of Sciences, 211-24.

Krashen, S. (1975). The development of cerebral dominance and language learning: more evidence. In D.P. Dato (ed.), Developmental psycholinguistics: theory and application. Georgetown University Press (Georgetown University Round Table).

Krashen, S. (1976). Cerebral asymmetry. In H. Whitaker & A. Whitaker (eds.), Studies in Neurolinguistics 2:157~1.

Krashen, S. (1976). Formal and informal linguistic environments in language acquisition and language learning. TESOL Quarterly 10:157-68.

Krashen, S. (1977), 'Some issues relating to the monitor model', in Brown, H., Yorio, C. & Crymes, R. (eds.), ON TESOL '77, Washington, TESOL

Krashen, S. (1977). The monitor model of adult second language performance. In Burt, M., Dulay, H. & Finocchiaro, M. (eds.), Viewpoints on English as a Second Language. New York: Regents, 152-61.

Krashen, S. (1978). Individual variation in the use of the monitor. In W. Ritchie (ed.), Second Language Acquisition Research: Issues and Implications. New York: Academic Press.

Krashen, S. (1978). The monitor model for second language acquisition. In R. Gingras. ed. Second language acquisition and foreign language teaching, Arlington, Va.: Center for Applied Linguistics.

Krashen, S. (1979), A response to McLaughlin, 'The Monitor model: some methodological considerations'. Language Learning 29:151-67

Krashen, S. (1980), 'Relating Theory and Practice in Adult Second Language Acquisition', in S. Felix (ed.), Second Language Development, Tbingen,

Krashen, S. (1980), The input hypothesis. In Alatis, J. (ed.) Current issues in bilingual education, pp. 168-80. Georgetown University Press, Washington, D.C.

Krashen, S. (1980). The theoretical and practical relevance of simple codes in second language acquisition'. In Scarcella, R. & Krashen, S. (eds.) Research in second language acquisition, Rowley, Mass.; Newbury House, 7-18

Krashen, S. (1981), -'The case for narrow reading', TESOL Newsletter, 15, 6, 23

Krashen, S. (1981), 'The Fundamental Pedagogical Principle in Second Language Teaching,' in B. Sigurd & Svartvik, J. (eds.), AILA 1981, CWK Gleerup

Krashen, S. (1981), Second Language Acquisition and Second Language Learning, Pergamon, Oxford

Krashen, S. (1981), The 'fundamental pedagogical principle' in second language teaching. Studia Linguistica 35 (1-2): 5~70

Krashen, S. (1982), Accounting for child-adult differences in second language rate and attainment. In Krashen, S., Scarcella, R. & Long, M. (eds.) Child adult differences in second language acquisition, pp. 202-26. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Krashen, S. (1982). Principles and Practice in Second Language Acquisition. Pergamon Press, Oxford.

Krashen, S. (1983). Newmark's ignorance hypothesis and current second language acquisition theory. In Gass, S. & Selinker, L (eds.) Language transfer in language learning, pp. 135-53. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Krashen, S. (1983). Second language acquisition theory and the preparation of teachers: toward a rationale. Georgetown University Round Table on Languages and Linguistics. In J.P. Alatis, H.H. Stern & P. Strevens. Washington, D.C; Georgetown University Press. 255-263

Krashen, S. (1984), Writing Research, Theory and Application, Hayward, California: Alemany Press

Krashen, S. (1984). Response to ....... TESOL Quarterly 18 (2): 35~2

Krashen, S. (1985), Inquiries and Insights: Essays on Second Language Teaching, Bilingual Education and Literacy, Hayward, California: Alemany Press

Krashen, S. (1985), Language Acquisition and Language Education, Alemany Press, reprinted Prentice-Hall 1989

Krashen, S. (1985). The Input Hypothesis: issues and implications. Longman, New York

Krashen, S. (1989). Language teaching technology: a low-tech view. In Alatis, J. (ed) Language Teaching, Testing and Technology. Georgetown University Round Table, Washington DC, Georgetown UP

Krashen, S. (1989). We acquire vocabulary and spelling by reading: additional evidence for the input hypothesis. Modern Language Journal, 73, 4, 440-463

Krashen, S. (1991), -'Sheltered subject matter teaching', Crosscurrents, 18, 183-89

Krashen, S. (1991), -'The input hypothesis: an update'', in J. Alatis (ed.), Georgetown Round Table, Washington DC, USA; 409-431

Krashen, S. (1992), -'Under what circumstances, if any, should formal grammar instruction take place?', TESOL Quarterly, 26, 409-411

Krashen, S. (1992), Formal grammar instruction: Another educator comments TESOL Quarterly, 26(2), 409-411.

Krashen, S. (1993), -'The effect of formal grammar teaching: still peripheral', TESOL Quarterly, 27, 722-725

Krashen, S. (1993), The Power of Reading, Libraries Unlimited Inc, Englewood Colorado

Krashen, S. (1994). -'The Input Hypothesis and its rivals', in Ellis, N. (ed.) Implicit and Explicit Learning of Languages, Academic Press, London

Krashen, S. (1995), -'What is intermediate natural approach?', in Hashiemipour, P., Maldonadao, R. & van Naerssen, M. (eds), Studies in Language Learning and Spanish Literature in Honour of Tracy D. Terrell, McGraw-Hill, 92-105

Krashen, S. (1996). Seeking a role for grammar: a review of recent studies. Foreign Language Annals, 32, 2, 245-257

Krashen, S. (1996). Under attack: The case against bilingual education. Culver City, CA: Language Education Associates

Krashen, S. & Biber, D. 1988, On Course: Bilingual Education's Success in California, California Association for Bilingual Education, Sacramento

Krashen, S. & Galloway, L. 1978 The neurological correlates of language acquisition. SPEAQ Journal 2: 21-35

Krashen, S. & Harshman, R. 1972. Lateralization and the critical period. Working Papers in Phonetics (UCLA) 23:13-21.

Krashen, S. & Pon, P. 1975, An error analysis of an advanced ESL learner. Working Papers on Bilingualism 7:125-9

Krashen, S. & Scarcella, R. 1978, On routines and patterns in language acquisition and performance. Language Learning 28: 283-300

Krashen, S. & Seliger, H. 1975, Maturational constraints in the acquisition of a second language and second dialect. Language Sciences 38:28-29.

Krashen, S. & Seliger, H. 1975. The essential contributions of formal instruction in adult second language learning. TESOL Quarterly 9:173 83.

Krashen, S. & Seliger, H. 1976, The role of formal and informal linguistic environments in adult second language learning. International Journal of Psycholinguistics 3: 15-21

Krashen, S. & Terrell, T. 1983 The natural approach. Pergamon, New York

Krashen, S. & White, H. (1991), -'Is spelling acquired or learnt? A reanalysis of Rice (1897) and Cornman (1902)', ITL, 91-92, 1-49

Krashen, S., Butler, J., Birnbaum, R. & Robertson, J. (1978), 'Two studies in language acquisition and language learning', ITL: Review of Applied Linguistics, 39-40, 73-92

Krashen, S., Houck, N., Giunchi, P., Bode, S., Birnbaum, R. & Strei, G. (1978), 'Difficulty order for grammatical morphemes for adult second language performance using free speech', TESOL Quarterly, 13, 44-54

Krashen, S., Jones, C. Zelinski, S. & Uprich, C. 1978, How important is instruction? English Language Teaching Journal 32 (4): 257-61

Krashen, S., Long, M. & Scarcella, R. 1979, Age, rate, and eventual attainment in second language acquisition. TESOL Quarterly 13: 573-82

Krashen, S., Madden, C. & Bailey, N. 1975. -'Theoretical aspects of grammatical sequencing', In M. Burt & H. Dulay (eds.), Second Language Learning, Teaching, and Bilingual Education. Washington, D.C.: TESOL, 44-54.

Krashen, S., Scarcella, R. & Long, M. (eds.) 1982 Child-adult differences in second language acquisition. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Krashen, S., Seliger, H. & Hartnett, D. 1974, Two studies in second language learning. Kritikon Litterarum 2-3: 220-28

Krashen, S., Sferlazza, V., Feldman, L. & Fathman, A.K. (1976). Adult performance on the SLOPE test: more evidence for a natural order in adult second language acquisition. Language Learning, 26, 1, 145-51

Krashen, S., Zelinski, S., Jones, C. & Uprich, C. (1978), -'How important is instruction', ELTJ, 32, 257-261

Krasinski, E. (1995), -'The development of past marking in a bilingual child and the punctual/non-punctual distinction', First Language, 15, 239-276

Krause-Ono, M. (2004), -'Change in back-channelling behaviour; the influence from L2 to L1 on the use of backchannel cues', XXXXX, 3, 51-81

Kroll, J. & De Groot, A. (1997). Lexical and conceptual memory in the bilingual: Mapping form to meaning in two languages. In A. De Groot & J. Kroll (eds.), Tutorials in bilingualism. Psycholinguistic perspectives, pp. 169-199. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Kroll, J. & De Groot, A. (eds) (2005), Handbook of Bilingualism, OUP

Kroll, J. & DeGroot, A.M.B. (1997). Lexical and conceptual memory in the bilingual: Mapping form to meaning in two languages. In A.M.B. DeGroot & J. Kroll (eds.), Tutorials in Bilingualism: Psycholinguistic Perspectives, pp. 169-199. Mawhah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Kroll, J. & Potter, M.C. (1984), 'Recognising words, pictures and concepts: a comparison of lexical, object and reality decisions'. JVLVB, 23, 39-66

Kroll, J. & Stewart, E. (1994). Category interference in translation and picture naming: Evidence for asymmetric connections between bilingual memory representations. Journal of Memory and Language, 33, 149-'"174.

Kroll, J. F. (1993). Accessing conceptual representations for words in a second language. In R. Schreuder & B. Weltens (Eds.), The bilingual lexicon (pp. 53-81). Amsterdam-Philadelphia: John Benjamins.

Kroll, J. F., & Curley, J. (1988). Lexical memory in novice bilinguals: The role of concepts in retrieving second language words. In M. M. Gruneberg, P. E. Morris., & R. N. Sykes (Eds.), Practical aspects of memory: Current research and issues, Vol. 2: Clinical and educational implications (pp. 389-395). Chichester: John Wiley and Sons.

Kroll, J. F., & De Groot, A. M. B. (1997). Lexical and conceptual memory in the bilingual: Mapping form to meaning in two languages. In A. M. B. de Groot & J. F. Kroll (Eds.), Tutorials in bilingualism: Psycholinguistic perspectives (pp. 169-199). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Kroll, J. F., & Dussias, P. E. (2004). The comprehension of words and sentences in two languages. In T. K. Bhatia & W. C. Ritchie (Eds.). The handbook of bilingualism. Malden MA: Blackwell Publishing.

Kroll, J. F., & Sholl, A. (1992). Lexical and conceptual memory in fluent and nonfluent bilinguals. In R. J. Harris (Ed.), Cognitive processing in bilinguals (pp. 191-203). Amsterdam: Elsevier Science Publishers.

Kroll, J. F., & Stewart, E. (1994). Category interference in translation and picture naming: Evidence for asymmetric connections between bilingual memory representations. Journal of Memory and Language, 33, 149-174.

Kroll, J. F., & Tokowicz, N. (2005). Models of bilingual representation and processing: Looking back and to the future. In J. F. Kroll & A. M. B. de Groot (Eds.), Handbook of bilingualism: Psycholinguistic approaches (pp. 531-553). New York: Oxford University Press.

Kroll, J. F., Dijkstra, A., Janssen, N., & Schriefers, H. (2000). Selecting the language in which to speak: Cued-picture naming experiments on lexical access in bilingual production. Unpublished manuscript, The Pennsylvania State University, University Park.

Kroll, J. F., Michael, E., & Sankaranarayanan, A. (1998). A model of bilingual representation and its implications for second language acquisition. In A. F. Healy & L. E. Bourne (Eds.), Foreign Language learning: Psycholinguistic studies on training and retention (pp. 365-395). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Kroll, J. F., Michael, E., Tokowicz, N., & Dufour, R. (2002). The development of lexical fluency in a second language. Second Language Research, 18, 137-171.

Kroll, J. F., Sumutka, B. M., & Schwartz, A. I. (2005). A cognitive view of the bilingual lexicon: Reading and speaking words in two languages. International Journal of Bilingualism, 9, 27-48.

Kroll, J.F. (1993), -'Accessing conceptual representation for words in a second language', in Schreuder, R. & Weltens, B. (eds.) The Bilingual Lexicon

Kroll, J.F. & Curley, J. (1988). Lexical memory in novice bilinguals: The role of concepts in retrieving second language words. In M. Gruneberg, P. Morris, & R. Sykes (Eds.), Practical aspects of memory, Vol 2. London: John Wiley & Sons, 389-395

Kroll, J.F. & Sholl, A. (1992) -'Lexical and conceptual memory in fluent and non-fluent bilinguals' in Harris, R.J. (ed.)

Krumm, H-J. (1995), Das Erlernen einer zweiten oder dritten Fremdsprache im Rahmen von Mehrsprachigkeitskonzepten. In Wodak, R. & de Cillia, R. (eds.) (1995), Sprachenpolitik in Mittel- und Osteuropa. Wien, Passagen, 195-208

Krzeszowski, T. (1990). Prototypes and equivalence. In J. Fisiak (ed.), Further insights into contrastive analysis, pp. 29-46. Amsterdam: John Benjamins

Kubota, M. 1991 The use of back channel behaviours by Japanese and American bilingual persons. PhD dissertation, Indiana University,.

Kubota, M. 1995, Teachability of conversational implicature to Japanese EFL learners. IRL T Bulletin, 9. Tokyo: Institute for Research in Language Teaching, 35-67

Kubota, R. (2003). New Approaches to gender, class, and race in second language writing. Journal of Second Language Writing 12, 31-47.

Kufner, H. 1962 The grammatical structures of English and German. University of Chicago Press

Kuhberg, H. (1992), 'Longitudinal L2-attrition versus L2-acquisition in three Turkish children - Empirical findings', Second Language Research 8/2, 138-154

Kuhl, P. K. (1986). Theoretical contributions of tests on animals to the special-mechanisms debate in speech. Experimental Biology, 45, 233-265.

Kuhl, P. K. (2004). Early language acquisition: Cracking the speech code. Nature Reviews/Neuroscience, 5, 831-843.

Kuhl, P. K., & Meltzoff, A. N. (1982). The bimodal perception of speech in infancy. Science, 218, 1138-1141.

Kuhl, P. K., & Miller, J. D. (1978). Speech perception by the chinchilla: Identification functions for synthetic VOT stimuli. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 63, 905-917.

Kuhl, P. K., Tsao, F.-M., & Liu, H.-M. (2003). Foreign-language experience in infancy: Effects of short-term exposure and social interaction on phonetic learning. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 100, 9096-9101.

Kuhl, P. K., Williams, K. A., Lacerda, F., Stevens, K. N., & Lindblom, B. (1992). Linguistic experience alters phonetic perception in infants by 6 months of age. Science, 255, 606-608.

Kuhlwein, W. 1970. Intra- und Interstrukturale Fehlleistungen auf der Phonemishch-Graphemischen Ebene (Intra- and interstructural errors in the realm of phonemics-graphemics). In PAKS 1970, no.5.

Kumaravadivelu, B. (1991), -'Language learning tasks: teacher intention and learner interpretation', ELTJ 45, 98-107

Kumpf, L. 1983 A case study of temporal reference in interlanguage. In Campbell, C., Flashner, V., Hudson, T. & Lubin, J. (eds.) Proceedings of the Los Angeles Second Language Research Forum, Vol.11, pp.179-92. Department of English, University of California at Los Angeles

Kumpf, L. 1984 Temporal systems and universality in interlanguage: a case study. In Eckman, F., Bell, L. & Nelson, D. (eds.) Universals of second language acquisition, pp.132-43. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Kuo, I. C. (2006). Addressing the issue of teaching English as a lingua franca. ELT Journal 60/3. pp.213 -- 221

Kuo, I. C. (2006). Addressing the issue of teaching English as a lingua franca. ELT Journal, 60(3), 213-221.

Kupferberg, I. & Olshtain, E. (1996) 'Explicit contrastive instruction facilitates the acquisition of L2 forms.' Language Awareness, 5, 149-165

Kurahashi, J. 1992. A survey of motives to learn Japanese: The relation between motive and cultural background. Nihongo Kyooiku, 77, 129-141.Kurhila, S. (2006). Second language interaction. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Kutas, M., & Hillyard, S. A. (1980). Reading senseless sentences: Brain potentials reflect semantic incongruity. Science 207, 203-205.

Kutas, M., & Van Petten, C. K. (1994). Psycholinguistics electrified: Event-related brain potential investigations. In M. A. Gernsbacher (Ed.), Handbook of psycholinguistics (pp. 83-143). San Diego, CA: Academic Press.

Kuuisinen, J. & Salin, E. (1971), 'Children's learning of unfamiliar phonological sequences', Perceptual Motor Skills, 33, 559-562

Kuusinen, J. & Salin, E. (1971), 'Children's learning of unfamiliar phonological sequences', Percept. & Motor Skills, 33, 559-562

Kwon, E.Y. (2004), -'The comparative fallacy: an anlysis and discussion of selected research', Teacher's College, Columbia University Working Papers in TESOL and Applied Linguistics, 4, 1, 1-6

Kynette, D. & Kemper, S. (1986), 'Ageing and the loss of grammatical forms: A cross-sectional study of language performance', Language & Communication 6, 1/2, 65-72

L. Aronin & B. Hufeisen (eds), 63--77. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

L'Hermitte, R., H. Hecaen, J. Dubois, A. Culioli, & A. Tabouret-Keller. 1966. Le probleme de l'aphasie des polyglottes: remarques sur quelques observations. Neuropsychologia 4:315-329

La Heij, W. (2005). Selection processes in monolingual and bilingual lexical access. In J. F. Kroll & A. M. B. de Groot (Eds.), Handbook of bilingualism: Psycholinguistic approaches (pp. 289-307). New York: Oxford University Press.

La Heij, W., de Bruyn, E., Elens, E. Hartsuiker, R. Helaha, D. & van Schelven, L. (1990), 'Orthographic facilitation and categorical interference in a word translation variant of the Stroop test', Canadian Journal of Psychology. 44,76-83

La Heij, W., De Bruyn, E., Elens, E., Hartsuiker, R., Helaha, D, & Van Schelven, L. (1990). Orthographic facilitation and categorical interference in a word-translation version of the Stroop task. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 44, 76-83.

La Heij, W., Hooglander, A., Kerling, R., & Van der Velden, E. (1996). Nonverbal context effects in forward and backward word translation: Evidence for concept mediation. Journal of Memory and Language, 35, 648-665.

LAarson, O. & Smalley, W. 1972. Becoming Bilingual: A Guide to Language Learning. New Canaan, Conn.: Practical Anthropology.

Labov, W. (1973). The boundaries of words and their meanings. In J. Bailey & R. Shuy (eds.), Ways of analysing variation in English. Washington, DC: Georgetown University.

Lachter, J. & Bever, T. 1988, The relationship between linguistic structure and associative theories of language learning: a constructive criticism of some connectionist learning models. Cognition 28 195-247

Lado, R. (1967), 'Massive vocabulary expansion in a foreign language beyond the basic course the effects of stimuli, timing, and order of presentation', Final report. U.S. Department of Health, Education, and Welfare. 5-1095

Lado, R. (1990), 'Toward a lexico-semantic theory of language and language learning', Georgetown Journal of Languages and Linguistics, 1:1, 96-100

Lado, R. 1957, Linguistics across cultures. University of Michigan Press, Ann Arbor

Lado, R. 1961, Language Testing. New York: McGraw Hill.

Lado, R. 1964, Language Teaching: A Scientific Approach, McGraw-Hill

Lado, R. 1965, 'Memory span as a factor in second language learning', IRAL, 3 123-129

Lafford, B.A. (2004), The effect of the context of learning on the use of communication strategies by learners of Spanish as a second language, SSLA, 26: 201-225

LaFromboise, T., Coleman, H. & Gerton, J. (1993), 'Psychological impact of biculturalism: evidence and theory', Psychological Bulletin, 114, 395-412

Laine, E.J. (1995). Learning second national languages: A research report. Frankfurt: Peter Lang

Laitin, D.D. (2000), -'What is a language community?', American Journal of Political Science, 44, 1, 142-145

Lakshmanan, U. (1986), 'The role of parametric variation in adult second language acquisition study of the "pro-drop" parameter'. Papers in Applied Linguistics, Michigan 2:97-11

Lakshmanan, U. (1989), Accessibility to Universal Grammar in Child Second Language Acquisition, Ph.D., Michigan

Lakshmanan, U. (1991), Morphological Uniformity and null subjects in child second language acquisition. In L. Eubank (ed.), Point Counterpoint: Universal Grammar in the Second Language. Amsterdam: Benjamins. 389-410.

Lakshmanan, U. (1993/4), -'The boy for the cookie-'"some evidence for the non-violation of the Case Filter in child second language acquisition' Language Acquisition, 3, 55-91

Lakshmanan, U. (1994). Universal Grammar in Child Second Language Acquisition, Amsterdam, Benjamins

Lakshmanan, U. & Selinker, L. (1994), -'The status of CP and the tensed complementiser that in the developing L2 grammars if English', Second Language Research, 10, 24-48

Lalleman, J. 1983. The principle of elimination: establishing word order regularities in the Dutch of foreign workers. Linguistische Berichte, 87:40-63

Lalonde, R. & Gardner, R. 1985. 'On the predictive validity of the Attitude/Motivation T Battery'. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 6: 403-12.

Lalonde, R.N, Gardner, R.C. & Moorcroft, R. (1985), 'The role of attitudes and motivation in second language learning: correlational and experimental considerations', Language Learning 35, 2, 207-227.

Lalor, E., & Kirsner, K. 2001. The role of cognates in bilingual aphasia: Implications for assessment and treatment. Aphasiology, 15: 1047--1056.

Lam, A. S. L., Perfetti, C.A., & Bell, L. (1991). Automatic phonetic transfer in bidialectal reading. Applied Psycholinguistics, 12, 299-311.

Lamarre, P. & Dagenais, D. 2004. Language practices of trilingual use in two Canadian cities. In Trilingualism in Family, School and Community, C. Hoffmann & J. Ytsma (eds), 53--74. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Lambert, R. & Freed, B. (eds.) 1982 The loss of language skills. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Lambert, R.D. & Moore, S.J. (1986), 'Problem areas in the study of language attrition', in B. Weltens et al. (eds.), Language attrition in progress, 177-186

Lambert, S. (1989). Information processing among conference interpreters: A test of the depth-of-processing hypothesis. In L. Gran & J. Dodds (Eds.). The theoretical and practical aspects of teaching conference interpreting. Udine: Campanetto.

Lambert, W. (1967), The interdependencies of the bilingual's two stores. In Salzinger, K., & Salzinger S. (eds.) Research in Verbal Behavior and Some Neurophysiological Implications, Academic Press

Lambert, W. (1967). A social psychology of bilingualism. Journal of Social Issues 23: 91-109

Lambert, W. (1969), -'Psychological studies of the interdependence of the bilingual's two languages', in Puhvel, J. (ed), Substance and Structure of the bilingual's two languages, Berkeley, University of California Press, 99-126

Lambert, W. (1977), Culture and language as factors in learning and education. In Current themes in linguistics: bilingualism, experimental linguistics and language typologies, ed. F. Eckman. Washington, D.C.: Hemisphere Publishing

Lambert, W. (1978), Psychological approaches to bilingualism, translation and interpretation. In Language interpretation and communication, ed. D. Gerver and H. Sinaiko. New York: Plenum Press

Lambert, W. (1980), The two faces of bilingual education. Focus 3:14.

Lambert, W. & Fillenbaum, S. (1959): A pilot study of aphasia among bilinguals. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 13, 28-34

Lambert, W. & Moore, N. (1966): Word association responses: Comparison of American and French monolinguals with Canadian monolinguals and bilinguals. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 3, 313-20.

Lambert, W. & Taylor, D.M. 1990, Coping with Cultural and Racial Diversity in Urban America. New York: Praeger.

Lambert, W. & Taylor, D.M. 1996, -'Language in the lives of ethnic minorities: Cuban American families in Miami', Applied Linguistics, 17, 4

Lambert, W. & Tucker, C.R. (1972), Bilingual Education of Children: The St Lambert Experiment. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury

Lambert, W. E. (1977). The effects of bilingualism on the individual: Cognitive and sociocultural consequences. In P. A. Hornby (Ed.), Bilingualism: Psychological, social, and educational implications (pp. 15-27). New York: Academic Press.

Lambert, W., Frankel, H. & Tucker, G. 1966. Judging personality through speech: a French-Canadian example. Journal of Communication 16, 30 321

Lambert, W., Giles, H. & Picard, O. (1975), -'Language attitudes in a French-American community', Linguistics, 158, 127-52

Lambert, W., Hamers, J. & Frasure-Smith, N. 1979. Child rearing values: a cross-national study. New York: Praeger Publications

Lambert, W., Hodgson, R., Gardner, R. & Fillenbaum, S. 1960. Evaluational reactions to spoken languages. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology 60, 44-51.

Lambert, W., Tucker, C.R. & d'Anglejan, A. (1973). Cognitive and attitudinal consequences of bilingual schooling. Journal of Educational Psychology, 85, 2, 141-159

Lambert, W.E. (1955). Measurement of the linguistic dominance of bilinguals. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 50, 197-200

Lambert, W.E. (1956). Developmental aspects of second language acquisition: I. Associational fluency, stimulus provocativeness and word order influence. Journal of Social Psychology, 43, 83-104

Lambert, W.E. (1958), 'The influence of language acquisition context', J. Ab. Soc. Psych., 56, 239-244

Lambert, W.E. (1960), Evaluational reactions to spoken languages. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 60, 44-51.

Lambert, W.E. (1961), Behavioral evidence for contrasting forms of bilingualism. MSLL 14, 73-80.

Lambert, W.E. (1963), Psychological approaches to the study of language. MLJ 47, 51-62; 114-121.

Lambert, W.E. (1972), Language, Psychology, and Culture, Stanford U.P.

Lambert, W.E. (1972), Psychological studies of the interdependencies of the bilingual's two languages. In Dil, A. ed. Language, Psychology and Culture: Essays by W. E. Lambert. Stanford: Stanford University Press.

Lambert, W.E. (1981), 'Bilingualism and language acquisition', in H. Winitz (ed.), Native and Foreign Language Acquisition, N.Y. Academy of Sciences

Lambert, W.E. (1990), 'Persistent issues in bilingualism', in Harley, B., Allen, P., Cummins, J., & Swain, M., (eds.) (1990), The Development of Second Language Proficiency, CUP

Lambert, W.E. (1992). Challenging established views on social issues. The power and limitations of research. American Psychologist, 47, 533 542

Lambert, W.E. & Anisfeld, M. (1969), -'A note on the relationship of bilingualism and intelligence', Canadian Journal of Behaviopral Science, 1, 123-128

Lambert, W.E. & Jakobovits. L. 1960. Verbal satiation and changes in the intensity of meaning. J Exp Psych 60, 376-83.

Lambert, W.E. & Macnamara, J. (1969), -'Some cognitive consequences of following a first-grade curriculum in a second language', Journal of Educational Psychology, 60, 86-96

Lambert, W.E. & Preston, M.S. (1967), 'The interdependence of the bilingual's two languages,' in K. Salzinger & S. Salzinger (eds.), Research in Verbal Behavior and Some Neurophysiological Implications, Academic Press, New York

Lambert, W.E. & Rawlings, C. (1969), -'Bilingual processing of mixed-language associative networks', JVLVB, 8, 604-609

Lambert, W.E. 1974, Culture and language as factors in learning and education. In F.E. Aboud & R.D. Meade (eds) Cultural Factors in Learning and Education. Bellingham, Washington: 5th Western Washington Symposium on Learning.

Lambert, W.E. 1980, The social psychology of language. In H. Giles, W.P. Robinson & P.M. Smith (eds) Language: Social Psychological Perspectives. Oxford: Pergamon

Lambert, W.E., Anisfeld, M. & Yeni-Kopmshian, G. (1965), -'Evaluational reactions of Jewish and Arab adolescents to dialect and language variation', J. Personality and Social Psychology, 2. 84-90

Lambert, W.E., Gardner, R.C., Bank, H.C. & Tunstall, K. 1963. Attitudinal and cognitive aspects of intensive study of a second language. J Ab & Soc Psych 66, 358-68

Lambert, W.E., Genesee, F., Holobow N. & Chartrand L. (1993). Bilingual education for majority English-speaking children. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 1, 3-22

Lambert, W.E., Havelka, J. & Crosby, C. (1958), The influence of language acquisition contexts on bilingualism. Journal of Abnormal and Social Psychology, 56, 239-44

Lambert, W.E., Havelka, J. & Gardner, R. (1969), Linguistic manifestations of bilingualism. American Jounal of Psychology, 72, 77-82.

Lambert, W.E., Ignatow, M. & Krauthamer, M. (1968), 'Bilingual organisation in free recall', JVLVB, 7, 207-214

Lambert, W.E., Just, M. & Segalowitz, N. (1970), 'Some cognitive consequences of following the curricula of the early school grades in a foreign language', in J.E. Alatis (ed.), Georgetown Round Table on languages and Linguistics, Georgetown U.P. 229-279

Lamendella, J. 1977, General principles of neurofunctional organisation and their manifestations in primary and non-primary language acquisition. Language Learning 27:155-96

Lamendella, J. 1979, The neurofunctional basis of pattern practice. TESOL Quarterly 13, 5-13.

Lanauze, M. & Snow, C. 1989, The relation between first- and second-language writing skills. Linguistics and Education 1, 323-339.

Lanauze, M., & Snow, C. E. (1989). The relation between first- and second-language skills. Evidence from Puerto Rican elementary school children in bilingual programs. Linguistics and Education, 1, 323-340.

Lance, D. 1975. Spanish-English code switching. In El lenguaje de los Chicanos: regional and social characteristics used by Mexican Americans, ed. E. Hernandez-Chavez, A. Cohen, & A. Bertramo. Arlington, Va.: Center for Applied Linguistics.

Lance, D. 1979. Negation im naturlichen englisch-deutschen Zweitsprachenerwerb: Eine Fallstudie. International Review of Applied Linguistics 17:33148.

Lance, D. 1979. Spanish-English bilingualism in the American Southwest. In Socio-linguistic studies in language contact, ed. W. Mackey & J. Ornstein. The Hague: Mouton.

Landry, R., Allard, R. & Therberge, R. 1991, School and family French ambience and the bilingual development of Francophone Western Canadians. Canadian Modern Language Review 47 (5), 878-915.

Landry, R.G. (1974). A comparison of second language learners and monolinguals on divergent thinking tasks at the elementary school level. Modern Language Journal, 58, 10-15

Lane, H 1963. Foreign accent and speech distortion. J Ac Soc Am. 35, 451 53.

Lane, H. & Grosjean, F. 1980. Recent perspectives on American Sign Language. Hillsdale, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Lane, H. & Zale E. (eds.). 1967. Studies in Language and Language Behaviour, 4.

Lane, H. 1962. Experimentation in the language classroom: guidelines and suggested procedures for the classroom teacher. LL 12/2, 115-21.

Lane, H. 1962. Some differences between first and second language learning. Language Learning 12:1.

Lane, H. 1976. The wild boy of Aveyron. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press.

Lane, H. 1980. A chronology of the oppression of sign language in France and the United States. In Recent perspectives on American Sign Language, ed. H. Lane & F. Grosjean. Hillsdale, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Lang, K. & Siniver, E. 2006. The return to English in a non-English speaking country: Russian immigrants and native Israelis in Israel. National Bureau of economic Research Working Paper No. 12464, August 2006.

Lange, D. 1979. 'Negation in naturlichen Englisch-Deutschen Zweitsprachenerwerb: t Fallstudie'. International Review of Applied Linguistics 17: 33 1~8.

Lange, D.L. (ed.) 1980, Proceedings of the National Conference on Professional Priorities, November 1980. New York: ACTFL Materials Center.

Langer, J.A., Bartolome, L., Vasquez, O. & Lucas, T. 1990. Meaning construction in school literacy tasks: A study of bilingual students. American Educational Research Journal ~ 427-71.

Lanoue, G. 1991. 'Language loss, language gain: cultural camouflage and social change among the Sekani of Northern British Columbia'. Language in Society 20: 87-115.

Lantolf, J. (1994), 'Sociolcultural theory and second language learning', Modern language Journal, 78

Lantolf, J. (1996), SLA Theory Building: "Letting All the Flowers Bloom!" Language Learning, 46, 4, 713-749

Lantolf, J. (1996), SLA Theory Building? In G. Blue & R. Mitchell (eds), Language and education, Clvedon: Multilingual Matters, 16-27

Lantolf, J. (1999). Second culture acquisition: Cognitive considerations. In E. Hinkel (ed.), Culture in second language teaching, pp. 28-'"46. Cambridge: CUP.

Lantolf, J. (2000) (ed) Sociocultural Theory and Second Language Learning. Oxford: OUP

Lantolf, J. & Appel, G. (eds) (1994), Vygotskyan approaches to second language acquisition. Norwood: Ablex

Lantolf, J. & Frawley, W. (1988), Proficiency: understanding the construct. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 10 (2): 181-95

Lantolf, J. & Labarca, A. (eds.). (1987), Research in Second Language Learning: Focus on the Classroom. Norwood, N.J.: Ablex

Lantolf, J. & Pavlenko, A. (in press) (S)econd (L)anguage (A)ctivity Theory: Understanding second language learners as people. In: M. Breen (ed) Learner contributions to language learning: New directions in research. London: Longman

Lantolf, J.P., & Thorne, S. L. (2006). Sociocultural theory and the genesis of second language development. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Lanza, E. (1992), -'Can bilingual two-year-olds code-switch?' J. Child Language, 19, 633-58

Lanza, E. (1997). Language mixing in infant bilingualism: A sociolinguistic perspective. Oxford: Clarendon Press

Laoire, M. (2005). L1, L2 and L3 teaching in Ireland -- towards a common curriculum. In Hufeisen & Lutjeharms (eds.), 45--50.

Lapaire, J.-R. (1994). Le vide et le plein dans l'tude du langage, Modeles Linguistiques 15.1, 119-130.

Lapkin, S. & Swain, M. (1990). French immersion research agenda for the 90s. Canadian Modern Language Review, 46(4), 638-'"674.

Lapkin, S. & Swain, M. (1996), 'Vocabulary teaching in a grade 8 French immersion classroom: a descriptive study', ' in: B. Harley (ed) Research on Second Language Vocabulary Learning.Toronto:University of Toronto Press.

Lapkin, S., Harley, B. & Taylor, S. 1993, Research directions for core French in Canada. Canadian Modern Language Review in press

Lapkin, S., Swain, M. & Shapson, S. 1990, French immersion research agenda for the 90s. Canadian Modern Language Review 46 (4), 638 674.

Laponce, J.A. (1987), Languages and their Territories, University of Toronto Press

Lardiere, D. (1995), -'L2 acquisition of English synthetic compounds is not constrained by level-ordering (and neither probably is L1)', Second Language Research, 11, 20-56

Lardiere, D. (1998), 'Case and tense in the "fossilised" steady state', Second Language Research, 14, 1, 1-26

Lardiere, D. (1998), 'Disociating syntax from morphology in a divergent L2 end-state grammar', SLR, 14, 359-75

Lardiere, D. & Schwartz, B. (1997), -'Feature-marking in the L2 development of deverbal compounds', SLR, 14, 359-353

Larsen-Freeman, D 1989 'Pedagogical descriptions of language Grammar' Annual Review of Applied Linguistics 10 187-95 Cambridge Cambridge University Press

Larsen-Freeman, D. (1975), The acquisition of grammatical morphemes by adult ESL students. TESOL Quarterly 9: 409-30

Larsen-Freeman, D. (1975), The acquisition of grammatical morphemes by adult learners of English as a second language. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Michigan

Larsen-Freeman, D. (1976), 'Teacher speech as input to the ESL learner'. University of California. Working Papers in TESL 10:45-9.

Larsen-Freeman, D. (1976), An explanation for the morpheme acquisition order of second language learners. Language Learning, 26, 125-35.

Larsen-Freeman, D. (1976), Evidence of the need for a second language acquisition index of development. In Ritchie, W (ed.) Second language acquisition research: issues and implications. Academic Press, New York

Larsen-Freeman, D. (1978), An ESL index of development. TESOL Quarterly 12: 439-48

Larsen-Freeman, D. (1982), The 'what' of second language acquisition. In Hines, M & Rutherford, W. (eds.) On TESOL '81, pp.107-28. TESOL, Washington, D.C.

Larsen-Freeman, D. (1983), Assessing global second language proficiency. In Seliger, H & Long, M (eds.) Classroom-oriented research in second language acquisition. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Larsen-Freeman, D. (1983), Second language acquisition: getting the whole picture. In Bailey, K.M, Long, M. & Peck, S. (eds.) Second language acquisition studies, pp.3-22. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Larsen-Freeman, D. (1983), The importance of input in second language acquisition. In Andersen, R (ed.) Pidginization and creolization as language acquisition, pp.87-93. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Larsen-Freeman, D. (1985), Considerations in research design in second language acquisition. In Celce-Murcia, M (ed.) Beyond basics: issues and research in TESOL. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Larsen-Freeman, D. (1986), Techniques and principles in language teaching. OUP

Larsen-Freeman, D. (1991), 'Second language acquisition research: staking out the territory' TESOL Quarterly 25: 315-50

Larsen-Freeman, D. (1995). On the teaching and learning of grammar: Challenging the myths. In F. Eckman, D. Highland, P.W. Lee, J. Mileham, & R.R. Weber (Eds.), Second language acquisition theory and pedagogy (pp. 131-'" 150). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Larsen-Freeman, D. (1997), 'Chaos/complexity science and second language acquisition', Applied Linguistics, 18, 141-65

Larsen-Freeman, D. (2000), 'Second language acquisition and applied linguistics', Annual Review of Applied Linguistics, 20, 165-181

Larsen-Freeman, D. (2003). Teaching language: From grammar to grammaring. Boston: Heinle/ Thomson.

Larsen-Freeman, D. (2004). CA for SLA? It all depends. Modern Language Journal, 88, 603--607.

Larsen-Freeman, D. (2007). On the complementarity of chaos/complexity theory and dynamic systems theory in understanding the second language acquisition process. Bilingualism: Language and cognition, 10 (1), 35-37.

Larsen-Freeman, D. (ed.) (1980), Discourse analysis in second language research. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Larsen-Freeman, D. & Long, M. (1991), An Introduction to Second Language Acquisition Research. Longman, London & New York.

Larsen-Freeman, D. & Strom, V. 1977 The construction of a second language acquisition index of development. Language Learning 27:123 34

Larsen, J., Fritsch, D. & Grava, S. (1994), 'A semantic priming test of bilingual language storage and the compound vs. co-ordinate bilingual distinction with Latvian-English bilinguals'. Perceptual and Motor Skills 79 459-466.

Larson-Hall, J. (2009) A Guide to Doing Statistics in Second Language Research Using SPSS, Routledge

Larson, P., Judd, E. & Messerschmitt, D. (eds.) 1984 On TESOL '84. TESOL, Washington, D.C.

Lasagabaster D. & A. Huguet (eds.) (2007). Multilingualism in European countries. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Lasagabaster D. & A. Huguet (eds.) (2007). Multilingualism in European countries. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Lasagabaster, D. (1998), 'The threshold hypothesis applied to three languages in contact at school', International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 1, 119-133

Lasagabaster, D. (1998). The threshold hypothesis applied to three languages in contact at school. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism 4.5, 310--328.

Lasagabaster, D. (2000), 'Language learning and the development of metalinguistic awareness', Rassegna Italiana di Linguistics Applicata, XXXII, 103-116

Lasagabaster, D. (2001), 'The learning of English in Finland', Interface, 16, 27-44

Lasagabaster, D. and J. M. Sierra (2002) -'University students' perceptions of native and non-native speaker teachers of English', Language Awareness 11, 132-142.

Laski, E., & Taleporos, E. 1977. Anticholinergic psychosis in a bilingual: A case study. American Journal of Psychiatry, 134: 1038--1040.

Lasky, R. E., Syrdal-Lasky, A., & Klein, R. E. (1975). VOT discrimation by four to six and a half month old infants from Spanish environments. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 20, 215-225.

Lattey, E. (1975). Second-language acquisition: environments and strategies. In C. Molony, H. Zobl & W. Stolting (eds.), German in contact with other languages. Monographs in Linguistics and Communication Sciences. Kronberg: Skriptor Verlag.

Lattey, E. (1975). Second-language acquisition: environments and strategies. In S.C. Molony, H. Zobl & W. Stolting (eds.), German in contact with other languages. Monographs in Linguistics and Communication Sciences. Kronberg: Skriptor Verlag.

Lattey, E. 1981, -'Individual and social aspects of bilingualism', in Flam L. (ed.) Elements of Bilingual Theory

Lattey, E. 1982. What is the 'same thing' in interlinguistic comparison? In Lohnes & Hopkins 1982.

Lattey, E. 1986. Pragmatic classification of idioms as an aid for the language learner. IRAL IV (3): 217-3 3

Lau, H.C., Rogers, R.D., Ramnani, N., & Passingham, R.E. 2004. Willed action and attention to the selection of action. NeuroImage, 21: 1407--1415.

Lauefer, C. (1997), 'Towards a typology of bilingual phonological systems', in James & Leather (eds.) 325-240

Laufer-Dvorkin, B. (1991), Similar Lexical Forms in Interlanguage, Tubingen, Narr

Laufer, B. (1978), 'An Experiment in Teaching Reading Comprehension with Written Answers in the Mother Tongue', System; 6; 1; 11 20

Laufer, B. (1986), Possible changes in attitude towards vocabulary acquisition research. International Review of Applied Linguistics 24 (i): 69-75

Laufer, B. (1988), -'The concept of -'synforms' (similar lexical forms) in vocabulary acquisition', Language and Education, 2, 2, 113-132

Laufer, B. (1988), What percentage of text-lexis is essential for comprehension? In C. Lauren & M. Nordmann (eds.) Special Language: From Humans Thinking to Thinking Machines. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Laufer, B. (1988). The concept of -'synforms' (similar lexical forms) in vocabulary acquisition. Language and Education, 2, 113-132.

Laufer, B. (1989), A factor of difficulty in vocabulary learning: deceptive transparency. AILA Review 6:

Laufer, B. (1990), Why are some words more difficult than others? IRAL 28(4): 293-307.

Laufer, B. (1990), Words you know: how they affect the words you learn. In J. Fisiak (Ed.). Further Insights into Contrastive Linguistics, Benjamins: Holland. 73--93.

Laufer, B. (1990). "Sequence" and "order" in the development of L2 lexis: Some evidence from lexical confusions. Applied Linguistics, 11(3), 28 1-'"296

Laufer, B. (1990). Ease and difficulty in vocabulary learning: some teaching implications, Foreign Language Annals 23.2,147-155.

Laufer, B. (1991), Similar Lexical Forms in Interlanguage. Gunter Narr: Tubingen

Laufer, B. (1991), The development of L2 lexis in the expression of the advanced language learner. Modern Language Journal ~ 440-448.

Laufer, B. (1991). Some properties of the foreign language learner's lexicon as evidenced by lexical confusions. IRAL, 29, 317-330.

Laufer, B. (1992), How much lexis is necessary for reading comprehension? In P. Arnaud & H. Bejoint (Eds.) Vocabulary and Applied Linguistics. London: Macmillan.

Laufer, B. (1992). How much lexis is necessary for reading comprehension? In P. J. L. Arnaud & H. Bjoint (Eds.), Vocabulary and applied linguistics (pp. 126-132). Basingstoke, UK: Macmillan.

Laufer, B. (1993-94). Appropriation du vocabulaire: mots faciles, mots difficiles, mots impossibles. In Singleton (ed.) (1993-94a)

Laufer, B. (1994), The lexical profile of second language writing: Does it change over time? RELC Journal 25 (i): 21--33.

Laufer, B. (1995), 'Beyond 2000: a measure of productive lexicon in a second language' In L. Eubank, Selinker L. & Sharwood-Smith M. The Current state of Interlanguage. John Benjamins, Amsterdam: 265-272.

Laufer, B. (1997), -'The lexical plight in second language reading' in Coady & Huckin (eds), 20-34

Laufer, B. (1997). What's in a word that makes it hard or easy: Some intralexical factors that affect the learning of words. In N. Schmitt & M. McCarthy (Eds.), Vocabulary: Description, acquisition and pedagogy (pp. 140-155). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Laufer, B. (1998), -'What percentage of text-lexis is essential for comprehension', in C. Laurrn & M. Nordmann (eds.) Special language: From humans thinking to thinking machines, Clevedon: Multilingual Matters, 316-323

Laufer, B. (2003), 'The influence of L2 on L1 collocational knowledge and on L1 lexical diversity in free written expression' In V.J. Cook (ed), L2 Effects on the L1, Clevedon: Multilingual Matters 19-31

Laufer, B. (2003a). Vocabulary acquisition in a second language: Do learners really acquire most vocabulary by reading? Some empirical evidence. Canadian Modern Language Review, 59, pp. 567-588.

Laufer, B. (2003b). The influence of L2 on L1 collocational knowledge and on L1 lexical diversity in free written expression. In V. Cook (Ed.), Effects of the second language on the first (pp. 19-31). Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Laufer, B. & Bensoussan, M. (1982), Meaning is in the eye of the beholder. English Teaching Forum 20 (z): 10-14.

Laufer, B. & Eliasson, S. (1993), 'What Causes Avoidance in L2 Learning: L1 L2 difference, L1/L2 Similarity, or L2 Complexity?', Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 15, 1, 35-48

Laufer, B. & Nation, I.S.P. (1995), -'Vocabulary size and use: lexical richness in L2 written production', Applied Linguistics, 16, 307-322

Laufer, B. & Sim, D.D. (1985), Taking the easy way out: non use and misuse of contextual clues in EFL reading comprehension. English Teaching Forum 23 (2): 7--10, 20

Laufer, B. and Shmueli, K. (1997). Memorizing new words: Does teaching have anything to do with it? RELC Journal, 28, 89-108

Laufer, B. and Shmueli, K. (1997). Memorizing new words: Does teaching have anything to do with it? RELC Journal, 28, 89-108

Laufer, B.(2005). Focus on form in second language vocabulary learning. EUROSLA Yearbook 2005, 5, 223-250.

Laufer, B.(2005). Focus on form in second language vocabulary learning. EUROSLA Yearbook 2005, 5, 223-250.

Laurie, S. (1890). Lectures on language and linguistic method in school. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Laurie, S.S. 1890, Lectures on Language and Linguistic Method in School. Cambridge: CUP.

Lavandera, B. (1971): The system of past tenses in New York Puerto Rican Spanish. The English Language Journal, 2, 129-35.

Lavandera, B. (1978) The variable component in bilingual performance. In J. Alatis ed., International dimensions of bilingual education. Washington, D.C.: Georgetown University Press, 39l~l 1.

Lave, J., & Wenger, E. (1991). Situated Learning: Legitimate peripheral participation. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Lawler, J. & Selinker, L. (1971), -'On the nature of paradoxes, rules, and research in second language learning', Language Learning, XXI, 1, 27-43

Laws, G., Davies, I. & Andrews, C. (1995). Linguistic structure and non-linguistic cognition: English and Russian blues

Lawson, M. J., & Hogben, D. (1998). Learning and recall of foreign-language vocabulary: Effects of a keyword strategy for immediate and delayed recall. Learning and Instruction, 8, 179-194.

Lawson, M.J. & Hogben, D. (1996), -'The vocabulary learning strategies of foreign language students', Language Learning, 46, 1, 101-135

Lawton, D. 1979. Code-shifting in Puerto Rican Spanish/English. Linguistics 17:257-265.

Laxn, J., & Lavaur, J.-M. (2008). Role of semantics in translation recognition: Disentangling factors influencing relations between translations. Unpublished manuscript. Learning, 51, 1--50.

Ldi, G. (1987) ed. Devenir bilingue - parler bilingue. Actes du 2e colloque sur le bilinguisme. Universit de Neuchatel, 20-22 Septembre 1984. Tubingen: Max Niemeyer Verlag.

Ldi, G. (1987) Les marques transcodiques: regards nouveaux sur le bilinguisme. In G. Ldi (ed.), Devenir bilingue-parler bilingue. Actes du 2e colloque sur le bilinguisme, Universit de Neuchdtel, 2O~~2 Septembre, J984. Tubingen: Max Niemeyer Verlag, 1-21.

Ldi, G. (1989), 'Aspects de la conversation exolingue'. In Kremer, Dieter (ed.) Actes du XVIIe Congrs International de Linguistique et Philologies Romanes, Trves, 19-24 mai 1986). Tbingen: Niemeyer, 405-424.

Ldi, G. (1990) Les migrants comme minorit linguistique en Europe. In Ammon et al. (1987), 113-35.

Ldi, G. (1993-94). Denomination mediate et bricolage lexical en situation exolingue. In Singleton (ed.) (1993-94a).

Ldi, G. & Py, B. (1984), ètre bilingue, Bern, Lang

Ldi, G. & Py, B. (1990) La Suisse: un laboratoire pour l'tude de la dynamique des langues en contact. Langage et Societ, 50 & 51: 87-92.

Ldi, G., Di Pietro, J.F. & Papaloizos, L. (1990) Etranger dans son propre pays: dimensions linguistiques de la migration interne en Suisse. Ethnologica Helvetica (Berne), Images de la Suisse, 13 & 14: 269-97.

Ldi, G., Milroy, L. & Muysken, P. (eds.) (1995). One Speaker, Two Languages. Cambridge: CUP

Le Compagnon, B. (1984), -'Interference and over-generalisation in second language learning: the acquisition of English dative verbs by native speakers of French', Language Learning, 24, 39-67

Le Mahieu, J. 1984 The differential effect of attitudes and motivation on competence and control in second language acquisition. Interlanguage Studies Bulletin 8: 2~57

Le Page, R.B. & Tabouret-Keller, A. (1985): Acts of Identity: Creole-based approaches to language and ethnicity. Cambridge: CUP.

Leather, J. (1983). Second language pronunciation learning and teaching. Language Teaching, 16, 198-219.

Leather, J. (1987), 'Fo pattern inferences in the perceptual acquisition of second language tone', in James & Leather (1987)

Leather, J. (1990). Perceptual and productive learning of Chinese lexical tone by Dutch and English speakers. In J. Leather & A. James (eds.) New Sounds 90: Proceedings of the Amsterdam Symposium on the Acquisition of Second-Language Speech (72-89). Amsterdam: University of Amsterdam.

Leather, J. (1991), "The acquisition of second language speech", Studies in Second Language Acquisition 13:305-341.

Leather, J. (1999), Phonological issues in Language Learning, Oxford: Blackwell

Leather, J. & James, A. (eds.) (1990) New Sounds 90: Proceedings of the Amsterdam Symposium on the Acquisition of Second-Language Speech (72-89). Amsterdam: University of Amsterdam

Leather, J. & James, A. (eds.) (1992), New Sounds 92, University of Amsterdam

Leather, J. & James, A. 1991. 'The acquisition of second language speech'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 13: 305~1.

Leblanc, C. & Courtel, C. 1990, Executive summary: The culture syllabus. Canadian Modern Language Review 47 (1), 82-92.

Leblanc, R. 1990, Le curriculum multidimensionnel: Une synthese. Canadian Modern Language Review 47 (1), 32-42.

Leblanc, R. 1992, Second language retention. Language and Society 37, 35-36.

Lebrun, N. & Baetens-Beardsmore, H. 1993, Trilingual education in the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg. In H. Baetens-Beardsmore, (ed.) European Models of Bilingual Education. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters

Lebrun, Y. (1988). Multilinguisme et aphasie. Revue de Laryngologie, 109, 299-'"306.

Lebrun, Y. (1991). Polyglotte Reaktionen. Neurolinguistik, 5, 1-'"9

Lebrun, Y. (1995). The study of bilingual aphasia: Pitres' legacy. In M. Paradis (Ed.), Aspects of bilingual aphasia (pp. 11-'"22). London: Pergamon

Lecours, A. & Y. Joanette. 1980. Linguistic and other psychological aspects of paroxysmal aphasia. Brain and Language 10:1-23.

Lee, D. (1992). Universal Grammar, Learnability, and SLA: Acquisition of L2 English Reflexive Binding by L1i Korean Speakers. Ph.D., University of Southern California.

Lee, D.J. (1981), 'Interpretation of morpheme rank ordering in L2 research', in Dale, P., & Ingram, D. (eds.), Child Language: an International Perspective

Lee, J.J. (2005), -'The native speaker:an achievable model' Asian EFL Journal, 7

Lee, W. (1957). 'The linguistic context of language learning'. English Language Teaching Journal 11:77-85.

Lee, W. (1968). 'Thoughts on contrastive linguistics in the context of language teaching' in Alatis (ed.) 1968.

Lee, W. (1976). -'Encouraging and discouraging mistakes. Interlanguage Studies Bulletin, 1, 1/3, 228-249

Lee, W. L., Wee, G. C., Tzeng, O. J. L., & Hung, D. L. (1992). A study of interlingual and intralingual Stroop effects in three different scripts: Logograph, syllabary, and alphabet. In R. J. Harris (Ed.), Cognitive processing in bilinguals (pp. 427-442). Amsterdam: Elsevier Science Publishers.

Lee, W.L., Wee, G.C., Treng, O.J.L. & Hung, D. L. (1992). A study of interlingual and intralingual Stroop effect in three different scripts: Logograph, syllabary. and alphabet In R. Harris (Ed.). Cognitive processing in bilinguals (pp. 427-'"442). Amsterdam: Elsevier.

Leeman, J., Arteagoitia, I., Fridman, B. & Doughty, C. (1995). Integrating attention to form with meaning: Focus on form in content-based Spanish instruction. In R. Schmidt (Ed.), Attention and awareness in foreign language learning, Honolulu: University of Hawai'i Press, 217-258

Legaretta, D. 1977. 'Language choice in bilingual classrooms'. TESOL Quarterly 11: 9-16

Lehn, W. & Slager, W.R. 1959. A contrastive study of Egyptian Arabic and American English: the segmental phonemes. Language Learning 9.

Lehtonen, J. (1987), 'Foreign language acquistion and the development of automaticity', in H. Dechert (Ed.) Current trends of European second language acquisition research. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Lehtonen, J. & Sajavaara, K. (1983), 'Acceptability and ambiguity in native and second language message processing', in Ringbom, H. (ed.), Psycholinguistics and Foreign Language Teaching, Abo Akademi, Finland, 101-125

Lehtonen, J. & Sajavaara, K. (1988). Psycholinguistic testing of transfer in foreign-language speech processing. Folia Linguistica, XXII, 179-202

Lehtonen, J. & Sajavaara, K. 1985 The silent Finn. In Tannen, D & Saville-Troike, M (eds.) Perspectives on silence, pp 193-201. Ablex, Norwood, N.J.

Lehtonen, M., & Laine, M. (2003). How word frequency affects morphological processing in monolinguals and bilinguals. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 6, 213-225.

Lehtonen, M., Niska, H., Wande, E., Niemi, J., & Laine, M. (2006). Recognition of inflected words in a morphologically limited language: Frequency effects in monolinguals and bilinguals. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 35, 121-146.

Leino, A. 1982. 'Learning process in terms of styles and strategies'. Research Bulletin No.59. Helsinki, Finland

Leischner, A. (1983). Aphasia of deaf-mutes. In Paradis, M. (Ed.), Readings on aphasia in bilinguals and polyglots (pp.; 423-'"444). Montreal: Didier. (Original work published in 1943.)

Leischner, A. (1983). On the aphasia of multilinguals. In Paradis, M. (Ed.), Readings on aphasia in bilinguals and polyglots, Montreal: Didier.

Lemaire, H. 1966. Franco-American effort on behalf of the French language in New England. In Language Loyalty in the United States, ed. J. Fishman. The Hague: Mouton.

Lemhfer, K., Dijkstra, T., & Michel, M. C. (2004). Three languages, one ECHO: Cognate effects in trilingual word recognition. Language and Cognitive Processes, 19, 585-611.

Lemmon, C.R. & Goggin, J.P. (1989), -'The measurement of bilingualism and its relationship to cognitive ability', Applied Psycholinguistics, 10, 144-155

Lemmon, C.R. & Goggin, J.P. 1989. The measurement of bilingualism and its relationship to cognitive ability. Applied Psycholinguistics 10(2): 133--155.

Lenneberg, E. & Roberts, J.M. (1956): The language of experience: A study in methodology. Indiana University Publications in Anthropology and Linguistics 13. Bloomington, Indiana.

Lenneberg, E. 1967. Biological Foundations of Language. New York: Wiley & Sons.

Lennon, P. (1984), -'Reading a story in English as a second language', in Dechert, H. & Raupach, M. (eds) Second Language Productions, Gunter Narr, Tbingen, 50-68

Lennon, P. (1989), 'Introspection and intentionality in advanced second-language acquisition'. Language Learning 39: 375-95.

Lennon, P. (1990), Investigating fluency in EFL: A quantitative approach. Language Learning, 40, 387-417.

Lennon, P. (1991), 'Error: Some problems of definition, identification and distinction'. Applied Linguistics 12:180-95

Lennon, P. 1990. The bases for vocabulary teaching at the advanced level. ITL: 87--8

Lennon, P. 1991. The advanced learner at large in the L2 community: developments in spoken performance. IRAL 28, 309--24.

Leong, C.K. & Hsia, S. (1996), 'Cross-linguistic constraints on Chinese students learning English', in Bond, M.H. (ed.), The Handbook of Chinese Psychology', OUP, 63-78

Leontiev, A. (1981), The Psychologist and the language learning process. Pergamon

Leontiev, A.A. (1986), Psychology and the Language Learning Process, Pergamon, Oxford

Leopold, W. (1939): Speech Development of a Bilingual Child: A Linguist's Record. Volume I: Vocabulary growth in the first two years. Evanston, Ill: North-western University Press.

Leopold, W. (1947): Speech Development of a Bilingual Child: A Linguist's Record. Volume II: Sound learning in the first two years. Evanston, III.: North-western University Press.

Leopold, W. (1948), -'The study of child language and infant bilingualism', Word, 4, 1-17

Leopold, W. (1949): Speech Development of a Bilingual Child: A Linguist's Record. Volume III: Grammar and General Problems. Evanston, Ill.: North-western University Press.

Leopold, W. (1949): Speech Development of a Bilingual Child: A Linguist's Record. Volume IV: Diary from Age 2. Evanston, III.: North-western University Press.

Leopold, W. (1952): Bibliography of Child Language. Humanities Series 28. Evanston, Ill.: North-western University Press.

Leopold, W. (1954): A child's learning of two languages. Fifth Annual Georgetown University Round Table on Languages and Linguistics. Washington, DC: Georgetown University Press, pp.19-30.

Leopold, W. (1957-8): American children can learn their German mother tongue. The American-German Review, 24, 4-6.

Leopold, W. (1978). A child's learning of two languages. In Second language acquisition, ed. E. Hatch. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House.

Leow, R. (1995), -'Modality and intake in second language acquisition', SSLA, 7, 81-91

Leow, R.P. (1997) Attention, awareness and foreign language behavior. Language Learning 47:467-505

Leow, R.P. 2000. A Study of the Role of Awareness in Foreign Language Behaviour. Studies in Second Language Acquisition. 22, 557-584.

Lepke, H 1977 Discovering student learning styles through cognitive style mapping. In Schulz, R (ed.) Personalising foreign language instruction: learning styles and teacher options. National Textbook Co., Skokie, Ill.

Lerea, L. & Kohut, S. (1961), -'Comparative study of monolinguals and bilinguals in a verbal task performance', J. Clin. Psych., 17, 49-52

Lerea, L. & Laporta, R. (1971), 'Vocabulary and pronunciation acquisition among bilinguals and monolinguals', Language and Speech. 14, 293-300.

Lessow-Hurley, J. (1990). The foundations of dual language instruction. New York: Longman.

Letts, C. (1994), 'Bilingualism and Language Acquisition', in: Asher R. & Simpson, J.M.Y. (eds), Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistics. Oxford: Pergamon Press, Vol 1, 352-354.

Leung, C., Harris, R. & Rampton, B. (1997) 'The idealised native speaker, reified ethnicities, and classroom realities', TESOL Quarterly, 31, 3, 543-560

Leung, I. (2007). Second language (L2) English and third language (L3) French article acquisition by native speakers of Cantonese. International Journal of Multilingualism 4.2, 117--149.

Leung, K.C. (1978), 'The Cantonese student in the Mandarin class: some special problems', Journal of the Chinese Language Teachers' Association, 13, 51-55

Leung, Y-K. I. (2005), -'L1 vs. L3 initial state: a comparative study of the acquisition of French DPs by Vietnamese monolinguals and Cantonese-English bilinguals', Bilingualism: Langauge and Cognition, 8, 1, 39-61

Levelt, W. (1976). Skill theory and language teaching. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 1(1), 53-'"70.

Levelt, W. (1989), Speaking: from Intention to Articulation, Cambridge, Mass, Bradford Books

Levelt, W.J.M., Roelofs, A., & Meyer, A.S. (1999), -'A theory of lexical access in speech production', Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 22, 1-75

Levenston, E. 1971. 'Over-indulgence and under-representation: aspects of mother tongue interference' in Nickel (ed.) 1971.

Levenston, E. 1979. 'Second language lexical acquisition: issues and problems'. Interlanguage Studies Bulletin 4:147-60.

Levenston, E. 1982. Review of Carl James. Contrastive Analysis. Applied Linguistics 3:1 7~5.

Levin, J. R., Pressley, M., McCormick, C. B., Miller, G. E., & Shriberg, L. K. (1979). Assessing the classroom potential of the keyword method. Journal of Educational Psychology, 71, 583-594.

Levin, J. R., Shriberg, L. K., Miller, C. E., McCormick, C. B., & Levin, B. B. (1980). The keyword method in the classroom: How to remember the states and their capitals? Elementary School Journal, 80, 4, 185-191.

Levin, J., Divine-Hawkins, P., Kerst, S. & Gutunan, J. 1974 Individual differences in learning from pictures and words: the development and application of an instrument. Journal of Educational Psychology 66

Levine, G. (2003). Student and instructor beliefs and attitudes about target language use, first language use, and anxiety: report of a questionnaire study. The Modern Language Journal 87, 343-364.

Levitt, A.G. (1991). Reiterant speech as a test of non-native speakers' mastery of the timing of French. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America 90, 3008-3018.

Levitt, E. 1953 Studies in intolerance of ambiguity, I: the Decision Location Test with grade school children. Child Development 26: 263-8

Levy, Y. (1985): Theoretical gains from the study of bilingualism: a case report. Language Learning, 35, 541-54

Lewis, E.G. 1975. Attitude to language among bilingual children and adults in Wales, International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 4 103-121

Lewis, E.G. 1977, Bilingualism and bilingual education: The ancient world of the Renaissance. In B. Spolsky & R.L. Cooper (eds) Frontiers of Bilingual Education. Rowley, MA: Newbury House.

Lewis, E.G. 1981, Bilingualism and Bilingual Education. Oxford: Pergamon.

Lewis, F.G. (1978). Bilingual education and social change in the Soviet Union. In Case studies in bilingual education, ed. B. Spolsky & R. Cooper. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House.

Lewis, F.G. (1978). Bilingualism in education in Wales. In Case studies in bilingual education, ed. B. Spolsky & R. Cooper. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House.

Lewis, F.G. (1979). A comparative study of language contact: the influence of demo-graphic factors in Wales and the Soviet Union. In Language and society, ed. W. McCormack & S. Wurm. The Hague: Mouton.

Lewis, F.G. 1972. Multilingualism in the Soviet Union. The Hague: Mouton.

Lewis, F.G. 1976. Bilingualism and bilingual education: the ancient world to the renaissance. In Bilingual education: an international sociological perspective, ed. J. Fishman. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House.

Lewis, M. (1993), The Lexical Approach, Language Teaching Publications, Hove

Lewis, M. (1999), How to Study Foreign Languages, Basingstoke: Macmillan

Lewis, N. & Rosenblum, L. 1977 Interaction, conversation, and the development of language. Wiley, New York

Li Wei (1994) Three generations, two languages, one family: language choice and lan-guage shift in a Chinese community in Britain. Clevedon, Avon: Multilingual Matters

Li Wei (2000) Methodological questions in the study of bilingualism. In Li Wei (ed.) The Bilingualism Reader (pp. 475-486). London Routledge.

Li Wei (2002), '"What do you want me to say?": on the Conversation Analysis approach to bilingual interaction', Language in Society, 31, 159-180

Li Wei (ed.) (2000), The Bilingualism Reader (pp. 475-486). London Routledge.

Li Wei & Zhu Hua. 2010. Voices from the diaspora: Changing hierarchies and dynamics of Chinese Multilingualism. The International Journal of the Sociology of Language 205: 155--171.

Li Wei. 2000. Dimensions of bilingualism. In The Bilingualism Reader, Li Wei (ed.), 3--25. London: Routledge.

Li Wei. 2007. Dimensions of bilingualism'. In Li Wei (ed.) -'The Bilingualism Reader.' New York: Routledge

Li, P. (1996), 'Spoken word recognition of code-switched words by Chinese-English bilinguals', J. Mem. Lang, 35, 757-774

Li, P. & Farkas, I. (2002), -'A self-organising connectionist model of bilingual processing', in R. Heredia and J. Altarriba (eds.), Bilingual sentence processing, North Holland: Elsevir, 59-85

Li, P. & Gleitman, L. (2002), 'Turning the tables: language and spatial reasoning' Cognition, 83, 265-294

Li, W. (1989). 'Effects of contextual cues on inferring and remembering meanings of new words'. Applied Linguistics 10:402-13.

Li, W., Milroy, L. & Pong Sin Ching (1992) A two step sociolinguistic analysis of code-switching and language choice: the example of a bilingual Chinese community in Britain. International Journal of Applied Linguistics, 2 (1): 63-86

Li, W.L. (1982): The language shift of Chinese Americans. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 38:109-24.

Li, X. (1998), -'Adult L2 accessibility to UG: an issue revisited', in Flynn, S., Martohardjono, G. & O'Neil, W. (eds) The Generative Study of Second Language Acquisition, Erlbaum, 89-110

Li, X. (2006) On university teaching of English phonetics from the analysis of Chinese students of English spelling mistakes, Journal of Shi Ji Qiao, Vol. 131, No. 11, pp. 136-137

Liao, F (2007) A study of L1 transfer in the second language acquisition. Journal of Chongqing University, 4: 82-89

Liao, F (2007) A study of L1 transfer in the second language acquisition. Journal of Chongqing University, 4: 82-89

Libben, G. (2000). Representation and processing in the second language lexicon: the homogeneity hypothesis. In J. Archibald (Ed.), Second Language Acquisition and Linguistic Theory (pp. 228-248). Oxford: Blackwell.

Libben, G. (2000). Representation and processing in the second language lexicon: the homogeneity hypothesis. In J. Archibald (Ed.), Second Language Acquisition and Linguistic Theory (pp. 228-248). Oxford: Blackwell.

Liberman, A. M., & Mattingly, I. G. (1985). The motor theory of speech perception revised. Cognition, 21, 1-36.

Liceras, J. (1985), -'The role of intake in the determination of learners' competence', in Gass, S & Madden, C (eds.) Input in second language acquisition, pp. 35~73. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass., 354-376

Liceras, J. (1986), Linguistic Theory and Second Language Acquisition, Tubingen, Narr

Liceras, J. (1988), -'L2 learnability: delimiting the domain of core grammar as distinct from the marked periphery', in Flynn, S & O'Neil, W (eds.) Linguistic theory in second language acquisition. Reidel, Dordrecht

Liceras, J. (1988), 'Syntax and stylistics: more on the pro-drop parameter', in Pankhurst, J., & Sharwood-Smith, M. (eds.), Learnability and Second Languages, Foris, Dordrecht

Liceras, J. (1989). On some properties of the "pro-drop" parameter: looking for missing subjects in non-native Spanish. In S. Gass, & J. Schachter (Eds.). Linguistics Perspectives on Second Language Acquisition. Cambridge: CUP. 109-133.

Liceras, J. & Diaz, L. (1989), -'Triggers in L2 acquisition: the case of Spanish N-N compounds', Studia Linguistica, 54, 2

Liddicoat, A. (1997). Interaction, social structure, and second language use. Modern Language Journal, 81, 313--317.

Liddicoat, A. (1997). Interaction, social structure, and second language use. Modern Language Journal, 81, 313--317.

Lieberman, P. (1984), The Biology and Evolution of Language, Harvard U.P.

Lieberson, S. (1969), How can we describe and measure the incidence and distribution of bilingualism? In Kelly, ed., pp.286-295.

Lieberson, S., Dalto, C. & Johnston, F. (1975): The course of mother tongue diversity in nations. American Journal of Sociology, 81, 34-61.

Liebscher, G. and Dailey-O'Cain, J. (2005) Learner code-switching in the content-based foreign language classroom. The Modern Language Journal, 89, 234-247.

Liebscher, G. and Dailey-O'Cain, J. (2005) Learner code-switching in the content-based foreign language classroom. The Modern Language Journal, 89, 234-247.

Liedtke, W. & Nelson, L. (1968): Concept formation and bilingualism. Alberta Journal of Educational Research, 14, 225-32.

Liepmann, D. & Saegert, J. (1974), -'Language tagging in bilingual free recall', Journal of Experimental Psychology, 103, 1137-1141

Lightbown, P. (1980), The acquisition and use of questions by French L2 learners. In Felix, S (ed.) Second language development, pp. 151-75. Gunter Narr, Tubingen

Lightbown, P. (1983), Exploring relationships between developmental and instructional sequences in L2 acquisition. In Seliger, H & Long, M (eds.) Classroom-oriented research in second language acquisition, pp. 217-43. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Lightbown, P. (1984), 'The relationship between theory and method in second language acquisition research', in Davies, A., Criper, C., & Howatt, A. (eds.) (1984), Interlanguage, Edinburgh U.P., 241-253

Lightbown, P. (1985), Great expectations: second language acquisition research and classroom teaching. Applied Linguistics 6:173-89

Lightbown, P. (1985). Can language acquisition be altered by instruction? In K. Hyltenstam & M. Pienemann (Eds.), Modelling and assessing second language acquisition (pp. 101-'"112). Clevedon, Avon: Multilingual Matters.

Lightbown, P. (1987), 'Classroom language as input to second language acquisition', in C.W. Pfaff (ed.) First and Second Language Acquisition Processes, Newbury

Lightbown, P. (1991), 'Getting quality input in the second/foreign language classroom' in Kramsch & McConnell-Ginet (eds.) 1991.

Lightbown, P. (1991). What have we here? Some observations on the influence of instruction on L2 learning. In R. Phillipson, F. Kellerman, L. Selinker, M. Sharwood Smith, & M. Swain (Eds.), Foreign/second language pedagogy research (pp. 197-'"212). Clevedon, Avon: Multilingual Matters.

Lightbown, P. (1992), 'Can they do it themselves? A comprehension-based ESL course for young children', in R. Courchene, J. Glidden, J. St John & C. Therien (eds), Comprehension-based Second Language Teaching, University of Ottawa Press, 353-370

Lightbown, P. (1992). Getting quality input in the second and foreign language classroom. In C. Kramsch & S. McConnell-Ginet (Eds.), Text and context: Cross-disciplinary and cross-cultural perspectives on language study (pp. 187-'"197). Lexington, MA: Heath

Lightbown, P. (1993). Input, instruction and feedback in second language acquisition. Second Language Research, 7(2), ii-'"iv.

Lightbown, P. & Barkman, B 1978. Interactions among ESL learners, teachers, texts, and methods. Report to the Department of the Secretary of State of Canada, ED 166 981

Lightbown, P. & d'Anglejan, A. 1985. 'Some input considerations for word order in French L1 and L2 acquisition' in Gass & Madden (eds.) 1985.

Lightbown, P. & Libben, G. (1984), -'The recognition and use of cognates by L2 learners', in Alderson, R. (ed.), A Crosslinguistic Perspective for Second Language Research, Rowley, Newbury House

Lightbown, P. & Pienemann, M. (1993). Comments on Stephen D. Krashen's "Teaching issues: Formal grammar instruction." TESOL Quarterly, 2 7(4), 717-722.

Lightbown, P. & Spada, N. (1978), Performance on an oral communication task by francophone ESL learners. SPEAQ Journal 2 (4): 3~54

Lightbown, P. & Spada, N. (1994). An innovative program for primary ESL in Quebec. TESOL Quarterly, 28(3), 563-'"579.

Lightbown, P. & Spada, N. (1997). Learning English as a second language in a special school in Quebec. Canadian Modern Language Review, 53(2), 315-'"355

Lightbown, P. & Spada, N. (1999), -'Instruction, first language influence and developmental readiness in second language acquisition', MLJ, 83, 1, 1-22

Lightbown, P. & Spada, N. (2000). Do they know what they're doing? L2 learners' awareness of L1 influence. Language Awareness, 9, 198-217

Lightbown, P. & Spada, N. 1990. 'Focus-on-form and corrective feedback in communicative language teaching: effects on second language learning'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 12: 429-448.

Lightbown, P. & Spada, N. 1993. How Languages are Learned. Oxford: OUP

Lightbown, P. & Spada, N. 1999. How languages are learned. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Lightbown, P. & White, L. 1987. 'The influence of linguistic theories on language acquisition research: description and explanation'. Language Learning 37: 483-510.

Lightbown, P. M. (1977). French L2 learners: what they're talking about. Paper pre-sented at the first annual Second Language Acquisition Research Forum, University of California, Los Angeles.

Lightbown, P., Spada, N. & Wallace, R. 1980 Some effects of instruction on child and adolescent ESL learners. In Scarcella, R. & Krashen, S. (eds.) Research in second language acquisition, pp.162-72. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Lightbown, P.M. (1990) "Process-product research on second language learning in classrooms." In B. Harley, P. Allen, J. Cummins & M. Swain. (1990) The Development of Second Language Proficiency. (pp. 82-92) Cambridge: CUP

Lilja, N. (2006). Language learning opportunities in everyday conversation. Paper given at the 2006 AFinLA conference, November 2006. 46

Lin, A. M. Y. (1988). "Pedagogical and Para-Pedagogical levels of Interaction in the Classroom: A Social Interaction Approach to the Analysis of the Code switching Behaviour of a Bilingual teacher in a English Language Lesson." Working Papers in Linguistics and Language. http://sunzi1.lib.hku.hk/hkjo/view/45/4500093.pdf.

Lin, A.M.Y. (1996) Bilingualism or linguistic segregation?: Symbolic domination, resistance and codeswitching in Hong Kong schools. Linguistics and Education 8, 49-84

Lin, A.M.Y. (1996) Bilingualism or linguistic segregation?: Symbolic domination, resistance and codeswitching in Hong Kong schools. Linguistics and Education 8, 49-84

Lin, Y-H. & Hedgcock, J. (1996). Negative feedback incorporation among high-proficiency and low-proficiency Chinese-speaking learners of Spanish. Language Learning, 46(4), 567-'"611.

Linck, J. A., Kroll, J. F., & Sunderman, G. (in preparation). Learning a second language during immersion: Evidence for increased inhibitory control.

Lincoln, P.C. (1979): Dual-lingualism: Passive bilingualism in action. Te Reo, 22, 65-72.

Linde, C. & Labov, W. 1975, Spatial networks as a site for the study of language and thought. Language 51(4), 924-939.

Linde, S.G. & Lofgren, H. (1988), 'The relationship between medium of instruction and school achievement for Finnish-speaking students in Sweden', Language, Culture and Cognition, 1, 131-146

Lindemann, S. (2002) 'Listening with an attitude: A model of native-speaker comprehension of non-native speakers in the United States' Language in Society Vol. 31, pp 419-441

Lindholm, K.J. & Padilla, A.M. (1978) Language mixing in bilingual children. Journal of Child Language, 5, 327-35.

Lindholm, K.J. 1980, Bilingual children: some interpretations of cognitive and linguistics development. In K. Nelson (ed.) Children's Language, Vol 2, New York, Gardner Press

Lindholm, K.J. 1987, Directory of Bilingual Education Programs (Monograph No. 8). Los Angeles: University of Southern California, Center for Language Education and Research.

Lindholm, K.J. 1990, Bilingual immersion education: Criteria for program develop-ment. In A.M. PADILLA, H.H. FAIRCHILD & C.M. VALADEZ Bilingual Edu-cation: Issues and Strategies. London: Sage

Lindqvist, C. (2006). L'influence translinguistique dans l'interlangue francaise: Etude de la production orale d'apprenants plurilingues. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Stockholm.

Lindstromberg, S. 1985. Schemata for ordering the teaching and learning of vocabulary. ELT Journal 39 (4): 23 5-43.

Linguistic Minorities Project (1983), Linguistic Minorities in England, University of London Institute of Education, distributed by Tinga Tonga

Linguistic Minorities Project (1985): The Other Languages of England. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.

Linnarud, M. (1983), 'On Lexis: The Swedish learner and native speaker compared'. In: K. Sajavaara & J. Lehtonen, (eds) Cross language analysis and second language acquisition. University of Jyvaskyla 249-262

Linnarud, M. (1993), Sprkforskning fr sprklñrare. Lund: Studentlitteratur

Linnarud, M. 1986. Lexis in Composition: A Performance Analysis of Swedish Learners' Written English. Lund: University of Lund.

Liow, S.J.R. & Poon, K.K.L. (1998), 'Phonological awareness in multilingual Chinese children', Applied Psycholinguistics, 19, 339-362

Lippi-Green, R. (1997) English with an accent: Language, ideology, and discrimination in the United States. London: Routledge.

Lipski, J. (1985), Linguistic aspects of Spanish-English language switching, Tempe. AZ: Centre for Latin-American Studies

Lipski, J. 1978. Code-switching and the problem of bilingual competence. In Aspects of bilingualism, ed. M. Paradis. Columbia, S.C.: Hornbeam Press.

Lisker, L., & Abramson, A. S. (1964). A cross-language study of voicing in initial stops: Acoustical measurements, Word, 20, 384-422.

Little, D. (1994) 'Words and their properties.' in Odlin, T.(ed), Prospectives on pedagogical grammar. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 99-122.

Little, D. (1994). Words and their properties: arguments for a lexical approach to pedagogical grammar. In T. Odlin (ed.), Perspectives on pedagogical grammar. Cambridge: CUP.

Little, D. & Singleton, D. 1990. 'Cognitive style and learning approach' in Duda & Riley (eds.) 1990.

Little, D. 1996. Freedom to learn and compulsion to interact: promoting learner autonomy through the use of information systems and information technologies. In R. Pemberton, E. S. L. Li, W. W. F. Or & H. D. Pierson (eds.), Taking control: autonomy in language learning. Hong Kong: Hong Kong University Press, pp. 193-209.

Little, D. 1996. Strategic competence considered in relation to strategic control of the language learning process. In H. Holec, D. Little and R. Richterich (eds.), Strategies in language learning and use. Studies towards a Common European Framework of reference for language learning and teaching. Strasbourg: Council of Europe, pp. 9-37.

Little, D. 1997. Autonomy and self-access in second language learning: some fundamental issues in theory and practice. In M. Mller-Verweyen (ed.) Neues Lernen - Selbstgesteuert - Autonom / New Developments in Foreign Language Learning - Self-Management - Autonomy. Munich: Goethe-Institut, pp. 33-34.

Little, D. 1997. Language awareness and the autonomous language learner. Language Awareness 6, 2/3: pp. 93-104.

Little, D. 1997. Responding authentically to authentic texts: a problem for self-access language learning? In P. Benson and P. Voller (eds.), Autonomy and Independence in Language Learning. London and New York: Longman, pp. 225-236.

Little, D. 1999. Autonomy in second language learning: some theoretical perspectives and their practical implications. In C. Edelhoff and R. Weskamp (eds.), Autonomes Fremdsprachenlernen. Ismaning: Hueber, pp. 22-36.

Little, D. 1999. Developing learner autonomy in the foreign language classroom: a social-interactive view of learning and three fundamental pedagogical principles. Revista Canaria de Estudios Ingleses 38: pp. 77-88.

Little, D. 1999. Learner autonomy is more than a Western cultural construct. In S. Cotterall and D. Crabbe (eds.), Learner Autonomy in Language Learning: Defining the Field and Effecting Change. Frankfurt am Main: Lang, pp. 11-18.

Little, D. 1999. Metalinguistic awareness: the cornerstone of learner autonomy. In B. Miler and U. Multhaup (eds.), The Construction of Knowledge, Learner Autonomy and Related Issues in Foreign Language Learning. Essays in Honour of Dieter Wolff. Tbingen: Stauffenburg, pp. 3-12.

Little, D. 2000. Learner autonomy and human interdependence: some theoretical and practical consequences of a social-interactive view of cognition, learning and language. In B. Sinclair, I. McGrath and T. Lamb (eds.), Learner Autonomy, Teacher Autonomy: Future Directions. Harlow: Longman, pp. 15-23.

Little, D. 2000. Strategies, counselling and cultural difference: why we need an anthropological understanding of learner autonomy. In R. Rib (ed.) Developing Learner Autonomy in Foreign Language Learning. Barcelona: University of Barcelona, pp. 17-33.

Little, D. 2001. How independent can independent language learning really be? In J. A. Coleman, D. Ferney, D. Head and R. Rix (eds.), Language Learning Futures: Issues and Strategies for Modern Languages Provision in Higher Education. London: Centre for Information on Language Teaching, pp. 30-43.

Little, D. 2001. Learner autonomy and the challenge of tandem language learning via the Internet. In A. Chambers and G. Davies (eds.), ICT and Language Learning: a European Perspective. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger, pp. 29-38.

Little, D. and Percloví, R. 2001. The European Language Portfolio: a Guide for Teachers and Teacher Trainers. Strasbourg, Council of Europe.

Little, D., Devitt, S. & Singleton, D. (1988), Authentic Texts in Foreign Language Teaching: Theory and Practice, Authentik, Dublin

Little, D., Ridley, J. & Ushioda, E. (2002). Towards greater autonomy in the foreign language classroom. Dublin: Authentik.

Little, D., Singleton, D. & Silvius, W. 1984. Learning Second Languages in Ireland: Experience, Attitudes and Needs. Dublin: Trinity College, Centre for Language and Communication Studies. Cited in Little & Singleton 1990.

Littlewood, W. (1981), Communicative Language Teaching, C.U.P.

Littlewood, W. (1984), Foreign and Second Language Learning, C.U.P.

Liu, D., Ahn, G., Beak, K. and Han, N. (2004) South Korean high school English teachers' codeswitching: Questions and challenges in the drive for maximal use of English in teaching. TESOL Quarterly, 38, 605-38.

Liu, D., Ahn, G., Beak, K. and Han, N. (2004) South Korean high school English teachers' codeswitching: Questions and challenges in the drive for maximal use of English in teaching. TESOL Quarterly, 38, 605-38.

Liu, H., Bates, E. & Li, P. (1992), 'Sentence interpretation in bilingual speakers of English and Chinese', Applied Psycholinguistics, 13, 451-84

Liu, I.M., Zhu, Y. & Wu, J.T. (1992), -'The long-term modality effect: in search of differences in processing logographs and alphabetic words', Cognition, 43, 31-66

Liu, J. (2006). Chinese graduate teaching assistants teaching freshman composition to native English speaking students. In E. Llurda (Ed.), Non-native language teachers: perceptions, challenges and contributions to the profession (pp. 155-177). New York: Springer.

Liu, N. & Nation, I.S.P. 1985. Factors affecting guessing vocabulary in context. RELC Journal x6 (i): 33--42

Lively, S.E., Logan, J.S. & Pisoni, D.B. (1993), 'Training Japanese listeners to identify English /r/ and /l/: II. The role of phonetic environment and talker variability in learning new perceptual categories', Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, Vol 94 (3, Pt 1) 1242-1255

Llurda, E. (1993) Language proficiency and social acceptance. Sintagma 5: 71-79.

Llurda, E. (1995) Native-speaker reactions to nonnative speech: A review. Sintagma 7: 43-51.

Llurda, E. (2000) "Effects of intelligibility, and speaking rate on judgements of non-native speakers' personalities". IRAL 38: 289-299.

Llurda, E. (2001) "Are first and second language acquisition comparable processes? Arguments for the non-equivalence of L1 and L2 learning". RESLA -- Revista Espaola de Ling-stica Aplicada 14: 259-270.

Llurda, E. (ed.) (2005), Non-Native Teachers, New York Springer

Llurda, E.(2000) "On competence, proficiency and communicative language ability". International Journal of Applied Linguistics 10: 85-96.

LnaguageBooks.com (2003) -'Stephen D. Krashen.' Available at: http://www.languagebooks.com/authors/krashen.html (Accessed: 07/01/2010).

Locastro, V. (1987), Aizuchi: A Japanese conversational routine. In: Smith, L.E. (ed.). Discourse across cultures. New York: Prentice Hall, 101-113

LoCastro, V. (1994), 'Learning strategies and learning environments', TESOL Quarterly, 28, 2, 409-414

Locastro, V. (2001), 'Individual differenences in second language acquisition: attitudes, learner subjectivity, and L2 pragmatic form', System, 29, 69089

Locke, J.L. (1969), 'Experimentally elicited articulatory behaviour', Language and Speech, 12, 3, 187-191

Lococo, V. 1975. An analysis of Spanish and German learners' errors. Working Papers on Bilingualism 7: 96-124.

Lococo, V. 1976 A comparison of three methods for the collection of L2 data: free composition, translation and picture description. Working Papers on Bilingualism 8: 59-86

Loewenthal, K. & Bull, D. (1984), -'Imitation of Foreign Sounds, What is the Effect of Age?' Language and Speech 27, p.95-'"98

Logan, J., Lively, S. & Pisoni, D. (1991), -'Training of Japanese listeners to identify English /r/ and /l/: a first report', Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 89, 874-886

Lohnes, W.F.W. & Hopkins, E.A. 1982. The Contrastive Grammar of English and German. Karoma, Ann Arbor

Loizou, M. & Sturat, M. (2003), 'Phonological awareness in monolingual and bilingual English and Greek five-year-olds', Journal of Research in Reading, 26, 1, 3-18

Long, J. & Harding-Esch, E. (1977), 'Summary and recall of text in first and second languages: some factors contributing to performance difficulties', in H. Sinmaiko & D. Gerver (eds.), Proceedings of the NATO Symposium on Language Interpretation and Communication, Plenum Press

Long, J. & Harding-Esch, E. (1977). Summary and recall of text in first and second languages; some factors contributing to performance differences. In H. W. Sinaiko and D. Gerver (eds.), Proceedings of NATO Symposium on Language, Interpretation and Communication. New York; London: Plenum Press.

Long, M. (1977), Teacher feedback on learner error: mapping cognitions. In Brown, H, Yorio, C & Crymes, R (eds.) On TESOL '77, pp.278-93. TESOL, Washington, D.C.

Long, M. (1980), Input, interaction and second language acquisition. Ph.D. dissertation, University of California at Los Angeles

Long, M. (1980), Inside the 'black box': methodological issues in classroom research on language learning. Language Learning 30 (1): 1A2

Long, M. (1981), 'Questions in foreigner talk discourse'. Language Learning 31:135-57.

Long, M. (1981), Input, interaction and second language acquisition. In Winitz, H (ed.) Native language and foreign language acquisition, pp.259-78. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences 379, 259-'"278.

Long, M. (1983), -'Does second language instruction make a difference? A review of research'. TESOL Quarterly 17 (3): 359-82

Long, M. (1983), 'Native speaker/non-native speaker conversation in the second language classroom' in Clarke & Handscombe (eds.) 1983.

Long, M. (1983), Linguistic and conversational adjustments to non-native speakers. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 5 (2): 177-93

Long, M. (1983), Training the second language teacher as classroom researcher. In Alatis, J, Stern, H, & Strevens, P (eds.) Applied linguistics and the preparation of second language teachers: toward a rationale. GURT '83, pp.281-97. Georgetown University Press, Washington, D.C.

Long, M. (1983). Native speaker/non-native-speaker conversation and the negotiation of comprehensible input. Applied Linguistics, 4(2), 126-'"141.

Long, M. (1984), 'Process and product in ESL program evaluation'. TESOL Quarterly 18: 409-25.

Long, M. (1985), 'A role for instruction in second language acquisition: task-based language teaching' in Hyltenstam & Pienemann (eds.) 1985.

Long, M. (1985), 'Bibliography of research on second language classroom processes and classroom second language acquisition'. Technical Report No.2. Honolulu: Center for Second Language Classroom Research, Social Science Research Institute, University of Hawaii at Manoa.

Long, M. (1985), Input and second language acquisition theory. In Gass, S & Madden, C (eds.) Input in second language acquisition, pp. 377-93. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Long, M. (1988), Instructed interlanguage development. In Beebe, L (ed.) Issues in second language acquisition: multiple perspectives, pp. 115-41. Newbury House, Cambridge, Mass., 15-41

Long, M. (1988), Maturational constraints on language development. UHWPESL 7 (1): 1-53

Long, M. (1989), 'Task, group, and task-group interactions'. University of Hawaii Working Papers in ESL 8:1-26.

Long, M. (1990), 'Maturational constraints on language development'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 12: 251-86.

Long, M. (1990), 'Second language classroom research and teacher education' in Brumfit & Mitchell (eds.) 1990.

Long, M. (1990), 'The least a second language acquisition theory needs to explain'. TESOL Quarterly 24: 649-66.

Long, M. (1991). Focus on form: A design feature in language teaching methodology. In K. de Bot, R. Ginsberg, & C. Kramsch (Eds.), Foreign language research in cross-cultural perspective (pp. 39-'"52). Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Long, M. (1993), 'Assessment strategies for SLA theories'. Applied Linguistics 14: 225-249.

Long, M. (1993). Second language acquisition as a function of age: Research findings and methodological issues. In K. Hyltenstam & A. Viberg (Eds.), Progression and regression in language (pp. 196-221). Cambridge: CUP.

Long, M. (1996), The role of the linguistic environment in second language acqui-sition. In Ritchie, W C. and Bhatia, T K. (eds), Handbook of second language acquisition. San Diego: Academic Press, 413-68.

Long, M. (1997). Authenticity and learning potential in L2 classroom discourse. In G. M. Jacobs (Ed.), Language classrooms of tomorrow: Issues and responses (pp. 148-'"169). Singapore: SEAMEO Regional Language Centre.

Long, M. (2003) Stabilization and fossilization in interlanguage development. In C. Doughty and M. H. Long (eds.) Handbook of second language acquisition. Oxford: Blackwell.

Long, M. (2005). Problems with supposed counter-evidence to the Critical Period Hypothesis. IRAL, 43, 287-317.

Long, M. & Crookes, G. 1987. 'Intervention Points in second language classroom processes' in Das (ed.) 1987.

Long, M. & Crookes, G. 1992. 'Three approaches to task-based syllabus design'. TESOL Quarterly 26: 27-56.

Long, M. & Crookes, G. 1993, -'Units of analysis in syllabus design: the case for task', in Crookes, G., & Gass, S.M. (eds.) Tasks in a Pedagogical Context, Multilingual Matters, Clevedon, 9-54

Long, M. & Doughty, C. (2003), Handbook of Second Language Acquisition, Oxford: Blackwell

Long, M. & Porter, P. 1985 Group work, interlanguage talk, and second language acquisition. TESOL Quarterly 19: 207-28

Long, M. & Ross, S. 1997. Modifications that preserve language and content. In M. L. Tikoo (Ed.), Simplification: Theory and applications (pp. 29-'"52). Singapore: SEAMEO Regional Language Centre.

Long, M. & Sato, C. 1983 Classroom foreigner talk discourse: forms and functions of teachers' questions. In Seliger, H & Long, M (eds.) Classroom-oriented research in second language acquisition, Newbury House, Rowley, Mass. pp. 268-85.

Long, M. & Sato, C.J. (1984), 'Methodological issues in interlanguage studies: an interactionist perspective', in Davies, A., Criper, C., & Howatt, A. (eds.) (1984), Interlanguage, Edinburgh U. P., 253-279

Long, M. 1981: Input, interaction and foreign language acquisition. In H. Winitz (Ed.), Native Language and Foreign Language Acquisition. (pp. 259-278). Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences 379.

Long, M. H. (1993). Assessment strategies for SLA theories. Applied Linguistics, 14, 225-249

Long, M. H. (1997). Construct validity in SLA research. Modern Language Journal, 81, 318--323.

Long, M. H. (1997). Construct validity in SLA research. Modern Language Journal, 81, 318--323.

Long, M. H. (1998). SLA: Breaking the siege. University of Hawai'i Working Papers in ESL, 17, 79-129.

Long, M. H. (1998). SLA: Breaking the siege. University of Hawai'i Working Papers in ESL, 17, 79-129.

Long, M., Adams, L., McLean, M. & Castaos, F. 1976. 'Doing things with words: verbal interaction in lockstep and small group classroom situations' in Fanselow and Crymes (eds.) 1976.

Long, M., Inagaki, S. & Ortega, L. (1998). The role of implicit negative feedback in SLA: Models and recasts in Japanese and Spanish. Modern Language Journal, 82(3).

Long, M., Inagaki, S., & Ortega, L. 1998. The role of implicit negative feedback in SLA: Models and recasts in Japanese and Spanish. Modern Language Journal, 82(3), 357-371

Long, M.H. (1996). The role of the linguistic environment in second language acquisition. In W.C.Ritchie & T.K.Bhatia (Eds.), Handbook of second language acquisition (pp. 413-468). San Diego: Academic Press.

Longworth, C. E., Keenan, S. E., Barker, R. A., Marslen-Wilson, W. D., & Tyler, L. K. (2005). The basal ganglia and rule-governed language use: Evidence from vascular and degenerative conditions. Brain, 128, 584--596.

Lopez, L.E. 1990, Development of human resources in and for intercultural bilingual education in Latin America. Prospects (UNESCO) 20(3), 311-320.

Lopez, M. & Young, R.K. (1974), 'The linguistic interdependence of bilinguals', J. Exp. Psychol, 102, 981-983

Lopez, M. 1977. Bilingual memory research: implications for bilingual education. In Chicano psychology, ed. J. Martinez. New York: Academic Press.

Lopez, M., Hicks, R.E. & Young, R.K. (1974), -'Retroactive inhibition in a bilingual A-B, A-B' paradigm', Journal of Experimental Psychology, 103, 85-90

Lorch, M. (1995), -'Some neurolinguistic evidence regarding variation in interlanguage use: the status of the -'switch mechanism', in Eubank, L., Selinker, L. & Sharwood-Smith, M. (eds.), The Current State of Interlanguage, 255-263

Lorscher, W. & Schultze, R.(eds.). 1987. Perspectives on Language in Performance. Tbingen: Gunter Narr.

Lorscher, W. & Schulze, R. 1988, On polite speaking and foreign language classroom discourse. International Review of Applied Linguistics in Language Teaching, 26, 183-199.

Lorscher, W. 1986, Conversational structures in the foreign language classroom. In: Kasper, G,. (ed.). Learning, teaching and communication in the foreign language classroom. Arhus: Aarhus University Press, 11-22.

Lorwin, V. 1972. Linguistic pluralism and political tension in modern Belgium. In Advances in the sociology of language, vol.2, ed. J. Fishman. The Hague: Mouton

Loschky, L. (1994), -'Comprehensible input and second language acquisition', Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 16, 303-24

Loschky, L. & Bley-Vroman, R. (1993). Grammar and task-based methodology. In G. Crookes & S. Gass (Eds.), Tasks and language learning. Vol. 1 (pp. 123-'"167)

Loschky, L. & Bley-Vroman, R. 1990. 'Creating structure-based communication tasks for second language development'. University of Hawaii Working Papers in ESL 9:161-212.

Losey, K.M. 1995: Gender and ethnicity as factors in the development of verbal skills in bilingual Mexican American women. TESOL Quarterly 29, 635 61.

Lott, D. 1983. 'Analysing and counteracting interference errors'. English Language Teaching Journal 37: 256-61

Lotto, L and A.M.B. de Groot (1998), Effects of learning method and word type on acquiring vocabulary in an unfamiliar language. Language Learning, 48, 131-69.

Lotto, L., & De Groot, A. M .B. (1998). Effects of learning method and word type on acquiring vocabulary in an unfamiliar language. Language Learning, 48, 31-69.

Loveday, L. (1982), The Sociolinguistics of Learning and Using a Non-Native Language, Pergamon

Lovejoy, F.H. (ed.) (1991), Studies in language loss: Theoretical, intragenerational, pathological, Sydney: Holborn Press

Lowe, E.W-J. (2006), -'Multi-competence and first language attrition: where do we draw the line?', Columbia Working Papers in TESOL and Applied Linguistics. http://www.tc. columbia.edu/academic/tesol/WJFiles/pdf/Lowe.pdf

Lowe, P. (1982), 'The U.S. government's foreign language attrition and maintenance experience', in R.D. Lambert & B.F. Freed (eds.), The loss of language skills, 176-190

Lowe, P. 1983, The oral interview: Origins, applications, pitfalls and implications. Die Unterrichtspraxis 16, 230-244.

Lowenberg, P.1986. 'Non-native varieties of English: nativization, norms, and implications'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 8:1-18.

Lozanov, G. (1978), Suggestology and Outlines of Suggestopedia, New York, Gordon & Breach

Lucas, I., Henze, R. & Donato, R. 1990, Promoting the success of Latino language - Minority students: An exploratory study of six High Schools. Harvard Educational Review 60 (3), 315-340.

Lucas, T. & Katz, A. (1994). Reframing the debate: the roles of native languages in English-Only programs for language minority students. TESOL Quarterly, 28, 3, 537 561

Lucas, T. H., McKhann, G. M., & Ojemann, G. A. (2004). Functional separation of languages in the bilingual brain: A comparison of electrical stimulation language mapping in 25 bilingual patients and 117 monolingual control patients. Journal of Neurosurgery, 101, 449--457.

Lucas, T. H., McKhann, G. M., & Ojemann, G. A. (2004). Functional separation of languages in the bilingual brain: A comparison of electrical stimulation language mapping in 25 bilingual patients and 117 monolingual control patients. Journal of Neurosurgery, 101, 449--457.

Lucy, J. (1992). Grammatical categories and cognition. A case study of the linguistic relativity hypothesis. Cambridge UK: Cambridge University Press.

Ludi, G. 2008. Mapping immigrant languages in Switzerland. In Mapping Linguistic Diversity in Multicultural Contexts, M. Barni & G. Extra (eds), 195--216. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.

Ludwig, J. (1984), 'Vocabulary acquisition as a function of word characteristics', Canadian Modern Language Review. 40, 5, 552-562.

Ludwig, J. 1982. 'Native-speaker judgements of second-language learners' efforts at communication: a review'. Modern Language Journal 66, 274-83.

Ludwig, J. 1983. 'Attitudes and expectations: a profile of female and male students of college French, German and Spanish'. Modern Language Journal 67:216-27.

Luelsdorff, P.A. (1984), 'Letter naming as a spelling strategy', in: R.N. Malatesha & H.A. Whitaker (eds.), 159-166.

Luelsdorff, P.A. (1986). Constraints on error variables in grammar: Bilingual misspelling orthographies. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Luelsdorff, P.A. (1987), 'The abstractness hypothesis and morphemic spelling', Second Language Research, 3, 1, 76-87

Luelsdorff, P.A. (1989), "Parametric orthography and orthographic complexity." Theoretical Linguistics, vol.15, no.112, 113-132.

Luelsdorff, P.A. (1991), Developmental Orthography, Benjamins, Amsterdam

Luelsdorff, P.A. (ed.) (1987), Orthography and Phonology, John Benjamins, Amsterdam

Luelsdorff, P.A. & Eyland, E.A. 1989. "Psycholinguistic determinants of orthography acquisition." IRAL XXV, 2, 145-158.

Lugton, R. (ed.). 1971. Toward a Cognitive Approach to Second Language Acquisition Philadelphia, Penn.: Center for Curriculum Department.

Lujín, M., Minaya, L. & Dankoff, D. 1984. 'The universal consistency hypothesis and the prediction of word order acquisition stages in the speech of bilingual children'. Language 60: 343-71.

Luk, Jasmine C. M. & Angel Lin. 2007. Classroom Interactions as Cross-cultural Encounters: Native Speakers in EFL Lessons. Mahwah, New Jersey: Routledge.

Luk, Jasmine C. M. & Angel Lin. 2007. Classroom Interactions as Cross-cultural Encounters: Native Speakers in EFL Lessons. Mahwah, New Jersey: Routledge.

Lukatela, G. & Turvey, M.T. (1998), 'Reading in two alphabets', American Psychologist, 53, 1057-1072

Lukatela, G., Feldman, L., Turvey, M., Carelo, C. & Katz, L. (1989), 'Context effects in bi-alphabetic word perception', Journal of Memory and Language. 28, 214-236

Lukatela, G., Savi, M., Gligorijevi, B., Ognjenovi, P., & Turvey, M. T. (1978). Bi-alphabetical lexical decision. Language and Speech, 21, 142-165.

Lukatela, G., Savic, M. & Ognienovic, P. 1978. On the relation between processing the Roman and Cyrillic alphabets: a preliminary analysis with bi-alphabetical readers. Language and Speech 21, 113--4

Lukatela, G., Turvey, M.T., Feldman, L.B., Carello, C. & Katz L. (1989), 'Alphabet priming in bi-alphabetical word perception', Journal of Memory and Language. 28, 237-254

Lukmani, Y. 1972 Motivation to learn and language proficiency. Language Learning 22: 261-73

Lund, R. (1990), A taxonomy for teaching second language listening, Foreign Language Annals, 23, 2, 105-115

Lund, R. (1991), 'A comparison of second language listening and reading comprehension', Modern Language Journal, 75 (2), 196-204

Lutjeharms, M. (1991), 'Lexical access and foreign language acquisition', Interface, 573-81

Lvovich, N. (1997). The multilingual self. An Inquiry into language learning. Mahwah, Routledge.

Lyczak, R. (1979), -'The effects of exposure to a language on subsequent learning', Language and Speech, 22, 81-88

Lyczak, R., Fo, S. C. & Ho, A. (1976): Attitudes of Hong Kong bilinguals toward English and Chinese speakers. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology

Lynch, A. 1988. 'Speaking up or talking down: foreign learners' reactions to teacher talk'. English Language Teaching Journal 42: 109-16.

Lynch, B. 1983 A discourse-functional analysis of interlanguage. In Campbell, C, Flashner, V, Hudson, T & Lubin, J (eds.) Proceedings of the Los Angeles Second Language Research Forum, Vol.11, pp.21 ~25. Department of English, University of California at Los Angeles

Lyon, J. (1996), Becoming Bilingual, Multilingual Matters, Clevedon

Lyons, J.J. 1990, The past and future directions of Federal bilingual-education policy. In C.B. CAZDEN & C.E. SNOW (eds) Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science 508, 119-134. London: Sage.

Lyster, R. (1994). Negociation de la form: strategie analytique en classe d'immersion. Canadian Modern Language Review, 50(3), 447-'"465.

Lyster, R. (1994). The effect of functional-analytic teaching on aspects of French immersion students' sociolinguistic competence. Applied Linguistics, 15(3),

Lyster, R. (1998), -'Recasts, repetition and ambiguity in L2 classroom discourse in L2 classroom discourse', SSLA, 20, 51-80

Lyster, R. (2006). Predictability in French gender attribution: A corpus analysis. Journal of French Language Studies, 16, 69-92.

Lyster, R. & Ranta, L. (1997). Corrective feedback and learner uptake: Negotiation of form in communicative classrooms. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 19(1), 37-66

Lyster, R., & Mori, H. (2006). Interactional feedback and instructional counterbalance. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 28, 321-341.

Ma, R. & E. Herasimchuk. 1971. The linguistic dimensions of a bilingual neighbourhood. In Bilingualism in the Barrio, ed. J. Fishman. R. Cooper, & R. Ma. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.

Mabbott, A.S. (1994), -'An exploration of reading comprehesnions, oral reading errors, and written errors by subjects labeled learning disabled', Foreign Llanguage Annals, , 27, 293-324

Mac Anna, B. (1991), 'Acculturation and the pidginisation process in second language acquisition', Teanga, 11, 1-8

Macaro, E (2000) Issues in target language teaching. In K. Field (Ed.) Issues in Modern Foreign Language Teaching. London: Routledge. 171 --189

Macaro, E (2000), Issues in target language teaching. In K. Field (Ed.) Issues in Modern Foreign Language Teaching. London: Routledge. 171 --189

Macaro, E. (1995), 'Target language use in Italy', Language Learning Journal, 11, 52-54

Macaro, E. (1995). Target language use in Italy. Language Learning Journal, 11, 52-54.

Macaro, E. (1997) Target Language, Collaborative Learning and Autonomy. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Macaro, E. (1997), Target Language, Collaborative Learning and Autonomy, Clevedon: Multilingual Matters

Macaro, E. (2000) -'Issues in Target Language Teaching', in Field, K. (ed.), Issues in Modern Foreign Language Teaching, London: RoutledgeFalmer, pp. 171-189

Macaro, E. (2001), Analysing student teachers' code-switching in foreign language classrooms: theories and decision making, Modern Language Journal, 85, 4, 531-548

Macaro, E. (2001), Learning Strategies in Foreign and Second Language Classrooms, London: Continuum

Macaro, E. (2001). Analysing student teachers' codeswitching in foreign language classrooms: Theories and decision making. Modern Languages Journal, 85, 531-548.

Macaro, E. (2003), Teaching and Learning a Second Language: a Guide to Recent Research, London: Continuum

Macaro, E. (2005). Codeswitching in the L2 classroom: A communication and learning strategy. In E. Llurda (Ed.) Non-Native Language Teachers: Perceptions, Challenges, and Contributions to the Profession (pp. 63-84). Boston, MA: Springer.

Macaro, E. (2005). Codeswitching in the L2 classroom: A communication and learning strategy. In E. Llurda (Ed.) Non-Native Language Teachers: Perceptions, Challenges, and Contributions to the Profession (pp. 63-84). Boston, MA: Springer.

Macaro, E. (2006), Strategies for Language Learning and for Language Use: Revising the Theoretical Framework, MLJ, 90, 320-337

Macaro, E. (2008) The decline in language learning in England: getting the facts right and getting real. Language Learning Journal, 36/1.

Macaro, E. (2008) The decline in language learning in England: getting the facts right and getting real. Language Learning Journal, 36/1.

Macaro, E. and Mutton, T. (2002). Developing language teachers through a co-researcher model. Language Learning Journal. 25, 27-39.

Macaro, E. and Mutton, T. (2002). Developing language teachers through a co-researcher model. Language Learning Journal. 25, 27-39.

Macaro, E., Guo, T., Chen, H., and Tian, L. (2009 forthcoming) Can differential processing of L2 vocabulary inform the debate on teacher codeswitching behaviour: the case of Chinese learners of English. In Daller et. al. (eds.) Vocabulary Studies in First and Second Language Acquisition: The interface between theory and application. London: Palgrave Macmillan.

Macaro, E., Guo, T., Chen, H., and Tian, L. (2009 forthcoming) Can differential processing of L2 vocabulary inform the debate on teacher codeswitching behaviour: the case of Chinese learners of English. In Daller et. al. (eds.) Vocabulary Studies in First and Second Language Acquisition: The interface between theory and application. London: Palgrave Macmillan.

Macaulay, R. (1977). The myth of female superiority in language. Journal of Child Language, 5, 353-363.

Macaulay, R.K.S. (1966), 'Vocabulary problems for Spanish learners', English Language Teaching, 20, 2, 1 31 -1 36.

MacDonald III, A. W., Cohen, J .D., Stenger, V. A., & Carter, C. S. (2000). Dissociating the role of the dorsolateral prefrontal and anterior cingulate cortex in cognitive control. Science, 288, 1835-1838.

Macdonald, C. (1993). Using the target language. Cheltenham: Mary Glasgow.

MacDonald, M. C., Just, M. A., & Carpenter, P. A. (1992). Working memory constraints on the processing of syntactic ambiguity. Cognitive Psychology, 24, 56-98.

Mace-Matluck, B. 1977 The order of acquisition of certain oral English structures by native-speaking children of Spanish, Cantonese, Tagalog & Ilokano learning English as a second language between the ages of five and ten. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Texas at Austin

Machalias, R. 1991. Semantic networks in vocabulary teaching and their application in the foreign language classroom. Babel: Journal of the Australian Modern Language Teachers' Association 26 (3): 19--24

MacIntyre, P. (1994), 'Towards a social psychological model of strategy use', Foreign Language Annals, 27, 2, 185-195

MacIntyre, P. & Gardner, R. (1991), 'Methods and results in the study of foreign language anxiety: a review of the literature'. Language Learning 41:25-57.

MacIntyre, P. & Gardner, R. (1991), Language anxiety: its relationship to other anxieties and to processing in native and second languages. Language Learning 41: 513-34.

MacIntyre, P. & Gardner, R. (1994), -'The subtle effects of language anxiety on cognitive processing in second language learning', Language Learning, 44, 2, 283-305

MacIntyre, P., Noels, A. & Clement, C. (1997), 'Biases in self-ratings of second lang-uage proficiency: the role of language anxiety', Language Learning, 47, 2, 265-287

MacIntyre, P.D. (1994). Variables underlying willingness to communicate: A causal analysis. Communication Research Reports, 11 135-142

MacIntyre, P.D. (1999) Language anxiety: a review of the research for language teachers. In D.J. Young (ed.), Affect in foreign language and second language teaching: A practical guide to creating a low-anxiety classroom atmosphere. Boston: McGraw-Hill.

MacIntyre, P.D. & Charos, C. (1996). Personality, attitudes, and affect as predictors of second language communication. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 15, 3-26

MacIntyre, P.D. & Gardner, R.C. (1989) Anxiety and second language learning: Towards a theoretical clarification. Language Learning, 39, 251-275

MacIntyre, P.D. & Noels, K.A. (1996) 'Using Social-Psychological Variables to Predict the Use of Language Learning Strategies'. Foreign Language Annals, 29, 373-386

MacIntyre, P.D., Drnyei, Z., Clement, R. & Noels, K.A. (1998) Conceptualising Willingness to Communicate in a L2: A Situational Model of L2 Confidence and Affiliation. Modern Language Journal, 82, 545-562

Macizo, P., & Bajo, M. T. (2004). When translation makes the difference: Sentence processing in reading and translation. Psicolgica, 25, 181-205.

Macizo, P., & Bajo, M. T. (2006). Reading for understanding and reading for translation: Do they involve the same processes. Cognition, 99, 1-44.

Mack, M. (1984), 'Early bilinguals: how monolingual-like are they?', in Paradis & Lebrun (1984)

Mack, M. (1986), A Study of Semantic and Syntactic Processing in Monolinguals and Fluent Early Bilinguals. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 15, 463-88.

Mack, M. (1986). A study of semantic and syntactic processing in monolinguals and fluent bilinguals. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 15, 463-489.

Mack, M. (1989), Consonant and vowel perception and production: early English-French bilinguals and English monolinguals. Perception and Psychophysics 46:187-200

Mack, M. (1997), -'The monolingual native speaker: not a norm but still a necessity', Studies in the Linguistic Sciences, 27, 113-146

Mackain, K., Best, C. & Strange, W. (1981), -'Categorial perception of English /r/ and /l/ by Japanese bilinguals', Applied Psycholinguistics, 2, 369-390

Mackain, K.S., Best, C.T. & Strange, W. (1981), -'Distinguishing universal and language-dependant levels of speech perception: evidence from Japanese listener's perception of English', Applied Psycholinguistics, 2, 369-90

MacKay, D.G. (1970), 'How does language familiarity influence stuttering under delayed auditory feedback', Perceptual and Motor Skills, 30, 655-669

MacKay, D.G., Abrams. L., Pedroza. M.I. & Miller, M.D. (1996). Cross-language facilitation, semantic blindness, and the relation between language and memory: A reply to Altarriba and Soltano. Memory & Cognition. 24. 712-'"718.

MacKay, I. R. A., Meador, D., & Flege, J. E. (2001). The identification of English consonants by native speakers of Italian. Phonetica, 58, 103-125.

Mackenzie, J.M. 2005. Peoples, Nations and Cultures. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson.

Mackey, A. (1999), 'Input, interaction, and second language development', SSLA, 21, 4, 557-587

Mackey, A. & Gass, S. (2005). Second language research: Methodology and design. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Mackey, A. & Philp, J. (1998). Recasts, interaction and interlanguage development: Are responses red herrings? Modern Language Journal, 82(3).

Mackey, A. and Gass, S. M. 2005. -'Second Language Research: Methodology and Design'. New Jersey: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Mackey, W. (1970), Interference, integration and the synchronic fallacy. In Bilingualism and language contact, ed. J. Alatis. Washington. D.C.: Georgetown University Press.

Mackey, W. (1972), A typology of bilingual education. In Advances in the sociology of language, vol.2, ed. J. Fishman. The Hague: Mouton.

Mackey, W. (1976), Bilinguisme et contact des langues. Paris: Editions Klincksiek.

Mackey, W. (1977), The evaluation of bilingual education. In Frontiers of bilingual education, ed. 13,. Spolsky & R. Cooper. Rowley. Mass.: Newbury House.

Mackey, W. & Anderson, T. eds. (1977): Bilingualism in Early Childhood. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House.

Mackey, W.F. (1962), 'The description of bilingualism', Canadian Journal of Linguistics, 7, 51-85

Mackey, W.F. (1965), Language Teaching Analysis, Longman, Harlow

Mackey, W.F. (1965), -'Bilingual interference: its analysis and measurement', Journal of Communication, 15, 239-249

Mackey, W.F. (1967), Bilingualism as a World Problem, Montreal, Harvest House

Mackey, W.F. (1970), 'The description of bilingualism', in J. Fishman (ed.), Readings in the Sociology of Language, The Hague, Mouton, 554-584

Mackey, W.F. (1970), A typology of bilingual education. Foreign Language Annals 3,596-608.

Mackey, W.F. (1972) Bibliographie internationale sur le bilinguisme. Quebec: Universit Laval.

Mackey, W.F. (1972), The description of bilingualism', in J.A. Fishman (ed.), Readings in the Sociology of Language, The Hague: Mouton, 554-584

Mackey, W.F. (1978), The importation of bilingual education models. In J. Alatis (ed.) Georgetown University Round Table - International Dimensions of Education. Washington, DC: Georgetown University Press.

Mackey, W.F. (1980) Le bilinguisme et contact des langues. Paris: Klinksieck.

Mackey, W.F. (1982) Interaction, interference et interlangue. Rapport entre bilinguisme et didactique des langues. Actes due 3eme colloque sur Ia didactique des langues. Quebec: Centre International de Recherche sur le Bilinguisme (CIRB), Universit Laval.

Mackey, W.F. (1987), -'Bilingualism and multilingualism', in Ammon, U, Dittmar, N. & Mattheir, K. (eds.), Soziolinguistik, Berlin, De Gruyter

Mackey, W.F. & Andersson, T. (eds). Bilingualism in Early Childhood, Rowley. Mass; Newbury House

Mackey, W.F. & Beebe, V.N. (1977) Bilingual Schools for a Bicultural Community: Miami's Adaptation to the Cuban Refugees. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House.

Mackey, W.F. 1957. The Description of Bilingualism. Canadian Journal of Linguistics 7: 51--85.

Mackey, W.F. 1970. A typology of bilingual education. Foreign language Annals 3: 596--608.

MacKinnon, K. (1977): Language, Education and Social Processes in a Gaelic Community. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.

MacLeod, C. (1976), -'Bilingual episodic memory: acquisition and forgetting', JVLVB, 15, 347-64

MacLeod, C. M. (1991). Half a century of research on the Stroop effect: An integrative review. Psychological Bulletin, 109, 193-203.

MacNab, G. 1979. Cognition and bilingualism: a reanalysis of studies. Linguistics 17:231-255.

Macnamara, J. (1966), Bilingualism and Primary Education. Edinburgh: University of Edinburgh Press.

Macnamara, J. (1967), -'The linguistic independence of bilinguals', JVLVB, 23, 2, 58-77

Macnamara, J. (1967): The bilingual's linguistic performance: a psychological overview. Journal of Social Issues, 23, 59-77.

Macnamara, J. (1969), How can one measure the extent of a person's bilingual proficiency? In Description and measurement of bilingualism, ed. L. Kelly. Toronto: University of Toronto Press.

Macnamara, J. (1970), -'Comparative studies of reading and problem solving in two languages', TESOL Quarterly, 4, 2, 107-116

Macnamara, J. (1970): Bilingualism and thought. In Alatis, J. ed. Bilingualism and language contact. Washington, DC: Georgetown University Press.

Macnamara, J. (1973) "Attitudes and learning a second language" in Shuy, R.W and Fasold R.W Language Attitudes: Current Trends and Prospects. Georgetown University Press: U.S.A

Macnamara, J. (1973). Nurseries, streets and classrooms: some comparisons and deductions. Modern Language Journal 57: 25~5

Macnamara, J. (1974), The generalizability of results of studies of bilingual education. In Carey S. ed. Bilingualism, biculturalism and education, Edmonton: University of Alberta Printing Department.

Macnamara, J. (1976). Comparison between first and second language learning. Die Neuren Sprachen, 75, 175-88.

Macnamara, J. (1991). Linguistic relativity revisited. In R. Cooper & B. Spolsky (eds.), The influence of language on culture and thought. Essays in Honor of Joshua A. Fishman's Sixty-Fifth Birthday, pp. 45-'"60. Berlin/New York: Mouton De Gruyter.

Macnamara, J. & Kushnir, S. (1971), 'Language switching in bilinguals as function of stimulus and response uncertainty', J. Exp. Psych., 78, 208-215

Macnamara, J. & Kushnir, S. (1971), Linguistic independence of bilinguals: the input switch. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 10, 480-487.

Macnamara, J. 1976. First and second language learning: Same or different? Journal of Education 158: 39--54.

Macnamara, J., Krauthammer, M. & Bolgar, M. 1968. Language switching in bilinguals as a function of stimulus and response uncertainty. Journal of Experimental Psychology 78, 208-215.

Macnamara, M. 1973 Attitudes and learning a second language. In Shuy, R & Fasold, R (eds.) Language attitudes: current trends and prospects, pp.36-40. Georgetown University Press, Washington, DC

Macrory, G. 2006. Bilingual language development: What do early years practitioners need to know? Early Years 26(2): 159--169.

MacSwan, J. (1999). A minimalist approach to intrasentential code switching. New York: Garland.

MacSwan, J. (2000) The architecture of the bilingual language faculty: Evidence from intrasentential code switching. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition 3, 37-54

MacSweeney, M., Woll, B., Campbell, R., McGuire, P., David, A. S., Williams, S. C. R. et al. (2002). Neural systems underlying British Sign Language and audio-visual English processing in native users. Brain, 125, 1583-1593.

MacWhinney, B. (1987), 'Applying the Competition Model to bilingualism', Applied Psycholinguistics, 8, 315-327

MacWhinney, B. (1989), 'Competition and connectionism' in MacWhinney & Bares (eds.)

MacWhinney, B. (1992), -'Transfer and competition in second language learning', in Harris (ed.) 371-390

MacWhinney, B. (1997). Second language acquisition and the competition model. In A. M. B. de Groot & J. F. Kroll (Eds.), Tutorials in bilingualism: Psycholinguistic perspectives (pp. 113-142). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

MacWhinney, B. (2005), -'A unified model of language acquisition', in J. Kroll & A de Groot (eds.), Handbook of Bilingualism, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 49-67

MacWhinney, B. (2005), Extending the Competition Model, IJB, 9. 1, 2005, 69-84

MacWhinney, B. (ed.) 1987. Mechanisms of Language Acquisition. Hillsdale, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum.

MacWhinney, B. & Bates, E. (eds.). 1989. The Crosslinguistic Study of Sentence Processing. Cambridge: CUP.

MacWhinney, B., Bates, E. & Kliegl, R. (1984): Cue validity and sentence interpretation in English, German and Italian. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 23, 127-50.

MacWhinney, B., Pleh, C. & Bates, E. 1985. 'The development of sentence interpretation in Hungarian'. Cognitive Psychology 17:178-209.

Madaki, R. O. (1983): A Linguistic and Pragmatic Analysis of Hausa-English Code-switching. PhD dissertation. University of Michigan.

Madden, C., Bailey, N., Eisensteain, M. & Anderson, L. 1978. Beyond statistics in second language acquisition research. In W.C. Ritchie (ed.), Second Language Acquisition Research: Issues and Implications. New York: Academic Press, 109-25.

Madrid, D., & Canado, M. L. P. (2004). Teacher and student preferences of native and nonnative foreign language teachers. Porta Linguarum, 2, 125-138.

Madsen, H. 1982 Determining the debilitative impact of test anxiety. Language Learning 32: 133A3

Maehlum, B. (1990) Codeswitching in Hemnesberget - myth or reality? In E. Hakon Jahr & 0. Lorentz, Tromso linguistics in the eighties. Oslo: Novus Press. Forthcoming, International Journal of the Sociology of Language.

Maeshiba, N., Yoshinaga, N., Kasper, G. & Ross, S. 1996. Transfer and proficiency in interlanguage apologising. In: Gass, S.M., & Neu, J. (eds.). Speech acts across cultures. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter, 155-187

Magen, H.S.(1998), -'The perception of foreign accented speech', J. Phonetics, 26, 381-400

Maggipinto, A. 2000. Multilanguage acquisition, new technologies, education and global citizenship. Italian Culture 18(2): 147--149.

Magiste, E. (1979), The competing language systems of the multilingual: A developmental study of decoding and encoding processes. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 18, 79-89.

Magiste, E. (1980), 'Memory for Numbers in Monolinguals and Bilinguals', Acta Psychologica, 46, 63-68

Magiste, E. (1982), 'The importance of language strategy in mental arithmetic', Educational Psychology, 2, 159-166

Magiste, E. (1982). Automaticity and interference in bilinguals. Psychological Research, 44, 29-43

Magiste, E. (1983), 'Developmental changes in visual and auditory interference patterns for bilingual high-school students', in H. Ringbm (Ed). Psycholinguistics and Foreign Language Learning. .bo: .bo Akademi

Magiste, E. (1984), -'Stroop tasks and dichotic translation: the development of interference patterns in bilinguals', Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory and Cognition, 10, 304-315

Magiste, E. (1985), -'Development of intra- and interlingual interference in bilinguals', Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 14, 137-154

Magiste, E. (1986). Selected issues in second and third language learning. In J. Vaid (ed.) (1986), Language Processing in Bilinguals: Psycholinguistic and Neurolinguistic Perspectives. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum, 97-122

Magiste, E. (1992). Second language learning in elementary and high school students. European Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 4, 355-365

Magnan, S. (1983). Age and sensitivity to gender in French. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 5(2), 194-'"212.

Magnet, J. 1990. 'Canadian perspectives on official English' in Adams & Brink (eds.) 1990.

Mahboob, A. (2005). Beyond the native speaker in TESOL. In Z. Syed (Ed.), Culture, context and communication in English teaching (pp. 60-93). Abu Dhabi: Military Language Institute.

Mahboob, A., Uhrig, K., Newman, K. L., & Hartford, B. S. (2004). Children of a lesser English: status of nonnative English speakers as college-level English as a second language teachers in the United States. In L. D. Kamhi-Stein (Ed.), Learning and teaching from experience: perspectives on nonnative English-speaking professionals. (pp. 100-120). Ann Arbor: The University of Michigan Press.

Mahboob, Ahmar. 2005. Beyond the Native Speaker in TESOL. In S. Zafar (ed.), Culture, Context, & Communication. Abu Dhabi: Center of Excellence for Applied Research and Training & The Military Language Institute. 60-93.

Mahboob, Ahmar. 2005. Beyond the Native Speaker in TESOL. In S. Zafar (ed.), Culture, Context, & Communication. Abu Dhabi: Center of Excellence for Applied Research and Training & The Military Language Institute. 60-93.

Mahendra, N., Plante, E., Magloire, J., Milman, L., & Trouard, T.P. 2003. fMRI variability and the localization of languages in the bilingual brain. NeuroReport, 14: 1225--1228.

Mahendra, N., Plante, E., Magloire, J., Milman, L., & Trouard, T.P. 2003. fMRI variability and the localization of languages in the bilingual brain. NeuroReport, 14: 1225--1228.

Mahmoud, A. (2006). Translation and Foreign language Reading Comprehension: A neglected Didactic procedure. English Teaching Forum, [online], 4, pp. 28-40

Mahmoud, A. (2006). Translation and Foreign language Reading Comprehension: A neglected Didactic procedure. English Teaching Forum, [online], 4, pp. 28-40

Mahoney, G 1975 Ethnological approach to delayed language acquisition. American Journal of Mental Deficiency 80: l39~8

Maines, D. 1978. Bodies and selves: Notes on a fundamental dilemma in demography. Studies in Symbolic Interaction 1: 241--265.

Maines, D.R. 1978. Bodies and selves: Notes on a fundamental dilemma in demography. Studies in Symbolic Interaction 1: 241--265.

Majer, M. & P. Jacob. 1966. 'The effect of variations in self-instruction programs on instructional outcomes'. Psychological Reports 18: 539~6.

Majid, A., Bowerman, M., Kita, S., Haun, D.B.M., & Levinson, S.C. (2004). Can language restructure cognition? The case for space. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 8, 108-114.

Major, J. 1988. 'Balancing form and function'. International Review of Applied Linguistics 26: 81-100.

Major, R. (1986), 'The natural phonology of second language acquisition', in James & Leather (ed.) (1986)

Major, R. (1986), Paragoge and degree of foreign accent in Brazilian English, Second Language Research 2, 53-71.

Major, R. (1986), The ontogeny model. Evidence from L2 acquisition of Spanish r, Language Learning 36, 453-504.

Major, R. (1987), Phonological similarity, markedness, and rate of L2 acquisition. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 9, 63-82

Major, R. (1987), Variation in Japanese learners of English. ERIC ED 299 806.

Major, R. (1987). A model for interlanguage phonology. In G. Ioup & S. Weinberger (eds), Interlanguage phonology. Rowley, MA: Newbury House. 101-124

Major, R. (1987). English voiceless stop production by speakers of Brazilian Portuguese. Journal of Phonetics 15, 197-202.

Major, R. (1987). Foreign accent: recent research and theory. IRAL 15: 185-202.

Major, R. (1990). L2 acquisition, L1 loss, and the critical period hypothesis. In Leather, J. & James, A. (eds.), New Sounds 90 : Proceedings of the Amsterdam Symposium on the Acquisition of Second Language Speech. Amsterdam : University of Amsterdam.

Major, R. (1992), -'Losing English as a first language', MLJ, 76, ii, 190-208

Major, R. (1992), "Transfer and developmental factors in second language acquisition of consonant clusters", in: Leather & James (eds.), 128-136.

Major, R. (1994), Chronological and stylistic aspects of second language acquisition of consonant clusters. Language Learning, 44:655-80.

Major, R. (1994), Current trends in interlanguage phonology. In M. Yavas (ed.), First and second language phonology. San Diego: Singular, 181-204

Major, R. (1996), 'Chunking and phonological memory' Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 18, 351-354

Major, R. C. 2002. -'The Phonology of the L2 User'. in Cook, V. (ed.), -'Portraits of the L2 User.' Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Major, R.C. (1996). Markedness in second language acquisition of consonant clusters. In D.R. Preston & R. Bayley (Eds.), Variation Linguistics and Second Language Acquisition (pp. 75-96). Amsterdam: Benjamins

Major, R.C. (1997). 'English voiceless stop production by speakers of Brazilian Portuguese', Journal of Phonetics, 15, 197-137

Major, R.C. (1998). 'Interlanguage phonetics and phonology: an introduction', Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 20, 131-137

Major, R.C. (1999). Chronological and stylistic aspects of second language acquisition of consonant clusters. Language Learning, 49, 1, 123-149

Major, R.C. (2001), Foreign accent : the ontogeny and phylogeny of second language phonology Mahwah, N.J. : Lawrence Erlbaum

Major, R.C. (2002), 'The phonology of the L2 user', in V.J. Cook (ed.), 65-92

Major, R.C. & Faudree, M.C. (1996). Markedness universals and the acquisition of voicing contrasts in Korean speakers of English. Studies in Second Language Acquisition,18, 69-90

Major, R.C. & Kim, E. (1996). The Similarity Differential Rate Hypothesis. Language Learning 46, 465-496

Major, R.C., Fitzmauruce, S.F., Bunta, F. & Balasubramianiam, C. (2002), 'The effects of non-native accents on listening comprehension: implications for EFL assessment', TESOL Quarterly, 36, 2, 173-190

Makarec, K. & Persinger, M. (1993), 'Bilingual men, but not women display verbal memory weakness but not figural memory differences compared to monolinguals', Personality and Individual Differences 15, 5, 531-536

Makino, T. (1979), English Morpheme Acquisition Order of Japanese secondary school students, Ph.D., New Mexico

Makino, T. (1979), English morpheme acquisition order of Japanese secondary school students. TESOL Quarterly 13: 428

Makino, T. (1980), Acquisition order of English morphemes by Japanese secondary school students. Journal of Hokkaido University of Education 30: l01~8

Makino, T. (1993), Perspectives on Second Language Acquisition, Tokyo, Yumi Press

Makkai, V. 1978. Bilingual phonology: systematic or autonomous? In Aspects of bilingualism, ed. M. Paradis. Columbia, S.C.: Hornbeam Press.

Malakoff, M. (1992), 'Translation sbility: a natural bilingual and metalionguistic skill' in Harris, R. (ed.), Xcognitive Processing in Bilinguals, Hillsdale: Erlsbaum, 515-530

Malakoff, M. & Hakuta, K. 1990, History of language minority education in the United States. In A.M. Padilla, H.H. Fairchild & C.M. Valadez (eds) Bilingual Education Issues and Strategies. London: Sage.

Malakoff, M. & K. Hakuta (1991). Translation skill and metalinguistic awareness in bilinguals. In E. Bialystok (ed.), Language processing in bilingual children. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 141--166.

Malakoff, M. & K. Hakuta (1991). Translation skill and metalinguistic awareness in bilinguals. In E. Bialystok (ed.), Language processing in bilingual children. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 141--166.

Malakoff, M. E. (1992). Translation ability: A natural bilingual and metalinguistic skill. In R. J. Harris (Ed.), Cognitive processing in bilinguals (pp. 515-529). Amsterdam: North Holland.

Malakoff, M., & Hakuta, K. (1991). Translation skill and metalinguistic awareness in bilinguals. In E. Bialystok (Ed.), Language processing and language awareness in bilingual children (pp. 141-166). New York: Oxford University Press.

Malakoff. M. E. (1988). The effect of language of instruction on reasoning in bilingual children. Applied Psycholinguistics. 9. 17-'"38.

Malherbe, E. 1969. Comments on "How and when do persons become bilingual?" In Description and measurement of bilingualism, ed. L. Kelly. Toronto: University of Toronto Press.

Malherbe, F.C. (1946): The Bilingual School; a study in bilingualism in South Africa. London: Longman Green.

Malouf, R. & Dodd, C. 1972. 'Role of exposure, imitation and expansion in the acquisition of an artificial grammatical rule'. Developmental Psychology 7:195-203.

Malt, B., & Sloman, S. (2003). Linguistic diversity and object naming by non-native speakers of English. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 6, 47-67.

Malt, B., & Sloman, S. (2003). Linguistic diversity and object-naming by non-native speakers of English. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 6, 47-67.

Maltz, D. & Borker, R.. 1982. 'A cultural approach to male-female miscommunication' in Gumperz (ed.) 1982

Manessy, G. (1994), Modalits d-appropriation d'une language seconde, in D. Veronique (ed.) Crolisation et acquisition des langues, Aix-en-Provence: Universit de Provence

Maneva, B. 2004. -'Maman, je suis polyglotte' (Mommy, I'm a polyglot): A case study of multilingual language acquisition from 0 to 5 years. The International Journal of Multilingualism 1(1): 109--122.

Mangubhai, F. 1991. 'The processing behaviours of adult second language learners and their relationship to second language proficiency'. Applied Linguistics 12: 268-98.

Manheimer, R. (1993). Close the task, improve the discourse. Estudios de Linguistica Aplicada, 17, 18-40.

Maniakas, T.M. (1991) KANO+INF: the case of a Greek auxiliary verb in a language contact situation. Journal of Applied Linguistics, 7:1 l~31.

Mann, V.A. (1985), -'A cross-linguistic perspective on the relation between temporary memory skills and early reading ability', Remedial and Special Education, 6, 37-42

Mann, V.A. (1986), 'Distinguishing universal and language-dependent levels of speech perception: evidence from Japanese listeners' perception of English "l" and "r", Cognition, 24, 169-196

Mansour, G. (1993). Multilingualism and nation building. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Mansour, G. (1993). Multilingualism and nation building. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Maple, R.F. (1982), Social Distance and the Acquisition of English as a Second Language, Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin.

Mar-Molinero, C. 1987, The teaching of Catalan in Catalonia. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 10 (4), 307-326.

Marcos, L.R. 1976. Bilinguals in psychotherapy: Language as an emotional barrier. American Journal of Psychotherapy, 30: 553--560.

Marcos, L.R. 1976. Bilinguals in psychotherapy: Language as an emotional barrier. American Journal of Psychotherapy, 30: 553--560.

Marcos, L.R., & Urcuyo, L. 1979. Dynamic psychotherapy with the bilingual patient. American Journal of Psychotherapy, 33: 331--338.

Marcos, L.R., & Urcuyo, L. 1979. Dynamic psychotherapy with the bilingual patient. American Journal of Psychotherapy, 33: 331--338.

Marcus, G.F. (1995), 'L2 Learners Treat Regular and Irregular Inflection Differently in Compounding', Second Language Research; 11 1 88-89

Marcus, G.F., & Fisher, S.E. 2003. FOXP2 in focus: What can genes tell us about speech and language? Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 7: 257--262.

Marian, V. & Neisser, U. (forthcoming). Language-dependent recall of autobiographical memories. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General.

Marian, V., & Kaushanskaya, M. (2004). Self-construal and emotion in bicultural bilinguals. Journal of Memory and Language, 51, 190-201.

Marian, V., & Spivey, M. (2003). Bilingual and monolingual processing of competing lexical items. Applied Psycholinguistics, 24, 173-193.

Marian, V., & Spivey, M. (2003). Competing activation in bilingual language processing: Within- and between-language competition. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 6, 97-115.

Marian, V., Shildkrot, Y., Blumenfeld, H.K., Kaushanskaya, M., Faroqi-Shah, Y., & Hirsch, J. 2007. Cortical activation during bilinguals: Similarities and word processing in late differences as revealed by functional magnetic resonance imaging. Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology, 29: 247--265.

Marian, V., Spivey, M. & Hitsch, J. (2002), -'Shared and separate systems in bilingual language processing: converging evidence from eye-tracking and brain imaging', Brain and Language, 86, 1. 70-82

Marin, P., Abutalebi, J., Engelborghs, S., & De Deyn, P.P. 2005. Pathophysiology of language switching and mixing in an bilingual child with subcortical aphasia. Neurocase, 11: 385--398.

Marin, P., Engelborghs, S., Fabbro, F., & De Deyn, P.P. 2001. The lateralized linguistic cerebellum: A review and a new hypothesis. Brain and Language, 79: 580--600.

Marini, A., Tavano, A., & Fabbro, F. 2008. Assessment of linguistic abilities in Italian children with Specific Language Impairment. Neuropsychologia, 46: 2816--2823.

Marini, A., Tavano, A., & Fabbro, F. 2008. Assessment of linguistic abilities in Italian children with Specific Language Impairment. Neuropsychologia, 46: 2816--2823.

Marinova-Todd, S. 2003. Comprehensive analysis of ultimate attainment in adult second language acquisition. Doctoral thesis, Graduate School of Education, Harvard University.

Marinova-Todd, S., Marshall, D.B., & Snow, C.E. 2000. Three misconceptions about age and second-language learning. TESOL Quarterly, 34: 9--34.

Marinova-Todd, S., Marshall, D.B., & Snow, C.E. 2001. Missing the point: A response to Hyltenstam and Abrahamsson. TESOL Quarterly, 35: 171--176.

Markee, N. (1997), -'Second language acquisition research: a resource for changing teachers' professional cultures?' Modern Language Journal, 97, 80-93

Markee, N. 2000. -'Conversation Analysis: Second Language Acquisition Research', New Jersey: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates

Markee, N., & Kasper, G. (2004). Classroom talks: An introduction. Modern Language Journal, 88, 491-- 500.

Markee, N., & Kasper, G. (2004). Classroom talks: An introduction. Modern Language Journal, 88, 491-- 500.

Markus, H. & Kitayama, Sh. (1994). The cultural construction of self and emotion: Implications for social behavior. In Sh. Kitayama & H. Markus (eds.), Emotion and culture. Empirical studies of mutual influence, pp. 89-'"130. Washington, DC: APA.

Markus, H., & Kitayama, S. (1991). Culture and the self: Implications for cognition, emotion, and motivation. Psychological Review, 98, 224-253.

Markus, H., & Kitayama, S. (1994). The cultural construction of self and emotion: Implications for social behavior. In S. Kitayama & H. Markus (Eds.), Emotion and culture: Empirical studies of mutual influence (pp. 89-130). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Marschark, M., & Surian, L. (1989). Why does imagery improve memory? European Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 1, 251-263.

Marschark, M., Richman, C. L., Yuille, J. C., & Hunt, R. R. (1987). The role of imagery in memory: On shared and distinctive information. Psychological Bulletin, 102, 28-41.

Marsh, H., Hau, K., & Kong, C. (2000). Late immersion and language of instruction in Hong Kong high schools: achievement growth in language and nonlanguage subjects. Harvard Educational Review, 70(3), 302-347.

Marsh, L.G. & Maki, R.H. (1978). Efficiency of arithmetic operations in bilinguals as a function of language. Memory and Cognition, 4, 4, 459-464

Marshall, J., Atkinson, J., Woll, B., & Thacker, A. 2005. Aphasia in a bilingual user of British sign language and English: Effects of cross-linguistic cues. Cognitive Neuropsychology, 22: 719--736.

Marshall, J., Atkinson, J., Woll, B., & Thacker, A. 2005. Aphasia in a bilingual user of British sign language and English: Effects of cross-linguistic cues. Cognitive Neuropsychology, 22: 719--736.

Marshall, P.H. & Caraveo-Ramos, L.E. (1984), 'Bilingual frequency encoding', Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 13, 4, 295-306.

Marslen-Wilson, W. (1987). Functional parallelism in spoken word recognition. Cognition, 25, 71-102.

Marslen-Wilson, W., Tyler, L.K., Waksler R. & Older, L. (1994). Morphology and meaning in the English mental lexicon. Psychological Review, 101, 3--33.

Martin-Jones, M. & Romaine, S. (1985): Semilingualism: A half-baked theory of communicative competence. Applied Linguistics, 6, 105-17.

Martin-Rhee, M. M., & Bialystok, E. (2008). The development of two types of inhibitory control in monolingual and bilingual children. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 11, 81-93.

Martin, G. 1980. 'English language acquisition: the effects of living with an American family'. TESOL Quarterly 14: 388-90.

Martin, P.M. 2003. Interactions and inter--relationships around text: Practices and positioning in a multilingual classroom in Brunei. In Multilingual Classroom Ecologies: Inter-relationships, Interactions and Ideologies, A. Creese & P. Martin (eds), 25--41. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Martinet, A. (1949). La double articulation linguistique, Travaux du Cercle Linguistique de Copenhague 5, 30-37.

Martinez, P.P. 1990, Towards standardisation of language for teaching in the Andean countries. Prospects (UNESCO) 20 (3), 377-386.

Martohardjono, G. & Flynn, S. (1995). Is there an age-factor for Universal Grammar? In Singleton, D. & Lengyel, Z., The Age Factor in Second Language Acquisition. Clevedon : Multilingual Matters.

Martohardjono, G. & Gair, J. (1993). Apparent UG inaccessibility in second language acquisition: misapplied principles or principled misapplications? In F. Eckman (Ed.), Confluence: Linguistics, L2 Acquisition and Speech Pathology (pp. 79-103). Amsterdam: John Benjamins

Marton, W. (1988), Methods in English Language Teaching, Hemel Hempstead, Prentice Hall

Maruszewski, M. (1975). Language communication and the brain. A neuropsychological study. The Hague: Mouton.

Marx, E. (1999), Breaking through Culture Shock. London: Noicholas Brfeley

Marx, N. & Hufeisen, B. 2003. Multilingualism: Theory, research methods and didactics. In New Visions in Foreign and Second Language Education, G. Brauer & K. Sanders (eds), 178--203. San Diego CA: LARC Press.

Masny, D. (1995). Literacy Development in Young Children, Interaction published by the Canadian Child Care Federation, Spring, 1995

Masny, D. (1996). Examining familiar assumptions in second language research: a postmodern perspective. ERIC ED 396-562 (1-25 pages)

Masny, D. (1996). Examining familiar assumptions in second language research: a postmodern perspective. Occasional Papers, no. 45. Centre for Language and Communication Studies. University of Dublin, Trinity College.

Masny, D. (1996). Meta-knowledge, Critical Literacy, and Minority Language Education. Language, culture and curriculum, 9(3), 1-18.

Masny, D. (1997). Linguistic Awareness and Writing: Exploring the relationship with Language Awareness. Language Awareness, 6, (2-3), 105-118.

Masny, D. (1998). Literacy learning in multilingual contexts: A Canadian perspective. The Dong-eui International Journal, 4 (mars), 5-21. (A journal of linguistics and language education, Pusan, Korea).

Masny, D. & Ghahremani-Ghajar, S.S. (1999). Weaving multiple literacies: Somali children and their teachers in the context of school culture. Language, Culture and Curriculum, 12,1, 72-93.

Masny, D., & Ghahremani-Ghajar, S. S. (1998). Weaving multiple literacies: Somali children & their teachers in the context of school culture. Language, Culture and Curriculum. 11, 3

Mason, C. 1971 The relevance of intensive training in English as a foreign language for university students. Language Learning 21:197-204

Mason, J.M. (1976), 'The Roles of Orthographic, Phonological and Word Frequency Variables on Word Nonword Decisions', American Educational Research Journal; 13; 3; 199 to 206

Massey, D. (1990) The social and economic origins of immigration. Anna/s, AAPSS, 510 (July 1990): 60-72

Master, P. (1987), 'The English article system: acquisition, function and pedaogy', System, 25, 2, 215-232

Master, P. (1994). The effect of systematic instruction on learning the English article system. In T. Odlin (Ed.), Perspectives on pedagogical grammar (pp. 229-'"252). Cambridge: CUP.

Master, P. (1995). Consciousness raising and article pedagogy. In D. Belcher & G. Braine (Eds.), Academic writing in a second language (pp. 183-'"204). Nor-wood, NJ: Ablex.

Mateene, K. & Kalema, J.(eds.). 1980. 'Reconsideration of African linguistic policies'. OAU/ BIL Publication 3. Kampala: OAU Bureau of Languages.

Mateene, K., Kalema, J. & Chomba, B. (eds.). 1985. 'Linguistic liberation and unity of Africa'. OAU/BIL Publication 6. Kampala: OAU Bureau of Languages

Mathews, R., Buss, R., Stanley, W, Blanchard-Fields, F, Cho, J. R., & Druhan, B. (1989). Role of implicit and explicit processes in learning from examples: A synergistic effect. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 15(6), 1083-'"1100.

Matsumoto, K. (1987), -'Diary studies of second language acquisition: a critical overview', JALT Journal, 9, 17-34

Matsumoto, K. 1989. 'Factors involved in the L2 learning process'. JALT Journal 11:167-92.

Matsumura, M. (1994), -'Japanese learners' acquisition of the locality requirement of English reflexives: evidence for retreat from over-generalisation', Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 16, 19-42

Matters.

Matthews, J., & Brown, C. (2004). When intake exceeds input: Language specific perceptual illusions induced by L1 prosodic contrasts. International Journal of Bilingualism, 8, 5-27.

Matthews, T. 1979, An Investigation into the Effects of Background Characteristics and Special Language Services on the Reading Achievement and English Fluency of Bilingual Students. Seattle, Washington: Seattle Public Schools, Department of Planning

Mattix, M. (2000), -'Going further beyond the native speaker model: a remark concerning language models', TESOL Quarterly, 34, 2, 328-329

Maum, R. (2002). Nonnative-English-Speaking teachers in the English teaching profession. Washington, DC: ERIC Clearinghouse on Languages and Linguistics.

Mauranen, Anna. 2004. Speech corpora in the classroom. In Guy Aston, Silvia Bernardini, Dominic Stewart (eds.), Corpora and Language Learners. Amsterdam: John Benjamins Publishing Company. 195-212.

Mayberry, M., Taylor, M., & Obrien-Malone, A. 1995. Implicit learning-'"Sensitive to age but not IQ. Australian Journal of Psychology, 47: 8--17.

Mayberry, M., Taylor, M., & Obrien-Malone, A. 1995. Implicit learning-'"Sensitive to age but not IQ. Australian Journal of Psychology, 47: 8--17.

Mayberry, R. I. (1993). First-language acquisition after childhood differs from second-language acquisition: The case of American Sign Language. Journal of Speech and Hearing research, 36, 51-68.

Mayberry, R. I. (2007). When timing is everything: Age of first-language acquisition effects on second-language learning. Applied Psycholinguistics, 28, 537-549.

Mayberry, R. I., & Eichen, E. B. (1991). The long-lasting advantage of learning sign language in childhood: Another look at the critical period for language acquisition. Journal of Memory and Language, 30, 486-512.

Mayberry, R. I., & Lock, E. (2003). Age constraints on first versus second language acquisition: Evidence for linguistic plasticity and epigenesis. Brain and Language, 87, 369-384.

Mayberry, R.I. (1993), -'First language acquisition after childhood differs from second language acquisition: the case of American Sign Language', Journal of Speech Hearing Research. 36, 1258-1270

Mayberry, R.I. 1993. First-language acquisition after childhood differs from second-language acquisition: The case of American Sign Language. Journal of Speech and Hearing Research, 36: 1258--1270.

Mayberry, R.I. 2006. Grammatical processing in American Sign language: Age of first-language acquisition effects in relation to syntactic structure. Language and Cognitive Processes, 21: 608--635.

Mayberry, R.I. 2006. Grammatical processing in American Sign language: Age of first-language acquisition effects in relation to syntactic structure. Language and Cognitive Processes, 21: 608--635.

Mayberry, R.I., & Lock, E. 2003. Age constraints on first and second language acquisition: Evidence from linguistic plasticity and epigenesis. Brain and Language, 87: 369--383.

Mayberry, R.I., & Lock, E. 2003. Age constraints on first and second language acquisition: Evidence from linguistic plasticity and epigenesis. Brain and Language, 87: 369--383.

Mayberry, R.I., Lock, E., & Kazmi, H. 2002. Linguistic ability and early language exposure. Nature, 417: 38.

Mayberry, R.I., Lock, E., & Kazmi, H. 2002. Linguistic ability and early language exposure. Nature, 417: 38.

Maye, J., Werker, J. F., & Gerken, L. (2002). Infant sensitivity to distributional information can affect phonetic discrimination. Cognition, 82, B101-B111.

Mayo, L., Florentine, M. & Buus, S. (1997), 'Age of Second Language Acquisition and Perception of Speech in Noise', Journal of Speech, Language and Hearing Research, 40, 686-693

Mayo, M. de P.G. & Lecumberri, M.L.G. (eds) (2003) Age and the acquisition of English as a foreign language, Clevedon: Multilingual Matters

Mazurkewich, I. (1984), 'The acquisition of dative alternation by second language learners and linguistic theory'. Language Learning 34: 91-109.

Mazurkewich, I. (1985), Syntactic markedness and language acquisition. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 7 (1): 15-35

Mazurkewich, I. (1988), -'The acquisition of infinitive and gerund complements by second language learners', in Flynn & O'Neil, 127-143

Mazurkewich, I. & White, L. (1984), 'The acquisition of the dative alternation: unlearning generalisations', Cognition, 16, 261-283

McCafferty, S. (2004). Space for cognition: Gesture and second language learning. International Journal of Applied Linguistics, 14, 148-165.

McCafferty, S. 1992: The use of private speech by adult second language learners: a cross-cultural study Modern Language Journal, 76, 179 89.

McCafferty, S. 1994: Adult second language learners' use of private speech: a review of studies. Modern Language Journal 78, 421 36.

McCarthy, J. (1994). The case for language awareness in the Irish primary school curriculum. LanguagenAwareness 3, 1--9.

McCarthy, J. (1994). The case for language awareness in the Irish primary school curriculum. LanguagenAwareness 3, 1--9.

McCarthy, M. (1990). Vocabulary. Oxford: OUP.

McClelland, J. L., & Elman, J. L. (1986). The TRACE model of speech perception. Cognitive Psychology, 18, 1-86.

McClelland, J. L., & Rumelhart, D. E. (1981). An interactive activation model of context effects in letter perception, Part 1: An account of basic findings. Psychological Review, 88, 375-407.

McClelland, J.L., Fiez, J.A. & McCandliss, B.D. (2002), -'Teaching the /r/~/l/ discrimination to Japanese adults: behavioural and neural aspects', Physiology and Behavior, 77, 657-662

McClure, E. (1977): Aspects of code-switching in the discourse of bilingual Mexican-American children. In Saville-Troike, M. ed. Linguistics and Anthropology. GURT. Washington, DC: Georgetown University Press, pp. 93-115.

McClure, E. (1981) Formal and functional aspects of the code-switched discourse of bilingual children. In Durín (1981), 69-94.

McClure, E. (1991), 'A comparison of lexical strategies in L1 and L2 written English narratives', Pragmatics and Language Learning, 2141-154

McConnell, B. 1980, Effectiveness of individualised bilingual instruction for migrant students. PhD dissertation, Washington State University.

McConvell, P. (1988) MIX-IM-UP: Aboriginal code-switching, old and new. In Heller, ed. 97-151.

McCormack, P. D. (1976). Language as an attribute of memory. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 30, 238-248.

McCormack, P.D. (1974), -'Bilingual linguistic memory: independence or interdependence; two stores or one?', in Carey, S. (ed.), Bilingualism, biculturalism and education, Edmonton, University of Alberta

McCormack, P.D. (1976), 'Language as an attribute of memory', Can. J. Psychol., 30/4, 238- 248

McCormack, P.D. (1977). Bilingual linguistic memory: The independence-interdependence issue revisited. In P. A. Hornby (Ed.), Bilingualism: Psychological, social, and educational implications. New York: Academic Press, 57-66

McCormack, P.D. & Colletta, N.L. (1975), -'Recognition memory for items from unilingual and bilingual lists', Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 6, 173-174

McCormack, P.D. & Novell, J.A. (1976), 'Free recall from unilingual and trilingual lists,' Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 6, 2, 173-74

McCreary, D. 1985. A Vygotskyan psycholinguistic perspective on the acquisition and loss of Japanese. Rassegna Italiana di Linguistica Applicata, 7(2), 159-171

McCutcheon, D. (1996). A capacity theory of writing : working memory in composition. Educational Psychology Review 8/3 :299-325.

McDaniel, M. A., & Pressley, M. (1984). Putting the keyword method in context. Journal of Educational Psychology, 76, 598-609.

McDaniel, M. A., & Pressley, M. (1989). Keyword and context instruction of new vocabulary meanings: Effect of text comprehension and memory. Journal of Educational Psychology, 81, 204-213.

McDaniel, M. A., Pressley, M., & Dunay, P. K. (1987). Long-term retention of vocabulary after keyword and context learning. Journal of Educational Psychology, 79, 87-89.

McDaniel, M.A., & Tillman, V. P. (1987). Discovering a meaning versus applying the keyword method: Effects on recall. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 12, 156-175.

McDonald, F., Stone, M. & Yates, A. 1977. 'The effects of classroom interaction patterns and student characteristics on the acquisition of proficiency in English as a second language'. Princeton, NJ.: Educational Testing Service.

McDonald, J. (1984) The mapping of semantic and syntactic processing cues by first and second language learners of English, Dutch and German. PhD thesis. Pittsburgh, Pa.: Carnegie-Mellon University.

McDonald, J. (1986), 'The development of sentence comprehension strategies in English and Dutch'. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology 41: 317-35.

McDonald, J. (1987), 'Sentence interpretation in bilingual speakers of English and Dutch', Applied Psycholinguistics, 8, 379-413

McDonald, J. & K. Heinemann. 1991. 'Determinants of cue strength in adult first and second language speakers of French'. Applied Psycholinguistics 12: 313~8.

McDonald, J. I. (2000). Grammaticality judgments in a second language: Influences of age of acquisition and native language. Applied Psycholinguistics, 21, 395-423.

McDonald, J. L. (1987). Sentence interpretation in bilingual speakers of English and Dutch. Applied Psycholinguistics, 8, 379-414.

McDonald, J. L. (2006). Beyond the critical period: Processing-based explanations for poor grammaticality judgment performance by late second language learners. Journal of Memory and Language, 55, 381-401.

McDonald, J. L., & Carpenter, P. A. (1981). Simultaneous translation: Idiom interpretation and parsing heuristics. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 20, 231-247.

McDonald, J. L., & Heilenman, K. (1992). Changes in sentence processing as second language proficiency increases. In R. J. Harris (Ed.), Cognitive processing in bilinguals (pp. 325-350).

McDonald, J.L. 2006. Beyond the critical period: Processing-based explanations for poor grammaticality judgment performance by late second language learners. Journal of Memory and Language, 55: 381--401.

McDonald, J.L. 2006. Beyond the critical period: Processing-based explanations for poor grammaticality judgment performance by late second language learners. Journal of Memory and Language, 55: 381--401.

McDonald, M. (1994) Women and Linguistic Innovation in Brittany. In P. Burton, K. Dyson & S. Ardener (Eds.), Bilingual Women. Anthropological Approaches to Second-Language Use Oxford/ Providence: Berg, pp. 85-110

McDonough, S. (1978), -'The foreign language learning process: introspection and generalisation', in Pickett, G. (ed.) The Foreign Language Learning Process, London, The British Council

McDonough, S. (1981). Psychology in foreign language teaching. London : George Allen & Unwin.

McDonough, S. (1995), Strategy and Skill in Learning a Foreign Language, Arnold, London.

McDonough, S. (2002), Applied Linguistics in Language Education, Edward Arnold

McGeorge, P., Crawford, J.R., & Kelly, S.W. 1997. The relationship between psychometric intelligence and learning in an explicit and an implicit task. Journal of Experimental Psychology:Learning, Memory and Cognition, 23: 239--245.

McGeorge, P., Crawford, J.R., & Kelly, S.W. 1997. The relationship between psychometric intelligence and learning in an explicit and an implicit task. Journal of Experimental Psychology:Learning, Memory and Cognition, 23: 239--245.

McGroarty, M. 1984, Some meanings of communicative competence for second language students. TESOL Quarterly 18: 257-72

McGroarty, M. 1992, The societal context of bilingual education. Educational Researcher 21(2), 7-9.

McHoul, A. 1978. 'The organisation of turns at formal talk in the classroom'. Language and Society 7:183-213.

McHugh, C. & Winyachitra, A. 1990, Topics in interpersonal communication. Osakakodai Setsunan University Chukenshoho, 22, 487-498.

McHugh, C., Truchiwien, A. & Tong, D. 1993, Americans, Japanese, Thais and Vietnamese evaluate 57 conversation topics. Osakakoeai Setsunan University' Chukenshoho, 26(13), 33-50.

McKain, K., Best, C. & Strange, W. Categorical Perception of English /r/ and /l/ by Japanese bilinguals. Applied Psycholinguistics, 2, p.369 - 390,1981

McKay, S. & Wong, S. (1996) 'Multiple discourses, multiple identities: Investment and agency in second-language learning among Chinese adolescent immigrant Students. Harvard Educational Review, 66, 3, 577-608

McKay, S. 1988, Weighing educational alternatives. In S.L. McKay & S.C. Wong (eds) Language Diversity: Problem or Resource? New York: Newbury House.

McKeever, W.F., Hunt, L.J., Wells, S. & Yazzie, C. (1989), 'Language laterality in Navajo reservation children: dichotic test results depend on the language context of the testing', Brain and Language, 36, 148-158

McKenzie, R. M. (2008). Social factors and non-native attitudes towards varieties of spoken English: a Japanese case study. International Journal of Applied Linguistics, 18(1), 63-88.

McKinnon. K. (1965), An Experimental Study of the Learning of Syntax in a Second Language, Ph.D., Harvard

McLaren, P. 1988, Culture or canon? Critical pedagogy and the politics of literacy. Harvard Educational Review 58,211-234

McLaughlin, B. (1977). Second language learning in children. Psychological Bulletin, 84, 3, 438-59.

McLaughlin, B. (1977). Second language learning in children. Psychological Bulletin, 84, 3, 438-59.

McLaughlin, B. (1978), 'The Monitor Model: some methodological considerations'. Language Learning 28: 309-32.

McLaughlin, B. (1978), Second Language Acquisition in Childhood, Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, N.J.

McLaughlin, B. (1980), 'Theory and research in second-language learning: an emerging paradigm'. Language Learning 30: 331-50.

McLaughlin, B. (1980), On the use of miniature artificial languages in second-language research. Applied Psycholinguistics 1: 353-65

McLaughlin, B. (1984), Early bilingualism: methodological and theoretical issues. In Paradis & Lebrun eds, pp. 19-45.

McLaughlin, B. (1984), Second-language acquisition in childhood, 2nd edition, Vol. 1: Pre-school children. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, NJ.

McLaughlin, B. (1985), Second-Language Acquisition in Childhood: Volume 2 School-Age Children, LEA, New Jersey

McLaughlin, B. (1987), Theories of Second-Language Learning, Edward Arnold, London

McLaughlin, B. (1990), ' "Conscious" vs. 'unconscious" learning'. TESOL Quarterly 24: 617-34.

McLaughlin, B. (1990), 'The relationship between first and second languages: language proficiency and language aptitude' in Harley et al. (eds.) 1990.

McLaughlin, B. (1990), Restructuring. Applied Linguistics 11 (2) 113-28

McLaughlin, B. (1990). The relationship between first and second languages: Language proficiency and language aptitude. In B. Harley, P. Allen, J. Cummins & M. Swain (eds.), The development of L2 proficiency. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 158--174.

McLaughlin, B. & Graf, P.1985, Bilingual education in West Germany: Recent developments. Comparative Education 21(3), 241-255.

McLaughlin, B. & Harrington, M. 1989. 'Second-language acquisition'. Annual Review of Applied Linguistics 10:122-34.

McLaughlin, B. & Heredia, J.L.C. (1996), Information-processing approaches to research on second language acquisition and use. In Ritchie, W C. & Bhatia, T. K. (eds), Handbook of second language acquisition. San Diego: Academic Press, 213-28.

McLaughlin, B. & N. Nayak (1989). Processing a new language: Does knowing other languages make a difference? In

McLaughlin, B. & Nayak, N. (1989), Processing a New Language: Does Knowing Other Languages make a difference? In Dechert, H. & Raupach, M. (eds.) (1989), Interlingual Processes. Tbingen, Gunter Narr, 5-16.

McLaughlin, B., Rossman, T. & McLeod. B. 1983. 'Second language learning: an information-processing perspective'. Language Learning 33:135-58.

McLaughlin, J. (2004), Neural correlate of second language word learning: minimal instruction produces rapid change, Nature Neuroscience, 7, 7, 703-704

McLaughlin, J., Osterhout, L. & Kim, A. (2004), -'Neural correlates of second-language word learning: minimal instruction provides rapid change', Nature Neuroscience, 7, 7, 703-704

McLeod, B. & McLaughlin, B. 1986 Restructuring or automaticity? Language Learning 36: 109-23

McNamara, T. (1987) Language and social identity: Israelis abroad. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 6, 3-4, 215-228

McNamara, T. 1997: What do we mean by social identity? Competing frameworks, competing discourses. TESOL Quarterly 31, 561 7.

McNeill, D. (1965). Some thoughts on first and second language acquisition. Mimeo, Harvard University.

McNeill, D. (1965). Some thoughts on first and second language acquisition. Mimeo, Harvard University.

McRae, K., De Sa, V. R., & Seidenberg, M. S. (1997). On the nature and scope of featural representations of word meaning. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 126, 99-130.

McTear, M. 1975. 'Structure and categories of foreign language teaching sequences' in Allwright (ed.) 1975

Meara, P. (1977). Schizophrenic symptoms in foreign-language learners. Paper presented to BAAL Annual Conference, Colchester.

Meara, P. (1977). Schizophrenic symptoms in foreign-language learners. Paper presented to BAAL Annual Conference, Colchester.

Meara, P. (1978), -'Learners' word associations in French', Interlanguage Studies Bulletin, 3, 192-211

Meara, P. (1980). Vocabulary acquisition: a neglected aspect of language learning, Language Teaching and Linguistic Abstracts 13, 221-246.

Meara, P. (1983), 'Introduction' to Meara, P. (ed.), Vocabulary in a Second Language, CILTR, London, i-iv

Meara, P. (1983), Vocabulary in a Second Language, CILTR

Meara, P. (1983). Word associations in a foreign language: A report on the Birkbeck Vocabulary Project. Nottingham Linguistic Circular, 11, 29-39.

Meara, P. (1984). The study of lexis in interlanguage. In A. Davies, C. Criper & A.P.R. Howatt (eds.), Interlanguage. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press

Meara, P. (1984)., -'Word recogniton in foreign languages', in A. Pugh & J. Ulijn (eds.), Reading for Professional Purposes: studies and practices in native and foreign languages, London Heinemann, 97-105

Meara, P. (1986), 'Psycholinguistic relativity - is Spanish different?', in V.J. Cook (ed.) (1986)

Meara, P. (1993). The bilingual lexicon and the teaching of vocabulary. In R. Schreuder & B. Weltens (Eds.), The bilingual lexicon (pp. 279-297). Amsterdam-Philadelphia: John Benjamins.

Meara, P. (1999). Self-organization in bilingual lexicons. In P. Broeder & J. Muure (eds.), Language and thought in development. Tubingen: Narr, 127--144.

Meara, P. (1999). Self-organization in bilingual lexicons. In P. Broeder & J. Muure (eds.), Language and thought in development. Tubingen: Narr, 127--144.

Meara, P. (ed.). (1986), Spoken Language. London: CILTR

Meara, P. & Buxton, B. (1987). An alternative to multiple choice vocabulary tests, Language Testing 4.2, 142-151

Meara, P., Coltheart, M. & Masterson, J. (1985), -'Hidden reading problems in ESL learners', TESL Canada Journal, 3,1 69-79

Mechelli, A., Crinion, J. T., Noppeney, U., O'Doherty, J., Ashburner, J., Frackowiak, R. S., & Price, C. J. (2004). Neurolinguistics: Structural plasticity in the bilingual brain. Nature, 431, 757.

Medgyes, P. (1992), 'Native or non-native: who's worth more?', ELTJ, 46, 4, 340-49

Medgyes, P. (1999). The non-native teacher. Ismaning: Max Hueber Verlag.

Meeuwis, M. & Blommaert, J. (1998), 'A monolectal view of code-switching; Layered code-switching among Zairians in Belgium', in P. Auer (ed.) (1998), Codeswitching in Conversation, London, Routledge, 76-98

Meguro, K., Senaha, M., Caramelli, P., Ishizaki, J., Chubacci, R., Meguro, M., Ambo, H., Nitrini, R., & Yamadori, A. 2003. Language deterioration in four Japanese-Portuguese bilingual patients with Alzheimer's disease: A transcultural study of Japanese elderly immigrants in Brazil. Psychogeriatrics, 3: 63--68.

Meguro, K., Senaha, M., Caramelli, P., Ishizaki, J., Chubacci, R., Meguro, M., Ambo, H., Nitrini, R., & Yamadori, A. 2003. Language deterioration in four Japanese-Portuguese bilingual patients with Alzheimer's disease: A transcultural study of Japanese elderly immigrants in Brazil. Psychogeriatrics, 3: 63--68.

Mehan, H. (1979). Language Lessons. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.

Mehler, J., Dommergues, J. Y., Frauenfelder, U., & Segui, J. (1981). The syllable's role in speech segmentation. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 20, 298-305.

Meier, R.P. & Bower, G.H. (1986), 'Semantic reference and phrasal grouping in the acquisition of a miniature phrase structure language', J. Mem. Lang, 25, 492-505

Meijers, G. (1992), 'The foreign language vocabulary acquisition of mono- and bilingual children and teachers' evaluation ability', In: Arnaud P. & H. Bejoint (Eds.), Vocabulary and Applied Linguistics. London: Macmillan. 146-155

Meiner, F-J. (2004). Transfer und Transferieren: Anleitungen zum Interkomprehensionsunterricht. In Klein & Rutke (eds.), 39--66.

Meiner, F-J. (2004). Transfer und Transferieren: Anleitungen zum Interkomprehensionsunterricht. In Klein & Rutke (eds.), 39--66.

Meiner, F-J. & Reinfried, M. (ed.) (1998), Mehrsprachigkeitsdidaktik. Konzepte, Analysen, Lehrererfahrungen mit romanischen Fremdsprachen. Tbingen, Gunter Narr

Meisel, J. (1977), Linguistic simplification: a study of immigrant workers' speech and foreigner talk. In Corder, S. & Roulet, E. (eds.) The notions of simplification, interlanguages and pidgins, and their relation to second language, pp.88-113. Droz, Geneva

Meisel, J. (1977), The language of foreign workers in Germany. In Molony, C., Zobl, H. & Stolting, W. (eds.) Deutsch im Kontakt mit anderen Sprachen (German in contact with other languages), Scriptor, Kronborg, Ts.

Meisel, J. (1980), Linguistic simplification. In S. Felix (ed.), Second Language Development: Trends and Issues. Tubingen: Gunter Narr.

Meisel, J. (1983)-'. (in Cenoz, 2001)

Meisel, J. (1983), Language development and linguistic theory: review of Derek Bickerton, Roots of language. Lingua 61: 231-57

Meisel, J. (1983), Strategies of second language acquisition: more than one kind of simplification. In Andersen, R (ed.) Pidginization and Creolisation as language acquisition, pp.12-57. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Meisel, J. (1983), Transfer as a second language strategy. Language and Communication 3:11-46

Meisel, J. (1983): A linguistic encounter of the third kind or, Will the non-real interfere with what the learner does? Reply to discussants. In Andersen, R. ed. Pidginization and Creolization as Language Acquisition. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House, pp.196-209.

Meisel, J. (1986): Word order and case marking in early child language. Evidence from simultaneous acquisition of two first languages: French and German. Linguistics, 24, 123-83.

Meisel, J. (1987). Reference to past events and actions in the development of natural second language acquisition. In C. Pfaff, (Ed.), First and second language acquisition processes (pp. 206-'"224). Cambridge, MA: Newbury House.

Meisel, J. (1989), Early differentiation of languages in bilingual children. In Hyltenstam, K. & Obler, L. (eds). Bilingualism across the Lifespan. Aspects of acquisition, maturity and loss. Cambridge: CUP, 13-40

Meisel, J. (1989). Early differentiation of languages in bilingual children. In K. Hyltenstam & L. Obler (Eds.), Bilingualism across the lifespan. Aspects of acquisition, maturity and loss (pp. 13-40). Cambridge, U. K.: Cambridge University Press.

Meisel, J. (1990), 'INFL-ection: subjects and subject-verb agreement', in Meisel, J.M. (ed.), Two First Languages: Early Grammatical Development in Bilingual Children, Dordrecht, Foris, 237 300

Meisel, J. (1991), 'Principles of Universal Grammar and strategies of language learning: some similarities and differences between first and second language acquisition', in Eubank, L. (ed.), Point Counterpoint: Universal Grammar in the Second Language, Amsterdam, Benjamins, 231 276

Meisel, J. (1994), Getting FAT. Finiteness, agreement and tense in early grammars. In: Meisel, J.M. (ed.). Bilingual first language acquisition. French and German grammatical development. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, ,89-129.

Meisel, J. (1997), The acquisition of the syntax of negation in French and German: contrasting first and second language development. Second Language Research 13, 227-63

Meisel, J. (ed.) (1992), The Acquisition of Verb Placement, Dordrecht, Kluwer

Meisel, J. (ed.). 1990 Two first languages. Early grammatical development in bilingual children. Dordrecht: Foris,.

Meisel, J. (ed.). 1994. Bilingual first language acquisition.' French and German grammatical development. Philadelphia: Benjamins,

Meisel, J. & Muller, N. (1992), 'Finiteness and verb placement in early child grammars' in Meisel (ed.), 109 138

Meisel, J. M. (1983). Transfer as an L2 strategy. Language and Communication 3, 11--46.

Meisel, J. M. (2001). The simultaneous acquisition of two first languages: Early differentiation and subsequent development of grammars. In J. Cenoz & F. Genesee (Eds.), Trends in bilingual acquisition (pp. 11-41). Amsterdam-Philadelphia: John Benjamins.

Meisel, J., Clahsen, H. & Pienemann, M. (1981), 'On determining developmental stages in natural second language acquisition', SSLA, 3, 2, 109-135

Meisel, J.M. (1994). Code-switching in young bilingual children: The acquisition of grammatical constraints. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 16: 413-441

Meisenhelder, S. (1992). Literacy and national development: The case of Botswana. In F. Dubin & N.A. Kuhlman (Eds.). Cross-cultural literacy: Global perspectives on reading and writing. (pp. 1-18). Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Regents/Prentice Hall

Mejia, A. (1998) Bilingual storytelling: code switching, discourse control and learning opportunities. TESOL Journal, 7 (16), 4-10

Mellon, J. G. (2001). Islam and international politics: examining Huntington's 'Civilizational Clash' thesis. Totalitarian Movements & Political Religions, 2(1), 73-83.

Mellow, J.D. & Cumming, A. (1994), 'Concord in interlanguage: efficiency or priming?' Applied Linguistics, 15, 4, 442-473

Mellow, J.D., Reeder, K. & Forster, E. 1996: Using time-series research designs to investigate the effects on instruction on SLA. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 18, 325-50.

Meloni, C.F. (1978), 'Code Switching and Interference in the Speech of an Italian/English Bilingual Child: Age 6.5 to 8 years', Rassegna Italiana di Linguistica Applicata; 10, 2, 89-95

Melson, W. H., & McCall, R. B. (1970). Attentional responses of five months girls to discrepant auditory stimuli. Child Development, 41, 1159-1171.

Melvin, B. S. & Rivers, W. M. (1976). In one ear and out the other: implications of memory studies for language learning. In J. E. Fanselow & R. Crymes (eds.), On TESOL. Washington DC: TESOL.

Melvin, B.S. & Rivers, W.M. (1976). In one ear and out the other: implications of memory studies for language learning. In J. E. Fanselow & R Crymes (eds.), On TESOL. Washington DC: TESOL.

Mendelsohn, S. (1988). Language lateralisation in bilinguals: Facts and fantasy. Journal of Neurolinguistics. 3. 261-292

Meneghini, R., & Packer, A. L. (2007). Is there science beyond English? EMBO reports, 8(2), 112-116.

Meng-Ching Ho (1998) "Culture studies and motivation in foreign and second language learning in Taiwan", Language, Culture and Curriculum, Vol. 11, number 2, pp.165-182.

Mennen, I. (2004), -'Bi-directional interference in the intonation of Dutch speakers of Greek', Journal of Phonetics, 32, 543-563

Merabti, N. (1992) Variations des pratiques bilingues d'un groupe d'adolescents issus de I'immigration algerienne. LIDIL, 6: 93-114.

Merabti, N. & Moore, D. (1993) Pratiques bilingues d'adolescents issus de l'immigration en France et en Angleterre. TRANEL (Institut de linguistique de l'Universit de Neuchatel), 19 (March 1993): 95-110.

Mercado, C.I. (1991). Native and second language literacy: The promise of a new decade. In A.N. Ambert (Ed.). Bilingual education and English as a second language: A research handbook, 1988-1990. (pp. 171-195). New York

Merkelbach, C. (2006). The pedagogical impact of L2 acquisition (English) on tertiary language acquisition (German) in Taiwan. In O Laoire (ed.), 20--35.

Merkelbach, C. (2006). The pedagogical impact of L2 acquisition (English) on tertiary language acquisition (German) in Taiwan. In O Laoire (ed.), 20--35.

Merriman, W. & Kutlesic, V. (1993), 'Bilingual and monolingual children's use of two lexical acquisition heuristics', Applied Psycholinguistics, 14, 2, 229-250

Merton, R. K. (1968). The Matthew effect in Science. Science, 159, 56-63.

Mervis, C.B. (1994), 'Two Year Olds Readily Learn Multiple Labels for the Same Basic Level Category', Child Development; 65 4 1163-77

Meschyan, G., & Hernandez, A.E. 2006. Executive function is necessary to enhance lexical processing in a less proficient L2: Evidence from fMR1 during picture naming. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 9: 177--188.

Meschyan, G., & Hernandez, A.E. 2006. Executive function is necessary to enhance lexical processing in a less proficient L2: Evidence from fMR1 during picture naming. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 9: 177--188.

Messer, S. 1976 Reflection-impulsivity: a review. Psychological Bulletin 83:

Mesthrie, R. (1985): A History of the Hindi or 'Bhojpun language in South Africa. PhD thesis. University of Cape Town.

Met, M. (1998). Curriculum decision-making in content-based language teaching. InCenoz & Genesee (eds.), 35--63.

Mettewie, L. & Janssens, R. 2007. Language use and language attitudes in Brussels. In Multilingualism in European Bilingual Context: Language Use and Attitudes, D. Lasagabaster & A. Huguet (eds), 117--143. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Meuter, R. F. I., & Allport, A. (1999). Bilingual language switching in naming: Asymmetrical costs of language selection. Journal of Memory and Language, 40, 25-40.

Meuter, R. F. I., Humphreys, G. W., & Rumiati, R. (2002). Bilingual language switching and the frontal lobes: Modulatory control in language selection. The International Journal of Bilingualism, 2, 109-124.

Meuter, R.F.L. & Allport, A. (1999), 'Bilingual language switching in naming: asymmetrical costs of language selection', J. Mem. Lang., 40, 25-40

Meyer, H. (2008) The Pedagogical Implications of L1 Use in the L2 Classroom. Available from World Wide Web. Accessed January 2, 2010, from http://www.kyoai.ac.jp/college/ronshuu/no-08/meyer1.pdf

Mgiste, E. (1979). The competing language systems of the multilingual: A developmental study of decoding and encoding processes. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 18, 79-89.

Mgiste, E. (1984a). Stroop tasks and dichotic translation: The development of interference patterns in bilinguals. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 10, 304-315.

Mgiste, E. (1984b). Learning a third language. Journal of multilingual and multicultural development, 5, 415-421.

Mgiste, E. (1985). Development of intra- and inter-lingual interference in bilinguals. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 14, 137-154.

Mgiste, E. (1986). Selected issues in second and third language learning. In J. Vaid (Ed.), Language processing in bilinguals: Psycholinguistic and neuropsychological perspectives (pp. 97-122). Hillsdale NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Mhle, D. (1984), 'A comparison of the second language production of different native speakers', in Dechert, H.W., Mhle, D., & Raupach, M. (eds.), Second Language Productions, Gunter Narr, Tubingen, 26-49

Mhle, D. & Raupach, M. (1983), Planen in der Fremdsprache. Frankfurt am Main: Verlag Peter Lang,

Mhle, D. & Raupach, M. (1987), 'The representation problem in interlanguage theory', in Lorscher, W. (ed.), Perspectives on Language in Performance, Gunter Narr, Tubingen, 1158-1173

Mhle, D. & Raupach, M. (1989), 'Language transfer of procedural knowledge', in Dechert, H.W., & Raupach, M. (eds.), Transfer in Language Productions, Ablex, NJ, 195-216

Mhlhasler, P. (1982) Code-switching in Papua New Guinea: local languages versus New Guinea Pidgin, Hiri Motu & English. In S. A. Wurm ed., New Guinea and neighbouring areas: a sociolinguistic laboratore. The Hague: Mouton.

Mhlhñusler, P. (1986), Pidgin and Creole Linguistics. Oxford: Basil Blackwell.

Mhring, A. 2001. The acquisition of French by German pre-school children: An empirical investigation of gender assignment and gender agreement. In S.H. Foster-Cohen & A. Nizegorodcew (Eds), EUROSLA Yearbook (pp. 171--193). Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Mhring, A. 2001. The acquisition of French by German pre-school children: An empirical investigation of gender assignment and gender agreement. In S.H. Foster-Cohen & A. Nizegorodcew (Eds), EUROSLA Yearbook (pp. 171--193). Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Mikes, M. (1967), Acquisition des categoires grammaticales dans le langage de l'enfant. Enfance, 20, 289-98

Mikes, M. (1990). Some issue of lexical development in early bi- and trilinguals' in G. Conti-Ramsden & C.E. Snow (eds.) Children's Language Vol. 7, Erlbaum, 103-120

Miler, B. (2000). Previous experience of foreign language learning and its contribution to the development of learning strategies. In Dentler et al. (eds.), 7--22.

Miler, B. (2000). Previous experience of foreign language learning and its contribution to the development of learning strategies. In Dentler et al. (eds.), 7--22.

Miljkovitch, I. (1980), 'Classement suivant des categories sans etiquette verbale chez le bilingue', Canad. J. Psychol, 34/4, 359-369

Miller, J. (1999) Becoming Audible: social identity and second language use. Journal of Intercultural Studies, 20, 2, 149-165

Miller, J. (2000) Language use, identity, and social interaction: migrant students in Australia. Research on Language and Social Interaction, 33, 1, 69-100

Miller, K., & Stigler, J. (1987). Counting in Chinese: Cultural variation in a basic cognitive skill Cognitive Development, 2, 279-305.

Miller, L. 1991. Verbal listening behavior in conversations between Japanese and Americans. In J. Blommaert & J. Verschueren (Eds.). The pragmatics of intercultural and international communication, Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 111-130

Miller, L. 1994. Japanese and American meetings and what goes on before them: A case study of co-worker misunderstanding. Pragmatics, 4(2), 221-238.

Miller, M. (1976), Zur Logik der Frhkindlichen Sprachentwicklung. Stuttgart: Ernst Klett.

Miller, N. (1984), 'Language problems and bilingual children', in Miller, N. (ed.) Bilingualism and Language Disability, Croom Helm

Miller, N. A., & Kroll, J. F. (2002). Stroop effects in bilingual translation. Memory & Cognition, 30, 614-628.

Miller, N. ed. (1984): Bilingualism and Language Disability. Assessment and Remediation. London: Croom Helm.

Mills, D. L., Plunkett, K., Prat, C., & Schafer, G. (2005). Watching the infant brain learn words: Effects of vocabulary size and experience. Cognitive Development, 20, 19-31.

Mills, D., Coffey-Corina, S., & Neville, H. (1997). Language comprehension and cerebral specialization from 13 to 20 months. Developmental Neuropsychology, 13, 397-445.

Milon, J. P. (1974). The development of negation in English by a second-language learner. TESOL Quarterly, 8, 2, 137-43.

Milon, J.P. (1974), 'The development of negation in English by a second language learner', TESOL Quarterly, 8, 2, 137-143

Milroy, L. & C. Raschka 1996."Varieties of English in contemporary Britain: the grammatical characteristics of ethnic minority speakers of English in the north-east of England", in Klemola, J. and M. Merja-Rissanen (eds.) Speech Past and Present: Studies in English dialectology in Memory of Ossi Ihalainen. University of Bamberg Studies in English Linguistics, Vol. 38. Frankfurt/Main: Peter Lang,

Milroy, L. & Muyskens, P. (eds.) (1995). One Speaker, Two Languages. CUP

Mimouni, Z., Bland, R., Danault, S., & Idrissi, A. (1995). Similar language disorders in Arabic and French in an early bilingual aphasic patient. Brain and Language, 51, 132 134.

Minkowski, M. (1927): Klinischer Beitrag zur Aphasie bei Polyglotten, Speziell im Hinsicht aufs Schweizerdeutsche. Archiv fur Neurologie und Psychiatrie, 21, 43-72.

Minkowski, M. (1928): Sur un cas d'aphasie chez un polyglotte. Revue Neurologique 49, 61-6.

Minkowski, M. (1963), On aphasia in polyglots. In Halpern, L. ed. Problems of Dynamic Neurology. Jerusalem: Department of Nervous Diseases, Rothschild Hadassah University Hospital and Hebrew University Medical School

Minkowski, M. (1983). A clinical contribution to the study of polyglot aphasia especially with respect to Swiss-German. In M. Paradis (Ed.), Readings on aphasia in bilinguals and polyglots (pp. 205-232). Montreal: Didier. (Original work published in 1927.)

Minkowski, M. (1983). A particular case of aphasia with polyglot reactions, confabulation, and other disorders after cranio-cerebral trauma. In M. Paradis (Ed.), Readings on aphasia in bilinguals and polyglots (pp. 524-534). Montreal: Didier. (Original work published in 1949.)

Minkowski, M. (1983). On a case of aphasia in a polyglot. In M. Paradis (Ed.), Readings on aphasia in bilinguals and polyglots (pp. 274-279). Montreal: Didier. (Original work published in 1928)

Minkowski, M. 1927. Klinischer Beitrag zur Aphasie bei Polyglotten, speziell im Hinblick aufs Schweizerdeutsche. Schweizer Archiv fr Neurologie und Psychiatrie, 21: 43--72. Translated in Paradis (ed.) (1983), 205--232.

Minkowski, M. 1928. Sur un cas d'aphasie chez un polyglotte. Revue Neurologique, 49: 361--366. Translated in Paradis (ed.) (1983), 274--279.

Minkowski, M. 1933. Sur un trouble aphasique particulier chez un polyglotte. Revue neurologique, 59: 1185--1189.

Minkowski, M. 1933. Sur un trouble aphasique particulier chez un polyglotte. Revue neurologique, 59: 1185--1189.

Miracle, A. (1984), Bilingualism, Social Issues and Policy Implications, Georgia U.P.

Mishina-Mori, S. (2002), 'Language differentiation of the two languages in early bilingual development: a case study of Japanese/English bilingual children', IRAL, 40, 211-233

Mishina-Mori, S. 2002. Language differentiation of the two languages in early bilingual development. IRAL 40(3): 211--233.

Missler, R 1986 Analytic and synthetic cognitive functioning: a critical review of evidence bearing on field dependence. Journal of Research in Personality 20:1-33

Mitchell, C.B. & Vidal, K.E. (2001), -'Weighing the ways of the flow: twentieth century language instruction', MLJ, 85, I, 26-38

Mitchell, D., Cuetos, F, & Zagar, D. (1990), -'Reading in different languages: is there a universal mechanism?', in Balota, D., Flores d'Arcais, G.B. & Rayner, K. (eds.), Comprehension Process in Reading, Erlbaum

Mitchell, R. 1985. 'Process research in second language classrooms'. Language Teaching 18: 330-52.

Mitchell, R. 1988. Communicative Language Teaching in Practice, London: CILT

Mitchell, R., Parkinson, B. & Johnstone, R. 1981. 'The foreign language classroom: an observational study'. Stirling Educational Monographs No.9. Stirling: Department of Education, University of Stirling

Mito, K. (1993). The effects of modelling and recasting on the acquisition of L2 grammar rules. Honolulu: University of Hawaii at Manoa, Department of ESL

Miura, I. (1987). Mathematics achievement as a function of language. Journal of Educational Psychology, 79, 79-'"82

Miura, I. & Okamoto, Y. (1989). Comparisons of U.S. and Japanese first graders' cognitive representation of number and understanding of place value. Journal of Educational Psychology, 81, 109-'"113.

Miura, I., Kim, C., Chang, C., & Okamoto, Y. (1988). Effects of language characteristics on children's cognitive representation of number: Cross-national comparisons. Child Development, 59, 1445-1450.

Miyake, A., & Friedman, N. P. (1998) Individual differences in second language proficiency: Working memory as language aptitude. In A. F. Healy & L. E. Bourne (Eds.), Foreign language learning: Psycholinguistic studies on training and retention. (pp. 339-364). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Miyawaki, K., Strange, W. & Verbrugge, R. 1975. An effect of linguistic experience: The discrimination of /l/ and /r/ by Native Speakers of Japanese and English. Perception & Psychophysics 18, 331-340

Mkilifi, M. 1978. Triglossia and Swahili-English bilingualism in Tanzania. In Advances in the study of societal multilingualism, ed. J. Fishman. The Hague: Mouton.

Mller, N. (1998), 'Transfer in bilingual first language acquisition', Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 1, 3, 151-171

Mller, N., Crysmann, B. & Kaiser, G.A. (1996), 'Interactions between the acquisition of French object drop and the development of the C-system', Language Acquisition, 5, 35-63

Mñgiste, E. (1984), Learning a Third Language. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 5: 5, 415-421

Mnstermann, H. & Hagen, T. (1986), -'Functional and structural aspects of language loss: a research plan and some first results', in Weltens, B. et al, 75-96

Moag, R. (1977), Fiji Hindi. Canberra: Australian National University Press.

Modern Language Journal, 87, 168-199.

Modiano, M. (2001), -'Linguistic imperialism, cultural integrity and EIL', ELTJ, 55, 4, 339-346

Modirkhamene, S. (2006). The reading achievement of third language versus second language learners of English in relation to the interdependence hypothesis. International Journal of Multilingualism 3.4, 280--295.

Modirkhamene, S. (2006). The reading achievement of third language versus second language learners of English in relation to the interdependence hypothesis. International Journal of Multilingualism 3.4, 280--295.

Moffatt, S. & Milroy, L. (1992), 'Panjabi/English language alternation in the classroom in the early school years', Multilingua, 11(4): 355-84.

Mohanty, A. (1994), Bilingualism in a Multicultural Society: Psychosocial and Pedagogical Implications, Mysore: Central Institute of Indian Languages

Mohanty, A. (1994). Bilingualism in a multilingual society: Psychosocial and pedagogical implications. Mysore: Central Institute of Indian Languages.

Mohle, D. (1989). Multilingual interaction in foreign language production. In H. Dechert & M. Raupach (eds.), Interlingual processes. Tubingen: Narr, 179--194.

Mohle, D. (1989). Multilingual interaction in foreign language production. In H. Dechert & M. Raupach (eds.), Interlingual processes. Tubingen: Narr, 179--194.

Moisio, R. & Valento E. (1976), -'Testing Finnish school-children's learning of English consonants', Jyvaskyla Contrastive Studies, 3

Molfese, D. 1972. Cerebral asymmetry in infants, children, adults: auditory evoked responses to speech and music stimuli. Ph.D. dissertation. Pennsylvania State University, University Park, Pa.

Molina Valero, J.M. (1997), Procesos implicitos y expl-citos en la fijacin de parímetros de una segunda lengua, Universidad de Granada, Ph.D. thesis

Moll, L.C. (1992). Bilingual classroom studies and community analysis: Some recent trends. Educational Researcher, 21 (8), 20-24

Mondada, L., & Pekarek Doehler, S. (2004) 'Second language acquisition as situated practice: Task accomplishment in the French second language classroom' The Modern Language Journal Vol. 88, 4 pp 501-518

Mondada, L., & Pekarek Doehler, S. (2004). Second language acquisition as situated practice: Task accomplishment in the French second language classroom. Modern Language Journal, 88, 501-- 518.

Mondria, J-A. & Wit-de-Boer, M. (1991), 'The effects of contextual richness on the guessability and the retention of words in a foreign language', Applied Linguistics. 12 (3): 249-267.

Mondria, J. A. (2003). The effects of inferring, verifying, and memorizing on the retention of L2 word meanings. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 25, 473-499.

Mondria, J.A. (2003) The effects of inferring, verifying, and memorizing on the retention of L2 word meanings: An experimental comparison of the -'meaning inferred method' and -'meaning given method'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 25, 473-499.

Mondria, J.A. (2003) The effects of inferring, verifying, and memorizing on the retention of L2 word meanings: An experimental comparison of the -'meaning inferred method' and -'meaning given method'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 25, 473-499.

Monolingual and bilingual recognition of regular and irregular English verbs:

Monsell, S. (1997). On the relation between lexical input and output pathways for speech. In A. Allport, D. MacKay, W. Prinz, & E. Scheerer (Eds.), Language perception and production: Relationships between listening, speaking, reading, and writing (pp. 273-311). London: Academic Press.

Monsell, S. (2003). Task switching. TRENDS in Cognitive Sciences, 7, 3, 134-140.

Monsell, S., Matthews, G. & Miller, D. (1992), -'Repetition of lexicalisation across languages: a further test of the locus of priming', Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 44A, 763-783

Montague, N.S. (1997), 'Critical components for dual language programs', Bilingual Research Journal, 21, 4

Montgomery, C. & Eisenstein, M. 1985 Real reality revisited: an experimental course in ESL. TESOL Quarterly 19 (2): 317-34

Monti-Belkaoui, J. & Belkaoui, A. (1983). Bilingualism and the Perception of Professional Concepts. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 12 (2), 111-'"127

Montrul, S., & Slabakova, R. (2003). Competence similarities between native and near-native speakers. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 25(3), 351-398.

Montrul, S., Foote, R., Perpi-n, S., Thornhill, D., & Vidal, S. 2006. Full access and age effects in adult bilingualism: An investigation of Spanish accusative clitics and word order. In N. Sagarra & J. Toribio (Eds), Selected Proceedings of the 9th Hispanic Linguistic Symposium (pp. 217--228). Somerville, MA: Cascadilla Proceedings Project.

Montrul, S., Foote, R., Perpiín, S., Thornhill, D., & Vidal, S. 2006. Full access and age effects in adult bilingualism: An investigation of Spanish accusative clitics and word order. In N. Sagarra & J. Toribio (Eds), Selected Proceedings of the 9th Hispanic Linguistic Symposium (pp. 217--228). Somerville, MA: Cascadilla Proceedings Project.

Moodley, V. (2007). Codeswitching in the multilingual first language classroom. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 10(6), 707-722.

Moon, C., Cooper, R,, & Fifer, W.P. (1993), -'Two day infants prefer their native language', Infant Behaviour and Development, 16, 495-500

Mooney, R. Prather, J., & Roberts, T. 2008. Neurophysiology of birdsong learning. In J.H. Byrne (Ed.), Learning and memory: A comprehensive reference, Vol. 3. (Ch. 28). Oxford: Academic Press.

Moorcroft, R. & Gardner R.C. (1987), 'Linguistic factors in second-language loss', Language Learning 37/3, 327-340

Moore, D. (1992) Perte, maintien ou extension des langues d'origine? Reflexions partir de la situation indo-pakistanaise en Angleterre. LIDIL, 6 June 1992: 53-68.

Moore, D. (2006). Plurilingualism and strategic competence in context. International Journal of Multilingualism 3.2, 125--138.

Moore, D. (2006). Plurilingualism and strategic competence in context. International Journal of Multilingualism 3.2, 125--138.

Moore, D. (2006). Plurilinguismes et Ecole. Paris: Didier.

Moore, D. (2006). Plurilinguismes et Ecole. Paris: Didier.

Moore, L. (1999), Language socialisation research and French language education in Africa: A Cameroonian case study. Canadian Modern Language Review, 56, 2, 329-350

Morahan, M. (2009) The Use of Students' First Language (L1) in the Second Language (L2) Classroom. Available from World Wide Web. Accessed January 7, 2010, from http://www.labschool.pdx.edu/PD_Mini_Modules/images/8/81/MorahanL2inL1class.pdf

Morais, J., Content, A., Cary, L., Mehler, J., & Segui, J. (1989). Syllabic segmentation and literacy. Language and Cognitive Processes, 4, 57-67.

Morales-Carrinn, A. 1980. Reflecting on common Hispanic roots. Agenda 10:28-31.

Moran, C. & Calfee, R. (1993), 'Comprehending orthography: social construction of letter-sound systems in monolingual and bilingual programs', Reading and Writing, 5, 205-225

Moravscik, E. (1978), Language contact. In Greenberg, J. ed. Universals of Language. Volume I: Method and Theory. Stanford: Stanford University Press, pp. 93-123.

Moreno Oral English Proficiency Test. San Diego: Moreno Educational Company, 1973.

Moretti, R., Bava, A., Torre, P., Antonello, R., Zorzon, M., Zivadinov, R., & Gazzoto, G. 2001. Bilingual aphasia and subcortical-cortical lesions. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 92: 803--814.

Moretti, R., Bava, A., Torre, P., Antonello, R., Zorzon, M., Zivadinov, R., & Gazzoto, G. 2001. Bilingual aphasia and subcortical-cortical lesions. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 92: 803--814.

Morford, J.P. 2003. Grammatical development in adolescent first-language learners. Linguistics, 41: 681--721.

Morgan, G., & Kegl, J. 2006. Nicaraguan Sign Language and theory of mind: The issue of critical periods and abilities. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 47: 811--819.

Morgan, G., & Kegl, J. 2006. Nicaraguan Sign Language and theory of mind: The issue of critical periods and abilities. Journal of Child Psychology and Psychiatry, 47: 811--819.

Morgan, J.L. & Newport, E.L. (1981), 'The role of constituent structure in the induction of an artificial language,' Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 20, 67-85

Morgan, J.L., Meier, R.P. & Newport, E.L. (1987), 'Structural packaging in the input to language learning: contributions of prosodic and morphological marking of phrases to the acquisition of language', Cognitive Psychology, 19, 498-550

Mori, J. (2004). Negotiating sequential boundaries and learning opportunities: A case from a Japanese language classroom. Modern Language Journal, 88, 536--550.

Mori, J. (2004). Pursuit of understanding: Rethinking -'negotiation of neaning' in view of projected action. In R. Gardner & J. Wagner (Eds.), Second language conversations (pp. 157-177). London: Continuum. Nguyen, H.

Mori, J. (2004a). Negotiating sequential boundaries and learning opportunities: A case from a Japanese language classroom. Modern Language Journal, 88, 536--550.

Mori, J. (2004b). Pursuit of understanding: Rethinking -'negotiation of neaning' in view of projected action. In R. Gardner & J. Wagner (Eds.), Second language conversations (pp. 157-177). London: Continuum. Nguyen, H.

Mori, Y. & Nagy, W. 1999. Integration of information from context and word elements in interpreting novel kanji compounds. Reading Research Quarterly 34(1), 80-101

Mori, Y. 1998. Effects of first language and phonological accessibility on Kanji recognition. Modern Language Journal, 82(1), 69-82.

Mori, Y. 1999. Epistemological beliefs and language learning beliefs: What do language learners believe about their learning? Language Learning, 49(3), 377-415.

Mori, Y. 2003. 'The roles of context and word morphology in learning new Kanji words'. MLJ, 87, 343-364

Morikawa, Y. 1985. Stroop phenomena in the Japanese language (ii): Effects of character-usage frequency and number of strokes. In H.S.R. Kao & R. Hoosain (Eds.). Linguistics, psychology and the Chinese language. Hong Kong: University of Hong Kong, Centre of Asian Studies.

Morison, S.H. 1990, A Spanish-English dual-language program in New York City. In C.B. Cazden & C.E. Snow (eds) The Annals of the American Academy of Political and Social Science 508, 160-169. London: Sage.

Moriuchi, N. (1996). L2 English phonetic acquisition by Japanese learners of English: focusing on production of English /r/ and /l/. [Nihonjin eigo gakushusha no onsei no shutoku jyoukyou ni tsuite: tokuni /r/ to /l/ no sanshutu ni tsuite] Chugoku Shikoku Kyouiku Gakkai Kyouiku Kenkyu Kiyou, 42, Vol, 2, 187-191.

Morley, J., Robinen, B. W., Selinker, L. & Woods, D. 1984. ESL theory and the Fries legacy. JALT Journal 6:171-207.

Moroishi, M. 1999. Explicit vs. implicit learning: Acquisition of the Japanese conjectural auxiliaries under explicit and implicit conditions. In N. Jungheim & P. Robinson (Eds.), Pragmatics and pedagogy: Proceedings of the 3rd Pacific Second Language Research Forum, Volume 2. (pp. 217-230). Tokyo: PacSLRF.

Morosawa, A. 1990, Intimacy and urgency in request forms of Japanese: A psycholinguistic study. Sophia Linguistica, 28, 129-143.

Morrison, C. M., Ellis, A. W., & Quinlan, P. T. (1992). Age of acquisition, not word frequency, affects object naming, not object recognition. Memory & Cognition, 20, 705-714.

Morrison, C. M., Hirsh, K. W., Chappell, T., & Ellis, A. W. (2002). Age and age of acquisition: An evaluation of the cumulative frequency hypothesis. European Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 14, 435-459.

Morrison, D. & Low, G. 1983, Monitoring and the second language learner. In J. Richards & R. Schmidt (eds) Language and Communication. London: Long-man.

Morrison, J. (1958): Bilingualism: Some psychological aspects. The Advancement of Science, 56, 287-90.

Morrison, L. (1996) Talking About Words: A Study of French as a Second Language Learners' Lexical Inferencing Procedures. Canadian Modern Language Review, 53,1. 41-75.

Morrissey, M. D. (1981). A case for -'friends'. IRAL, 19, 65-68.

Morsley, D. & Vasseur, M. 1976 L'emploi des verbes francais par des travailleurs immigre's arabophones et portugais. Langue francaise 29: 8~92

Mortimore, P. et al. 1988, School Matters. The Junior Years. Wells, Somerset: Open Books.

Moser-Mercer, B (1994). Aptitude testing for conference interpreting: Why, when and how. In S. Lambert & B. Moser-Mercer (Eds.), Bridging the gap. Empirical research in simultaneous interpretation (57-68). Amsterdam/Philadelphia: Benjamins.

Moser-Mercer, B., Frauenfelder, U. H., Casado, B., & Knzli, A. (2000). Searching to define expertise in interpreting. In B. Englund Dimitrova & K. Hyltenstamm (Eds.), Language processing and simultaneous interpreting: Interdisciplinary perspectives (pp. 107-131). Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins. Mouton de Gruyter.

Moser, B. (1978). Simultaneous interpretation: A hypothetical model and its practical application. In D. Gerver & H. W. Sinaiko (Eds.), Language interpretation and communication (pp. 353-368). New York: Plenum.

Moskowitz, G. (1967), 'The FLint system: an observational tool for the foreign language classroom', in A. Simon & E.G. Boyer (eds.), Mirrors for Behavior: An Anthology of Classroom Observation Instruments, section 15, pp.1-15, Philadelphia, Center for the Study of Teaching, Temple University

Moskowitz, G. (1978), Caring and Sharing in the Foreign Language Classroom. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House.

Moss, H.E. & Older, L.J.E. (1996), Birkbeck Word Association Norms

Mougeon, R. & Beniak, E. (1991) Linguistic consequences of language contact and restriction: the case of French in Ontario, Canada. Oxford: Clarendon Press.

Mougeon, R., Belanger, M. & Canale, M. (1978) Le role de l'interference dans l'emploi des prepositions en franais et en anglais par les jeunes Francoontariens bilingues. In Paradis, ed., pp.53-63.

Mougeon, R., Beniak, E. & Valois, D. (1986): Is child language a possible source of linguistic variation? In Sankoff, D. ed. Diversity & Diachrony.

Mougeon, R., Canale, M. & Carroll, S. (1977): Acquisition of English prepositions by monolingual and bilingual (French/English) Ontarian Students. In Eckman, F. & Hastings, A. eds Studies in First and Second Language Acquisition. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House.

Mougeon, R., Nadasdi, T. & Rehner, K. (2005), -'Contact-induced linguistic innovations on the continuum of language use: the case of French in Ontario', Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 8, 2, 99-115

Moulton, W.G. (1962) The sounds of English and German. University of Chicago Press

Moulton, W.G. (1966), A Linguistic Guide to Language Learning, New York, MLA

Moya, R. 1990, -'A decade of bilingual education and indigenous participation in Ecuador', Prospects (UNESCO) 20 (3), 331-344.

Moyer, A. (1999), Ultimate attainment in L2 Phonology. SSLA, 21/1, 81-108

Moyer, A. 1999. Ultimate attainment in L2 phonology. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 21: 81--108.

Moyer, A. 2004. Age, accent and experience in second language acquisition. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters.

Moyer, A. 2004. Age, accent and experience in second language acquisition. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters.

Mtraux, R.W. (1965), -'A study of bilingualism among children of US-French parents', French Review, 38, 650-65

Muchisky, D.M. (1983), 'Relationships between speech and reading among second language learners', Language Learning, 33, 1, 77-102

Muchnick, A. & Wolfe, D. 1982. 'Attitudes and motivations of American students of Spanish'. Canadian Modern Language Review 38: 262-81.

Mueller, J. (2005). Electrophysiological correlates of second language processing.

Mueller, T. & Miller, R. 1970 A study of student attitudes and motivation in a collegiate French course using programmed language instruction. International Review of Applied Linguistics in Language Teaching 8: 297-320

Mufwene, S.S. (1990), 'Creoles and universal grammar', Linguistics, 28, 783-807

Mufwene, S.S. (1991), 'Transfer and the Substrate Hypothesis in Creolistics', Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 12, 1, 1-24

Mukattash, L. (1981) Problems in error analysis. In Papers and Studies in Contrastive Linguistics 13, Jacek Fisiak (Ed.), 261-274. Washington, D. C.: Center for Applied Linguistics.

Mukattash, L. (1984). Errors made by Arab university students in the use of English prepositions. Glottodidactica, 17, 47-64.

Mukherjee, J. (2007). Steady states in the evolution of New Englishes: present-day Indian English as an equilibrium. Journal of English Linguistics, 35(2), 157-187.

Mukkatesh, L. 1977. Problematic areas in English syntax for Jordanian students. University of Amman, Jordan.

Mukkatesh, L. 1986. 'Persistence in fossilisation'. International Review of Applied Linguistics 24:187-203

Muljani, D., Koda, K. and Moates, D. R. (1998) The development of word recognition in a second language. Applied Psycholinguistics, 19 (1), 99-113

Muller-Lance J. & C. Riehl (eds.) (2002). Ein Kopf -- viele Sprachen: Koexistenz, Interaktion und Vermittlung. Une t+ete -- plusi`eres langues: coexistence, interaction et enseignement. Aachen: Shaker.

Muller-Lance, J. (2004). Latein als Zielsprache im Rahmen mehrsprachigkeitsdidaktischer Konzepte. In Klein & Rutke (eds.), 83--94.

Muller-Lance, J. 2003. A strategy model of multilingual learning. In The Multilingual Lexicon, J. Cenoz, B. Hufeisen & U. Jessner (eds), 117--132. Dordrecht: Kluwer.

Muller, T. (2006) 'Researching the influence of target language on learner task performance', Asian-efl-journal, [online}, 8, (3), [Online]. Available at: http://www.asian-efl-journal.com/September_05_dn.php (Accessed: 16 December 2008).

Muller, T. (2006) 'Researching the influence of target language on learner task performance', Asian-efl-journal, [online}, 8, (3), http://www.asian-efl-journal.com/September_05_dn.php

Munby, J. (1978). Communicative syllabus design. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Munnich, E., Landau, B. & Dosher, B. (2001). Spatial language and spatial representation: A cross-linguistic comparison. Cognition, 81, 171-207.

Munoz, C. (2000). Bilingualism and trilingualism in school students in Catalonia. In Cenoz & Jessner (eds.), 157--178.

Munoz, C. (2000). Bilingualism and trilingualism in school students in Catalonia. In Cenoz & Jessner (eds.), 157--178.

Munoz, C. & Singleton, D. 2007. Foreign accent in advanced learners: Two successful profiles. The EUROSLA Yearbook 7: 171--190.

Munoz, C. & Singleton, D. 2011. A critical review of age-related research on L2 ultimate attainment, state of the art article. Language Teaching 44(1): 1--35.

Munoz, M.L. (1998). Language Assessment and Intervention with Children who have Visual Impairments: A guide for speech-language pathologists. Austin, TX: Texas School for the Blind and Visually Impaired.

Munro, M. (1998) 'The effects of Noise on the Intelligibility of Foreign-Accented Speech' Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 20, 139-154

Munro, M. J., & Derwing, T. M. (1994). Evaluations of foreign accent in extemporaneous and read material. Language testing, 11, 253-266.

Munro, M. J., & Derwing, T. M. (1995). Processing time, accent, and comprehensibility in the perception of native and foreign-accented speech. Language and Speech, 38, 289-306.

Munro, M. J., & Derwing, T. M. (1999). Foreign accent, comprehensibility, and intelligibility in the speech of second language learners. Language Learning, 49, Supplement 1, 285-310.

Munro, M., & Mann, V. 2005. Age of immersion as a predictor of foreign accent. Applied Psycholinguistics, 26: 311--341.

Munro, M., & Mann, V. 2005. Age of immersion as a predictor of foreign accent. Applied Psycholinguistics, 26: 311--341.

Munro, M.J. and T.M. Derwing (1998) The effects of speaking rate on listener evaluations of native and foreign-accented speech. Language Learning 48: 159-182.

Murakmi, M. (1980), 'Behavioral and attitudinal correlates of progress in ESL by native speakers of Japanese', in Oller, J., & Perkins, K. (eds.), Research in Language Testing, Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Muranoi, H. (1996). Effects of interaction enhancement on restructuring of interlanguage grammar: A cognitive approach to foreign language instruction. Ph.D. dissertation, Georgetown University, Washington, DC.

Murphy O'Dwyer, L. 1985. Diary studies as a method for evaluating teacher training. In Alderson 1985.

Murphy, S. (2003). Second language transfer during third language acquisition. Teachers College, Columbia University Working Papers in TESOL & Applied Linguistics.

Murphy, S. 2003. Second language transfer during third language acquisition. Working Papers in TESOL & Applied Linguistics, 3: 1--21.

Murphy, S. 2003. Second language transfer during third language acquisition. Working Papers in TESOL & Applied Linguistics, 3: 1--21.

Murphy, V. & Pine, K. J. (2003). Effects of L2 learning on L1 processing and representations in bilingual children. In V. Cook (Ed.). The effects of second language on the first. Bristol: Multilingual Matters.

Murphy, V. and Pine, K. (2003) Second language influence on first language linguistic representations. In V.J. Cook (ed), L2 Effects on the L1, Clevedon: Multilingual Matters

Murphy, V.A. (1997), 'The effect of modality on a grammaticality judgement task', SLR, 13, 1, 34-65

Murphy, V.A. (2000), 'Compunding and the representation of L2 inflectional morphology', Language Learning, 50, 1, 153-197

Murray, D.J. (1986), 'Characteristics of words determining how early they well be translated into a second language', Applied Psycholinguistics. 7, 4: 353-372.

Murray, H. (2006). The globalization of English and the English language classroom. ELT Journal 60(2), 204-206.

Murre, J. M. J. (2005). Models of monolingual and bilingual language acquisition. In J. F. Kroll & A. M. B. de Groot (Eds.), Handbook of bilingualism: Psycholinguistic approaches (pp. 154-169). New York: Oxford University Press.

Murrell, M. (1966), Language Acquisition in a Trilingual Environment: Notes from a Case-study. Studia Linguistica 20, 9-35.

Musau, P.M. (1993). Aspects of interphonology : the study of Kenyan learners of Swahili. Bayreuth, Germany : Bayreuth University

Muthiani, J. 1979. Sociopsychological bases of language choice and use: the case of Swahili vernaculars and English in Kenya. In Language and society, ed. W. McCormack & S. Wurm. The Hague: Mouton.

Muysken, P. (1984), 'The Spanish that Quechua speakers learn' in Andersen (ed.) 1984b.

Muysken, P. (1995), -'Codeswitching and grammatical theory', in Milroy & Muysken (eds)

Muysken, P. (2000). Bilingual speech: A typology of code-mixing. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Muysken, P., Kook, H. & Vedder, P. (1996), 'Papiamento/Dutch code-switching in bilingual parent-child reading', Applied Psycholinguistics, 17, 485-505

Myers-Scotton, C. (1978), Language in East Africa: linguistic patterns and political ideologies. In Advances in the study of societal multilingualism, ed. I. Fishman. The Hague: Mouton.

Myers-Scotton, C. (1983), The negotiation of identities in conversation: A theory of markedness and code choice. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 44, 115-136.

Myers-Scotton, C. (1986) Diglossia and code-switching. In J. Fishman et al. eds., The Fergusonian impact. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter, II, 403-17

Myers-Scotton, C. (1988), -'Codeswitching as indexical of social negotiation', in M. Heller (ed.), Codeswitching: Anthropological and Sociolinguistic Perspectives, Berlin, de Gruyter

Myers-Scotton, C. (1990) Intersections between social motivations and structural processing in code-switching. In Papers for the workshop on constraints, conditions and models. (Held in London, 27-29 September 1990.) Strasbourg: European Science Foundation, 57-82.

Myers-Scotton, C. (1991) Whither code-switching? Prospects for cross-field collaboration: production-based models of code-switching. In Papers for the Symposium on Code-switching in Bilingual Studies: theory, significance and perspectives I. (Held in Barcelona, 22-23 March 1991.) Strasbourg: European Science Foundation, 207-31.

Myers-Scotton, C. (1991), Making ethnicity salient in codeswitching. In J.R. DOW (ed.) Language and Ethnicity. Focusschrift in Honor of Joshua Fishman. Amster-dam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.

Myers-Scotton, C. (1992) Constructing the frame in intrasentential codeswitching. Multilingua, 11:101-27.

Myers-Scotton, C. (1992), Comparing codeswitching and borrowing. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 13(1-2): 19-39.

Myers-Scotton, C. (1993) Common and uncommon ground: social and structural factors in codeswitching. Language in Society, 22: 475-503.

Myers-Scotton, C. (1993) Duelling languages: grammatical structure in code-switching. Oxford: Clarendon Press.

Myers-Scotton, C. (1993) Social motivations for codeswitching: evidence from Africa. Oxford: Clarendon Press.

Myers-Scotton, C. (1993), 'Language processing and the mental lexicon in bilinguals', In: R. Dirven & J. Vanparys (eds) Current approaches to the lexicon. Frankfurt: Peter Lang

Myers-Scotton, C. (1995), -'Matching lemmas in a bilingual language competence and production model: evidence from intrasentential codeswitching', Linguistics, 33, 981-1024

Myers-Scotton, C. (2002), Contact linguistics:bilingual encounters and grammatical outcomes, OUP

Myers-Scotton, C. (2006). Multiple voices: An introduction to bilingualism. London: Blackwell.

Myers-Scotton, C. (2006). Multiple voices: An introduction to bilingualism. London: Blackwell.

Myers-Scotton, C. & Azuma, S. (1990) A frame-based process model of code-switching. In M. Ziolkowski, K. Deaton, M. Noske eds., Proceedings from the 26th Regional Conference. Chicago Linguistic Society, 307-21.

Myers-Scotton, C. & Bernstein, J. (1988), Natural conversation as a model for textbook dialogue. Applied Linguistics, 9, 372-384.

Myers-Scotton, C. & Jake, J. (1995), 'Matching lemmas in a bilingual language competence and production model: evidence from intrasentential code-switching', Linguistics, 33, 981-1024

Myers-Scotton, C. & Ury, W. 1977. -'Bilingual Strategies: The Social Functions of Codeswitching.' International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 13, pp. 5-20.

Myers-Scotton, C. 2003. Code-switching: Evidence for both flexibility and rigidity in language. In Bilingualism: Beyond Basic Principles, J.-M. Dewaele, A. Housen & Li Wei (eds), 189--203. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Myhill, J. (2003). The native speaker, identity, and the authenticity hierarchy. Language Sciences, 25(1), 77

Myhill, J. 1982 The acquisition of complex sentences: a cross-linguistic study. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 4:193-200

Myhill, J. 2003 -'The native speaker , identity and the authenticity hierarchy', Language Sciences, 25, 1, 77-97

Myhill, M. (1990), 'Socio-cultural content in ESL programmes for newly arrived and NESB and Aboriginal school children in Western Australia, English Language Teaching Documents, 132, 117-131

Myles, F. (1990), Error and order in the acquisition of French as a second language, Ph.D., Sheffield

Myles, F. (1995), Interaction between linguistic theory and language processing in SLA. Second Language Research 11, 235-'"266.

Myles, F. & Mitchell, R. (1998), Second Language Learning Theories, London, Arnold New ed 2004)

Myles, F., Hooper, J. & Mitchell, R. (1998): Rote or rule? Exploring the role of formulaic language in classroom foreign language learning. Language Learning 48, 3, 323-363

Myles, F., Mitchell, R. & Hooper, J. (1999), -'Interrogative chunks in French L2: A basis for creative construction?', SSLA, 21, 49-80

Nabokov, V. (1966). Speak, memory: an Autobiography revisited. New York, Putnam.

Nadkarni, M. (1975). Bilingualism and syntactic change in Konkani. Language, 51, 672-83.

Nagara, S. 1972. Japanese Pidgin English in Hawaii: a Bilingual Description. Honolulu: University Press of Hawaii.

Nagata, H. (1981), 'Effectiveness of word order and grammatical markers as syntactic indications of semantic relations', J. Psycholing. Res., 10, 5,

Nagata, H. (1988), 'The relativity of linguistic intuition: the effects of repetition on grammaticality judgements', J. Psycholing. Res., 17, 1, 1-17

Nagata, H. (1991), 'Temporal course of activation of the antecedent by the reflexive in syntactically ambiguous sentences in Japanese', J. Psycholing. Res., 20, 6, 501-520

Nagata, N. & Swisher, M.V. 1995. A study of consciousness-raising by computer: The effect of metalinguistic feedback on second language learning. Foreign Language Annals, 28(3), 337-347

Nagle, S.J. & Sanders, S.L. (1986), 'Comprehension theory and second language pedagogy', TESOL Quarterly, 20, 1, 9-25

Nagy, W.E., Garc-a, G.E., Durgunoglu, A.Y. & Hancin-Bhatt, B.J. (1993). Cross-language transfer of lexical knowledge: Bilingual students' use of cognates. Journal of Reading Behavior, 25, 241-259.

Naiman, N. 1974 The use of elicited imitation in second language acquisition research. Working Papers on Bilingualism 2:1-37

Naiman, N., Frhlich, M., Stern, H. & Todesco, A. 1978 The good language learner. Research in Education Series No. 7, The Ontario Institute for Studies in Education, Toronto. Reprinted Multilingual Matters, (1995)

Naiman, N., Frohlich, M. & Stern, H. H. (1975). The good language learner. Toronto: Ontario Institute for Studies in Education.

Nairne, J.S. & Healy, A.F. (1983), 'Counting backwards produces systematic errors', J. Exp. Psychol.: General, 112, 1, 37-40

Nakada, T., Fujii, Y. & Kwee, I.L. (2001), -'Brain strategies for reading in the second language are determined by the first language', Neuroscience Research, 40, 351-358

Nakauchi, J. 1993.The Identification of /1/ and /r/ by Japanese Early, Intermediate and Late Bilinguals - Speech. Hearing and Language. Work in Progress 7, 155 -179

Namias, J. 1978. First generation. Boston: Beacon Press

Naro, A. 1983. 'Comments on "Simplified Input and Second Language Acquisition" ' in Andersen (ed.) 1983

Nartey, J. (1982), -'Code-switching, interference or faddism: language use among educated Ghanians', Anthropological Linguistics, 24, 183-192

Nas, G. (1983). Visual word recognition in bilinguals: Evidence for a cooperation between visual and sound based codes during access to a common lexical store. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 22, 526-534.

Nas, G. (1983). Visual word recognition in bilinguals: Evidence for a cooperation between visual and sound based codes dwing access to a common lexical store. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 22. 526-534.

Nassaji, H. & Fotos, S. (2004), -'Current developments in research on the teaching of grammar', Annual Review of Applied Linguistics, 24, 126-145

Nassaji, H. & Geva E. (1999), 'The contribution of phonological and orthographic processing skills to adult ESL reading: evidence from native speakers of Farsi', Applied Psycholinguistics, 20, 241-267

Natalico, D. S. & Natalico, L. F. S. (1971). A comparative study of English pluralisation by native and non-native English speakers. Child Development. 42, 1302-6.

Natalico, D.S. & Natalico, L.F. (1971). A comparative study of English pluralization by native and non-native English speakers. Child Development. 42

Nathan, G.S. (1987), 'On second-language acquisition of voiced stops', Journal of Phonetics, 15, 313-322

Nation, I. S. P. (1990). Teaching and learning vocabulary. New York: Newbury House.

Nation, I.S.P. (2001), Learning vocabulary in another language, CUP

Nation, P (2001) The role of the first language in foreign language learning. Asian EFL Journal: 1-7

Nation, P (2001) The role of the first language in foreign language learning. Asian EFL Journal: 1-7

Nation, P. (1982) "Beginning to learn foreign language vocabulary" RELC Journal 13, 14-36

Nation, P. (1990), Teaching and Learning Vocabulary. New York: Newbury House/Harper Row.

Nation, P. (1990). Teaching and Learning Vocabulary. New York: Newbury House/Harper Row.

Nation, P. (1993). Vocabulary size, growth, and use. In R. Schreuder & B. Weltens (Eds.), The bilingual lexicon (pp. 115-134). Amsterdam-Philadelphia: John Benjamins.

Nation, P. & Carter, R. (eds.) (1989). Vocabulary acquisition. Amsterdam: Free University Press (AILA Review/Revue de I'AILA 6).

Nation, R. & B. McLaughlin. 1986. 'Experts and novices: an information-processing approach to the "good language learner" problem'. Applied Psycholinguistics 7: 41-56.

National Center for Education Statistics, 1978. Place of birth and language characteristics of persons of Hispanic origin in the United States: Spring 1976. US Department of Health, Education and Welfare, 78 B-6.

National Center for Education Statistics, 1978/1979. Birthplace and language characteristics of persons of Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Pilipino and Vietnamese origin in the United States. US Department of Health, Education and Welfare, 79 B-12.

Natt M'Barek, M. & Sankoff, D. (1988) Le discours mixte arabe/francais: emprunts ou alternances de langue? Canadian Journal of Linguistics/Revue Canadienne de Linguistique, 33(2): 143-54.

Nattinger, J. (1988), -'Some current trends in vocabulary teaching', in Carter & McCarthy (eds)

Nattinger, J. & DeCarrico. 1992. Lexical Phrases and Language Teaching. Oxford: OUP.

Naveh-Benjamin, M., & Ayres, T.J. (1986). Digit span, reading rate, and linguistic relativity. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 38A, 739-751

Naves, T., I. Miralpeix & M. Celaya (2006).Who transfers more . . . and what? Crosslinguistic influence in relation to school grade and language dominance in EFL. International Journal of Multilingualism 2.2, 113--134.

Naves, T., I. Miralpeix & M. Celaya (2006).Who transfersmore . . . and what? Crosslinguistic influence in relation to school grade and language dominance in EFL. International Journal of Multilingualism 2.2, 113--134.

Nayak, N., Hansen, N., Krueger, N. & McLaughlin, B. (1990), Language-Learning Strategies in Monolingual and Multilingual Adults. Language Learning 30, 222-244

Nayak, N., N. Hansen, N. Krueger & B. McLaughlin (1990). Language-learning strategies in monolingual and multilingual adults. Language Learning 40.2, 221--244.

Nayak, N., N. Hansen, N. Krueger & B. McLaughlin (1990). Language-learning strategies in monolingual and multilingual adults. Language Learning 40.2, 221--244.

Nayar, P.B. (1997), -'ESL/EFL dichotomy today: language politics or pragmatics', TESOL Quarterly, 31, 9-37

Nazzi, T., & Bertoncini, J. (2003). Before and after the vocabulary spurt: two modes of word acquisition? Developmental Science, 6, 136-142.

Nazzi, T., & Ramus, F. (2003). Perception and acquisition of linguistic rhythm by infants. Speech Communication, 41, 233-243.

Nazzi, T., Bertoncini, J., & Mehler, J. (1998). Language discrimination by newborns: Towards an understanding of the role of rhythm. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 24, 756-766.

Neale, B. (1971): Asians in Nairobi: A preliminary survey. In Whitely, W. H. ed. Language Use and Social Change. Oxford: OUP, pp. 334~6.

Neely, J. H. (1991). Semantic priming effects in visual word recognition: A selective review of current findings and theories. In D. Besner & G. Humphreys (Eds.), Basic processes in reading: Visual word recognition (pp. 236-264). Hillsdale NJ: Erlbaum.

Neil, P.S. (1997) Reflections on the Target Language. London: CILT.

Neil, P.S. (1997) Reflections on the Target Language. London: CILT.

Neisser, U. (1984), -'Interpreting Harry Bahrick's discovery: what confers immunity against forgetting?', Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 113, 32-35

Nelde, P.H. (1981): Kontaktlinguistik und Minderheitsforschung. In Baetens-Beardsmore, ed., pp.76-92.

Nelson, J. 1980. Language systems in adult informal second language learners. Ph.D. McGill University.

Nelson, K. (1973). Structure and strategy in learning to talk. Monographs of the Society for Research in Child Development, 38 (1-2 Serial No. 149).

Nelson, T. (1978). Detecting small amounts of information in memory: Savings for non-recognized items. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory, 4, 453-468.

Nemoiana, A. (198X), 'The Boat's Gonna Leave': A Study of Children Learning a Second Language, John Benjamins, Amsterdam

Nemser, W. (1971). Approximative systems of foreign-language learners. IRAL, 9, 2, 115-23. Reprinted in Richards (1974).

Nemser, W. (1991), 'Language contact and foreign language acquisition. In: V. Ivir & D. Kalogjera (Eds.) Languages in contact and contrast. Berlin and New York: Mouton de Gruyter.

Nemser, W. 1961. The interpretation of English stops and interdental fricatives by native speakers of Hungarian. PhD dissertation. Columbia University.

Nemser, W. 1971 . An Experimental study of Phonological Interference in the English of Hungarians. Indiana University, Bloomington, and Mouton, the Hague.

Nemser, W. 1971 Approximative systems of foreign language learner International Review of Applied Linguistics 9:115-24

Nenonen, S., Shestakova, A., Huotilainen, M. and Nññtñnan, R. (2005) -'Speech-spound duration processing in a second language is specific to phonetic categories' Brain and Language, 92, 26-32

Nesse, A. 2003. Written and spoken languages in Bergen in the Hansa era. In Aspects of Multilingualismin European Language History [Hamburg Studies on Multilingualism 2], K. Braunmuller & G. Ferraresi (eds), 61--84. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Netsu, M. (1984), 'The role of Error Analysis in classifying linguistic distinctions between English "when" and its Japanese equivalents', IRAL, 22, 193-202

Neu, J. & S. Gass (eds.). (forthcoming). Speech Acts Across Cultures. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.

Neufeld, G. (1973), The bilingual's lexical store. Working Papers on Bilingualism. 1, 35-65.

Neufeld, G. (1974), A theoretical perspective on the relationship of bilingualism and thought: Revisited. Working Papers on Bilingualism No.2, 125-129.

Neufeld, G. (1976), 'The bilingual's lexical store', IRAL, XIV/1,15-35

Neufeld, G. (1977), 'Language learning ability in adults: a study on the acquisition of prosodic and articulatory features'. Working Papers on Bilingualism 12: 45-60.

Neufeld, G. (1978), On the acquisition of prosodic and articulatory features in adult language learning. Canadian Modern Language Review 34 (2): 163-74

Neufeld, G. (1979), Towards a theory of language learning ability. Language Learning 29 (2): 227A1

Neufeld, G. (1980). On the adult's ability to acquire phonology. TESOL Quarterly, 14, 285-298

Neuner, G. 2004. The concept of plurilingualism and tertiary language didactics. In The Plurilingualism Project: Tertiary Language Learning -- German after English, B. Hufeisen & G. Neuner (eds), 13--34. Strasbourg: European Centre for Modern languages, Council of Europe Publishing.

Nevarez, H., Berk, V. and Hayes, C.W. (1979). The role of handwriting in TESOL. TESOL Newsletter Vol. XIII No.1:pp.25-26.

Neville, H. J., Nicol, J., Barss, A., Forster, K. I., & Garrett, M. E. (1991). Syntactically based sentence processing classes: Evidence from event-related potentials. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 3, 151-165.

Neville, H., Coffey, SA., Lawson, D.S., Fischer, A., Emmorey, K. & Bellugi, U. (1997). Neural systems mediating American Sign Language: Effects of sensory experiences and age of acquisition. Brain and Language, 57, 285-'"308

Neville, H., Mills, D.L., & Lawson, D.S. (1992). Fractionating language: different neural subsystems with different sensitive periods. Cerebral Cortex, 2, 244-'"258.

Neville, H., Nichol, J.L., Barss, A., Forster, K.I., & Garrett, M.F. (1991), 'Syntactically based sentence processing classes: evidence from event-related brain potentials', Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 3, 2, 151-165

Neville, H.J., Mills, D.L., & Lawson, D.S. 1992. Fractionating language: Different natural subsystems with different sensitive periods. Cerebral Cortex, 2: 244--258.

Newby. R.W. (1976). Effects of bilingual language system on release from proactive inhibition. Perceptual and Motor Skills 43. 1059-1064.

Newman, A.J., Bavelier, D., Corina, D., Jezzard, P., & Neville, H.J. 2002. A critical period for right hemisphere recruitment in American Sign Language processing. Nature Neuroscience, 5: 76--80.

Newman, A.J., Bavelier, D., Corina, D., Jezzard, P., & Neville, H.J. 2002. A critical period for right hemisphere recruitment in American Sign Language processing. Nature Neuroscience, 5: 76--80.

Newmark, L. (1966), How not to interfere with language learning. International Review of American Linguistics 40:77-83

Newmark, L. (1971). A minimal language teaching program. In P. Pimsleur & T. Quinn (Eds.), The psychology of second language learning, Cambridge: CUP. 11-18.

Newmark, L. & Reibel, D. 1968. 'Necessity and sufficiency in language learning'. International Review of Applied Linguistics in Language Teaching 6:145-64.

Newmark, L. & Reibel, D. A. (1968). Necessity and sufficiency in language learning. IRAL, 6, 3, 145-64.

Newmeyer, F.J. (1987), 'The current convergence in linguistic theory: some implications for second language acquisition research', Second Language Research, 3, 1, 1-19

Newport, E. (1984). Constraints on learning: studies in the acquisition of American Sign Language. Papers and Reports on Child Language Development 23:1-22

Newport, E. (1990). Maturational constraints on language learning. Cognitive Science, 14(1), 11-28.

Newport, E. L. (1988). Constraints on learning and their role in language acquisition: Studies of the acquisition of American Sign Language. Language Sciences, 10, 147-172.

Newport, E. L. (1990). Maturational constraints on language learning. Cognitive Science, 34, 11-28.

Newport, E.L., Bavelier, D., & Neville, H.J. 2001. Critical thinking about critical periods: Perspectives on a critical period for language acquisition. In E. Dupoux (Ed.), Language, brain, and cognitive development (pp. 481--502). Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press.

Ng, S.H. & He, A. 2004. Code-switching in tri-generational family conversations among Chinese immigrants in New Zealand. Journal of Language and Social Psychology 23(1): 28--48.

Nicholas, H. & Meisel, J. 1983 Second language acquisition: the state of the art. In Felix, S. & Wode, H. (eds.) Language development at the cross-roads, pp. 63-89. Gunter Narr, Tubingen

Nicholas, H. 1984. 'To be' or not 'to be': is that really the question? Developmental sequences and the role of the copula in the acquisition of German as a second language. In R. Andersen (ed.) Second languages: a Cross-linguistic perspective, Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House. 299-317.

Nicholas, H. 1985 Individual differences in interlanguage use. Australian Review of Applied Linguistics 8: 7~86

Nicholas, H. 1985. 'Learner variation and the teachability hypothesis' in Hyltenstam & Pienemann (eds.) 1985.

Nicholas, H. 1986. 'The acquisition of language as the acquisition of variation'. Australian Working Papers on Language Development 1, 1-'"30.

Nicholas, H., Lightbown, P. & Spada, N. (2001), -'Recasts as feedback to language learners', Language Learning, 51, 4, 719-758

Nicholas, M., Tabor-Connor, L., Obler, L.K., & Albert, M.L. 1998. Aging, language, and language disorders." In M. Taylor Sarno (Ed.), Acquired aphasia, 3rd edition (pp. 413--449). New York: Academic Press.

Nicholas, N. (1987), 'Learner variation and the teachability hypothesis', in Hyltenstam (ed.)

Nickel, C., & Wagner, K. H. 1968. Contrastive linguistics and language teaching. IRAL 6:233-55.

Nickel, G. (1989) "Some controversies in present-day error analysis: Contrastive vs non-contrastive errors." IRAL XXVII/4 , 293-305

Nickel, G. 1970. Introduction to PAKS 1970, no.5.

Nickel, G. 1971. Papers in Contrastive Linguistics. CUP, Cambridge.

Nickel, G. 1973. 'Aspects of error analysis and grading' in Svartvik (ed.) 1973a.

Nickel, G. 1973. Grundsatzliches zur Fehleranalyse und Fehlerbewertung. In Nickel, G. (ed.) Fehlerkunde, 2nd ed. Cornelsen-Velhagen & Klasing.

Nickel, G. 1979. Some controversies in present-day error analysis: 'contrastive' vs 'non-contrastive' errors. IRAL 27: 293-306.

Nickel, G. 1988. Recent Trends in Contrastive Linguistics and Error Analysis. Journal of Applied Linguistics 4: 75-80

Nicol, J. (ed.) (2001), One Mind, Two Languages , Oxford: Blackwell

Nicoladis, E. (1999), -'"Where is my brush teeth?": acquisition of compound nouns in a bilingual child', Bilingualism: Language & Cognition, 2, 245-256

Nicoladis, E. (2002), -'The cues that children use in acquiring adjectival phrases and compound nouns: evidence from bilingual children', Brain and Language, 6, 1, 635-648

Nicoladis, E. (2002). 'What's the difference between 'toilet paper' and 'paper toilet'? French-English bilingual children's crosslinguistic transfer in compound nouns', J. Child. Lang, 29, 843-863

Nicoladis, E. (2002). When is a preposition a linking element? Bilingual children's acquisition of French compound nouns. Folia Linguistica, 36, 45-63

Nicoladis, E. & Genesee, F. (1996), 'A longitudinal study of pragmatic differentiation in young bilingual children', Language Learning, 46, 439-64

Nicoladis, E. & Genesee, F. (1998), -'Parental discourse and codemixing in bilingual children', International Journal of Bilingualism, 2, 1, 5-99

Nicoladis, E. & Genesee, F. 1997. Language development in pre-school bilingual children. Journal of Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology 21(4): 258--270.

Nicoladis, E. & Secco, G. (2000), -'The role of a child's productive vocabulary in the language choice of a bilingual family', First Language, 20, 3-28

Nicoladis, E. & Secco, G. 2000. The role of a child's productive vocabulary in the language choice of a bilingual family. First Language 58(1): 3--28.

Nicoladis, E. 1998. First clues to the existence of two input languages: pragmatic and lexical differentiation in a bilingual child. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition 1(2): 105--116.

Nicoladis, E. 2001. -'Finding first words in the input'. In Cenoz, J. & Genesee, F. (eds.), -'Trends in Bilingual Acquisition.' Amsterdam /Philadelphia: John Benjamins.

Nicoladis, E., & Grabois, H. (2002). Learning English and losing Chinese: A case study of a child adopted from China. The International Journal of Bilingualism, 6, 441-454.

Nieuwenhuis, S., & Yeung, N. 2005. Neural mechanisms of attention and control: Losing our inhibitions? Nature Neuroscience, 8: 1631--1633.

Nieuwland, M. S., & Van Berkum, J. J. A. (2006). When peanuts fall in love: N400 evidence of the power of discourse. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 18, 1098-1111.

Nikolov, M., & Mihaljevic Djigunovic, J. 2006. Recent research on age, second language acquisition, and early foreign language learning. Annual Review of Applied Linguistics, 26: 234--260.

Nikolov, M., 2000. The CPH reconsidered: Successful adult learners of Hungarian and English. International Review of Applied Linguistics, 38: 109--124.

Nilipour, R. & Ashayeri, H. (1989), -'Alternating anatagonism between two languages with successive recovery of a third in a trilingual aphasic patient' Brain and Language, 36, 23-38

Nisbett, R.E. (2003), The Geography of Thought, London: Nicholas Brealey Publishing

Nisbett, R.E. & Norenzayan, A. (2002), -'Culture and cognition', in D.L. Medin (ed.), Stevens' Handbook of Experimental Psychology, 3rd edition, Wiley

Nishimura, M. (1985). Intrasentential code-switching in Japanese-English. PhD dissertation. University of Pennsylvania.

Nishimura, M. (1986), 'Intrasentential codeswitching: the case of language assignment', in Vaid, J. (1986), Language Processing in Bilinguals: Psycholinguistic and Neuropsychological Perspectives, Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, New Jersey, 1986

Nishimura, M. (1997), Japanese/English Codeswitching: Syntax and Pragmatics, New York: Peter Lang

Nixon, J. 1981 A teacher's guide to action research. Grant McIntyre

Noble, C. E. (1952). The role of stimulus meaning (m) in serial verbal learning. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 43, 437-446.

Nobuyoshi, J. & Ellis, R. (1993). Focused communication tasks and second language acquisition. ELT Journal, 47(3), 203-'"210.

Noels, K., Clement, R. & Pelletier, L. (1999), 'Perceptions of teachers' communicative style and students' intrinsic and extrinsic motivation', MLJ, 83, 23-33

Noels, K., Pon, G. & Clement, R. (1996) Language, identity, and adjustment: The role of linguistic self-confidence in the acculturation process. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 15, 3, 246-264

Noguchi, M. & Fotos, S. (2001) Studies in Japanese Bilingualism, Prentice-Hall International

Nooteboom S. & Truin, P. (1980), -'Word recognition from fragments of spoken words by native non-native listeners', IPO Annual Progress Report, 15, 42-47

Norenzayan, A., Smith, E.E., Kim, B.J. & Nisbett, R.E. (2002), -'Cultural preferences for formal versus intuitive reasoning', Cognitive Science, 26, 653-684

Norman, D. A., & Shallice, T. (1986). Attention to action: Willed and automatic control of behavior. In R. J. Davidson, G. E. Schwartz, & D. Shapiro (Eds.), Consciousness and self-regulation: Advances in research and theory, Vol. 4. (pp. 1-18). New York-London: Plenum Press.

Norman, Donald A. 2002. The Design of Everyday Things. New York NY: Basic Books.

Norman, W. (1976), Quiche text. International Journal of American Linguistics, 1, 40-60.

Norris, J. & L. Ortega. (2000). Effectiveness of L2 instruction: A research synthesis and quantitative meta-analysis. Language Learning 50/3: 417--528.

Norrish, J. (1983), Language Learners and their Errors, Macmillan

Nortier, J.M. (1989) Dutch and Moroccan Arabic in contact: code-switching among Moroccans in the Netherlands. Academic Proefschrift, Univertiteit van Amsterdam.

Nortier, J.M. (1990) Dutch-Moroccan Arabic code-switching among young Moroccans in the Netherlands. Dordrecht: Foris.

Norton, B. (1995). Social Identity, Investment, and Language Learning. TESOL Quarterly, 29, 1, 9-31.

Norton, B. (1997). Language, Identity, and the Ownership of English. TESOL Quarterly, 31, 3, 409-430.

Norton, B. (2000) Identity and language learning: Gender, ethnicity, and educational change. London: Longman

Norton, B. & Toohey, K. (2001), -'Changing perspectives on good language learners', TESOL Quarterly, 35, 307-323

Nott, C.R. & Lambert, W.E. (1968), -'Free recall of bilinguals', JVLVB, 7, 1065-1071

Novak-Lukanovic, S. 1988, Bilingual education in Yugoslavia. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 9 (1&2), 169-176

Novoa, L., Fein, D. & Obler, L. (1988), -'Talent in foreign languages: a case study', in Obler, L. & Fein, D. (eds.), The Exceptional Brain: Neuropsychology of Talent and Special Abilities, New York, Guilford, 294-302

Noyau, C. (1986), L'acquisition du franais dans le milieu social par des adultes hispanophones: la temporalit. Ph.D., Universit Paris-Sorbonne, Paris.

Noyau, C. & Porquier, R. (eds.) 1984 Communiquer dans la langue de l'autre, 37-59. Paris: Presses Universitaires de Vincennes.

Noyau, C. & Vasseur, M.Th. (1986), L'acquisition des moyens de la rfrence temporelle en franais langue trangre chez des adultes hispanophones. Langages 84.105-117.

Noyau, C. & Vronique, D. 1986. Survey article: Second language acquisition research in France and French-speaking Switzerland. Studies in second language acquisition, 8, 245-263.

Nuffield Foundation (2000) Languages the next generation

Numata, S. (1984), -'The relation between spelling of katakana English and learning English words', Joshi Eiyou University Bulletin 15

Nunan, D. (1988), Learner-centred curriculum design. CUP

Nunan, D. (1989), Designing tasks for the communicative classroom. Cambridge: CUP.

Nunan, D. (1990), 'The questions teachers ask'. JALT Journal 12:187-202.

Nunan, D. (1990), 'The teacher as researcher' in Brumfit & Mitchell (eds.) 1990.

Nunan, D. (1991), 'Methods in second language classroom-oriented research: a critical review'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 13: 249-74

Nunan, D. (1992). Research methods in language learning. Cambridge: CUP

Nunan, D. (1996). Hidden voices: Insiders' perspectives on classroom interaction. In K. Bailey & D. Nunan (Eds.), Voices from the classroom (pp. 41-'" 56). Cambridge: CUP.

Nunan, D. (ed.) 1987 Applying second language acquisition research. National Curriculum Resource Centre, Adult Migrant Education Program, Adelaide

Nyikos, M and Fan, M. (2007). A review of vocabulary learning strategies:focus on language proficiency and learner voice. In A.D. Cohen and E. Macaro (eds.) Language Learner Strategies: thirty years of research and practice. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Nyikos, M. 1990. 'Sex-related differences in adult language learning: socialisation and memory factors'. Modern Language Journal 3:273-87.

Nystrom, N. 1983. 'Teacher-student interaction in bilingual classrooms: four approaches to error feedback' in Seliger & Long eds.) 1983

O Laoire, M. & Aronin, L. 2011. The material culture of multilingualism. In Minority Languages In the Linguistic Landscape, D. Gorter, L. van Mensel & H. F. Marten (eds). Basingstoke: Palgrave.

O Laoire, M. & Singleton, D. 2009. The role of prior knowledge in L3 learning and use: Further evidence of psychotypological dimensions. In The Exploration of Multilingualism: Development of Research on L3, Multilingualism and Multiple Language Acquisition [AILA Applied Linguistics Series 6], L. Aronin & B. Hufeisen (eds), 63--77. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

O'Barr, W. 1976. Language use and language policy in Tanzania: an overview. In Language and politics, ed. W. O'Barr & J. O'Barr. The Hague: Mouton.

O'Gorman, E. 1996, An investigation of the mental lexicon of second language learners. TEANGA: The Irish Yearbook of Applied Linguistics. 16 15-31

O'Grady, W. 1987 Principles of grammar and learning. University of Chicago Press

O'Grady, W. 1991. 'Language acquisition and the "pro-drop" phenomenon: a response to Hilles' in Eubank (ed.) 1991

O'Grady, W. 1996 -'Language acquisition without Universal Grammar; a general nativist proposal for L2 learning', Second Language Research, 12, 4, 374-397

O'Keefe, L. (1976). -'Error recognition is not enough'. System, 4, 3, 274-177

O'Mahoney, M. & Muhiudeen, H. (1977). A preliminary study of alternative taste languages using qualitative description of sodium chloride solutions: Malay versus English. British Journal of Psychology, 68, 275-278

O'Malley, J. & Chamot, A. 1989 Learning strategies in second language acquisition. CUP

O'Malley, J. 1987. 'The effects of training in the use of learning strategies on acquiring English as a second language' in Wenden & Rubin (eds.) 1987.

O'Malley, J., Chamot, A. & Walker, C. 1987. 'Some applications of cognitive theory to second language acquisition'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 9: 287-306.

O'Malley, J., Chamot, A., Stewner-Manzanares, G., Kupper, L. & Russo, R. 1985 Learning strategies used by beginning and intermediate ESL students. Language Learning 35: 21~6

O'Malley, J., Chamot, A., Stewner-Manzanares, G., Russo, R. & Kupper, L. 1985 Learning strategy applications with students of English as a second language. TESOL Quarterly 19:557-84

O'Malley, J., Chamot, A.U., & Kupper, L. (1989), 'Listening comprehension strategies in second language acquisition', Applied Linguistics, 10, 4, 418-437

O'Meadhra, B. (1989), 'Multilingual learning in a remedial stream', in O'Meadhra, B., Richardson, B. & O'Culleanain (eds.) Languages in the 1990s, MLTA/ Dublin City University

O'Neill. W. & Dion. A. (1983). Bilingual recognition of concrete and abstract sentences. Perceptual and Motor Skills. 57. 839-'"845

O'Neill. W. & Huot R. (1984). Release fiom proactive inhibition as a function of a language of pronunciation shift in bilinguals. Canadian Journal of Psychology. 38 54-62.

O'Neill. W., Roy, L. & Tremblay, R. (1993). A translation-based generation effect in bilingual recall and recognition. Memory and Cognition 21, 488-'"495

O'Rahilly, T.F. (1932): Irish Dialects Past and Present. Dublin: Dublin Institute for Advanced Studies

O'Rourke, B. & Carson, L. (eds). 2010. Language Learner Autonomy: Policy, Curriculum, Classroom.A Festschrift in Honour of David Little. Bern: Peter Lang.

Oakland, T. & Laosa, L.M. (1977): Professional, legislative, and judicial influences on psycho-educational assessment practices in schools. In Oakland, T. ed. Psychological and Educational Assessment of Minority Children. New York: Brunner/Mazel.

Obanya, P.A.I. (1974), Lexical and structural error in the written French of Nigerian pupils. Audio-Visual Language Journal, 12, 29-32

Obler, L. (1981), 'A neurolinguistic analysis of sex and second language learning: a note', in Ernst, T. & Smith E. (eds) Son of Linguistica Pranca, IULC, 49-50

Obler, L. (1981), Right hemisphere participation in second language acquisition. In Diller, K (ed.) Individual differences and universals in language learning aptitudes, pp.53-64. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Obler, L. (1982), 'Neurolinguistic aspects of language loss as they pertain to second language attrition', in Lambert R.D. & Freed B.F. (eds.), The loss of language skills, 60-79

Obler, L. (1982), 'The parsimonious bilingual', in Obler, L. & Menn, L. (eds.), Exceptional Language and Linguistics, Academic Press, 339-46

Obler, L. (1983), Knowledge in neurolinguistics: The case of bilingualism. Language Learning 33 (5), 159-191

Obler, L. (1984) Dyslexia in Bilinguals. In: Malatesha, R. and Whitaker, H.A. ( eds.) Dyslexia: A global Issue The Hague: Martinus Nijhoff Publishers

Obler, L. (1988), 'Neurolinguistics and parameter setting', in Flynn & O'Neil (1988), 117-25

Obler, L. (1993) Neurolinguistic aspects of second language development and attrition. In K. Hyltenstam and A. Viberg (eds.) Progression and Regression in Language. Cambridge: CUP

Obler, L. & Albert, M. (1977), -'Influence of ageing on recovery from aphasia in polyglots', Brain and Language 4, 460-463.

Obler, L. & Albert, M. (1978) A monitor system for bilingual language processing. In M. Paradis ed. Aspects of bilingualism. Columbia, S. C.: Hornbeam Press, 105-13.

Obler, L. & Albert, M. (1982), -'Language in ageing', in Albert, M. (ed.) Clinical Neurology of Ageing, NY: OUP

Obler, L. & Albert, M.L. (1989), 'Language decline in ageing', ITL Review of Applied Linguistics 83-84, 63-73

Obler, L. & Mahecha, N.R. (1991), -'First language loss in bilinguals and polyglot aphasics', in Seliger, H. & Vago, R.M., First Language Attrition , CUP

Obler, L. K., & Albert, M. L. (1978). A monitor system for bilingual language processing. In M. Paradis (Ed.), Aspects of bilingualism (pp. 156-164). Columbia: Hornbeam Press.

Obler, L., Albert, M. & Lozowick, S. (1986): The ageing bilingual. In Vaid, J. ed., pp.221-31

Obler, L., Zatorre, R.J., Galloway, L. & Vaid, J. (1982), -'Cerebral lateralization in bilinguals: methodological issues', Brain and Language, 15, 40-54.

Obler, L.K., Hyun, J.M., Conner, P.S., O'Connor, B., & Anema, I. 2007. Brain organization of language in bilinguals. In A. Ardila & E. Ramos (Eds), Speech and language disorders in bilinguals (pp. 21--46). Hauppauge, NY: Nova Science Publishers.

Ochsner, R. 1979 A poetics of second-language acquisition. Language Learning 29 (1): 53-80

Odlin, T. (ed.) (1994), Pedagogical Grammar, CUP

Odlin, T. & Natalicio, D. (1982), 'Some characteristics of word classification in a second language', Modern Language Journal. 66 . 34-38.

Odlin, T. & S. Jarvis (2004). Same source, different outcomes: A study of Swedish influence on the acquisition of English in Finland. International Journal of Multilingualism 1.2, 123--140.

Odlin, T. 1985. Input and Second Language Acquisition Theory. In Gass & Madden 1985.

Odlin, T. 1989. Language Transfer: Cross-linguistic Influence in Language Learning. Cambridge: CUP.

Odlin, T. 1989. Language Transfer: Cross-Linguistic Influence in Language Learning. CUP.

Odlin, T. 1990. 'Word-order transfer, metalinguistic awareness and constraints on foreign language learning' in VanPatten & Lee (eds.) 1990.

Odlin, T., & Jarvis, S. (2004). Same source, different outcomes: A study of Swedish influence on the acquisition of English in Finland. International Journal of Multilingualism, 1, 123-140.

Office for Standards in Education (OFSTED) (1993). Handbook. Inspection Schedule. London: HMSO.

Ogbu, J. (1992). Understanding cultural diversity and learning. Educational Researcher, 21 (8), 5-14, 24

Ogbu, J. 1978, Minority Education and Caste: The American System in Cross-Cultural Perspective. New York: Academic Press.

Ogbu, J. 1983, Minority status and schooling in plural societies. Comparative Education Review 27 (2), 168-190.

Oh, J., Jun, S.-A., Knightly, L., & Au, T. K. (2003). Holding on to childhood language memory. Cognition, 86, B53-B64.

Ohannessian, S. 1972. The language problems of American Indian children. In The language education of minority children, ed. B. Spolsky. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House.

Ohta, A. (2000), -'Rethinking recasts: A learner-centred examination of corrective feedback in the Japanese classroom', in J.K. Hall & L.Verplaste (eds.), The Construction of Second and Foreign Language Learning through Classroom Interaction, Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum Associates

Ohta, A. (2001). Second Language Acquisition Processes in the Classroom. Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Ohta, A.S. 1994. Socializing the expression of affect: An overview of affective particle use in the Japanese as a foreign language classroom. Issues in Applied Linguistics 5(2), 303-326

Ohta, A.S. 1995. Applying sociocultural theory to an analysis of learner discourse: Learner-learner collaborative interaction in the zone of proximal development. Issues in Applied Linguistics, 6(2), 93-121.

Ohta, A.S. 1996. Applying sociocultural theory to an analysis of learner discourse: Learner-learner collaborative interaction in the ZPD. Issues in Applied Linguistics 6(2), 93-112.

Ohta, A.S. 1999. Interactional routines and the socialization of interactional style in adult learners of Japanese. Journal of Pragmatics, 31(11), 1493-1512.

Ojemann, G. & Whitaker, H. (1978): The bilingual brain. Archives of Neurology, 35, 409-12

Ojemann, G.A., & Whitaker, H.A. 1978. The bilingual brain. Archives of Neurology, 35: 409--412.

Ojemann, J.G., Ojemann, G.A., & Lettich, E. 2002. Cortical stimulation mapping of language cortex by using a verb generation task: Effects of learning and comparison to mapping based on object naming. Journal of Neurosurgery, 97: 33--38.

Ojima, S., Nakata, H., & Kakigi, R. (2005). An ERP study of second language learning after childhood: Effects of proficiency. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 17, 1212-1228.

Ok Kim, S. H. and Elder, C. (2008) -'Target Language Use in Foreign Language Classrooms: Practices and Perceptions of Two Native Speaker Teachers in New Zealand', Language, Culture and Curriculum, vol. 21, no. 2, pp. 167-184

Okada, M., Oxford, R.L. & Abo, S. (1996). Not all alike: Motivation and learning strategies among students of Japanese and Spanish ESL students. In R.L. Oxford (ed.). Language Learning Motivation: pathways to the new century. Manoa: University of Hawaii at Manoa

Okada, T. 2002. Remarks on Japanese poor spellers of English, Yamagate English Studies, 7, 220-241

Okamura-Bichard, F. 1985. 'Mother tongue maintenance and second language learning: a case of Japanese children'. Language Learning 35: 63-89

Okita, T. (2002) Invisible Work: Bilingualism , Language Choice and Childrearing in Intermarried Families . Amsterdam: Benjamins.

Okoh, N. (1980), 'Bilingualism and divergent thinking among Nigerian and Welsh school children', J. Soc Psych., 110, 163-170

Oksaar, E. (1971), Zum Spracherwerb des Kindes in Zweisprachiger Umgebung. Folia Linguistica 4: 330-358

Oksaar, E. (1972), Bilingualism. In: Sebeok (Ed.), 476-'"511

Oksaar, E. (1972), Sprachliche Interferenzen und die kommunikative Kompetenz. In: Pilch, H., Thurow, I. (Ed.), Indo-Celtica (= Commentationes Societatis Linguisticae Europaeae II). Munchen, 126-142

Oksaar, E. (1972), Zentrierung und die Satzperspektive. In: Linguistische Studien I (=Sprache der Gegenwart 19). Dusseldorf, 126-158

Oksaar, E. (1972), Zum Erwerb der estnischen Quantitatsregeln im zweisprachigen Milieu. In: Ohnesorg (Ed.), 93-98

Oksaar, E. (1973), Sprache und Denken. Bericht. In: ZGL 1, 317-330

Oksaar, E. (1975), Psycholinguistics, language and changing social structures. Intern. Journ. of Psycholinguistics 3, 41-'"58

Oksaar, E. (1975), Spracherwerb und Kindersprache. In: Zf. f. Padagogik 21, 719-743

Oksaar, E. (1976), Berufsbezeichnungen im beutigen Deutsch. Soziosemantische Untersuchungen (= Sprache der Gegenwart 25). Dusseldorf

Oksaar, E. (1976), Prinzipielles zur Entwicklung der linguistischen und kommunikativen Kompetenz im Vorschulalter. In: Akten des 1. Salzburger Kolloquiums uber K,ndersprache, edited by G. Drachmann. Tubingen, 383-391

Oksaar, E. (1977), On becoming trilingual. In Molony, C. (ed.) Deutsch im Kontakt mit anderen Sprachen. Kronberg: Scriptor Verlag, pp.296-306.

Oksaar, E. (1977), Zum Prozess des Sprachwandels: Dimensionen sozialer und linguistitcher Variation. In: Sprachwandel und Sprachgeschichtsschreibung (=Sprache der Gegenwart 41). Dusseldorf, 98-117

Oksaar, E. (1977). On becoming trilingual. In C. Molony, H. Zobl & W. Stolting (eds.), Deutsch im Kontakt mit anderen Sprachen. Kronberg: Scriptor, 296--307.

Oksaar, E. (1981), Linguistic and pragmatic awareness of monolingual and multi-lingual children. In: Dale/Ingram (Ed.), 273-285

Oksaar, E. (1983), 'Multilingualism and multiculturalism from the linguist's point of view'. In: Husn, T. & Opper, S. (ed.) (1983), Multicultural and multilingual education in immigrant countries. Oxford, New York, Pergamon Press, 17-36

Oksaar, E. (1983), Language acquisition in the early years, London: Batsford

Oksaar, E. (1990), 'Language contact and culture contact: towards an integratove approach in second language acquisition research' in Dechert (ed)

Oleksy, W. (ed). 1989. Contrastive Pragmatics. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Oliva, M. & Pollastrini, Y. (1995), -'Internet resources and SLA', Foreign Language Annals, 28, 4

Oliver, R. (1995), Negative feedback in child NS-NNS conversation. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 17, 459 8

Oller, D.K. & Eilers, R.E. (eds). 2002. Language and Literacy in Bilingual Children. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Oller, D.K., Eilers, R.E., Urbano, R. & Cobo-Lewis, A.B. (1997), -'Development of precursors to speech in infants exposed to two languages', Journal of Child Language, 24, 407-425

Oller, J. (1973), Cloze tests of second language proficiency and what they measure. Language Learning 23:10518.

Oller, J. (1976), Evidence for a general language proficiency factor: an expectancy grammar. Die Neuren Sprachen 2:165-71

Oller, J. (1977), Attitude variables in second language learning. In M. Burt, H. Dulay, & M. Finocchiaro (eds.), Viewpoints on English as a Second

Oller, J. (1978): The language factor in the evaluation of bilingual education. In Alatis, J. F., ed., pp. 41W22.

Oller, J. (1979): Language Tests at School: A Pragmatic Approach. Harlow: Longman

Oller, J. (1981), Language as intelligence? Language Learning 31: 465-92

Oller, J. (1981), Research on the measurement of affective variables: some remaining questions. In Andersen, R (ed.) New dimensions in second language acquisition research, pp. 1~27. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Oller, J. (1982), Evaluation and testing. In B. Hartford, A. Valdman & C. Foster (eds) Issues in International Bilingual Education. New York: Plenum Press.

Oller, J. (1982), Gardner on affect: a reply to Gardner. Language Learning 32:183-9

Oller, J. (ed.) (1983), Issues in Language Testing Research. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House.

Oller, J. & Inal, N. (1971): A doze test of English prepositions. TESOL Quarterly, 5, 315-26.

Oller, J. & Perkins, K. (1978), 'Intelligence and language proficiency as sources of variance in self-reported affective variables'. Language Learning 28: 85-97.

Oller, J. & Perkins, K. (1978), Language in education: testing the tests. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Oller, J. & Perkins, K. 1978, A further comment on language proficiency as a source of variance in certain affective measures. Language Learning 28, 417-423.

Oller, J. & Perkins, K. 1980, Research in Language Testing. Rowley, MA: Newbury House.

Oller, J. & Ricard-Amato, P.A. (eds.) (1983), Methods that Work, Newbury House

Oller, J. & Tullius, J.R. (1973), 'Reading skills of non-native speakers of English', IRAL, 11, 1, 69-80

Oller, J. & Ziahosseiny, S. (1970), -'The contrastive analysis hypothesis and spelling errors', Language Learning, 20, 183-89

Oller, J. W. (1972). Assessing competence in ESL reading. TESOL Quarterly, 6, 313-323.

Oller, J. W. and Ziahosseiny, S. M. (1970) 'The contrastive analysis hypothesis and spelling errors', Language Learning, 20, (2), pp. 183-189.

Oller, J., Baca, L. & Vigil, F 1977 Attitudes and attained proficiency in ESL: a sociolinguistic study of Mexican-Americans in the Southwest. TESOL Quarterly 11:173-83

Oller, J., Hudson, A. & Liu, P. 1977 Attitudes and attained proficiency in ESL: a sociolinguistic study of native speakers of Chinese in the United States. Language Learning 27:1-27

Oller, J., Perkins, K. & Murakmi, M. (1980), 'Seven types of learner variables in relation to ESL learning', in Oller, J., & Perkins, K. (eds.), Research in Language Testing, Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Olsen, L. & Samuels, S. 1973. 'The relationship between age and accuracy of foreign language pronunciation'. Journal of Educational Research 66: 263-67. Reprinted in Krashen et al. (eds.) 1979.

Olshtain, E. (1983), Sociocultural competence and language transfer: The case of apology. In: Gass, S., & Selinker, L. (eds.). Language transfer in language learning Rowley, MA: Newbury House, 232-249.

Olshtain, E. (1985), Language policy and the classroom teacher. In Celce-Murcia, M (ed.) Beyond basics: issues and research in TESOL. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Olshtain, E. (1986), 'The attrition of English as a second language with speakers of Hebrew', in B. Weltens et al. (eds.) Language attrition in progress, 187-204

Olshtain, E. (1987), 'The acquisition of new word formation processes in second language acquisition', Studies in Second Language Acquisition. 9, 2. 192-232.

Olshtain, E. (1989), -'Is second language attrition the reversal of second language acquisition?', Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 11, 151-165.

Olshtain, E. (1989). 'Apologies across languages' In: Blum-Kulka, S., House, J. & Kasper, G. (eds.). Cross-cultural pragmatics. Norwood, NJ: Ablex, 1989, 155-173.

Olshtain, E. & Barzilay, M. (1991). Lexical retrieval difficulties in adult language attrition. In H. Seliger & R. Vago (eds.), First language attrition, pp. 139-'"150. Cambridge: CUP

Olshtain, E. & Blum-Kulka, S. (1985), -'Cross-cultural pragmatics and the testing of communicative competence', Language Testing, 2, 16-30

Olshtain, E. & Blum-Kulka, S. (1985), Degree of approximation: Non-native reactions to native speech act behavior. In: Gass, S., & Madden, C. (eds.). Input in second language acquisition. Rowley, MA: Newbury House, 303-325.

Olshtain, E. & Cohen, A. 1983, Apology: A speech act set. In: Wolfson, N., & Judd, E. (eds.). Sociolinguistics and second language acquisition. Rowley, MA.: Newbury House, 18-35.

Olshtain, E. & Cohen, A. 1989. 'Speech act behavior across languages' in Dechert and Raupach (eds.) 1989.

Olshtain, E. & Cohen, A.D. 1990. The learning of complex speech act behavior. TESL Canada Journal, 7, 45-65.

Olshtain, E. & F. Nissim-Amitai (2004). Curriculum decision-making in a multilingual context. International Journal of Multilingualism 1.1, 53--64.

Olshtain, E. & Weinbach, L. 1985. 'Complaints: a study of speech act behavior among native and non-native speakers of Hebrew' in Vetschuren and Bertucelli-Papi (eds.) 1985.

Olshtain, E., Shohamy, F., Kemp, J. & Chatow, R. 1990. 'Factors predicting success in EFL among culturally different learners'. Language Learning 40: 23~4.

Olson, L. & Samuels, S. 1973 The relationship between age and accuracy of foreign language pronunciation. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research 66: 263-7

Olson, L. L. & Samuels, S. J. (1973). The relationship between age and accuracy of foreign-language pronunciation. Journal of Educational Research, 66, 6, 263-8.

Olsson, M. 1974. A Study of Errors, Frequencies, Origin and Effects. Goteborg, Sweden: Pedagogiska Institutionen.

Olynk, M., D'Anglejan, A. & Sankoff, D. (1987), 'A quantitative and qualitative analysis of speech markers in native and second language speech of bilinguals', Applied Psycholinguistics, 8, 121-136

Olynk, M., D'Anglejan, A. & Sankoff, D. (1990), 'A quantitative and qualitative analysis of speech-markers in the native and second language speech of bilinguals', in Scarcella, R.C., Andersen, E.S. & Krashen, S.D. (eds.), Developing Communicative Competence in a Second Language, Newbury House, Rowley, Mass., 139-162

Onaha, H. 1987 Foreigner talk in Japanese: a comparison of ellipsis of particles and noun phrases between foreigner talk and speech to native speakers. JACET JournaI 18: 89-107

Onifer, W., & Swinney, D. A. (1981). Accessing lexical ambiguities during sentence comprehension: Effects of frequency of meaning and contextual bias. Memory & Cognition, 15, 225-236.

Onwuegbuzie, A., Bailey, P. & Daley, C.E. (1999) Factors Associated with Foreign Language Anxiety, Applied Psycholinguistics 20, 217-39

Onwuegbuzie, A., Bailey, P. & Daley, C.E. (2000), The validation of three scales measuring anxiety at different stages of the foreign language learning process: the inout anxiety scale, the processing anxiety scale, and the outpurt anxiety scale, Language Learning, 50, 1, 87-117

Opoku, J.Y. (1987), 'Second language proficiency differences in the learning of semantically-equivalent bilingual sentences', Applied Psycholinguistics, 8, 75-84

Opoku, J.Y. (1992), 'The influence of semantic cues in learning among bilinguals at different levels of proficiency in English', In: R. Harris (Ed.), Cognitive Processing in Bilinguals. Amsterdam: Elsevier.

Oppenheim, A. 1966 Questionnaire design and attitude measurement. Basic Books, New York

Orellana, M. (1994) Appropriating the voice of the superheroes: three pre-schoolers' bilingual language uses in play. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 9, 171-193

Oren, D.L. (1981), 'Cognitive advantages of bilingual children related to labelling ability', Journal of Education Research, 74, 163-9

Orland-Barak, L. and Yinon, H. (2005) -'Different but Similar: Students Teachers' Perspectives on the Use of L1 in Arab and Jewish EFL Classroom Setting', Language, Culture and Curriculum, vol. 18, no.1, PP. 91-113

Ortega, L. (1999), -'Planning and focus on form in L2 oral performance', SSLA, 21, 109-148

Ortega, L. (2005). Methodology, epistemology, and ethics in instructed sla research: An introduction. The Modern Language Journal, 89. 317--327. 47

Ortega, L. (2009), Understanding Second Language Acquisition, Hodder Education

Ortega, L. & Long, M.H. (1997). The effects of models and recasts on the acquisition of object topicalization and adverb placement in L2 Spanish. Spanish Applied Linguistics, 1(1).

Orto, N.E. (1975), 'The use of the mother tongue in foreign language teaching: a reassessment', Modern Languages, 56, 3, 138-142

Osaka, M., Osaka, N. & Groner, R. (1993), 'Language independent working memory: evidence from German and French reading span tests', Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 31,2, 117-118.

Osaka, N. 2003. Working memory-based consciousness: An individual difference approach. In N. Osaka (Ed.), Neural basis of consciousness (pp. 27--44). Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Osburne, A. G., & Harss-Covaleski, S. L. (1992). Translation in the ESOL composition class. College ESL, 2(2), 33-44.

Osburne, A.G. (1996). Final consonant cluster reduction in English L2 speech: A case study of a Vietnamese speaker. Applied Linguistics, 178, 164-181

Oshita, H. (2001), The unaccusative trap in second language acquisition, SSLA, 23, 279-304

Oskarsson, M. 1972 Comparative method studies in foreign language teaching. Moderna Sprak 66: 35~66

Oskarsson, M. 1980, Approaches to Self-Assessment in Foreign Language Learning, Oxford: Pergamn

Oskarsson, M., -'On the role of the mother tongue in learning foreign language vocabulary: an empirical investigation, ITL Review of Applied Linguistics, 27, 19-32

Osterhout, L., & Holcomb, P. J. (1992). Event-related potentials and syntactic anomaly. Journal of Memory and Language, 31, 785-804.

Osterhout, L., McLaughlin, J, Pitkanen, I., Frenck-Mestre, C., & Molinaro, N. (2006). Novice learners, longitudinal designs, and event-related potentials: A means for exploring the neurocognition of second language processing. Language Learning, 56, 199--203.

Otake, T., Hatano, G., Cutler, A., & Mehler, J. (1993). Mora or syllable? Speech segmentation in Japanese. Journal of Memory and Language, 32, 258-278.

Otanes, F. T. 1966. A Contrastive Analysis of English and Tagalog Verb Complementation. University of California, Los Angeles. OUP.

Otheguy, R. & Garcia, O. (1993). Convergent conceptualisations as predictors of degree of contact in U.S. Spanish. In A. Roca & J. Lipski (eds.), Spanish in the US: Linguistic contact and diversity, pp. 135-'"154.Berlin: Mouton De Gruyter

Otheguy, R. & Otto, R. 1980, The myth of static maintenance in bilingual education. Modern Language Journal 64 (3), 350-356.

Otheguy, R. 1982, Thinking about bilingual education: A critical appraisal. Harvard Educational Review 52 (3), 301-314.

Otoya, M. (1987). A study of personal memories of bilinguals: The role of culture and language in memory encoding and recall. Ph.D., Harvard University

Ott, C.E, Blake, R.S. & Butler, D.C. (1973), 'The effect of interactive-image elaboration on the acquisition of foreign language vocabulary', Language Learning, 23, 2, 197-206

Ott, E., Blake, R. & Butler, D. (1976). -'Implications of mental elaboration of the acquisition of foreign language vocabulary'. IRAL, 14, 1, 37-48

Otten, M., Nieuwland, M. S., & Van Berkum, J. J. A. (2007). Great expectations: Specific lexical anticipation influences processing of spoken language. BMC Neuroscience, 8, 89.

Otwinowska-Kasztelanic, A. 2009. Language awareness in using cognate vocabulary: The case of Polish advanced students of English in the light of the theory of affordances. In Neurolinguistics and Psycholinguistic Perspectives on SLA, 175--190. Bristol: Multilingual Matters.

Ovando, C.J. 1990, Essay review: Politics and pedagogy: The case of bilingual education. Harvard Educational Review 60 (3), 341-356

Oxford-Carpenter, R. (1988), A new taxonomy of second language learning strategies. ERIC Clearinghouse on Languages and Linguistics, Washington, D.C.

Oxford, R. (1990). Language learning strategies: What every teacher should know. New York: Newbury House.

Oxford, R. (1996), 'New pathways of language learning motivation', in Oxford, R.L. (ed.) Language Learning Motivation: Pathways to the New Century, Honolulu: University of Hawai'i Press, 1-8

Oxford, R. (ed.) (1996), Language Learning Motivation: Pathways to the New Century, Honolulu: University of Hawai'i Press

Oxford, R. & Burry-Stock, J. (1995). Assessing the Use of Language Learning Strategies World-wide Using the Strategy Inventory for Language Learning (SILL). System, 23, 1 23

Oxford, R. & Crookall, D. (1989), -'Research on language learning strategies: methods, findings and instructional issues', Modern Language Journal, 73, 404-419

Oxford, R. & Ehrman, M. 1988: "Psychological Type and Adult Language Learning Strategies: A Pilot Study", Journal of Psychological Type, 16: 22-32

Oxford, R. & Ehrman, M.E. (1995). Adults' Language Learning Strategies in an Intensive Foreign Language Program in the United States. System, 23, 3 59-3 86

Oxford, R. & Lavine, R. 1992: "Teacher-Student Style Wars in the Language Classroom: Research Insights and Suggestions", ADEL BULL, 23(2): 3 8-45

Oxford, R. & Nyikos, M. 1989. 'Variables affecting choice of language learning strategies by university students'. Modern Language Journal 73: 291-300

Oxford, R. & Shearin, J. (1994), -'Language learning motivation: expanding the theoretical framework', Modern Language Journal.78, 12-28

Oxford, R. 1982, 'Research on language loss: A review with implications for foreign language teaching', Modern Language Journal 66/2, 160-169

Oxford, R. 1982, 'Technical issues in designing and conducting research on language skill attrition', in R.D. Lambert & B.F. Freed (eds.), The loss of language skills, 119-137

Oxford, R. 1985. 'A new taxonomy of second language learning strategies'. Washington D.C.: ERIC Clearinghouse on Languages and Linguistics.

Oxford, R. 1986. 'Development of the strategy inventory for language learning'. Manuscript. Washington D.C.: Center for Applied Linguistics.

Oxford, R. 1989. 'Use of language learning strategies: a synthesis of studies with implications for teacher training'. System 17: 235-47.

Oxford, R. 1990 "Language Learning Strategies and Beyond: A Look at Strategies in the Context of Styles", Shifting the Instructional Focus to the Learner, in S.S. Magnan (ed.), Northeast Conference on the Teaching of Foreign Languages, Heidi Byrnes (Chair), pp. 35-51

Oxford, R. 1990. Language Learning Strategies: What Every Teacher Should Know. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House.

Oxford, R. 1992, 'Instructional implications of gender differences in second/foreign language learning styles and strategies, Applied Language Learning, 4, 1/2, 65-94

Oxford, R. 1992: "Key Definitions, Assumptions and Research Concerning Learning Styles as Related to Culture", System, 20(4): 439-456

Oxford, R. 1992. 'Who are our students? A synthesis of foreign and second language research on individual differences with implications for instructional practice'. TESL Canada Journal 9:

Oxford, R. 1993: "Individual Differences Among Your ESL Students: Why a Single Method Can't Work", Journal of Intensive English Studies, 7 (Spr.-Aut.): 27-42

Oxford, R. 1995: "Comments on Virginia LoCastro's "Learning Strategies and Learning Environments"", TESOL Quarterly, 29(1): 166-171

Oxford, R. 1996: "Employing a Questionnaire to Assess the Use of Language Learning Strategies", Applied Language Learning, 7(1&2): 25-45

Oxford, R., Crookall, D., Cohen, A.D., Lavine, R., Nyikos, M. & Sutter, W. (1990), -'Strategy training for language learners: six situational case studies and a training model', Foreign Language Annals, 22, 3, 197-216

Oxford, R., Holladay, M.E. & Horton-Murillo, D. (1993). Language Learning Styles: research and practical considerations for teaching in the multicultural tertiary ESL/EFL classroom. System, 20, 439-456

Oxford, R., Lavine, R. & D. Crookall, 1989: "Language Learning Strategies, the Communicative Approach, and their Classroom Implications, Foreign Language Annals, 22(1): 29-39

Oxford, R.L. & Scarcella, R.C. (1994), 'Second language vocabulary learning among adults: State of the art in vocabulary instruction', System. 22 (2): 231-43

Oyama, S. (1976). A sensitive period for the acquisition of a non-native phonological system. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 5, 3, 261-83.

Oyama, S. (1979). The concept of the sensitive period in developmental studies. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 25(2), 83-102.

Oyama, S. 1973 A sensitive period for the acquisition of a second language. Ph.D. dissertation, Harvard University

Oyama, S. 1976 A sensitive period in the acquisition of a non-native phonological system. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research 5: 261-85

Oyama, S. 1978 The sensitive period and comprehension of speech. Working Papers on Bilingualism 16: 147

Oyama, S. 1985 The ontogeny of information: developmental systems and evolution. CUP

Ozerk, K (2001), -'Reciprocal bilingualism as a challenge and an opportunity: the case of Cyprus', International Review of Education, 47, 253-267

Ozog, A. C. K. (1987): The syntax of the mixed language of Malay. RELC Journal, 18, 72-90

Paap, K. R., Newsome, S. L., McDonald, J. E., & Schwaneveldt, R. W. (1982). An activation-verification model for letter and word recognition: The word-superiority effect. Psychological Review, 8, 573-594.

Padilla, A. (1977), Bilingual schools: gateways to integration or roads to separation. The Bilingual Review/La Revista Bilingue 4:52-67.

Padilla, A. (1991), English only vs. bilingual education: Ensuring a language-com-petent society. Journal of Education 173 (2), 38-51.

Padilla, A. & Liebman, E. (1975): Language acquisition in the bilingual child. Bilingual Review, 2, 34-55.

Padilla, A. & Lindholm, K. (1976): Acquisition of bilingualism: A descriptive analysis of the linguistic structures of Spanish/English speaking children. In Keller, Taeschner & Viera eds, pp.96-142.

Padilla, A. & Lindholm, K. (1976). Development of interrogative, negative and possessive forms in the speech of young Spanish/English bilinguals. Bilingual Review, 3, 2,122-52.

Padilla, A. M. (to appear). Acquisition of 14 grammatical morphemes in the speech of bilingual children.

Padilla, A. M. & Lindholm, K.J. (1976). Development of interrogative, negative and possessive forms in the speech of young Spanish/English bilinguals. Bilingual Review, 3, 2, 122-52.

Padilla, A., Fairchild, H.H. & Valadez, M. (1990), Bilingual Education. Stage Publications

Padilla, A.M. & Liebman, E. 1975. Language acquisition in the bilingual child. The Bilingual Review/La Revista Bilingue 2: 34--55.

Padilla, F., Bajo, M. T., & Macizo, P. (2005). Articulatory suppression in language interpretation: Working memory capacity, dual tasking and word knowledge. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 8, 207-219.

Padilla, P., Bajo, M. T., Caas, J. J., & Padilla, F. (1995). Cognitive processes of memory in simultaneous interpretation. In J. Tommola (Ed.), Topics in interpreting research (pp. 61-71). University of Turku: Centre for Translation and Interpreting.

Padron, Y. & Waxman, H. 1988: The Effects of ESL Students' Perceptions of Their Cognitive Strategies on Reading Achievement, TESOL Quarterly, 22: 146-150

Paehler, N (2002) Foreign language learning in England in the 21st centry Language Learning Journal, 25,4-7

Page, N. (1986). A Conrad Companion. Basingstoke: Macmillan

Paivio, A. (1976). On exploring visual knowledge. Paper presented at the Iowa Invitational Conference on Visual Learning, Thinking and Communication. University of Iowa.

Paivio, A. (1986), Mental Representations: A Dual Coding Approach. Oxford: OUP.

Paivio, A. (1986). Bilingual cognitive representation. In A. Paivio (Ed.), Mental representations. A dual coding approach. New York: OUP.

Paivio, A. (1986). Mental representations: A dual-coding approach. New York: Oxford University Press.

Paivio, A. (1991), Mental representations in bilinguals. In A.G. Reynolds (ed.) Bilingualism, Multiculturalism and Second Language Learning. Hillsdale, NJ: Law-rence Erlbaum.

Paivio, A. & Begg, I. (1981), Psychology of Language, New York, Prentice Hall

Paivio, A. & Desrochers, A. (1979), 'Effects of an imagery mnemonic on L2 recall and comprehension', Canadian Journal of Psychology, 33, 17-28.

Paivio, A. & Desrochers, A. (1981), 'Mnemonic techniques in second-language learning', Journal of Educational Psychology. 73, 6, 780-795.

Paivio, A. & Desrochers, A. 1980, A dual-coding approach to bilingual memory. Canadian Journal of Psychology 34, 390-401.

Paivio, A. & Lambert, W. (1981), 'Dual coding and bilingual memory', JVLVB, 20, 532-539

Paivio, A., & Desrochers, A. (1980). A dual-coding approach to bilingual memory. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 34, 388-399.

Paivio, A., Clark, J.M. & Lambert, W.E. (1988), -'Bilingual dual coding theory and semantic repetition effects on recall', Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory and Cognition, 14, 163-172

PAKS (Project fur angewandte kontrastive sprachwissenschaft, 'Project on Applied Contrastive Linguistics') 1970 Institut fur literatur- und sprachwissenschaft, Lehrstuhl Anglistik: Linguistik. University of Stuttgart

Palij, M. & Homel, P. (1987), -'The relationship of bilingualism to cognitive behaviour', in P. Homel, M. Palij & D. Aaronson (eds), Childhood Bilingualism, Erlbaum, New Jersey

Palij, M. 1990. Acquiring English at different ages: The English displacement effect and other findings. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 19: 57--70.

Palladino, P. and C. Cornoldi. (2004). "Working memory performance of Italian students with foreign language learning difficulties." Learning and Individual Differences 2004(14): 3.

Pallier, C., Dehaene, S, Poline, J. B., LeBihan, D., Argenti, A. M., Dupoux, E., & Mehler, J. (2003). Brain imaging of language plasticity in adopted adults: Can a second language replace the first? Cerebral Cortex, 13, 155-161.

Pallier, C., Dehaene, S., Poline, J-B., Lbihan, D., Argenti, A-M., Dupoux, E. et al (2003), -'Brain imaging of language plasticity in adopted adults: can a second language replace the first?', Cerebral Cortex, 13, 155-161

Pallotti, G. (1998) La seconda lingua. Milano: Bompiani

Palmberg, R. (1983), 'On the use of lexical avoidance strategies in foreign language communication', in: H. Ringbm (ed) Psycholinguistics and Foreign Language Learning. .bo: .bo Akademi.

Palmberg, R. (1986), 'Vocabulary teaching in the foreign language classroom', English Teaching Forum, 24, 3, 15-24

Palmberg, R. (1987), 'On Lexical Inferencing and the Young Foreign Language Learner', System, 15, 1 p.69-76

Palmberg, R. (1987), 'Patterns of vocabulary development in foreign language learners', Studies in Second Language Acquisition. 9: 201-220

Palmberg, R. (ed.). 1979. Perception and Production of English: Papers on Interlanguage. AFTIL Vol 6. Publications of the Dept. of English, Abo Akademi.

Palmberg, R. 1976 A select bibliography of error analysis and related topics. Interlanguage Studies Bulletin 1: 34~89

Palmberg, R. 1977 Bibliography additions. Interlanguage Studies Bulletin 2: 91-9

Palmer, A. 1979. 'Compartmentalised and integrated control: an assessment of some evidence for two kinds of competence and implications for the classroom'. Language Learning 29: 169-80.

Palmer, H.E. (1926), The Principles of Language Study, London, Harrap

Palmer, M.B. (1972), 'Effects of categorisation, degree of bilingualism, and language upon recall of select monolinguals and bilinguals', J. Ed. Psych., 63, 2, 160-164

Pan, B. & Berko-Gleason, J. (1986), 'The study of language loss: Models and hypotheses for an emerging discipline', Applied Psycholinguistics 7, 193-206

Panagiotis, G. et al (2001), 'Mapping of receptive language cortex in bilingual volunteers by using magnetic source imaging', Journal of Neurosurgery, 95, 1

Panayiotou, A. (2004). Bilingual emotions: The untranslatable self. Estudios de Socioling-stica, 5, 1-19.

Panayiotou, A. (2004b. Switching codes, switching code: Bilinguals' emotional responses in English and Greek. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 25, 124-139.

Panayiotou, A. 2004. Bilingual emotions: The untranslatable self. Estudios de Sociolinguistica 5(1): 1--19.

Pandit, P. (1975), The linguistic survey of India: perspectives on language use. In Language surveys in developing nations, ed. 0. Ohannessian, C. Ferguson, & F. PoIome. Arlington, Va.: Center for Applied Linguistics.

Pandit, P.B. (1964). Indian Readjustments in the English Consonant System. Indian Linguistics 25.

Pankhurst, J., Sharwood-Smith, M. & van Buren, P. (eds.) 1988 Learnability and second languages. Foris, Dordrecht

Panou, I. & D.F. Sewell (1981) 'Cerebral lateralisation in the deaf: a bilingual pattern?', J. Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 2, 1, 45-51

Pap, L. 1949. Portuguese-American speech: an outline of speech conditions among Portuguese immigrants in New England and elsewhere in the United States. New York: King's Crown Press

Pap, L. 1979. Language attitudes and minority status. In Sociolinguistic studies in language contact, ed. W. Mackey & J. Ornstein. The Hague: Mouton.

Papadopoulou, D., & Clahsen, H. (2003). Parsing strategies in L1 and L2 sentence processing: A study of relative clause attachment in Greek. SSL, 25, 501-528.

Papaefthymiou-Lytra, S. (1997), Awareness and Language Switch in S/FL Learning Contexts, University of Athens

Papaefthymiou-Lytra, S. (1997), Language, Language Awareness and Foreign Language Teaching, Athens: University of Athens Press

Papagno, C. & Vallar, G. (1992). Phonological short term memory and the learning of new words: the effects of phonological similarity and item length. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 44A, 47-67

Papagno, C. & Vallar, G. (1995). Verbal short-term memory and vocabulary learning in polyglots. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 48A, 98-'"107

Papagno, C., & Vallar, G. (1995). Verbal short-term memory and vocabulary learning in polyglots. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 48A, 98-107.

Papagno, C., Valentine, T. & Baddeley, A. (1990). Phonological Short-Term Memory and foreign-language vocabulary learning. Journal of Memory and Language, 30, 331-347

Papagno, C., Valentine, T., & Baddeley, A. (1991). Phonological short-term memory and foreign-language vocabulary learning. Journal of Memory and Language, 30, 331-347.

Papavlou, A. & Pavlou, P. (2001), -'The interplay of language use and maintenance and the cultural identity of Greek Cypriots in the UK', International Journal of applied linguistics, 11, 1, 92-113

Papdaki-D'Onofrio, E. 2003. Bilingualism/multilingualism and language acquisition

Paradis M. (2000) Bilingual and polyglot aphasia. In Berndt R.S. (ed.), Handbook of Neuropsychology (Second Edition). Oxford: Elsevier Science

Paradis M. (2000). 'Cerebral representation of bilingual concepts', Bilingualism: Language & Cognition, 3, 22-24

Paradis M. (2004), A Neurolinguistic Theory of Bilingualism, John Benjamins

Paradis M. & Libben G. (1987) The assessment of bilingual aphasia. Hillsdale, NJ, Lawrence Erlbaum Ass.

Paradis, J. (2001) Do bilingual two-year-olds have separate phonological systems? International Journal of Bilingualism, 5, 1, 19-38

Paradis, J. & Genesee, F. (1996), 'Syntactic acquisition in bilingual children', SSLA, 18, 1-25

Paradis, M. (1977), 'The stratification of bilingualism', LACUS Forum, 3, 237-47

Paradis, M. (1977), Bilingualism and aphasia. In Whitaker, H. & Whitaker, H.A. eds Studies in Neurolinguistics, volume 3, New York: Academic Press, 65-121,

Paradis, M. (1979), Language and thought in bilinguals. In W. McCormack & H. Izzo (eds.), The Sixth LACUS Forum, pp. 420-'"431. Columbia, SC: Hornbeam Press, Inc.

Paradis, M. (1980), -'The language switch in bilinguals: psycholinguistic and neurolin-guistic perspectives' in Languages in contact and conflict, ed. P. Nelde. Wiesbaden: Franz Steiner Verlag.

Paradis, M. (1980). Language and thought in bilinguals. In The sixth LACUS forum. Columbia, S.C.: Hornbeam Press.

Paradis, M. (1981) Contributions of neurolinguistics to the theory of bilingualism. In R. Herbert ed. Applications of linguistic theory in the human sciences. Department of Linguistics, Michigan State University, 180-211.

Paradis, M. (1981). Neurolinguistic organisation of a bilingual's two languages. In The seventh LACUS forum, ed. J. Copeland. Columbia, S.C.: Hornbeam Press, 7, 486-94

Paradis, M. (1983) (ed.), Readings on Aphasia in Bilinguals and Polyglots, Didier

Paradis, M. (1984). Aphasie et traduction. Meta Translators' Journal, 24, 57-'"67.

Paradis, M. (1985). On the representation of two languages in one brain. Language Sciences, 7, 1-39.

Paradis, M. (1986) Bilingualism. In International encyclopedia of education. Oxford: Pergamon Press, 489-93.

Paradis, M. (1986). Henry Hcaen and neurolinguistics. Journal of Neurolinguistics, 2, 1-14.

Paradis, M. (1987). The neurofunctional modularity of cognitive skills: Evidence from Japanese alexia and polyglot aphasia. In E. Keller & M. Gopnik (Eds.), Motor and sensory processes of language (pp. 277-'"289). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum

Paradis, M. (1988). Recent developments in the study of agrammatisms: Their import for the assessment of bilingual aphasia. Journal of Neurolinguistics, 3, 127-160.

Paradis, M. (1989), -'Bilingual and polyglot aphasia'. In F. Boller, & Grafman, J. eds., Handbook of Neuropsychology II. Amsterdam: Elsevier Science Publishers, 117-140.

Paradis, M. (1989), 'La lateralizacion cerebral diferencial en los bilingues: !Basta, por favor!', Investigaciones psicologicas, 7, 95-105

Paradis, M. (1990), -'Bilingual and polyglot aphasia', in Boller, F. & Grafman, J. (eds.), Handbook of Neuropsychology, 2, New York, Elsevier, 117-140

Paradis, M. (1990). Differential recovery of languages in a bilingual patient following selective amytal injection: A comment on Berthier et al. (1990). Brain and Language, 39, 469-'"470.

Paradis, M. (1990). Language lateralization in bilinguals: Enough already! Brain and Language, 39, 576-586

Paradis, M. (1992). 'Neurosciences et apprentissage des langues', in D. Girard (ed.), Enseignement des langues dans le monde d'aujourd'hui, Paris: Hachette, 21-31

Paradis, M. (1992). 'The Loch Ness Monster approach to lateralization in bilingual aphasia: a response to Berquier and Ashton', Brain and Language, 43, 534-37

Paradis, M. (1993). Bilingual aphasia rehabilitation. In M. Paradis (Ed.), Foundations of aphasia rehabilitation (pp. 413--419). Oxford, England: Pergamon Press.

Paradis, M. (1993). Bilingual aphasia rehabilitation. In M. Paradis (Ed.), Foundations of aphasia rehabilitation (pp. 413-'"419). Oxford: Pergamon Press.

Paradis, M. (1993). Linguistic, psycholinguistic, and neurolinguistic aspects of "interference" in bilingual speakers: The activation threshold hypothesis. International Journal of Psycholinguistics, 9, 133-'"145.

Paradis, M. (1993). Multilingualism and aphasia. In G. Blanken et al. (Eds.), Linguistics disorders and pathologies (pp. 278-'"288). Berlin: de Gruyter.

Paradis, M. (1994). Neurolinguistic aspects of "native speaker". In R. Singh (Ed.), The native speaker. Newbury, CA: Sage.

Paradis, M. (1994). Neurolinguistic aspects of implicit and explicit memory: implications for bilingualism and second language acquisition. In N. Ellis (Ed.), Implicit and explicit language learning (pp. 393-419). London: Academic Press.

Paradis, M. (1994). Toward a neurolinguistic theory of simultaneous translation: The framework. International Journal of Psycholinguistics, 10, 3 19-'"335.

Paradis, M. (1995). Bilingual aphasia 100 years later: Consensus and controversies. In M. Paradis (Ed.), Aspects of bilingual aphasia (pp. 211-'"223). Oxford: Pergamon.

Paradis, M. (1995). Selective deficit in one language is not a demonstration of a different anatomical representation: Comments on Gomez-Tortosa et al. (1995). Brain and Language, 54, 170-173.

Paradis, M. (1997), Representation lexicale et conceptuelle chez les bilingues: deux langues, trois systemes. In J. Auger & Y. Rose (eds.), Explorations du lexique, pp. 15-27. Quebec: CIRAL

Paradis, M. (1997). The cognitive neuropsychology of bilingualism. In A. De Groot & J. Kroll (eds.), Tutorials in bilingualism. Psycholinguistic perspectives, pp. 331-'"354. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum

Paradis, M. (1998) Pragmatics in Neurogenic Communication Disorders. Oxford: Pergamon

Paradis, M. (1998). 'The other side of language', Journal of Neurolinguistics, 11, 1-10

Paradis, M. (1998). Language and communication in multilinguals. In B. Stemmer & H.A. Whitaker (Eds.). Handbook of Neurolinguistics (pp. 418-431). San Diego, CA: Academic Press.

Paradis, M. (2000). Generalizable outcomes of bilingual aphasia research. Folia Phoniatrica et Logopaedia, 52, 54-64.

Paradis, M. (2001). Bilingual and polyglot aphasia. In R. S.Berndt (Ed.), Handbook of neuropsychology, (2nd ed., Vol. 3, pp. 69-91). Oxford: Elsevier Science Publishers.

Paradis, M. (2008). Language and communication disorders in multilinguals. In B. Stemmer & H. Whitaker (Eds.), Handbook of the neuroscience of language, Vol. 2. London: Elsevier Science/Academic Press.

Paradis, M. (ed.) (1978), Aspects of Bilingualism, Hornbeam Press, Columbia

Paradis, M. (Ed.) (1993). Foundations of aphasia rehabilitation. Oxford: Pergamon Press.

Paradis, M. & Genesee, F. (1996), -'Syntactic acquisition in bilingual children: autonomous or interdependent?', Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 18-1-25

Paradis, M. & Goldblum, M-C. (1989), 'Selective crossed aphasia in a trilingual aphasic patient followed by reciprocal antagonism', Brain and Language, 36, 62-75

Paradis, M. & Lebrun, Y. (1983). La neurolinguistique du bilinguisme: representation et traitment de deux languages dans un mme cerveau. Languages, 72, 7-'"13.

Paradis, M. & Lebrun, Y. eds (1984): Early Bilingualism and Child Development. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger BV.

Paradis, M. & Lecours, A. 1979. L'Aphasie chez les bilingues et les polyglottes. In L'Aphasie, ed. A. Lecours & F. L'Hermitte. Paris: Flammarion.

Paradis, M. 1987. Neurolinguistic perspectives on bilingualism. In M. Paradis & G. Libben, The assessment of bilingual aphasia (pp. 1--17). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates

Paradis, M. 1998. Neurolinguistic aspects of the native speaker. In R. Singh (Ed.), The native speaker (pp. 205--219). Beverly Hills, CA: Sage.

Paradis, M. 2006. More Belles infidles-'"or why do so many bilingual studies speak with forked tongue? Journal of Neurolinguistics, 19: 195--208.

Paradis, M. 2007. L1 attrition features predicted by a neurolinguistic theory of bilingualism. In B. Kpke & B. Schmid (Eds), First language attrition (pp. 121--134). Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Paradis, M. 2007. The neurofunctional components of the bilingual cognitive system. In I. Keczkes (Ed.), Cognitive aspects of bilingualism (pp. 3--28). New York: Springer.

Paradis, M. 2007. Why single-word experiments do not address language representation. In J. Arabski (Ed.), Challenging tasks for psycholinguistics in the new century (pp. 22--31). Katowice, Poland: University of Silesia Press.

Paradis, M. 2008. Bilingual effects are not unique, only more salient. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 11: 181--183.

Paradis, M. 2008. Bilingual laterality: Unfounded claim of validity. A comment on Hull and Vaid (2007). Neuropsychologia, 46: 1588--1590.

Paradis, M. 2008. Bilingualism and neuropsychiatric disorders. Journal of Neurolinguistics, 21: 199--230.

Paradis, M., Goldblum, M-C., & Abidi, R. (1982): Alternate antagonism with paradoxical translation behavior in two bilingual aphasic patients. Brain and Language, 15, 55-69

Paradis, M., Hagiwara, H. & Hildebrandt, N. (1985). Neurolinguistic aspects of the Japanese writing system. Orlando, FL: Academic Press

Parent, P.P. & Belasco, S. (1970), -'Parallel-column bilingual reading materials as a pedagogical device: an experimental evaluation', Modern Language Journal, 54/7, 493-504

Paribakht, T. & Wesche, M. (1995), 'Second language vocabulary acquisition through reading and text based exercises', in: R Courchene et al (eds) 25 years of second language teaching at the University of Ottawa. Ottawa: University of Ottawa, Second Language Institute.

Paribakht, T. & Wesche, M.B. (1993), 'Reading comprehension and second language development in a comprehension-based ESL program', TESL Canada Journal. 11,1, 9-29

Paribakht, T. 1985. 'Strategic competence and language proficiency'. Applied Linguistics 6: 132~6.

Paribakht, T. 2005. The influence of L1 lexicalsation on second language lexicalinferenecing: a study of Farsi-speaking learners of English as a Foreign Language', Language Learning, 55, 4, 701-748

Paribakht, T.S. & Wesche, M. (1997). Vocabulary enhancement activities and reading for meaning in second language vocabulary. In J. Coady & T. Huckin (Eds.), Second language vocabulary acquisition (pp. 174-'"200). New York: CUP.

Park, Gi-Pyo (1997), 'Language Learning Strategies and English Proficiency in Korean University Students', Foreign Language Annals, New York, 30(2): 211-21

Parker, A.R. 2011. Evolving the narrow language facullty: Was recursion the pivotal step? In The Evolution of Language: Proceedings of the 6th International Conference (EVOLANG 6), A. Cangelosi, A.D.M. Smith & K. Smith (eds), 239--246. London: World Scientific.

Parker, K. & Chaudron, C. 1987. 'The effects of linguistic simplifications and elaborative modifications on L2 comprehension'. University of Hawaii Working Papers in ESL 6:107-33.

Parker, K. 1989 Learnability theory and the acquisition of syntax. University of Hawaii Working Papers in ESL 8: 49-78

Parker, S.P. (Ed.), 2005. McGraw Hill encyclopedia of science and technology. New York: McGraw Hill.

Parkinson, B. & Howell-Richardson, C. 1990. 'Learner Diaries' in Brumfit & Mitchell (eds.) 1990.

Parodi, T. 1990, The acquisition of word order regularities and case morphology. In: Meisel, J. (ed.). Two first languages. Early grammatical development in bilingual children. 157-193.

Parry, T. & J. Child. 1990. 'Preliminary investigation of the relationship between VORD, MLAT and language proficiency' in Parry & Stansfield (eds.).

Parry, T. & Stansfield, C. (ed.). 1990. Language Aptitude Reconsidered. Englewood Cliffs, NJ.: Prentice Hall.

Pascasio, E., & A. Hidalgo. 1979. How role relationships, domains and speech situations affect language use among bilinguals. In Language and society, ed. W. McCormack & S. Wurm. The Hague: Mouton.

Pascual-Leone, A., & Walsh, V. 2001. Fast backprojections from the motion to the primary visual area necessary for visual awareness. Science, 292: 510--512.

Pask, G. & B. Scott. 1972. 'Learning strategies and individual competence'. International Journal of Man-Machine Studies 4:217-53.

Patkowski, M. (1994). The critical age hypothesis and interlanguage phonology. In: Yavas, M. First and Second Language Phonology. Sandiego: Singular Publishing Group, INC.

Patkowski, M. 1990. 'Age and accent in a second language: a reply to James Emir Flege'. Applied Linguistics 11:73-89.

Patkowski, M., 1980 The sensitive period for the acquisition of syntax in a second language. Language Learning 30: 449-72. Reprinted in Krashen, S., Scarcella, R. & Long, M. (eds.) 1982 Child-adult differences in second language acquisition, pp. 52-63. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Patkowski, M.S. 1990. Age and accent in a second language: A reply to James Emil Flege. Applied Linguistics, 11: 73--89.

Pattanayak, D. P.1988, Monolingual myopia and the petals of the Indian lotus. In T. Skutnabb-Kangas & J. Cummins (eds) Minority Education: From Shame to Struggle. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Pattanayak, D.P. (ed.). 1990. Multilingualism in India. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Patterson, F.G. (1981), 'Innovative uses of language by a gorilla: a case study', in K. Nelson (ed.), Children's Language: Vol. 2, New York, Gardner

Patterson, J. & Zurer-Pearson, B. 2004. Bilingual lexical development: Influences, contexts, and processes. In Bilingual Language Development and Disorders in Spanish-English Speakers, G. Goldstein (ed.), 77--104. Baltimore MD: Paul Brookes.

Paulesu, E. et al (2000), -'A cultural effect on brain function', Nature NeuroScience, 3, 91-96

Paulmann, S., Elston-Gttler, K. E., Gunter, T. C., & Kotz, S. A. (2006). Is bilingual lexical access influenced by language context? NeuroReport, 17, 727-731.

Paulston, C. (ed.) 1988, International Handbook of Bilingualism and Bilingual Education. New York: Greenwood.

Paulston, C. 1972. Structural pattern drills: a classification. Foreign Language Annals 4:187-93.

Paulston, C. 1980 Bilingual education: theories and issues. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Paulston, C. 1986, 'Linguistic consequences of ethnicity and nationalism in multilingual settings', in Spolsky, B. (ed.) (1986), Language and Education in Multilingual Settings, Clevedon, Multilingual Matters

Paulston, C. 1992, Linguistic and Communicative Competence. Clevedon: Multi-lingual Matters.

Paulston, C. 1992, Sociolinguistic Perspectives on Bilingual Education. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Paulston, C. B. (1994). Linguistic minorities in multilingual settings. Amsterdam/ Philadelphia, John Benjamins.

Paulston, C.B. 1994. Linguistic Minorities in Multilingual Settings: Implications for Language Policies [Studies in Bilingualism 4]. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Pauly, W. (1929) L'expertise en critures chez les sujets bilingues, Strasbourg

Pauwels, A. (1985). The role of mixed marriages in language shift in the Dutch communities. In M. Clyne (Ed.), Australia, meeting place of languages, Canberra: Pacific Linguistics, 39-55

Pavesi, M. (1987). Variability and systematicity in the acquisition of spatial prepositions. In R. Ellis (Ed.), Second language acquisition in context. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.

Pavesi, M. 1984 The acquisition of relative clauses in a formal and in an informal setting: further evidence in support of the markedness hypothesis. In Singleton, D. & Little, D. (eds.) Language learning informal and informal contexts, pp. 151-63. IRAL, Dublin

Pavesi, M. 1986 Markedness, discoursal modes, and relative clause formation in a formal and an informal context. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 8 (1): 38-55

Pavlenko, A. (1997), Bilingualism and cognition. Unpublished Ph.D. dissertation, Cornell University.

Pavlenko, A. (1998). Second language learning by adults: Testimonies of bilingual writers. Issues in Applied Linguistics, 9, 1, 3-19

Pavlenko, A. (1999). 'New approaches to concepts in bilingual memory', Bilingualism: Language & Cognition, 2, 209-30

Pavlenko, A. (1999). New approaches to concepts in bilingual memory. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 2, 209-230.

Pavlenko, A. (2000), 'What's in a concept?' home 3,31-6

Pavlenko, A. (2000). L2 influence on L1 in late bilingualism. Issues in Applied Linguistics, 11, 175-205.

Pavlenko, A. (2002), 'Post-structuralist approaches to the study of social factors in second language learning and use', in V. Cook (ed.), Portraits of the L2 User, Clevedon: Multilinguals Matters, 277-3402

Pavlenko, A. (2002). Bilingualism and emotions. Multilingua, 21, 45-78.

Pavlenko, A. (2002). Poststructuralist approaches to the study of social factors in second language language learning and use. In V. Cook (Ed.), Portraits of the L2 User (pp. 257- 302). Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Pavlenko, A. (2003), '"I feel clumsy speaking Russian": L2 influence on L1 in narratives of Russian L2 users of English', in V.J. Cook (ed.) Effects of the Second Language on the First, Multilingual Matters, 32-61

Pavlenko, A. (2005). Bilingualism and thought. In A.M.B. De Groot & J. Kroll (Eds.), Handbook of Bilingualism: Psycholinguistic Approaches. Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press.

Pavlenko, A. (2005). Bilingualism and thought. In J. F. Kroll & A. M. B. de Groot (Eds.), Handbook of bilingualism: Psycholinguistic approaches (pp. 433-453). Oxford-New York: Oxford University Press.

Pavlenko, A. (2005). Emotions and multilingualism. Cambridge University Press.

Pavlenko, A. (Ed.) (2006). Bilingual minds: Emotional experience, expression, and representation. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters.

Pavlenko, A. & Jarvis, S. (2002), -'Bidirectional transfer', Applied Linguistics, 23, 190-214

Pavlenko, A. and J. Lantolf (2000). Second language learning as participation and the (re)construction of selves. In J. Lantolf (ed.) Sociocultural Theory and Second Language Learning, Oxford, Oxford University Press: 155-177.

Pavlenko, A., & Driagina, V. (2006). Advanced-level narrative skills in Russian. A workbook for students and teachers. Available at http://calper.la.psu.edu/.

Pavlenko, A., & Lantolf, J.P. (2000). Second language learning as participation and the (re)construction of selves. In J.P.Lantolf (Ed.), Sociocultural theory and second language learning (pp.155-177). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Pavlovitch, M. (1920): Le Langage Enfantin: Acquisition du serbe et du franais par un enfante serbe. Paris: Champion.

Pawley, A and F Syder. 1983 Two puzzles for linguistic theory Nativelike selection and nativelike fluency' in J Richards and R Schmidt (eds) 1983 Language and Communication

Pawley, A. & Syder, F. 1983. 'Two puzzles for linguistic theory: native-like selection and nativelike fluency' in Richards, J. & Schmidt, R.W. (eds.) 1983, 191-227

Payne, A 1980 Factors controlling the acquisition of the Philadelphia dialect by out-of-state children. In Labov, W. (ed.) Locating language in time and space, pp.143-78. Academic Press, New York

Peal, E., & Lambert, W. (1962). The Relation of Bilingualism to Intelligence, Psychological Monographs, 76, 27, 1-23

Peal, E., & Lambert, W. E. (1962). The relation of bilingualism to intelligence. Psychological Monographs, 76, 1-26.

Pearson, B., Fernandez, S. & Oller, D. (1993), 'Lexical development in bilingual infants and toddlers: comparison to monolingual norms', Language Learning. 43, 93-120

Pearson, B., Fernandez, S. & Oller, K. (1997), 'The relation of input factors to lexical learning by bilingual infants', Applied Psycholinguistics 18 (1):41-58

Pearson, B.Z. & Fernandez, S. (1994), 'Patterns of interaction in the lexical growth in two languages of bilingual infants and toddlers', Language Learning, 44, 617-653

Pease-Alvarez, L. & Hakuta, K. (1992). Enriching our views of bilingualism and bilingual education. Educational Researcher, 21 (2), 4-6, 19.

Peck, E. 1973. The relationship of disease and other stress on second language. International Journal of Social Psychiatry, 20: 128--133.

Peck, S. (1978). Child-child discourse in second language acquisition. In E. M. Hatch (Ed.), Second language acquisition: A book of readings (pp. 383-'"400). Rowley, MA:Newbury House.

Peck, S. (to appear). Language play in second language acquisition. In C. Henning (ed.), Proceedings of the First Annual Los Angeles Second Language Research Forum.

Pedersen, R.N. 1992, One Europe: 100 Nations. Clevedon: Channel View Books.

Pederson, E. & Nuyts, J. (1997) Overview: On the relationship between language and conceptualization. In J. Nuyts & E. Pederson (eds.), Language and conceptualization, pp. 1-12. Cambridge: CUP.

Peirce, B.N. Social identity, investment, and language learning. TESOL Quarterly, 29, 1995, 9-31.

Pelligrini, A. & T. Yawkey (eds.). 1984. The Development of Oral and Written Language in Social Contexts. Norwood, N.J.: Ablex.

Pelto, G. & Pelto, P 1978 Anthropological research: the structure of inquiry. CUP

Penfield , W., & Roberts, L. (1959). Speech and brain mechanisms. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press.

Penfield, J. (1986). ESL literacy and the new refugees: Priorities and considerations. Adult Literacy and Basic Education, 10 (1), pp. 47-57

Penfield, W. (1963). The second career. Boston, Little Brown

Penfield, W. (1965), -'Conditioning the uncommitted cortex for language learning', Brain, 88, 787-798

Penfield, W. (xxx), -'The human brain and the learning of secondary languages', Teaching English, 4, 73-5

Penfield, W. & Roberts, L. 1959 Speech and brain mechanisms. Atheneum Press, New York

Penfield, W. 1959. The learning of languages. In W. Penfield & L. Roberts, (eds.) Speech and brain-mechanisms, Princeton: Princeton University Press.

Penner, S. (1987), 'Parental responses to grammatical and ungrammatical child utterances', Child Development, 58, 376-384

Pennington, M. C. (1986). Acquisition of English by native speakers of Japanese in Hawai'i: Pronunciation and listening. Research Training and Revolving Fund Grant No. R 86 861 F 728 B148 University of Hawai'i at Manoa, Honolulu, HI.

Pennington, M. C. (1990). The context of L2 phonology. In H. Burmeister & P. Rounds (eds.), Variability in second language acquisition. Proceedings of the Tenth Meeting of the Second Language Research Forum, Vol.11 (pp.541-564). Eugene, OR: University of Oregon

Pennycook, A. (1990) Toward a critical applied linguistics for the 1990s. Issues in Applied Linguistics, 1, 8-28

Pennycook, A. (1994) The Cultural Politics of English as an International Language Longman

Perani, D., & Abutalebi, J. 2005. The neural basis of first and second language processing. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 15: 202--205.

Perani, D., Abutalebi, J., Paulesu, E., Brambati, S., Scifo, P., Cappa, S.F., & Fazio, F. 2003. The role of age of acquisition and language usage in early, high-proficient bilinguals: An fMRI study during verbal fluency. Human Brain Mapping, 19: 170--182.

Perani, D., Dehaene, S., Grassi, F., Cohen, L., Cappa, S. F., Dupoux, E., et al. (1996). Brain processing of native and foreign languages. NeuroReport, 7, 2439-2444.

Perani, D., Dehaene, S., Grassi, F., Cohen, L., Cappa, S., Paulesu, E., Dupoux, E., Fazio, F., & Mehler, J. 1996. Brain processing of native and foreign languages. NeuroReport, 7: 2439--2444.

Perani, D., Dehaene, S., Grassi, F., Cohen, L., Cappa, S.F., Dupoux, E., Fazio, F. & Mehler, J. (1996). Brain processing of native and foreign languages. NeuroReport, 7, 2439-'"2444.

Perani, D., Paulesu, E, Galles, N.S., Dupoux, E., Dehaene, S., Bettinardi, V., Cappa, S.F., Fazio, F. & Mehler, J. (1998), 'The bilingual brain: proficiency and age of acquisition of the second language', Brain, 121, 1841-1852

Perani, D., Paulesu, E., Sebasti-n-Galls, N., Dupoux, E., Dehaene, D., Bettinardi, V., Cappa, S., Fazio, F., & Mehler, J. 1998. The bilingual brain: Proficiency and age of acquisition of the second language. Brain, 121: 1841--1852.

Perani, D., Paulesu, E., Sebastian-Galles, N., Dupoux, E., Dehaene, S., Bettinardi, V., et al. (1998). The bilingual brain: Proficiency and age of acquisition of the second language. Brain, 121, 1841-1852.

Perdue, C. (1987), -'Structure thmatique des noncs dans le franais d'une adulte hispanophone' (traduit et adapt par Mireille Prodeau). Encrages, 18/19:153-168.

Perdue, C. (2002), 'Development of L2 Functional use'. In V.J. Cook (ed.), Portraits of the L2 User, Clevedon: Multilingual Matters, 93-120

Perdue, C. (ed.). 1993. Adult language acquisition: Cross-linguistic Perspectives. (2 vols). CUP

Perdue, C. (ed.). 1993. Adult language acquisition.- Cross-linguistic perspectives. (2 Volumes). Cambridge: CUP,

Perdue, C. (ed). 1984. Second language acquisition by adult immigrants. A field manual Rowley: Newbury House.

Perdue, C. & Deulofeu, J. 1986. La structuration de l'nonc: tude longitudinale. Langages 84, 43-64

Perdue, C. & Klein, W. 1992. 'Why does the production of some learners not grammaticalize?' Studies in Second Language Acquisition 14: 259-72.

Perdue, C. 1980. L'analyse des erreurs: un bilan pratique. Langages 57.87-94.

Perdue, C. 1984. A reply to S. Gass. Interlanguage ed. by A. Davies, C. Criper & A. Howatt, 25-33. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.

Perdue, C. 1987. Real beginners, real questions. S'approprier une langue trangre ed. by H. Blanc, M. La Douaron & D. Vronique, 196-210. Paris: Didier.

Perdue, C. 1990. Complexification of the simple clause in the narrative discourse of adult language learners. Linguistics 28.983-1009.

Perdue, C. 1990. Connaissances en langue trangre: Mthodes d'tude de la langue de l'apprenant d'une langue trangre. Thse d'Etat. Universit de Paris.

Perdue, C. 1991. 'Cross-linguistic comparisons: organisational principles in learner languages', in Huebner & Ferguson (eds.) 1991.

Perdue, C. 1991. The European Science Foundation project on adult language acquisition. In Ferguson, C. A. & Huebner, T. (eds) Second Language Acquisition: Contributions and Challenges to Linguistic Theory. Multilingual Matters, Clevedon.

Perdue, C. 1993. Comment rendre compte de la -'logique' de l'acquisition d'une langue trangre par l'adulte? Etudes de linguistique Applique, 92, 8-22.

Perdue, C., Deulofeu, J. & Trvise, A. 1988. The acquisition of French. Final Report to the European Science Foundation Vol. VI: Utterance structure ed. by W. Klein & C. Perdue, 234-313. Strasbourg, Nijmegen.

Perecman, E. (1984), 'Spontaneous translation and language mixing in a polyglot aphasic', Brain and Language, 23, 43-63

Perecman, E. (1984). Spontaneous translation and language mixing in a polyglot aphasic. Brain and Language, 23, 43-63.

Perecman, E. (1985), -'Language mixing in polyglot aphasia: conscious or preconscious necessity? A reply to Grosjean', Brain and Language, 26, 356-359

Perecman, E. (1989). Language processing in the bilingual: evidence from language mixing. In K. Hyltenstam & K.L. Obler (Eds.), Bilingualism across the Lifespan. Aspects of acquisition, maturity, and loss (pp. 227-'"244). Cambridge: CUP.

Peregoy, S.F. (1991) "Environmental Scaffolds and Learner Responses in a Two-Way Spanish Immersion Kindergarten." Canadian Modern Language Review; 47, 3, 463-76

Perfetti, C. A., & Zhang, S. (1995). Very early phonological activation in Chinese reading. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 21, 24-33.

Perfetti, C. A., Liu, Y., & Tan, L. H. (2005). The lexical constituency model: Some implications of research on Chinese for general theories of reading. Psychological Review, 112, 43-59.

Perfetti, C.A., Zhang, S. & Berent, I. (1992), -'Reading in English and Chinese: evidence for a universal phonological principle', in Frost, R. & Katz, L. (eds.), Orthography, phonology, morphology and meaning, Amsterdam. Elsevier, Amsterdam, 227-248

Perkins, K. & Larsen-Freeman, D. (1975). The effect of formal language instruction on the order of morpheme acquisition. LL, 25, 2, 237-43.

Perkins, K. & Larsen-Freeman, D. 1975. The effect of formal language instruction on the order of morpheme acquisition. Language Learning 25 (2): 237A3

Perlmann, J. 1990, Historical legacies: 1840-1920. In C.B. Cazden & C.E. Snow (eds) English Plus: Issues in Bilingual Education. London: Sage.

Perreault, R.B. 1976. One piece in the great American mosaic: the Franco-Americans of New England. Lakeport, N.H.: Andre Paquette Associates.

Perren, G. & Trim J. (eds.), 1971. Applications of Linguistics. CUP.

Perruchet, P. & Pacteau, C. (1991). Implicit acquisition of abstract knowledge about artificial grammar: Some methodological and conceptual issues. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 120(1), 112-'"116.

Petersen, C. & Al-Haik, A. 1976. 'The development of the Defense Language Aptitude Battery (DLAB)'. Educational and Psychological Measurement 36: 369-80.

Petersen, J. (1988): Word internal code-switching constraints in a bilingual child's grammar. Linguistics, 26, 479-94.

Peterson, R. R., & Savoy, P. (1998). Lexical selection and phonological encoding during language production: Evidence for cascaded processing. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 24, 539-557.

Petitto, L. A., Katerlos, M., Levy, B., Gauna, K., Ttrault, K. & Ferraro, V. (in press). Bilingual signed and spoken language acquisition from birth: Implications for mechanisms underlying bilingual language acquisition. Journal of Child Language.

Petitto, L.A., Zatorre, R.J., Gauna, K., Nikelski, E.J., Dostie, D., & Evans, A. C. (2000). Speech-like cerebral activity in profoundly deaf people while processing signed languages: Implications for the neural basis of all human language. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, vol 97, 25, 13961-13966

Petrenko, A.D. (1989). Stylistic variants of pronunciation in second language instruction/Stilistische Varianten der Aussprache im Fremdsprachenunterricht. Deutsch als Fremdsprache, 26, 267-272

Pettigrew, T.A. 1958 The measurement and correlates of category width as a cognitive variable. Journal of Personality 26: 532A4

Pettito, L. A., & Marentette, P. F. (1991). Babbling in the manual mode: Evidence for the ontogeny of language. Science, 251, 1493-1496.

Pettito, L.A., Katerelos, M., Bronna, G., Levy, K.G., Tetreault, K. & Ferraro, V. 2001. Bilingual signed and spoken language acquisition from birth: implications for the mechanisms underlying early bilingual language acquisition. Journal of Child Language 28(2): 453--496.

Peynirciogln. Z.F. & Durgunoglu. A. Y. (1993). Effects of bilingual context on memory perfonnance. In J. Altarriba. (Ed). Cognition and culture: A cross-cultural Approach to psychology (pp. 57-75). Amsterdam,: Elsevier

Peynircioglu, Z.F. & Tekcan, A.I. (1993). Word perception in two languages. Journal of Memory and Language, 33, 390-401

Peynircioglu.Z F.. & Gkn-Erelcin. F. (1988). Part-set cuing across languages: Evidence for both word- and concept-mediated inhibition depending on language dominance. Acta Psychologica. 67. 19-'"32.

Pfaff, C. (1976): Functional and structural constraints on syntactic variation in code-switching. In Steever, S.B., Walker, C.A. & Mufwene, S.S. (eds.) Papers from the Para-session on Diachronic Syntax. Chicago: Chicago Linguistics Society, 248-59.

Pfaff, C. (1979): Constraints on language mixing: intrasentential code-switching and borrowing in Spanish/English. Language, 55, 291-318.

Pfaff, C. (1984): On input and residual L1 transfer effects in Turkish and Greek children's German. In Andersen, R. W., ed. Second Languages. Rowley, Newbury House

Pfaff, C. (ed.). 1987. First and Second Language Acquisition Processes. Cambridge, Mass.: Newbury House.

Pfaff, C. 1987. 'Functional approaches to interlanguage' in Pfaff (ed.).

Pfaff, C. 1991. -'Turkish in contact with German: language maintenance and loss among immigrant children', Int. J. Soc. Lang., 90, 97-129

Pfaff, C. 1992. 'The issue of grammaticalization in early German second language'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 14: 273-96.

Pfeiffer, A. 1975. Designing a bilingual curriculum. In Proceedings of the first inter-American conference on bilingual education, ed. R. Troike & N. Moue:

Philips, S. 1972 Participation structures and communicative competence: Warm Springs children in community and classroom. In Cazden, C, John, V & Hymes, D (eds.) Functions of language in the classroom, pp. 37~94. Teachers College Press, New York

Philips, S.U. The Invisible Culture: Communication in Classroom and Community' on the Warm Spring Indian Reservation. New York: Longman, 1982.

Phillips, E.M. (1991) Anxiety and Oral Competence: Classroom Dilemma. French Review, 65, 1-14.

Phillips, E.M. (1992) The effects of language anxiety on student oral test performance and attitudes. The Modern Language Journal 76, 14-26.

Phillipson, R. (1992), Linguistic Imperialism, OUP

Phillipson, R., E. Kellerman, L. Selinker, M. Sharwood Smith, & M. Swain (eds.). 1991. Foreign/Second Language Pedagogy Research. Clevedon, Avon: Multilingual Matters.

Phillipson, Robert. 1992. ELT: the native speaker's burden? ELT Journal, 46(11): 12-18.

Phinney, J., & Devich-Navarro, M. (1997), 'Variation in bicultural identification among African American and Mexican American adolescents', Journal of Research on Adolescence, 7, 3-32

Phinney, M. (1987), 'The pro-drop parameter in second language acquisition', in Roeper, T., & Williams, E. (eds.), Parameter Setting, Reidel, Dordrecht

Phinney, M. (1988), -'Resetting the parameters: acquiring Spanish as an L2', in Birdsong, D., & Montreuil, J-P. (eds), Advances in Romance Linguistics, Dordrecht, Foris

Piatelli-Palmarini, M. (ed.). 1980. Language and Learning. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul

Piazza, G.L. (1980), 'French tolerance for grammatical errors made by Americans'. MLJ, 64, 422-27

Pica, T. (1982), Second language acquisition in different language contexts. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Pennsylvania

Pica, T. (1983) The article in American English: what the textbooks don't tell us. In Wolfson, N & Judd, E (eds.) Sociolinguistics and second language acquisition, pp.222-33. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Pica, T. (1983), 'Adult acquisition of English as a second language under different conditions of exposure'. Language Learning 33: 465-97.

Pica, T. (1983), The role of language context in second language acquisition. Review article, Interlanguage Studies Bulletin 7:101-23

Pica, T. (1984), 'Methods of morpheme quantification: their effect on the interpretation of second language data'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 6: 69-78.

Pica, T. (1985), 'Linguistic simplicity and learnability: implications for language syllabus design', in Hyltenstam, K., & Pienemann, M. (eds.), Modelling and Assessing Language Acquisition, College Hill Press, San Diego

Pica, T. (1985), 'The selective impact of instruction on second language acquisition'. Applied Linguistics, 6: 214-22.

Pica, T. (1985). The selective impact of classroom instruction on second language acquisition. Applied Linguistics, 6(3), 214-'"222.

Pica, T. (1987), 'Second language acquisition, social interaction in the classroom'. Applied Linguistics 7:1-25.

Pica, T. (1987). Interlanguage adjustments as an outcome of NS-NNS negotiated interaction. Language Learning 38(1), 45-'"73

Pica, T. (1988), -'Interlanguage adjustments as an outcome of NS-NSS negotiated interaction', Language Learning, 38, 45-73

Pica, T. (1991), 'Classroom interaction, participation and comprehension: redefining relationships'. System 19:437-52

Pica, T. (1992). The textual outcomes of native speaker-non-native speaker nego-tiation: What do they reveal about second language learning? In C. Kramsch & S. McConnell-Ginet (Eds.), Text and Context (pp. 198-'"237). Cambridge, MA: Heath.

Pica, T. (1994), -'Questions from the classroom: research perspectives', TESOL Quarterly, 29, 49-79

Pica, T. (1994), Research on negotiation: what does it reveal about second-language learning conditions, processes and outcomes? Language Learning 44, 493-527

Pica, T. (1997). Second language teaching and research relationships: A North-American view. Language Teaching Research, 1(1), 48-'"72.

Pica, T. (2005), -'Clasroom learning, teaching and research', MLJ, 89, 339-352

Pica, T. & Doughty, C. (1985). Input and interaction in the communicative language classroom: A comparison of teacher-fronted and group activities. In S. M. Gass & C. Madden (Eds.), Input in second language acquisition (pp. 115-'"132). Rowley, MA: Newbury House.

Pica, T. & Doughty, C. (1985). Non-native speaker interaction in the ESL classroom. In Gass & Madden

Pica, T. & Doughty, C. 1985. 'The role of group work in classroom second language acquisition'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 7, 233~8.

Pica, T. & Doughty, C. 1988. 'Variations in classroom interaction as a function of participation pattern and task' in Fine (ed.) 1988.

Pica, T. & Long, M. 1986. 'The classroom linguistic and conversational performance of experienced and inexperienced ESL teachers' in Day (ed.) 1986, 85-98

Pica, T., Doughty, C. & Young, R. 1986 Making input comprehensible: do interactional modifications help? ITL. Review of Applied Linguistics 72:1-25

Pica, T., Holliday, L. Lewis, N. & Morgenthaler, L. 1989. -'Comprehensible output as an outcome of linguistic demands on the learner'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 11: 63-90.

Pica, T., Holliday, L., Lewis, N. & L. Morgenthaler, 1989: "Comprehensible Output as an Outcome of Linguistic Demands on the Learner", Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 11: 63-99

Pica, T., Kanagy, R., & Falodun, J. (1992), -'Choosing and using communication tasks for second language instruction and research', in Crookes., G. & Gass, S. (eds.) Tasks and Language Learning, 9-34

Pica, T., L. Holliday, N. Lewis, D. Berducci, & J. Newman. 1991. 'Language learning through interaction: what role does gender play?' Studies in Second Language Acquisition 13: 343-76.

Pica, T., Lincoln-Porter, F, Paninos, D., & Linnell, J. (1996). Language learners' interaction: How does it address the input, output, and feedback needs of language learners? TESOL Quarterly, 30(1), 59-'"84.

Pica, T., Young, R. & Doughty, C. 1987. 'The impact of interaction on comprehension'. TESOL Quarterly 21:737-58.

Picard, J.M. 2003. The French language in medieval Ireland. In The Languages of Ireland, M. Cronin & C. O Cuilleanain (eds), 57--77. Dublin: Four Courts Press.

Piccioli, M.T. (1992), "Learning to Interact: A Case Study of a Child's Bilingual Development in Italian and English." Rassegna Italiana di Linguistica Applicata; 25, 3, 101-13

Pichette, F., Segalowitz, N. & Connors, L. (2003), 'Impacts of maintinging L1 reading skills on L2 reading skill development in Adults: evidence from speakers of Serbo-Cratians learning French', MLJ, 87, 3, 391-403

Pick, A. (1983). Cured tuberculosis meningitis: at the same time a contribution to the study of aphasia in polyglots. In M. Paradis (Ed.), Readings on aphasia in bilinguals and polyglots (pp. 102-'"107). Montreal: Didier. (Original work published in 1913.)

Pickett, G. 1978. The Foreign Language Learning Process. London: The British Council.

Picoche, J. (1977). Prcis de lexicologie franaise: l'tude et l'enseignement du vocabulaire. Paris: Nathan.

Pienemann, M. (1980), The second language acquisition of immigrant children. In Felix, S. (ed.) Second language development, pp.41-56. Gunter Narr, Tubingen

Pienemann, M. (1981), Der Zweitsprachenerwerb auslandischer Arbeiterkinder Bouvier, Bonn

Pienemann, M. (1984), Psychological constraints on the teachability of languages Studies in Second Language Acquisition 6(2): 18~214

Pienemann, M. (1985), Learnability and syllabus construction. In Hyltenstam, K. & Pienemann, M. (eds.) Modelling and assessing second language development Multilingual Matters, 23-76

Pienemann, M. (1986), 'Is language teachable? Psycholinguistic experiments and hypotheses'. Australian Working Papers in Language Development 1: 3.

Pienemann, M. (1986), 'Psychological constraints on the teachability of language', in Pfaff, C.W. (ed.), First and Second Language Acquisition Processes, Newbury House, Rowley MA

Pienemann, M. (1986), L'effeto dell'insegnamiento sugli orientamenti degli apprendenti nell'acquisizione di L2. (The effect of instruction on learners' orientations in L2 acquisition.) In Ramat, A (ed.) L'apprendimiento spontaneo di una seconda lingua, pp.307-26. Mulino, Bologna

Pienemann, M. (1987), 'Learnability and syllabus construction', in Hyltenstam, K., & Pienemann, M. (eds.) (1987), Modelling and Assessing Second Language Development, Multilingual Matters, Clevedon

Pienemann, M. (1987), Determining the influence of instruction on L2 speech processing. Australian Review of Applied Linguistics 10 (2): 83-113

Pienemann, M. (1988), "Determining the influence of instruction on L2 speech processing". In G. Kasper (ed.), 1988. AIL4 Review 5: Classroom Research. 40-72

Pienemann, M. (1988), Psychological constraints on the teachability of languages. In Rutherford, W & Sharwood-Smith, M (eds.) Grammar and second language teaching: a book of readings, pp.85-106. Newbury House/Harper & Row, New York

Pienemann, M. (1989), 'Is language teachable?', Applied Linguistics, 10, 1, 52-79

Pienemann, M. (1992), 'COALA: a computational system for interlanguage analysis', Second Language Research, 8, 1, 59-92

Pienemann, M. (1998), Language Processing and Second-Language Development: Processability Theory, Amsterdam, John Benjamins

Pienemann, M. & Johnston, M. (1996), 'A brief history of processing approaches to SLA: reply to Mellow', SLR, 12, 3, 319-334

Pienemann, M. & Johnston, M. 1986 An acquisition-based procedure for second language assessment. Australian Review of Applied Linguistics 9: 92-122

Pienemann, M. & Johnston, M. 1987 Factors influencing the development of language proficiency. In Nunan, D. (ed.) Applying second language acquisition research. National Curriculum Resource Centre, Adult Migrant Education Program, Adelaide

Pienemann, M. & Mackey, A. 1993. 'An empirical study of children's ESL develop-ment and Rapid Profile'. In P. McKay (ed.), ESL development. Language and literacy in Schools, Vol. 2. Commonwealth of Australia and National Languages and Literacy Institute of Australia, 115-259

Pienemann, M. 2005 -'Language Processing Capacity.' In Doughty, C. J. and Long, M. H. (eds.), -'The Handbook of Second Language Acquisition.' Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Pienemann, M., Johnston, M. & Meisel, J. M. (1993), 'The multi-dimensional model, linguistic profiling and related Issues: A Reply to Hudson'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 15: 495-503

Pienemann, M., Johnston, M., & Brindley, G. (1988), 'Constructing an acquisition-based procedure for second language assessment', Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 217-243

Pienemann, M., Mackey, A. & Thornton I.. 1991, "Rapid profile: A second language screening procedure". In Language and Language Education, Vol. 1, No 1: 6 1-82

Pierce, B.N. 1995: Social identity, investment, and language learning. TESOL Quarterly 29, 9-31

Pierson, H., Fu, G. & Lee, S. 1980 An analysis of the relationship between language attitudes and English attainment of secondary students in Hong Kong. Language Learning 30: 289-316

Piggott, G.L., & Kessler Robb, M. 1999. Prosodic features of familial language impairment: Constraints on stress assignment. Folia Phoniatrica et Logopaedica, 51: 55--69.

Pilgreen, J. & Krashen, S. (1993), -'Sustained silent reading with English as a second language high school students: impact on reading comprehension, reading frequency, and reading enjoyment', School Library Media Quarterly, 22, 21-23

Pillai, J.J., Allison, J.D., Sethuraman, S., Araque, J.M., Thiruvaiyaru, D., Ison, C.B., Loring, D.W., & Lavin, T. 2004. Functional MR imaging study of language-related differences in bilingual cerebellar activation. American Journal of Neuroradiology, 25: 523--532.

Piller, I. 1998. Bilingual Love Talk in Fiction. In Parlog, Hortensia. Ed. B.A.S. British and American Studies. Timisoara: Hestia, 201-218.

Piller, I. 2001. Identity constructions in multilingual advertising. Language in Society 30(2), 153-186.

Piller, I. 2001. Who, if anyone, is a native speaker? Anglistik. Mitteilungen des Verbandes Deutscher Anglisten 12(2), 109-121.

Piller, I. 2002. Bilingual Couples Talk: The Discursive Construction of Hybridity. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Piller, I. 2002. Passing for a native speaker: identity and success in second language learning. Journal of Sociolinguistics 6(2), 179-206.

Piller, I. 2003. Advertising as a site of language contact. Annual Review of Applied Linguistics 23, 170-183.

Pimsleur, P. & Quinn, T.(eds.). 1971. The Psychology of Second Language Learning. Cambridge; CUP.

Pimsleur, P. 1966 Testing foreign language learning. In Valdman, A (ed.) Trends in language teaching, pp.175-214. McGraw-Hill, New York

Pimsleur, P. 1966 The Pimsleur language aptitude battery. Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, New York

Pimsleur, P., D. Sundland, & R. MacIntyre. 1966. Under-achievement in Foreign Language Learning. Washington D.C.: Modern Language Association.

Pimsleur, P., Mosberg, L.; & Morrison, A. 1962. Student factors in foreign language learning. Modern Language Journal 46:16070.

Pimsleur, P., Sundland, D. & McIntyre, R. (1964), -'Under-Achievement in Foreign Language Learning', International Review of Applied Linguistics, 3, 45-60

Pinker, S. (1999). Words and rules. New York: Basic Books.

Pintner, R. & Arsenian, S. 1937, -'The relation of bilingualism to verbal intelligence and school adjustment', Journal of Educational Research 31, 255-263.

Pintner, R. & Keller, R. (1922), 'Intelligence tests for foreign children', J. Ed. Psych, 14, 214-222

Piske, T., Flege, J., Mackay, I. and Meador, D. (2002), 'The production of English vowels by fluent early and later Italian-English bilinguals, Phonetica, 59, 49-71

Piske, T., MacKay, I. R. A., & Flege, J. E. (2001). Factors affecting degree of foreign accent in an L2: a review. Journal of Phonetics, 29, 191-215.

Pitres A. (1983). Aphasia in polyglots. In M. Paradis (Ed.), Readings on aphasia in bilinguals and polyglots (pp. 26-'"49). Montreal: Didier. (Original work published in 1885.

Pitres, A. (1983). Etude sur l'aphasie chez les polyglottes [Aphasia in polyglots]. In M. Paradis (Ed. & Trans.), Readings on aphasia in bilinguals and polyglots (pp. 26--48). Montreal: Marcel Didier. (Original work published 1895, in Revue de medecine, 15, 873--899).

Pitres, A. 1895. Etude sur l'aphasie chez les polyglottes. Revue de Mdecine, 15: 873--899.

Pitres, A. 1895. Etude sur l'aphasie chez les polyglottes. Revue de Medecine 5:873-899.

Pitta, P., Marcos, L.C., & Alpert, M. 1978. Language switching as a treatment strategy with bilingual patients. The American Journal of Psychoanalysis, 38: 255--258.

Plann, S. 1977. Acquiring a second language in an immersion classroom. In H.D. Brown, C.A. Yorio, & R. Crymes (eds.), Teaching and Learning English as a Second Language: Trends in Research and Practice. Washington, D.C.: TESOL, 21325.

Plass, J. L., D. M. Chun, et al. (2003). "Cognitive load in reading a foreign language text with multimedia aids and the influence of verbal and spatial abilities." Computers in Human Behavior 19(2): 221-243.

Platt, J. (1977): A model for polyglossia and multilingualism (with special reference to Singapore and Malaysia). Language in Society, 6, 361-79.

Platt, J. & Weber, H. 1980. English in Singapore and Malaysia. Oxford.

Platt, J., Weber, H. & Ho, M. 1984. The New Englishes. Routledge & Kegan Paul, London. -76.

Platzack, C. (1996). The Initial hypothesis of syntax: A minimalist perspective on language acquisition and attrition. In H. Clahsen (ed.), Generative perspectives on language acquisition, pp. 369-414. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Pleh, C. 1990. 'The search for universal operating principles in language acquisition'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 12: 233~1.

Pleh, C., Jarovinskij, A., & Balajan, A. (1987), 'Sentence comprehension in Hungarian-Russian bilingual and monolingual pre-school children', Journal of Child Language, 14, 587-603

Plihal, W., & Born, J. 1997. Effects of early and late nocturnal sleep on declarative and procedural memory. The Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 9: 534--547.

Plough, I. (1995). Indirect negative evidence, inductive inferencing and second language. In L. Eubank, L. Selinker & M. Sharwood Smith (eds.) The Current State of Interlanguage Amsterdam: Benjamins

Pohl, J. 1965, Bilingualismes. Revue Roumaine de Linguistique 10, 343-349

Polak, J. & Krashen, S. (1988), 'Do we need to teach spelling? The relationship between spelling and voluntary reading among community college ESL students', TESOL Quarterly, 22, 141-146

Polanyi, L. (1995) Language learning and living abroad: Stories from the field. In: Freed, B. (ed) Second language acquisition in a study abroad context. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins Publishing Company, pp. 271-291.

Polinsky, M. (1997). American Russian: Language loss meets language acquisition. In W. Brown, E. Dornisch, N. Kondrashova, & D. Zec (eds.), Annual workshop on formal approaches to Slavic linguistics: The Cornell Meeting 1995, pp. 370-406. Ann Arbor, MI: Slavic Publications.

Polio, C. (2007). A History of Input Enhancement: Defining an Evolving Concept. In C. Gasgoigne (eds.). Assessing the Impact of Input Enhancement in Second Language Education (pp.1-18), USA: New Forums Press.

Polio, C. & Duff, P. (1994). Teachers' language use in university foreign language classrooms: A qualitative analysis of English and target language alternation. Modern Language Journal, 78, 313-326

Polio, C. G. (1994). Comments on Elsa Roberts Auerbach's "Reexamining English Only" in the ESL Classroom". TESOL Quarterly, 28(1), 153-161.

Polio, C. G., & Duff, P. A. (1994). Teachers' language use in university foreign language classrooms: a qualitative analysis of English and target language alternation. The Modern Language Journal, 78(3), 313-326.

Politzer, R. & McGroarty, M. 1985. 'An exploratory study of learning behaviors and their relationship to gains in linguistic and communicative competence'. TESOL Quarterly 19:103-23.

Politzer, R. & Ramirez, A. 1973. 'An error analysis of the spoken English of Mexican-American pupils in a bilingual school and a monolingual school'. Language Learning 18: 35-53.

Politzer, R. & Weiss, L. 1969 An experiment in foreign language learning through learning of selected skills associated with language aptitude. ERIC Document Reproduction Service, ED 046261. Stanford University

Politzer, R. 1968. An experiment in the presentation of parallel and contrasting structures. Language Learning 18:3553.

Politzer, R. 1970. 'Some reflections on "good" and "bad" language teaching behaviors'. Language Learning 20: 3 1~3.

Politzer, R. 1980. 'Requesting in elementary school classrooms'. TESOL Quarterly 14:165-74.

Politzer, R. 1983. 'An exploratory study of self-reported language learning behaviors and their relation to achievement'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 6: 54-67.

Politzer, R., Ramirez, A. & S. Lewis. 1981. 'Teaching standard English in the third grade: classroom functions of language'. Language Learning 31: 171-93.

Politzer, R.B. (1978), 'Paradigmatic and syntagmatic associations of first year French students', in: V. Honsa and M. J. Hardman-de-Bautista (Eds.): Papers on Linguistics and Child Language: Ruth Hirsch Weir Memorial Volume. Mouton, 203-210.

Politzer, R.L & Weiss, L. (1971) The successful foreign-language teacher, Philadelphia, Center for Curriculum Development

Polivnov, E. (1932), -'La perception des ons d'une langue trangre'. Travaux du Cercle Linguistique de Prague 4, 79-96

Polka, L. & Sundara, M. 2003. Word segmentation in monolingual and bilingual infant learners of English and French. Proceedings of the International Congress of Phonetic Sciences 15: 1021--1024.

Polka, L., & Werker, J. F. (1994). Developmental changes in perception of non-native vowel contrasts. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 20, 421-435.

Polka, L., & Werker, J.F. (1994). Developmental changes in perception of nonnative vowel contrasts. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 20, 421-435.

Poncelet, M., Majerus, S., Raman, I., Warinbaire, S., & Weekes, B. S. (2007). Naming actions and objects in bilingual aphasia: A multiple case study. Brain and Language, 103, 158--159.

Poole, B. (2006). Some effects of Indian English on the language as it is used in Oman. English Today, 88(22), 21-88.

Poole, D. 1992. 'Language socialisation in the second language classroom'. Language Learning 42: 593-616.

Popiel. S. J. (1987). Bilingual comparative judgments: Evidence against the switch hypothesis.

Poplack, S. (1980), 'Sometimes I'll start a sentence in English y termino en espanol', Linguistics, 18, 581-616

Poplack, S. (1980), The notion of plural in Puerto Rican Spanish: Competing con-straints on /s/ deletion. In W. Labov (ed.), Locating language in time and space. New York: Academic Press, 55-68.

Poplack, S. (1985): Contrasting patterns of code-switching in two communities. In Warkentyne, H. J. ed. Methods V: Proceedings of the V International Conference on Methods in Dialectology. Victoria: University of Victoria Press.

Poplack, S. (1987) Contrasting patterns of code-switching in two communities. In E. Wande, J. Anward, B. Nordberg, L. Steensland & M. Thelander eds., Aspects of multilingualism: proceedings from the fourth Nordic symposium on bilingualism, 1984. Sweden: University of Uppsala, 51-77.

Poplack, S. (1988): Language status and language accommodation along a linguistic border. In Lowenberg, P. ed. Language Spread and Language -Policy: Issues, Implications and Case Studies. Washington, DC: Georgetown University Press, pp. 90-118.

Poplack, S. (1988). Code-switching. In Sociolinguistics: A handbook of the science of language and society, 2: 1174-1180

Poplack, S. (1988). Contrasting patterns in codeswitching in two communities. In M. Heller (Ed.), Codeswitching. Anthropological and Sociolinguistic Perspectives (pp. 215-43). Berlin: Mouton De Gruyter.

Poplack, S. (1989) Statut des langues et accommodation langagiere de long d'une frontiere linguistique. TRANEL, 14:59-91.

Poplack, S. (1990), Variation theory and language contact: concept, methods and data, in Preston, D. (ed.), American Dialect Research, Amsterdam, Benjamins

Poplack, S. & Meecham, M. (1998). Introduction: How languages fit together in code-mixing. In S. Poplack & M. Meecham (Guest Eds), International Journal of Bilingualism - Instant loans, easy conditions: The productivity of bilingual borrowing, 2: 127-139

Poplack, S. & Meechan, M. (1995), -'Patterns of language mixture: nominal structure in Wolof-French and Fongbe-French bilingual discourse. In Milroy & Muysken (eds.)

Poplack, S. & Pousada, A. (1981): A comparative study of gender assignment to borrowed nouns. Centro de Estudios Puertornquerios Working Papers, 10

Poplack, S. & Sankoff, D. (1984), Borrowing: the synchrony of integration. Linguistics, 22, 99-135.

Poplack, S. & Sankoff, D. (1988), Code-switching. In Ammon, U., Dittmar, N., & Mattheier, K. J. eds Sociolinguistics: An International Handbook

Poplack, S., Pousada, A. & Sankoff, D. (1982): Competing influences on gender assignment: variable process, stable outcome. Lingua, 57, 1-28.

Poplack, S., Sankoff, D. & Miller, C. (1988): The social correlates and linguistic consequences of lexical borrowing and assimilation. Linguistics, 26, 47-104

Poplack, S., Wheeler, S. & Westwood, A. (1987), Distinguishing language contact phenomena: Evidence from Finnish-English bilingualism. In Lilius, P. & Saari, M. eds The Nordic Languages and Modern Linguistics 6

Porquier, R. (1984), 'Communication exolingue et apprentissage des langues.' In Acquisition d'une langue trangre III. Universit Paris VIII et Universit de Neuchótel, 17-47

Porquier, R. (1988) Processus d'acquisition et interactions sociales chez des adultes migrants en milieu naturel et chez des adolescents migrants en milieu scolaire. Bulletin CILA, 47: 43-51.

Porquier, R. (1992), 'Construction de la reference spatiale dans l'interaction exolingue', in: R. Bouchard, J. Billiez, J-M. Colletta, V. de Nucheze & A. Millet (eds.) Acquisition et enseignement/aprentissage des langues. Grenoble: LIDILEM

Porquier, R. (1994), 'Communication exolingue et contextes d'appropriation'. In Py, B. (Ed.), L'acquisition d'une langue seconde. Bulletin suisse de linguistique applique 59, 159-169.

Porte, G. (1988), 'Poor language learners and their strategies for dealing with new vocabulary', English Language Teaching Journal. 42, 3, 167-172

Porte, G. (1999), 'English as a forgotten language', English Language Teaching Journal, 28-35

Porte, G. (2003), 'English from a distance: code-mixing and blending in the L1 output of long-term resident EFL teachers', in Cook (ed.), 103-119

Porte, G.K. (2002), Appraising Research in Second Language Learning: A Practical Approach to Critical Analysis of Quantitative Research (Language Learning & Language Teaching S.), John Benjamons

Porter, J. H. (1977). A cross-sectional study of morpheme acquisition in first language learning. LL, 27, 1, 47-61.

Porter, J.H. (1977), 'A cross-sectional study of morpheme acquisition in first language acquisition', Language Learning, 27, 1, 47-61

Porter, P. 1983 Variations in the conversations of adult learners of English as a function of the proficiency level of the participants. Ph.D. dissertation, Stanford University

Porter, P.A. 1986, How learners talk to each other: Input and interaction in task-centered discussions. In: Day, R.R. (ed.). Talking to learn: Conversation in second language acquisition. Rowley, MA: Newbury House, 200-222.

Porter, R. 1990, Forked Tongue: The Politics of Bilingual Education. New York: Basic Books.

Posner, M.I., & Rothbart, M.K. 1992. Attentional mechanisms and conscious experience. In A.D. Milner & M.D. Rugg (Eds), The neuropsychology of consciousness (pp. 91--111). London: Academic Press.

Postman, L. & Stark, K. 1969. Role of response availability in transfer and interference. Journal of Experimental Psychology 79:~-77.

Postman, L., Stark, K. & Fraser, J. 1968. Temporal change in interference. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 1:672-94.

Postovsky. V. (1974), 'Effects of delay in oral practice at the beginning of second language learning', MLJ, 58

Postovsky. V. 1977. Why not start speaking later? In M. Burt, H. Dulay, & M. Finocchiaro (eds.), Viewpoints on English as a Second Language. New York: Regents, 17-26.

potential source of NS/NNS competence differences. Second Language Research,

Potter, M. C., So, K.-F., Von Eckardt, B., & Feldman, L. B. (1984). Lexical and conceptual representation in beginning and proficient bilinguals. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 23, 23-38.

Potter, M.C., So, K-F., Von Eckardt, B., & Feldman, L. B. (1984). Lexical and conceptual representation in beginning and proficient bilinguals. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 23, 23-38.

Poulisse N., & Bongaerts, T. (1994). First language use in second language production. Applied Linguistics, 15, 36-57.

Poulisse, N. (1987), 'Classification of compensatory strategies', Second Language Research, 3, 2,141-153

Poulisse, N. (1989), The Use of Compensatory Strategies by Dutch Learners of English, Ph.D., Nijmegen

Poulisse, N. (1990), 'Variation in learner's use of communication strategies', in Duda, R., & Riley, P. (eds.) (1990), Learning Styles, PU, Nancy, 77-87

Poulisse, N. (1990), 'Variation in learners' use of communication strategies' in Duda & Riley (eds.) 1990.

Poulisse, N. (1990), The Use of Compensatory Strategies by Dutch Learners of English, Mouton de Gruijter, Berlin

Poulisse, N. (1993), -'A theoretical account of lexical communication strategies. In: Schreuder, R., & Weltens, B. (eds.). The bilingual lexicon. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 157-190.

Poulisse, N. (1995), 'Slips of the tongue and their correction in L2 learner speech: metalinguistic awareness and second language acquisition. In: HW Dechert (ed) Metacognition and second language acquisition. Cleveland: Multilingual Matters.

Poulisse, N. (1996), -'Strategies', in Jordens, P. & Lalleman, J., (eds) Investigating Second Language Acquisition, Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin

Poulisse, N. (1997) Language Production in Bilinguals. In A.M.B. de Groot & J. F. Kroll (eds.), Tutorials in Bilingualism: Psycholinguistic Perspectives (pp. 201-224). Mahwah, N.J: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Poulisse, N. (1997). Language production in bilinguals. In A. M. B. de Groot & J. F. Kroll (Eds.). Tutorials in bilingualism: Psycholinguistic perspectives (pp. 201-224). Mahwah NJ: Erlbaum.

Poulisse, N. (1997). Some words in defense of the psycholinguistic approach: A response to Firth and Wagner. Modern Language Journal, 81, 324--328.

Poulisse, N. & Bongaerts, T. (1994), -'First language use in second language production' Applied Linguistics, 15, 1, 36-57

Poulisse, N. & Schils, E. (1989), 'The Influence of Task and Proficiency Related Factors on the Use of Compensatory Strategies: A Quantitative Analysis', Language Learning 39 n1 p15 48 Mar 1989 and In B. Harley (Ed.) Lexical Issues in language learning. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Pousada, A. & Poplack, S. (1979), No case for convergence: The Puerto Rican Spanish verb system in a language contact situation. Centro Working Paper 5. CUNY: Centro de Estudios Puertorriquefios.

Povey, J. (ed.) 1980 Language planning and language teaching: essays in honor of Clifford H. Prator. English Language Services, Culver City, Calif.

Prabhu, N., S. (1987) Second language pedagogy. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Prabhu, N.S. (1987), Second Language Pedagogy, OUP

Prabhu, N.S. (1992), -'The dynamics of the language lesson', TESOL Quarterly, 26, 225 242

Pratley, R. (1988) Spelling it out. to accompany a series of programmes, prepared in consultation with the BBC Continuing Education Advisory Council.

Prator, C. 1968. 'The British heresy in TESL' in Fishman et al. (eds.) 1968.

Prator, C. H. (1978). The pronunciation of English as an auxiliary language in Japan. JACET Bulletin, 9, 1-4.

preliminary data. International Journal of Bilingualism 6: 271--289.

Pressley, M. (1977), -'Children's use of the keyword method to learn simple Spanish vocabulary', J. Exp. Psych., 69, 465-472

Pressley, M. & Ahmad, M. (1986), 'Transfer of imagery-based mnemonics by adult learners. Contemporary Educational Psychology. 11, 150-160.

Pressley, M. & Dennis-Rounds, J. (1980), 'Transfer of a mnemonic keyword strategy at two age levels', Journal of Educational Psychology, 72, 575-582

Pressley, M. & Levin, J.R. (1978), 'Developmental constraints associated with children's use of the keyword method of foreign language learning', Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 78, 26, 359-372.

Pressley, M., & Levin, J. R. (1978). Developmental constraints associated with children's use of the keyword method of foreign language vocabulary. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 26, 359-372.

Pressley, M., Levin, J. R., & Delaney, H. D. (1982a). The mnemonic keyword method. Review of Educational Research, 52, 61-91.

Pressley, M., Levin, J. R., & Miller, J. E. (1981). The keyword method and children's learning of foreign vocabulary with abstract meanings. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 35, 283-287.

Pressley, M., Levin, J. R., Kuiper, N. A., Bryant, S. L., & Michener, S. (1982b). Mnemonic versus nonmnemonic vocabulary-learning strategies: Additional comparisons. Journal of Educational Psychology, 74, 693-707.

Pressley, M., Levin, J. R., Miller, J. E., & Berry, J. K. (1980). The keyword method and foreign word acquisition. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory, 5, 22-29.

Pressley, M., Levin, J., Hall, R.J.W. Miller, G.E. & Berry, J.V. (1980), 'The keyword method and foreign language acquisition', Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory, 6. 2 . 163-173.

Preston, D. (1981), 'The ethnography of TESOL'. TESOL Quarterly 15: 105-16.

Preston, D. (1982), 'How to lose a language', Interlanguage Studies Bulletin 6/2, 64-87

Preston, D. (1989), Sociolinguistics and Second Language Acquisition. Oxford: Blackwell.

Preston, D. (1993), "Variation linguistics and SLA". Second Language Research 9 (2): 153- 172

Preston, M. & Lambert, W. (1969), -'Interlingual interference in a bilingual version of the Stroop colour word task', Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior 8:295-301.

Preston, M. S., & Lambert, W. E. (1969). Interlingual interference in a bilingual version of the Stroop color-word task. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 8, 295-301.

Preston, M., Yeni-Komshian, C. & Stark, R. 1967. Voicing in initial stop consonants produced by children in the pre-linguistic period from different language communities. In Annual Report. Neurocommunication Laboratory, The John Hopkins University School of Medicine, 307-23.

Prevost. P. (1997), 'Truncation and root infinitives in second language acquisition of French', in Hughes, E., Hughes, M. & Greenhill, A. (eds), Proceedings of the 21st Boston University Conference on language development, Somerville: Cascadilla Press, Vol. 2, 453-464

Prez Firmat, G. (2003). Tongue ties: Logo-eroticism in Anglo-Hispanic literature. New York: Macmillan.

Price, C. J., Green, D. W., & Von Studnitz, R. (1999). A functional imaging study of translation and language switching. Brain, 122, 2221-2235.

Price, C.J., Green, D.W. and von Studnitz, R (1999), -'A functional imaging study of translation and language switching', Brain, 122, 2221-2235

Price, E. 1968. Early bilingualism. In C. Dodson, E. Price, & L. Williams (eds.), Towards Bilingualism. Cardiff: University of Wales Press.

Price, E. 1985, Schools Council Bilingual Education Project (Primary Schools) 1968-1977: An assessment. In C.J. Dodson (ed.) Bilingual Education. Evaluation, Assessment and Methodology. Cardiff: University of Wales Press.

Prince, P. (1996), 'Second Language Vocabulary Learning: The Role of Context versus Translations as a Function of Proficiency', Modern Language Journal, 80, 4, 478-93

Prince, P. (1996). Second Language Vocabulary Learning: The role of context versus translations as a function of proficiency. Modern Language Journal, 80, 478-493.

Prince, P. (1996). Second language vocabulary learning: The role of context versus translations as a function of proficiency. The Modern Language Journal, 80, 478-497.

Prinz, P., & E. Prinz. 1979. Simultaneous acquisition of ASL and spoken English (in a hearing child of a deaf mother and hearing father). Sign Language Studies 25:283-296.

Prior, A., MacWhinney, B., & Kroll, J. F. (2007). Translation norms for English and Spanish: The role of lexical variables, word class and L2 proficiency in negotiating translation ambiguity. Unpublished manuscript.

Pritchard, 0. 1952. An investigation into the relationship between personality traits and ability in modern languages. British Journal of Educational Psychology 12:147~8.

Prodromou, L. (1989), 'English as cultural action', English Language Teaching Journal, 43

Prodromou, L. (2003). Idiomaticity and the non-native speaker. English Today, 19(2), 42-48.

Prodromou, L. (2006) 'Defining the 'Successful Bilingual Speaker' of English', in Rubdy, R. and Saraceni, M.(eds) English in the World: Global Rules, Global Roles.London: Continuum, pp. 51.

Prodromou, L.. 2003. Idiomaticity and the non-native speaker. English Today, 19(2): production: Neural evidence from language switching studies. Language and Cognitive Processes 24, 557-582.

Prvost. P. & White, L. (2000), 'Accounting for morphological variation in second language acquisition: truncation or missing inflection?', in M-A. Friedemann & L. Rizzi (eds) The acquisition of syntax, 202-235

Ptzl, O. (1930). Aphasie und Mehrsprachigkeit. Zeitschrift fur die gesamte Neurologie und Psychiatrie, 12, 145-'"162.

Pu, Y.L., Liu, H.L., Spinks, J.A., Mahankali, S., Xiong, J.H., Feng, C.M., Tan, L.H., Fox, P.T., & Gao, J.H. 2001. Cerebral hemodynamic response in Chinese (first) and English (second) language processing revealed by event-related functional MRI. Magnetic Resonance Imaging, 19: 643--647.

Pugh, A. & Ulijn, J.(eds) (1984), Reading for Professional Purposes, London, Heinemann

Pujol, M., & Vronique, D. (1991), L'Acquisition d'une Language Etrangre: Recherches et Perspectives, Universit de Geneve, Faculte de Psychologie, Cahiers de la Section des Sciences de l'Education, Cahier 63

Pulvermller, F. & Schumann, I.H. (1994). Neurobiological mechanisms of language acquisition. Language Learning, 44, 681-734.

Pulvermueller, F., Neininger, B., Elbert, T.,Mohr, B., Rockstroh, B., Koebbel, P., et al. (2001). Constraint-induced therapy of chronic aphasia after stroke. Stroke, 32, 1621--1626.

Purcell, E & Suter, R 1980 Predictors of pronunciation accuracy: a re-examination. Language Learning 30 (2): 271-87

Purkey, S.C. & Smith, M.S. 1983, Effective schools: A review. Elementary School Journal 86 (4), 427-452.

Purpura, J. (1997), 'An analysis of the relationships between test takers' cognitive and metacognitive strategy use and second language test performance', Language Learning, 47, 2, 289-325

Purves, A (ed.) 1987 Writing across languages and cultures: issues in contrastive rhetoric. Sage Publications, Beverly Hills

Py, B. (1981), -'Quelques aspects du bilinguisme des enfants de travailleurs migrants', in Gretler et al. (1989), 105-24.

Py, B. (1982), -'Interlangue et dgnrescence d'une comptence linguistique', Encrage, 8-9, 76-86

Py, B. (1982), -'Propositions pistmologiques pour une tude du bilinguisme', Travaux Neuchótelois de Linguistique, 4, 9-19.

Py, B. (1986), -'Native language attrition amongst migrant workers: towards an extension of the concept of interlanguage', in Kellerman, E. & Sharwood-Smith, M. (eds.)

Py, B. (1986), -'Un exemple de diglossie instable: la famille migrante', LENGAS, 20:17-20.

Py, B. (1990), -'Les stratgies d'acquisition en situation d'interaction', in D. Gaonac'h (ed.), Acquisition et utilisation d'une langue trangre. L' approche cognitive. Paris: Hachette (special number of Le Franais dans le Monde).

Py, B. (1996) Reflection, conceptualisation, and exolinguistic interaction: Observations on the role of the first language. Language Awareness 5: 179-187.

Py, B. (ed.) 1984 Acquisition d'une langue trangre. Paris: Presses Universitaires de Vincennes.

Py, B. & Jeanneret, R. (eds.) (1989) Minorisation linguistique et interaction. Actes du symposium de Neuchótel, Septembre 1987. Geneva: Droz.

Pye, C. (1986), 'One lexicon or two? An alternative explanation of early bilingual speech', Journal of Child Language, 13, 591-593

Qi, D.S. (1998) An Inquiry into Language Switching in Second Language Composing Processes. Canadian Modern Language Review, 54,3. 413-434

Qian, M (2006) An analysis on language transfer in second language acquisition. Journal of Zhongzhou University, 2: 59-62

Qorro (Eds.), Language of instruction in Tanzania and South Africa. Dar es Salaam: E & D. Limited.

Qorro, M. A. S. (2003). Unlocking language forts: the language of instruction in post-primary education in Africa with a special reference to Tanzania. In B. Brock-Utne, Z. Desai & M. A. S.

Quay, S. (1995), 'The bilingual lexicon: implications for studies of language choice', Journal of Child Language 22, 2, 369-387

Quay, S. 1995. The bilingual lexicon: Implications for studies of language choice. Journal of Child Language 22(2): 369--87.

Queen, R.M. (2001), -'Bilingual intonation patterns: evidence of language change from Turkish-German bilingual children', Language in Society, 30, 55-80

Quentin Dixon, L. (2005). Bilingual education policy in Singapore: an analysis of its sociohistorical roots and current academic outcomes. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 8(1), 25-47.

Quilis, A. (1982), Interferencias ling-sticas en el habla de los nios espaoles emigrantes en Francia, Madrid, Ministerio de educacin y ciencia

Quirk, R. (1985). The English language in a global context. In R. Quirk & H. G. Widdowson (Eds.), English in the world: teaching and learning the language and literatures (pp. 1-6). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Quirk, R. (2003). Language varieties and standard language. In B. Seidlhofer (Ed.), Controversies in applied linguistics (pp. 9-19). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Quirk, R., & Stein, G. (1990). English in use. Harlow: Longman group limited.

Quirk, R., Greenbaum, S., Leech, G., & Svartik, J. (1985). A comprehensive grammar of the English language. Harlow: Longman.

Quist, P. & Jrgensen, J.N. 2007. Crossing -- negotiating social boundaries. In Handbook of Multilingualism and Multilingual Communication, P. Auer & Li Wei (eds), 371--389. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.

Rabel-Heymann, L. 1978. But how does a bilingual feel? Reflections on linguistic attitudes of immigrant academics. In Paradis, M. (ed.) Aspects of Bilingualism, Columbia, S.C.: Hornbeam Press.

Rabin, C. (1955). The beginnings of Classical Arabic. Studia Islamica, 4, 19-37.

Raby, F. (2005). A user-centered ergonomic approach to CALL research. In J. Elgbert & G. Petrie (Eds.), CALL Research Perspectives. Mahwah NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, pp. 179-190.

Racial Minorities and Public Housing. PEP (Political and Economic Planning), September 1975, Report no 556.

Rado, M. 1974, The Implications of Bilingualism. Bilingual Education. An occasional Paper from The Centre for the Study of Teaching, La Trobe University School of Education, Bundoora, Victoria.

Rado, M. 1976, Language Use of Bilingual Adolescents: A Self-appraisal. In Clyne, 1976, 187-200.

Rado, M. 1979, Student versus Teacher-Centered Bilingual Education: A Neglected Question. Paper presented at the SEAMEO Regional Language Centre, 14th Regional Seminar, Singapore, 1979.

Rag, T.S. 1964, Development and Use of Directions Test for Measuring Degree of Bilingualism. Journal of Psychological Researches 8, 114-119.

Rahkonen, M. 1993. "Huvudsatsfundamentet hos finska inlarare av svenska och svenska inlarare av finska". [The main clause foundation among Finnish learners of Swedish and Swedish learners of Finnish] In V. Muittari & M. Rahkonen (eds.), Svenskan i Finland

Raimes, A. 1983 Tradition and revolution in ESL teaching. TESOL Quarterly 17: 535-52

Rajagopalan, K. (199), -'Of EFL teachers, conscience and cowardice, ELTJ, 53, 3

Rajagopalan, K. (2008). The role of geopolitics in language planning and language politics in Brazil. Current Issues in Language Planning, 9(2), 179-192.

Rajagopalan, Kanavillil. 1997. Linguistics and the myth of nativity. Comments on the controversy over 'new/non-native Englishes'. Journal of Pragmatics, 27: 225-231.

Rajagopalan, Kanavillil. 2004. The concept of -'World English' and its implications for ELT. ELT Journal, 58(2): 111-117.

Ramage, K. 1990. 'Motivational factors and persistence in foreign language study'. Language Learning 40:189-219.

Ramat, A. (1997), 'Progressive periphrases, markedness, and second language data', in Eliasson, S. & Jahr, E.H. (eds), Language and its Ecology, Mouton: Berlin

Ramat, A. (1999), 'Functional typology and strategies of clause connection in second language acquisition', Linguistics, 37, 3, 519-548

Ramat, A. (1999), 'Grammaticalisation of modality in language acquisition', Studies in Language, 23, 2, 377-407

Ramat, A. (1999), 'Le strategie di collegamento tra proposizioni nell'italiano di germanofoni', in N. Dittmar & A.G. Ramat (eds), Grammatik und Diskurs, Stauffenburg, 13-54

Ramat, A. 1992. 'Grammaticalization processes in the area of temporal and modal relations'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 14: 297-322.

Ramirez, A. & N. Stromquist. 1979. 'ESL methodology and student language learning in bilingual elementary schools'. TESOL Quarterly 13:145-58.

Ramirez, A.G. 1985, Bilingualism Through Schooling: Cross Cultural Education for Minority and Majority Students. Albany: State University of New York Press.

Ramirez, J.D. & Merino, B.J. 1990, Classroom talk in English immersion, early-exit & late-exit transitional bilingual education programs. In R. Jacobson & C. Faltis (eds) Language Distribution Issues in Bilingual Schooling. Clevedon:

Ramirez, J.D., Yuen, S.D. & Ramey, D.R. 1991, Final report: Longitudinal study of structured English immersion strategy, early-exit and late-exit programs for language-minority children. Report submitted to the US Department of Education. San Mateo, CA: Aguirre International.

Ramirez, M., Herold, P. & Castaneda, A. 1974 Cognitive styles of children of three ethnic groups in the United States. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology 5: 212-19

Ramjoue, B. (1980), Guidelines for children's bilingualism, Association of American Wives of Europeans, Paris

Rampton, B. (1987). Stylistic variability and not speaking normal English: Some postlabovian approaches and their implications for the study of interlanguage. In R. Ellis (Ed.) Second Language Acquisition in Context (47-58). London: Prentice Hall.

Rampton, B. (1995) Crossing: Language and ethnicity among adolescents. London: Longman.

Rampton, B. (1995). Crossing. London: Longman.

Rampton, B. (1997) Second Language Research in Late Modernity: A Response to Firth and Wagner. Modern Language Journal, 81, 3, 329-333

Rampton, B. (1997). A sociolinguistic perspective on L2 communication strategies. In E. Kellerman & G. Kasper, G. (Eds.),Advances in research on communication strategies (279-303). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Rampton, B. (1997). Second language research in late modernity: a response to Firth and Wagner. Modern Language Journal, 81, 329-333.

Rampton, B. 1987. 'Stylistic variability and not speaking "normal" English: some post-Labovian approaches and their implications for the study of interlanguage' in Ellis (ed.) 1987.

Rampton, M. B. H. (1996). Displacing the "native speaker": Expertise, affiliation, and inheritance. In T. Hedge & N. Whitney (Eds.), Power, pedagogy and practice (pp. 9-22). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Rampton, M.B.H. (1991) Second language learners in a stratified multilingual setting. Applied Linguistics, 12 (3): 22948.

Ramsey, C. & Wright, C. (1974), 'Age and second language learning', Journal of Social Psychology, 94,115-21

Ramsey, C. A. & Wright, E. N. (1974). Age and second language learning. Journal of Social Psychology, 94, 51-121.

Randall, M. (1980), 'Word association behaviour in learners of English as a second language', Polyglot, 2, 2, B4-Dl.

Randall, M. (1991), 'Recognising numbers in different scripts', Second Language Research, 7, 3, 204-219.

Randall, M. & Meara, P. (1988), -'How Arabs read Roman Letters', Reading in a Foreign Language, 4, 2, 133-145

Rangamani, G.N. 1989. Aphasia and multilingualism: Clinical evidence towards the cerebral organization of language. Unpublished Ph.D. dissertation, The University of Mysore.

Rangel, E.S. (1990). Family and intergenerational English literacy. National Clearinghouse on Literacy Education. Washington, DC: Center for Applied Linguistics

Ranney, S. (1993), 'Learning a new script; an explanation of sociolinguistics competence', Applied Linguistics, 13, 1, 25-50

Ransdell, S.E. & Fischler, I. 1987, 'Memory in a monolingual mode: When are bilinguals at a disadvantage'. Journal of Memory and Language 26, 392-405.

Ransdell, S.E. & Fischler, I. 1989, Effects of concreteness and task context on recall of prose among bilingual and monolingual speakers. Journal of Memory and Language. 28, 278-291

Rapport, R.L, Tan, C.T. & Whitaker, H.A. (1983), -'Language function and dysfunction among Chinese and English-speaking polyglots: corical stimulation, Wada testing, and clinical studies', Brain and Language, 18, 342-366

Rapport, R.L., Tan, C.T., & Whitaker, H. 1983. Language function and dysfunction among Chinese- and English-speaking polyglots: Cortical stimulation, Wada testing and clinical studies. Brain and Language, 18: 342--366.

Raschka, C. and L. Milroy "Developing grammars in their social context: The L2 acquisitional patterns of three Chinese learners of English", in Cameron, L. and H. Coleman (eds.) Change and Language, Clevedon: Multilingual Matters, 1996

Raschka, C., S. Lee, K. Pearce and Li Wei "Social and environmental factors in first language maintenance and development by British-born Chinese children" (to appear in 2002 in the Journal of Sociology of Language)

Rasmussen, G., & Wagner, J. (2002). Language choice in international telephone conversations. In K.K. Luke and Th -S. Pavlidou (Eds,), Telephone calls (pp.111-131). Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Raugh, M. R., & Atkinson, R. C. (1975). A mnemonic method for learning a second-language vocabulary. Journal of Educational Psychology, 67, 1-16.

Raugh, M.R. & Atkinson, R.C. (1975), 'A mnemonic method for learning second language vocabulary', Journal of Educational Psychology, 67, 1-16.

Raupach, M. (1983), 'Analysis and evaluation of communication strategies' in Faerch & Kasper (eds.) 1983a.

Raupach, M. (1984), Formulae in second language speech production. In: Dechert, H.W., Mhle, D. & Raupach, M. (eds.). Second language productions. Tubingen: Gunter Narr Verlag, 114-137

Raupach, M. (1987), -'Production strategies in L2 performance' in Dechert, H. & Raupach, M. (eds), Psycholinguistic Models of Production, Ablex, 91-95

Raupach, M. (1987), 'Procedural learning in advanced learners of a foreign language', in Coleman, J. & Towell, R. (eds.), The Advanced Language Learner, CILTR, London, 123-156

Raupach, M. (1989), 'Production strategies in L2 performance', in Dechert, H. & M. Raupach (eds.) Psycholinguistic Models of Language Production. Ablex

Raupach, M. (1994), 'Das mehrsprachige mental Lexikon', in Boerner, W. & K. Vogel (eds.) Kognitieve Linguistik und Fremdsprachenerwerb: das mentale Lexikon. Tubingen: Guenther Narr.

Raupach, M. (1995), Mehrsprachigkeit. In Bausch, K-R., Christ, H. & Krumm, H-J. (eds.) (1995), Handbuch Fremdsprachenunterricht. Tbingen, Francke, 470-475

Ravem, R. 1968 Language acquisition in a second language environment. International Review of Applied Linguistics 6, 165-85

Ravem, R. 1970 The development of Wh-questions in first and second language learners. Occasional Papers, Language Centre, University of Essex. Also in Richards, J (ed.) 1974 Error analysis, pp. l3~55. Longman

Ravem, R. 1978, Two Norwegian Children's Acquisition of English Syntax. In Hatch (ed.) 1978, 148-154.

Ray, P.S. 1970, Language Standardisation. In Fishman (ed.) 1970, 755-765.

Rayfield, J.R. (1970): The Languages of a Bilingual Community. The Hague: Mouton.

Rayner, K., & Sereno, S. C. (1994). Eye movements in reading: Psycholinguistic studies. In M. A. Gernsbacher (Ed.), Handbook of psycholinguistics (pp. 57-81). San Diego, CA: Academic Press.

Read, J. (1993), -'The development of a new measure of L2 vocabulary knowledge', Language Testing 10, 3, 355-371

Read, J. (1993). The development of a new measure of L2 vocabulary knowledge. Language Testing, 10, 355-371.

Read, J. (2004). Research in teaching vocabulary. Annual Review of Applied Linguistics, 24, 146-161.

Reber, A. 1976. Implicit learning of synthetic languages: the role of instructional set. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Memory and Learning 2:8895.

Reber, A., Kassin, S. Lewis, S. & Cantor, G. 1980. 'On the relationship between implicit and explicit modes in the learning of a complex rule structure'. Journal of Experimental Psychology, Human Learning and Memory 6: 492-502.

Redlinger, W. & T. Park. 1980. Language mixing in young bilinguals. Journal of Child Language 7: 337-352.

Redlinger, W. 1976. A description of transference and code-switching in Mexican-American English and Spanish. In Bilingualism in the bicentennial and beyond, ed. C. Keller, R. Teschner, & S. Viera. New York: Bilingual Press/Editorial Bilingue.

Redlinger, W. 1978. Mothers' speech to children in bilingual Mexican American homes. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 17:73-82

Redlinger, W. 1979. Early developmental bilingualism. Bilingual Review, 6, 1, 11-30

Redlinger, W.E. & Park, T.-Z. 1980. Language mixing in young bilinguals. Journal of Child Language 7: 337--352.

Reed, C. (ed.). 1971. The Learning of Language. New York: Appleton-Ccntury-Crofts

Reeds, J.A., Winitz, H. & Garcia, P.A. 1977 -'A test of reading following comprehension training', International Review of Applied Linguistics, 15(4), 307-319.

Rees, W.H. (1939), Le bilinguisme des pays celtiques, Rennes

Regan, V. (1990), -'Sociolinguistics and second language acquisition: a variationist perspective'. Teanga, Journal of the Irish Association for Applied Linguistics, 10, 14-24

Regan, V. (1995), -'The acquisition of sociolinguistic native speech norms: some effects of a year abroad on L2 learners of French', in Freed, B. (ed.) Second language acquisition in a study abroad context, Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 245-267

Regan, V. (1996), -'Variation in French interlanguage: a longitudinal study of sociolinguistic competence'. In Bayley, R. and Preston, D. R. (eds), Second language acquisition and linguistic variation. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 177 201.

Regan, V. (ed.) 1998. Contemporary Approaches to Second Language Acquisition in a Social Context. Dublin: University College Dublin Press

Regier, T., & Kay, P. (2009). Language, thought, and color: Whorf was half right. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 13, 439-446.

Rehner, K., Mougeon, R., and Nadasdi, T. (2003), -'The learning of sociolinguistic variation by advanced FSL learners: the case of Nous versus On in Immersion French', SSLA, 25, 127-156

Reibel, D. (1969). Language learning analysis. IRAL, 7(4), 283-'"294.

Reibel, D.A. (1971), -'Language learning strategies for the adult', in Pimsleur & Quinn (eds.) 87-96

Reichle, R.V. 2010. Judgments of information structure in L2 French: Nativelike performance and the Critical Period Hypothesis. International Review of Applied Linguistics in Language Teaching 48(1): 53--85.

Reichle, R.V. 2010. The Critical Period Hypothesis: Evidence from information structural processing in French. In Neurolinguistic and pycholinguistic perspectives on SLA, J. Arabski & A. Wojtaszek (eds), 17--29. Bristol: Multilingual Matters.

Reid, J. (1987) The learning style preferences of ESL students. TESOL Quarterly 21:87411

Reid, J.M. (1998). Understanding learning styles in the second language classroom. NJ: Prentice MI

Reinecke, J. 1935/1969 Language and dialect in Hawaii. University of Hawaii Press, Honolulu (reprinted 1988)

Reinert, H. 1976, One picture is worth a thousand words? Not necessarily! Modern Language Journal 60: 407~2

Reinert, H. 1977 ELSIE is no bull! or: on utilising information concerning student learning styles. In Schulz, R. (ed.) Personalising foreign language instruction: learning styles and teaching options. National Textbook Company, Skokie, Ill.

Reiss, M. 1983. 'Helping the unsuccessful language learner'. The Canadian Modern Language Review 39:257-66.

Reiss, M. 1985. 'The good language learner: another look'. Canadian Modern Language Review 41:511-23.

Remick, H. 1971 The maternal environment of linguistic development. Ph.D. dissertation, University of California at Davis

REMISIS - Reseau d'information sur les migrations internationales. (Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique (CNRS)).

Repin, V. & Orlov, R.S. (1967), 'The use of sleep and relaxation in the study of foreign languages' Australian Journal of Psychology. 19, 3: 203-207.

Rescorla, L. & Okuda, S. (1984), 'Lexical development in second language acquisition': initial stages in a Japanese child's learning of English', J. Child Lang., 11, 689-695

Rescorla, L. & Okuda, S. 1987. 'Modular patterns in second language acquisition'. Applied Psycholinguistics 8: 281-308.

Reves, T. 1982 What makes a good language learner? Ph.D. dissertation, Hebrew University, Jerusalem

Reyes, R. 1974. Studies in Chicano Spanish. Ph.D. dissertation, Harvard University

Reynolds, A. G. (1991). The cognitive consequences of bilingualism. In Reynolds, A. G. (Ed.), Bilingualism, multiculturalism, and second language learning (pp. 145-182). Hillsdale NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Reynolds, A.F., Turner, P.T., Harris, AB., Ojemann, GA., & Davis, L.E. (1979). Left thalamic haemorrhage with dysphasia: A report of five cases. Brain and Language, 7, 62-73.

Reynolds, A.G. (ed.) (1991), Bilingualism, Multiculturalism and Second Language Learning. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum

Reynolds, A.G. 1991, The cognitive consequences of bilingualism. In A.G. Reynolds (ed.) Bilingualism, Multiculturalism and Second Language Learning. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Reynolds, D. (ed.) 1985, Studying School Effectiveness. Lewes, East Sussex: Falmer.

Rhodes, N. 1980. Attitudes toward Guarani and Spanish: a survey. Linguistic Re-porter 22:4-5

Rhodes, N.C., Christian, D. & Barfield, S. (1997), -'Innovations in immersion: The Key School two-way model', in Johnson, R.K. & Swain, M. (eds.) (1997), Immersion Education: Inter national Perspectives, CUP, 265-283

Ribeiro, J.L. (1980): Testing Portuguese immigrant children: Cultural patterns and group differences in responses to the WISC-R. In Macedo, D. P. ed. Issues in Portuguese Bilingual Education. Cambridge, Mass.: National Assessment and Dissemination Center for Bilingual Education.

Riccardi, A., Fabbro, F., & Obler, L. K. (2004). Pragmatically appropriate code-switching in a quadrilingual with Wernicke's aphasia. Brain and Language, 91, 54--55.

Ricciardelli, L. (1992), 'Bilingualism and cognitive development in relation to threshold theory', J. Psycholinguistic Research, 21, 4, 301-16

Ricciardelli, L. (1992), 'The cognitive consequences of bilingualism in relation to threshold theory', Journal of Psycholinguistics Research, 21, 56-67

Ricciardelli, L.A. (1993). Two components of metalinguistic awareness: Control of linguistic processing and analysis of linguistic knowledge. Applied Psycholinguistics, 14, 349-367.

Rice, M.L., Schiefelbusch, R.L. & Hoyt, R.K. (1989), The Teachability of Language, Paul H. Brookes, Baltimore

Richards, B.J. and D.D. Malvern (2000) Accommodation in oral interviews between foreign language learners and teachers who are not native speakers. Studia Linguistica, 54, 260-271.

Richards, D. 1980 Problems in eliciting un-monitored speech in a second language. Interlanguage Studies Bulletin 5: 63-98

Richards, J. (ed.) 1974 Error Analysis. Longman

Richards, J. (ed.) 1978, Understanding Second and Foreign Language Learning. Rowley MA: Newbury House.

Richards, J. & Nunan, D. (eds.) 1990. Second Language Teacher Education. Cambridge: CUP.

Richards, J. & Rogers, T. 1986. Approaches and Methods in Language Teaching. Cambridge: CUP.

Richards, J. & Schmidt, R. (eds.) 1979 Speech acts and second language learning. Applied Linguistics 1:129-57

Richards, J. & Schmidt, R. (eds.). 1983. Language and Communication. London: Longman

Richards, J. 1971 Error analysis and second language strategies. Language Sciences 17:12-22

Richards, J. 1971. A non-contrastive approach to error analysis. English Language Teaching 25.

Richards, J. 1972. Social factors, interlanguage and language learning. Language Learning 22:159-188.

Richards, J. 1974. Social factors, interlanguage and language learning. In J. Richards (ed.), Error Analysis: Perspectives on Second Language Learning. London: Longman, 6491.

Richards, J. 1975. The context for error analysis. In M. Burt & H. Dulay (eds.), New Directions in Second Language Learning, Teaching, and Bilingual Education. Washington, D.C.: TESOL, 7079.

Richards, J. 1978, Classroom Language: What Sort?. London: George Allen & Unwin.

Richards, J. C. (1971). Error analysis and second language strategies. Language Sciences, 17, 12-22.

Richards, J. C. (ed.) (1974). Error analysis. London: Longman.

Richards, J. C., & Schmidt, R. (2002). Longman dictionary of language teaching and applied linguistics. London: Longman.

Richards, J.C. (1983), 'Listening comprehension: approach, design, procedure', TESOL Quarterly, 17, 2, 219-240

Richards, K., & Seedhouse, P. (2004). (Eds.). Applying conversation analysis. London: Palgrave Macmillan.

Richards, R. W. and Rodgers, T. S. (2001) Approaches and methods in language teaching. 2nd ed. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Richman, S.H. (1971), -'Identical spelling and recognisability among Romance cognates', Studia Linguistica, 76, 43-55

Richmond-Welty, E.D. & Siple, P. (1999). Differentiating the use of gaze in bilingual-bimodal language acquisition: A comparison of two set of twins of deaf parents. Journal of Child Language, 26: 321-338

Rickard Liow, S.J. (1999). Reading skill development in bilingual Singaporean children. In M. Harris & G. Hatano (Eds.), A cross-linguistic perspective on learning to read (pp. 196-213). Cambridge University Press Series: Cambridge Studies in Cognitive and Perceptual Development.

Rickard Liow, S.J. & Poon, K. K. L. (1998). Phonological awareness in multilingual Chinese children. Applied Psycholinguistics, 19, 339-362

Rickard Liow, S.J. & Tng, S.K. (2003). Biscriptal literacy development of Chinese children in Singapore. In C. McBride-Chang & H.-C. Chen (Eds.) Reading development in Chinese children. Westport, CT: Greenwood Press.

Rickford, J. 1983, What happens in decreolization. In R. Andersen (ed.), Pidginization and Creolization as Language Acquisition. Rowley, MA: Newbury House.

Ricks, D. & Wino, L. 1975, Language, communication and the use of symbols in normal and autistic children. Journal of Autism and Childhood Schizophrenia 5, 191-21.

Ridley, J. (1995). Contrastivity and individual learner contrasts. Fremdsprachen Lehren and Lernen, 24, 123-137

Ridley, J. (1997), Reflection and Strategies in Foreign Language Learning, Peter Lang, Frankfurt

Ridley, J. (1997). Learner autonomy 6: developing learners' thinking skills. Dublin: Authentik.

Ridley, J. (1997). Materials development and evaluation in the Irish context. In G. Egloff & A. Fitzpatrick (Eds.), Languages for work and life (pp. 267-280). Strasbourg: Council of Europe

Ridley, J. (1997). Materials development and evaluation in the Irish context. In G. Egloff & A. Fitzpatrick (Eds.), Languages for work and life (pp. 267-280). Strasbourg: Council of Europe

Ridley, J. (1997). The relationship between language learning awareness and language using awareness. Zeitschrift fr Fremdsprachenforschung, 8(2), 267-280

Ridley, J. (2000). Towards autonomy in university classrooms: the role of learners' goals. In D. Little, L. Dam & J. Timmer (Eds.), Focus on learning rather then teaching: why and how? (pp. 126-137). Dublin: CLCS/IATEFL

Ridley, J. (2001). Teachers' and learners' understanding of what language learning entails. In L. Karlsson & F. Kjisik & J. Nordlund (Eds.), All together now. Papers from the 7the Nordic conference and workshop on autonomous language learning (pp. 188-194). Helsinki: Helsinki University Press

Ridley, J. & Singleton, D. (1995). Contrastivity and individual learner contrasts, Fremdsprachen Lehren und Lernen 23.

Ridley, J. & Singleton, D. (1995). Strategic L2 lexical innovation: case study of a university-level ab initio learner of German, Second Language Research 11.2, 137-148.

Ridley, J., & Ushioda, E. (1997). Using qualitative research methods to explore L2 learners' motivation and self-perceptions. Teanga, 17, 29-42

Rieber, R.W., & Vetter, H. 1995. Psychopathology and the polyglot. In R.W. Rieber & H. Vetter, The psychopathology of language and cognition (Ch. 8, pp. 151--178). New York: Plenum Press.

Rieck, B. & Senet, I. 1978, Situation of Foreign Workers in the Federal Republic of German. In DITTMAR. HABERLAND, SKUTNABB-KANGAS & TELEMAN (eds) 1978, 85-98.

Riegel, K. 1968, Some theoretical considerations of bilingual duplication. Psychological Bulletin 70. 647-670.

Riegel, K. 1973, Dialectic operations; The final period of cognitive development. Human Development 16, 34~70.

Riegel, K., Ramsey, R. & Riegel, R. (1967), 'A comparison of the first and second languages of American and Spanish students', JVLVB, 6, 536-544

Riegel, K.F. & Zivian, I.W.M. (1972), 'A study of inter- and intralingual associations in English and German', Language Learning, 22, 1, 51-63.

Riggenbach, H. (1991), -'Toward an understanding of fluency: a microanalysis of non native speaker conversations', Discourse Processes, 14, 423-441

Rigsby, B. (1987): 'Indigenous language shift and maintenance in Fourth World settings.' Multilingua 6: 359-78.

Riley, G.L. & Lee, J.F. (1996), 'A comparison of recall and summary protocals as measures of second language reading comprehesnion', Language Testing, 13, 2, 173-189

Riley, P. (1985), 'Mud and stars: personal constructs, sensitization, and learning', in Riley, P. (ed.) (1985), Discourse and Learning, Longman, London

Riley, P. (ed.) (1985), Discourse and Learning, Longman, London

Riley, P. 1977. 'Discourse networks in classroom interaction: some problems in communicative language teaching'. Melanges Pedagogiques, University of Nancy: CRAPEL.

Riley, P. 1989. 'Well don't blame me! On the interpretation of pragmatic errors' in Oleksy (ed.) 1989.

Riley, P. 2010. Reflections on identity, modernity and the European language portfolio. In Language Learner Autonomy: Policy, Curriculum, Classroom. A Festschrift in Honour of David Little, B. O'Rourke & L. Carson (eds), 373--385. Bern: Peter Lang.

Rindler-Schjerve, R. & Vetter, E. 2007. Linguistic diversity in Habsburg Austria as a model for modern European language policy. In Receptive Multilingualism: Linguistic Analyses, Language Policies and Didactic Concepts [Hamburg Studies in Multilingualism 6], J. ten Thije & L. Zeevaert (eds), 49--70. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Riney, T. (1989). Syllable structure and interlanguage phonology. Kansas Working Papers in Linguistics, 14. Lawrence: University of Kansas

Riney, T. 1990. 'Age and open syllable preference in interlanguage phonology' in Burmeister & Rounds (eds.) 1990.

Riney, T. J. and Takagi, N. (1999). Global foreign accent and voice onset time among Japanese EFL speakers. Language Learning, 49, 2, 275-302.

Riney, T. J., Takada, M. and Ota, M. (2000). Segmentals and Global foreign accent: The Japanese flap in EFL. TESOL QUARTERLY, 34, 4, 711-737.

Ringbom, H. (1978), The influence of the mother tongue on the translation of lexical items. Interlanguage Studies Bulletin 3: 8~01

Ringbom, H. (1982), 'The influence of other languages on the vocabulary of foreign language learners', in Nickel, G. & Nehls, D. (eds.), Error Analysis, Contrastive Analysis and Second Language Learning, Heidelberg: IRAL

Ringbom, H. (1983), -'Borrowing and lexical transfer'. Applied Linguistics

Ringbom, H. (1986), 'Crosslinguistic influence and the foreign language learning process' in Kellerman & Sharwood Smith (eds.) 1986.

Ringbom, H. (1987), The Role of the First Language in Foreign Language Learning, Multilingual Matters

Ringbom, H. (1987). The role of the first language in foreign language learning. Clevedon-Philadelphia: Multilingual matters.

Ringbom, H. (1990). Effects of transfer in foreign language learning. In H. Dechert (Ed.), Current trends in European second language acquisition research (pp. 205-'"2 18). Clevedon, Avon: Multilingual Matters.

Ringbom, H. (1992), 'On L1 transfer in L2 comprehension and L2 production'. Language Learning 42: 85-112

Ringbom, H. (2007). Crosslinguistic similarity in foreign language learning. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Ringbom, H. (ed.) 1983 Psycholinguistics and foreign language learning. Abo Akademi, Abo

Ringbom, H. & Palmberg, R. (eds.) 1976. Errors made by Finns and Swedish-speaking Finns in the Learning of English. Abo, Finland: Dept. of English, Abo Akademi, ERIC Report ED 122628.

Ringbom, H. 1987. The Role of the First Language in Foreign Language Learning. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Ringbom, H. 2007. Cross-linguistic Similarity in Foreign Language Learning. Clevedon: Multilingual

Ringen, A. (ed.) 1980, Migration to and within the Nordic Countries. Report from the Vth Nordic Conference on Labour Migration Research, Nordic Council of Ministers and Institute of Applied Social Research, Oslo.

Rintell, E. & Mitchell, C. 1989. 'Studying requests and apologies' in Blum-Kulka et al. (eds.) 1989a.

Rintell, E. 1981. 'Sociolinguistic variation and pragmatic ability: a look at learners'. International Journal of the Sociology of Language 27:11-34.

Riog, M. 1928, Some Further Data on the Language Handicap. Journal of Educational Psychology 19, 252-256.

Rist, R. 1977 On the relations among educational research paradigms: from disdain to detente. Anthropology and Education Quarterly 8: 42-9

Rist, R.C. 1979, On the Education of Guest-Worker Children in Germany: A Comparative Study of Policies and Programs in Bavaria and Berlin. School Review 87, 3, May 1979, 242-268.

Ritchie W. & Bhatia, T. (eds.). (1996). Handbook of Language Acquisition. New York: Academic Press

Ritchie, W. (1967), -'Some implications of generative grammar', Language Learning, XVII

Ritchie, W. (1968), -'On the explanation of phonic interference', Language Learning, 18, 183-97.

Ritchie, W. (1978), The right roof constraint in an adult-acquired language. In Ritchie, W (ed.) Second language acquisition research, pp. 33-63. Academic Press, New York

Ritchie, W. (1983), Universal grammar and second language acquisition. In Rogers, D & Slovoda, J. (eds.) The acquisition of symbolic skills. Plenum Press, New York

Ritchie, W. (ed.) 1978 Second language acquisition research: issues and implications. Academic Press, New York

Rivera-Batiz, F.L. (1990), "English Language Proficiency and the Economic Progress of Immigrants". Economics Letters 34, 295-300.

Rivera-Gaxiola, M., Silva-Pereyra, J., & Kuhl, P. K. (2005). Brain potentials to native and non-native speech contrasts in 7- and 11-month-old American infants. Developmental Science, 8, 162-172.

Rivera, C. (ed.) 1984, Language Proficiency and Academic Achievement. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Rivera, C. (ed.). 1984. Communicative Competence Approaches to Language Proficiency Assessment: Research and Application. Clevedon, Avon: Multilingual Matters.

Rivers, W. 1969. Commentary on R. M. Jones' paper. In Kelly (ed.) 1969, 3540.

Rivers, W. 1975, Motivation in Bilingual Programs. In TROIKE & MODIANO (eds) 1975,112-122.

Rivers, W. 1980 Teaching foreign language skills. University of Chicago Press

Rivers, W. M. & Melvin, B. S. (1977). Memory and memorization in comprehension and production: contributions of I P theory. Canadian Modern Language Review, 33, 4, 497-502.

Rivers, W.M. (1964), The Psychologist and the Foreign Language Teacher, Chicago University Press

Rivers, W.M. (1979), Learning a Sixth Language: An Adult Learner's Daily Diary. Canadian Modern Language Review 36: 1, 67-82

Rnnberg, J., Rudner, M., & Ingvar, M. 2004. Neural correlates of working memory for sign language. Cognitive Brain Research, 20: 165--182.

Roach, D. 1985 Effects of cognitive style, intelligence, and sex on reading achievement. Perceptual and Motor Skills 61:1139-42

Roberts, C. (1996) Taking stock: contexts and reflections. In: Bremer, K. et al. Achieving understanding: Discourse in intercultural encounters. London: Longman, pp. 207-238

Roberts, C. & Simonot, M. 1987. 'This is my life': how language acquisition is interactionally accomplished. In R. Ellis (ed.) Second language acquisition in context, 133-148. New York: Prentice Hall International

Roberts, C. 1985, Teaching and learning commitment in bilingual schools. PhD Thesis, University of Wales

Roberts, C. 1987, Political conflict over bilingual initiatives: A case study. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 8 (4), 311-322.

Roberts, J.T. & Hardern, T. (1997), -'Native or non-native speaker teachers of foreign languages? Old and new perspectives on the debate', TEANGA: The Irish Yearbook of Applied Linguistics, 17, IRAAL, 1-27

Roberts, M.H. (1939), -'The problem of the hybrid language', J. English and Germanic Philology, 38, 23-41

Roberts, P.M. (1997). Clinical research needs and issues in bilingual aphasia. Aphasiology, 12, 119-146.

Robertson, D. & Sorace, A. (1998), 'Losing the V2 constraint', in Klein, E. & Martohardjono, G. (eds), The development of second language grammar: a generative approach, Amsterdam: John Benjamins

Robinett, B. & Schachter, J. (eds.). 1983. Second Language Learning: Contrastive Analysis, Error Analysis and Related Aspects. Ann Arbor: The University of Michigan.

Robinson-Stuart, G. & Nocon, H. (1996), -'Second culture acquisition: ethnography in the foreign language classroom', Modern Language Journal. 80, 4

Robinson, C. (1988), 'Language Choice: The Distribution of Language Skills and Earnings in a Dual-Language Economy', in R.G. Ehrenberg (ed.) Research in Labor Economics. Greenwich, Connecticut: JAI Press Inc.

Robinson, J. 1967, The development of certain pronunciation skills in the case of suffixed words. Ph.D. Harvard Graduate School of Education.

Robinson, J.P., Converse, P.E. & Szalai, A. (1972), 'Everyday life in twelve countries', in A. Szalai (ed.), The Use of Time, Mouton, The Hague

Robinson, M.A. Introspective methodology in interlanguage pragmatics research. In: Kasper, G. (ed.). Pragmatics of Japanese as native and target language Crech. Rep. No.3), Honolulu, HI: University of Hawai'i at Manoa, Second Language Teaching & Curriculum Center, 1992, 27-82.

Robinson, P. (1989). Procedural vocabulary and language learning, Journal of Pragmatics 13, 523-546.

Robinson, P. (1994). Implicit knowledge, second language learning and syllabus construction. TESOL Quarterly, 28(2), 160-'"166

Robinson, P. (1995), -'Attention, memory, and the "noticing" hypothesis', Language Learning, 454, 2, 283-331

Robinson, P. (1995). Aptitude, awareness, and the fundamental similarity of implicit and explicit second language learning. In R. Schmidt (Ed.), Attention and awareness in foreign language learning (pp. 303-358). Honolulu: University of Hawai'i Press

Robinson, P. (1996). Consciousness, rules and instructed second language acquisition. New York: Peter Lang

Robinson, P. (1996). Learning simple and complex second language rules under implicit, incidental, rule-search and instructed conditions. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 18(1), 27-'"68.

Robinson, P. (1997) Individual differences and the fundamental similarity of implicit and explicit adult second language learning. Language Learning 47, 45-49

Robinson, P. (1997). Automaticity and generalizability of second language learning under implicit, incidental, enhanced, and instructed conditions. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 19(2), 233-'"247.

Robinson, P. (ed.) (2001) Cognition and Second Language Instruction. CUP

Robinson, P. & Ha, M. A. (1993). Instance theory and second language rule learning under explicit conditions. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, IS(4), 412-438.

Robinson, P. 2002. Effects of individual differences in intelligence, aptitude and working memory on adult incidental SLA: A replication and extension of Reber, Walkenfeld and Hernstadt (1991). In P. Robinson (Ed.), Individual differences and instructed language learning (pp. 211--265). Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Robinson, P.J. (1988), 'A Hallidayan framework for vocabulary teaching: an approach to organizing the lexical content of an EFL syllabus', IRAL. 26, 3, 229-238.

Robinson, P.J. (1993), 'Procedural and declarative knowledge on vocabulary learning: communication and the language learner's lexicon', in T. Huckin, M. Haynes and J. Coady (Eds.). Second Language Reading and Vocabulary. Norwood, NJ.: Ablex.

Robinson, P.J. (1994), 'Universals of word formation processes: Noun incorporation in the acquisition of Samoan as a second language', Language Learning. 44(4): 569-615.

Robinson, V. (1986) Transients, settlers and refugees, Asians in Britain. Oxford: Clarendon Press

Robison, R. (1990), -'The primacy of aspect: aspectual marking in English interlanguage', Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 12, 315-330

Robison, R. (1995), -'The aspect hypothesis revisited: a cross-sectional study of tense and aspect marking in interlanguage', Applied Linguistics, 16, 344-370

Roca, A. & Jense, J.B. 1996. Spanish in Contact, issues in bilingualism. Somerville, MA: Cascadilla Press

Rodr-guez, M., & Sadoski, M. (2000). Effects of rote, context, keyword, and context/keyword methods on retention of vocabulary in EFL classrooms. Language Learning, 50, 385-412.

Rodriguez-Fornells, A, Rotte, M., Heinze, H.J., Nosselt, T. & Munte, T.F. (2002). Brain potential and functional MRI evidence for how to handle two languages with one brain. Nature, 415, 1026-1029

Rodriguez-Fornells, A., De Diego Balaguer, R., & Mnte, T. F. (2006). Executive control in bilingual language processing. Language Learning, 56, 133-190.

Rodriguez-Fornells, A., Lutz, T., & Mnte, T.F. (submitted). Syntactic interference in bilingual naming performance is modulated by language switching: An electrophysiological study.

Rodriguez-Fornells, A., Van der Lugt, A., Rotte, M., Britti, B., Heinze, H.-J., & Mnte, T. F. (2005). Second language interferes with word production in fluent bilinguals: Brain potential and functional imaging evidence. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 17, 422-433.

Rodriguez-Fornells, A., van der Lugt, A., Rotte, M., Britti, B., Heinze, H.J., & Munte, T.F. 2005. Second language interferes with word production in fluent bilinguals: Brain potential and functional imaging evidence. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 17: 422--433.

Rodriguez, R. 1982. Hunger of Memory: the Education of Richard Rodriguez. Boston: David R. Godine

Roebuck, R.F. et al (1999), 'Null subjects, filled CPs and L2 acquisition', SLR, 15, 3, 251-282

Roehr, K. 2008. Linguistic and metalinguistic categories in second language learning. Cognitive Linguistics, 19: 67--106.

Roehr, K. 2008. Metalinguistic knowledge and language-analytic ability in university-level L2 learners. Applied Linguistics, 29: 173--199.

Roelofs, A. (1992), 'A spreading activation theory of lemma retrieval in speaking. Special Issue: Lexical access in speech production', Cognition; 1992 Mar Vol 42(1 to 3), 107-142

Roelofs, A. (1992). A spreading-activation theory of lemma retrieval in speaking. Cognition, 42, 107-142.

Roelofs, A. (1997) The WEAVER model of word-form encoding in speech production. Cognition, 64, 249-284.

Roelofs, A. (1998), -'Lemma selection without inhibition of languages in bilingual speakers', Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 1, 94-95

Roelofs, A., Meyer, A. S., & Levelt, W. J. M. (1996). Interaction between semantic and orthographic factors in conceptually driven naming: Comment on Starreveld and La Heij (1995). Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 22, 246-251.

Roeper, T. (1999). -'Universal bilingualism', Bilingualism: Language & Cognition, 2, 169-86

Roessel, R. 1970. -'They Came Here First'. In Alatis (ed.) 1970, 121-127.

Rogers, S. (ed.). 1976. They Don't Speak Our Language. London: Edward Arnold.

Rohde, D. L. T., & Plaut, D. C. (2003). Less is less in language acquisition. In P. Quinlin (Ed.), Connectionist modeling of cognitive development (pp. 189-231). Hove, UK: Psychology Press.

Rolin-Ianziti, J. and Brownlie, S. (2002). Teacher use of learners' native language in the foreign language classroom. Canadian Modern Language Review, 58, 402-26.

Rolin-Ianziti, J. and Varshney, R. (2008) -'Students' Views Regarding the Use of the First Language in a Tertiary Context Maximizing Target Language Use', The Canadian Modern Language Review, vol. 65, no. 2, pp. 249-273

Rolin-Ianziti, J., & Brownlie, S. (2002). Teacher use of learners' native language in the foreign language classroom. The Canadian Modern Language Review, 58(3), 402-426.

Roller, C.M. & Matombo, A.R. (1992), -'Bilingual readers use of background knowledge in learning from text', TESOL Quarterly, 26, 1, 129-140

Romaine, S. (1981) Problems in the socio-linguistic description of communicative repertoires among linguistic minorities. In Dabene et al. (1983), 119-30.

Romaine, S. (1983), -'Collecting and interpreting self-reported data on the language use of linguistic minorities by means of language diaries'. MALS Journal, 9,1-30.

Romaine, S. (1984): The Language of Children and Adolescents. The Acquisition of Communicative Competence. Oxford: Blackwell.

Romaine, S. (1984): Towards a typology of relative clause formation strategies in Germanic. In Fisiak, J. ed. Historical Syntax. The Hague: Mouton pp.437-70.

Romaine, S. (1986): Sprachmischung und Purismus: Sprich mir nicht von Mischmasch. Lili 62: Sprachver fall?, 92-107

Romaine, S. (1986): The syntax and semantics of the code-mixed compound verb in Panjabi/English bilingual discourse. In Tannen, D. & Alatis, J. E. eds Languages and Linguistics: The Interdependence of Theory, Data and Application. Washington, DC: Georgetown University Press

Romaine, S. (1988), Pidgin and Creole Languages, Blackwell, Oxford

Romaine, S. (1988): Pidgins, creoles, immigrant and dying languages. In Dorian, N. ed., pp.369-83.

Romaine, S. (1989): The role of children in linguistic change. In Brevik, L. E. & Jahr, E. H. (eds.) The Causes of Linguistic Change: Do we know them yet? Mouton: De Gruyter.

Romaine, S. (1994), Bilingualism, Oxford, Blackwell. 2nd edition 1995

Romaine, S. (1999), 'Bilingual language development', in M. Barrett (ed.), The development of language, Hove: Psychology Press, 251-275

Romaine, S. 1995 -'Bilingualism'. Oxford: Blackwell.

Romney, J.C., Romney, D.M. & Braun, C. (1988), 'The effects of reading aloud to immersion children on second language acquisition', Canadian Modern Language Review. 45, 3, 530-588.

Rondal, J. 1978 Patterns of correlations for various language measures in mother-child interactions for normal and Down's syndrome children. Language and Speech 21(3): 242-52

Rondal, J. 1979 On the nature of linguistic input to language-learning children. International Journal of Psycholinguistics 8-1 [21]: 75-107

Ronjat, J. 1913, Le dveloppement du langage observ chez un enfant bilingue. Paris: Champion.

Rosansky, E. 1975 The critical period for the acquisition of language: some cognitive developmental considerations. Working Papers on Bilingualism 6: 1-23

Rosansky, E. 1976 Methods and morphemes in second language acquisition research. Language Learning 26 (2): 409-25

Rosansky, E. J. (1975). The critical period for the acquisition of language; some cognitive developmental considerations. Working Papers in Bilingualism, 6, 92-102.

Rosansky, E. J. (1976). Methods and morphemes in second language acquisition research. LL, 26, 2, 409-25.

Rosch, E. (1975). Cognitive representations of semantic categories. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 1004, 192-233.

Rose, K.R. & Ono, R. (1995) Eliciting speech act data in Japanese: the effect of questionnaire type. Language Learning 45, 191-223.

Rose. R. G. & Carroll. J. F. (1974). Free recall of a mixed language list. Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society 3. 267-'"268.

Rose. R. G., Rose. P. R. King, N. & Perez. A. (1975). Bilingual memory for related and unrelated sentences. Journal of Ezpedmental Psychology: Human Learning and Memory. I. 599-606.

Rosen, C. (1991). Relational grammar: L2 learning and the components of L1 knowledge. In T. Huebner & C. Ferguson (Eds.), Crosscurrents in Second Language Acquisition and Linguistic Theories (pp. 123-142). Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Rosen, H. & Burgess, T. (1980): The Languages and Dialects of London Schoolchildren. London: Ward Lock.

Rosenberg, S. 1982 The language of the mentally retarded: development processes and intervention. In Rosenberg, S (ed.) Handbook of applied psycholinguistics: major thrusts of research and theory. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, NJ.

Rosenblum, D. & Dorman, M 1978 Hemispheric specialisation for speech perception in language deficient kindergarten children. Brain and Language 6: 378-89

Rosenblum, L. D., Schmuckler, M. A., & Johnson, J. A. (1997). The McGurk effect in infants. Perception and Psychophysics, 59, 347-357.

Rosenblum, T. & Pinker, S. (1983), 'Word magic revisited: monolingual and bilingual children's understanding of the word-object relationship', Child Development, 54, 773-780

Rosenblum, T., & Pinker, S. A. (1983). Word magic revisited: Monolingual and bilingual children's understanding of the word-object relationship. Child Development, 54, 773-780.

ROSENTHAL, R. & JACOBSON, L. 1968, Pygmalion in the Classroom: Teacher Expectation and Pupil's Intellectual Development. Holt, Rinehart & Winston, New York.

ROSENTHAL, R. & JACOBSON, L. 1968, Self-fulfilling Prophecies in the Classroom: Teachers' Expectation as Unintended Determinants of Pupils' Intellectual Competence. In DEUTSCH. KATZ & JENSEN 1968.

Rosetti, A. 1945. Langue mixte et melange des langues. Acta Linguistica 49:73-

Rosier, P. & Farella, M. 1976, Bilingual education at Rock Point -Some early results. TESOL Quarterly 10, 37~88.

Rosier, P. & Holm, W. 1980, The Rock Point experience: A longitudinal study of a Navajo school program. Washington DC: Center for Applied Linguistics.

Rosinski, R. R., Michnick-Golinkoff, R., & Kukish, K. S. (1975). Automatic semantic processing in a picture-word interference task. Child Development, 46, 247-253.

Rossi, E., Denes, G., & Bastiaanse, R. 2003. A single case study of pathological mixing in a polyglot aphasic. Brain and Language, 87: 46--47.

Rossier, J. 1975. 'Extroversion-introversion as a significant variable in the learning of English as a second language'. Ph.D. thesis, University of Southern California. Disser-tation Abstracts International 36: 7308A-7309A.

Rost, M. (1990), Listening in Language Learning, Longman, London

Rost, M. (2002), Teaching and Researching Listening, Harlow: Longman

Rost, M. & Ross, S. 1991. 'Learner strategies in interaction: typology and teachability'. Language Learning 41:235-73

Rothkopf, E. Z. (1971). Incidental memory for location of information in text. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 10, 608-613.

Rott, S. (1999). The effect of exposure frequency on intermediate language learners' incidental vocabulary acquisition and retention through reading. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 21, 589-619.

Rounds, P. & Kanagy, R. 1998. Aquiring linguistic cues to identify AGENT: Evidence from children learning Japanese as a second language. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 20(4), 509-542.

Rounds, P., Falsgraf, C. & Seya, R. 1997. Acquisition of sociolinguistic competence in a Japanese immersion school. Journal of the Association of Teachers of Japanese 31(2), 25-51.

Roux, F.-E., & Lubrano, V. 2006. Language studied by electrostimulation mapping in bilingual patients. In F.J. Chen (Ed.), Brain mapping and language (pp. 111--133). New York: Nova Science Publishers.

Roux, F.-E., & Trmoulet, M. 2002. Organization of language areas in bilingual patients: a cortical stimulation study. Journal of Neurosurgery, 97: 857--864.

Roux, F.-E., Lubrano, V., Lauwers-Cances, V., Trmoulet, M., Mascott, C.R., & Demonet, J.F. 2004. Intra-operative mapping of cortical areas involved in reading in mono- and bilingual patients. Brain, 127: 1796--1810.

Royal Commission on Bilingualism and Biculturalism 1965, A Preliminary Report. Ottawa.

Royer, J.M. (1973), -'Memory effects for test-like events during acquisition of foreign language vocabulary', Psychological Reports, 32, 195-198

Rozin, P., Poritsky, & Sotsky, R. -'American children with Reading Problems can easily learn to read English represented by Chinese characters', Science, 171, 1264-7

Rschemeyer, S.A., Fiebach, C.J., Kempe, V., & Friederici, A.D. 2005. Processing lexical semantic and syntactic information in first and second language: fMRI evidence from German and Russian. Human Brain Mapping, 25: 266--286.

Rubagumya, C.M. 1990, Language in Education in Africa. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Rubdy, R. (2001). Singapore's Speak Good English movement. World Englishes, 20(3), 341-355.

Rubdy, R. and Saraceni, M. (eds.) (2006) English in the World: Global rules, Global roles. London: Continuum.

Rubdy, R., L., M. S., Alsagoff, L., & Bokhorst-Heng, W. D. (2008). Enacting English language ownership in the Outer Circle: a study of Singaporean Indians-' orientations to English norms. World Englishes, 27(1), 40-67.

Rubenstein, H., Lewis, S. S., & Rubenstein, M. A. (1971). Evidence for phonemic recoding in visual word recognition. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 10, 645-657.

Rubin, J. (1975). What the 'good language learner' can teach us. TESOL Quarterly, 9, 1, 41-51.

Rubin, J. (1990), 'How learner strategies can inform language teaching', in V. Bickey (ed.), Language Use, Language Teaching and Curriculum, Hong Kong, Insitute of Language in Education

Rubin, J. (1994), 'A review of second language listening and comprehension research', Modern Language Journal 78(2) 199-221

Rubin, J. & Jernudd, B. (eds) 1971, Can Language Be Planned? The East-West Center, Honolulu.

Rubin, J. & Shuy, R. (eds) 1973, Language Planning, Current Issues and Research, Washington, D.C.

Rubin, J. & Thompson, I. (1982), How to be a more successful language learner, Heinle, Boston Studies in the Humanities 12.

Rubin, J. 1968. National bilingualism in Paraguay. The Hague: Mouton.

Rubin, J. 1970, Bilingual Usage in Paraguay. In Fishman (ed.) Readings in the Sociology of Language, 512-530.

Rubin, J. 1972, Evaluation and Language Planning. In Fishman (ed.) 1972, 476-510.

Rubin, J. 1975 What the 'good language learner' can teach us. TESOL Quarterly 9: 41-51

Rubin, J. 1977, Attitudes toward language planning. In C.C. Elert et al. (eds) Dialectology and Sociolinguistics. UMEA: UMEA

Rubin, J. 1981. 'Study of cognitive processes in second language learning'. Applied Linguistics 11:117-31.

Rubin, J. 1987. 'Learner strategies: theoretical assumptions, research history and typology' in Wenden & Rubin (eds.) 1987.

Rueda, R. 1983, Metalinguistic awareness in monolingual and bilingual mildly retarded children. NABE Journal 8, 55-68.

Ruiz de Zarobe, Y. (1998), 'El parímetro pro-drop y la adquisicin del ingls como segunda lengua', ITL Review of Applied Linguistics, June, 49-63

Ruiz de Zarobe, Y. (2006). Age and third language production: A longitudinal study. International Journal of Multilingualism 2.2, 105--112.

Ruiz, C., Paredes, N., Macizo, P., & Bajo, M. T. (2008). Activation of lexical and syntactic target language properties in translation. Acta Psychologica, 128, 490-500.

Ruiz, R. 1984, Orientations in language planning. NABE Journal 8 (2), 15-34

Ruke-Dravina, V. (1967): Mehrsprachigkeit im Vorschulalter. Lund: Gleerup.

Ruke-Dravina, V. (1971). Word associations in monolingual and multilingual individuals. Linguistics, 74, 66-84

Rulon, K. & McCreary. J. 1986. 'Negotiation of content: teacher-fronted and small group interaction' in Day (ed.)

Russell, G. & Loschky, L. (1998), 'The need to teach communication strategies in the forein language classroom', JALT Journal, 20, 100-113

Russell, R. 1985. An analysis of student errors in the use of Japanese wa and ga. Papers in Linguistics, 18(2), 197-221.

Russian blues reveal effects of language on colour discrimination. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 104, 7780-7785.

Russier, C., Stoffel, H. & Vronique, D. (eds.) Interaction en langue trangre, 14. Aix-en-Provence: Universit de Provence.

Rusted, J. (1988), -'Orthographic effects of Chinese-English bilinguals in a picture-word interference task', Current Psychology: Research & Reviews, 7, 207-220

Rutherford, W. (1988). Second language grammar: Teaching and learning. London: Longman.

Rutherford, W. (ed.) 1984 Language universals and second language acquisition. John Benjamins, Amsterdam

Rutherford, W. & Sharwood Smith, M. 1985. 'Consciousness raising and Universal Grammar'. Applied Linguistics 6: 274-82.

Rutherford, W. & Sharwood-Smith, M. (eds.) 1988 Grammar and second language teaching: a book of readings. Newbury House/Harper & Row, New York

Rutherford, W. 1975. Modern English, vol.1 (Second Edition). New York: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich.

Rutherford, W. 1980, 'Aspects of pedagogical grammar', Applied Linguistics, 1, 1, 61-73

Rutherford, W. 1982, 'Markedness in second language acquisition', Language Learning, 32, 85-108

Rutherford, W. 1983 Language typology and language transfer. In Gass, S & Selinker, L (eds.) Language transfer in language learning, pp.358-70. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Rutherford, W. 1984. 'Description and explanation in interlanguage syntax: state of the art'. Language Learning 34: 127-55.

Rutherford, W. 1986 Grammatical theory and L2 acquisition: a brief overview. Second Language Research 2 (1): 1-15

Rutherford, W. 1989. 'Pre-emption and the learning of L2 grammars'. Studies Rutherford, W.E. (1987), Second Language Grammar: Learning and Teaching, Harlow, Longman

Ryan, A. (1997), -'Learning the orthographic form of L2 vocabulary -- a receptive and a productive process' in Schmitt, N. & McCarthy, M. (eds), Vocabulary, CUP, 181-198

Ryan, A. & Meara, P.M. (1991), 'The case of the invisible vowels: Arabic speakers reading English words', Reading in a Foreign Language, 7,2, 531-540.

Ryan, E., Carranza, M. & Moffie, R. (1977), -'Reactions toward varying degrees of accentedness in the speech of Spanish-English bilinguals', Language and Speech, 20, 267-73

Ryden, E.R. (1948), 'Vocabulary as an index of learning in a second languag', Journal of Educational Psychology. 39, 436-440.

Ryding, C. K. (1991). Proficiency despite diglossia: a new approach for Arabic. The Modern Language Journal, 75(2), 212-218.

S-nchez-Casas, R., & Garc-a-Albea, J. E. (2005). The representation of cognate and noncognate words in bilingual memory: Can cognate status be characterized as a special kind of morphological relation? In J. F. Kroll & A. M. B. de Groot (Eds.), Handbook of bilingualism: Psycholinguistic Approaches (pp. 226-250). New York: Oxford University Press.

S-nchez-Casas, R., Davis, C. W., & Garc-a-Albea, J. E. (1992). Bilingual lexical processing: Exploring the cognate/non-cognate distinction. European Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 4, 293-310.

Sabourin, L. 2006. Does the shallow structures proposal account for qualitative differences in first and second language processing? Applied Psycholinguistics, 27: 81--84.

Sachdev, I. & Bourhis, R. (1990) Bilinguality and multilinguality. In H. Giles & W. P. Robinson eds., Handbook of language and social psychology. Chichester: Wiley, 293-308.

Sachdev, I. & Wright, A. (1996) Social influence and language learning. An experimental study. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 15, 3, 230-245

Sachs, J., Bard, B. & Johnson, M. 1981 Language learning with restricted input: case studies of two hearing children of deaf parents. Applied Psycholinguistics 2 (1): 33-54

Sadtano, F. (ed.). 1991. Language Acquisition and the Second/Foreign Language Classroom. Singapore: SEAMEO Regional Language Centre.

Saegert, J. & Young, R.K. (1975), -'Translation errors for abstract and concrete responses in a bilingual paired-associate task', Bulletin of the Psychonomic Society, 6, 429

Saegert, J., Hamayan, E. & Ahmar, H. (1975), -'Memory for language of input in polyglots', J. Exp. Psych: Human Learning and memory, 1, 607-613

Saegert, J., Kazarian, S. & Young, R.K. (1973), -'Part/whole transfer with bilinguals', American Journal of Psychology, 86, 537-546

Saegert, J., SCOTY, M., PERKINS, J.;, & TUCKER, C. 1974. A note on the relationship between English proficiency, years of language study and medium of instruction. Language Learning, 24: 99-104

Saegert. J. Obermeyer, J. & Kazarian. S. (1973). Organisational factors in free recall of bilingually mixed lists. Journal of Experimental Psychology 97. 397-'"399.

Saer, D.J. 1922, An inquiry into the effect of bilingualism upon the intelligence of young children. Journal of Experimental Pedagogy 6, 232-240 & 266-274.

Saer, D.J. 1923, The effects of bilingualism on intelligence. British Journal of Psychology 14, 25-38.

Saer, D.J., Smith, F. & Hughes, J. 1924, The Bilingual Problem. Wrexham: Hughes & Son

Saffran, J. R. (2001). Words in a sea of sounds: The output of infant statistical learning. Cognition, 81, 149-169.

Saffran, J. R. (2003). Statistical language learning: Mechanisms and constraints. Current directions in psychological science, 12, 110-114.

Saffran, J. R., & Wilson, D. P. (2003). From syllables to syntax: Multi-level statistical learning by 12-month-old infants. Infancy, 4, 273-284.

Saffran, J. R., Aslin, R. N., & Newport, E. L. (1996a). Statistical learning by 8-month-old infants. Science, 274, 1926-1928.

Saffran, J. R., Newport, E. L., & Aslin, R. N. (1996b). Word segmentation: The role of distributional cues. Journal of Memory and Language, 35, 606-621.

Safont Jorda, M. (2006). Pragmatic production of third language learners of English: A focus on request acts modifiers. International Journal of Multilingualism 2.2, 84--104.

Safont Jorda, M.P. 2005. Third Language Learners: Pragmatic Production and Awareness. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Safont Jorda, M.P. 2007. Language use and language attitudes in the Valencian community. In Multilingualism in European Bilingual Contexts: Language Use and Attitudes, D. Lasagabaster & A. Huguet (eds), 90--113. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Safont, M. (2003). Metapragmatic awareness and pragmatic production of third language learners of English: A focus on request acts realisations. The International Journal of Bilingualism 7.1, 43--69.

Sagarra, N., & Alba, M. (2006). The key is the keyword: L2 vocabulary learning methods with beginning learners of Spanish. The Modern Language Journal, 90, 228-243.

Sagasta, M. (2003). Acquiring writing skills in a third language: The positive effects of bilingualism. The International Journal of Bilingualism 7.1, 27--42.

Saiegh-Haddad, E. (2003). Linguistic distance and initial reading acquisition: The case of Arabic diglossia. Applied Psycholinguistics, 24(3), 431-451.

Saiegh-Haddad, E. & Geva, E. (2008). Morphological awareness, phonological awareness, and reading in English-Arabic bilingual children. Reading and Writing, vol. 21, 5, 481-504.

Saifullah-Khan, V. (1974) Pakistani villagers in a British city. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Bradford.

Saifullah-Khan, V. (1987) The role of the culture of dominance in structuring the experience of ethnic minorities. In C. Husband (ed.), Race in Britain, continuity and change. London: Hutchinson University Library.

Saint-Jacques, B. 1976. Aspects sociolinguistiques du bilinguisme Canadien. Quebec: Centre International de Recherche sur le Bilinguisme.

Saito, Y. & Samimy, K.K. (1996) Foreign Language Anxiety and Language Performance: A Study of Learner Anxiety in Beginning, Intermediate, and Advanced-Level College Students of Japanese. Foreign Language Annals 29, 239-251.

Sajavaara, K. & Lehtonen, J. (1989), -'Aspects of transfer in foreign language speakers' reactions to acceptability', in Dechert, H. & Raupach, M. (eds.) Transfer in Language Production, Ablex, 35-52

Sajavaara, K. 1978 The monitor model and monitoring in second language speech communication. In Gingras, R. (ed.) Second language acquisition and foreign language teaching, pp.51-67. Center for Applied Linguistics, Arlington, Va.

Sajavaara, K. 1981, 'Contrastive linguistics past and present and a communicative approach', in Fisiak, J. (ed.) (1981), Contrastive Linguistics and the Language Teacher, Pergamon, Oxford, 33-56

Sajavaara, K. 1986, Transfer and second language speech processing. In Kellerman, E & Sharwood-Smith, M (eds.) Cross-linguistic influence in second language acquisition, pp. 6~79. Pergamon Press

Sajavaara, K. 1987, -'Second language speech production: factors affecting fluency', in Dechert, H. & Raupach, M. (eds), Psycholinguistics Models of Production, Ablex, 54-62

Sakamoto, N. & Naotsuka, R. 1982. Polite fictions: Why Japanese and Americans seem rude to each other. Tokyo: Kinseido,

Salaberri Ramiro, Ma. Sagrario (Ed.) (1999). Ling-stica aplicada a la enseanza de lenguas extranjeras. Almer-a, Espaa: Servicio de Publicaciones de la Universidad de Almer-a. ISBN 84-8240-163-7. 557 pp

Salameh, E.K. 2006. Linguistic and cultural factors affecting assessment and intervention for bilingual children with specific language impairment. Keynote address, 6th European CPLOL Congress, Berlin, Germany, 16 September.

Salamoura, A., & Williams, J. N. (1999) Backward word translation: Lexical vs. conceptual mediation or -'concept activation' vs. -'word retrieval'? RCEAL Working Papers in English and Applied Linguistics, 6, 31-56.

Sales, A. (1990) Language use in a new country: The experience of Soviet migrs in Boston. The Howard Journal of Communications, 2, 2, 192-212.

Samarin, W. 1971 Salient and substantive pidginization. In Hymes, D (ed.) Pidginization and creolization of languages, pp. 117-40. CUP

Samimy, K. & Tabuse, M. 1992. Affective variables and a less commonly taught language: A study in beginning Japanese classes. Language Learning, 42(3), 377-398.

Samimy, K. 1989. A comparative study of teaching Japanese in the audio-lingual method and the Counseling-Learning approach. Modern Language Journal, 73, 169-177.

Sampson, G. P. & Richards, J. C. (1973). Learner language systems. Language Sciences,26, 18-25. Reprinted in Richards (1974).

Sampson, G.P. (1984), 'Exporting language teaching methods from Canada to China', TESL Canada Journal, 1, 1

Sampson, G.P. & Richards, J.C. (1973). Learner language systems. Language Sciences, 26, 18-25. Reprinted in Richards (1974).

Sanaoui, R. (1995), 'Adult learner's approaches to learning vocabulary in second languages', Modern Language Journal. 79 (1): 15 - 28.

Sanders, L.D., & Neville, H.J. 2003. An ERP study of continuous speech processing II. Segmentation, semantics, and syntax in non-native speakers. Cognitive Brain Research, 15: 214--227.

Sanders, L.D., Neville, H.J. & Woldorff (2002), -'Speech segmentation by native and non-native speakers: the use of lexical, syntactic and stress-pattern cues'. J. Speech, Language and Hearing Research, 45, 519-530

Sang, F. & Vollmer, H.J. 1979, Allgemeine Sprachfñhigkeit und Fremdensprachenerwerb, Berlin

Sankoff, D. & Mainville, S. 1986, -'Codeswitching of context-free grammars', Theoretical Linguistics, 13, 75-90

Sankoff, D. & Poplack, S. 1980. A formal grammar for code-switching. Centro de Estudios Puertorriqueilos Working Papers 8:1-55.

Sankoff, D., Poplack, S. & Vanniarajan, S. (1990) The case of the nonce loan in Tamil. Language Variation and Change, 2: 71-101.

Sankoff, G. (1972), Language use in multilingual societies. In J.B. Pride & J. Holmes (eds) Sociolinguistics; Selected Readings. Harmondsworth: Penguin

Santiago-Rivera, A.L., & Altarriba, J. 2002. The role of language in therapy with the Spanish-English bilingual client. Professional Psychology Research and Practice, 33: 30--38.

Santos, T. (1988) Professors' reactions to the academic writing of nonnative-speaking students. TESOL Quarterly 22, 1: 69-90.

Sanz, C. (1997). L3 acquisition and the cognitive advantages of bilingualism: Catalans learning English. In L. Daz & C. Perez (eds.), Views on the acquisition and use of a L2. Barcelona: Universitat Pompeu Fabra, 449--456.

Sanz, C. (2000). Bilingual education enhances third language acquisition: Evidence from Catalonia. Applied Psycholinguistics, 21, 23-44.

Sapon, S. & Carroll, J.B. (XXX), -'Discriminative perception of speech sounds as a function of the native language', Journal of Experimental Psychology, 15, 73-86

Saracho, O. 1981 Teachers' cognitive styles: educational implications. The Educational Forum, January: 152-9

Sardar, Z. (1979). The future of Muslim civilisation. London: Croom Helm.

Sasaki, M. (Miho) (2005), -'The effect of L1 reading processes on L2: a crosslinguistic comparison of Italian and Japanese users of English' in Cook, V.J. & Bassetti, B. (eds.), Second Language Writing Systems, Clevedon: Multilingual Matters

Sasaki, M. (Miyuki) 1993. 'Relationships among second language proficiency, foreign language aptitude and intelligence: a structural equation modelling approach', Language Learning, 43, 3, 313-344

Sasaki, Y. 1991. 'English and Japanese interlanguage comprehension strategies: an analysis based on the competition model'. Applied Psycholinguistics, 12: 47-73

Sasaki, Y. 1994. Paths of processing strategy transfers in learning Japanese and English as foreign languages: A competition model approach. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 16, 43- 72.

Sasaki, Y. 1997. Individual variation in a Japanese sentence comprehension task: form, function, and strategies. Applied Linguistics, 18(4), 508-537.

Sasaki, Y. 1997. Material and presentation condition effects on sentence interpretation task performance: Methodological examinations of the Competition experiment. Second Language Research 13(1), 66-91.

Sasaki. M. (Miho) (2004), -'Acquisition of Reading Processes in the First and Second Writing Systems' PhD Essex

Sasaki. Y. 1998. Processing and learning of Japanese double-object active and causative sentences: an error-feedback paradigm. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 27(4), 453-479.

Sasanuma, S. & Park, H.S. (1995). Patterns of language deficits in two Korean-Japanese bilingual aphasic patients. A clinical report. In M. Paradis (Ed.), Aspects of bilingual aphasia (pp. 111-'"122). Oxford: Pergamon Press.

Sassoon, R. (1995), The Acquisition of a Second Writing System, Intellect

Sato, C. 1982, Ethnic styles in classroom discourse. In Hines, M & Rutherford, W (eds.) On TESOL '81, pp.11-24. TESOL, Washington, D.C.

Sato, C. 1984 Phonological processes in second language acquisition: another look at interlanguage syllable structure. Language Learning 34 (4): 43-57. Also in Ioup, G. & Weinberger, S. (eds.) 1987 Interlanguage phonology, pp. 248-60. Newbury House, Cambridge, Mass.

Sato, C. 1985 Task variation in interlanguage phonology. In Gass, S. & Madden, C. (eds.) Input in second language acquisition, pp.181-96. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Sato, C. 1985 The syntax of conversation in interlanguage development. Ph.D. dissertation, University of California at Los Angeles

Sato, C. 1986 Conversation and interlanguage development: rethinking the connection. In Day, R (ed.) 'Talking to learn': conversation in second language acquisition, pp.23-45. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Sato, C. 1987. 'Phonological processes in second language acquisition: another look at interlanguage syllable structure' in Ioup and Weinberger (eds.) 1987.

Sato, C. 1988. 'Origins of complex syntax in interlanguage development'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 10: 371-95.

Sato, C. 1990. The syntax of conversation in interlanguage development. Tubingen: Gunter Narr.

Sato, M. (2007). Sensitivity to syntactic and semantic information in second language

Satterfield, T. (1999), Bilingual Selection of Syntactic Knowledge: Extending the Principles and Parameters Approach, Kluwer

Satterfield, T. (2003) Economy of interpretation: patterns of pronoun selection in transitional bilinguals. In V.J. Cook (ed), L2 Effects on the L1, Clevedon: Multilingual Matters

Saunders, G. (1982), 'Infant Bilingualism: A Look at Some Doubts and Objections.' Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 3, 4, 277-92

Saunders, G. (1982), Bilingual Children: Guidance for the Family, Multilingual Matters, Clevedon

Saunders, G. (1988), Bilingual Children: From Birth to Teens. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Saunders, N. 1987. 'Morphophonemic variations in clusters in Japanese English'. Language Learning 37: 247-72.

Saur, D., Lange, R., Baumgaertner, A., Schraknepper, V., Willmes, K., Rijntjes, M., et al. (2006). Dynamics of language reorganization after stroke. Brain, 129, 1371--1384.

Savard, J-G. & Laforge, L. (eds.) Proceedings of the 5th Congress of AILA, pp. 389-401. University of Laval Press, Laval

Savic, J.M. (1995), 'Structural convergence and language change: Evidence from Serbian/English code-switching', Languages in Society 24/4, 475-493

Savignon, S. 1972. Communicative Competence: an Experiment in Foreign Language Teaching. Philadelphia: Center for Curriculum Development.

Savile-Troike, M. (1984). What really matters in second-language learning for academic achievement? TESOL Quarterly, 18, 199-219.

Saville-Troike, M. 1988. 'Private speech: evidence for second language learning strategies during the "silent period"-', Journal of Child Language 15:567-90.

Saville, M. & R. Troike. 1971. A handbook of bilingual education. Washington: D.C.: TESOL

Sawyer, J. 1957. A dialect study of San Antonio, Texas: a bilingual community. Ph.D. dissertation. University of Texas. Microfilm Publication No.25, 178.

Sawyer, J. 1959. Aloofness from Spanish influence in Texas English. Word XV. 2:27081

Sawyer, J. 1978. Passive and covert bilinguals: a hidden asset for a pluralistic society. In The bilingual in a pluralistic society, ed. H. Key, G. McCullough, & J. Sawyer. Long Beach: California State University.

Sawyer, M. (1992), The development of pragmatics in Japanese as a second language: The sentence-final particle ne. In: Kasper, G. (ed.). Pragmatics of Japanese as a native and foreign language Crech. Rep. No.3), Honolulu, HI: University of Hawai'i at Manoa, Second Language Teaching & Curriculum Center, 83-125.

Sawyer, M. & Ranta, L. (2001), 'Aptitude, individual differences, and instructional design', in P. Robinson (ed.) Cognition and Second Language Learning, Cambridge University Press

Sayeg, Y. 1996. The role of sound in reading kanji and kana: A review. Australian Review of Applied Linguistics 19(2), 139-151.

Scarborough, D. L., Gerard, L., & Cortese, C. (1984). Independence of lexical access in bilingual word recognition. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 23, 84-99

Scarcella, R. & Higa, C. 1981 Input, negotiation and age differences in second language acquisition. Language Learning 31: 409-38

Scarcella, R. & Higa, C. 1982 Input and age differences in second language acquisition. In Krashen, S., Scarcella, R. & Long, M. (eds.) Child adult differences in second language acquisition, pp 175-201. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Scarcella, R. & Krashen, S. (eds.) 1980 Research in second language acquisition. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Scarcella, R. 1979, On speaking politely in a second language. In: Yorio, C.A., Perkins, K. & Schachter, J. (eds.). On TESOL '79. Washington, D.C.: TESOL, 275-287.

Scarcella, R. 1983 Discourse accent in second language performance. In Gass, S & Selinker, L (eds.) Language transfer in language learning, pp. 30~26. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Scarcella, R. 1984 Cohesion in the writing development of native and non-native English speakers. Ph.D. dissertation, University of Southern California

Scarcella, R., Andersen, E.S. & Krashen, S.D. (eds.), (1990) Developing Communicative Competence in a Second Language, Newbury House, Rowley, Mass., 139-162

Scarcella, R., Andersen, F. & Krashen, S. (eds.) 1990. Developing Communicative Competence. New York: Newbury House.

Schachter, J. (1974), An error in error analysis. Language Learning 24: 205-14

Schachter, J. (1981), The hand-signal system. TESOL Quarterly, 15(2), 125-'"138.

Schachter, J. (1983), 'A new account of language transfer' in Gass & Selinker (eds.) 1983

Schachter, J. (1983). Nutritional needs of language learners. In M. A. Clarke & J. Handscombe (Eds.), On TESOL -'82: Pacific perspectives on language learning and teaching (pp. 175-'"189). Washington, DC: TESOL

Schachter, J. (1984), A universal input condition, In W. Rutherford (Ed.), Universals and second language acquisition (pp. 167-'"183). Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Schachter, J. (1986), 'Three approaches to the study of input'. Language Learning 36:211-25.

Schachter, J. (1986), In search of systematicity in interlanguage production. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 8:119-34

Schachter, J. (1988), Second Language Acquisition and its relationship to Universal Grammar. Applied Linguistics 9 (3): 219-235.

Schachter, J. (1989), A new look at an old classic. Second Language Research 5:30-42.

Schachter, J. (1989), Testing a proposed universal. In Gass, S. & Schachter, J. (eds.) Linguistic perspectives on second language acquisition, pp.73-88. CUP

Schachter, J. (1990), On the issue of completeness in second language acquisition. Second Language Research 6: 93-124.

Schachter, J. (1991), 'Corrective feedback in historical perspective'. Second Language Research 7: 89-102

Schachter, J. (1993), -'Second language acquisition: perceptions and possibilities', Second Language Research, 9, 173-187

Schachter, J. & Celce-Murcia, M. 1977 -'Some reservations concerning error analysis', TESOL Quarterly 11: 441-51

Schachter, J. & Gass, S. (1996). Second language classroom research. Mahwah, NI: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Schachter, J. & Rutherford, W. 1979 Discourse function and language transfer. Working Papers on Bilingualism 19: 3-12

Schachter, J. & Yip, V. 1990. 'Grammaticality judgments: why does everyone object to subject extraction?' Studies in Second Language Acquisition 12: 379-92.

Schachter, J., Tyson, A. & Diffley, F. 1976 Learner intuitions of grammaticality. Language Learning 26: 67-76

Schachter, P. 1966. Transformational grammar and contrastive analysis. In Kaplan, R. (ed.) Selected Conference Papers of the Association of Teachers of English as a Second Language. NAFSA Studies and Papers, English Language Series 12.

Schaffer, J. (ed.) 1977 Studies in mother-infant interaction. Academic Press, London

Schanen, F. (1995). Bilan et perspectives de la didactique d'une langue etrangere: le cas de l'allemand. In La linguistique Applique aujourd'hui: problemes et methodes (Proceedings of the 1994 Journees Nationales of the Association Francaise de Linguistique Applique). Amsterdam: Editions 'De Werelt'.

Schappis, U. (1988), 'The aged of non-English speaking background in Australia', in P. Brown (ed.), Health care and the aged: A nursing perspective, Sydney: Williams & Williams

Schein, J. D., & Delk, M. T. (1974). The deaf population of the United States. Silver Spring, MD: National Association of the Deaf.

Schelleter, C., Sinka, I. & Garman, M. 1997. Latvian/English and German/English bilingual acquisition: New light on universal grammar. In Proceedings of the First International Symposium on Bilingualism, 442--452. Vigo: University of Vigo.

Scherag, A., Demuth, L., Rsler, F., Neville, H.J., & Rder, B. 2004. The effects of late acquisition of L2 and the consequences of immigration on L1 for semantic and morpho-syntactic language aspects. Cognition, 93: B97-B108.

Scherer, A. & M. Wertheimer. 1964. A Psycholinguistic Experiment in Foreign Language Teaching. New York: McGraw Hill.

Scherer, G.A.C. (1957), 'The forgetting rate in learning German', German Quarterly 30, 275-277

Scherer, K. & H. Giles (eds.). 1979. Social Markers in Speech. Cambridge: CUP.

Scherer, L.C., Giroux, F., Lesage, F., Senhadji, N., Benali, H., & Ansaldo, A.I. 2006. An optical imaging study of semantic and syntactic processing by bilinguals. Brain and Language, 99: 197--198.

Scherfer, P. (1993), 'Indirect L2-vocabulary learning', Linguistics, 31, 1141-1153

Scherfer, P.B. (1988), 'Uberlegungen zum Wordschatzlernen im Fremdsprachenunterricht', in A. Raasch, M. Bludau and F.J. Zapp (Eds.). Aspekte des Lernens und Lehrens von Fremdsprachen. Frankfurt a. Main

Schermerhorn, R.A. 1970, Comparative Ethnic Relations. New York: Random House.

Schieffelin, B.B. & Ochs, E. (eds.) Language socialisation across cultures. Cambridge:

Schinke-Llano, L. 1983 Foreigner talk in content classrooms. In Seliger, H & Long, M (eds.) Classroom-oriented research in second language acquisition, pp. 14~64. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Schinke-Llano, L. 1989, Early childhood bilingualism: In search of explanation. Studies in Second Language Acquisition (SSLA) 11(3), 223-240.

Schinke-Llano, L. 1990. 'Can foreign language learning be like second language acquisition? The curious case of immersion' in VanPatten & Lee (eds.)

Schinke-Llano, L. 1993. 'The Affective Filter and negotiated interactions: do our language activities provide for both?', MLJ, 77, 3, 325-329

Schinke-Llano, L. 1993. On the value of a Vygotskian framework for SLA theory research. Language Learning, 43, 1, 121-129

Schinke-Llano, L. 1995. Re-envisioing the second language classroom: a Vygotskian approach. In Eckman et al (eds), SLA Theory and Pedagogy

Schlossman, S. 1983, Is there an American tradition of bilingual education? American Journal of Education 91, 139-186.

Schlyter, S. & Hakansson, G. 1994, -'Word order in Swedish as the first language, second language and weaker language in bilinguals', Scandinavian Working Papers in Bilingualism, 9, 49-66.

Schlyter, S. & Viberg, A. (1985), 'French and Swedish as targets in second language lexical acquisition', Scandinavian Working Papers in Bilingualism, 4, 110-135.

Schlyter, S. 1987, Language mixing and linguistic level in three bilingual children. Scandinavian Working Papers in Bilingualism, 7, 29-48.

Schmeck, R. 1981. 'Improving learning by improving thinking'. Educational Leadership 38: 38~5

Schmid, M. (2000). First language attrition, use, and maintenance. The case of German Jews in anglophone countries. Doctoral dissertation, University of Dsseldorf.

Schmid, M., Kopke, B., Keijzer, M. & Weilemar, L. (eds) (2004), First Language Attrition. Amsterdam: John Benjamins

Schmid, M.S. 2004. Identity and first language attrition: A historical approach. Estudios de Sociolinguistica 5(1): 41--58.

Schmid, S. (1993): Learning strategies for closely related languages: on the Italian spoken by Spanish immigrants in Switzerland. In: Kettemann, B. & Wieden, W. (eds.): Current Issues in European Second Language Acquisition Research. Tbingen: Narr, 405-418.

Schmid, S. (1993). Learning strategies for closely related languages: On the Italian spoken by Spanish immigrants in Switzerland. In B. Kettemann & W. Wieden (eds.), Current issues in European second language acquisition research, 405--419.

Schmid, S. (1994): Un modello di strategie di acquisizione per lingue imparentate. In:. Ramat, A & Vedovelli, M. (eds.): Italiano lingua seconda, lingua straniera. Rom: Bulzoni, 61-79.

Schmid, S. (1994): L'italiano degli spagnoli. Interlingue di immigranti nella Svizzera tedesca. Milano: Franco Angeli.

Schmid, S. (1995). Multilingualer Fremdsprachenunterricht: Ein didaktischer Versuch mit Lernstrategien. Multilingua 15, 55--90.

Schmid, S. (1996): Multilingualer Fremdsprachenunterricht: Ein didaktischer Versuch mit Lernstrategien. In: Multilingua 15-1, 55-90.

Schmid, S. (2005), -'Spelling and Pronunciation in Migrant Children: The Case of Italian-Swiss German Bilinguals', in Cook, V.J. and Bassetti, B. (eds.) (2005), Second Language Writing Systems, Clevedon: Multilingual Matters

Schmidt-Mackey, I. 1977. Language strategies of the bilingual family. In Bilingualism in early childhood, ed. W. Mackey & T. Andersson. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House.

Schmidt, A. & Flege, J, (1995). Effects of speaking rate changes on native and non-native speech production. Phonetica, 52, 41-54

Schmidt, M. 1980. Coordinate structures and language universals in interlanguage. Language Learning 30: 397A16

Schmidt, R. (1977), Sociolinguistic variation and language transfer in phonology. Working Papers on Bilingualism 12: 79-95 In Ioup, G. & Weinberger, S. H. (1987), Interlanguage Phonology. Newbury House

Schmidt, R. (1981), Interaction, acculturation and the acquisition of communicative competence. University of Hawaii Working Papers in Linguistics 13 (3): 29-77

Schmidt, R. (1983), Interaction, acculturation, and acquisition of communicative competence. In Wolfson, N & Judd, E (eds.) Sociolinguistics and second language acquisition, pp.137-74. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Schmidt, R. (1983). Interaction, acculturation, and the acquisition of communicative competence: A case study of an adult. In N. Wolfson & F. Judd (Eds.), Sociolinguistics and language acquisition (pp. 137-'"174). Rowley, MA: Newbury House

Schmidt, R. (1988), 'The potential of parallel distributed processing for SLA theory and research'. University of Hawaii Working Papers in ESL 7: 55-56.

Schmidt, R. (1990), The role of consciousness in second language learning. Applied Linguistics 11(2)129-58

Schmidt, R. (1990). Consciousness, learning and interlanguage pragmatics. University of Hawaii Working Papers in ESL, 9(1), 2 13-'"243.

Schmidt, R. (1990). The role of consciousness in second language learning. Applied Linguistics, 11(2), 17-'"46

Schmidt, R. (1992). Psychological mechanisms underlying second language fluency. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 14(4), 357-'"385

Schmidt, R. (1993). Awareness and second language acquisition. Annual Review of Applied Linguistics 1992, 13, 206-'"226

Schmidt, R. (1993). Consciousness, learning and interlanguage pragmatics. In G. Kasper & S. Blum-Kulka (Eds.), Interlanguage pragmatics (pp. 21-'"42). New York: OUP.

Schmidt, R. (1994). Deconstructing consciousness in search of useful definitions for applied linguistics. In J. Hulstijn & R. Schmidt (Eds.), Consciousness in second language learning (pp. 11-'"26): AILA Review, Vol. 11.

Schmidt, R. (1994). Implicit learning and the cognitive unconscious. In N. Ellis (Ed.), Implicit and explicit learning of languages (pp. 165-'"209). London: Academic Press

Schmidt, R. (1995), Consciousness and foreign language learning: a tutorial on the role of attention and awareness in learning. In Schmidt, R. (ed.), Attention and Awareness. Honolulu: University of Hawai'i, Second Language Teaching and Curriculum Center, 1-63

Schmidt, R. (2001), 'Attention'. In P. Robinson (ed)

Schmidt, R. & Frota, S. (1986). Developing basic conversational ability in a second language: a case study of an adult learner of Portuguese. In R. Day (Ed.), Talking to Learn: Conversation in Second Language Acquisition (pp.237-326). Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House

Schmidt, R. & McCreary, C. 1977 Standard and super-standard English. TESOL Quarterly 11:415-30

Schmidt, R. & Richards, J. (1980), -'Speech acts and second language learning' Applied Linguistics, 1, 129-57

Schmidt, R. 1993. Awareness and second language acquisition. Annual Review of Applied Linguistics, 13: 206--226.

Schmidt, R. 1994. Deconstructing consciousness in search of useful definitions for applied linguistics. AILA Review, 11: 11--26.

Schmidt, R. 2001. Attention. In P. Robinson (Ed.), Cognition and second language instruction (pp. 3--32). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.

Schmidt, R., Boraie, D. & Kassabgy, O. (1996) Foreign language motivation: external structure and external connections. In Oxford, R.L. (Ed.), Language learning motivation: Pathways to the new century (pp. 14-87). Honolulu: The University of Hawaii Press

Schmidt, R.W. (1993) 'Awareness and second language aquisition', Annual Review of Applied Linguistics, 13, pp. 206-226.

Schmitt, E. (2000), 'Overt and covert code-switching in immigrant children from Russia', International Journal of Bilingualism, 4, 1, 9-28

Schmitt, N. (1993), 'Comparing native and nonnative teachers' evaluations of error seriousness', JALT Journal 15,2: 181-191.

Schmitt, N. (1997), 'Vocabulary Learning Strategies', in Schmitt, N. & McCarthy, M. (eds.) Vocabulary: Description, Acquisition and Pedagogy (pp.199--227). Cambridge: CUP

Schmitt, N. (2000), Vocabulary in language teaching, CUP

Schmitt, N., & Meara, P. (1997). Researching vocabulary through a word knowledge framework: Word associations and verbal suffixes. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 19, 17-36.

Schn, D., Boyer, M., Moreno, S., Besson, M., Peretz, I., & Kolinsky, R. (2008) Songs as an aid for language acquisition. Cognition, 106, 975-983.

Schneider, E. W. (2003). The dynamics of New Englishes: from identity construction to dialectic birth. Language, 79(2), 233-281.

Schneider, S. 1976. Revolution, reaction or reform. New York: Las Americas.

Schneider, V. I., Healy, A. F., & Bourne, L. E. (1998). Contextual interference effects in foreign language acquisition and retention. In A. F. Healy & L. E. Bourne (Eds.), Foreign language learning: Psycholinguistic studies on training and retention (pp. 77-90). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Schneider, V. I., Healy, A. F., & Bourne, L. E. (2002). What is learned under difficult conditions is hard to forget: Contextual interference effects in foreign vocabulary acquisition, retention, and transfer. Journal of Memory and Language, 46, 419-440.

Schnitzer, M.L. (1989), 'Pragmatic-mode mediation of sentence comprehension among aphasic bilinguals & hispanophones', Brain and Language, 36, 76-91

Schnpflug, U. (1997, April). Bilingualism and memory. Paper presented at the First International Symposium on Bilingualism. Newcastle-upon-Tyne. United Kingdom.

Schonpflug, U. (2003). The transfer-appropriate-processing approach and the trilingual's organisation of the lexicon. In Cenoz et al. (eds.) (2003b), 27--44.

Schoonen, R., & Verhallen, M. (1998). Kennis van woorden: De toetsing van diepe woordkennis [Knowledge of words: The testing of deep word knowledge]. Pedagogische Studin, 75, 153-168.

Schouten-Van Parreren, C. (1992), 'Individual differences in vocabulary acquisition: a qualitative experiment in the first phase of secondary education', in: Arnaud P. & H. Bejoint (Eds.), Vocabulary and Applied Linguistics. London: Macmillan. 94-101

Schouten-van-Parreren, C. (1996), 'Vocabulary Learning and Metacognition', in K. Sajavaara and C. Fairweather (Eds.). Approaches to Second Language Acquisition. Jvaskyla.

Schouten, M. (1979), 'The missing data in second language learning research'. Interlanguage Studies Bulletin 4: 3-14.

Schouten, M.E.H., Van Dalen, T. E., & Klein, A.J. J. (1985). Ear advantage and second language proficiency. Journal of Phonetics, 13, 53-60.

Schrauf, R., & Rubin, D. (2003). On the bilingual's two sets of memories. In R. Fivush & C. Haden (Eds.), Autobiographical memory and the construction of a narraive self (pp. 121-145). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.

Schrauf, R., Pavlenko, A., & Dewaele, J.-M. (2003). Bilingual episodic memory: An introduction. International Journal of Bilingualism, 7, 221-233.

Schreuder, R. & Weltens, B. (eds.) (1993), The Bilingual Lexicon, Benjamins, Amsterdam

Schriefers, H., Meyer, A. S., & Levelt, W. J. M. (1990). Exploring the time course of lexical access in language production: Picture-word interference studies. Journal of Memory and Language, 29, 86-102.

Schulpen, B., Dijkstra, T., Schriefers, H. J., & Hasper, M. (2003). Recognition of interlingual homophones in bilingual auditory word recognition. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 29, 1155-1178.

Schultz, R. (1991), -'Second language acquisition theories and teaching practice: how do they fit?', Modern Language Journal, 75, 1, 17-25

Schumann, F. & Schumann, J. 1977 Diary of a language learner: an introspective study of second language learning. In Brown, H, Yorio, C & Crymes, R (eds.) On TESOL 77, pp.241-9. TESOL, Washington, D.C.

Schumann, F. 1980 Diary of a language learner: a further analysis. In Scarcella, R. & Krashen, S. (eds.) Research in second language acquisition, pp.51-7. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Schumann, J. (1974), The implications of pidginization and creolization for the study of adult second language acquisition. TESOL Quarterly, 8, 145-52

Schumann, J. (1975), 'Implications of pidginization and creolization for the study of adult Second Language Acquisition', in J. Schumann & N. Stenson (ed.), New Frontiers in Second Language Learning, Newbury House

Schumann, J. (1975), Affective factors and the problem of age in second language acquisition. Language Learning 25: 209-35

Schumann, J. (1976), 'Social distance as a factor in second language acquisition', Language Learning, 26, 1

Schumann, J. (1976), Second language acquisition research: getting a more global look at the learner. Language Learning, Special Issue 4: 15-28.

Schumann, J. (1978), Social and psychological factors in second language acquisition. In Richards, J (ed.) Understanding second and foreign language learning, pp. 163-78, Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Schumann, J. (1978), The acculturation model for second language acquisition. In Gingras, R (ed.) Second language acquisition and foreign' language teaching, pp.27-5O. Center for Applied Linguistics, Arlington, Va.

Schumann, J. (1978), The Pidginisation Process: A Model for Second Language Acquisition, Rowley MA, Newbury House

Schumann, J. (1978), The relationship of pidginization, creolization and decreolization to second language acquisition. Language Learning 28: 367-79

Schumann, J. (1979), The acquisition of English negation by speakers of Spanish: a review of the literature. In Andersen, R (ed.) The acquisition and use of Spanish and English as first and second languages, pp.3-32. TESOL, Washington, D.C.

Schumann, J. (1980), 'The acquisition of English relative clauses by second language learners', in Krashen, S. & Scarcella, R. (eds), Issues in Second Language Acquisition Research, Newbury House, Rowley, Mass., 118-131

Schumann, J. (1982), Simplification, transfer, and relexification as aspects of pidginization and early second language acquisition. Language Learning 32: 337-65

Schumann, J. (1983), Art and science in second language acquisition research. In Clarke, M. & Handscombe, J. (eds.) On TESOL '82. TESOL, Washington, D.C. Also in Language Learning 33, Special Issue No.1: 49-76

Schumann, J. (1986), Research on the acculturation model for second language acquisition. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 7: 379-92

Schumann, J. (1987), The expression of temporality in basilang speech. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 9 (1:) 2 lAl

Schumann, J. (1987), Utterance structure in basilang speech. In Gilbert, G (ed.) Pidgin and creole languages: essays in memory of John E. Reinecke. University of Hawaii Press, Honolulu

Schumann, J. (1990), 'Extending the scope of the Acculturation/Pidginization Model to include cognition', TESOL Quarterly, 24, 4, 667-684

Schumann, J. (1996). Locative and directional expressions in Basilang speech. Language Learning, 36, 277-294.

Schumann, J. & Stenson, N. (eds.). 1974. New Frontiers in Second Language Learning. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House

Schumann, J. 1976 'Second language acquisition research Getting a more global look at the learner' Language Learning, Special Issue Number 4 15-28

Schumann, J. 1993. 'Some problems with falsification: an illustration from SLA research'. Applied Linguistics 14: 295-306.

Schumann, J. H. (1975 6). Affective factors and the problem of age in second language acquisition. LL, 25, 2, 209-35.

Schumann, J. H. (1975a). Implications of pidginization and creolization for the study of adult second language acquisition. In J. H. Schumann & N. Stenson (eds.), New frontiers in second language learning. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House.

Schumann, J. H. (1976). Social distance as a factor in second language acquisition. LL, 26, 1, 135-43.

Schumann, J., Holroyd, J., Campbell, R. & Ward, F. 1978 Improvement of foreign language pronunciation under hypnosis: a preliminary study. Language Learning 28:143-8

Schumann, J.H. (1999). The neuropsychology of affect in language. Language Learning Monographs Series, 48, 1

Schwalbe, J. (1983). About the aphasia in polyglots. In M. Paradis (Ed.), Readings on aphasia in bilinguals and polyglots (p. 155). Montreal: Didier. (Original work published in 1920.)

Schwanenflugel, P. & Rey, M. (1986). The relationship between category typicality and concept familiarity: Evidence from Spanish- and English-speaking monolinguals. Memory and Cognition, 14, 150-163

Schwanenflugel, P. J. (1991). Why are abstract concepts hard to understand? In P. J. Schwanenflugel (Ed.), The psychology of word meanings (pp. 223-250). Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.

Schwanenflugel, P. J., & Rey, M. (1986). Interlingual semantic facilitation: Evidence for a common representational system in the bilingual. Journal of Memory and Language, 25, 605-618.

Schwanenflugel, P. J., Harnishfeger, K. K., & Stowe, R. W. (1988). Context availability and lexical decisions for abstract and concrete words. Journal of Memory and Language, 27, 499-520.

Schwanenflugel, P.J. & Rey, M. (1986), 'Interlingual semantic facilitation: evidence for a common representational system in the bilingual lexicon', J. Memory & Language, 605-618

Schwanenflugel, P.J., Harnishfeger, K.K., & Stowe, R.W. (1988). Context availability and lexical decisions for abstract and concrete words. Journal of Memory and Language, 27, 499-520.

Schwartz, A. I., & Kroll, J. F. (2006). Bilingual lexical activation in sentence context. Journal of Memory and Language, 55, 197-212.

Schwartz, A. I., Kroll, J. F., & Diaz, M. (2007). Reading words in Spanish and English: Mapping orthography to phonology in two languages. Language and Cognitive Processes, 22, 106-129.

Schwartz, B. (1986), The epistemological status of second language acquisition. Second Language Research 2 (2): l2~59

Schwartz, B. (1990). Un-motivating the motivation for the fundamental difference hypothesis. In H. Burmeister & P. Rounds (Eds.), Variability in Second Language Acquisition: Proceedings of the Tenth Meeting of the Second Language Research Forum, Volume II (pp. 667-684). Eugene, OR: University of Oregon Linguistics Department.

Schwartz, B. (1991). Conceptual and empirical evidence: a response to Meisel. In L. Eubank (Ed.), Point Counterpoint: Universal Grammar in the Second Language (pp.277-304). Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Schwartz, B. (1992), -'Testing between UG-based and problem-solving models of L2A', Language Acquisition, 2, 1-10

Schwartz, B. (1993), On explicit and negative data effecting and affecting competence and linguistic behaviour, Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 15, 147-163

Schwartz, B. (1996), Parameters in non-native language acquisition. In P. Jordens & J. Lalleman, eds., Investigating Second Language Acquisition. New York: Mouton de Gruyter. pp. 211-35

Schwartz, B. (1998), -'On two hypotheses of -'transfer' in L2A: minimal trees and absolute L1 influence', in Flynn, S., Martohardjono, G. & O'Neil, W. (eds) The Generative Study of Second Language Acquisition, Erlbaum, 35-59

Schwartz, B. (1998), 'The second language instinct', Lingua, 106, 133-160

Schwartz, B. & Gubala-Ryzak, M. 1992. 'Learnability and grammar reorganisation in L2A: against negative evidence causing the unlearning of verb movement'. Second Language Research 8:1-38.

Schwartz, B. & Sprouse, R. (1996), L2 cognitive states and the Full Transfer/Full Access model. Second Language Research, 12(1), 40-72.

Schwartz, B. & Sprouse, R.A. 1994, Word order and nominative case in non-native language acquisition: A longitudinal study of (L1 Turkish) German interlanguage. In: Hoekstra, T., & Schwartz, B.D. (eds.). Language acquisition studies in generative grammar. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 317-368.

Schwartz, B. & Tomaselli, A. (1990), -'Some implications from an analysis of German word order', in Abraham, W. et al (eds.) Issues in Germanic Syntax, Berlin, Mouton

Schwartz, B. D. (1999). Let's make up your mind: "Special nativist" perspectives on language, modularity of mind, and nonnative language acquisition. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 21, 635-655.

Schwartz, J. 1980 The negotiation for meaning: repair in conversations between second language learners of English. In Larsen-Freeman, D (ed.) Discourse analysis in second language research, pp. 138-53. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Schwartz, M. (1994). Ictal language shift in a polyglot. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery, and Psychiatry, 57, 121.

Schwartz, R. & Camarata, S. 1985. 'Examining the relationship between input and language development: some statistical issues'. Journal of Child Language 12:13-25.

Schweda, N. 1980. Bilingual education and code-switching in Maine. Linguistic Reporter 23:12-13.

Schweder, R. & LeVine, R.(eds.). 1984. Culture and its Acquisition. New York: Academic Press

Schweers, C. W. (1999). Using L1 in the L2 Classroom. English Teaching Forum, 37(2), 6-10.

Schweers, W. (1996). Metalinguistic awareness and language transfer: One thing leads to another. Presented at the Conference of the Association for Language Awareness, Dublin, July.

Sciriha, L. (2001), 'Trilingualism in Malta: social and educational perspectives', International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 21, 23-44

Scollon, R. & Scollon, S. 1983. 'Face in inter-ethnic communication' in Richards & Schmidt eds.) 1983.

Scott, M. & Tucker, G. 1974 Error analysis and English language strategies of Arab students. Language Learning 24, 69-97

Scott, M. S. and Tucker, G. R. (1974) 'Error analysis and English-language strategies of Arab students', Language Learning, 24, (1), pp. 69-97.

Scott, M.L. (1994), 'Auditory Memory and Perception in Younger and Older Adult Second Language Learners', Studies in Second Language Acquisition; 16, 3

Scott, S. (1973), The Relation of Divergent Thinking to Bilingualism: Cause of Effect?, Montreal: McGill University

Scott, V. (1989). An empirical study of explicit and implicit teaching strategies in French. Modern Language Review, 72(1), 14-'"22.

Scott, V. M., & de la Fuente, M. J. (2008). What's the problem? L2 learners' use of the L1 during consciousness-raising, form-focused tasks. Modern Language Journal, 92(1), 100-113.

Scott, V.M. (2009), Double Talk: Deconstructing Monolingualism in Classroom Second Language Learning. Prentice Hall

Scotton, C. & Urry, W. 1977. Bilingual strategies: the social functions of code-switching. Linguistics 193:5-20.

Scotton, C. 1979. Codeswitching as a "safe choice" in choosing a lingua franca. In McCormack W. & Wurm. S. (eds.) Language and society, The Hague: Mouton.

Scotton, C.M. (1986) Diglossia and code-switching. In Fishman et al. (1986), II: 403-15.

Scovel, T. (1969). Foreign accents, language acquisition, and cerebral dominance. Language Learning 19: 245-54

Scovel, T. (1969). Foreign accents, language acquisition, and cerebral dominance. LL, 19, 2/4, 245-53.

Scovel, T. (1977), The ontogeny of the ability to recognise foreign accents. In Henning (ed.) 1977

Scovel, T. (1978), The effect of affect on foreign language learning: a review of the anxiety research. Language Learning 28: 129-42

Scovel, T. (1981), 'The recognition of foreign accents in English and its implications for psycholinguistic theories of language acquisition' in Savord & Laforge (eds.) 1981.

Scovel, T. (1981), Discussion of 'Exceptions to Critical Period Predictions: A Sinister Plot'. In R. W. Andersen (ed.), New Dimensions in Second Language Acquisition Research. Newbury House 59-61.

Scovel, T. (1982), Questions concerning the application of neurolinguistic research to second language learning/teaching. TESOL Quarterly 16: 323-31.

Scovel, T. (1988), A Time to Speak: A Psycholinguistic Inquiry into the Critical Period for Human Speech. Newbury House/Harper & Row, New York.

Scovel, T. (1988). A time to speak: A psycholinguistic inquiry into the critical period for human speech. Rowley MA: Newbury House.

Scovel, T. (1994). The role of culture in second language pedagogy. System, 22, 205-219

Scovel, T. (2000), A critical review of the CPH. Annual Review of Applied Linguistics, 20, 213-223

Scribner, S. & Cole, M. 1973. 'Cognitive consequences of formal and informal learning'. Science 182: 553-9.

Sderman, T. (1989), -'Word associations of foreign language learners and native speakers -- a shift in response type and its relevance for a theory of lexical development', Scandinavian Working Papers on Bilinguality, 8, 114-121

Sderman, T. (1993), -'Word associations of foreign language learners and native speakers-'"different response types and their relevance to lexical development', in Hammerberg, B. (ed.) , Problems, Process and Product in Language Learning, .bo, Finland, .bo Academic

Sebasti-n-Galls, N., & Bosch, L. (2002). Building phonotactic knowledge in bilinguals: Role of early exposure. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Human Perception and Performance, 28, 974-989.

Sebasti-n-Galls, N., & Bosch, L. (2005). Phonology and bilingualism. In J. F. Kroll & A. M. B. de Groot (Eds.), Handbook of bilingualism: Psycholinguistic approaches (pp. 68-87). New York: Oxford University Press.

Sebasti-n-Galls, N., & Bosch, L. 2001. On becoming and being bilingual. In E. Dupoux (Ed.), Language, mind and cognitive development (pp. 379--393). Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.

Sebasti-n-Galls, N., Dupoux, E., Segui, J., & Mehler, J. (1992). Contrasting syllabic effects in Catalan and Spanish. Journal of Memory and Language, 31, 18-32.

Sebastiín-Galls, N. (2004). Cross-language speech perception. In: D. Pisoni & R. Remez (Eds.) Handbook of Speech Perception. Blackwell

Sebastiín-Galls, N. & Bosch, L. (2005). Phonology and bilingualism In: J.F. Kroll & A.M.B. De Groot (Eds.) Handbook of Bilingualism: Psycholinguistic Approaches. Oxford, Oxford University Press

Sebastiín-Galls, N. & Kroll, J. (2003). Phonology in bilingual language processing: acquisition, perception and production. In: A. Meyer & N. Schiller (Eds.) Phonetics and Phonology in Language Comprehension and Production: Differences and Similarities. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter

Sebastiín-Galls, N. & Soto-Faraco, S. (1999), -'Online processing of native and non-native phonemic contrasts in early bilinguals', Cognition, 72, 2, 111-123

Sebuktekin, H.I. 1964. Turkish-English contrastive analysis: Turkish morphology and corresponding English structures. PhD. University of California, Berkeley.

Secada, W.G. 1991, Degree of bilingualism and arithmetic problem solving in His-panic first graders. Elementary School Journal 92 (2), 213-231.

Secada, W.G. 1991. Degree of bilingualism and arithmetic problem solving in Hispanic first graders. Elementary School Journal 92: 213--231.

Secada, W.G. 1993, The political context of bilingual education in the United States. In B. Arias & U. Casanova (eds) Bilingual Education: Politics, Research and Practice. Berkeley, CA: McCutchan.

Second Language Research, 21, 121--151.

Secules, T., Herron, C. & Tomasello, M. (1992), -' The effect of video context on foreign language learning', Modern Language Journal, 76, 4, 480-489

Seedhouse, P. (1999) ' Task-based interaction ', ELT Journal, 53, pp. 149-156.

Seedhouse, P. (2004). The interactional architecture of the language classroom: A conversation analysis perspective. Oxford: Blackwell.

Seedhouse, P. (2005), The Interactional Architecture of the Language Classroom, Oxford: Blackwell

Seedhouse, P. (2005). Conversation analysis and language learning. Language Teaching, 38(4), 165-187.

Seedhouse, P. 2004. -'The interactional architecture of the language classroom: A Conversation Analysis perspective'. Oxford: Blackwell.

Seeff-Gabriel, B. (2003). Phonological processing: A platform for assisting second-language learners with English spelling. Child Language Teaching and Therapy, 19, 291-310.

Seeley A., & Carter, B. (2004). Applied Linguistics as social science. London: Continuum. 48

Segall, M.H., Campbell, D.T. & Herskovits, M.J. (1966), The influence of culture on visual perception New York: Bobbs-Merrill

Segalowitz, N. (1976), -'Communicative incompetence and the non-fluent bilingual', Canadian Journal of Behavioural Science, 8, 122-31

Segalowitz, N. (1977), Psychological perspectives on bilingual education. In Frontiers of bilingual education, ed. B. Spolsky & R. Cooper. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House.

Segalowitz, N. (1986), 'Skilled reading in the second language', in Vaid (ed.)

Segalowitz, N. (1991), -'Does advanced skill in a second language reduce automaticity in the first language?', Language Learning, 41, 59-83

Segalowitz, N. (1995), 'Individual differences in second language acquisition', in: A. de Groot and J Kroll (eds) Tutorials in Bilingualism Hillsdale, NJ.: Lawrence Erlbaum

Segalowitz, N. & Gatbonton, E. 1977. Studies of the non-fluent bilingual. In Hornby, P. (ed.) Bilingualism: psychological, social, and educational implications. Academic Press, New York

Segalowitz, N. & Hbert, M. (1990), -'Phonological recoding in the first and second language reading of skilled bilinguals', Language Learning, 40, 59-83

Segalowitz, N. & Lambert, W.E. (1969), 'Semantic generalization in bilinguals', JVLVB, 8, 559-566.

Segalowitz, N. & Segalowitz, S. (1993), -'Skilled performance, practice and the differentiation of speed-up from automatisation effect: evidence from second language word recognition' Applied Psycholinguistics, 14, 369-385

Segalowitz, N. & Segalowitz, S. 1993. Skilled performance, practice, and the differentiation of speed-up from automatization effects: Evidence from second language word recognition. Applied Psycholinguistics, 14: 369--385.

Segalowitz, N. 1997. Individual differences in second language scquisition. In Tutorials in Bilingualism: Psycholinguistic Perspectives, A. de Groot & J. Kroll (eds), 85--112. Mahwah NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Segalowitz, N. 2001. On the evolving connections between psychology and linguistics. Annual Review of Applied Linguistics 21: 3--22.

Segalowitz, N. 2003. Automaticity and second languages. In C.J. Doughty & M.H. Long (Eds), The handbook of second language acquisition (pp. 381--408). Oxford: Blackwell.

Segalowitz, N. 2005 -'Automaticity and Second Languages.' In Doughty, C. J. & Long, M. H. (eds.), -'The Handbook of Second Language Acquisition'. Malden, MA: Blackwell.

Segalowitz, N. and S. Frenkiel-Fishman (2005). "Attention control and ability level in a complex cognitive skill: Attention shifting and second-language proficiency." Memory & Cognition 33(4): 644-653.

Segalowitz, N. S., & Segalowitz, S. J. (1993). Skilled performance, practice, and the differentiation of speed-up from automatization effects: Evidence from second language word recognition. Applied Psycholinguistics, 14, 369-385.

Segalowitz, N., & Lightbown, P.M. (1999). Psycholinguistic approaches to SLA. The Annual Review of Applied Linguistics, 19, 23-43.

Segalowitz, N.S. (1997) Individual difference in second language acquisition. In Tutorials in Bilingualism. Psycholinguistic Perspectives. A.M.B. de Groot & J.F. Kroll (eds), New Jersey: Lawrence Erlbaum, 85-112

Segalowitz, N.S., Segalowitz, S.J. & Wood, A.G. (1998) Assessing the Development of Automaticity in Second Language Word Recognition. Applied Psycholinguistics 19, 1, 53-67

Segalowitz, S. J., Segalowitz, N. S., & Wood, A. G. (1998). Assessing the development of automaticity in second language word recognition. Applied Psycholinguistics, 19, 53-67.

Segalowitz, S.J. 1986. Validity and reliability of noninvasive lateralization measures. In J.E. Obrzut & G.W. Hynd (Eds), Child neuropsychology, vol. 1 (pp. 191--208). Orlando, FL: Academic Press.

Segalowitz, S.J., & Bryden, M.P. 1983. Individual differences in hemispheric representation of language. In S.J. Segalowitz (Ed.), Language functions and brain organization (pp. 341--372). New York: Academic Press.

Seger, C.A., & Cincotta, C.M. 2005. The roles of the caudate nucleus in human classification learning. The Journal of Neuroscience, 25: 2941--2951.

Seibert, L.C. (1945), 'A study of the practice of guessing word meanings from a context', Modern Language Journal. 29, 296-323.

Seidenberg, M.S., & Zevin, J.D. 2006. Connectionist models in developmental cognitive neuroscience: Critical periods and the paradox of success. In Y. Munakata & M.H. Johnson (Eds), Processes of change in brain and cognitive development (pp. 585--612). Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Seidlhofer, B. (2000). Mind the gap: English as a mother tongue vs. English as a lingua franca. Vienna English Working Papers 9.1, 51--68.

Seidlhofer, B. (2001) 'Closing a conceptual gap: the case for a description of English as a lingua franca', International Journal of applied Linguistics, 11, (2), pp. 133-157.

Seidlhofer, B. (2002). "Pedagogy and local learner corpora: Working with learning-driven data". In S. Granger, J. Hung and S. Petch-Tyson (eds.), Computer Learner Corpora, Second Language Acquisition and Foreign Language Teaching, 213--234

Seidlhofer, B. (2004) 'Research perspectives on teaching English as a lingua franca', Annual Review of Applied Linguistics, 24, (209-239).

Seidlhofer, B. (2005). Standard future or half-baked quackery? Descriptive and pedagogic bearings on the globalisation of English. In C. Gnutzmann & F. Intemann (eds.), The globalisation of English and the English language classroom. Tubingen: Narr, 159--173.

Seidlhofer, B. (2006) 'English as a Lingua Franca in the Expanding Circle: What it Isn't', in Rubdy, R. and Saraceni, M.(eds) English in the World: Global rules, Global roles.London: Continuum, pp. 40.

Sekiyama & Tohkura (1993). Inter-language differences in the influence of visual cues in speech perception. Journal of Phonetics, 21, 427-44.

Seleskovitch, D. (1976). Interpretation, a psychological approach to translating. In R. Brislin (Ed.), Translation: Applications and research (pp. 92-116). New York: Gardner Press.

Seliger, H. (1977) -'Does practice make perfect?: a study of interaction patterns and L2 competence', Language Learning 27 (2): 263-78

Seliger, H. (1981). Exceptions to Critical Period Predictions: A Sinister Plot. In R.W. Andersen (ed.), New Dimensions in Second Language Acquisition Research. Newbury House, 47-57.

Seliger, H. (1989), 'Deterioration and creativity in childhood bilingualism', in Hyltenstam, K. & Obler, L.K. (eds.), Bilingualism Across the Lifespan, CUP, 173-184

Seliger, H. & Long, M. (eds.) 1983 Classroom-oriented research in second language acquisition. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Seliger, H. & Shohamy, E. (1989), Second Language Research Methods, OUP

Seliger, H. & Vago, R.M. (eds.) (1991), First Language Attrition, CUP

Seliger, H. & Vago, R.M. 1991. The study of first language attrition: An overview. In: Seliger, H., & Vago, R. (eds.). First language attrition. Cambridge: CUP,

Seliger, H. 1975 Inductive method and deductive method in language teaching: a re-examination. International Review of Applied Linguistics 13 (1): 1-18

Seliger, H. 1978. Implications of a multiple critical periods hypothesis for second language learning. In W. Ritchie (ed.), Second Language Acquisition Research: Issues and Implications. New York: Academic Press, 11-19.

Seliger, H. 1979 On the nature and function of language rules in language teaching. TESOL Quarterly 13: 359-70

Seliger, H. 1982 On the possible role of the right hemisphere in second language acquisition. TESOL Quarterly 16: 307-14

Seliger, H. 1983 The language learner as linguist: of metaphors and realities. Applied Linguistics 4, 3, 179-91

Seliger, H. 1984 'Processing umversals in second language acquisition' in F Eckman, L Bell, and D Nelson (eds) 1984 Umversals of Second Language Acquisition Rowley, MA Newbury House

Seliger, H. 1984 Processing universals in second language acquisition. In Eckman, F., Bell, L. & Nelson, D. (eds.) Universals of second language acquisition, pp.36-47. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Seliger, H. 1989. 'Semantic transfer constraints in foreign language speakers' reactions to acceptability' in Dechert & Raupach (eds.) 1989.

Seliger, H. and Shohamy, E. 1989. -'Second Language Research Methods'. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Seliger, H. W., Krashen, S. D. & Ladefoged, P. (1975). Maturational constraints in the acquisition of second language accent. Language Sciences, 36, 20-2.

Seliger, H., Krashen, S. & Ladefoged, P. (1975), -'Maturational constraints in the acquisition of a native-like accent in second language learning', Languages Sciences, 36, 20-22

Selinker, L. (1972). Interlanguage. IRAL, 10, 3, 209-31. Reprinted in Richards (1974).

Selinker, L. & Baumgartner-Cohen, B. (1995), 'Multiple Language Acquisition: 'Damn it, why can't I keep these two languages apart?' Language, Culture and Curriculum 8: 2, 115-121

Selinker, L. & Douglas, D. 1985. 'Wrestling with context in interlanguage theory'. Applied Linguistics 6: 190-204.

Selinker, L. & Douglas, D. 1989. Research methodology in contextually-based second language research. Second Language Research 5.1: 1-34.

Selinker, L. & Fakhri, A. 1988. An Annotated Bibliography of US Ph.D. Dissertations in Contrastive Linguistics: 1970-1983. In J. Fisiak (ed.). Papers and Studies in Contrastive Linguistics. Volume 23. Poznan: Adam Mickiewicz University Press. (with A. Fakhri)

Selinker, L. & Gass, S. 1984 Workbook in second language acquisition. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Selinker, L. & Lakshamanan, U. (1992). Language transfer and fossilization. In S. Gass & L. Selinker (Eds.), Language transfer in language learning, 2nd ed. (pp. 196-215). Philadelphia: John Benjamins.

Selinker, L. & Lakshmanan, U. 1990. Consciousness-raising strategies in the rhetoric of writing development. Paper presented to the 1990 TESOL Annual Meeting. San Francisco.

Selinker, L. & Lamendella, J. 1978. Two perspectives on fossilisation in interlanguage learning. Interlanguage Studies Bulletin 3.2: 14~91.

Selinker, L. & Lamendella, J. 1979. The role of extrinsic feedback in interlanguage fossilisation. Language Learning, 29:363-375.

Selinker, L. & Selinker, P. 1972 An annotated bibliography of US. Ph.D dissertations in contrastive linguistics. Center for Applied Linguistics, Washington, D.C.

Selinker, L. 1966. A psycholinguistic study of language transfer. PhD. Georgetown University.

Selinker, L. 1967. Language contact: resultant semantic categories in Israeli Hebrew. In Stuart, D. G. (ed.) Linguistic Studies in memory (of Richard Slade Harrell. Georgetown University Press, Selinker, L 1969 Language transfer. General Linguistics 9: 67-92

Selinker, L. 1969. Language transfer. General Linguistics, 9 (2): 67-92

Selinker, L. 1970. Basic clause types in Israeli Hebrew. Word, 26: 373-85.

Selinker, L. 1971. -'The psychologically relevant data of second language learning', in Pimsleur & Quinn (eds.), 35-43

Selinker, L. 1971. A brief reappraisal of contrastive linguistics. In Whitman, R. & Jackson, K. (eds) Proceedings of the Pacific Conference on Contrastive Linguistics and Language Universals. University of Hawaii Press, Honolulu.

Selinker, L. 1972. Interlanguage. International Review of Applied Linguistics. X(3), 209-231. Reprinted in Richards (1974).

Selinker, L. 1980. Les domaines de reference dans une theorie de l'interlangue. Encrages-'"Acquisition d'Une Langue Etrangere. N. Speciale, Automne, 1980.

Selinker, L. 1984. 'The current state of interlanguage studies: an attempted critical summary' in Davies et al. (eds.) 1984.

Selinker, L. 1985-6. Review (Article) of Perdue 1984. Language Learning 35:567-84 and 36: 83-100.

Selinker, L. 1985. Attempting comprehensive and comparative empirical research in second language acquisition: I. Language Learning, 35:567-584.

Selinker, L. 1992. Rediscovering Interlanguage. London: Longman.

Selinker, L. 1996, On the notion 'IL competence' in early SLA research: an aid to understanding some baffling current issues. In: Brown, G., Malmkjaer, K. & Williams, J. (eds.). Performance and competence in second language acquisition. Cambridge: CUP, 92-113.

Selinker, L., Swain, M. & Dumas. G. 1975. 'The interlanguage hypothesis extended to children'. Language Learning 25: 139-91.

Senghas, A., & Coppola, M. 2001. Children creating language: How Nicaragua Sign Language acquired a spatial grammar. Psychological Science, 12: 323--328.

Sensitivity to form similarity varies with first language experience. Journal of sentence processing. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, University of Essex.

Sera, M.D., Forbes, J., Burch, M.C. & Rodriquez, W. (2002), -'When language affects cognition and when it does not: An analysis of grammatical gender and classification', Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 131, 377-397

Seright, L. 1985 Age and aural comprehension achievement in francophone adults learning English. TESOL Quarterly 19 (3): 455-73

Sert, N. (2008). The language of instruction dilemma in the Turkish context. System, 36(2), 156-171.

Service, E. (1989), Phonological Coding in Working Memory and Foreign-Language Learning, General Psychology Monographs B9, Dept. of Psychology, University of Helsinki

Service, E. (1992). Phonology, working memory and foreign-language learning. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 45A, 21-50

Service, E. (1993-94). Contribution des codes memoriels a' l'apprentissage lexical. In Singleton (ed.) (1993-94a).

Service, E. & Craik, F.I.M. (1993). Differences between young and older adults in learning a foreign vocabulary. Journal of Memory and Language, 33, 59-74

Service, E. & Kohononen, V. (1995), -'Is the relation between phonological memory and foreign language learning accounted for by vocabulary acquisition?', Applied Psycholinguistics, 16, 155-172

Service, E. V. K. (1995). "Is the relation between phonological memory foreign language learning accounted for by vocabulary acquisition?" Applied Psycholinguistics 16: 155-172.

Service, E., M. Simola, et al. (2002). "Bilingual working memory span is affected by language skill." European Journal of Cognitive Psychology 14: 383-408.

Sewell, D.F. & Panou, L. (xxxx), 'Cerebral organisation in bilingual and deaf subjects', in Rogers & Sloboda

Shallice, T., McLeod, P., & Lewis, K. (1985). Isolating cognitive modules with the dual-task paradigm: Are speech perception and production separate processes? Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 37A, 507-532.

Shanon, B. (1982), 'Identification and classification of words and drawings in two languages', Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 34A, 135-152

Shanon, B. (1982), 'Lateralisation effects in the perception of Hebrew and English words' Brain and Language, 17, 107-123.

Shapson, S. & D'Oyley, V. (eds.). 1984. Bilingual and Multicultural Education: Canadian Perspectives. Clevedon, Avon: Multilingual Matters

Sharp, D. (1973), Language in Bilingual Communities, Arnold

Sharwood Smith, M. 1978. Applied linguistics and the psychology of instruction: A case for transfusion. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 1: 91--117.

Sharwood Smith, M. 1981. 'Consciousness-raising and the second language learner'. Applied Linguistics 2:159-69

Sharwood Smith, M. 1981. Consciousness raising and the second language learner. Applied Linguistics, 2: 159--168.

Sharwood Smith, M. 1982. Crosslinguistic aspects of second language acquisition. Applied Linguistics 3:192-99

Sharwood Smith, M. 1983. On first language loss in the second language acquirer: problems of transfer. In Gass & Selinker 1983a.

Sharwood Smith, M. 1984. 'Discussant of "The study of lexis in interlanguage" by Paul Meara' in Davies et al. (eds.) 1984.

Sharwood-Smith, M. & Kellerman, E. 1986. 'Crosslinguistic influence in second language acquisition: an introduction' in Kellerman &-Sharwood Smith (eds.) 1986.

Sharwood-Smith, M. 1985. 'From input to intake: on argumentation in second language acquisition' in Gass & Madden (eds.) 1985.

Sharwood-Smith, M. 1986 The competence/control model, crosslinguistic influence and the creation of new grammars. In Kellerman, E & Sharwood-Smith, M (eds.) Cross-linguistic influence in second language acquisition, pp. 10-20. Pergamon Press

Sharwood-Smith, M. 1986. 'Comprehension vs. acquisition: two ways of processing input'. Applied Linguistics 7: 239-56.

Sharwood-Smith, M. 1991 'Speaking to many minds: on the relevance of different types of language information for the L2 learner'. Second Language Research 7: 118-32

Sharwood-Smith, M. 1993. Input enhancement in instructed SLA: Theoretical bases. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 15(2), 165-'"179.

Sharwood-Smith, M. 1994, Second Language Learning: Theoretical Foundations, Longman, Harlow

Shaw. J. S.. Garcia. L A.. & Robles. B. E. (1997). Cross-languge postevent misinformation effects across languages in Spanish-English bilinguals. Journal of Applied Psychology. 82. 889-'"899.

Shea, D.P. 1994, Perspective and production: Structuring conversational participation across cultural borders. Pragmatics, 4, 357-390.

Shearer, B. 1978. Suggestive language. TESOL Newsletter 12, 4, 1978. Reprinted from the London Sunday Times, November 19, 1972.

Sheen, R. (1993) "Double standards in research selection and evaluation: The case of comparison of methods, instruction and task-work". RELC Journal 24/2, 1-28

Sheen, R. (1996). "The advantage of exploiting contrastive analysis in teaching and learning a foreign language". IRAL, 24,183-197

Sheen, R. (1999), "A response to Block's 1996 paper 'Not so fast: Some thoughts on theory culling, relativism, accepted findings and the heart and soul of SLA' ". Applied Linguistics 20/4, 367-375

Sheen, R. 1980. The importance of negative transfer in the speech of near bilinguals. International Review of Applied Linguistics 18:105-119.

Sheen, R. 1994, -'A Critical Analysis of the Advocacy of the Task-based Syllabus', TESOL Quarterly, 28/1:127-51

Sheen, R. and O'Neil, R. (2005) 'Tangled up in form: Critical comments on "teachers' stated beliefs about incidental focus on form and their classroom practices" by Basturkman, Loewen and Ellis.' Applied Linguistics, 26, (2), pp. 268-74.

Sheils, J. 1988, Communication in the Modern Languages Curriculum. Strasbourg

Sheldon, A. & Strange, W. (1982), -'The acquisition of /l/ and /r/ by Japanese learners of English: evidence that speech production can precede speech perception', Applied Psycholinguistics, 3, 243-261

Sheldon, A. 1977, -'The acquisition of relative clauses in French and English: implications for language learning universals', in Eckman, F. (ed.), Current Themes in Linguistics, New York, John Wiley

Sheorey, R. 1986. 'Error perceptions of native-speaking and non-native speaking teachers of ESL'. English Language Teaching Journal 40:306-12.

Shi-Xu, 1994, Discursive attributions and cross-cultural communication. Pragmatics, 4, 337-357.

Shi, H. Y (2002) A study of L1 negative transfer in L2 learning. Journal of Ningbo Institute of Education, 4: 46-50.

Shiffrin, R. & Schneider, W. 1977. 'Controlled and automatic human information processing: II. Perceptual learning, automatic attending and a general theory'. Psychological Review 84: 127-90.

Shimamura, A. (1987), -'Word comprehension: an analysis of English and Japanese orthographies', American Journal of Psychology, 100, 15-40

Shimron, J. & Chernitsky, R. (1995). Typicality shift in semantic categories as a result of cultural transition: Evidence from Jewish Argentine immigrants in Israel. Discourse Processes, 19, 265-'"78.

Shimura, A. (1988), The effect of Chinese-Japanese differences on turn-taking in an ESL classroom. University of Hawai'i Working Papers in ESL, 7, 99-115.

Shin, S. (2008). "Preparing Non-Native English-Speaking ESL Teachers". Teacher Development. Vol.12 (1): 57-65.

Shin, S. & Milroy, L. 1999. -'Bilingual language acquisition by Korean schoolchildren in New York City.' Bilingualism: Language and Cognition 2 (2), pp147-167 Cambridge University Press

Shirai, Y. (1998), 'The acquisition of tense-aspect marking in Japanese as a second language', Language Learning, 48, 2, 245-279

Shirai, Y. & Kurono, A. 1998. The acquisition of tense-aspect marking in Japanese as a second language. Language Learning, 48(2), 245-279.

Shohamy, E. 1983, The stability of the oral proficiency trait on the oral interview speaking test. Language Learning 33, 527-540

Sholl, A. & Sankaranarayanan, A. (1995), 'Transfer between picture naming and translation: a test of asymmetries in bilingual memory', Psychological Science 6,1, 45-49.

Sholl, A., Sankaranarayanan, A, & Kroll, J. F. (1995). Transfer between picture naming and translation: A test of asymmetries in bilingual memory. Psychological Science, 6, 45-49.

Shook, D. (1994). FL/L2 reading, grammatical information and the input-to-intake phenomenon. Applied Language Learning, 5(2), 57-'"93.

Shortreed, I.M. (1993). Variation in foreigner talk input: The effects of task and profi-ciency. In G. Crookes & S.M. Gass (Eds.), Tasks and language learning. Integrating theory and practice (pp. 96=122). Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters.

Shweers, C. W. (1999). "Using L1 in the L2 classroom." English Teaching Forum.

Sidtis, J.J. 2007a. Activation: Will hot spots get the hot field in hot water? Brain and Language, 102: 127--129.

Sidtis, J.J. 2007b. Some problems for representations of brain organization based on activation in functional imaging. Brain and Language, 102: 130--140.

Siegal, M. (1994). Looking East: Identity construction and white women learning Japanese. Unpublished doctoral dissertation, University of California at Berkeley,

Siegal, M. (1996) The role of learner subjectivity in second language sociolinguistic competency: Western women learning Japanese. Applied Linguistics, 17, 356-382

Siegal, M. 1995. Individual differences and study abroad: Women learning Japanese in Japan. In B. Freed (Ed.). Second language acquisition in the study abroad context. Amsterdam and Philadelphia: John Benjamins.

Siegel, J. (1997) Using a Pidgin Language in Formal Education: Help or Hindrance? Applied Linguistics, 18, 1. 86-100.

SIERRA, J. & OLAZIREGI, 1.1989, EIFE 2. Influence of Factors on the Learning of Basque. Gasteiz, Spain: Central Publications Service of the Basque Government.

Sigal, U. (1993), 'Resetting UG parameters: evidence from SLA of subjacency and the empty category principle', Second Language Research, 9, 1, 49-83

Siguan, M. & Mackey, W.F. 1987, Education and Bilingualism. London: Kogan Page.

Silverberg, R. & Gordon, H. (1979). Differential aphasia in two bilingual individuals. Neurology. 29, 51-55

Silverberg, R., Bentin., S., Gaziel, T., Obler, L. & Albert, M.L.(1979), -'Shift of visual field preference for English words in native Hebrew speakers', Brain and Language, 8, 184-190

Silveri, M.C., Leggio, M.G., & Molinari, M. 1994. The cerebellum contributes to linguistic production: A case of agrammatic speech following a right cerebellar lesion. Neurology, 44: 2047--2050.

Silverstein, M. 1976, Shifters, linguistic categories, and cultural description. In: Basso, K. (ed.). Meaning in anthropology. Albuquerque: University of New Mexico Press, 11-55.

Silverstein, M. 2003. Indexical order and the dialectics of sociolinguistic life. Language and Communication 23: 193--229.

Simoes, A. (ed.) (1976), The bilingual child; research and analysis of existing educational themes. New York

Simon, A. & E. Boyer (eds.). 1967. Mirrors for behaviour: an anthology of classroom observation instruments. Philadelphia: Center for the Study of Teaching at Temple University.

Simon, W. 1969. Multilingualism: a comparative study. In Studies in multilingualism, ed. N. Anderson. Leiden: E. Brill.

Simos, O., Castillo, E., Francis, J. et al. 2001. Mapping receptive language cortex in bilingual volunteers by using magnetic source imaging. Journal of Neurosurgery, 95: 76--81.

Simos, P.G. et al (2001), -'Mapping of receptive language cortex in bilingual volunteers by using magnetic source imaging', Journal of Neurosurgery, 95, 1

Simpson, G. B. (1981). Meaning dominance and semantic context in the processing of lexical ambiguity. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 20, 120-136.

Simpson, G. B. (1994). Context and the processing of ambiguous words. In M. A. Gernsbacher (Ed.), Psycholinguistics (pp. 359-374). San Diego: Academic Press.

Sims, W. 1988. Fossilisation and language learning strategies. PhD, University of Minnesota.

Sínchez-Casas, R.M., Davis, C.W. & Garc-a-Albea, J.E. (1992), 'Bilingual lexical processing: exploring the cognate/non-cognate distinction', European Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 4, 4, 293-310

Sinclair-de-Zwart, H. 1973. 'Language acquisition and cognitive development' in Moore (ed.) 1973

Sinclair, B. & Ellis, N. (1995), 'The Silent Period and Working Memory', in Sajavaara ed. (1995)

Singh, J. A. L., & Zingg, R. M. (1942). Wolf children and feral man. Hamden, CT: Shoe String Press. [Reprinted 1966, New York: Harper & Row].

Singh, R. (ed.) (1998), The Native Speaker: Multilingual Perspectives. Thousand Oaks: Sage

Singh, R. & Carroll, S. (1979), 'L1, L2 and L3'. Indian Journal of Applied Linguistics 5: 1, 51-63

Singh, R. & S. Carroll (1979). L1, L2 and L3. International Journal of Applied Linguistics 5.1, 51--63.

Singh, R. 1981, -'Grammatical constraints on codeswitching', Recherches Linguistics Montral, 17, 155-163

Singh, R. 1991 "Interference and contemporary phonological theory", Language Learning 41: 157-175.

Singh, R., d'Anglejan, A. & Carroll, S. (1982), -'Elicitation of inter-English. Language Learning 32 (2): 271-88

Singh, S. & Black, J.W. (1966), 'Study of 26 inter-vocalic consonants as spoken and recognised by four language groups', J. Ac. Soc. Am. 39, 266

Singleton, D. (1987), 'Mother and other tongue influence on learner French: a case study'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 9: 32745.

Singleton, D. (1987). Mother and other tongue influence on learner French. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 9, 327--346.

Singleton, D. (1989), Language Acquisition: The Age Factor, Clevedon, Multilingual Matters

Singleton, D. (1993-94b), Introduction: le role de la forme et du sens dans le lexique mental en L2. In Singleton (ed.) (1993-94a).

Singleton, D. (1994), Learning L2 lexis: a matter of form? In G. Bartelt (ed.), The dynamics of language processes: essays in honor of Hans W Dechert. Tubingen: Narr.

Singleton, D. (1997), Crosslinguistic aspects of the mental lexicon. In R. Hickey & S. Puppel (eds.), Festschrift in honor of Jacek Fisiak's 60th birthday. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter.

Singleton, D. (1999), Exploring the second language mental lexicon, CUP

Singleton, D. (2005). The critical period hypothesis: A coat of many colors. IRAL, 43, 269-285.

Singleton, D. & Aronin, L. 2007. Multiple language learning in the light of the theory of affordances. Innovation in Language Teaching and Learning 1(1): 83--96.

Singleton, D. & Aronin, L. 2009. Multilingual language learners' use of affordances: Theoretical perspectives and some evidence. In Multidisciplinary Perspectives on Second Language Acquisition and Foreign Language Learning, J. Arabski (ed.), 170--182. Katowice: University of Silesia Press.

Singleton, D. & D. Little (1991). The second language learner: Some evidence from university levellearners of French and German. Second Language Research 7.1, 61--82.

Singleton, D. & Lengyel Z. (eds.) (1995). The age factor in second language acquisition: a critical look at the Critical Period Hypothesis. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters

Singleton, D. & Little, D. (1991), -'The second language lexicon: some evidence from university-level learners of French and German', Second Language Research 7.1, 61-82.

Singleton, D. & Little, D. (eds.) 1984 Language learning informal and informal contexts. IRAL, Dublin

Singleton, D. & Little, D. 1984/2005. A first encounter with Dutch: Perceived language distance and transfer as factors in comprehension. In Introductory Readings in L3, B. Hufeisen & R.J. Fouser (eds), 101--109. Tubingen: Stauffenberg. (First published in Language across

Singleton, D. & Little, D. 1991. The second language lexicon: Some evidence from university level learners of French and German. Second Language Research 7(1): 61--82.

Singleton, D. & Munoz, C. 2011. Around and beyond the Critical Period Hypothesis. In Handbook of Research in Second Language Teaching and Learning,Vol. 2, E. Hinkel (ed.), 407--425. London: Routledge.

Singleton, D. & O Laoire, M. 2006. Psychotypologie et facteur L2 dans l'influence translexicale. Une analyse de l'influence de l'anglais et de l'irlandais sur le francais L3 de l'apprenant. Acquisition et Interaction en Langue Etrangere 24: 101--117.

Singleton, D. & O Laoire, M. 2006. Psychotypology and the -'L2 factor' in cross-lexical interaction: An analysis of English and Irish influence in learner French. In Sprak, Larande och Utbildning i Sikte, M. Bendtsen, M. Bjorklund, C. Fant & L. Forsman (eds), 191--205. Vasa: Faculty of Education, Abo Akademi.

Singleton, D. & Ryan, L. 2009. Child language development in a multilingual environment. In Tanulmanyok a mentalis lexikonrol. Studies on the Mental Lexicon, Z. Lengyel & J. Navracsics (eds), 83--96. Budapest: Tinta Kiado.

Singleton, D. 1987. Mother and other tongue influences on learner French. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 9(3): 327--345.

Singleton, D. 1987. The fall and rise of language transfer. In The Advanced Language Learner, J.A. Coleman & R. Towell (eds), 27--53. London: CILT.

Singleton, D. 1992. French: Some Historical Background. Dublin: Authentik.

Singleton, D. 1996. Crosslinguistic lexical operations and the L2 mental lexicon. In Language, Education and Society in a Changing World, T. Hickey & J. Williams (eds), 246--252. Clevedon: IRAAL/Multilingual Matters.

Singleton, D. 1999. Exploring the Second Language Mental Lexicon. Cambridge: CUP; Beijing: Beijing World Publishing.

Singleton, D. 2003. Perspectives on the multilingual lexicon: A critical synthesis. In The Multilingual Lexicon, J. Cenoz, U. Jessner & B. Hufeisen (eds), 167--176. Dordrecht: Kluwer.

Singleton, D. 2005. The Critical Period Hypothesis: A coat of many colours. International Review of Applied Linguistics in Language Teaching (IRAL) 43: 269--285.

Singleton, D. 2006. Lexical transfer: Interlexical or intralexical? In Cross-linguistic Influences in the Second Language Lexicon, J. Arabski (ed.), 130--143. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Singleton, D. 2007. Globalization, Language and National Identity: The Case of Ireland [CLCS Occasional Paper 68]. Dublin: Trinity College, Centre for Language and Communication Studies.

Singleton, D. 2007. How integrated is the integrated mental lexicon? In Second Language Lexical Processes: Applied Linguistic and Psycholinguistic Processes, Z. Lengyel & J. Navracsics (eds), 3--16. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Singleton, D. In press a. Multilingual lexical operations: Keeping it all together -' and apart. In Third Language Acquisition in Adulthood, S. Flynn & J. Rothman (eds). Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Singleton, D. In press b. Integrating neurolinguistics into second language acquisition research. Contemporary Foreign Language Studies.

Singleton, D., 1992. Second language instruction: the when and the how. AILA Review/Revue de l'AILA 9: pp. 46-54.

Singleton, D., 1993. Modularity and lexical processing: an L2 perpective. In B. Kettemann and W. Wieden (eds.), Current issues in European second language acquisition research. Tbingen: Narr, pp. 253-262.

Singleton, D., 1994. Learning L2 lexis: a matter of form? In G. Bartelt (ed.) The dynamics of language processes: essays in honor of Hans Dechert. Tbingen: Narr.

Singleton, D., 1997. Learning and processing L2 vocabulary, state of the art article. Language Teaching 30: pp. 213-225.

Singleton, D., 2000. Connectivit interlinguistique dans l'acquisition et l'exploitation du lexique de la langue seconde. Le Franais dans le Monde. Numro special. Une didactique des langues pour demain, pp. 56-69.

Singleton, D., 2000. Language and the lexicon: an introduction. London, Edward Arnold. xii + 244 pp.

Singleton, D., 2001. Age and second language acquisition. Annual Review of Applied Linguistics 21: pp. 77-89.

Singleton, D., S. Harrington and A. Henry, 2000. At the sharp end of language revival: English-speaking parents raising Irish-speaking children (CLCS Occasional Papers no. 57). Dublin, Trinity College. 12 pp.

Singleton, D., Skrzypek, A., Kopekova, R. & Bidzi,ska, B. 2007. Attitudes towards and perceptions of English L2 acquisition among Polish migrants in Ireland. In Cultures in Contact:Contemporary Issues in Language Use and Language Learning, B. Geraghty & J.E. Conacher (eds). London: Continuum.

Singleton, D., Smyth, S. & Debaene, E. 2009. -'Second language Acquisition and native language maintenance in the Polish diaspora in Ireland and France' and -'Our languages: Who in Ireland speaks and understands Russian?': The rationale, structure and aims of two Dublin-based research projects. In Contemporary Migrations: Dilemmas of Europe and of Poland, M. Duszczyk & M. Lesinska (eds), 196--220. Warsaw: Centre of Migration Research.

Singleton, J. L., & Newport, E. L. (2004). When learners surpass their models: The acquisition of American Sign Language from inconsistent input. Cognitive Psychology, 49, 370-407.

Sinha, C., Thorseng, L. A., Hayashi, M., & Plunkett, K. (1994). Comparative spatial semantics and language acquisition: evidence from Danish, English, and Japanese. Journal of Semantics, 11, 253-287.

Sinka, I. & Schelleter, C. 1998. Morphosyntactic development in bilingual children. Journal of Bilingualism 2(3): 301--326.

Sinka, I., Garman, M. & Schelleter, C. 2000. Early verbs in bilingual acquisition. Reading Working Papers in Linguistics 4: 175--187.

Sjholm, K. (1982), -'The use of transfer and non-transfer strategies in L2 learning', Neuphilologische Mitteilungen, 83, 89-103

Sjoeholm, K. (1993), 'Patterns of transferability among fixed expressions in second language acquisition', in: B. Kellerman and W. Wieden (Eds.) Current issues in European SLA research. Tuebingen. Guenther Narr.

Sjoholm, K. 1976. A comparison of the test results in grammar and vocabulary between Finnish-and Swedish-speaking applicants for English. In Errors Made by Finns and Swedish-speaking Finns in the Learning of English, H. Ringbom & R. Palmberg (eds), 54--137. Abo: Abo Academy, Publications of the Department of English.

Sjoholm, K. 1979. Do Finns and Swedish-speaking Finns use different strategies in the learning of English as a foreign language? In Perceptions and Production of English: Papers on Interlanguage [AFTIL Vol. 6], R. Palmberg (ed.). Abo: Abo Academy, Publications of the Department of English.

Sjoholm, K. 1983 Problems in 'measuring' L2 learning strategies. In Ringbom, H (ed.) Psycholinguistics and foreign language learning. Abo Akademi, Abo

Skehan, P. (1982), Memory and motivation in language aptitude testing. Ph.D., University of London

Skehan, P. (1986), 'Cluster Analysis and the identification of learner types', in Cook, V. (ed.), Experimental Approaches to Second Language Learning, Oxford, Pergamon

Skehan, P. (1986), Where does language aptitude come from? In P.M. Meara (ed.) Spoken Language. London: CILTR

Skehan, P. (1988), 'Early lexical development and the prediction of foreign language success', polyglot, 9, fiche 2

Skehan, P. (1989), Individual Differences in Second-Language Learning, London, Edward Arnold

Skehan, P. (1990), 'The relationship between native and foreign language learning ability: educational and linguistic factors' in Dechert (ed.) 1990

Skehan, P. (1991), 'Individual differences in second language learning'. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 13: 275-98

Skehan, P. (1992). Second language acquisition strategies and task-based learning. London: Thames Valley University.

Skehan, P. (1994), -'Interlanguage development and task-based learning', in Bygate et al (eds)

Skehan, P. (1996) -'A Framework for the Implementation of Task-Based Instruction', Applied Linguistics 17/1:38-62

Skehan, P. (1996) 'Second language acquisition research and task-based instruction', in Willis, J. and Willis, D.(eds) Challenge and change in language teaching. Oxford: Heinemann, pp. 17-30.

Skehan, P. (1998), A Cognitive Approach to Language Learning, OUP

Skiba, R. (1997), 'Code Switching as a Countenance of Language Interference', The Internet TESL Journal, Vol. III, No. 10, October http://www.aitech.ac.jp/~iteslj/ http://www.aitech.ac.jp/~iteslj/Articles/Skiba-CodeSwitching.html

Skuse, D. H. (1993). Extreme deprivation in early childhood. In D. Bishop & K. Mogford (Eds.), Language development in exceptional circumstances (pp. 29-46). Hillsdale NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Skutnabb-Kangas, T. 1981, Bilingualism or not: The Education of Minorities, Cleveland, Multilingual Matters

Skutnabb-Kangas, T. 1981. Guest worker or immigrant - different ways of re-producing an underclass. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development 2:89-115

Skutnabb-Kangas, T. 1995. Multilingualism for All. Lisse: Swets & Zeitlinger.

Skutnabb-Kangas, T. 2000. Linguistic Genocide in Education -- Or Worldwide Diversity and Human Rights? Mahwah NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.

Skutnabb-Kangas, T. 2001. The globalisation of (educational) language rights. International Review of Education/Internationale Zeitschrift fur Erziehungswissenschaft/Revue international l'education 47(3--4): 201--219.

Skuttnab-Kangas, T. (1984). Bilingualism or not. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Skuttnab-Kangas, T. (2000). Linguistic human rights and teachers of English. In J.Hall & W. Eggington (eds.), The sociopolitics of English language teaching. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters, 22--44.

Skuttnab-Kangas, T. (ed.). 1977. Papers from the First Nordic Conference on Bilingualism. Helsingfors: Universitet

Skuttnab-Kangas, T. & Cummins, J. (eds) 1988, Minority Education: From Shame to Struggle. Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.

Skuttnab-Kangas, T. & Phillipson, R. 1989, 'Mother Tongue': The theoretical and socio-political construction of a concept. In U. Ammon (ed.) Status and Function of Languages and Language Variety. New York: W. de Gruyter.

Skuttnab-Kangas, T. & Toukamaa, P.1976, Teaching Migrant Children Mother Tongue and Learning the Language of the Host Country in the Context of the Socio-Cultural Situation of the Migrant's Family. Tampere, Finland: Tukimuksia Research Reports

Skuttnab-Kangas, T. 1977, Language in the process of cultural assimilation and structural incorporation of linguistic minorities. In C.C. Elert et al. (eds) Dialectology and Sociolinguistics. UMEA: UMEA Studies in the Humanities.

Skuttnab-Kangas, T. 1986, 'Who wants to change what and why -conflicting paradigms in minority education research' in Spolsky (ed.) 1986.

Skuttnab-Kangas, T. 1988, 'Multilingualism and the education of minority children' in Skuttnab-Kangas & Cummins (eds.) 1988

Skuttnab-Kangas, T. 1991, Swedish strategies to prevent integration and national ethnic minorities. In O. Garcia (ed.) Bilingual Education: Focusschrift in Honor of Joshua A. Fishman. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.

Skuttnab-Kangas, T. 2000, Linguistic Genocide in Education -- or Worldwide Diversity and Human Rights? Lawrence Erlbaum

Slabakova, R. (2002), -'The compounding parameter in second language acquisition', SSLA, 24, 4, 507-540

Slabakova, R. 2006. Is there a critical period for semantics? Second Language Research, 22: 302--338.

Slavoff, G.R. & Johnson, J.S. (1995), 'The effects of age on the rate of learning a second language', SSLA, 17, 4, 1-16

Sleeter, C.E. & Grant, C.A. 1987, An analysis of multi-cultural education in the United States. Harvard Educational Review 57 (4), 421-444

Slimani, A. (1992). Evaluation of classroom interaction. In J. C. Alderson & A. Beretta (Eds.), Evaluating second language education (pp. 197-'"220). Cambridge, UK: CUP

Slimani, A. 1989. 'The role of topicalization in classroom language learning'. System 17, 223-34

Slobin, D.I. (1987), 'Thinking for speaking' Proceedings of the Berkeley Linguistics Society, 13, 435-444

Slobin, D.I. (1991), 'Learning to think for speaking: native language, cognition and rhetorical style', Pragmatics, 1, 1, 7-25

Sloholm, K. 1979. 'Do Finns and Swedish-speaking Finns use different strategies in the learning of English as a foreign language?' in Palmberg (ed.) 1979

Smeyers, P. (2008). Qualitative and quantitative research methods: old wine in new bottles? On understanding and interpreting educational phenomena. Paedagogica Historica, 44(6), 691-705.

Smirnov, B.L., & Factorovich, N.Y. (1983). Concerning aphasia in polyglots. In M. Paradis (Ed.), Readings on aphasia in bilinguals and polyglots (pp. 535-538). Montreal: Didier. (Original work published in 1949.)

Smith, A. 1966. Speech and other functions after left "dominant" hemispherectomy. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery and Psychiatry 29:467-71.

Smith, D. & R. Shuy (eds.). 1972. Sociolinguistics in Cross-cultural Analysis. Washington D.C.: Georgetown University Press.

Smith, D. 1935, A study of the speech of eight bilingual children of the same family. Child Development, 6, 19-25.

Smith, D. 1972, Some implications for the social status of pidgin languages. In Smith, D & Shuy, R (eds.) Sociolinguistics in cross-cultural analysis. Georgetown University Press, Washington, D.C.

Smith, D.J. & Tomlinson, S. 1989, The School Effect. London: Policy Studies Institute.

Smith, F. (1923). Bilingualism and mental development. British Journal of Psychology, 13, 270-282.

Smith, F. & G. Miller (eds.). 1966. The Genesis of Language: a Psycholinguistic Approach. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press.

Smith, F. 1923, Bilingualism and mental development. British Journal of Psychology 13, 271-282.

Smith, H. and Higgins, S. (2006) 'Opening classroom interaction: the importance of feedback', Cambridge Journal of Education, 36, (4), pp. 485-502.

Smith, K. & Braine, M. 1972 Miniature languages and the problem of language acquisition. In Bever, T & Weksel, W (eds.) The structure and psychology of language, Vol.2. Holt, Rinehart & Winston, New York

Smith, K. H. & Braine, M. D-. S. (no date). Miniature languages and the problem of language acquisition. Mimeo.

Smith, L. (ed.) 1981. English for Cross-cultural Communication. London: Macmillan.

Smith, L. (ed.) 1983. Readings in English as an International Language. London: Pergamon.

Smith, M. C. (1991). On the recruitment of semantic information for word fragment completion: Evidence from bilingual priming. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 17, 234-244.

Smith, M. C. (1997). Lexical and conceptual memory in the bilingual: Mapping form to meaning in two languages. In A. M. B. de Groot & J. F. Kroll (Eds.), Tutorials in bilingualism: Psycholinguistic perspectives (pp. 145-168). Hove, UK: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Smith, M.C. & Kirsner, K. (1982), -'Language and orthography as irrelevant features in colour-word and picture-word Stroop interference', Q. J. Exp. Psych, 34A, 153-170

Smith, N. & Tsimpli, I. (1991), 'Linguistic modularity? A case study of a savant linguist', Lingua, 84, 315-351

Smith, P. 1970. A comparison of the audiolingual and cognitive approaches to foreign language instruction: the Pennsylvania Foreign Language Project. Philadelphia: Center for Curriculum Development.

Smith, R. (2005), -'Global English: gift or curse?' English Today, 82, 21, 2

Smolka, E., Zwitserlood, P., & Rosler, F. (2007). Stem access in regular and irregular

Smythe, P., Stennet, R. & Gardner, R. (1975), 'The best age for foreign language training: issues, options and facts', CMLR, 31, 1, 10-23

Smythe, P.C., Jutras, G., Bramwell, J. & Gardner, R.C. (1973) 'Second Language retention over varying intervals', Modern Language Journal, 57, 400-405

Snodgrass, J. G. (1993). Translating versus picture naming: Similarities and differences. In R. Schreuder & B. Weltens (Eds.), The bilingual lexicon (pp. 83-114). Amsterdam-Philadelphia: John Benjamins.

Snodgrass, J.G. (1993), 'Translating vs picture naming: similarities and differences', in R. Schreuder & B. Weltens (Eds.) The Bilingual Lexicon. Amsterdam: Benjamins

Snodgrass, J.G. & McClure, P. (1975), 'Storage and Retrieval Properties of Dual Codes for Pictures and Words in Recognition Memory', Journal of Experimental Psychology (Human Learning and Memory); 1; 5; 521 to 29

Snodgrass, J.G. & Tsivkin, S. (1995), -'Organisation of the bilingual lexicon: categorical versus alphabetic cueing in Russian-English bilinguals', Journal of Psycholinguistics Research, 24, 2, 145-163

Snow, C. (1981), -'English speakers' acquisition of Dutch syntax', in Winitz (ed.)

Snow, C. (1983), Age differences in second language acquisition: research findings and folk psychology. In Bailey, K.M., Long, M. & Peck, S. (eds.) Second language acquisition studies, pp. 1-50. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Snow, C. (1987), Relevance of the notion of a critical period to language acquisition. In Bernstein, M. (ed.) Sensitive periods in development: an interdisciplinary perspective, pp. 183-209. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Hillsdale, NJ.

Snow, C. (1992). Perspectives on second-language development: Implications for bilingual education. Educational Researcher, 21 (2), 16-19.

Snow, C. & Hoefnagel-Hhle, M. 1977 Age differences and the pronunciation of foreign sounds Language and Speech 20: 357-65

Snow, C. & Hoefnagel-Hhle, M. 1978 The critical age for language acquisition: evidence from second language learning. Child Development 49: 1114-1128

Snow, C. & Hoefnagel-Hhle, M. 1982. 'School age second language learners' access to simplified linguistic input'. Language Learning 32:411-30

Snow, C. 1987. 'Beyond conversation: second language learners' acquisition of description and explanation' in Lantolf, J. & Labarca, A (eds.) Research in second language learning: focus on the classroom, Horwoofd, NJ; Ablex, 3-16

Snow, C. E. & Hoefnagel-Hohle, M. (1975). Age differences in second language acquisition. Paper read to Fourth AILA Congress, Stuttgart.

Snow, C. E. & Hoefnagel-Hohle, M. (no date). Age differences in the pronunciation of foreign sounds. Mimeo, University of Amsterdam.

Snow, C. E., & Hoefnagel-Hhle, M. (1978). The critical period for language acquisition: Evidence from second language learning. Child Development, 49, 1114-1128.

Snow, C., van Eeden, R. & Muysken, P. (1981). The interactional origins of foreigner talk: Municipal employees and foreign workers. International Journal of the Sociology of Language, 28, 81-92.

Snow, M. with Shapira, R. 1985 The role of social-psychological factors in second language learning. In Celce-Murcia, M (ed.) Beyond basics:

Snow, M., L. Kamhi-Stein and D. Brinton (2006). "Teacher Training for English as a Lingua Franca". Annual Review of Applied Linguistics. Vol. 26: 261-281.

Snow, M.A. 1990, Instructional methodology in immersion foreign language education. In A.M. Padilla, H.H. Fairchild & C.M. Valadez (eds) Foreign Language Education: Issues & Strategies. London: Sage

Snyder, T. (1972). Teaching English as a second language to blind people. New Outlook for the Blind, 66(6), 161-166

Snyder, W. 2007. -'Child language: the parametric approach'. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Soares, C. (1982), -'Converging evidence for left-hemisphere language lateralisation in bilinguals', Neuropsychologia, 20, 653-659

Soares, C. (1984), -'Left hemisphere language lateralisation in bilinguals: use of the concurrent activities paradigm', Brain and Language, 23, 86-96

Soares, C. & Grosjean, F. (1981), 'Left hemisphere language lateralisation in bilinguals and monolinguals', Perception and Psychophysics 29:599-604.

Soares, C. & Grosjean, G. (1984), -'Bilinguals in a monolingual and a bilingual speech mode: the effect on lexical access', Memory and Cognition, 1, 4, 380-386

Soares, C., & Grosjean, F. (1984). Bilinguals in a monolingual and a bilingual mode: The effect on lexical access. Memory & Cognition, 12, 380-386.

Sobin, N.J. (1984), -'On codeswitching within NP', Applied Psycholinguistics, 5, 293-303

Sohn, H-M. (1980), -'Syntactic and semantic interference for Korean adult English learners', in Koo, J. & St. Clair R. (eds.), Bilingual Education for Asian Americans, Hiroshima: Bunka Hyoren

Sokolik, M. 1990. 'Learning without rules: PDP and a resolution of the adult language learning paradox'. TESOL Quarterly 24: 685-96.

Sokolik, M.E. & Smith, M.E. (1992), 'Assignment of gender to French nouns in primary and secondary language: a connectionist model', Second Language Research, 8, 1, 39-58

Solin, D. (1989), 'The systematic misrepresentation of bilingual-crossed aphasia data and its consequences', Brain and Language, 36, 92-116

Solin, D. 1989. The systematic misrepresentation of bilingual crossed aphasia data and its consequences. Brain and Language, 36: 92--116.Somerville, MA: Cascadilla Press.

Sommer, S., & Gruneberg, M. (2002). The use of Linkword language computer courses in a classroom situation: A case study at Rugby school. Language Learning Journal, 26, 48-53.

Sorace, A. (1985), 'Metalinguistic knowledge and language use in acquisition-poor environments'. Applied Linguistics 6: 239-54.

Sorace, A. (1988), 'Linguistic intuitions in interlanguage development: the problem of indeterminacy' in Pankhurst et al. (eds.)1988.

Sorace, A. (1993), -'Incomplete versus divergent representation of unaccusativity in non-native speaker grammars', Second Language Research, 9, 22-48

Sorace, A. (1993), -'Unaccusativity and auxiliary choice in non-native grammars of Italian and French: asymmetries and predictable indeterminacy', Journal of French Language Studies, 3, 71-93

Sorace, A. (1996) 'The use of acceptability judgments in second language acquisition research' in Bhatia, T. & W. Ritchie (eds.). (1996). Handbook of Language Acquisition. New York: Academic Press, 375-412

Sorace, A. (2004), -'Native language attrition and developmental instability at the syntax-discourse interface: data, interpretations and methods', Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 7, 143-145

Sorace, A. & Ladd, D.R. 2004. Raising Bilingual Children. Washington DC: Linguistic Society of America.

Sorace, A. & Robertson, D. (2001), -'Measuring development and ultimate attainment in non-native grammar,' in C. Elder et al (eds.), Experimenting with Uncertainty, Cambridge: CUP, 264-274

Sorensen, A. 1967 Multilingualism in the Northwest Amazon. American Anthro-pologist 67: 670-684

Southerton, D. 2003. -'Squeezing time'. Allocating practices, coordinating networks and scheduling society. Time and Society 12(1): 5--25.

Spada, N. (1997) "Form-Focussed Instruction and Second Language Acquisition: A Review of Classroom and Laboratory Research". Language Teaching 30 (2): 73-87

Spada, N. & Lightbown, P. 1989. 'Intensive ESL programmes in Quebec primary schools'. TESL Canada 7:11-32

Spada, N. & Lightbown, P. 1999. Instruction first language influence and developmental readiness in second language acquisition. MLJ, 83, 1, 1-22

Spada, N. & Lightbown, P.M. (1993). Instruction and the development of questions in L2 classrooms. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 15(2), 205-'"224.

Spada, N. 1986 The interaction between types of content and type of instruction: some effects on the L2 proficiency of adult learners. Studies in Second Language Acquisition 8:181-99

Spada, N. 1987. 'Relationships between instructional differences and learning outcomes: a process-product study of communicative language teaching'. Applied Linguistics 8:137-61.

Spada, N. 1997. Form-focused instruction and second language acquisition: A review of classroom and laboratory research. Language Teaching, 29: 1--15.

Spada, N., & Lightbown, P. M. (1999). Instruction, L1 influence and developmental readiness in second language acquisition. Modern Language Journal, 83, 1-22.

Spada, N., & Lightbown, P. M. (2008). Form-focused instruction: Isolated or integrated? TESOL Quarterly, 42, 181-207.

Spada, N., Lightbown, P. M. & White, J. L. (2005). The importance of form-meaning

Spada, N., Lightbown, P., & White, J. (2005). The importance of form/meaning mappings in explicit form-focused instruction. In A. Housen & M. Pierrard (Eds.), Investigations in Instructed Second Language Acquisition. Berlin & New York: Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 199--234.

Spada, N., Lightbown, P.M., & White, J.L. (2005). The importance of form/meaning mappings in explicit form-focussed instruction. In A. Housen & M. Pierrard (Eds.). Current issues in instructed second language learning (pp. 199-234). Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.

Sparks, R. & Ganschow, L. (1991), -'Foreign language learning difficulties: affective or native language aptitude differences', Modern Language Journal, 75, 3-16

Sparks, R. & Ganschow, L. (1993), -'Searching for the cognitive locus of foreign language learning problems: linking first and second language learning', Modern Language Journal, 77, 289-302

Sparks, R. & Ganschow, L. (1993), -'The effects of a multisensory structured language approach on the native language and foreign language aptitude skills of at-risk learners: a replication and follow-up', Annals of Dyslexia, 43, 194-216

Sparks, R. & Ganschow, L. (1993), -'The impact of native language learning problems on foreign language learning : case study illustrations of the linguistic coding deficit hypothesis', Modern Language Journal, 77, 58-74

Sparks, R. & Ganschow, L. (1995), -'A strong inference approach to causal factors in foreign language learning: a response to MacIntyre', Modern Language Journal, 79, 235-244

Sparks, R., Ganschow, L. & Javorsky, J. (1995), -'I know one when I see one (or, I know because I am one): a response to Mabbott', Foreign Language Annals, 28, 4, 478-487

Sparks, R., Ganschow, L. & Pohlman, J. (1989) Linguistic Coding Deficits in Foreign Language Learners. In: Annals of Dyslexia: An Interdisciplinary Journal vol 39, pp 179 195

Sparks, R., Ganschow, L. and Kenneweg, S. (1991) Use of an Orton-Gillingharn Approach to Teach a Foreign Language to Dyslexic/Learning-Disabled Students: Explicit Teaching of Phonology in a Second Language. In: Annals of Dyslexia: An Interdisciplinary Journal vol 41 pp.96-118

Sparks, R., Ganschow, L., Javorsky, J., Pohlman, J. & Patton, J. (1992), -'Test comparisons among students identified as high-risk, low-risk, and learning-disabled in high-school foreign language courses', Modern Language Journal, 76, 142-159

Speciale, G., N. C. Ellis, et al. (2004). "Phonological sequence learning and short-term store capacity determine second language vocabulary acquisition." Applied Psycholinguistics 25(2): 293-320.

Speidel, G.E. (1993), -'Phonological short-term memory and individual differences in learning to speak: a bilingual case study', First Language, 13, 69-91

Speidel, G.E. & Nelson, K. E. (Eds.). (1989). The many faces of imitation in language development. New York: Springer-Verlag.

Spelke, E., Hirst, W., & Neisser, U. (1976). Skills of divided attention. Cognition, 4, 215-230.

Spilch, G.J. (1983), 'Life-span components of text processing: structural and procedural differences', JVLVB, 22, 231-244

Spilka, L. (1976). Assessment of second language performance in immersion programs. Canadian Modern Language Review, 32(5), 543--561.

Spindler, G. (ed.). 1982. Doing the Ethnography of Schooling: Educational Ethnography in Action. New York: CBS College Publishing.

Spitza, K. & Fischer, S.D. (1981), 'Short term memory as a test of language proficiency', TESL Talk. 12, 4, 32-41.

Spivey, M.J. & Marian, V. (1999), -'Cross talk between native and second languages: partial activation of an irrelevant lexicon', Psychological Science, 10, 181-84

Spivey, M.J. & Marian, V. (2003), -'Competing activation in bilingual language processing: Within- and between-language competition', Bilingualism: Language and Cognition 6 (2), 97--115

Spoerl, D. (1946), -'Bilinguality and emotional development', J. Abnormal and Social Psychology, 38, 37-57

Spolsky, B. (1977). The comparative study of first and second language acquisition. Paper read at Sixth Annual University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee Linguistics Symposium on Language Acquisition.

Spolsky, B. (ed.) 1972. The language education of minority children. Rowley, Mass., Newbury House.

Spolsky, B. (ed.). 1986. Language and Education in Multilingual Settings. Clevedon, Avon: Multilingual Matters.

Spolsky, B. & Cooper, R. (eds) 1977, Frontiers of Bilingual Education. Rowley, MA: Newbury House

Spolsky, B. 1969. Attitudinal aspects of second language learning. Language Learning 19:272-83. Reprinted in H. B. Allen & R. N. Campbell (eds.), 1969, Teaching English as a Second Language: A Book of Readings. New York: McGraw-Hill, 403-14.

Spolsky, B. 1978. American Indian bilingual education. In Case studies in bilingual education, ed. B. Spolsky & R. Cooper. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House.

Spolsky, B. 1979 The comparative study of first and second language acquisition. In Eckman, F & Hastings, A (eds.) Studies in first and second language acquisition. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Spolsky, B. 1985, -'Formulating a theory of second language learning' Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 7, 269-88

Spolsky, B. 1986. 'Overcoming language barriers to education in a multilingual world' in Spolsky (ed.).

Spolsky, B. 1988, 'Bridging the gap: a general theory of second language learning'. TESOL Quarterly 22: 377-96.

Spolsky, B. 1989, 'Maori Bilingual education and language revitalisation', J. Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 10, 2, 89-106

Spolsky, B. 1989, Conditions for Second Language Learning. Oxford: OUP.

Spolsky, B. 1989, Review of 'Key Issues in Bilingualism and Bilingual Education'. Applied Linguistics 10 (4), 449-451

Spolsky, B. 1990, 'Introduction to a colloquium: the scope and form of a theory of second language learning'. TESOL Quarterly 24: 609-16.

Spolsky, B. 1999. Second language learning. In Handbook of Language and Ethnic Identity, J.A. Fishman (ed.), 181--192. Oxford: OUP.

Spolsky, B. 2004. Language Policy (Key Topics in Sociolinguistics). Cambridge: CUP.

Spottl, C. (2001). Expanding students' mental lexicons: A multilingual student perspective. In Cenoz et al. (eds.) (2001b), 161--175.

Spottl, C. & B. Hinger (2002). A multilingual approach to vocabulary acquisition. Proceedings of the Second International Conference on Third Language Acquisition and Trilingualism in Leeuwarden (CD-Rom). Leeuwaarden: Fryske Akademy.

Spottl, C. & M. McCarthy (2003). Formulaic utterances in the multilingual context. In Cenoz et al. (eds.) (2003b), 133--152.

Springer, S. & Deutsch, G. 1981 Left brain, right brain. W.H. Freeman Co., San Francisco

Sridhar, J. 1980 Contrastive analysis, error analysis, and interlanguage. In Croft, K. (ed.) Readings on ESL for teachers and teacher trainees. Winthrop Publishers, Inc., Cambridge, Mass.

Sridhar, K.K. & Sridhar, S.N. (1986), 'Bridging the paradigm gap; second language acquisition theory and indigenised varieties of English', World Englishes, 5, 1, 3-14

Sridhar, K.K. 1991, Bilingual education in India. In O.Garcia (ed.) Bilingual Education: Focusschrift in Honor of Joshua A. Fishman. Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins

Sridhar, S.N. (1988), Cognition and Sentence Production: A Cross-Linguistic Study, Berlin: Springer

Sridhar, S.N. (1994), -'A reality check for SLA theories', TESOL Quarterly, 28, 8-1-805

Sridhar, S.N. & Sridhar, K.K. (1980) 'The syntax and psycholinguistics of bilingual code mixing', Can. J. Psychol., 34/4, 407- 416

St. Martin, G. 1980 English language acquisition: the effects of living with an American family. TESOL Quarterly 14: 388-90

Staczek, J.J. & Aid. F.M. 1981. -'Hortografa himortal: Spelling problems among bilingual students.' In: Valdes, G., Lozano, A. & Garcia-Moya, R. (eds.), Teaching Spanish to the Hispanic bilingual. New York: Teachers College, 146-156

Stafford, C. & Covitt, C. 1978. Monitor use in adult second language production. ITL: Review of Applied Linguistics 3940:103-25.

Stager, C. L., & Werker, J. F. (1997). Infants listen for more phonetic detail in speech perception than in word-learning tasks. Nature, 388, 381-382.

Stagner, R. 1974. Psychology of Personality, revised fourth edition. New York: McGraw-Hill.

Stanlaw, J. (1982), -'English in Japanese communicative strategies', in Kachru, B. (ed.), The Other Tongue, University of Illinois, 168-197

Stanley, J., Ingram, D. & Chittick, G. (1990), The Relationship Between International Trade and Linguistic Competence. Report to the Australian Advisory Council on Languages and Multicultural Education. Canberra: Australian Government Publishing Service

Stanovich, K. E. (1986) Matthew effects in reading: Some consequences of individual differences in the acquisition of fluency. Reading Research Quarterly, 21, 360-407.

Stansfield, C. & Hansen, J. 1983 Field dependence-independence as a variable in second language doze test performance. TESOL Quarterly 17: 29-38

Starreveld, P. A. (2000). On the interpretation of onsets of auditory context effects in word production. Journal of Memory and Language, 42, 497-525.

Starreveld, P. A., & La Heij, W. (1995). Semantic interference, orthographic facilitation, and their interaction in naming tasks. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 21, 685-698.

Starreveld, P. A., & La Heij, W. (1996). Time-course analysis of semantic and orthographic context effects in picture naming. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 22, 896-918.

Starreveld, P. A., & La Heij, W. (1999). What about phonological facilitation, response-set membership, and phonological co-activation? Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 22, 56-58.

Stauble, A. & Larsen-Freeman, D. 1978 The use of variable rules in describing the interlanguage of second language learners. Workpapers in TESL, University of California at Los Angeles

Stauble, A. & Schumann, J. 1983 Towards a description of the Spanish-English basilang. In Bailey, K M, Long, M & Peck, S (eds.) Second language acquisition studies, pp. 6~82. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Stauble, A. 1978 Decreolization: a model for second language development. Language Learning 28: 29-54

Stauble, A. 1980 Acculturation and second language acquisition. In Scarcella, R & Krashen, S (eds.) Research in second language acquisition, pp.43-50. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Stauble, A. 1981 A comparative study of a Spanish-English and Japanese-English second language continuum: verb phrase morphology. Ph.D., University of California at Los Angeles

Stauble, A. 1984 A comparison of the Spanish-English and Japanese-English interlanguage continuum. In Andersen, R. (ed.) Second language: a crosslinguistic perspective, pp.323-53. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Stauble, A. and D. Larsen-Freeman. 1977 'The use of variable rules in describing the interlanguage of second language learners ' Workpapers m TESL UCLA, Volume 11

Stedje, A. (1976). Interferenz von Muttersprache und Zweitsprache auf eine dritte Sprache beim freien Sprechen -- ein Vergleich. Zielsprache Deutsch 1, 15--21.

Steele, Ross. 1996. Developing intercultural competence through foreign-language instruction: Challenges and choices. In E. Alatis, Earl W. Stevick, Carolyn A. Straehle, Maggie Ronkin, Brent Gallenberger (eds.), Linguistics, Language Acquisition, and Language Variation: Current Trends and Future Prospects. Georgetown: Georgetown University Press. 70-83.

Steffenson, M.S., Joag-Dev, C., & Anderson, R.C. (1979), 'A cross-cultural perspective on reading comprehension', Reading Research Quarterly, XV/1, 10-29

Steinhauer, K., White, E. J., & Drury, J. E. (2009). Temporal dynamics of late second language acquisition: Evidence from event-related brain potentials. Second Language Research, 25, 1, 13-41.

Stengel, E. (1939), 'On learning a new language', Int. J. Psychoanalysis, 2, 471-9

Stengel, E. & Zelmanowicz, L. (1933). Uber polyglotte motorische Aphasie. Zeitschrift far die gesamte Neurologie and Psychiatrie, 149, 292-'"311.

Stenson, N. (1990), 'Phrase structure congruence, government, and Irish-English code-switching', in Hendrick, R. (ed.), Syntax and Semantics Vol. 23 The Syntax of the Modern Celtic Languages, San Diego, Academic, 169-199

Stenson, N. 1974 Induced errors. In Schumann, J. & Stenson, N. (eds.) New frontiers in second language learning. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Stern, H. 1967 Foreign languages in primary education. OUP

Stern, H. 1967, -'Foreign language learning and the new view of first language acquisition', Child Study, 30, 4, 25-36

Stern, H. 1975. 'What can we learn from the good language learner?' Canadian Modern Language Review 31: 304-18.

Stern, H. 1983, Toward a multidimensional foreign language curriculum. In R.G. Mead (ed.) Northeast Conference on the Teaching of Foreign Languages. Foreign Languages: Key Links in the Chain of Learning. Middlebury, VT: Northeast Con-ference.

Stern, H. 1983. Fundamental Concepts of Language Teaching. Oxford: OUP.

Stern, H. 1984, A quiet language revolution: Second language teaching in Canadian contexts - Achievements and new directions. Canadian Modern Language Review 40 (5), 506-524.

Stern, H. 1990. Analysis and experience as variables in second language pedagogy. In B. Harley, P. Allen, J. Cummins, & M. Swain (Eds.), The development of second language proficiency (pp. 93-'"109). New York:CUP.

Stern, H. 1992, Issues and Options in Language Teaching. Oxford: OUP.

Stern, H. H. (1975). What can we learn from the good language learner ? Canadian Modern Language Review, 31, 4, 304-18.

Sternberg, R. J. (1987). Most vocabulary is learned from context. In M. G. McKeown & M. E. Curtis. (Eds.), The nature of vocabulary acquisition (pp. 89-105). Hillsdale, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum.

Sternberg, R.J. 1985, Beyond IQ: A Triarchic Theory of Human Intelligence. Cam-bridge: CUP.

Sternberg, R.J. 1988, The Triarchic Mind: A New Theory of Human Intelligence. New York: Viking.

Stevens, F. (1984), Strategies for Second Language Acquisition, Eden Press, Toronto

Stevens, G. (1999) Age at immigration and second language proficiency among foreign-born adults. Language in Society, 28, 4, 555-578

Stevick, E. 1976 Memory, meaning and method. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Stevick, E. 1980 The Levertov Machine. In Scarcella, R. & Krashen, S. (eds.) Research in second language acquisition, pp.28-35. Newbury House, Rowley, Mass.

Stevick, E. 1980. Teaching Languages: a Way and Ways. Rowley, Mass.: Newbury House.

Stevick, E. 1986 Images and options in the language classroom. CUP

Stevick, E. 1989. Success with Foreign Languages. New York: Prentice Hall.

Stevick, E.W. 1971, Adapting and Writing Language Lessons, FSI

Stewart, W. 1968. A sociolinguistic typology for describing national multilingualism. In Readings in the Sociology of Language, J. Fishman (ed.), 531--545. The Hague: Mouton. (A revised version of the author's 1962 -'Outline of Linguistic Typology for Describing Multilingualism' in Study of the Role of second Languages in Asia, Africa and Latin America, F.A. Rice (ed.), 15--25. Washington DC: Center for Applied Linguistics).

Stewart, W.A. 1964. Non-standard speech and the teaching methods in quasi-foreign situations. In W.A. Stewart (ed.), Non-standard Speech and the Teaching of English. Washington, D.C.: Center for Applied Linguistics. 1-15.

Stigler, J.W., Lee, S-Y. & Stevenson, H.W. (1986). Digit memory in Chinese and English: evidence for a temporally limited store. Cognition, 23, 1-20

Stockman, I. & Pluut, E. 1992 "Segment composition as a factor in the syllabification errors of second-language speakers", Language Learning 42: 21-45.

Stockwell, R. & Bowen, J. 1965 The sounds of English and Spanish. University of Chicago Press

Stockwell, R., Bowen, J. & Martin, J. 1965 The grammatical structures of English and Spanish. University of Chicago Press

Stokoe, W. 1974. Child bilingual language learning and linguistic interdependence. In S. Carey (ed.) Bilingualism, biculturalism and education Edmonton: University of Alberta Printing Department.

Stokoe, W. 1978. Sign language structure. Silver Spring, Md.: Linstok Press.

Stolen, M. (1987). The effect of affect on interlanguage phonology. In Ioup, G. & Weinberger, S.H. (1987), Interlanguage Phonology. Newbury House.

Stoller, F.L. & Grabe, E. (1993), -'Implications for L2 vocabulary acquisition and instruction from L1 vocabulary research'. In Huckin, T. et al (eds.), 24-45

Storch, N. & Wigglesworth, G. (2003), -'Is there a role for the use of the L1 in an L2 setting?', TESOL Quarterly, 37, 4, 1, 760-770

Storch, N., & Wigglesworth, G. (2003). "Is there a role for the use of the L1 in an L2 setting?" TESOL Quarterly 37(4): 760-770.

Stow, C. & Dodd, B. (2003), -'Providng an equitable service to bilingual children in the UK: a review', Int. J. Lang. Comm. Diss., 38, 4, 351-377